Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 2014

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

CareDx, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   8071   94-3316839
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3260 Bayshore Boulevard

Brisbane, California 94005

(415) 287-2300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Peter Maag, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

CareDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Boulevard

Brisbane, California 94005

(415) 287-2300

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Michael J. Danaher

Asaf H. Kharal

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Glenn R. Pollner

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10166

(212) 351-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer      ¨    Accelerated filer      ¨
Non-accelerated filer      x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company      ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)(2)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $50,000,000   $6,440

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued June 3, 2014

 

                    Shares

 

 

CAREDX, INC.    LOGO

 

Common Stock

 

$         per share

 

 

 

 

 

•  CareDx, Inc. is offering              shares of its common stock.

 

•  We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

•  This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CDNA.”

 

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

 

 

PRICE $             A SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Per Share    Total  

Public offering price

   $                $                

Underwriting discount

   $                $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to CareDx, Inc. (1)

   $                $                

 

 

 

(1)  

See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriter compensation

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved of anyone’s investment in these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on             , 2014.

 

Piper Jaffray

Leerink Partners

 

Raymond James

Mizuho Securities

                    , 2014


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO

 

Personalized Treatment Surveillance. Better Outcomes


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

The Offering

     11   

Risk Factors

     16   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     54   

Market and Industry Data

     55   

Use of Proceeds

     56   

Dividend Policy

     57   

Capitalization

     58   

Dilution

     61   

Selected Financial Data

     64   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     66   

Business

     88   

Management

     118   

Executive Compensation

     126   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     138   

Principal Stockholders

     141   

Description of Capital Stock

     144   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     148   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     151   

Underwriting

     155   

Legal Matters

     163   

Experts

     163   

Additional Information

     163   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus and any related free writing prospectus. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction.

Through and including             , 2014 (the 25 th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell, nor is it seeking an offer to buy, these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information in this prospectus is complete and accurate as of the date on the front cover, but the information may have changed since that date.

For investors outside of the United States: we have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

ii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary provides an overview of selected information and does not contain all the information you should consider. Therefore, you should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including “Risk Factors,” “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and our financial statements and related notes before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Our year end is December 31, and our quarters end on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31. Our fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 are referred to herein as 2012 and 2013, respectively. Unless otherwise stated, all reference to “us,” “our,” “CareDx,” “we,” “the Company” and similar designations refer to CareDx, Inc.

CareDx, Inc.

We are a commercial stage company that develops, markets and delivers a diagnostic surveillance solution for heart transplant recipients to help clinicians make personalized treatment decisions throughout a patient’s lifetime. Our commercialized testing solution, the AlloMap heart transplant molecular test, or AlloMap, is a blood-based test used to monitor heart transplant recipients for acute cellular rejection. We believe the use of AlloMap, in conjunction with other clinical indicators, can help healthcare providers and their patients better manage long-term care following a heart transplant. In particular, we believe AlloMap can improve patient care by helping healthcare providers to avoid the use of unnecessary, invasive surveillance biopsies and to determine the appropriate dosage levels of immunosuppressants. We believe there is a significant unmet need for non-invasive post-transplant surveillance solutions and we are applying our expertise in transplantation towards the development of additional solutions for organ transplant recipients, including recipients of heart and kidney transplants.

Transplant recipients are among the highest cost patients in the healthcare system as they require significant healthcare services immediately before, during and after transplantation. Transplant recipients face lifelong risks of illness and death from organ rejection and/or organ failure, and these risks vary significantly among transplant recipients. In order to reduce the risk of organ rejection, drug therapy is used to suppress the recipient’s immune system response to the transplanted organ. This immunosuppression therapy can have serious side-effects including infections, cancers, kidney failure and new onset diabetes. Current solutions for the surveillance of organ transplant recipients provide only limited and infrequent information on the presence or absence of rejection. As a result, clinicians tend to administer relatively high levels of immunosuppression therapy to control rejection risk, which may be more than required for an individual recipient. Due in part to this long-term high level of immunosuppression therapy, illness and mortality rates among transplant recipients remain well above those of the general population. Long-term survival rates for heart and kidney transplant recipients did not improve significantly between 1997 and 2007, and mortality rates for heart transplant and kidney recipients within the first ten years post-transplant remain at approximately 44% and 32%, respectively.

We believe that better post-transplant surveillance solutions that provide objective, personalized and actionable data can help clinicians control rejection risk while reducing the risk of side-effects of immunosuppression for organ transplant recipients. Effective transplant surveillance solutions must be both sensitive enough to detect the early signs of rejection and be non-invasive to allow for frequent testing and timely delivery of information to clinicians. We believe that such solutions can meaningfully improve the care of the approximately 285,000 organ transplant recipients living in the United States and the approximately 285,000 organ transplant recipients living in Europe. Based on published annual transplant data, including the OPTN & Scientific Registry of Transplant Recipients Data Report 2011 ,

 

 

 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

survival rates for transplant recipients, published and estimated testing protocols, reimbursement rates for AlloMap and our estimate of reimbursement rates for our solutions under development, we estimate the total potential market for post-transplant surveillance of heart and kidney transplant recipients to be over $1 billion annually in the United States and over $500 million annually in Europe, with the total potential market for AlloMap alone to be over $130 million annually in the United States and Europe.

AlloMap is the only non-invasive method recommended in the International Society for Heart and Lung Transplantation, or ISHLT, patient care guidelines for surveillance of heart transplant rejection in non-infants. AlloMap has received 510(k) clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for marketing and sale as a test to aid in the identification of heart transplant recipients with stable organ function and a low probability of moderate or severe rejection. A 510(k) submission is a premarketing submission made to the FDA. Clearance may be granted by the FDA if it finds the device or test provides satisfactory evidence pertaining to the claimed intended uses and indications for the device or test. Additionally, we have obtained a CE mark, which indicates a product’s compliance with European Union, or EU, legislation and enables the sale of such product within the EU market. Since launch in January 2005, we have performed more than 55,000 commercial AlloMap tests, including more than 10,000 tests in 2013, in our Brisbane, California laboratory. In 2013, AlloMap was used in 105 of the approximately 126 heart transplant centers in the United States. We believe that there is a meaningful opportunity for AlloMap outside of the United States, and through recent partnerships we are expanding our AlloMap offering to Europe and Canada.

AlloMap has received positive coverage decisions for reimbursement from Medicare and many of the largest private payers, including Aetna, Cigna, Humana, Inc., Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc. and WellPoint. In the aggregate, these payers represent approximately 177 million covered lives. In addition, these payers, when taken together with payers from whom we do not have a formal coverage decision but who have been paying a majority of claims for AlloMap, represent approximately 220 million covered lives. We believe our success in achieving reimbursement confirms the value proposition of AlloMap to our key constituents. As of March 31, 2014, we had been reimbursed for approximately 78% of AlloMap results delivered in the twelve months ended September 30, 2013.

We have successfully completed a number of landmark clinical trials in the transplant field demonstrating the clinical utility of AlloMap for surveillance of heart transplant recipients. We initially established the analytical and clinical validity of AlloMap on the basis of our Cardiac Transplanted Organ Rejection Gene expression Observational (Crespo-Leiro M et al., Am. J. Transplantation, 2012), or CARGO, study. A subsequent trial, Invasive Monitoring Attenuation through Gene Expression (Pham MX et al., N. Eng. J. Med., 2010), or IMAGE, demonstrated that clinical outcomes in recipients managed with AlloMap surveillance were equivalent to outcomes in recipients managed with biopsies.

By developing and commercializing AlloMap, we have gained deep insights into working with transplant centers, transplant clinicians, post-transplant care teams, transplant recipients and payers in the field of managing transplant recipients. Additionally, by conducting numerous clinical trials in transplantation, we have honed our ability to design and execute large trials that have helped to establish the clinical utility of our products. We have also created a proprietary database and blood sample repository over the course of 10 years from over 25 transplant centers containing proprietary, longitudinal samples with clinical outcomes and other data from heart transplant recipients (more than 2,000 recipients with more than 16,000 study visits yielding more than 37,000 samples) and other organ transplant recipients (more than 100 kidney transplant recipients with more than 300 study visits yielding more than 1,000 samples). We believe this proprietary database and sample repository provide us with a significant competitive advantage in the development and validation of solutions for post-transplantation surveillance of organs.

 

 

 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

We believe our success in developing and commercializing AlloMap, combined with our database and sample repository, will accelerate our efforts to develop additional testing solutions in the heart

transplant market and new testing solutions in other organ transplant markets. For instance, we believe we can apply next generation sequencing platforms to detect genetic differences between cell-free DNA, or cfDNA, in the blood stream emanating from the donor heart and cfDNA emanating from the transplant recipient. We are currently developing a research use only cfDNA-based solution for heart transplant recipients. If successful, we intend to offer the cfDNA solution for research use only pursuant to research protocol agreements with participating clinicians. We expect this solution to help determine rejection-specific activity manifested as cell damage in a transplanted heart.

We expect our scientific rationale and clinical understanding of cfDNA to monitor rejection in heart to further our efforts to provide surveillance solutions for additional organs with an initial focus on using a similar cfDNA technology for monitoring kidney transplant recipients.

On May 17, 2014, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire ImmuMetrix, Inc., a privately held development-stage company working on cfDNA-based solutions in transplantation and other fields. Through this acquisition, we expect to add to our existing know-how, expertise and intellectual property in applying cfDNA technology to the surveillance of transplant recipients. The intellectual property rights of ImmuMetrix include an exclusive license from Stanford University to a patent relating to the diagnosis of rejection in organ transplant recipients using cfDNA. In connection with this acquisition, we expect to enter into a consulting agreement with ImmuMetrix founder and Stanford University professor Dr. Stephen Quake. Subject to customary closing conditions, this acquisition is expected to close in June 2014. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Recent Developments.”

Our Strategy

We are dedicated to providing novel, clinically actionable and timely information to improve the lifelong care of recipients with organ transplants. Key elements of our strategy include:

Develop and Commercialize Post-Transplant Surveillance Solutions to Improve Recipient Outcomes. We are applying our expertise in the surveillance of heart transplant recipients to develop additional solutions for heart and new solutions for other organs by leveraging our development team, experience in transplant surveillance, research in cfDNA and significant clinically-annotated sample libraries.

Increase Utilization of AlloMap. We are pursuing broad-based adoption of AlloMap through encouraging its regular and clinically appropriate use in transplant recipients to improve monitoring and outcomes. We continue to support transplant centers in establishing and adhering to testing protocols, including the use of AlloMap, because we believe that establishing these standards for surveillance are critical in personalizing a recipient’s treatment. We expect to build upon our marketing and medical education programs and leverage our transplant-focused sales and marketing team that interacts directly with clinicians, nurses, laboratory and pathology personnel.

Expand the Clinical Utility and Actionability of our Current and Future Solutions . We intend to continue to invest in clinical trials to expand the clinical utility, actionability and rate of adoption of our current and future solutions. Many of the investigators in our sponsored trials are well recognized key opinion leaders in the field and contribute to the education of their peers by way of publications, presentations of their clinical knowledge and experience with developing AlloMap.

Build Upon our Reimbursement Success. We intend to build on our success in securing coverage and reimbursement for AlloMap through continued development of testing solutions that become part of

 

 

 

 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

routine clinic practice, basing our solutions on rigorous science, including clinical trials and peer-reviewed publications, and educating payers regarding the clinical value of our current solution and its potential to reduce the overall cost of care.

Strategically Offer AlloMap Internationally. We believe there is a meaningful market opportunity internationally for AlloMap and have recently signed distribution agreements with Diaxonhit SA to offer AlloMap in Europe and with LifeLabs Medical Laboratory Services to offer AlloMap in Canada. We intend to continue to investigate partnerships for our offerings in other international regions.

Care of Organ Transplant Recipients

The care of organ transplant recipients is an intense effort and requires life-long surveillance and management by highly specialized clinicians and other healthcare providers. Waiting lists for organ transplants in the United States and internationally continue to grow while the number of available donor organs has remained stable. This situation underscores the need for improvements in post-transplant surveillance and care to help ensure that the limited supply of donor organs provides prolonged benefits to transplant recipients. There were approximately 2,500 heart transplants and 16,900 kidney transplants performed in the United States in 2013 and approximately 25,000 heart transplant recipients and 180,000 kidney transplant recipients living in the United States. There were approximately 2,000 heart transplants and 19,000 kidney transplants in the EU in 2012, and we believe there are similar numbers of heart and kidney transplant recipients living in the EU as in the United States.

Risks of Organ Rejection and the Side-Effects of Immunosuppression

Post-transplant recipient care focuses on the life-long management of immunosuppressive drug regimens to prevent or treat rejection. Immunosuppressive drugs are administered most intensively beginning at the time of transplantation, reduced to maintenance levels in the first year post-transplant and continued throughout the recipient’s life.

Immunosuppressive therapy, or drug treatments that are used to decrease the body’s immune response to the transplanted organ, has serious short-term and long-term adverse side effects. In addition to reducing the ability of the body to defend itself from cancer and infections, immunosuppressive therapy increases susceptibility of an individual to kidney failure, new onset diabetes, imbalances of blood lipid levels, hypertension and osteoporosis. As reported in Cancer Incidence and Risk Factors after Organ Transplantation (Vajdic C M et al., Int. J. Cancer, 2009), a combined analysis of five population-based studies demonstrated a three-fold increased risk of cancer in organ transplant recipients compared with the general population matched for age, sex and calendar period. The article further states that this widespread increase in cancer risk after transplantation strongly implicates immunosuppression as a primary cause of the increased cancer risk.

Heart Transplants

Immunosuppressive therapy may cause serious adverse side effects in heart transplant recipients. According to the ISHLT’s 30th Adult Heart Transplantation Report 2012 (Lund LH et al., J. Heart and Lung Transplantation, 2013), there is a clear need for better methods to enable physicians to individualize treatment and minimize the intensity of immunosuppression while still avoiding rejection, as a significant amount of deaths are due to infection or cancer. For example, by the fourth year following transplantation, cancer becomes a major cause of death in heart transplant recipients, representing approximately 20% of all deaths. In addition, infections are also a major cause of death in

 

 

 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

heart transplant recipients, representing approximately 11% of all deaths by the fourth year following transplant and, over time, like cancer, cause more deaths in heart transplant recipients than deaths due to rejection, which is approximately 5% in three to five years post-transplant and which declines to 1% after 10 years post-transplant.

Kidney Transplants

Although short-term survival rates for kidney transplant recipients are generally good, the long-term survival rates and health of kidney transplant recipients remains considerably inferior to that of the general population. The leading causes of death among these recipients include cardiovascular disease, chronic renal failure, cancer and infection. As reported in Diabetes Mellitus after Kidney Transplantation in the United States (Kasiske B L et. al., Am. J. Transplantation, 2003), kidney transplant recipients are highly prone to hypertension and lipid metabolism disorders, and 24% of kidney transplant recipients develop diabetes within three years post-transplant. The National Kidney Foundation reports that immunosuppressive drugs commonly used in the treatment of post-transplant kidney recipients cause or exacerbate cardiovascular disorders, renal failure, cancer, infection, diabetes and other metabolic disorders.

Limitations of Existing Approaches for Surveillance of Transplant Recipients

Surveillance of Heart Transplant Recipients

The historical standard for heart transplant surveillance has been the microscopic examination of heart tissue obtained through an invasive endomyocardial biopsy. In the biopsy procedure, a catheter is inserted into the right internal jugular vein to obtain four pieces of tissue from the wall of the heart. This sample is then sent to a laboratory for examination by a pathologist who uses a microscope to look for evidence of cellular rejection. Limitations of biopsies in the surveillance of heart transplant recipients include:

 

   

Pathologist evaluations are subjective and dependent upon qualitative visual assessment;

 

   

Biopsies may not be effective at detecting early stages of rejection;

 

   

Negative biopsy results do not necessarily prove a lack of rejection activity;

 

   

Serious complications such as arrhythmias or injury to the heart occur in 2% of biopsies;

 

   

Biopsies present radiation related risks associated with the x-ray imaging used in biopsies; and

 

   

Biopsies require recipients to be admitted to a hospital or other transplant center.

Due to these and other limitations, biopsies are not frequently used by clinicians to tailor the use of immunosuppressants. The typical schedule of biopsy surveillance may involve a total of ten to fifteen biopsies within the first year post-transplant. Because repeated biopsies incur cumulative risk and trauma to the recipient, the frequency of biopsy surveillance after one year has been low, despite the fact that recipients would benefit from continued monitoring for rejection and management of their immunosuppressive drugs for the rest of their lives. With less biopsy data collected after the first year post-transplant, clinicians have less information upon which to tailor immunosuppression treatment for their recipients.

Surveillance of Kidney Transplant Recipients

Kidney transplant recipients are typically monitored using clinical laboratory tests that measure kidney function but are not necessarily indicative of rejection. The main clinical test indicator of transplanted

 

 

 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

kidney dysfunction is an increase in serum creatinine levels above a baseline value. Although widely used, literature suggests that changes in serum creatinine levels may be nonspecific and only detected late, after significant renal function loss has occurred.

The use of renal biopsies for surveillance of kidney transplants is limited due to the risks associated with such biopsies. As reported in the Timing of Complications in Percutaneous Renal Biopsy (Whittier W L et. al., J. Am Soc. Nephrol, 2004), overt complications, most related to bleeding, occur in up to 13% of the cases, with half of those complications considered major. Following a renal biopsy, a recipient must often remain under medical supervision and on bed rest for four to six hours due to the risk of bleeding. Accordingly, renal biopsy is generally used only when kidney rejection is suspected.

Immunosuppression of Heart and Kidney Transplant Recipients

The risk of rejection in heart and kidney transplant recipients is managed primarily through the use of immunosuppression. Surveillance biopsies are infrequent, especially in kidney and even in heart after the first year, because of invasive procedural risks, discomfort, inconvenience, expense and the low rate of finding moderate to severe grade rejection. As a result, clinicians have limited and infrequent information about an individual recipient’s risk of rejection over the months and years following transplant. In the average recipient, the immune system gradually adapts to the organ graft, and the need for immunosuppression declines over time. However, there is meaningful variation in the level of rejection activity and need for immunosuppression among transplant recipients.

Limited insight into the risk profile of the individual recipient often causes clinicians to apply a ‘one-size-fits’ all approach to immunosuppression to help protect against the severe consequences of rejection. Although typical doses of immunosuppressants result in a low rate of rejection in the transplant population as a whole, many individuals receive more immunosuppressants than they may actually need. Improved post-transplantation diagnostics are necessary to make further gains in the long-term care and health outcomes of heart, kidney and other organ transplant recipients.

The Need for a Better Surveillance Solution

More effective solutions for the surveillance and risk assessment of recipients would improve the clinician’s ability to individualize immunosuppression therapy and to reduce the use of invasive biopsies. We believe that core elements of effective surveillance solutions include:

 

   

Highly accurate and quantitative results;

 

   

Non-invasive;

 

   

Easy to administer;

 

   

Differentiate rejection from quiescence;

 

   

Detect rejection earlier; and

 

   

Timing and frequency of results that allow informed and effective treatment decisions.

Our Solution

We develop and provide a diagnostic surveillance testing solution for organ transplant recipients. Our commercial testing solution, AlloMap, uses gene expression technology to aid in the identification of heart transplant recipients at low risk of rejection. The test measures the molecular signatures that

 

 

 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

correlate with biological activity associated with acute cellular rejection. Gene expression may indicate acute cellular rejection well before the evidence of damage is visible from a tissue biopsy sample. AlloMap applies a proprietary mathematical algorithm comprised of the expression values, or RNA levels, of 20 genes and yields a single integer score which determines the probability of moderate to severe acute cellular rejection. A key benefit of the AlloMap score is its negative predictive value, or NPV. The NPV of AlloMap is the likelihood that a heart transplant recipient is at low risk for rejection. The NPV for recipients with an AlloMap score below the threshold range for one or more years post-transplant can be greater than 99% depending on the actual score.

The clinical utility of AlloMap is supported by numerous clinical trials sponsored by us, the results of which have been published in leading peer-reviewed medical journals. AlloMap is the first and only non-invasive method recommended in the ISHLT patient care guidelines for surveillance of heart transplant recipients for rejection in non-infants. AlloMap has obtained 510(k) clearance from the FDA.

We have performed commercial AlloMap tests for more than 13,000 recipients, and we have performed more than 55,000 commercial AlloMap tests in total.

AlloMap is designed to provide the following benefits:

Better Patient Care. AlloMap is designed to be performed using a sample of the patient’s peripheral blood rather than invasive biopsies that are uncomfortable, sometimes painful, time-consuming and present risk of complications. We believe that AlloMap is attractive to patients who may not be fully compliant with their prescribed testing protocol.

Better Long-Term Care . By providing patients and their care providers with timely, accurate and quantitative information about a patient’s risk of rejection activity, AlloMap is intended to help improve the quality and effectiveness of patient care in the post-transplant period to help tailor the level of invasive testing and immunosuppression therapy to a particular patient’s needs.

Novel, Clinically Actionable Information. The AlloMap score may be used instead of a surveillance heart biopsy to rule out acute cellular rejection in heart transplant recipients and may provide information about the patient’s risk for future graft dysfunction or death which has the potential to further guide personalized immunosuppressant treatment. In addition, because AlloMap is non-invasive, patients can be monitored through more frequent testing than would be practical using more invasive methods.

Quantitative Results. AlloMap uses a molecular approach that provides clinicians with a reproducible, quantitative assessment and an associated numerical score which allow comparisons for the same patient over time to identify increases or decreases in the likelihood that the patient is experiencing rejection.

Rapid Turnaround. Rapid, high quality results are essential to enable timely implementation of treatment options. For approximately 95% of patients, we return results to the clinician within three business days after the blood draw.

Reduce Healthcare Costs and Resource Usage. Long-term care of transplant recipients is costly. Providing timely, accurate and non-invasive surveillance data for transplant recipients would help clinicians make more informed decisions on use of biopsies and optimal immunosuppression therapy which has the potential to reduce overall healthcare costs by avoiding unnecessary biopsies and their associated risks, reducing the use and adverse effects of immunosuppression therapy and potentially reducing the rate of organ rejection.

 

 

 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

Our Development Pipeline

Our development pipeline is focused on further expanding the clinical utility of AlloMap through additional research and analysis of our database and samples acquired from previously completed trials, developing new solutions for the surveillance of organ transplants by applying donor derived cfDNA as a biomarker, and potential in-licensing or acquisition of new products and technologies that further enhance our portfolio of solutions to improve the long-term care of organ transplant recipients.

We are pursuing novel strategies to detect donor specific cfDNA using next generation sequencing. Next generation sequencing has been used to detect donor specific DNA in published studies. We have developed methodologies that we believe will potentially enable us to achieve the turnaround time and cost-efficiency required for practical commercial use in clinical surveillance. We believe our existing repository of specimens suitable for product development in heart will provide us with a competitive advantage in developing and establishing our cfDNA test in heart and extending our approach to kidney and other organs.

Cell-free DNA for Heart Transplants

We are seeking to develop a cfDNA-based test for heart transplant recipients in addition to our established AlloMap test. We believe a cfDNA solution for heart transplant recipients would help to identify recipients with a higher probability of rejection.

We have established our proprietary strategy for quantification of donor specific cfDNA and we have completed initial proof of concept studies. We have defined a strategy to efficiently utilize our repository of 37,000 blood samples to enable further development and validation of our cfDNA solution. We have defined an experimental plan to be conducted in the third quarter of 2014 with the objective of developing a research use only, or RUO, version of our cfDNA solution as early as the end of 2014. We do not currently intend to commercialize our cfDNA test for heart and our RUO test will not generate incremental revenue for us. We believe that a RUO cfDNA-based solution for heart transplant recipients, if developed by us, would provide validation of cfDNA as a meaningful biomarker for post-transplant surveillance, provide us with further insight and expertise in the development of cfDNA-based solutions for the surveillance of organ transplants and enhance our relationships within the heart transplant community through ongoing dialogue.

We also intend to publish an abstract on the results of the clinical performance of our cfDNA test for heart based on our sample and data repository, and publication of abstracts from our initial clinical experience with our research use only test. Timing of these events will depend on the success of our development efforts.

Cell-free DNA for Kidney Transplants

We intend to apply the expertise we gain in developing our heart transplant cfDNA test to develop cfDNA solutions for other organ transplants, beginning with kidney transplants. We have a proprietary library of longitudinal blood samples from kidney transplant recipients obtained from the University of California at San Francisco and are seeking to acquire rights to access well-curated samples from other university hospitals and other sample repository consortiums in the United States with which we maintain relationships. The time required to develop and validate a test for kidney transplants depends on a number of factors, including the success and timing of developing a cfDNA test for heart transplants and the time required to acquire sufficient samples. We are aiming to initiate a prospective clinical outcomes study in kidney transplant recipients applying a cfDNA-based test as early as the second half of 2015.

 

 

 

 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

Risks Associated with our Business

Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

   

We have a history of losses, and we expect to incur net losses for the next several years;

 

   

Our financial results are largely dependent on sales of one test, AlloMap, and we will need to generate sufficient revenues from this and other future solutions to grow our business;

 

   

We receive a substantial portion of our revenues from Medicare, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in, reimbursement from Medicare would adversely affect our financial performance;

 

   

The development and commercialization of additional diagnostic solutions is a key to our growth strategy. New test development involves a lengthy and complex process, and we may not be successful in our efforts to develop and commercialize additional diagnostic solutions using cfDNA or other technologies;

 

   

Health insurers and other third-party payers may decide to revoke coverage of our existing test, decide not to cover our future solutions or may provide inadequate reimbursement, which could jeopardize our commercial prospects;

 

   

In order to operate our laboratory, we have to comply with the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, and state laws governing clinical laboratories;

 

   

Our competitive position depends on maintaining intellectual property protection;

 

   

We may face intellectual property infringement claims that could be time-consuming and costly to defend and could result in our loss of significant rights and the assessment of treble damages; and

 

   

Our operating results may fluctuate, which could cause our stock price to decrease.

Our Corporate Information

We were originally incorporated in Delaware in December 1998 under the name Hippocratic Engineering, Inc. In April 1999, we changed our name to BioCardia, Inc., in June 2002, we changed our name to Expression Diagnostics, Inc., in July 2007, we changed our name to XDx, Inc., and in March 2014, we changed our name to CareDx, Inc.

Office Location

Our principal executive office is located at 3260 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, CA 94005, and our telephone number is (415) 287-2300. Our website address is www.caredxinc.com . The information on, or that may be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be relied upon in making an investment decision.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, and therefore we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements, including not being required to have our internal controls over financial reporting audited by our independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding

 

 

 

 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

 

 

 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

               Shares.

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                shares (             shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

Over-allotment option

   We have granted to the underwriters the option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $        , or approximately $         if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
  

•  approximately $         million for research and development, including the development of our product pipeline;

  

•  approximately $         million for sales and marketing activities, including expansion of our sales force to support the ongoing commercialization of our products; and

  

•  the remainder for general and administrative expenses (including personnel related costs and the costs of operating as a public company), and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

   See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Risk factors

   You should read “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 16, and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed trading symbol

   CDNA

 

 

 

 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 42,282,874 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014, 6,053,151 shares issuable upon completion of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc. in June 2014 and                  shares issuable upon conversion of a subordinated convertible promissory note issued by us in April 2014, as described below. The number of outstanding shares excludes:

 

   

3,085,524 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2014, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.57 per share;

 

   

667,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our 1998 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2014, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.46 per share;

 

   

4,273,272 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2014, on an as-converted basis and at a weighted average exercise price of $3.30 per share;

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (which consist of (1)                 shares of common stock initially reserved for issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan; (2)                 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness; (3) up to                 additional shares as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering that may be added to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan upon the expiration, termination, forfeiture or other reacquisition of any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock awards outstanding under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan), which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and (4) any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan;

 

   

            shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan;

 

   

1,560,760 shares of common stock issuable to the former stockholders of ImmuMetrix upon completion of a performance milestone, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations –Recent Developments”; and

 

   

189,890 shares of our preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of options that will be assumed upon completion of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc., which is expected to occur in June 2014, and the conversion of such options into options for common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Except where we state otherwise, the information we present in this prospectus reflects:

 

   

a one-for-             reverse split of our common stock effected on                 , 2014;

 

   

the conversion upon completion of this offering of a subordinated convertible promissory note issued to Illumina, Inc. in April 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million plus accrued interest into              shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the note on June 30, 2014 at the common stock price per share equal to $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus). The actual conversion price will be the lower of $3.18 and the price at which stock is sold in this offering. For a description of

 

 

 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

 

the subordinated convertible promissory note, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Funding Requirements;”

 

   

the issuance of 6,053,151 shares of our preferred stock upon completion of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc., which is expected to occur in June 2014, all of which shall be converted into common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 41,400,266 shares of common stock upon completion of this offering;

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants;

 

   

amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after March 31, 2014, and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our financial data. The summary statements of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the summary balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 have been derived from audited financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the summary balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary financial data should be read together with our audited and unaudited financial statements and the related notes, as well as the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim condensed financial statements were prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period, and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)    2012     2013     2013     2014  
           (unaudited)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Testing revenue

   $ 19,730      $ 21,672      $ 4,809      $ 5,834   

Collaboration and license revenue

     721        426        172        90   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     20,451        22,098        4,981        5,924   

Operating expenses:

        

Cost of testing

     7,930        9,078        2,124        2,162   

Research and development

     4,752        3,176        1,002        720   

Sales and marketing

     5,417        5,892        1,569        1,474   

General and administrative

     4,694        4,809        1,064        1,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     22,793        22,955        5,759        6,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,342     (857     (778     (227

Interest expense, net

     (2,703     (2,149     (565     (548

Other expense, net

     (14     (536     (5     (529
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (5,059   $ (3,542   $ (1,348   $ (1,304
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (0.73   $ (0.51   $ (0.19   $ (0.19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

     6,913,270        6,923,946        6,923,187        6,932,063   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)(2)

     $ (0.06     $ (0.02
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)(2)

       49,896,539          49,904,656   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. See Notes 2 and 3 to our audited financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)

We have presented pro forma net loss per common share information for the year ended December 31, 2013 and three months ended March 31, 2014 to (i) reflect the issuance of 6,053,151 shares of our preferred stock upon completion of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc., which is expected to occur in June 2014, (ii) the issuance of 1,572,327 shares of our preferred stock upon conversion of a subordinated convertible promissory note issued in April 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million at an assumed conversion price per share of $3.18, (iii) reflect the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 41,400,266  shares of common stock and (iv) the reclassification to equity of our convertible

 

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

 

preferred stock warrant liability in connection with the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants. The numerator has been adjusted to remove the loss resulting from remeasurement of the warrant liability as these amounts will be reclassified to equity upon the closing of this offering.

 

     As of March 31, 2014
     Actual     Pro  Forma (1)     Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)(3)
     (in thousands)
    

(unaudited)

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,837       

Working capital

     (1,098    

Total assets

     11,095       

Total debt

     15,076       

Convertible preferred stock

     135,202      $     

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (151,924     (15,669  

 

(1)  

Gives effect to (i) the issuance of 6,053,151 shares of our preferred stock upon completion of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc., which is expected to occur in June 2014, and (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into 41,400,266 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering and the reclassification to equity of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability in connection with the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants.

(2)  

Reflects, in addition to the pro forma adjustments set forth above, the issuance and conversion of a subordinated convertible promissory note issued in April 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million plus accrued interest into                  shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the note at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the lower of $3.18 and the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus), and the sale by us of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(3)  

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital total assets and total stockholders’ deficit by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

 

 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes, before investing in our common stock. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially harmed. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of losses, and we expect to incur net losses for the next several years.

We have incurred substantial net losses since our inception, and we expect to continue to incur additional losses for the next several years. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014, we had a net loss of $5.1 million, $3.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively. From our inception through March 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $161 million. We expect to continue to incur significant operating expenses and anticipate that our expenses will increase due to costs relating to, among other things:

 

   

researching, developing, validating and commercializing potential future diagnostic solutions, including our cell-free DNA, or cfDNA, solutions currently in development;

 

   

developing, presenting and publishing additional clinical and economic utility data intended to increase payer coverage and clinician adoption of our current and future solutions;

 

   

expansion of our operating capabilities;

 

   

maintenance, expansion and protection of our intellectual property portfolio and trade secrets;

 

   

future clinical trials;

 

   

expansion of the size and geographic reach of our sales force and our marketing capabilities to commercialize potential future solutions;

 

   

employment of additional clinical, quality control, scientific, customer service, laboratory, billing and reimbursement and management personnel; and

 

   

employment of operational, financial, accounting and information systems personnel, consistent with expanding our operations and our status as a newly public company following this offering.

Even if we achieve significant revenues, we may not become profitable, and even if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain consistently profitable could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could significantly impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business or continue to pursue our growth strategy. For a detailed discussion of our financial condition and results of operations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Our financial results are largely dependent on sales of one test, AlloMap, and we will need to generate sufficient revenues from this and other future solutions to grow our business.

Our ability to generate revenue is currently dependent on sales of the AlloMap heart transplant molecular test, or AlloMap, and we expect that sales of AlloMap will account for a substantial portion of our revenue for at least the next several years. Although we are working to develop a cfDNA heart

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

transplant solution, even if we are successful in developing this new test, we expect that it would be marketed as part of AlloMap and that it would not generate additional standalone revenue for us. In addition, while we are in the process of developing a cfDNA solution for kidney transplant recipients, even if we are successful in developing this test, we do not expect this test to be commercially available for at least the next several years. If we are unable to increase sales of AlloMap or successfully develop and commercialize other solutions or enhancements, our revenues and our ability to achieve profitability would be impaired, and the market price of our common stock could decline.

We receive a substantial portion of our revenues from Medicare, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in, reimbursement from Medicare would adversely affect our financial performance.

Payments from Medicare for AlloMap represented approximately 50% of testing revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2014, approximately 52% of testing revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 and approximately 53% of testing revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. We anticipate that Medicare will continue to be the payer for a significant portion of our claims for the foreseeable future. However, we may not be able to maintain or increase our tests reimbursed by Medicare for a variety of reasons, including changes in reimbursement practices, general policy shifts, or reductions in reimbursement amounts. We cannot predict whether Medicare reimbursements will continue at the same payment amount or with the same breadth of coverage in the future, if at all.

The development and commercialization of additional diagnostic solutions is a key to our growth strategy. New test development involves a lengthy and complex process, and we may not be successful in our efforts to develop and commercialize additional diagnostic solutions.

A key element of our strategy is to discover, develop, validate and commercialize a portfolio of new diagnostic solutions in addition to AlloMap. While we have engaged in discovery and development activity for our planned cfDNA solution for heart transplant recipients, we will be required to devote considerable additional efforts and resources to the further research and development of this test before it can be made available. Our planned new diagnostic solutions for organs other than the heart, such as our planned cfDNA solution for kidney transplant recipients, are at much earlier stages of development. cfDNA solutions are a novel technology, and to date have not been used commercially in the field of transplantation surveillance. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully complete development of or commercialize any of our planned future solutions, or that they will prove to be capable of reliably being used for organ surveillance in the heart or in other types of organs. Before we can successfully develop and commercialize any of our currently planned or other new diagnostic solutions, we will need to:

 

   

conduct substantial research and development;

 

   

conduct clinical validation studies;

 

   

expend significant funds;

 

   

expand and scale-up our laboratory processes;

 

   

expand and train our sales force;

 

   

gain acceptance from ordering clinicians at a larger number of transplant centers; and

 

   

seek and obtain regulatory clearance or approvals of our new solutions, as required by applicable regulations.

This process involves a high degree of risk and may take up to several years or more. Our test development and commercialization efforts may fail for many reasons, including:

 

   

failure of the test at the research or development stage;

 

   

difficulty in accessing testing samples, especially testing samples with known clinical results;

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

lack of clinical validation data to support the effectiveness of the test;

 

   

delays resulting from the failure of third-party suppliers or contractors to meet their obligations in a timely and cost-effective manner;

 

   

failure to obtain or maintain necessary clearances or approvals to market the test; or

 

   

lack of commercial acceptance by patients, clinicians, or third-party payers.

Few research and development projects result in commercial products, and success in early clinical studies often is not replicated in later studies. At any point, we may abandon development of new diagnostic solutions, or we may be required to expend considerable resources repeating clinical trials, which would adversely impact the timing for generating potential revenues from those new diagnostic solutions. In addition, as we develop diagnostic solutions, we will have to make additional investments in our sales and marketing operations, which may be prematurely or unnecessarily incurred if the commercial launch of a test is abandoned or delayed. If a clinical validation study fails to demonstrate the prospectively defined endpoints of the study, we would likely abandon the development of the test or test feature that was the subject of the clinical trial, which could harm our business.

If we do not achieve our projected development goals in the time frames we announce and expect, the commercialization of additional diagnostic solutions by us may be delayed and, as a result, our business will suffer and our stock price may decline.

From time to time, we expect to estimate and publicly announce the anticipated timing of the accomplishment of various clinical and other product development goals, which we sometimes refer to as milestones. In addition, we have included a discussion of a number of anticipated milestones elsewhere in this prospectus. The actual timing of these milestones could vary dramatically compared to our estimates, in some cases for reasons beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will meet our projected milestones and if we do not meet these milestones as publicly announced, the commercialization of our diagnostic solutions may be delayed or may not occur at all and, as a result, our business will suffer and our stock price may decline. Please see the section entitled “Business—Our Development Pipeline” for more information regarding our milestones.

The field of diagnostic testing in transplantation is evolving and is subject to rapid technological change. If we are unable to develop solutions to keep pace with rapid medical and scientific change, our operating results could be harmed.

The field of diagnostic testing in transplantation is evolving. Although there have been few advances in technology relating to organ rejection in transplant recipients, the market for medical diagnostic companies is marked by rapid and substantial technological development and innovations which could make AlloMap, and our solutions in development, outdated. We must continually innovate and expand our test offerings to address unmet needs in monitoring transplant related conditions. AlloMap and our solutions under development could become obsolete unless we continually innovate and expand our product offerings to include new clinical applications. If we are unable to demonstrate the effectiveness of AlloMap and future diagnostic solutions, if any, compared to new methodologies and technologies, then sales of our solutions could decline, which would harm our business and financial results.

If clinicians and hospital administrators do not adopt our diagnostic solutions, we will not achieve future sales growth.

Clinicians and healthcare administrators are traditionally slow to adopt new products, testing practices and clinical treatments, partly because of perceived liability risks and the uncertainty of third-party reimbursement. It is critical to the success of our sales efforts that we continue to educate clinicians and administrators about AlloMap and, subject to their development, our future solutions, and demonstrate the clinical benefits of these solutions. We believe that clinicians and transplant centers may not use our

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

solutions unless they determine, based on published peer-reviewed journal articles and the experience of other clinicians, that our solutions provide accurate, reliable and cost-effective information that is useful in monitoring their post-transplant recipients.

We estimate that there are approximately 126 centers managing heart transplant recipients in the United States. In 2013, AlloMap was used in 105 of these centers, 54 of which have included AlloMap in their treatment protocols to encourage consistent use of AlloMap throughout their recipient population. However, not all clinicians in these centers are currently using our test. In order for AlloMap sales to grow, we must continue to market to and educate clinicians and administrators at treatment centers that have used our test to increase the number of clinicians ordering our test, the number of recipients tested and the number of tests per recipient. In addition, we must actively solicit additional treatment centers to establish policies and procedures for ordering our test and to encourage clinicians at those centers to incorporate our test into their standard clinical practice. Some of the challenges that our sales team must overcome include explaining the clinical benefits of AlloMap, which is a highly technical product, and changing a 30-year patient management paradigm of using biopsy as the basis of transplant recipient monitoring. If clinicians and hospital administrators do not adopt and continue to use AlloMap or our future solutions, our business and financial results will suffer.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, each of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline.

Historically, our financial results have been, and we expect that our operating results will continue to be, subject to quarterly fluctuations. Our net loss and other operating results will be affected by numerous factors, including:

 

   

our ability to successfully market and sell AlloMap;

 

   

our ability to commercialize new diagnostic solutions;

 

   

the amount of our research and development expenditures;

 

   

the timing of cash collections from third-party payers;

 

   

the extent to which our current test and future solutions, if any, are eligible for coverage and reimbursement from third-party payers;

 

   

changes in coverage and reimbursement or in reimbursement-related laws directly affecting our business;

 

   

any intellectual property infringement lawsuit or opposition, interference or cancellation proceeding in which we may become involved;

 

   

announcements by our competitors of new or competitive products;

 

   

regulatory developments affecting our test or competing products;

 

   

total operating expenses; and

 

   

changes in expectation as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates, publications or research reports by securities analysts;

If our quarterly operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Furthermore, any quarterly fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our stock to fluctuate substantially. We believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If the utility of our current solution and solutions in development is not supported by studies published in peer-reviewed medical publications, the rate of adoption of our current and future solutions by clinicians and treatment centers and the rate of reimbursement of our current and future solutions by payers may be negatively affected.

The results of our clinical trials involving AlloMap have been presented at major medical society congresses and published in peer-reviewed publications in leading medical journals. We need to maintain a continued presence in peer-reviewed publications to promote clinician adoption and favorable reimbursement decisions. We believe that peer-reviewed journal articles that provide evidence of the utility of our current and future solutions or the technology underlying AlloMap or future solutions are very important to the commercial success of our current and any future solutions. Clinicians typically take a significant amount of time to adopt new products, testing practices and clinical treatments, partly because of perceived liability risks and the uncertainty of third-party reimbursement. It is critical to the success of our sales efforts that we educate a sufficient number of clinicians and administrators about AlloMap and our future solutions, and demonstrate the clinical benefits of these solutions. Clinicians may not adopt, and third-party payers may not cover or adequately reimburse for, our current and future solutions unless they determine, based on published peer-reviewed journal articles and the experience of other clinicians, that our diagnostic current and future solutions provide accurate, reliable and cost-effective information that is useful in monitoring transplant recipients and making informed and timely treatment decisions.

The administration of clinical and economic utility studies is expensive and demands significant attention from our management team. Data collected from these studies may not be positive or consistent with our existing data, or may not be statistically significant or compelling to the medical community. If the results obtained from our ongoing or future studies are inconsistent with certain results obtained from our previous studies, adoption of our current and future solutions would suffer and our business would be harmed. While we have had success in generating peer-reviewed publications regarding AlloMap, peer-reviewed publications regarding our future solutions may be limited by many factors, including delays in the completion of, poor design of, or lack of compelling data from clinical studies that would be the subject of the article. If our current and future solutions or the technology underlying AlloMap or our future solutions do not receive sufficient favorable exposure in peer-reviewed publications, the rate of clinician adoption and positive reimbursement coverage decisions could be negatively affected. The publication of clinical data in peer-reviewed journals is a crucial step in commercializing and obtaining reimbursement for diagnostic solutions such as ours, and our inability to control when, if ever, results are published may delay or limit our ability to derive sufficient revenue from any product that is the subject of a study.

Transplant centers may not adopt AlloMap or future solutions due to historical practices or due to more favorable reimbursement policies associated with other means of monitoring transplants.

Due to the historically limited monitoring options and the well-established coverage and reimbursement for biopsies, clinicians are accustomed to monitoring for acute cellular rejection in heart transplant recipients by utilizing biopsies. Many clinicians use our test in parallel with biopsies rather than as an alternative to biopsies. While we do not market AlloMap as a biopsy alternative, per se, if treatment center administrators view our test as an alternative to a biopsy and believe they would derive more revenue from the performance of biopsies, such administrators may be motivated to reduce or avoid the use of our test. We cannot provide assurance that our efforts will increase the use of our test by new or existing customers. Our failure to increase the frequency of use of our test by new and existing customers would adversely affect our growth and revenues.

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If we are unable to successfully compete with larger and more established players in the clinical surveillance of transplantation field, we may be unable to increase or sustain our revenues or achieve profitability.

Our AlloMap solution for heart transplant recipients competes against existing diagnostic tests utilized by pathologists, which, in the case of heart transplant rejection, generally involve evaluating biopsy samples to determine the presence or absence of rejection. This practice has been the standard of care in the United States for many years, and we will need to continue to educate clinicians, transplant recipients and payers about the various benefits of our test in order to change clinical practice.

Competition for kidney surveillance diagnostics can also come from biopsies. However, because of the risks and discomforts of the invasive kidney biopsy procedure, as well as the expense and relatively low rate of finding moderate to severe grade rejection, biopsy is not a standard practice for surveillance of transplanted kidneys. Additional competition for kidney surveillance diagnostics currently comes from general, non-specific clinical chemistry tests such as serum creatinine, urine protein, complete blood count, lipid profile and others that are widely ordered by physician offices and routinely performed in clinical reference labs and hospital labs.

We expect the competition for post-transplant surveillance to increase as there are numerous established and startup companies in the process of developing novel products and services for the transplant market which may directly or indirectly compete with AlloMap or our development pipeline. In addition to companies focused on pre-transplantation such as Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc.’s One Lambda and Immucor, Inc.’s LIFECODES businesses, companies who have not historically focused on transplantation, but with existing knowledge of cfDNA technology have indicated they are considering this market.

The field of clinical surveillance of transplantation is evolving. New and well established companies are devoting substantial resources to the application of molecular diagnostics to the treatment of medical conditions. Some of these companies may elect to develop and market diagnostic solutions in the post-transplant surveillance market.

Many of our potential competitors have greater brand recognition and substantially greater financial and technical resources and development, production and marketing capabilities than we do. Others may develop lower-priced, less complex tests that could be viewed by clinicians and payers as functionally equivalent to our test, which could force us to lower the current list price of our test and impact our operating margins and our ability to achieve profitability. If we are unable to compete successfully against current or future competitors, we may be unable to increase market acceptance for and sales of AlloMap and our future solutions, which could prevent us from increasing or sustaining our revenues or achieving profitability and could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our research and development efforts will be hindered if we are not able to acquire or contract with third parties for access to additional tissue and blood samples.

Our clinical development relies on our ability to secure access to tissue and blood samples, as well as recipient information including biopsy results and clinical outcomes from the same patient. Furthermore, the studies through which our future solutions are developed rely on access to multiple samples from the same recipient over a period of time as opposed to samples at a single point in time or archived samples. While we have a substantial collection of samples from previous clinical trials, we expect that we will require additional samples and recipient data for future research, development and validation. Access to recipients and samples on a real-time, or non-archived, basis is limited and often on an exclusive basis. Additionally, the process of negotiating access to new and archive recipient data and samples is lengthy since it typically involves numerous parties and approval levels to resolve complex issues such as usage rights, institutional review board approval, recipient consent, privacy rights and informed consent of recipients, publication rights, intellectual property ownership and research parameters. If we are not able to acquire or negotiate access to new and archived recipient data and blood samples with source

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

institutions, or if other laboratories or our competitors secure access to these samples before us, our ability to research, develop and commercialize future solutions will be limited or delayed.

If we cannot enter into and maintain new clinical collaborations, our efforts to commercialize AlloMap and our development of new products could be delayed.

In the past, we have entered into clinical trial collaborations with highly regarded academic institutions and leading treatment centers in the transplant field. Our success in the future may depend in part on our ability to enter into agreements with other leading institutions in the transplant field. Securing these agreements can be difficult due to internal and external constraints placed on these organizations. Some organizations may limit the number of collaborations they have with any one company so as to not be perceived as biased or conflicted. Organizations may also have insufficient administrative and related infrastructure to enable collaborations with many companies at once, which can extend the time it takes to develop, negotiate and implement a collaboration. In addition to completing clinical trial collaborations, publication of clinical data in peer-reviewed journals is a crucial step in commercializing and obtaining coverage and reimbursement for solutions such as ours. Our inability to control when, if ever, results of such studies are published may delay or limit our ability to derive sufficient revenues from any test that may result from a collaboration.

From time to time we expect to engage in discussions with potential clinical collaborators, which may or may not lead to collaborations. We cannot guarantee that any discussions will result in clinical collaborations or that any clinical studies which may result will be enrolled or completed in a reasonable time frame or with successful outcomes. Once news of discussions regarding possible collaborations become known in the medical community, regardless of whether the news is accurate, failure to announce a collaborative agreement or the entity’s announcement of a collaboration with an entity other than us may result in adverse speculation about us, our current and future solutions or our technology, resulting in harm to our reputation and our business.

If we are unable to successfully manage our growth and support demand for our test, our business may suffer.

As our test volume grows, we will need to continue to ramp up our testing capacity, implement increases in scale and related processing, customer service, billing and systems process improvements and expand our internal quality assurance program to support testing on a larger scale. We will also need additional certified laboratory scientists and other scientific and technical personnel to process our tests. We cannot assure you that any increases in scale, related improvements and quality assurance will be successfully implemented or that appropriate personnel will be available. As additional products are developed, we may need to bring new equipment on-line, implement new systems, technology, controls and procedures and hire personnel with different qualifications. We plan to expand our sales force to support additional products. There is significant competition for qualified, productive sales personnel with advanced sales skills and technical knowledge in our field. Our ability to achieve significant growth in revenue in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training, and retaining sufficient qualified sales personnel.

The value of AlloMap depends, in large part, on our ability to perform AlloMap on a timely basis and at a high quality standard, and on our reputation for such timeliness and quality. Failure to implement necessary procedures, transition to new equipment or processes or to hire new personnel could result in higher costs of processing or an inability to meet market demand in a timely manner. There can be no assurance that we will be able to perform AlloMap or our future solutions, if any, on a timely basis at a level consistent with demand, that our efforts to scale our commercial operations will not negatively affect the quality of test results or that we will be successful in responding to the growing complexity of our testing operations. If we encounter difficulty meeting market demand for our current and future solutions, our reputation could be harmed and our future prospects and our business could suffer.

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, our growth may place a significant strain on our management, operating and financial systems and our sales, marketing and administrative resources. As a result of our growth, our operating costs may escalate even faster than planned, and some of our internal systems may need to be enhanced or replaced. If we cannot effectively manage our expanding operations and our costs, we may not be able to grow effectively or we may grow at a slower pace, and our business could be adversely affected.

Our recent testing revenue growth rates may not be indicative of future growth, and we may not continue to grow at our recent pace, or at all.

From 2012 to 2013, our testing revenue grew from $19.7 million to $21.7 million, which represents a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 9.8%. In the future, our revenue may not grow as rapidly as it has over the past several years. We believe that our future revenue growth will depend on, among other factors:

 

   

the continued usage and acceptance of our current and future solutions;

 

   

demand for our products and services;

 

   

the introduction and acceptance of new or enhanced products or services by us or by competitors;

 

   

our ability to maintain reimbursement for AlloMap and secure reimbursement for our future solutions;

 

   

our ability to anticipate and effectively adapt to developing markets and to rapidly changing technologies;

 

   

our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel;

 

   

the initiation, renewal or expiration of significant contracts with our commercial partners;

 

   

pricing changes by us, our suppliers or our competitors; and

 

   

general economic conditions and other factors.

We may not be successful in our efforts to manage any of the foregoing, and any failure to be successful in these efforts could materially and adversely affect revenue growth. You should not consider our past revenue growth to be indicative of future growth.

If our sole laboratory facility becomes inoperable, we will be unable to perform AlloMap and future solutions, if any, and our business will be harmed.

We perform all of our diagnostic services in our laboratory located in Brisbane, California. We do not have redundant laboratory facilities. Brisbane is situated on or near earthquake fault lines. Our facility and the equipment we use to perform AlloMap would be costly to replace and could require substantial lead time to repair or replace, if damaged or destroyed. The facility may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, wildfires, flooding and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to perform our tests for some period of time. The inability to perform our tests may result in the loss of customers or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to regain those customers in the future. Although we possess insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

In order to establish a redundant laboratory facility, we would have to spend considerable time and money securing adequate space, constructing the facility, recruiting and training employees, and establishing the additional operational and administrative infrastructure necessary to support a second facility. Additionally, any new clinical laboratory facility opened by us would be required to be certified under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, a federal law that regulates

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

clinical laboratories that perform testing on specimens derived from humans for the purpose of providing information for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of disease. We would also be required to secure and maintain state licenses required by several states, including California, Florida, Maryland, New York, and Pennsylvania, which can take a significant amount of time and result in delays in our ability to begin operations at that facility. If we failed to secure any such licenses, we would not be able to process samples from recipients in such states. We also expect that it would be difficult, time-consuming and costly to train, equip and use a third-party to perform tests on our behalf. We could only use another facility with the established state licensures and CLIA certification necessary to perform AlloMap or future solutions following validation and other required procedures. We cannot assure you that we would be able to find another CLIA-certified facility willing or able to adopt AlloMap or future solutions and comply with the required procedures, or that this laboratory would be willing or able to perform the tests for us on commercially reasonable terms.

Our commercial partner in Europe will rely on a third party laboratory to perform AlloMap. We do not have access to redundant facilities in Europe and our exclusive arrangement precludes the engagement by us of another collaboration partner whose laboratories we could use in the event that our primary facility is harmed or rendered inoperable. Without immediate access to an alternative facility, any disruption to our European partner’s laboratory may result in delays in the delivery of test results, patient claims, loss of customers or harm to our reputation.

Performance issues, service interruptions or price increases by our shipping carriers could adversely affect our business and harm our reputation and ability to provide our services on a timely basis.

Expedited, reliable shipping is essential to our operations. We rely heavily on providers of transport services for reliable and secure point-to-point transport of recipient samples to our laboratory and enhanced tracking of these recipient samples. Should a carrier encounter delivery performance issues such as loss, damage or destruction of a sample, it may be difficult to replace our recipient samples in a timely manner and such occurrences may damage our reputation and lead to decreased demand for our services and increased cost and expense to our business. In addition, any significant increase in shipping rates could adversely affect our operating margins and results of operations. Similarly, strikes, severe weather, natural disasters or other service interruptions affecting delivery services we use would adversely affect our ability to receive and process recipient samples on a timely basis.

Our ability to commercialize the diagnostic solutions that we develop is dependent on our relationships with laboratory services providers and their willingness to support our current and future solutions.

We rely on third-party laboratory services providers to draw the recipient blood samples that are analyzed in our Brisbane, California laboratory. The Company’s business will suffer if these service providers do not support AlloMap or the other solutions that we may develop. For example, these laboratories may deem the effort to process the samples for our solutions to require too much additional effort. Additionally, if transplant facilities have relationships with large reference laboratories that will not process and send out our specimens, the clinicians at these facilities may deem ordering our tests outside of these relationships too inconvenient for their patients. A lack of acceptance of our current and future solutions by these service providers could result in lower test volume.

If we are unable to raise additional capital on acceptable terms in the future, it may limit our ability to develop and commercialize new diagnostic solutions and technologies, and we may have to curtail or cease operations.

We expect capital outlays and operating expenditures to increase over the next several years as we expand our infrastructure, commercial operations and research and development activities. Specifically, we may need to raise additional capital to, among other things:

 

   

complete development of our proposed cfDNA test for heart and kidney or to develop other solutions for clinical surveillance in transplantation;

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

increase our selling and marketing efforts to drive market adoption and address competitive developments;

 

   

expand our clinical laboratory operations;

 

   

fund our clinical validation study activities;

 

   

expand our research and development activities;

 

   

sustain or achieve broader commercialization of AlloMap or enhancements to that test;

 

   

acquire or license products or technologies; and

 

   

finance our capital expenditures and general and administrative expenses.

Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the level of research and development investment required to develop our cfDNA test for heart transplant recipients and additional solutions for the surveillance of transplantation of other organs;

 

   

costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

our need or decision to acquire or license complementary technologies or acquire complementary businesses;

 

   

changes in test development plans needed to address any difficulties in commercialization;

 

   

competing technological and market developments;

 

   

whether our diagnostic solutions become subject to additional U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or other regulation; and

 

   

changes in regulatory policies or laws that affect our operations.

Additional capital, if needed, may not be available on satisfactory terms, or at all. Furthermore, if we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our existing stockholders could result. Any equity securities issued also may provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we raise additional funds by issuing debt securities, these debt securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, and the terms of the debt securities issued could impose significant restrictions on our operations. If we raise additional funds through collaborations and licensing arrangements, we might be required to relinquish significant rights to our technologies, AlloMap or our solutions under development, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us, which could lower the economic value of those programs to our company. If adequate funds are not available, we may have to scale back our operations or limit our research and development activities, which may cause us to grow at a slower pace, or not at all, and our business could be adversely affected.

The loss of key members of our senior management team or our inability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists, clinicians and laboratory and field personnel could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends largely on the skills, experience and performance of key members of our executive management team. The efforts of each of these persons will be critical to us as we continue to develop our technologies and testing processes and as we attempt to transition to a company with more than one commercialized test. If we were to lose one or more of these key employees, we may experience difficulties in competing effectively, developing our technologies and implementing our business strategies.

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our research and development programs and commercial laboratory operations depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled scientists and technicians, including geneticists, biostatisticians, engineers, licensed laboratory technicians and chemists. We may not be able to attract or retain qualified scientists and technicians in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among life science businesses, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area. We also face competition from universities, public and private research institutions and other organizations in recruiting and retaining highly qualified scientific personnel.

In addition, our success depends on our ability to attract and retain laboratory and field personnel with extensive experience in post-transplant recipient care and surveillance and close relationships with clinicians, pathologists and other hospital personnel. We may have difficulties locating, recruiting or retaining qualified salespeople, which could cause a delay or decline in the rate of adoption of AlloMap or our future solutions, if any. If we are not able to attract and retain the necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will adversely affect our ability to support our discovery, development, verification and commercialization programs.

Our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc. may not result in material benefits to our business and our development efforts and may dilute your ownership in us.

On May 17, 2014, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire ImmuMetrix, Inc., a privately held development-stage company working on cfDNA-based solutions in transplantation and other fields. Through this acquisition, we expect to add to our existing know-how, expertise and intellectual property in applying cfDNA technology to the surveillance of transplant recipients. The intellectual property rights of ImmuMetrix include an exclusive license from Stanford University to a patent relating to the diagnosis of rejection in organ transplant recipients using cfDNA. In connection with this acquisition, we expect to enter into a consulting agreement with ImmuMetrix founder and Stanford University professor Dr. Stephen Quake. Subject to customary closing conditions, this acquisition is expected to close in June 2014.

The intellectual property we expect to acquire in this acquisition may not have a material impact on our existing research and development efforts, the exclusive license from Stanford University held by ImmuMetrix is subject to termination if we do not meet certain performance and commercialization conditions, we may not be granted access to various blood and other samples that ImmuMetrix has previously relied upon in their research and development efforts, and the consulting agreement we expect to enter into with Dr. Quake does not contain specific performance requirements and may be terminated at any time by Dr. Quake. In addition, if we complete 2,500 commercial tests involving the measurement of cfDNA in organ transplant recipients, including cfDNA tests conducted in parallel with commercial tests, whether or not such tests utilize ImmuMetrix technology, we will be required to issue an additional 1,560,760 shares of our common stock to the former stockholders of ImmuMetrix, which would result in dilution to you. While our agreement to acquire ImmuMetrix provides for payment of existing liabilities on or prior to the completion of the acquisition and we have certain rights to indemnification for undisclosed liabilities, such indemnification may not be sufficient or available to cover all future claims and undisclosed liabilities of ImmuMetrix, which would harm our business and results of operations.

We may acquire other businesses or assets or form joint ventures that could harm our operating results, dilute your ownership of us, increase our debt or cause us to incur significant expense.

As part of our business strategy, we may pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and assets, as well as technology licensing arrangements. We also may pursue strategic alliances that leverage our core technology and industry experience to expand our test offerings or distribution. We have limited experience with respect to acquiring other companies and limited experience with respect to the acquisition of strategic assets or the formation of collaborations, strategic alliances and joint ventures. If

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

we make any acquisitions, we may not be able to integrate these acquisitions successfully into our existing business, and we could assume unknown or contingent liabilities. Any future acquisitions by us also could result in significant write-offs or the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities, any of which could harm our operating results. Integration of an acquired company, product or technology also may require management resources that otherwise would be available for ongoing development of our existing business. We may not identify or complete these transactions in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, or at all, and we may not realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, technology license, strategic alliance or joint venture.

To finance any acquisitions, we may choose to issue shares of our common stock as consideration, which would dilute your interest in us. If the price of our common stock is low or volatile, we may not be able to acquire other companies using our stock as consideration. Alternatively, it may be necessary for us to raise additional funds for acquisitions through public or private financings. Additional funds may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, or at all.

Defects in AlloMap or other solutions we develop could result in substantial product liabilities or professional liabilities that exceed our resources.

The marketing, sale and use of AlloMap and future solutions could lead to the filing of product liability claims if someone were to allege that our test failed to perform as it was designed. For example, a defect in one of our diagnostic solutions could lead to a false positive or false negative result, affecting the eventual diagnosis. Any incomplete or inaccurate analysis on the part of our technicians could also affect the reliability of the test results. A product liability or professional liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time-consuming for us to defend. Although we maintain product and professional liability insurance, our insurance may not fully protect us from the financial impact of defending against product liability or professional liability claims or any judgments, fines or settlement costs arising out of any such claims. Any product liability or professional liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future. Additionally, any product liability lawsuit could cause injury to our reputation, result in the suspension of our testing pending an investigation into the cause of the alleged failure, or cause current collaborators to terminate existing agreements and potential collaborators to seek other partners, any of which could impact our results of operations.

We rely on sole suppliers for some of our laboratory instruments and testing supplies and may not be able to find replacements or immediately transition to alternate suppliers in the event our sole suppliers no longer supply those instruments or supplies.

We rely solely on certain suppliers to supply some of the laboratory instruments and key reagents that we use to perform AlloMap. These sole source suppliers include Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., which supplies us with instruments, laboratory reagents and consumables, Becton, Dickinson and Company, which supplies us with cell preparation tubes, or CPTs, and Therapak Corporation, which supplies us with a proprietary buffer reagent. One of the reagents supplied to us by Therapak Corporation is, in turn, obtained by Therapak Corporation from Qiagen N.V. and is a proprietary formulation of Qiagen N.V. We have no relationship with or control over, Qiagen N.V. We do not have guaranteed supply agreements with Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., Becton, Dickinson and Company, Therapak Corporation or Qiagen N.V., which exposes us to the risk that these suppliers may choose to discontinue doing business with us at any time. We periodically forecast our needs to these sole source suppliers and enter into standard purchase orders based on these forecasts. The universal master mix that is supplied by Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. is a critical test component needed to perform AlloMap and is being discontinued. At present, we have sufficient master mix material to continue delivering AlloMap through February 2015 and we are engaged in a process that allows for dual sourcing of a replacement for this critical test component.

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We have contracted with a third party manufacturer for the development of a custom master mix. As of March 31, 2014, three verification lots were produced at small scale and found to be acceptable for use in AlloMap testing. The contract manufacturer is now engaged in scale up activities and production of validation lots which will be tested to determine their suitability for use in AlloMap testing, which scale up and validation have not yet been completed. We recently met with Thermo Fisher and initiated a discussion regarding the possibility of Thermo Fisher also formulating a custom master mix for use in AlloMap testing. In both cases, assuming successful development and scale up of three validation lots of master mix, we do not expect the performance characteristics of the AlloMap solution to change.

In addition, our ABI 7900 Thermocycler, a real time PCR instrument used in AlloMap, is no longer in production. Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. has committed to provide service and support of this instrument through 2017. We believe we have secured sufficient instrument inventory to last for the next three to five years and are in the process of validating an alternative instrument. We believe that there are relatively few suppliers other than Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., Becton, Dickinson and Company and Qiagen N.V. that are currently capable of supplying the instruments, reagents and other supplies necessary for AlloMap. Even if we were to identify secondary suppliers, there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into agreements with such suppliers on a timely basis on acceptable terms, if at all. If we should encounter delays or difficulties in securing from Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., Becton, Dickinson and Company or Therapak Corporation, or Therapak Corporation encounters delays or difficulties from Qiagen N.V., the quality and quantity of reagents or other supplies, as well as the availability of instruments, we require for AlloMap or other solutions we develop, we may need to reconfigure our test processes, which would result in delays in commercialization or an interruption in sales. Clinicians who order AlloMap rely on the continued availability of our test and have an expectation that results will be reported within two to three business days. If we are unable to provide results within a timely manner, clinicians may elect not to use our test in the future and our business and operating results could be harmed.

We are involved in legal proceedings with Roche Molecular Systems and may be involved in additional legal proceedings in the future, the results of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

In November 2004, we entered into a license agreement with Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., or Roche, that grants us the right to use PCR and quantitative real-time PCR for use in clinical laboratory services, including for use in connection with AlloMap. This is a non-exclusive license agreement in the United States covering the claims in multiple Roche patents. On February 11, 2014 Roche filed a demand for arbitration with the American Arbitration Association seeking a declaration that we have materially breached the Roche license agreement by failing to report and pay royalties owing to Roche in respect of licensed services performed by us after July 1, 2011. Roche seeks damages in the form of unpaid royalties from July 1, 2011 to March 31, 2013 of $1,805,775 plus interest of $84,928 and royalties in an unspecified amount from April 1, 2013 to present, which, based upon the royalty rate currently stated in the license agreement, we would estimate to be an additional $1,248,237 through March 31, 2014. While we believe we have meritorious defenses to these claims, which we plan to fully pursue in the arbitration, we have fully reserved the amount of these unpaid royalties on our balance sheet, and the amount of these unpaid royalties has been reflected as an expense in our income statements in the periods to which the royalties relate.

The agreement provides that if we fail to cure any breach of a material term within 30 days after Roche has given written notice of the breach, Roche would have the right to terminate our agreement. To date, Roche has not communicated to us any intention on its part to terminate the agreement and has not sought a declaration in the arbitration it commenced as to its right to terminate the agreement. If Roche were to seek to terminate our agreement, and we did not cure within the required time period, our license to the unexpired patents licensed thereunder would terminate, and Roche could thereafter initiate litigation seeking damages or injunctive relief on the basis that AlloMap or other of our services infringe

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Roche patents. We cannot assure you that Roche will not seek to terminate the license agreement, that we would ultimately prevail in the arbitration or that in the event that Roche were successful in terminating the license agreement, that it would not thereafter seek to enjoin us from selling AlloMap based upon a claim of patent infringement. If any of these things were to occur, we cannot assure you that we would not be materially adversely affected. Among other things, any inability by us to continue to perform AlloMap would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have incurred and expect to continue to incur expenses for legal services related to the Roche matter, and this matter has also required substantial time and attention from our management. An adverse outcome in the Roche arbitration would require us to pay the full amount of accrued royalties plus interest, which amounts have been reserved on our balance sheet, plus associated legal fees to Roche. We may be involved in additional legal proceedings in the future with business partners, customers or suppliers. Adverse outcomes or other developments during the course of such matters may harm our business, financial condition or results of operations, as well as investors’ perception of our business.

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information and expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.

In the ordinary course of our business, we and our third-party billing and collections provider collect and store sensitive data, including legally-protected health information, credit card information and personally identifiable information about our customers, payers, recipients and collaboration partners. We also store sensitive intellectual property and other proprietary business information, including that of our customers, payers and collaboration partners. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing a combination of on-site systems, managed data center systems and cloud-based data center systems. These applications and data encompass a wide variety of business critical information, including research and development information, commercial information and business and financial information.

We face four primary risks relative to protecting this critical information: loss of access risk, inappropriate disclosure risk, inappropriate modification risk and the risk of our being unable to identify and audit our controls over the first three risks.

We are highly dependent on information technology networks and systems, including the Internet, to securely process, transmit and store this critical information. Security breaches of this infrastructure, including physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses, attacks by hackers and similar breaches, can create system disruptions, shutdowns or unauthorized disclosure or modification of confidential information. The secure processing, storage, maintenance and transmission of this critical information is vital to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information. Although we take measures to protect sensitive information from unauthorized access or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure, and that of our third-party billing and collections provider, may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or viruses or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions.

A security breach or privacy violation that leads to disclosure or modification of or prevents access to consumer information (including personally identifiable information or protected health information) could harm our reputation, compel us to comply with disparate state breach notification laws, require us to verify the correctness of database contents and otherwise subject us to liability under laws that protect personal data, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue. If we are unable to prevent such security breaches or privacy violations or implement satisfactory remedial measures, our operations could be disrupted, and we may suffer loss of reputation, financial loss and other regulatory penalties because of lost or misappropriated information, including sensitive consumer data. In addition, these breaches and

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

other inappropriate access can be difficult to detect, and any delay in identifying them may lead to increased harm of the type described above.

Any such breach or interruption could compromise our networks or those of our third-party billing and collections provider, and the information stored there could be inaccessible or could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such interruption in access, improper access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and regulatory penalties. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also disrupt our operations, including our ability to perform tests, provide test results, bill payers or patients, process claims and appeals, provide customer assistance services, conduct research and development activities, collect, process and prepare company financial information, provide information about our current and future solutions and other patient and clinician education and outreach efforts through our website, and manage the administrative aspects of our business and damage our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business. Any such breach could also result in the compromise of our trade secrets and other proprietary information, which could adversely affect our competitive position.

In addition, the interpretation and application of consumer, health-related, privacy and data protection laws in the U.S., Europe and elsewhere are often uncertain, contradictory and in flux. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices. If so, this could result in government-imposed fines or orders requiring that we change our practices, which could adversely affect our business. Complying with these various laws could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices and compliance procedures in a manner adverse to our business.

International expansion of our business exposes us to business, regulatory, political, operational, financial and economic risks associated with doing business outside of the United States.

As part of our longer-term growth strategy, we intend to target select international markets to grow our presence outside of the U.S. We currently have commercial agreements for the promotion of AlloMap in Europe and Canada with Diaxonhit SA and LifeLabs Medical Laboratories Services, respectively. To promote the growth of our business internationally, we will need to attract additional partners to expand into new markets. Relying on partners for our sales and marketing subjects us to various risks, including:

 

   

our partners may fail to commit the necessary resources to develop a market for our products, may spend the majority of their time selling products unrelated to ours, or may be unsuccessful in marketing our products for other reasons;

 

   

under certain agreements, our partners’ obligations, including their required level of promotional activities, may be conditioned upon our ability to achieve or maintain a specified level of reimbursement coverage;

 

   

agreements with our partners may terminate prematurely due to disagreements or may result in disputes or litigation with our partners;

 

   

we may not be able to renew existing partner agreements, or enter into new agreements, on acceptable terms;

 

   

our existing relationships with partners may preclude us from entering into additional future arrangements;

 

   

our partners may violate local laws or regulations, potentially causing reputational or monetary damage to our business;

 

   

our partners may engage in sales practices that are locally acceptable but do not comply with standards required under U.S. laws that apply to us; and

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

our partners in Europe may be negatively affected by the financial instability of, and austerity measures implemented by, several countries in Europe.

If our present or future partners do not perform adequately, or we are unable to enter into agreements in new markets, we may be unable to achieve revenue growth or market acceptance in jurisdictions in which we depend on partners.

In addition, conducting international operations subjects us to new risks that, generally, we have not faced in the U.S., including:

 

   

uncertain or changing regulatory registration and approval processes associated with AlloMap and other potential diagnostic solutions;

 

   

failure by us to obtain regulatory approvals or adequate reimbursement for the use of our current and future solutions in various countries;

 

   

competition from companies located in the countries in which we offer our products may put us at a competitive disadvantage;

 

   

financial risks, such as longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

logistics and regulations associated with shipping recipient samples, including infrastructure conditions and transportation delays;

 

   

limits in our ability to penetrate international markets if we are not able to process solutions locally;

 

   

difficulties in managing and staffing international operations and assuring compliance with foreign corrupt practices laws;

 

   

potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value added tax systems, tax inefficiencies related to our corporate structure and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

 

   

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

   

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as healthcare regulatory requirements and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses;

 

   

the imposition of trade barriers such as tariffs, quotas, preferential bidding or import or export licensing requirements;

 

   

political and economic instability, including wars, terrorism, and political unrest, general security concerns, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade and other business restrictions;

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

   

regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over activities that may fall within the purview of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, its books and records provisions or its anti-bribery provisions, as well as risks associated with other anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws; and

 

   

reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries.

The occurrence of any one of the above could harm our business and, consequently, our revenues and results of operations. Our expanding international operations could be affected by changes in laws, trade regulations, labor and employment regulations, and procedures and actions affecting approval, production, pricing, reimbursement and marketing of our current and future solutions, as well as by

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

inter-governmental disputes. Any of these changes could adversely affect our business. Additionally, operating internationally requires significant management attention and financial resources. We cannot be certain that the investment and additional resources required in establishing operations in other countries will produce desired levels of revenue or profitability.

In addition, any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could impact us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments, and restrictions on certain business activities. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our distribution and sales activities.

Our insurance policies are expensive and protect us only from some business risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. For example, we do not carry earthquake insurance. In the event of a major earthquake in our region, our business could suffer significant and uninsured damage and loss. Some of the policies we currently maintain include general liability, foreign liability, employee benefits liability, property, automobile, umbrella, workers’ compensation, products liability and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain existing insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our cash position and results of operations.

If we use hazardous materials in a manner that causes injury, we could be liable for damages.

Our activities currently require the use of hazardous chemicals. We cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury to employees or third parties from the use, storage, handling or disposal of these materials. In the event of contamination or injury, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources or any applicable insurance coverage we may have. Additionally, we are subject on an ongoing basis to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products.

We may use third party collaborators to help us develop, validate or commercialize any new diagnostic solutions, and our ability to commercialize such solutions could be impaired or delayed if these collaborations are unsuccessful.

We may in the future selectively pursue strategic collaborations for the development, validation and commercialization of any new diagnostic solutions we may develop. In any future third party collaboration, we may be dependent upon the success of the collaborators in performing their responsibilities and their continued cooperation. Our collaborators may not cooperate with us or perform their obligations under our agreements with them. We cannot control the amount and timing of our collaborators’ resources that will be devoted to performing their responsibilities under our agreements with them. Our collaborators may choose to pursue alternative technologies in preference to those being developed in collaboration with us. The development, validation and commercialization of our potential solutions may be delayed if collaborators fail to fulfill their responsibilities in a timely manner or in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements or if they breach or terminate their collaboration agreements with us. AlloMap testing in Europe and Canada will be conducted through exclusive distribution agreements with a sole collaborator in each region. Any issues arising from these arrangements will affect our ability to serve the entire region, and our reputation may suffer even if we subsequently locate new partners, which may permanently affect our business. Disputes with our collaborators could also impair our reputation or result in development delays, decreased revenues and litigation expenses.

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Changes in, or interpretations of, accounting rules and regulations could result in unfavorable accounting changes or require us to change our compensation policies.

Accounting methods and policies for diagnostic companies, including policies governing revenue recognition, research and development and related expenses and accounting for stock-based compensation, are subject to further review, interpretation and guidance from relevant accounting authorities, including the SEC. Changes to, or interpretations of, accounting methods or policies may require us to reclassify, restate or otherwise change or revise our financial statements, including those contained in this filing.

Risks Related to Billing and Reimbursement

Health insurers and other third-party payers may decide to revoke coverage of our existing test, decide not to cover our future solutions or may provide inadequate reimbursement, which could jeopardize our commercial prospects.

Successful commercialization of AlloMap depends, in large part, on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from government and private payers. Favorable third-party payer coverage and reimbursement are essential to meeting our immediate objectives and long-term commercial goals. We do not recognize revenue for test results delivered without a contract for reimbursement, or an established coverage policy and a history of payment. Revenue for AlloMap is recognized only when AlloMap test results are actually paid for. We delivered approximately 10,100 AlloMap results in 2013 and recognized revenue for approximately 8,400 tests; approximately 1,100 of which were for test results delivered prior to 2013.

For new diagnostic solutions, each private and government payer decides whether to cover the test, the amount it will reimburse for a covered test and the specific conditions for reimbursement. Clinicians and recipients may be likely not to order a diagnostic test unless third-party payers pay a substantial portion of the test price. Therefore, coverage determinations and reimbursement levels and conditions are critical to the commercial success of a diagnostic product, and if we are not able to secure positive coverage determinations and reimbursement levels, our business will be materially adversely affected.

Coverage and reimbursement by a commercial payer may depend on a number of factors, including a payer’s determination that our current and future solutions are:

 

   

not experimental or investigational;

 

   

medically necessary;

 

   

appropriate for the specific recipient;

 

   

cost-saving or cost-effective; and

 

   

supported by peer-reviewed publications.

In addition, several payers and other entities conduct technology assessments of new medical tests and devices and provide the results of their assessments for informational purposes to other parties. These assessments may be used by third-party payers and healthcare providers as grounds to deny coverage for or refuse to use a test or procedure. We believe we have received a negative technology assessment from at least one of these entities and could receive more.

If third-party payers decide not to cover our diagnostic solutions or if they offer inadequate payment amounts, our ability to generate revenue from AlloMap and future solutions could be limited. Payment for diagnostic tests furnished to Medicare beneficiaries is typically made based on a fee schedule set by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS. In recent years, payments under these fee schedules have decreased and may decrease further. Any third-party payer may stop or lower payment at any time, which could substantially reduce our revenue.

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Since each payer makes its own decision as to whether to establish a policy to reimburse for a test, seeking payer coverage and other approvals is a time-consuming and costly process. We cannot assure you that adequate coverage and reimbursement for AlloMap or future solutions will be provided in the future by any third-party payer.

Reimbursement for AlloMap comes primarily from Medicare, private third party payers such as insurance companies and managed care organizations, Medicaid and hospitals. The reimbursement process can take six months or more to complete depending on the payer. As of March 31, 2014, we had been reimbursed for approximately 78% of AlloMap results delivered in the twelve months ended September 30, 2013. Coverage policies approving AlloMap have been adopted by many of the largest private payers, including Aetna, Cigna, Humana, Inc., Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc., WellPoint, and a number of state Medicaid programs. Many of the payers with positive coverage policies have also entered into contracts with us to formalize pricing and payment terms. We continue to work with third-party payers to seek such coverage and to appeal denial decisions based on existing and ongoing studies, peer reviewed publications, support from physician and patient groups and the growing number of AlloMap tests that have been reimbursed by public and private payers. There are no assurances that the current policies will not be modified in the future. If our test is considered on a policy-wide level by major third-party payers, whether at our request or on their own initiative, and our test is determined to be ineligible for coverage and reimbursement by such payers, our collection efforts and potential for revenue growth could be adversely impacted.

Our Medicare Part B coverage for AlloMap is included in a formal local coverage decision for molecular diagnostics; however, any change in this coverage decision or other future adverse coverage decisions by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, including with respect to coding, could substantially reduce our revenue.

Medicare reimbursements currently comprise a significant portion of our revenue. Our current Medicare Part B reimbursement was not set pursuant to a national coverage determination by CMS. Although we believe that coverage is available under Medicare Part B even without such a determination, we currently lack the national coverage certainty afforded by a formal coverage determination by CMS. This means that Medicare contractors, including our California Medicare contractor, currently may continue to develop their own coverage and reimbursement policies with respect to our technology.

Decisions by CMS with respect to coding could also affect our revenue. For example, on September 25, 2013, CMS released the preliminary payment determinations for the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule, or CLFS, for 2014. CMS proposed to not recognize certain Current Procedural Terminology codes, or CPT codes, called Multianalyte Assays with Algorithmic Analyses codes, or MAAA codes, as valid for Medicare purposes under the CLFS because it determined that an algorithm is not a clinical diagnostic test. This preliminary determination would have reversed a CMS final determination released on November 6, 2012 for 2013 that withdrew a proposal to not cover algorithmic analysis and stated that laboratories performing MAAA tests for Medicare beneficiaries should continue to bill for these tests in 2013 as they were then billed under the CLFS. When the final payment determination for 2014 was issued, CMS stated instead that it will continue to consider each test classified by the CPT as a MAAA on its own merits, and payment amounts would be determined using a gapfilling methodology if the Medicare contractor determines the code is payable.

AlloMap has been billed since the inception of the test using an unlisted CPT code. The test also has been granted a second code through a Medicare program for molecular diagnostics, which is included on all Medicare claims. If AlloMap is assigned a different MAAA CPT code in the future, a determination not to pay for such MAAA CPT codes could be harmful to our business, and could have negative spillover implications that prevent or limit coverage by other third-party payers that might mirror aspects of Medicare payment criteria. Reimbursement for AlloMap under an MAAA code could also be lower than that currently received when AlloMap is billed under a miscellaneous CPT code.

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We receive a substantial portion of our revenues from Medicare, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in, reimbursement from Medicare would adversely affect our financial performance

To date, we have received a substantial portion of our revenues from Medicare, which has been paid by our California Medicare Administrative Contractor. Payments from Medicare for AlloMap represented approximately 52% of testing revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 and approximately 53% of testing revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. We anticipate that Medicare will continue to be the payer for a significant portion of our claims for the foreseeable future. However, we may not be able to maintain or increase our rate of reimbursement by Medicare for a variety of reasons, including:

 

   

changes in the local Medicare Administrative Contractor, or MAC, servicing our jurisdiction, which may result in a change in reimbursement practices for Medicare claims submitted by us or others in California and other states affected by the change;

 

   

any policy level review of our test by the CMS contractors could result in a reduction or denial of coverage and payment for our test; and

 

   

the assignment of a specific billing code to our test by CMS may result in reductions in the per test amount reimbursed for our current and future solutions by Medicare.

On a five-year rotational basis, Medicare requests bids for its regional MAC services. Medicare reimbursement for AlloMap began in 2006 and has continued through three successive MACs. The MAC for California is currently Noridian Healthcare Solutions. Our current Medicare coverage through Nordian provides for reimbursement for tests performed for qualifying Medicare patients throughout the U.S. so long as the tests are performed in our California laboratory. We cannot predict whether Noridian or any future MAC will continue to provide reimbursement for AlloMap at the same payment amount or with the same breadth of coverage in the future, if at all. Additional changes in the MAC processing Medicare claims for AlloMap could impact the coverage or payment amount for our test and our ability to obtain Medicare coverage for any products we may launch in the future.

Any decision by CMS or its local contractors to reduce or deny coverage for our test could have a significant adverse effect on our revenue and results of operations. Any such decision could also cause affected clinicians treating Medicare covered patients to reduce or discontinue the use of our test.

The assignment of a CPT code to AlloMap could adversely affect future payments for clinical laboratory testing services, including AlloMap and our future solutions.

Currently, AlloMap is paid under a non-specific billing code, which means there is no specific CPT code for our test and therefore, no established payment for the test under the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule. The local Medicare contractor processing our claims determines the amount of payment for the tests we bill. If the test is classified under a specific billing code, the payment amount established under the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule would be the basis for Medicare payment for AlloMap. We may in the near future apply for a unique CPT code for AlloMap, which would likely take one or more years to be considered and, if granted, would likely result in a change in our reimbursed amount. At this time, we cannot predict whether the classification of AlloMap under a billing code subject to the fee schedule would result in a lower payment amount.

In addition, it is possible that competitive bidding will be applied more broadly to clinical laboratory services under Medicare at some point in the future, which would impact payment for AlloMap. If a competitive bidding program is implemented and includes AlloMap, and if comparable solutions are identified, we may experience a decrease in our reimbursement rates for our clinical laboratory solutions.

Billing complexities associated with obtaining payment or reimbursement for our current and future solutions may negatively affect our revenue, cash flow and profitability.

Billing for clinical laboratory testing services is complex. In cases where we do not have a contract in place requiring the payment of a fixed fee per test, we perform tests in advance of payment and without

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

certainty as to the outcome of the billing process. In cases where we do receive a fixed fee per test, we may still have disputes over pricing and billing. We receive payment from individual recipients and from a variety of payers, such as commercial insurance carriers and governmental programs, primarily Medicare. Each payer typically has different billing requirements. Among the factors complicating our billing of third-party payers are:

 

   

disputes among payers regarding which party is responsible for payment;

 

   

disparity in coverage among various payers;

 

   

different process, information and billing requirements among payers; and

 

   

incorrect or missing billing information, which is required to be provided by the prescribing clinician.

Additionally, from time to time, payers change processes that may affect timely payment. These changes may result in uneven cash flow or impact the timing of revenue recognized with these payers. With respect to payments received from governmental programs, factors such as a prolonged government shutdown could cause significant regulatory delays or could result in attempts to reduce payments made to us by federal government healthcare programs. These billing complexities, and the related uncertainty in obtaining payment for AlloMap and future solutions, could negatively affect our revenue, cash flow and profitability.

Healthcare reform measures could hinder or prevent the commercial success of AlloMap.

The pricing and reimbursement environment may change in the future and become more challenging as a result of any of several possible regulatory developments, including policies advanced by the U.S. government, new healthcare legislation or fiscal challenges faced by government health administration authorities. Specifically, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory proposals and initiatives to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect our ability to profitably sell any diagnostic products we may develop and commercialize. Some of these proposed and implemented reforms could result in reduced reimbursement rates for our diagnostic products from governmental agencies or other third-party payers, which would adversely affect our business strategy, operations and financial results. For example, as a result of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010), or the Affordable Care Act, substantial changes could be made to the current system for paying for healthcare in the U.S., including changes made in order to extend medical benefits to those who currently lack insurance coverage. Beginning in 2013, each medical device manufacturer must pay an excise tax in an amount equal to 2.3% of the price for which such manufacturer sells its medical devices that are listed with the FDA. While we do not believe that we are subject to this excise tax, the FDA has contended that clinical laboratory tests that are developed and validated by a laboratory for its own use, or LDTs, such as our proprietary tests, are medical devices. AlloMap is currently listed with the FDA. We cannot assure you that the tax will not be extended to services such as ours in the future. The Affordable Care Act also provides that payments under the Medicare Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule are to receive a negative 1.75% annual adjustment through 2015. Although we have not been subject to such adjustment in the past, we cannot assure you that the claims administrators will not attempt to apply this adjustment in the future.

Among other things, the Affordable Care Act creates a new system of health insurance “exchanges”, designed to make health policies available to individuals and certain groups though state- or federally-administered marketplaces, beginning in 2014. In connection with such exchanges, certain “essential health benefits” are intended to be made more consistent across plans, setting basically a baseline coverage level. There is some discretion to the states (and the federal government) in the definition of “essential health benefits” and we cannot predict at this time whether AlloMap would fall into a benefit category deemed “essential” for coverage purposes across the plans offered in any or all or the

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

exchanges. Failure to be covered by plans offered in the exchanges could have a materially adverse impact on our business.

Moreover, the Affordable Care Act includes payment reductions to Medicare Advantage plans. These cuts have been mitigated in part by a CMS demonstration program set to expire in 2015. We cannot be assured that future cuts would be mitigated by CMS. Any reductions in payment to Medicare Advantage plans could materially impact coverage and reimbursement for AlloMap.

In addition to the Affordable Care Act, various healthcare reform proposals have also emerged from federal and state governments. For example, in February 2012, Congress passed the “Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012” which in part reduced the potential future cost-based increases to the Medicare Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule, or CLFS, by 2%. The Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014 introduced a multi-year pricing program for services paid under the CLFS. Under the program, beginning in 2016 laboratories will report to CMS the payment rates paid to the laboratories by commercial third-party payors including Medicare and Medicaid managed care plans, for each test and the volume of each test performed. CMS will use the reported data to set new payment rates under the CLFS in the future. For newly developed tests that are considered to be “advanced diagnostic lab tests,” the Medicare payment rate will be the actual list price offered to third-party payors for the first three quarters that the tests are offered, subject to later adjustment. CMS will establish subsequent payment rates using the commercial third-party payor data reported for those tests.

Regardless of the impact of the Affordable Care Act on us, the government has shown significant interest in pursuing healthcare reform and reducing healthcare costs. Any government-adopted reform measures could decrease the amount of reimbursement available from governmental and other third-party payers. Additionally, annual federal budget negotiations frequently include healthcare payment reform measures impacting clinical laboratory payments. On April 1, 2013, cuts to the federal budget resulting from sequestration were implemented, requiring a 2% cut in Medicare payment for all services, including AlloMap. Federal budgetary limitations and changes in healthcare policy, such as the creation of broad limits for diagnostic products or requirements that Medicare patients pay for portions of clinical laboratory tests or services received, could substantially diminish the sale, or inhibit the utilization, of AlloMap and our future diagnostic solutions, increase costs, divert management’s attention and adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and achieve profitability.

Healthcare Regulatory Risks

In order to operate our laboratory, we have to comply with the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, and state laws governing clinical laboratories.

We are subject to CLIA, a federal law that regulates clinical laboratories that perform testing on specimens taken from humans for the purpose of providing information for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of disease. If our laboratory is out of compliance with CLIA requirements, we may be subject to sanctions such as suspension, limitation or revocation of our CLIA certificate, as well as a direct plan of correction, state on-site monitoring, civil money penalties, civil injunctive suit or criminal penalties. We must maintain CLIA compliance and certification to be eligible to bill for services provided to Medicare beneficiaries. If we were to be found to be out of compliance with CLIA program requirements and subjected to sanction, our business could be materially harmed.

In addition to federal certification requirements of laboratories under CLIA, licensure is required and maintained for our laboratory under California law. We are required to maintain a license to conduct testing in California. California laws establish standards for day-to-day operation of our clinical laboratory, including the training and skills required of personnel and quality control. Moreover, several states, including New York, require that we hold licenses to test specimens from patients residing in those states. Other states have similar requirements or may adopt similar requirements in the future. In addition to our

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

California certifications, we currently hold licenses in Florida, Maryland, New York, and Pennsylvania. The loss of any of these state certifications would impact our ability to provide services in those states, which could negatively affect our business. Finally, we may be subject to regulation in foreign jurisdictions where we offer our test. Failure to maintain certification in those states or countries where it is required could prevent us from testing samples from those states or countries, could lead to the suspension or loss of licenses, certificates or authorizations, and could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business.

We were inspected and recertified under CLIA in February 2014 and we expect the next regular inspection under CLIA to occur in 2016. If we were to lose our CLIA accreditation or California license, whether as a result of a revocation, suspension or limitation, we would no longer be able to perform AlloMap, which would limit our revenues and materially harm our business. If we were to lose our license in other states where we are required to hold licenses, we would not be able to test specimens from those states, which could also have a material adverse effect on our business.

If the FDA were to discontinue its policy of enforcement discretion over any future solutions we market as LDTs, we could incur substantial costs and delays associated with trying to obtain premarket clearance or approval for those solutions.

Clinical laboratory tests that are developed and validated by a laboratory for its own use are called laboratory-developed tests, or LDTs. The laws and regulations governing the marketing of diagnostic products for use as LDTs are extremely complex, and in many instances, there are no significant regulatory or judicial interpretations of these laws. For instance, while the FDA maintains that LDTs are subject to the FDA’s authority as diagnostic medical devices under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA, the FDA has generally exercised enforcement discretion with respect to most LDTs performed by CLIA-certified laboratories.

The FDA has traditionally chosen not to exercise its authority to regulate LDTs because it regulates the primary components in most laboratory-developed tests and because it believes that laboratories certified as high complexity under CLIA, such as ours, have demonstrated expertise and ability in test procedures and analysis. However, beginning in September 2006, the FDA issued draft guidance on a subset of LDTs known as “in vitro diagnostic multivariate index assays,” or IVDMIAs. According to the draft guidance, IVDMIAs do not fall within the scope of LDTs over which FDA has exercised enforcement discretion because such tests incorporate complex and unique interpretation functions which require clinical validation. We believed that AlloMap met the definition of IVDMIA set forth in the draft guidance document. As a result, we applied for and obtained, in August 2008, 510(k) clearance for AlloMap for marketing and sale as a test to aid in the identification of recipients with a low probability of moderate or severe rejection. A 501(k) submission is a premarketing submission made to the FDA. Clearance may be granted by the FDA if it finds the device or test provides satisfactory evidence pertaining to the claimed intended uses and indications for the device or test. The FDA has not yet finalized its previously issued guidance regarding LDTs known as IVDMIAs. As a result, we do not intend to seek clearance or approval for any other uses of AlloMap or for any other LDT solutions we develop, including our planned cell-free DNA solutions for heart, kidney and other organs. If the FDA changes its current policy of enforcement discretion, we may be required to seek FDA clearance or premarket approval for LDTs developed by us in the future.

The FDA held a meeting in July 2010 during which it indicated that it intends to reconsider its current policy of enforcement discretion and to begin drafting an oversight framework for LDTs. In November 2013, the FDA published a list of planned guidance documents that were to be the focus of the agency in its fiscal year 2014, including the finalization of previously issued draft guidance which could include guidance documents addressing FDA regulation of LDTs such as ours. As recently as June 2013, a senior agency official publicly reiterated the FDA’s continued interest in such regulation. As of March 2014, the FDA has not finalized its previously issued guidance relating to its exercise of enforcement discretion over IVDMIAs. We cannot predict the extent of the FDA’s future regulation and

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

policies with respect to LDTs, and there can be no assurance that the FDA will not require us to obtain premarket clearance or approval for some or all portions of our future solutions. If the FDA makes significant changes to the regulation of LDTs, or if Congress were to pass legislation that more actively regulates LDTs, it could restrict our ability to provide our current and future solutions, be reimbursed for our current and future solutions or delay the launch of future solutions. We could also be required to conduct additional clinical trials, submit a pre-market clearance notice or a pre-market approval application with the FDA or limit the labeling claims for our solutions. There can be no assurance that any solutions or additional uses of solutions for which we seek clearance or approval in the future will be cleared or approved on a timely basis, if at all, nor can there be assurance that labeling claims will be consistent with our current claims or adequate to support continued adoption of and reimbursement for our current and future solutions. Moreover, new FDA requirements could conflict with CLIA requirements and thereby complicate our compliance efforts.

While we believe that we are currently in material compliance with applicable laws and regulations relating to LDTs, we cannot assure you that the FDA or other regulatory agencies would agree with our determination. A determination that we have violated these laws, or a public announcement that we are being investigated for possible violation of these laws, could hurt our business and our reputation. A significant change in any of these laws, or the FDA’s interpretation of the scope of its enforcement discretion, may require us to change our business model in order to maintain compliance with these laws.

While we qualify all materials used in AlloMap according to CLIA regulations, we cannot be certain that the FDA will not enact rules or issue guidance documents which could impact our ability to purchase materials necessary for the performance of our current and future solutions. Should any of the reagents obtained by us from suppliers and used in conducting our current and future solutions be affected by future regulatory actions, our business could be adversely affected by those actions, including by an increase in the cost of testing or delays, limitations or prohibitions on the purchase of reagents necessary to perform testing. In addition, overlapping regulation of our efforts by CLIA and the FDA creates risk of duplication and inconsistencies in the requirements to which we are subject.

If we were required to conduct additional clinical trials prior to marketing our solutions under development, those trials could lead to delays or a failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals and harm our ability to be profitable.

If the FDA decides to regulate our solutions under development as medical devices, it could require extensive premarket clinical testing prior to submitting a regulatory application for commercial sales. Conducting clinical trials generally entails a long, expensive and uncertain process that is subject to delays and failure at any stage. If we are required to conduct premarket clinical trials, whether using prospectively acquired samples or archival samples, delays in the commencement or completion of clinical testing could significantly increase our development costs and delay test commercialization. Many of the factors that may cause or lead to a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to delay or denial of regulatory clearance or approval. The commencement of clinical trials may be delayed due to insufficient blood or tissue samples or insufficient data regarding the associated clinical outcomes. We may find it necessary to engage contract research organizations to perform data collection and analysis and other aspects of our clinical trials, which might increase the cost and complexity of our trials and reduce our control over such activities. If these parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, or if the quality, completeness or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, applicable regulatory requirements, or for other reasons, our clinical trials may have to be extended, delayed or terminated. Our reliance on third parties that we do not control would not relieve us of any applicable requirement to ensure compliance with various procedures required under good clinical practices. We may not be able to enter into replacement arrangements without undue delays or considerable expenditures. If there are delays in testing or approvals as a result of the failure to

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

perform by third parties, our research and development costs would increase, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for our solutions under development. In addition, we may not be able to establish or maintain relationships with these parties on favorable terms, if at all. Each of these outcomes would harm our ability to market our solutions under development and our ability to be profitable.

Any test for which we obtain regulatory clearance will be subject to extensive ongoing regulatory requirements, and we may be subject to penalties if we or our contractors or commercial partners fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products.

AlloMap and our solutions under development, along with the manufacturing processes, packaging, labeling, distribution, import, export, and advertising and promotional activities for such solutions or devices, are or will be subject to continual requirements of, and review by, CMS, state licensing agencies, the FDA and comparable regulatory authorities. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, requirements relating to quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, requirements relating to product labeling, advertising and promotion and recordkeeping. Regulatory clearance of a test or device may be subject to limitations by the regulatory body as to the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to other conditions of approval. For example, we are exploring utilization of AlloMap in areas that could be considered outside the scope of our current labeling. Broader uses would require FDA approval as well as changes to the labeling. In addition, approval may contain requirements for costly post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the test or device. Discovery of previously-unknown problems with our current or future solutions, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in actions such as:

 

   

restrictions on operations of our laboratory;

 

   

restrictions on manufacturing processes;

 

   

restrictions on marketing of a test;

 

   

warning or untitled letters;

 

   

withdrawal of the test from the market;

 

   

refusal to approve applications or supplements to approved applications that we may submit;

 

   

fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenue;

 

   

suspension, limitation or withdrawal of regulatory clearances;

 

   

exclusion from participation in U.S. federal or state healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

   

refusal to permit the import or export of our products;

 

   

product seizure;

 

   

injunctions; and

 

   

imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

We are subject to numerous fraud and abuse and other laws and regulations pertaining to our business, the violation of any one of which could harm our business.

The clinical laboratory testing industry is highly regulated, and there can be no assurance that the regulatory environment in which we operate will not change significantly and adversely in the future. Our arrangements with customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other laws

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and regulations that may restrict the financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products. Our employees, consultants, principal investigators and commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements. In addition to CLIA regulation, other federal and state healthcare laws and regulations that may affect our ability to conduct business, include, without limitation:

 

   

federal and state laws and regulations regarding billing and claims payment applicable to clinical laboratories and/or regulatory agencies enforcing those laws and regulations;

 

   

federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented to the government, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payers that are false or fraudulent, or making a false statement material to a false or fraudulent claim;

 

   

the federal anti-kickback statute, which constrains our marketing practices, educational programs, pricing policies, and relationships with healthcare providers or other entities, by prohibiting, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual or the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs;

 

   

the federal physician self-referral law, commonly known as the Stark Law, which prohibits a physician from making a referral to an entity for certain designated health services, including clinical laboratory services, reimbursed by Medicare if the physician (or a member of the physician’s family) has a financial relationship with the entity, and which also prohibits the submission of any claims for reimbursement for designated health services furnished pursuant to a prohibited referral;

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which imposes certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information; HIPAA also created criminal liability for knowingly and willfully falsifying or concealing a material fact or making a materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

   

state laws regarding prohibitions on fee-splitting;

 

   

the federal healthcare program exclusion statute; and

 

   

state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws and regulations, such as anti-kickback, false claims, and self-referral laws, which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers, and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exemptions, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Any action brought against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. We may be subject to private “qui tam” actions brought by individual whistleblowers on behalf of the federal or state governments, with potential liability under the federal False Claims Act including mandatory treble damages and significant per-claim penalties, currently set at $5,500 to $11,000 per false claim. If our operations are found to be

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

in violation of any of the federal, state and foreign laws described above or any other current or future fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including significant criminal, civil, and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment for individuals, exclusion from participation in government programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, injunctions, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of pre-marketing product approvals, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. Any of the foregoing consequences could seriously harm our business and our financial results.

The international expansion of our business exposes us to regulatory and operational risks associated with doing business outside of the United States .

As part of our business strategy, we are expanding into international markets, initially the European Union and Canada. Doing business internationally involves a number of risks, including:

 

   

failure by us to obtain regulatory approvals or adequate reimbursement for the use of AlloMap and our solutions under development in various countries;

 

   

logistics and regulations associated with shipping patient samples, including infrastructure conditions and transportation delays;

 

   

limits in our ability to penetrate international markets if we are not able to process AlloMap and our solutions under development locally;

 

   

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations such as tax laws, export and import restrictions, employment laws, regulatory requirements and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses; and

 

   

regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over sales and distributors’ activities.

Any of these factors could significantly harm our international expansion and operations and, consequently, our revenues and results of operations. In addition, any failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could impact us in a variety of ways that include, but are not limited to, significant criminal, civil and administrative penalties, including imprisonment of individuals, fines and penalties, denial of export privileges, seizure of shipments, and restrictions on certain business activities. Also, the failure to comply with applicable legal and regulatory obligations could result in the disruption of our distribution and sales activities.

Our success expanding internationally will depend, in part, on our ability to develop and implement policies and strategies that are effective in anticipating and managing these and other risks in the countries in which we do business. Failure to manage these and other risks may have a material adverse effect on our operations in any particular country and on our business as a whole.

Foreign governments may impose reimbursement standards, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

When we market AlloMap and our solutions under development in foreign jurisdictions, we are subject to rules and regulations in those jurisdictions relating to our testing. In some foreign countries, including countries in the European Union, the reimbursement of our current and future solutions is subject to governmental control. In these countries, reimbursement negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a test candidate. If reimbursement of our future solutions in any jurisdiction is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if reimbursement rates are set at unsatisfactory levels, we may be unable to, or decide not to, market our test in that jurisdiction.

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Changes in healthcare policy could increase our costs and subject us to additional regulatory requirements that may interrupt commercialization of our current and future solutions.

Changes in healthcare policy could increase our costs, decrease our revenues and impact sales of and reimbursement for our current and future solutions. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or the Affordable Care Act, became law. This law substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, and significantly impacts our industry. The Affordable Care Act contains a number of provisions that are expected to impact our business and operations, some of which in ways we cannot currently predict, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse, which will impact existing government healthcare programs and will result in the development of new programs.

Our business will also be affected by the Physician Payment Sunshine Act, or the Sunshine Act. Enacted as part of the Affordable Care Act, it requires all pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers of products covered by Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services payments or other transfers of value they make, or direct a third party to make, to physicians and teaching hospitals or to third parties on behalf of physicians or teaching hospitals. The payments required to be reported include the cost of meals provided to a physician, travel reimbursements and other transfers of value provided as part of contracted services such as speaker programs, advisory boards, consultation services and clinical trial services. Failure to comply with the reporting requirements can result in significant civil monetary penalties ranging from $1,000 to $10,000 for each payment or other transfer of value that is not reported (up to a maximum per annual report of $150,000) and from $10,000 to $100,000 for each knowing failure to report (up to a maximum per annual report of $1.0 million). Additionally, there are criminal penalties if an entity intentionally makes false statements in such reports. We are subject to the Sunshine Act and the information we disclose may lead to greater scrutiny of our interactions with physicians and teaching hospitals, which may result in modifications to established practices and additional costs. Additionally, similar reporting requirements have also been enacted on the state level domestically, and an increasing number of countries worldwide either have adopted or are considering similar laws requiring transparency of interactions with healthcare professionals.

In addition to the Affordable Care Act, there will continue to be proposals by legislators at both the federal and state levels, regulators and third-party payors to reduce costs while expanding individual healthcare benefits. Certain of these changes could impose additional limitations on the prices we will be able to charge for our current and future solutions or the amounts of reimbursement available for our current and future solutions from governmental agencies or third-party payors. While in general it is too early to predict specifically what effect the Affordable Care Act and its implementation or any future healthcare reform legislation or policies will have on our business, current and future healthcare reform legislation and policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Risks Relating to Our Intellectual Property

Our competitive position depends on maintaining intellectual property protection.

Our ability to compete and to achieve and maintain profitability depends on our ability to protect our proprietary discoveries and technologies. We currently rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, confidentiality agreements and license agreements to protect our intellectual property rights.

Our patent position for AlloMap is based on issued patents and patent applications disclosing identification of genes differentially expressed between activated and resting leukocytes and demonstration of correlation between gene expression patterns and specific clinical states and outcomes.

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our strategy is to continue to broaden our intellectual property estate for AlloMap through the discovery and protection of gene expression patterns and their correlation with specific clinical states and outcomes, as well as the algorithms needed for clinical assessment.

As of March 31, 2014, we had 16 issued U.S. patents, one pending U.S. patent application, and three pending patent applications outside the United States related to autoimmunity and transplant rejection. We have five issued U.S. patents covering methods of diagnosing transplant rejection using 9 of the 11 informative genes measured in AlloMap. The expiration dates of these patents range from 2021 to 2024. In connection with our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, we expect to succeed to an exclusive license from Stanford University to a patent relating to the diagnosis of rejection in organ transplant recipients using cfDNA. This patent has an expiration date of November 5, 2030. We have six issued U.S. patents covering a method of diagnosing or monitoring an autoimmune or chronic inflammatory disease, such as lupus, by detecting specific genes. The patent with the longest term expires in 2029. While we have clinical samples and patents covering lupus diagnostics, we do not intend to actively pursue the lupus test opportunity. In cfDNA-based transplant diagnostics, we have submitted a provisional patent application to cover some of our initial research and development work in this field. There is no guarantee that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or PTO, will approve this provisional application. We do not know what claims, if any, will be granted in our existing and future applications. Many of our patents address fields that are rapidly evolving, and, particularly with respect to our provisional application, it is possible that other patents have and will be granted to others that affect our ability to develop and commercialize our current and future solutions. If the reviewers of our patent applications at the PTO refuse our claims, we may not be able to sufficiently protect our intellectual property. Further, recent and future changes in the patent laws and regulations of the United States and other jurisdictions may require us to modify our patent strategy and could restrict our ability to obtain additional patents for our technology.

Our patents and the patents we exclusively license from others might be challenged by third parties as being invalid or unenforceable, or third parties may independently develop similar or competing technology that avoids the patents we own or exclusively license. We cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation and use of our intellectual property, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States.

The extent to which the patent rights of life sciences companies effectively protect their products and technologies is often highly uncertain and involves complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the proper scope of allowable claims of patents held by such companies has emerged to date in the United States. Various courts, including the United States Supreme Court, have rendered decisions that impact the scope of patentability of certain inventions or discoveries relating to diagnostic solutions or genomic diagnostics. These decisions generally stand for the proposition that inventions that recite laws of nature are not themselves patentable unless they have sufficient additional features that provide practical assurance that the processes are genuine inventive applications of those laws rather than patent drafting efforts designed to monopolize a law of nature itself. What constitutes a “sufficient” additional feature for this purpose is uncertain. While we do not generally rely on gene sequence patents, this evolving case law in the United States may adversely impact our ability to obtain new patents and may facilitate third-party challenges to our existing owned and exclusively licensed patents.

Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States or other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property rights. In particular, in September 2011, the United States Congress passed the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the AIA, which became effective in March 2013. The AIA reforms United States patent law in part by changing the standard for patent approval for certain patents from a “first to invent” standard to a “first to file” standard and developing a post-grant review system. It is too early to determine what the effect or impact the AIA will have on the

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

operation of our business and the protection and enforcement of our intellectual property. However, the AIA and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are not published until at least eighteen months after filing, and it is possible for a patent application filed in the United States to be maintained in secrecy until a patent issues on the application. In addition, publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries. We therefore cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications that cover inventions that are the subject of pending applications that we own or exclusively license or that we or our licensors, as applicable, were the first to invent the technology (pre-AIA) or first to file (post-AIA). Our competitors may have filed, and may in the future file, patent applications covering technology that is similar to or the same as our technology. Any such patent application may have priority over patent applications that we own or exclusively license and, if a patent issues on such patent application, we could be required to obtain a license to such patent in order to carry on our business. If another party has filed a United States patent application covering an invention this is similar to, or the same as, an invention that we own or license, we or our licensors may have to participate in an interference or other proceeding in the PTO or a court to determine priority of invention in the United States, for pre-AIA applications and patents. For post-AIA applications and patents, we or our licensors may have to participate in a derivation proceeding to resolve disputes relating to inventorship. The costs of these proceedings could be substantial, and it is possible that such efforts would be unsuccessful, resulting in our inability to obtain or retain any United States patent rights with respect to such invention.

We may face intellectual property infringement claims that could be time-consuming and costly to defend and could result in our loss of significant rights and the assessment of treble damages.

We may in the future receive offers to license patents or notices of claims of infringement, misappropriation or misuse of other parties’ proprietary rights. We may also initiate claims to defend our intellectual property. Intellectual property litigation, regardless of outcome, is unpredictable, expensive and time-consuming, could divert management’s attention from our business and have a material negative effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. If there is a successful claim of infringement against us, we may be required to pay substantial damages (including treble damages if we were to be found to have willfully infringed a third party’s patent) to the party claiming infringement, develop non-infringing technology, stop selling our test or using technology that contains the allegedly infringing intellectual property or enter into royalty or license agreements that may not be available on acceptable or commercially practical terms, if at all. Our failure to develop non-infringing technologies or license the proprietary rights on a timely basis could harm our business. In addition, revising our current or future solutions to exclude any infringing technologies would require us to re-validate the test, which would be costly and time consuming. Also, we may be unaware of pending patent applications that relate to our current or future solutions. Parties making infringement claims on future issued patents may be able to obtain an injunction that would prevent us from selling our current or future solutions or using technology that contains the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could harm our business.

If we are unable to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights effectively in all major markets, our business would be harmed .

Filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patents on all of our technologies and solutions throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. As a result, we seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the U.S. and in select foreign jurisdictions and cannot guarantee that we will obtain the patent protection necessary to protect our competitive position in all major markets. Competitors may use our technologies or solutions in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but where enforcement is not as strong as that in the U.S. These

products may compete with our current and future products in jurisdictions where we do not have any

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

issued patents, and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or the marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. The legal systems of certain countries make it difficult or impossible to obtain patent protection for diagnostic solutions. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and could divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patents for some of our technologies and solutions, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants that obligate them to assign to us any inventions developed in the course of their work for us. However, we cannot guarantee that we have executed these agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or that the agreements we have executed will provide adequate protection. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult and we do not know whether the procedures we have followed to prevent such disclosure are, or will be adequate. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the U.S. may be less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of the technology or information that we protect as trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to, or independently developed by, a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest, and our business may be adversely affected.

Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. As a means to enforce our trademark rights and prevent infringement, we may be required to file trademark claims against third parties or initiate trademark opposition proceedings. This can be expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a trademark of ours is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the trademark at issue. We may not be able to protect our rights to these and other trademarks and trade names which we need to build name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. Over the long-term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may be subject to claims by third parties that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or misappropriated intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we view as our own intellectual property.

As is commonplace in our industry, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other diagnostics, medical device, life sciences or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information of others in the course of their work for us and no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. We may also be forced to bring claims against third parties or defend against third-party claims in order to determine the ownership of our intellectual property. An adverse result in the prosecution or defense of any such claims could require us to pay substantial monetary damages and could result in the loss of valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Our business is dependent on licenses from third parties.

We license from third parties technology necessary to develop and commercialize our products. Our most significant license covers PCR technology used in AlloMap and may be required for future solutions we develop. We license this technology from Roche. In connection with our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, we expect to succeed to an exclusive license from Stanford University to a patent relating to the diagnosis of rejection in organ transplant recipients using cfDNA. Our rights to use these and other licensed technologies, data and materials and to employ the inventions claimed in licensed patents are subject to the continuation of and our compliance with the terms of the applicable licenses. We are obligated under these licenses to, among other things, pay certain royalties upon commercial sales of our products. These licenses generally last until the expiration of the last to expire of the patents included within the licenses that cover our use within our products, but the licenses may be terminated earlier in certain circumstances. Termination of any of these licenses could prevent us from producing or selling some or all of our products, and a failure of the licensors to abide by the terms of the licenses or to prevent infringement by third parties could harm our business and negatively impact our market position. Failure of a licensor to abide by the terms of a license or to prevent infringement by third parties could also harm our business and negatively impact our market position. For more information about a pending arbitration case with Roche to which we are a party, please see the risk factor entitled, “We may be subject to legal proceedings that may have an adverse effect on our results of operations” as well as the section entitled “Business – Legal Proceedings.”

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

Our operating results may fluctuate, which could cause our stock price to decrease.

Fluctuations in our operating results may lead to fluctuations, including declines, in our share price. Our operating results and our share price may fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, including:

 

   

demand by clinicians and recipients for our current and future solutions, if any;

 

   

coverage and reimbursement decisions by third-party payers and announcements of those decisions;

 

   

clinical trial results and publication of results in peer-reviewed journals or the presentation at medical conferences;

 

   

the inclusion or exclusion of our current and future solutions in large clinical trials conducted by others;

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

new or less expensive tests and services or new technology introduced or offered by our competitors or us;

 

   

the level of our development activity conducted for new solutions, and our success in commercializing these developments;

 

   

the level of our spending on test commercialization efforts, licensing and acquisition initiatives, clinical trials, and internal research and development;

 

   

changes in the regulatory environment, including any announcement from the FDA regarding its decisions in regulating our activities;

 

   

changes in recommendations of securities analysts or lack of analyst coverage;

 

   

failure to meet analyst expectations regarding our operating results;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel; and

 

   

general market conditions.

Variations in the timing of our future revenues and expenses could also cause significant fluctuations in our operating results from period to period and may result in unanticipated earning shortfalls or losses. In addition, national stock exchanges in general, and the market for life science companies in particular, have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In addition, we may be subject to additional securities class action litigation as a result of volatility in the price of our common stock, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources and could harm our stock price, business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

If an active, liquid trading market for our common stock does not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at or above the initial offering price.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at or above the initial offering price if trading in our stock is not active. The initial public offering price may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. See “Underwriting” for more information regarding the factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price.

Our management will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and we may not use these proceeds effectively, which could affect our results of operations and cause our stock price to decline.

Although we currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering in the manner described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus, our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering and may use the proceeds in ways with which you may disagree. Because we are not required to allocate the net proceeds from this offering to any specific investment or transaction, you cannot determine at this time the value or propriety of our application of the proceeds. Moreover, you will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information on which we base our decisions on how to use our proceeds. We may use the proceeds for corporate purposes that do not immediately enhance our prospects for the future or increase the value of your investment. As a result, you and other stockholders may not agree with our decisions.

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If our principal stockholders, executive officers and directors choose to act together, they may be able to control our management and operations, which may prevent us from taking actions that may be favorable to you.

Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, and entities affiliated with them, will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately         % of our common stock following this offering. To the extent our existing stockholders purchase additional shares, in this offering or otherwise, this ownership concentration would increase. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. These stockholders, acting together, will have the ability to exert substantial influence over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors and any proposed merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, they could dictate the management of our business and affairs. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us or impeding a merger or consolidation, takeover or other business combination that could be favorable to you.

We will incur costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies in the U.S., which may adversely affect our operating results.

As a public company listed in the U.S., we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and the              exchange may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If, notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, and our business may be harmed.

Further, failure to comply with these laws, regulations and standards might also make it more difficult for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. Securities analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock after the completion of this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Future sales of shares by our stockholders could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

After this offering, we will have outstanding             shares of common stock, based on the number of shares that had been outstanding at March 31, 2014. This includes the              shares we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining              shares will become available for resale in the public market as shown in the chart below.

 

Number of Restricted Shares/% of Total Shares

Outstanding Following Offering

  

Date of Availability for Resale into the Public Market

   180 days (subject to extension in specified circumstances) after the date of this prospectus due to the release of the lock-up agreement these stockholders have with the underwriters
   At some point after 180 days (subject to extension in specified circumstances) after the date of this prospectus, subject to vesting requirements and the requirements of Rule 144 (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations), or Rule 701

At any time and without public notice, the underwriters may in their sole discretion release all or some of the securities subject to the lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could drop significantly if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition, six months after this offering, the holders of 41,400,266 shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of our preferred stock may require us to file a registration statement covering those shares, which may also cause our stock price to decline. These declines in our stock price could occur even if our business is otherwise doing well.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. In other words, you are paying a price per share that substantially exceeds the value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share and the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock at March 31, 2014, your shares will be worth $             less per share than you will pay in the offering. Further, investors participating in this offering will contribute approximately         % of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception but will only own approximately         % of the total shares outstanding immediately after this offering. The exercise of outstanding options will result in further dilution of your investment. In addition, if we raise funds by issuing additional shares, the newly issued shares will further dilute your ownership interest.

We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you must rely on stock appreciation for any return on your investment.

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends will also depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors and will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, you will have to rely on capital appreciation, if any, to earn a return on your investment in our common stock. Furthermore, we may in the future become subject to contractual restrictions on, or prohibitions against, the payment of dividends.

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

If we are unable to substantially utilize our net operating loss carryforwards, our financial results will be harmed.

As of December 31, 2013, our net operating loss, or NOL, carryforward amounts for U.S. federal income and California tax purposes were $162.5 million and $136.3 million, respectively. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” may be subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. We may have undergone ownership changes in the past, and purchases of our common stock in amounts greater than specified levels in the future, including in connection with this offering, which may be beyond our control, could create additional limitations on our ability to utilize our NOLs in the future. Limitations imposed on our ability to utilize NOLs could cause U.S. federal and state income taxes to be paid earlier than would be paid if such limitations were not in effect and could cause such NOLs to expire unused, in each case reducing or eliminating the benefit of such NOLs. Furthermore, we may not be able to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize our NOLs before they expire. If any of these events occur, we may not derive some or all of the expected benefits from our NOLs.

Our financial controls and procedures may not be sufficient to ensure timely and reliable reporting of financial information, which, as a public company, could materially harm our stock price and              exchange listing.

As a public reporting company, we will be required to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including expanded disclosures and accelerated reporting requirements and more complex accounting rules. Compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other requirements will increase our costs and require additional management resources. We recently have been upgrading our finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls and will need to continue to implement additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls as we grow our business and organization and to satisfy new reporting requirements. If we are unable to complete the required Section 404 assessment as to the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, if we fail to maintain or implement adequate controls, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the date of our first Form 10-K for which compliance is required, our ability to obtain additional financing could be impaired.

In reviewing our preliminary purchase accounting and supporting analyses related to our pending acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc., we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness related to our internal controls over financial reporting pertaining to business combinations processes that were not adequately designed and therefore not operating effectively. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses involved aspects of our proposed purchase accounting for our ImmuMetrix acquisition that required adjustment, including adjustments to valuation of in-process technology, deferred income tax liability, valuation of acquired in-process technology, goodwill, share based compensation and recording of transaction costs.

We are in the process of implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting. These measures include the hiring of additional accounting staff, including a controller with experience preparing periodic reports to be filed under the Securities Exchange Act, the recent hiring of Ken Ludlum, a chief financial officer with experience preparing periodic reports to be filed under the Securities Exchange Act, and continued training of our accounting staff on accounting processes and procedures, including those relating to business combinations. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting or to avoid potential future material weaknesses.

Even if we develop effective controls, these new controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or the degree of compliance with these policies or procedures may deteriorate. In addition, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our internal control over financial reporting and in the accuracy of our periodic reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act. A lack of investor confidence in the reliability and accuracy of our public reporting could cause our stock price to decline.

As a public company, we will require greater financial resources than we have had as a private company. We cannot provide you with assurance that our finance department has or will maintain adequate resources to ensure that we will not have any future material weaknesses in our system of internal controls. The effectiveness of our controls and procedures may in the future be limited by a variety of factors, including:

 

   

faulty human judgment and simple errors, omissions or mistakes;

 

   

fraudulent action of an individual or collusion of two or more people;

 

   

inappropriate management override of procedures; and

 

   

the possibility that any enhancements to controls and procedures may still not be adequate to assure timely and accurate financial information.

If we fail to have effective controls and procedures for financial reporting in place, we could be unable to provide timely and accurate financial information and may be subject to NASDAQ Global Market delisting, SEC investigation and civil or criminal sanctions.

Our organizational documents and Delaware law make a takeover of our company more difficult, which may prevent certain changes in control and limit the market price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering and Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law contain provisions that may have the effect of deterring or delaying attempts by our stockholders to remove or replace management, engage in proxy contests and effect changes in control. These provisions include:

 

   

our board of directors will be authorized, without prior stockholder approval, to create and issue preferred stock which could be used to implement anti-takeover devices;

 

   

advance notice will be required for director nominations or for proposals that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings;

 

   

our board of directors will be classified such that not all members of our board are elected at one time, which may make it more difficult for a person who acquires control of a majority of our outstanding voting stock to replace all or a majority of our directors;

 

   

stockholder action by written consent will be prohibited;

 

   

special meetings of the stockholders will be permitted to be called only by the chairman of our board of directors, a majority of our board of directors or by our chief executive officer or president (if at such time we have no chief executive officer);

 

   

stockholders will not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors; and

 

   

stockholders will be permitted to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation only upon receiving at least 66 2/3% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In addition, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder unless certain specific requirements are met as set forth in Section 203. These provisions, alone or together, could have the effect of deterring or delaying changes in incumbent management, proxy contests or changes in control.

These provisions also could discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. The existence of these provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Some provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may deter third parties from acquiring us, which may limit the market price of our common stock.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and, if we decide to comply only with reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock could be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and for as long as we continue to be an “emerging growth company,” we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will continue to be an “emerging growth company” until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies that become public can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards following the completion of this offering, and therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “Executive Compensation,” contains forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “potentially,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “predict,” “expect” and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

   

our ability to generate revenue from sales of AlloMap and future solutions, if any, and our ability to increase the commercial success of AlloMap;

 

   

our plans and ability to develop and commercialize new solutions, including cell-free DNA, or cfDNA, solutions for the surveillance of heart and kidney transplant recipients;

 

   

our ability to achieve, maintain and expand reimbursement coverage from payers for AlloMap and future solutions, if any;

 

   

the outcome or success of our clinical trial collaborations or observational studies;

 

   

our compliance with federal, state and foreign regulatory requirements;

 

   

the continuing favorable review of AlloMap test in peer-reviewed publications, and receipt of favorable review of future solutions, if any;

 

   

our ability to protect and enforce intellectual property rights and our strategies regarding filing additional patent applications to strengthen our intellectual property rights;

 

   

our anticipated cash needs and our estimates regarding our capital requirements and our needs for additional financing; and

 

   

anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the markets in which we operate.

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward- looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources including industry publications and reports, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our products and services. We are responsible for all of the disclosure in this prospectus. The future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $         million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

   

approximately $         million for research and development, including research aimed at expanding the clinical utility of AlloMap and the development of new solutions for the surveillance of heart and kidney transplant recipients;

 

   

approximately $         million for sales and marketing activities, including expansion of our sales force to support the ongoing commercialization of our products; and

 

   

the remainder for general and administrative expenses (including personnel related costs and the costs of operating as a public company), and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

The expected use of proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our commercialization efforts, the status of additional payer reimbursement coverage determinations for our AlloMap solution and the results of our research and development efforts. If our research and development of new solutions for the surveillance of heart and kidney transplants requires more time or resources than we currently anticipate or if we encounter unforeseen difficulties in securing reimbursement for our AlloMap solution or future surveillance solutions, we may allocate additional proceeds of this offering to our research and development efforts. If our research and development efforts progress faster than we currently expect, we may elect to reallocate a portion of the proceeds of this offering from research and development to sales and marketing activities to support the launch and commercialization of our new solutions. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business. However, except for our proposed acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc., which is described elsewhere in this prospectus, we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or investments. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Further, our Loan and Security Agreement with Oxford Finance, LLC and Silicon Valley Bank restricts our ability to pay dividends while amounts remain outstanding under that facility.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2014 on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis, giving effect to the issuance of an aggregate of 6,053,151 shares of Series G Preferred Stock upon completion of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc., the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 41,400,266 shares of common stock, the automatic conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants into warrants for 3,710,243 shares of common stock and the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as if such conversions had occurred and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation had become effective on March 31, 2014; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments, the issuance and conversion of a subordinated convertible promissory note issued in April 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million plus accrued interest into              shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the note at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus; the actual conversion price will be the lower of $3.18 and the price at which stock is sold in this offering), and the sale of              shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     As of March 31, 2014  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as Adjusted (1)
 
     (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,837       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 1,053      $ —       

Convertible preferred stock: $0,001 par value; 43,963,000 shares authorized, 35,316,863 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     135,202        —       

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Preferred Stock, par value $0,001; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma adjusted

     —          —          —     

Common stock: $0,001 par value; 53,000,000 shares authorized, 6,935,759 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 47,815,772 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000 shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     7        46     

Additional paid-in capital

     9,529        145,745     

Accumulated deficit

     (161,460 )       (161,460  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (151,924     (15,669  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ (15,669   $ (15,669  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 42,282,874 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014, 6,053,151 shares issuable upon completion of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc. in June 2014 and                      shares issuable upon conversion of a subordinated convertible promissory note issued by us in April 2014. The number of outstanding shares excludes:

 

   

3,085,524 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2014, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.57 per share;

 

   

667,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding pursuant to the 1998 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2014, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.46 per share;

 

   

4,273,272 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2014, on an as-converted basis and at a weighted average exercise price of $3.30 per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (which consist of (1)             shares of common stock initially reserved for issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan; (2)             shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness; (3) up to              additional shares as of immediately prior to this offering that may be added to the 2014

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

Equity Incentive Plan upon the expiration, termination, forfeiture or other reacquisition of any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock awards outstanding under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan), which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and (4) any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan;

 

   

             shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan;

 

   

1,560,760 shares of common stock issuable to the former stockholders of ImmuMetrix upon completion of a performance milestone; and

 

   

189,890 shares of our preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of options that will be assumed upon completion of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc., which is expected to occur in June 2014, all of which shall be converted into options for common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

As of March 31, 2014, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $            , or $             per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 41,400,266 shares of common stock.

After giving effect to our sale in this offering of              shares of our common stock, at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 would have been approximately $             million, or $             per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014

   $                   

Decrease per share attributable to conversion of convertible preferred stock

     

Increase per share attributable to this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $             per share, would increase (decrease) the increase (decrease) attributable to this offering by $             per share and would increase (decrease) the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $             per share, and the immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $             per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2014, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into common stock, and

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and (2) this offering on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock, purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
    

 

    (amount in thousands)    
         Number            Percent             Amount              Percent        

Existing stockholders

                   $                                 $                

New public investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

                   $                     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own         % and our new investors would own         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 42,282,874 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014, 6,053,151 shares issuable upon completion of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc. in June 2014 and                  shares issuable upon conversion of a subordinated convertible promissory note issued by us in April 2014. The number of outstanding shares excludes:

 

   

3,085,524 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2014, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.57 per share;

 

   

667,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding pursuant to the 1998 Stock Plan as of March 31, 2014, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.46 per share;

 

   

4,273,272 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2014, on an as-converted basis and at a weighted average exercise price of $3.30 per share;

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (which consist of (1)             shares of common stock initially reserved for issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan; (2)             shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering, which shares will be added to the shares reserved under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan upon its effectiveness; (3) up to              additional shares as of immediately prior to the completion of this offering that may be added to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

upon the expiration, termination, forfeiture or other reacquisition of any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock awards outstanding under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan), which will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement for this offering; and (4) any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this plan;

 

   

            shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan;

 

   

1,560,760 shares of common stock issuable to the former stockholders of ImmuMetrix upon completion of a performance milestone; and

 

   

189,890 shares of our preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of options that will be assumed upon completion of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc., which is expected to occur in June 2014, all of which shall be converted into options for common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

You should read the following selected financial data together with our audited financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

We derived the selected statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 and the selected balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary financial data should be read together with our audited and unaudited financial statements and the related notes, as well as the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim condensed financial statements were prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those financial statements. Our historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved in future periods, and results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended March 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)    2012     2013     2013     2014  
           (unaudited)  

Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Testing revenue

   $ 19,730      $ 21,672      $ 4,809      $ 5,834   

Collaboration and license revenue

     721        426        172        90   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     20,451        22,098        4,981        5,924   

Operating expenses:

        

Cost of testing

     7,930        9,078        2,124        2,162   

Research and development

     4,752        3,176        1,002        720   

Sales and marketing

     5,417        5,892        1,569        1,474   

General and administrative

     4,694        4,809        1,064        1,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     22,793        22,955        5,759        6,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,342     (857     (778     (227

Interest expense, net

     (2,703     (2,149     (565     (548

Other expense, net

     (14     (536     (5     (529
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (5,059   $ (3,542   $ (1,348   $ (1,304
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (0.73   $ (0.51   $ (0.19   $ (0.19
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

     6,913,270        6,923,946        6,923,187        6,932,063   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)(2)

     $ (0.06     $ (0.02
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)(2)

       49,896,539          49,904,656   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. See Notes 2 and 3 to our audited financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(2)

We have presented pro forma net loss per common share information for the year ended December 31, 2013 and three months ended March 31, 2014 to (i) reflect the issuance of 6,053,151 shares of our preferred stock upon completion of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc., which is expected to occur in June 2014, (ii) the issuance of 1,572,327 shares of our preferred stock upon conversion of a subordinated convertible promissory note issued in April 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million at an assumed conversion price per share of $3.18, (iii) reflect the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 41,400,266 shares of common stock, and (iv) the reclassification to equity of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability in connection with the conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants. The numerator has been adjusted to remove the loss resulting from remeasurement of the warrant liability, as these amounts will be reclassified as equity upon the closing of this offering.

 

     December 31,     As of March  31,
2014
 
     2012     2013    
     (in thousands)     (unaudited)  

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,830      $ 5,128      $ 4,837   

Working capital

     1,169        578        (1,098

Total assets

     9,876        9,873        11,095   

Total debt

     14,865        15,375        15,076   

Convertible preferred stock

     135,202        135,202        135,202   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (147,203     (150,673     (151,924

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus.

Business Overview

We are a commercial stage company that develops, markets and delivers a diagnostic surveillance solution for heart transplant recipients to help clinicians make personalized treatment decisions throughout a patient’s lifetime. Our commercialized testing solution, the AlloMap heart transplant molecular test, is a blood-based test used to monitor heart transplant recipients for acute cellular rejection. We believe the use of AlloMap, in conjunction with other clinical indicators, can help healthcare providers and their patients better manage long-term care following a heart transplant. In particular, we believe AlloMap can improve patient care by helping healthcare providers to avoid the use of unnecessary, invasive surveillance biopsies and to determine the appropriate dosage levels of immunosuppressants. We believe that there is a significant unmet need for post-transplant surveillance solutions and are applying our expertise in transplantation towards the development of additional solutions for other organ transplant recipients, including recipients of heart and kidney transplants.

Since the launch of AlloMap in January 2005 we have performed more than 55,000 commercial AlloMap tests, including approximately 10,100 tests in 2013 and approximately 2,800 tests in first quarter of 2014, in our Brisbane, California laboratory. In 2013, the test was used in 105 of the approximately 126 U.S. heart transplant management centers in the U.S. We believe that there is a meaningful opportunity for AlloMap outside of the U.S. and through recent partnerships we have expanded the AlloMap offering to Europe and Canada. We believe that we are not currently capacity constrained and that our current facility can support a substantial increase in testing volume.

Reimbursement for AlloMap tests comes primarily from Medicare, private third party payers such as insurance companies and managed care organizations, hospitals and state Medicaid programs. Tests performed on patients covered by Medicare represented 40% and 39% of all AlloMap tests in 2012 and 2013, respectively. Tests performed on patients covered by Medicare represented 40% and 36% of all AlloMap tests in the quarters ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. A number of payers have adopted coverage policies approving AlloMap tests for reimbursement. Such policies often approve reimbursement for tests performed from six-months or one year post-transplant through five years post-transplant. For tests performed outside the scope of the payer’s policy, and for tests performed where the payer has not adopted a coverage policy, we pursue reimbursement on a case-by-case basis. If a reimbursement claim is denied, we generally pursue the appeals process for the particular payer.

Forty-three payers, including Medicare, insured recipients that accounted for approximately 90% of the tests we delivered in 2013. Forty-six payers, including Medicare, insured recipients that accounted for approximately 90% of the tests we delivered in the first quarter of 2014. Many of these, including Medicare, have adopted coverage policies approving AlloMap for reimbursement. We continue to pursue adoption of positive coverage policies by other private and Medicaid payers. The rate at which our tests are covered and reimbursed has, and is expected to continue to vary by payer. Reimbursement performance is reviewed using a lagging metric of six months, as any period less than this is considered not to be reflective of future performance, as the reimbursement process can take six months or more to complete, depending on the payer. Similarly, as of March 31, 2014, we had been reimbursed for approximately 78% of AlloMap results delivered in the twelve months ended September 30, 2013.

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Since our inception, we have generated significant net losses. As of March 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $161 million. We incurred net losses of $5.1 million and $3.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively and $1.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014. Together with our cash and cash equivalents, cash receipts from our AlloMap testing and net proceeds from this offering, we expect to be able to accelerate the development of new transplant surveillance solutions, such as our planned cell-free DNA, or cfDNA, solution for heart and kidney, using both our proprietary and third party libraries of blood samples from multiple organs.

Financial Operations Overview

Testing Revenue

Our testing revenue is derived from AlloMap tests which represented 97% of our total revenue in 2012 and 98% of our total revenue in 2013. AlloMap tests represented 97% and 99% of our total revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Our testing revenue depends on a number of factors, including (i) the number of tests performed; (ii) establishment of coverage policies by third-party insurers and government payers; (iii) our ability to collect from payers with whom we do not have positive coverage determination, which often requires that we pursue a case-by-case appeals process; (iv) our ability to recognize revenues on tests billed prior to the establishment of reimbursement policies, contracts or payment histories; (v) our ability to expand into markets outside of the United States; and (vi) how quickly we can successfully commercialize new product offerings.

We currently market AlloMap to healthcare providers through our direct sales force that targets transplant centers and their physicians, coordinators and nurse practitioners. The healthcare providers that order the tests and on whose behalf we provide our testing services are generally not responsible for the payment of these services. As of March 31, 2014, the list price of AlloMap was $3,600 per test. However, amounts actually received by us vary from payer to payer based on each payer’s internal coverage practices and policies. We generally bill third-party payers upon delivery of an AlloMap score report to the ordering physician. As such, we take the assignment of benefits and the risk of collection from the third-party payer and individual patients.

As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the number of tests for which results were delivered and billed, but for which the associated revenue had not been recognized because our revenue recognition criteria were not met, and taking into account claim status and possibility of collection, was approximately 3,800 and 3,900, respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the number of such tests was approximately 3,800 and 4,100 respectively. We cannot provide any assurance as to when, if ever, or to what extent any of these amounts will be collected.

Collaboration and License Revenue

Revenue from our collaboration and license agreements was less than 5% of total revenue for each period presented. Collaboration and license agreements may include non-refundable upfront payments, partial or complete reimbursement of research and development costs, contingent payments based on the occurrence of specified events under the agreements, license fees and royalties on sales of products or product candidates if they are successfully commercialized. Note 9 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus includes descriptions of these agreements. Our performance obligations under the collaboration and license agreements may include the transfer of intellectual property rights in the form of licenses, obligations to provide research and development services and obligations to participate on certain development committees with the collaboration partners. We make judgments that affect the periods over which we recognize revenue. We periodically review our estimated periods of performance based on the progress under each arrangement and account for the impact of any change in estimated periods of performance on a prospective basis.

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Cost of Testing

Cost of testing reflects the aggregate costs incurred in delivering our AlloMap test results to clinicians. The components of our cost of testing are materials and service costs, direct labor costs, including stock-based compensation, equipment and infrastructure expenses associated with testing samples, shipping, logistics and specimen processing charges to collect and transport samples and allocated overhead including rent, information technology, equipment depreciation and utilities and royalties. Costs associated with performing tests (except royalties) are recorded as the test is processed regardless of whether and when revenue is recognized with respect to that test. As a result, our cost of testing as a percentage of revenue may vary significantly from period to period because we do not recognize all revenue in the period in which the associated costs are incurred. Royalties for licensed technology, calculated as a percentage of test revenues, are recorded as license fees in cost of testing at the time the test revenues are recognized.

Royalties included in cost of testing are associated with a license from Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., or Roche. In February 2014, we received a demand for arbitration from Roche regarding our claim that the royalty rate being assessed under the Roche license should be reduced. See the Business Section – Legal Proceedings included elsewhere in this prospectus regarding this arbitration. Liabilities recorded on our balance sheets of $1.5 million, $2.8 million and $3.1 million as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively, reflect the full amount of royalties owed at the stated royalty rate set forth in the agreement, plus interest. Our obligation under the Roche agreement expires on the date of the last to expire of the relevant patents included within the licensed technology that covers our tests.

We expect cost of testing to increase, in absolute dollars, as the number of tests we perform increases. However, due to the fixed nature of expenses associated with direct labor, equipment and infrastructure, we expect the cost per test will decrease over time as volume increases. Logistics, supplies and royalties are generally variable in nature and we expect these expenses to increase as test volume increases.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses represent costs incurred to develop new surveillance solutions as well as continued efforts related to our AlloMap test. These expenses include payroll and related expenses, consulting expenses, laboratory supplies, and certain allocated expenses as well as amounts incurred under certain collaborative agreements. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We record accruals for estimated study costs comprised of work performed by contract research organizations under contract terms. We expect our research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we invest in research and discovery work to develop new surveillance solutions, as well as clinical outcomes studies for AlloMap.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses represent costs incurred to sell, promote and increase awareness of our AlloMap test to both clinicians and payers, including education of patients, clinicians and payers. Sales and marketing expenses include payroll and related expenses, educational and promotional expenses, and infrastructure expenses, including allocated facility and overhead costs. Compensation related to sales and marketing includes annual salaries and eligibility for quarterly or semi-annual commissions or bonuses based on the achievement of predetermined sales goals or other management objectives. We have infrastructure in place to cover most of the key transplant centers in the United States both for offerings of our existing AlloMap product as well as future products. We may increase our product range and our geographic reach in the future which would lead to an expansion of our sales and marketing efforts.

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include costs for our executive, finance, accounting and human resources functions. Costs consist primarily of payroll and related expenses, professional service fees related to billing and collection, accounting, legal and other contract and administrative services and related infrastructure expenses, including allocated facility and overhead costs. We expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and The NASDAQ Global Market, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services. We also expect our general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars related to anticipated testing volume and collections growth.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net is associated with borrowings under our loan agreements.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net is primarily associated with the remeasurement of the estimated fair value of the warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operation is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles or U.S. GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Items subject to estimates based on judgments include, but are not limited to: revenue recognition, the valuation of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, the determination of the valuation allowance associated with deferred tax assets, the determination of the accruals for clinical studies, the determination of estimated refunds to be requested from third-party payers, any impairment of long-lived assets and legal contingencies. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences could affect the results of operations in future periods.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of these accounting policies require us to make difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. We believe that the following critical accounting policies reflect the more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Testing Revenue

We recognize revenues for tests delivered when the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, which may include a contract or a coverage policy; (ii) delivery has occurred or services rendered; (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

The first criteria is satisfied when a third-party payer makes a coverage decision or enters into a contractual arrangement with us for the test. The second criteria is satisfied when we perform the test and deliver the test result to the ordering physician. The third criteria is satisfied if the third-party payer’s coverage decision or reimbursement contract specifies a price for the test. The fourth criteria is satisfied based on management’s judgments regarding the collectability of the fees charged under the arrangement.

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Such judgments include review of past payment history. AlloMap testing may be considered investigational by some payers and not covered under their reimbursement policies. Others may cover the test, but not pay a set or determinable amount. As a result, in the absence of a reimbursement agreement or sufficient payment history, collectability cannot reasonably be assured so revenue is not recognized at the time the test is delivered.

If all criteria set forth above are met, revenue is recognized. When the first, third or fourth criteria are not met but third-party payers make a payment to us for tests performed, we recognize revenue on a cash basis in the period in which the payment is received.

Revenue is recognized on an accrual basis net of adjustments for differences between amounts billed and the estimated receipts from payers. The amount we expect to collect may be lower than the agreed upon amount due to several factors, such as the amount of patient co-payments, the existence of secondary payers and claim denials. Estimated receipts are based upon historical payment practices of payers. Differences between estimated and actual cash receipts are recorded as an adjustment to revenue, which have been immaterial to date.

For tests performed where an agreed upon reimbursement rate and a predictable history of collection exists, such as in the case of Medicare, we recognize revenue upon delivery of a score report to the ordering physician based on the established billing rate less contractual and other adjustments to arrive at the amount that we expect to collect. We determine the amount we expect to collect based on a per payer, per contract or agreement basis, after analyzing historical payment trends. The expected amount is typically lower than the agreed upon reimbursement amount due to several factors, such as the amount of patient co-payments and claim denials. In all other situations, where we do not have sufficient history of collection and are unable to determine a predictable pattern of payment, we recognize revenue upon the receipt of cash. In 2012 and 2013, approximately 56% and 64%, respectively, of our testing revenue was recognized on the accrual basis. In the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, approximately 63% and 62%, respectively, of our testing revenue was recognized on the accrual basis.

Occasionally, we may receive requests from third-party payers for refunds for previously paid-for tests. We maintain a liability for actual overpayments and estimated future refund claims based on historical experience. Accruals for overpayments and refunds are recorded as a reduction of revenue. The approximate number of delivered AlloMap tests and AlloMap tests for which we recognized revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policies discussed above, were as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2012      2013          2013              2014      

AlloMap tests delivered

     8,300         10,100         2,200         2,800   

AlloMap tests for which revenue was recognized

     7,500         8,400         1,900         2,200   

AlloMap tests for which revenue was recognized which were delivered prior to the period presented

     1,800         1,100         700         800   

We did not recognize revenue for the remaining tests because either there was no contract, no coverage policy in place, insufficient payment history or we had not received payment for those tests from a payer. We will continue to make requests for payment from payers and patients and/or appeal payment decisions made by third-party payers. As a result, we may receive payment for a portion of these tests. However, a portion of our requests for payments could be denied or only partially satisfied. If third-party payers agree to pay us for these tests in the future, we will recognize revenue for such tests in the period in which all of our revenue recognition criteria are met. This will continue to affect the comparability of our revenues from period to period. We regularly review to determine if payers meet our revenue recognition criteria and account for the impact of any change on a prospective basis.

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The process for determining the appropriate amount expected to be collected involves judgment, and considers such factors as, historical payment trends, current economic conditions and regulatory changes. The ultimate amounts of collections could be different from the amounts we estimate.

Collaboration and License Revenue

Revenue from our collaboration and license agreements was less than 5% of total revenue for each period presented. Collaboration and license agreements may include non-refundable upfront payments, partial or complete reimbursement of research and development costs, contingent payments based on the occurrence of specified events under the agreements, license fees and royalties on sales of products or product candidates if they are successfully commercialized.

We recognize collaboration and license revenue based upon the relative-selling–price method which is used to allocate arrangement consideration to all of the units of accounting in an arrangement. We evaluate our collaboration and license agreements to identify the deliverables, determine if the deliverables have stand-alone value, to identify the units of accounting and to allocate arrangement consideration to each unit of accounting based on relative best estimate selling price.

We recognize contingent consideration received from the achievement of a substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved, which we believe is more consistent with the substance of our performance under our various license and collaboration agreements. We did not recognize any milestones during 2012 or 2013 or during the quarter ended March 31, 2014.

Business Combinations

In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations , the Company determines and allocates the purchase price of an acquired business to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the business combination date, including identifiable intangible assets which either arise from a contractual or legal right or are separable from goodwill. The Company bases the estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination on independent valuations that use information and assumptions provided by management, which consider management’s best estimates of inputs and assumptions that a market participant would use. The Company allocates any excess purchase price over the estimated fair value assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed to goodwill. The use of alternative valuation assumptions, including estimated revenue projections, growth rates, royalty rates, cash flows, discount rates, estimated useful lives and probabilities surrounding the achievement of contingent milestones, could result in different purchase price allocations and amortization expense in current and future periods.

In those circumstances where an acquisition involves a contingent consideration arrangement that meets the definition of a liability under ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , the Company recognizes a liability equal to the fair value of the contingent payments the Company expects to make as of the acquisition date. The Company remeasures this liability each reporting period and records changes in the fair value as a component of operating expenses.

Transaction costs associated with acquisitions are expensed as incurred in general and administrative expenses. Results of operations and cash flows of acquired companies are included in the Company’s operating results from the date of acquisition.

Warrant Liability

We have freestanding warrants enabling counterparties to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock. In accordance with the accounting guidance regarding distinguishing liabilities from equity, freestanding warrants for convertible preferred stock that are contingently redeemable are classified as

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

liabilities on the balance sheets and recorded at their estimated fair value. These warrants are remeasured at each balance sheet date and any change in estimated fair value is recognized in other income or expense on the statements of operations. We adjust the liability for changes in estimated fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of this offering, at which time all preferred stock warrants would be converted into warrants to purchase common stock, and, accordingly, the liability would be reclassified to equity. The then-current aggregate fair value of these warrants, after a final remeasurement of fair value, will be reclassified from liabilities to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ equity, and we will cease to record any related periodic fair value adjustments.

The estimated fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using an underlying common stock price of $1.31 and $1.81 at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively, and the following assumptions:

 

     As of
December 31,
2013
    As of
March 31,
2014
 
           (unaudited)  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.8 - 2.1     0.9 - 1.7

Volatility

     40 - 45     41 - 42

Estimated term equal to the remaining contractual term

     3.3 - 5.6 years        3.0 - 5.4 years   

Expected dividend yield

     —       —  

We recorded $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to other expense, net on the statements of operations, to reflect increases in the estimated fair value of the preferred stock warrants.

Stock–Based Compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of the stock-based awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the respective award.

Information regarding our stock option grants, along with the estimated fair value per share of the underlying common stock for stock options granted from 2012 to April 2014 is summarized below:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Shares
Granted
     Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Estimated
Fair Value
Per Share of
Common
Stock
 

October 17, 2012

     1,438,827       $ 0.08       $ 0.08   

November 14, 2012

     4,500         0.08         0.08   

December 12, 2012

     2,500         0.08         0.08   

January 23, 2013

     4,500         0.08         0.08   

May 16, 2013

     16,000         0.08         0.08   

July 17, 2013

     500         0.08         0.08   

September 24, 2013

     2,000         0.04         0.04   

December 3, 2013

     5,000         0.04         0.04   

March 31, 2014

     647,629         1.81         1.81   

April 8, 2014

     2,175,500         1.81         1.81   

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We did not grant stock-based awards to non-employees during 2012 or 2013. During the first quarter of 2014, we granted 91,376 fully vested stock options to a former member of our Board of Directors, who now provides services to us as a consultant.

As a result of our Black-Scholes option fair value calculations, we recognized employee stock-based compensation expense of $69,000 and $72,000 during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. We recognized employee and non-employee stock-based compensation expense of $19,000 and $49,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. As of March 31, 2014, total compensation cost related to unvested employee stock options not yet recognized in the financial statements was approximately $356,000 and the weighted average period over which this cost is expected to be recognized is 3.8 years. We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the extent that we do, our stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase. Following the consummation of this offering, stock option award values will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions which help us determine the estimated fair value of stock-based awards, including the expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock. These assumptions include:

 

   

Expected Term:     The expected term represents the period for which our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and is based on analyzing the vesting and contractual terms of the options and the holders’ historical exercise patterns and termination behavior.

 

   

Volatility:     We used an average historical stock price volatility of comparable public companies that were deemed to be representative of future stock price trends as we do not have any trading history for our common stock.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate:     We base the risk-free interest rate over the expected term of the options based on the constant maturity rate of U.S. Treasury securities with similar maturities as of the date of grant.

 

   

Expected Dividends:     We have not paid and do not anticipate paying any dividends in the near future.

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation for our awards. We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility, expected terms and forfeiture rates utilized for our stock–based compensation calculations on a prospective basis.

The estimated grant date fair values of the employee and non-employee stock options were based on the following weighted-average assumptions:

    

 

Year Ended December 31,

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
         2012             2013             2013             2014      
                

(unaudited)

 

Risk-free interest rate

     1.01     1.21     1.00     1.55

Volatility

     46.55     45.25     45.82     40.69

Expected term (in years)

     6.0        6.0        6.0        4.6   

Expected dividend yield

     —       —       —       —  

We are also required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing the fair value award calculations using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The estimated fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards was determined on each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management. Our board of directors is comprised

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of a majority of non-employee directors with significant experience investing in and operating companies in the molecular diagnostics industry. As such, we believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience to determine a fair value of our common stock on each respective grant date. Given the absence of a public trading market of our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-held-Company Equity Securities issued as Compensation (the AICPA Practice Aid) our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock.

Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining the Estimated Fair Value of Our Common Stock

To assist our board of directors with the determination of the exercise price of our stock options and the estimated fair value of the common stock underlying the options, we obtained third-party valuations of our common stock as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and March 26, 2014. The independent valuations performed by unrelated third-party specialists were utilized by our board of directors to assist with the valuation of the common stock. The board of directors utilized the fair values of the common stock derived in the third party valuations as a factor to set the exercise prices for options granted, however management and our board of directors assume full responsibility for the estimates. Our board of directors determined the estimated fair value of our common stock on the date of each grant based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including:

 

   

the superior rights and preferences of the convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock, including the liquidation preferences of the convertible preferred stock;

 

   

our operating results and financial condition, including our levels of available capital resources;

 

   

material risks related to our business;

 

   

the lack of liquidity of our common stock as a private company and the state of the initial public offering market for similarly situated private companies;

 

   

the estimated likelihood of achieving a liquidity event such as an initial public offering and valuation conditions on our ability to go public;

 

   

the results of research and development activities;

 

   

external market conditions affecting the life sciences industry sector;

 

   

the valuation of publicly traded companies in the life sciences and medical diagnostics sectors;

 

   

valuations performed by an independent third party; and

 

   

general U.S. economic conditions, including stock volatility and interest rates.

Our board of directors intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than fair market value of the shares of our stock underlying those options on their respective dates of grant.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the estimated fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, or other event and the determination of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share could have been significantly different.

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

December 31, 2012 Valuation

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we granted 1,445,827 stock options to employees at an exercise price of $0.08 per share.

In accordance with the AICPA Practice Aid, for the valuation at December 31, 2012, we used the discounted cash flow method of the income approach to calculate our enterprise value. The discounted cash flow method derives the equity value of a business by estimating future returns discounted by its cost of capital. We also performed comparable public company and comparable acquisition analyses. We then considered various methods for allocating the enterprise value across our classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock and determined that the option pricing method, or OPM, was the appropriate model to use. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences of the preferred stock. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to price the call options. This model defines the securities fair values as functions of the current enterprise value of a company and uses assumptions such as the anticipated timing of a potential liquidity event, the risk-free interest rate as of the valuation date and the estimated volatility of the equity securities. Under this method, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceeds the value of the liquidation preference at the time of a liquidity event. Additionally, because our common stock is unregistered and the holder of a minority interest in the common stock may not influence the timing of a liquidity event, we also applied a discount for lack of marketability.

On July 5, 2013, we received a report from an independent third party valuing our common stock as of December 31, 2012. The resulting fair value of the common stock at December 31, 2012 was $0.04 per share, a decrease from the prior estimated fair value of $0.08 per share at December 31, 2011. The decrease in the common stock value was primarily due to more Preferred Series G shares outstanding and therefore greater liquidation preferences and more common shares outstanding on a fully diluted basis in 2012 than in 2011.

December 31, 2013 Valuation

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we granted 28,000 stock options to employees at a weighted average exercise price of $0.07 per share.

The valuation of our common stock in 2013 was based on several factors, including the following:

 

   

our financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

our negative cash flows and need for additional financing;

 

   

offers received from unrelated third parties regarding a potential acquisition of our company;

 

   

the rights and preferences, including liquidation preferences of our preferred stock;

 

   

the valuation performed by an independent third party as of December 31, 2012; and

 

   

our estimates of the relative probability of a sale or initial public offering of our company.

In late December 2013, it was becoming clearer that the feasibility of an initial public offering and the potential valuation of our company were improving due to our improved business performance and the sustained appreciation in the capital markets. In particular, the following factors contributed to our business improvement in late December 2013:

 

   

visibility into our results of operations for the fourth quarter of 2013;

 

   

reductions in personnel in the fourth quarter of 2013, which reduced costs and improved efficiencies;

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   

achievement of modest income from operations, for the fourth quarter of 2013; and

 

   

increasing valuations and successful initial public offerings among our peer group of companies.

It was not clear prior to very late in 2013 that a possible exit outcome for our company was an initial public offering. Additionally, during the second and third quarters of 2013, our company was negotiating an offer from a private company that, considering liquidation preferences, supported our option grant prices.

In accordance with the AICPA Practice Aid, for the valuation as of December 31, 2013, we used the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, to calculate our enterprise value. We switched to PWERM as more certainty developed regarding possible exit outcomes, including the possibility of an initial public offering. Under the PWERM, share value is derived from the probability weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class. Our December 31, 2013 valuation considered time to liquidity and various types of liquidity events, including the following scenarios: (1) an initial public offering; (2) a sale or merger of the Company in the near-term; (3) a sale or merger of the Company at a later date; and (4) dissolution. The December 31, 2013 valuation assigned the following weighting to the four scenarios: 55% for an initial public offering, 20% for a sale of the Company in the near-term; 20% for a sale of the Company longer term and 5% for dissolution.

On March 20, 2014, we received a report from an independent third party valuing our common stock as of December 31, 2013. The resulting estimated fair value of the common stock at December 31, 2013 was $1.31 per share reflecting our improved business performance, continued significant appreciation in the capital markets, and a significant new weighting of a probable initial public offering. It was not until very late in 2013 that it was becoming clearer that the feasibility of an initial public offering and the related potential valuation of our company were improving due to improved business performance, new surveillance strategy and sustained appreciation in the capital markets. Selection of underwriters and our organizational meeting to formally begin the process for this offering, including the registration statement drafting process, began in February 2014.

March 26, 2014 Valuation

During the quarter ended March 31, 2014, we granted 647,629 stock options at an exercise price of $1.81 per share.

The valuation of our common stock for the first quarter of 2014 was based on several factors, including the following:

 

   

our financial condition and results of operations;

 

   

our negative cash flows and need for additional financing;

 

   

the rights and preferences, including liquidation preferences of our preferred stock; and

 

   

our estimates of the relative probability of a sale or initial public offering of our company.

In accordance with the AICPA Practice Aid, for the valuation as of March 26, 2014, we used the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, to calculate our common stock value. Under the PWERM, share value is derived from the probability weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class. Our March 26, 2014 valuation considered time to liquidity and various types of liquidity events, including the following scenarios: (1) an initial public offering; (2) a sale or merger of our company in the near-term; (3) a sale or merger of our company at a later date; and (4) a dissolution.

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The March 26, 2014 valuation assigned the following weighting to the four scenarios: 75% for an initial public offering, 10% for a sale of our company in the near-term; 10% for a sale of our company in the longer term and 5% for a dissolution.

On March 31, 2014, we received a report from an independent third party valuing our common stock as of March 26, 2014. The resulting estimated fair value of the common stock at March 26, 2014 was $1.81 per share. The increase from the December 31, 2013 valuation primarily reflected the increase in our weighting of an initial public offering from 55% to 75%.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

The Number of AlloMap Tests We Receive and Report

The growth of our business is tied to the number of AlloMap tests we receive and report. Historically, less than two percent of tests received are not reported due to improper sampling or damage in transit or other causes. We incur costs of collecting and shipping all samples and a portion of the costs where we cannot ultimately issue a score report. As a result, the number of samples received largely directly correlates to the number of score reports.

How We Recognize Revenue

Medicare and certain other payers with agreed upon reimbursement rates and a predictable history of collections allows us to recognize the related revenue on an accrual basis. In 2012, 2013 and in the first quarter of 2014, 44%, 36% and 38%, respectively, of our revenue was recognized when cash was received. Until we achieve our revenue recognition criteria for a larger number of payers, we will continue to recognize a large portion of our revenue when cash is received. Because we often need to appeal prior to being paid for certain tests, it can take over a year for a test to result in revenue being recorded, and for a portion of our tests, we may never realize revenue.

Additionally, as we commercialize new products, we will need to achieve our revenue recognition criteria for each payer for each new product prior to being able to recognize the related revenue on an accrual basis. Because the timing and amount of cash payments received from payers is difficult to predict, we expect our revenue may fluctuate significantly in any given quarter. In addition, even if we begin to accrue larger amounts of revenue related to AlloMap, when we introduce new products, we do not expect we will be able to recognize revenue from new products on an accrual basis for some period of time.

Continued Adoption of and Reimbursement for AlloMap

Our reimbursement rate has steadily increased over time since the launch of AlloMap, as payers adopt coverage policies and fewer payers consider AlloMap as experimental and investigational. The rate at which our tests are covered and reimbursed has, and is expected to continue to vary by payer. As of March 31, 2014, we had been reimbursed for approximately 78% of AlloMap results delivered in the twelve months ended September 30, 2013. Reimbursement performance is reviewed using a lagging metric of six months as any period less than this is considered not to be reflective of future performance, as the reimbursement process can take six months or more to complete depending on the payer. Revenue growth depends on our ability to achieve broader reimbursement from third party payers, to expand the number of tests per patient and the base of ordering physicians.

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Development of Additional Products

We rely on sales of AlloMap to generate the majority of our revenue. Our product development pipeline includes other surveillance solutions for organ transplant recipients to help clinicians make personalized treatment decisions throughout a transplant patient’s lifetime. Accordingly, we expect to invest in research and development in order to develop additional products. Our success in developing new products will be important in our efforts to grow our business by expanding the potential market for our products and diversifying our sources of revenue.

Timing of Research and Development Expenses

Our spending on experiments may vary substantially from quarter to quarter. We also spend to secure clinical samples that can be used in discovery, product development, clinical validation, utility and outcome studies. The timing of these research and development activities is difficult to predict. If a substantial number of clinical samples are acquired in a given quarter or if a high-cost experiment is conducted in one quarter versus the next, the timing of these expenses can affect our financial results. We conduct clinical studies to validate our new products as well as on-going clinical and outcome studies to further the published evidence to support our commercialized AlloMap test. Spending on research and development for both experiments and studies, may vary significantly by quarter depending on the timing of these various expenses.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
            
(in thousand)         2013               2014               Change  
     (unaudited)             

Revenue:

         

Testing revenue

   $ 4,809      $ 5,834         $ 1,025   

Collaboration and license revenue

     172        90           (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

     4,981        5,924           943   

Operating expenses:

         

Cost of testing

     2,124        2,162           38   

Research and development

     1,002        720           (282

Sales and marketing

     1,569        1,474           (95

General and administrative

     1,064        1,795           731   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,759        6,151           392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (778     (227        551   

Interest expense, net

     (565     (548        17   

Other expense, net

     (5     (529        (524
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,348   $ (1,304      $ 44   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Testing Revenue

Testing revenue increased by $1.0 million, or 21%, in the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the same period of 2013. The increase reflects additional volume of tests performed for accrual payers of $0.6 million, as well as improved collections from cash payers due to increased volume of tests during the three months ended March 31, 2014 of $0.4 million. There was an increase to our average revenue per test in the three months ended March 31, 2014 of approximately 3% over the three months ended March 31, 2013 reflecting normal variation in amounts recognized due to payer mix and payment

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

amounts. Revenue recognized in the three months ended March 31, 2014 as the result of a payer meeting accrual criteria rather than remaining on the cash basis, was approximately $0.3 million as compared to approximately $0.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Collaboration and License Revenue

Collaboration and license revenue decreased by $0.1 million, or 48%, in the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31,2013 primarily due to decreased activity associated with our LabCorp collaboration.

Cost of Testing

Cost of testing was flat in the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. While the variable costs for specimen processing and royalty fees increased with the volume and revenue increase, respectively, in the three months ended March 31, 2014, these increased costs were offset by decreases in headcount and shipping costs.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses decreased by $0.3 million, or 28%, in the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared with the three months ended March 31, 2013. The decrease reflects lower payroll and related costs of $0.2 million due to reduced headcount in the three months ended March 31, 2014, and reduced consulting of $0.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2014, primarily related to decreases in activity on the LabCorp collaboration. We expect our research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we invest in research and discovery work to develop new surveillance solutions, as well as clinical outcomes studies for AlloMap and new tests, when developed.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing decreased by $0.1 million, or 6%, in the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared with the three months ended March 31, 2013 primarily as a result of decreased marketing activities such as fewer physician and nurse advisory boards.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased $0.7 million, or 69%, in the three months ended March 31, 2014 compared with the three months ended March 31, 2013 primarily due increased headcount costs, including recruiting of $0.3 million, increased tax and audit fees of $0.3 million and $0.1 million for increased legal fees, both general corporate and intellectual property in the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Other Expense, Net

We recorded other expense of $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to a negligible amount for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This increase was due to our remeasurement of the estimated fair value of the warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock (see Note 3 to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

 

     Year Ended December 31,             
          2012               2013               Change  
     (in thousands)             

Revenue:

         

Testing revenue

   $ 19,730      $ 21,672         $ 1,942   

Collaboration and License revenue

     721        426           (295
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

     20,451        22,098           1,647   

Operating expenses:

         

Cost of testing

     7,930        9,078           1,148   

Research and development

     4,752        3,176           (1,576

Sales and marketing

     5,417        5,892           475   

General and administrative

     4,694        4,809           115   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     22,793        22,955           162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,342     (857        1,485   

Interest expense, net

     (2,703     (2,149        554   

Other expense, net

     (145     (536        (522
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (5,059   $ (3,542      $ 1,517   
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Testing Revenue

Testing revenue increased by $1.9 million or 10%, in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to additional volume and to a lesser extent, an increase in payers meeting revenue recognition criteria. There was no material change year over year to our average revenue per test. Revenue recognized in 2013 as a result of payers meeting accrual criteria rather than remaining on the cash basis was approximately $0.3 million. Testing volume increased approximately 21% in 2013, as compared to 2012. The percentage increase in testing revenue was less than the percentage increase in testing volume due to the timing of the tests performed and our ability to recognize related revenue until the revenue recognition criteria were met.

Collaboration and License Revenue

Collaboration and license revenue decreased by $0.3 million or 41% in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily due to lower revenues from a collaboration agreement. Under the agreement, in 2012, we provided certain samples to the collaboration partner for $250,000; no such samples were provided under the agreement in 2013.

Cost of Testing

Cost of testing increased $1.1 million, or 14% in 2013 compared to 2012 reflecting our 21% testing volume growth in 2013. These increases included payroll and related expenses of $1.0 million, specimen processing of $0.2 million, licensing fees of $0.1 million and expired reagents of $0.2 million, partially offset by decreased depreciation of $0.4 million as certain lab equipment and software became fully depreciated. Royalty expense, included in cost of testing, was $1.1 million in 2012 and $1.2 million in 2013.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses decreased by $1.6 million, or 33%, in 2013 compared with 2012. The decrease reflects lower payroll and related costs of $1.0 million due to reduced headcount primarily in our informatics, clinical and regulatory groups. In addition, there was a reduction of approximately $0.5 million in depreciation and facilities-related expenses. During 2013, we focused our efforts on

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

stabilizing and enhancing our current AlloMap business, choosing not to spend our limited resources on new product development. We expect our research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we invest in research and discovery work to develop new surveillance solutions, as well as clinical outcomes studies for AlloMap and new tests, when developed.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing increased by $0.5 million, or 9% in 2013 compared with 2012 primarily as a result of increased commissions of $0.3 million and increased marketing activities such as physician and nurse advisory boards and speaker programs of $0.2 million.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased $0.1 million, or 2%, in 2013 compared with 2012 primarily due to 2013 expenses of $0.3 million in connection with the evaluation of strategic alternatives, increased payroll and related costs of $0.2 million, partially offset by a reduction in costs associated with reporting capabilities for executive management of $0.3 million, and decreased outside services of $0.1 million.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net decreased by $0.6 million, or 20%, in 2013 compared with 2012. In April 2012, we converted all of our convertible subordinated promissory notes of $12.4 million principal and interest which had been issued in 2010, into preferred stock and preferred stock warrants (see Note 10 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). Interest expense on these notes recorded in 2012 was $0.4 million. In August 2012, we entered into a $15.0 million loan, and repaid at that time an existing loan with a principal balance of $10.3 million. Prepayment penalties and writeoff of the remaining unamortized costs associated with the paid off loan resulted in a charge to interest expense in 2012 of $0.6 million. The reduction in interest expense in 2013 compared to 2012 was partially offset by a higher effective interest rate on the $15.0 million loan compared to the previous $10.3 million loan.

Other Expense, Net

We recorded other expense of $0.5 million, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to a negligible amount for the year ended December 31, 2012. This change is due to the remeasurement of the estimated fair value of the warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock (see Notes 2 and 11 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus).

Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

The following table summarizes the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 

(in thousands)

         2012                 2013             2013         2014    
           (unaudited)  

Net cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

   $ (1,776   $ (546   $ (934   $ 180   

Investing activities

     642        (98     —          (19

Financing activities

     4,607        (58     (18     (452
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,473      $ (702   $ (952   $ (291
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Operating Activities

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities consisted of net losses adjusted for certain non-cash items and changes in operating assets and liabilities.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $0.2 million and reflected (i) the net loss of $1.3 million, (ii) net non-cash items of $0.8 million, including $0.5 million revaluation of warrants to estimated fair value, amortization of debt discount and non-cash interest expense of $0.2 million and depreciation and amortization of $0.1 million, and (iii) a net cash inflow from changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities of $0.7 million. The most significant item comprising the changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities was a higher balance of accrued and other liabilities of $2.4 million, primarily representing deferred initial public offering costs and increased legal, accounting, consulting and recruiting expenses. Other significant items comprising the changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities were increased royalties of $0.3 million, offset by an increase of $1.6 million of prepaid and other assets relating primarily to deferred initial public offering costs and a decrease in accrued payroll liabilities of $0.6 million, reflecting the payment of year-end bonuses.

Net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $0.9 million and reflected the net loss of $1.3 million and net non-cash items of $0.4 million consisting primarily of depreciation and amortization of $0.3 million and amortization of debt discount and non-cash interest expense of $0.1 million.

The largest contributors to the $1.2 million decrease in net cash used in operating activities in 2013, compared with 2012, were a lower net loss of $1.5 million and a higher change in total liabilities of $0.8 million, partially offset by a higher change in accounts receivable of $1.2 million.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $0.5 million and reflected (i) the net loss of $3.5 million, (ii) net non-cash items of $1.6 million, consisting primarily of depreciation and amortization of $0.7 million, amortization of debt discount and non-cash interest expense of $0.5 million and revaluation of warrants to estimated fair value of $0.5 million, and (iii) a net cash inflow from changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities of $1.4 million. The significant items comprising the changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities were a higher balance of accrued royalties of $1.3 million and a higher deferred revenue balance of $1.1 million, partially offset by an increased accounts receivable balance of $1.3 million. The increased accounts receivable balance was due to increased volume of approximately $0.7 million, the change in our Medicare contractor effective October 2013, resulting thus far, in slower payments for Medicare tests of approximately $0.3 million, and more payers meeting our revenue recognition criteria of approximately $0.3 million. Our experience with Medicare contractor changes in the past has shown initially slower payments, which resolve after the new contractor is in place for some period.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1.8 million and reflected the net loss of $5.1 million, net non-cash items of $1.6 million, consisting primarily of depreciation and amortization of $1.1 million and amortization of debt discount and non-cash interest expense of $0.6 million, and a net cash inflow from changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities of $1.7 million. The significant items comprising the changes in balances of operating assets and liabilities were a higher balance of accrued royalties of $0.8 million and a higher deferred revenue balance of $1.0 million.

Cash flow from operations in 2013 and 2012 and in the first three months of 2014 and 2013 was aided by our suspension of royalty payments under our license agreement with Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., or Roche. As described in the Business – Legal Proceedings included elsewhere in this prospectus, we

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

have had past dialogue with Roche regarding the appropriate amount of royalties to be paid under this agreement and are now in arbitration proceedings. The $2.8 million accrual at December 31, 2013, and $3.1 million accrual at March 31, 2014 reflects the full amount of royalties owed at the stated royalty rate set forth in the agreement, plus interest at those respective dates. We do not expect to reach resolution of the arbitration within the next twelve months. As a result, we have recorded the $3.1 million liability balance at March 31, 2014 and the $2.8 million liability balance at December 31, 2013 as long-term liabilities on our balance sheets.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of maturities and sales of short-term investments, net of purchases, and purchases of property and equipment. During the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, we had a negligible amount of purchases of property and equipment. Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $0.1 million consisted of purchases of property and equipment. Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $0.6 million consisted of net maturities of short-term investments of $0.8 million, partially offset by $0.2 million of purchases of property and equipment.

We expect capital expenditures to increase modestly in 2014 and beyond as we expand our research and discovery work to develop new transplant surveillance solutions. We believe that we are not currently capacity constrained and that our current facility can support a substantial increase in testing volume and support new surveillance solutions currently being developed.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014 of $0.5 million was for principal payments on debt and capital leases.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $0.1 million consisted of principal payments on capital leases. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 of $4.6 million consisted of net proceeds from the issuance of debt of $14.7 million and net proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred stock of $2.9 million. At the time we issued the debt above, we repaid a previous loan and, together with principal payments on that loan, used $13.0 million for principal payments on debt in 2012.

Liquidity and Funding Requirements

Since our inception, substantially all of our operations have been financed through the issuance of our convertible preferred stock, the incurrence of debt and cash received from testing revenues. Through March 31, 2014, we had received net proceeds of $145 million from the issuances of preferred stock, including preferred stock issued on conversion of promissory notes, which preferred stock has a carrying value of $135 million, $15.0 million in proceeds from a venture debt loan and approximately $111 million from testing revenues. As of March 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $4.8 million and $15.1 million of debt outstanding on our venture debt loan and capital lease obligations.

In April 2014, we issued a $5.0 million subordinated convertible promissory note, or convertible note, to Illumina, Inc., which provides for interest at an annual rate of 8.0%. The convertible note matures one year following its issuance with principal and unpaid interest due at that time unless the convertible note is converted prior to the maturity date (see Note 9, Subsequent Events, to our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). Conversion is mandatory in the event of a qualified initial public offering or qualified financing. The convertible note will automatically convert into shares of our common stock upon the effectiveness of the offering described in this prospectus at a conversion price per share equal to the lesser of the price at which shares of common

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

stock are sold in this offering and $3.18 per share. If the proposed initial public offering or another qualified financing does not occur before the one-year anniversary of the issuance of the convertible note, and the holder chooses not to convert the note into shares of our capital stock, then the repayment of the principal and unpaid interest totaling approximately $5.4 million would be due at that time.

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for research and development, including research aimed at expanding the clinical utility of AlloMap and the development of new solutions for the surveillance of heart and kidney transplant, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative expenses and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the proceeds of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amount and timing of actual expenditures may vary depending upon a number of factors, such as the progress of our product development, regulatory requirements, commercialization efforts, the amount of cash used by operations and progress in reimbursement. If our research and development of new solutions for the surveillance of heart and kidney transplants requires more time or resources than we currently anticipate or if we encounter unforeseen difficulties in securing reimbursement for our AlloMap solution or future surveillance solutions, we may allocate proceeds of this offering to our research and development efforts. If our research and development progress faster than we currently expect, we may elect to reallocate a portion of the proceeds of this offering from research and development to sales and marketing activities to support the launch and commercialization of our new solutions. A portion of the net proceeds may also be used to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies, services or products. Except for our proposed acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc. in exchange for shares of our Series G Preferred Stock, we have no current agreements or commitments with respect to any such acquisition or investment.

We currently anticipate that our cash and cash equivalents, cash receipts from AlloMap testing, and net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operations for at least the next 24 months. We cannot be certain that any of our development of new transplant surveillance solutions will be successful or that we will be able to raise sufficient additional funds, if necessary, to see these programs through to a successful result.

If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue our new test development. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities, it could result in dilution to our existing stockholders, increased fixed payment obligations and these securities may have rights senior to those of our common stock. These events could significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risk and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of March 31, 2014 and the effect those obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

 

     Payments due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1 –3 Years      3 – 5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Debt obligations

   $ 17,713       $ 6,802       $ 10,911       $ —         $ —     

Operating lease obligations

     8,969         1,193         2,554         2,737         2,485   

Capital lease obligations

     210         91         115         4         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 26,892       $ 8,086       $ 13,580       $ 2,741       $ 2,485   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In August 2012, we entered into a $15.0 million loan and security agreement maturing in August 2016. As of March 31, 2014, we had an aggregate principal amount of $14.6 million outstanding. The loan provided for interest-only payments through February 2014. Beginning March 2014, the loan provides for 30 equal monthly principal and interest payments of $566,822 at a stated annual interest rate of 9.95%. In addition, a final payment of $1,275,000 is due at the end of the loan term. The loan is collateralized by a security interest in all of our assets except intellectual property on which there is a negative pledge, and the loan agreement contains covenants, including a revenue covenant, and restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends. At March 31, 2014, we believe we were in compliance with all loan covenants.

Upon any prepayment of the loan, we would incur a prepayment fee and accelerate recording the amortization of debt discount and non-cash interest expense. This prepayment fee is 4% of the then outstanding principal amount, or approximately $0.5 million for prepayment prior to August 31, 2014 and such percentage drops to 2%, or approximately $0.2 million for prepayment on August 31, 2014. For example, if the loan were prepaid on August 31, 2014, there would be cash payments of approximately $13.8 million representing the then principal balance of $12.3 million, an end-of-term payment of $1.3 million and a prepayment fee of $0.2 million. Additionally, there would be non-cash charges recorded of approximately $0.6 million representing the acceleration of amortization of debt discount and interest expense.

Our non-cancelable operating lease obligations consist of the lease for our laboratory and office facility in Brisbane, California expiring in December 2020.

Our capital lease obligations consist of equipment financing arrangements with vendors. The contractual obligations table above includes two capital leases entered into in April 2014.

In November 2004, we entered into a license agreement with Roche. The agreement, which was amended in January 2007, in July 2007 and October 2008, grants us the non-exclusive right to use polymerase chain reaction, or PCR, and quantitative real-time PCR technology for use in clinical laboratory services in the United States. Under the terms of the agreement, we are required to report and pay royalties on a quarterly basis that are based on a mid-single digit percentage of test revenues using the licensed intellectual property. Our obligation under the Roche agreement expires on the date of the last to expire of the relevant patents included within the licensed technology that covers our tests. We have had past dialogue with Roche regarding the appropriate amount of royalties to be paid under this agreement and are now in arbitration proceedings. Since beginning this dialogue, we have suspended payment of royalties. We have recorded a liability on our balance sheets of $3.1 million at March 31, 2014 which reflects the full amount of royalties owed at the stated royalty rate set forth in the agreement, plus interest. Refer to Business—Legal Proceedings included elsewhere in this prospectus regarding arbitration of our claim that the royalty rate being assessed under our license agreement with Roche be reduced.

Recent Developments

On May 17, 2014, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire ImmuMetrix, Inc. for 5,532,898 shares of our Series G preferred stock, assumed options that will be exercisable for 189,890 shares of Series G preferred stock and $600,000 in cash, of which $400,000 was paid by us on May 19, 2014. All such shares of Series G preferred stock and options to acquire Series G preferred stock will convert into common stock and options to acquire common stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering contemplated by this prospectus. ImmuMetrix is a privately held development-stage company working on cfDNA-based solutions in transplantation and other fields. Through this acquisition, we expect to add to our existing know-how, expertise and intellectual property in applying cfDNA technology to the surveillance of transplant recipients. The intellectual property rights of ImmuMetrix include an exclusive license from Stanford University to a patent relating to the diagnosis of rejection in organ transplant

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

recipients using cfDNA. In connection with this acquisition, we expect to enter into a consulting agreement with ImmuMetrix founder and Stanford University professor Dr. Stephen Quake. Subject to customary closing conditions, this acquisition is expected to close in June 2014.

Prior to the closing of this acquisition, ImmuMetrix will transfer to a newly formed company, Lineage Biosciences, Inc., certain intellectual property, records and tangible and intangible assets of ImmuMetrix related to cfDNA detection and immune system profiling technologies for the diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precursor to cancer, and for other applications and purposes. Lineage Biosciences will be owned by the former stockholders of ImmuMetrix and will not be a subsidiary of ImmuMetrix. ImmuMetrix will retain intellectual property rights, records and tangible and intangible assets related to the development, commercialization, licensing, marketing or sale of products or services that utilize cfDNA detection or immune system profiling technologies specifically for the diagnosis and clinical management of solid organ and bone marrow transplant recipients or pre-transplant patients who are on a designated transplant waiting list.

Our agreement to acquire ImmuMetrix provides that if we complete 2,500 commercial tests involving the measurement of cfDNA in organ transplant recipients within six years of the acquisition closing date, we will issue an additional 1,560,760 shares of our common stock to the former stockholders of ImmuMetrix. Such shares will be issuable whether or not ImmuMetrix technology is included in such commercial tests. cfDNA tests performed without charge in parallel with a commercialized test will be considered commercial tests for this purpose.

The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, the total purchase price presented in the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date, including identifiable intangible assets which either arise from a contractual or legal right or are separable from goodwill. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is considered goodwill.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. In reviewing our preliminary purchase accounting and supporting analyses related to our pending acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc., we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. The material weakness related to our internal controls over financial reporting pertaining to business combinations processes that were not adequately designed and therefore not operating effectively. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses involved aspects of our proposed purchase accounting for our ImmuMetrix acquisition that required adjustment, including adjustments to valuation of in-process technology, deferred income tax liability related to acquired in-process technology, goodwill, share based compensation and recording of transaction costs.

We are in the process of implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting. Among other things, we recently hired a new Chief Financial Officer, we added George Bickerstaff, an experienced finance executive to our audit committee, and we have identified several potential candidates with experience preparing periodic reports under the Securities Exchange Act for the position of our controller. While we believe that our efforts will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness and prevent further internal control deficiencies, we cannot assure you that our remediation efforts will be successful.

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event that such firm is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. As a result, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily relate to interest rates. We had cash and cash equivalents of $4.8 million at March 31, 2014, which consist of bank deposits and money market funds. Such interest-bearing instruments carry a degree of risk; however, we have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our financial statements.

All of our revenues are recognized in U.S. dollars. Upfront payments received from the collaboration agreement in the European Union (see Note 9 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus) were paid in foreign currency and converted to U.S. dollars. As a result, factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in foreign markets will affect our financial results. Although the impact of currency fluctuations on our financial results has been immaterial to date, there can be no guarantee the impact of currency fluctuations related to our international activities will not be material in the future.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

There are no new accounting pronouncements issued that are expected to significantly impact our financial statements or results of operations.

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We are a commercial stage company that develops, markets and delivers a diagnostic surveillance solution for heart transplant recipients to help clinicians make personalized treatment decisions throughout a patient’s lifetime. Our first commercialized testing solution, the AlloMap heart transplant molecular test, or AlloMap, is a blood-based test used to monitor heart transplant recipients for acute cellular rejection. We believe the use of AlloMap, in conjunction with other clinical indicators, can help healthcare providers and their patients better manage long-term care following a heart transplant. In particular, we believe AlloMap can improve patient care by helping healthcare providers to avoid the use of unnecessary, invasive surveillance biopsies and to determine the appropriate dosage levels of immunosuppressants. We believe there is a significant unmet need for non-invasive post-transplant surveillance solutions and we are applying our expertise in transplantation towards the development of additional solutions for organ transplant recipients, including recipients of heart and kidney transplants.

Transplant recipients are among the highest cost patients in the healthcare system as they require significant healthcare services immediately before, during and after transplantation. Transplant recipients face lifelong risks of illness and death from organ rejection and/or organ failure, and these risks vary significantly among transplant recipients. In order to reduce the risk of organ rejection, drug therapy is used to suppress the recipient’s immune system response to the transplanted organ. This immunosuppression therapy can have serious side-effects including infections, cancers, kidney failure and new onset diabetes. Current solutions for the surveillance of organ transplant recipients provide only limited and infrequent information on the presence or absence of rejection. As a result, clinicians tend to administer a relatively high levels of immunosuppression therapy to control rejection risk, which may be more than required for an individual recipient. Due in part to this long-term high level of immunosuppression therapy, illness and mortality rates among transplant recipients remain well above those of the general population. Long-term survival rates for heart and kidney transplant recipients did not improve significantly between 1997 and 2007, and mortality rates for heart transplant and kidney recipients within the first ten years post-transplant remain at approximately 44% and 32%, respectively.

We believe that better post-transplant surveillance solutions that provide objective, personalized and actionable data can help clinicians control rejection risk while reducing the risk of side-effects of immunosuppression for organ transplant recipients. Effective transplant surveillance solutions must be both sensitive enough to detect the early signs of rejection and be non-invasive to allow for frequent testing and timely delivery of information to clinicians. We believe that such solutions can meaningfully improve the care of the approximately 285,000 organ transplant recipients living in the United States and the approximately 285,000 organ transplant recipients living in Europe. Based on published annual transplant data, including the OPTN & Scientific Registry of Transplant Recipients Data Report 2011 , survival rates for transplant recipients, published and estimated testing protocols, reimbursement rates for AlloMap and our estimate of reimbursement rates for our solutions under development, we estimate the total potential market for post-transplant surveillance of heart and kidney transplant recipients to be over $1 billion annually in the United States and over $500 million annually in Europe, with the total potential market for AlloMap alone to be over $90 million annually in the United States and over $40 million annually in Europe, and we estimate the total potential market for a post-transplant kidney surveillance solution to be over $900 million annually in the United States and over $450 million annually in Europe.

AlloMap is the only non-invasive method recommended in the International Society for Heart and Lung Transplantation, or ISHLT, patient care guidelines for surveillance of heart transplant rejection in non-infants. AlloMap has received 510(k) clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for marketing and sale as a test to aid in the identification of recipients with a low probability of moderate or severe rejection. A 510(k) submission is a premarketing submission made to the FDA.

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Clearance may be granted by the FDA if it finds the device or test provides satisfactory evidence pertaining to the claimed intended uses and indications for the device or test. Additionally, we have obtained a CE mark, which indicates a product’s compliance with European Union, or EU, legislation and enables the sale of such product within the EU. Since launch in January 2005, we have performed more than 55,000 commercial AlloMap tests, including more than 10,000 tests in 2013, in our Brisbane, California laboratory. In 2013, AlloMap was used in 105 of the approximately 126 heart transplant centers in the United States. We believe that there is a meaningful opportunity for AlloMap outside of the United States, and through recent partnerships we are expanding our AlloMap offering to Europe and Canada.

AlloMap has received positive coverage decisions for reimbursement from Medicare and many of the largest private payers, including Aetna, Cigna, Humana, Inc., Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc. and WellPoint. In the aggregate, payers with positive coverage decisions represented approximately 50 million covered lives as of December 31, 2006, 65 million covered lives as of December 31, 2010 and 177 million covered lives as of March 31, 2014. In addition, these payers, when taken together with payers from whom we do not have a formal coverage decision but who have been paying a majority of claims for AlloMap, represent approximately 220 million covered lives as of March 31, 2014. We believe our success in achieving reimbursement confirms the value proposition of AlloMap to our key constituents. As of March 31, 2014, we had been reimbursed for approximately 78% of AlloMap results delivered in the twelve months ended September 30, 2013.

We have successfully completed a number of landmark clinical trials in the transplant field demonstrating the clinical utility of AlloMap for surveillance of heart transplant recipients. We initially established the analytical and clinical validity of AlloMap on the basis of our Cardiac Transplanted Organ Rejection Gene expression Observational (Crespo-Leiro M et al., AM. J. Transplantation, 2012), or CARGO, study, which was published in the American Journal of Transplantation. A subsequent trial, Invasive Monitoring Attenuation through Gene Expression (Pham MX et al., N. Eng. J. Med., 2010), or IMAGE, published in The New England Journal of Medicine, demonstrated that clinical outcomes in recipients managed with AlloMap surveillance were equivalent to outcomes in recipients managed with biopsies. The results of our clinical trials have also been presented at major medical society congresses and published in peer-reviewed publications in leading medical journals.

By developing and commercializing AlloMap, we have gained deep insights into working with transplant centers, transplant clinicians, post-transplant care teams, transplant recipients and payers in the field of managing transplant recipients. Additionally, by conducting numerous clinical trials in transplantation, we have honed our ability to design and execute large trials that have helped to establish the clinical utility of our products. We have also created a proprietary database and blood sample repository over the course of 10 years from over 25 transplant centers containing proprietary, longitudinal samples with clinical outcomes and other data from heart transplant recipients (more than 2,000 recipients with more than 16,000 study visits yielding more than 37,000 samples) and other organ transplant recipients (more than 100 kidney transplant recipients with more than 300 study visits yielding more than 1,000 samples). We believe this proprietary database and sample repository provide us with a significant competitive advantage in the development and validation of solutions for post-transplantation surveillance of organs.

We believe our success in developing and commercializing AlloMap, combined with our database and sample repository, will accelerate our efforts to develop additional testing solutions in the heart transplant market and new testing solutions in other organ transplant markets. For instance, we believe we can apply next generation sequencing platforms to detect genetic differences between cell-free DNA, or cfDNA, in the blood stream emanating from the donor heart and cfDNA emanating from the transplant recipient. We are currently developing a research use only cfDNA-based solution for heart transplant recipients. If successful, we intend to offer the cfDNA solution for research use only for heart transplant patients who are also being tested with AlloMap pursuant to a research protocol agreement

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

with participating clinicians. We expect this solution to help determine rejection-specific activity manifested as cell damage in the transplanted heart.

We expect our scientific rationale and understanding of cfDNA to monitor rejection in heart to further our efforts to provide surveillance solutions for additional organs with an initial focus on using a similar cfDNA technology for monitoring kidney transplant recipients.

Recent Developments

On May 17, 2014, we entered into a definitive agreement to acquire ImmuMetrix, Inc., a development-stage company working on cfDNA-based solutions in transplantation and other fields. Through this acquisition, we expect to add to our existing know-how, expertise and intellectual property in applying cfDNA technology to the surveillance of transplant recipients. The intellectual property rights of ImmuMetrix include an exclusive license from Stanford University to a patent relating to the diagnosis of rejection in organ transplant recipients using cfDNA. In connection with this acquisition, we expect to enter into a consulting agreement with ImmuMetrix founder and Stanford University professor, Dr. Stephen Quake. Subject to customary closing conditions, this acquisition is expected to close in June 2014.

Our History

We were originally incorporated in Delaware in December 1998 under the name Hippocratic Engineering, Inc. In April 1999, we changed our name to BioCardia, Inc., in June 2002, we changed our name to Expression Diagnostics, Inc., in July 2007, we changed our name to XDx, Inc., and in March 2014, we changed our name to CareDx, Inc. Since 2008, we have sought to expand the adoption and utilization of our AlloMap solution through ongoing studies to substantiate the clinical utility and actionability of AlloMap, secure positive reimbursement decisions for AlloMap from large private and public payers, develop and enhance our relationships with key members of the transplant community, including opinion leaders at major transplant centers, and explore opportunities and technologies for the development of additional solutions for post-transplant surveillance. Our principal executive offices are located at 3260 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, California. As of March 31, 2014, all of our testing revenue has come from the United States and all of our assets and operations are located in the United States.

Care of Organ Transplant Recipients

The care of organ transplant recipients is an intense and costly effort and requires life-long surveillance and management by highly specialized clinicians and other healthcare providers. For example, heart transplant recipients often incur lifetime costs of more than $1.9 million and kidney transplant recipients often incur lifetime costs of more than $1.1 million, with a significant percentage of this cost due to dialysis costs after renal transplant failure, increased rates of severe infections and cancer. Waiting lists for organ transplants in the United States and internationally continue to grow while the number of available donor organs has remained stable. This situation underscores the need for improvements in post-transplant surveillance and care to help ensure that the limited supply of donor organs provides prolonged benefits to transplant recipients.

Transplant Populations

In the United States, approximately 28,900 patients received a heart, kidney or other organ transplant in 2013, and we believe the total population of organ transplant recipients living in the United States remained steady at approximately 285,000, and there are approximately 285,000 organ transplant recipients living in Europe.

According to the Organ Procurement and Transplant Network, or OPTN, in 2013, there were approximately 2,500 new heart transplants in the United States, and we believe the total population of

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

heart transplant recipients living in the United States remained steady at approximately 25,000. We believe that there are approximately 126 centers performing heart transplants in the United States.

According to the OPTN, in 2013 there were approximately 16,900 kidney transplants performed in the United States, and we believe that there were approximately 180,000 kidney transplant recipients living in the United States. We believe that there are approximately 230 centers managing kidney transplant recipients in the United States, many of which are the same centers that manage heart transplant recipients.

According to the European Union Organ Transplant Database, in 2012 approximately 30,000 organ transplants, including 2,000 heart transplants and 19,000 kidney transplants, were performed in the European Union across more than 150 transplant centers, and we believe there were approximately 24,000 heart transplant recipients and 180,000 kidney transplant recipients living in the European Union.

Risks of Organ Rejection and the Side-Effects of Immunosuppression

Post-transplant recipient care focuses on the life-long management of immunosuppressive drug regimens to prevent or treat rejection. An immunosuppressive drug regimen is necessary to prevent or treat the recipient’s immune system from reacting against and rejecting the donor organ. In the case of transplantation of non-self organs, or transplanted organs, the recipient’s immune system recognizes the transplanted organ to be foreign to the body and activates various mechanisms to reject the transplanted organ. It is necessary to medically suppress this normal immune system response to prevent rejection of the transplanted organ. Lymphocytes are a cell type that is important to proper immune function and they are the main cell type involved in the rejection of an organ transplant. Medical immunosuppression of transplant recipients involves the administration of a drug regimen that blocks lymphocyte activation or response pathways or depletes lymphocytes. Immunosuppressive drugs are administered most intensively beginning at the time of transplantation, reduced to maintenance levels in the first year post-transplant and continued throughout the recipient’s life.

Immunosuppressive therapy, or drug treatments that are used to decrease the body’s immune response to the transplanted organ, has serious short-term and long-term adverse side effects. Since lymphocytes play a major role in defending the body from malignant cells and infections, immunosuppressive therapy increases susceptibility of an individual to cancers and infections. Other unwanted consequences of immunosuppressive drugs include kidney failure, new onset diabetes, imbalances of blood lipid levels, hypertension and osteoporosis. Steroids are a type of immunosuppressant with very overt side-effects including fluid retention, weight gain, mood disturbances and metabolic imbalances. As reported in Cancer Incidence and Risk Factors after Organ Transplantation (Vajdic CM et al., Int. J. Cancer, 2009), or the Cancer Report, a combined analysis of five population-based studies demonstrated a three-fold increased risk of cancer in organ transplant recipients compared with the general population matched for age, sex and calendar period. According to the Cancer Report, this widespread increase in cancer risk after transplantation strongly implicates immunosuppression as a primary cause of the increased cancer risk. The following graphic illustrates the serious consequences of both under-immunosuppression and over-immunosuppression for a particular transplant recipient.

 

LOGO

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Heart Transplants

Immunosuppressive therapy may cause serious adverse side effects in heart transplant recipients. According to the OPTN & Scientific Registry of Transplant Recipients Data Report 2011 , close to 18% of heart transplant recipients die within three years post-transplant and approximately 44% of recipients die within ten years post transplant. According to ISHLT’s 30th Adult Heart Transplantation Report 2012 (Lund LH et. al., J. Heart and Lung Transplantation, 2013), or ISHLT Report, the median survival rate for recipients of heart transplants between 1982 and June 2011 was approximately 11 years. The leading causes of death after a heart transplant are graft failure, acute rejection, cardiac transplanted organ vasculopathy (CAV), which is a form of chronic rejection, infection, cancer and renal failure. CMV (cytomegalovirus) is a common form of latent viral infection found in up to 75% of transplant recipients or donor organs. As illustrated by the graphic below, non-CMV infections, cancer and renal failure from all causes, including immunosuppression regimens, account for 27% of deaths in the first three years after transplantation and 41% of deaths five to ten years from transplantation.

 

LOGO

Source: The Registry of the International Society for Heart and Lung Transplantation: 30th Official Adult Heart Transplant Report; 2012

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Over time, acute organ rejection becomes a less prevalent cause of death among heart transplant recipients. As indicated in the figure below, by the fourth year following transplantation, cancer becomes a major cause of death in heart transplant recipients. In addition, infections are also a major cause of death in transplant recipients and, over time, like cancer, cause more deaths in heart transplant recipients than deaths due to rejection. According to the ISHLT Report, there is a clear need for better methods to enable physicians to individualize treatment and minimize the intensity of immunosuppression while still avoiding rejection, as a significant amount of deaths are due to infection or malignancy.

 

LOGO

Source: Journal of Heart and Lung Transplantation Online October 2013

Kidney Transplants

Although short-term survival rates for kidney transplant recipients are generally good, the long-term survival rates and health of kidney transplant recipients remains considerably inferior to that of the general population. According to Outcomes of Kidney and Pancreas Transplantation (Srinivas T R et. al., Kidney and Pancreas Transplantation: A Practical Guide, 2010), as of 2008, between 64% and 47% of transplant recipients survive ten years or more following the transplant, which equates to a median survival rate for kidney transplant recipients of approximately 10 years. The leading causes of death among these recipients include cardiovascular disease, chronic renal failure, cancer and infection. As reported in the Diabetes Mellitus after Kidney Transplantation in the United States (Kasiske B L et al., Am. J. Transplantation, 2003), kidney transplant recipients are highly prone to hypertension and lipid metabolism disorders, and 24% of kidney transplant recipients develop diabetes within three years post-transplant. The National Kidney Foundation reports that immunosuppressive drugs commonly used in the treatment of post-transplant kidney recipients cause or exacerbate cardiovascular disorders, renal failure, cancer, infection, diabetes and other metabolic disorders. The potentially severe side-effects of immunosuppressive drugs in kidney transplantation highlights the need to provide clinicians with more effective diagnostic tools to help them better understand a recipient’s risk profile and better manage the risks of rejection and risks of disease or illness caused by immunosuppression.

In addition to the health consequences to recipients, the failure of kidney transplants results in significant increased costs in the healthcare system. According to the United States Renal Data System, or the USRDS, the average annual cost per person to Medicare for a kidney transplant recipient in 2012 was $32,914, and the average annual costs per person for a recipient receiving hemodialysis therapy was $87,561. This amounts to an average annual increase in costs to Medicare of approximately $54,000 when a kidney transplant fails and a recipient returns to hemodialysis therapy. According to the USRDS, approximately 5,600 recipients with kidney transplant failure returned to dialysis in 2012.

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Limitations of Existing Approaches for Surveillance of Transplant Recipients

Surveillance of Heart Transplant Recipients

The historical standard for heart transplant surveillance has been the microscopic examination of heart tissue obtained through an invasive endomyocardial biopsy. In the biopsy procedure, a catheter is inserted into the right internal jugular vein via the recipient’s neck and threaded through blood vessels into the inner chamber of the heart. Four pieces of tissue are cut from the wall of the heart and sent to a laboratory for examination by a pathologist who uses a microscope to look for evidence of cellular rejection. Limitations of biopsies in the surveillance of heart transplant recipients include:

 

   

Pathologist evaluations are subjective and dependent upon visual assessment and qualitative interpretation;

 

   

If cellular rejection is at an early stage, it may not be visually apparent. Accordingly, biopsies may not be effective at detecting early stages of rejection;

 

   

Negative biopsy results do not necessarily prove a lack of rejection activity, or quiescence, because of possible sampling errors;

 

   

As reported in The Limited Utility of Endomyocardial Biopsy in the first year after Heart Transplantation (Hamour I M et al., Transplantation, 2008), serious complications such as arrhythmias, perforation of the heart, or injury to the tricuspid valve of the heart occur in 2% of biopsies;

 

   

Biopsies present radiation related risks associated with the x-ray imaging used in biopsies. According to Radiation Exposure After Heart Transplantation: Trends and Significance (Noor M et al., J. Heart and Lung Transplantation, 2011), a single heart transplant recipient may undergo enough biopsies in the decade following transplant to be exposed to an effective radiation dose of 84 mSv, which is equivalent to 4,000 chest X-rays. This contributes to the increased prevalence of cancers in transplant recipients; and

 

   

Biopsies involve surgical procedures that require recipients to be admitted to a hospital or other transplant center, where recipients often spend more than half a day in preparation, procedure and recovery.

Due to these and other limitations, biopsies are not frequently used by clinicians to tailor the use of immunosuppressants. The typical schedule of biopsy surveillance may involve eight to ten biopsies within the first six months after transplant and a total of ten to fifteen biopsies within the first year post-transplant. Because repeated biopsies incur cumulative risk and trauma to the recipient, the frequency of biopsy surveillance after one year has been low, despite the fact that recipients would benefit from continued monitoring for rejection and management of their immunosuppressive drugs for the rest of their lives. With less biopsy data collected after the first year post-transplant, clinicians have less information upon which to tailor immunosuppression treatment for their recipients.

According to a 2005 article, The Economic Implications of Noninvasive Molecular Testing for Cardiac Transplanted Organ Rejection (Evans RW et al., Am. J. Transplantation, 2005), biopsies performed on heart transplant recipients are estimated to have an average reimbursement rate of approximately $4,140 from private payers and $3,581 from Medicare. Actual costs of biopsies, including fees billed to and actually paid by the recipient, are generally higher.

Surveillance of Kidney Transplant Recipients

Kidney transplant recipients are typically monitored using clinical laboratory tests that measure kidney function but are not necessarily indicative of rejection. The main clinical test indicator of transplanted kidney dysfunction is an increase in serum creatinine levels above a baseline value. Although widely used, literature suggests that changes in serum creatinine levels may be nonspecific and only detected late, after significant renal function loss has occurred.

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The use of renal biopsies for surveillance of kidney transplants is limited due to the risks associated with such biopsies. As reported in the Timing of Complications in Percutaneous Renal Biopsy (Whittier W L et al., J. Am. Soc. Nephrol, 2004), overt complications, most related to bleeding, occur in up to 13% of the cases, with half of those complications considered major. Following a renal biopsy, a recipient must often remain under medical supervision and on bed rest for four to six hours due to the risk of bleeding. Complications from bleeding may require blood transfusion or an invasive procedure (radiographic or surgical) to identify the location of the bleeding and control it. Accordingly, renal biopsy is generally used only when kidney rejection is suspected.

Immunosuppression of Heart and Kidney Transplant Recipients

The risk of rejection in heart and kidney transplant recipients is managed primarily through the use of immunosuppression. Surveillance biopsies are infrequent, especially in kidney and even in heart after the first year, because of invasive procedural risks, discomfort, inconvenience, expense and the low rate of finding moderate to severe grade rejection. As a result, clinicians have limited and infrequent information about an individual recipient’s risk of rejection over the months and years following transplant. In the average recipient, the immune system gradually adapts to the organ graft, and the need for immunosuppression declines over time. However, there is meaningful variation in the level of rejection activity and need for immunosuppression among transplant recipients. Limited insight into the risk profile of the individual recipient often causes clinicians to apply a ‘one-size-fits’ all approach to immunosuppression to help protect against the severe consequences of rejection. Although typical doses of immunosuppressants result in a low rate of rejection in the transplant population as a whole, many individuals receive more immunosuppressants than they may actually need. Improved post-transplantation diagnostics are necessary to make further gains in the long-term care and health outcomes of heart, kidney and other organ transplant recipients.

The Need for a Better Surveillance Solution

More effective solutions for the surveillance and risk assessment of recipients would improve the clinician’s ability to individualize immunosuppression therapy and to reduce the use of invasive biopsies. We believe that core elements of effective surveillance solutions include:

 

   

Highly accurate and quantitative results;

 

   

Non-invasive, without creating risks to the recipient;

 

   

Easy to administer;

 

   

Differentiate rejection from quiescence;

 

   

Detect rejection earlier; and

 

   

Timing and frequency of results that allow informed and effective treatment decisions.

Our Solution

We develop and provide a diagnostic surveillance testing solution for heart transplant recipients. Our initial test, AlloMap, is designed to help clinicians to regularly monitor for heart transplant rejection throughout the life of the recipient, modulate the use of immunosuppression and make more personalized treatment decisions. Our AlloMap solution addresses the varied needs of constituents across healthcare, including:

Patients

Better Patient Care.     AlloMap is designed to be performed using a sample of the patient’s blood. Blood draws are relatively painless and the process is familiar to anyone who has had a blood test. By comparison, biopsies are invasive procedures that are uncomfortable, sometimes painful, time-consuming and present risk of complications. Some patients, particularly those who don’t show symptoms, may

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

choose to avoid recommended biopsies. Avoiding recommended surveillance can be especially dangerous in heart transplant patients, where rejection can begin at a cellular level without any noticeable symptoms or discomfort. We believe our testing solution will be attractive to patients who today may not be fully compliant with their prescribed testing protocol.

More Personalized Care.     By providing patients and their care providers with timely, accurate and quantitative information about a patient’s risk of rejection activity, AlloMap is intended to help improve the quality and effectiveness of patient care in the post-transplant period. Information provided by our solution, together with other factors and information, is intended help tailor the level of invasive testing and immunosuppression therapy to a particular patient’s needs. Our goal is to help physicians increase the level of intervention and immunosuppression when the risk of rejection is high and reduce the level of immunosuppression and its associated risks when the risk of rejection is low.

Providers

Novel, Clinically Actionable Information.     AlloMap may be used instead of a surveillance heart biopsy to rule out acute cellular rejection in heart transplant recipients. In addition, The Utility of Gene Expression Profiling Score Variability to Predict Clinical Events in Heart Transplant Recipients (Deng M et al., Transplantation, 2014), or the Deng Study, demonstrated the potential for AlloMap score patterns (specifically the variability of scores within a patient over time) to provide information about the patient’s risk for future graft dysfunction or death. This new information has the potential to further guide personalized immunosuppressant treatment. We designed AlloMap to provide further insights into immune status including earlier detection of heart rejection signals. Because AlloMap is non-invasive, patients can be monitored through more frequent testing that is impractical using more invasive methods.

Quantitative Results.     AlloMap uses a molecular approach that provides clinicians with a reproducible, quantitative assessment and an associated numerical score. The molecular nature of AlloMap scores are highly objective and can be compared to scores for the same patient over time to identify increases or decreases in the likelihood that the patient is experiencing rejection. In contrast, tissue biopsies rely on visual and qualitative interpretation by pathologists and cannot provide precise or repeatable results given their inherent subjectivity.

Rapid Turnaround.     Rapid, high quality results are essential to enable timely implementation of treatment options. For approximately 95% of patients, we return AlloMap results to the clinician within three business days after the blood draw.

Payers

Providing Members with Better Care.     Payers seek to differentiate themselves by offering their insured the best care available. By providing recipients with timely, accurate and quantitative information about their risk of rejection activity, AlloMap is intended to help improve the quality of recipient care through improved tailoring of immunosuppression therapy and biopsies to the recipient’s individual needs.

Reduce Healthcare Costs and Resource Usage.     Long-term care of transplant recipients is costly. Providing timely, accurate and non-invasive surveillance data for heart transplant recipients would help clinicians make more informed decisions on use of biopsies and optimal immunosuppression therapy. Enhanced surveillance using AlloMap has the potential to reduce overall healthcare costs by avoiding unnecessary biopsies and their associated risks, reducing the use and adverse effects of immunosuppression therapy and potentially reducing the rate of heart transplant rejection.

We are designing our future surveillance solutions to provide benefits similar to AlloMap by helping clinicians to regularly monitor for organ rejection throughout the life of the recipient, modulate the use of immunosuppression and make more personalized treatment decisions, thereby improving recipient care and health outcomes.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Business Strategy

We are dedicated to providing novel, clinically actionable and timely information to improve the lifelong care of recipients with organ transplants. Key elements of our strategy include:

Develop and Commercialize Post-Transplant Surveillance Solutions to Improve Recipient Outcomes.     We are applying our expertise in the surveillance of heart transplant recipient to develop additional solutions for heart and new solutions for other organs by leveraging our development team, experience in transplant surveillance, research in cfDNA and significant clinically-annotated patient sample libraries. Our objective is to develop non-invasive diagnostic solutions that become the clinical standard of care by enabling clinicians to make more informed and personalized treatment decisions. We believe we can improve the lives of recipients by providing timely and clinically actionable data to help clinicians optimize the frequency of biopsies and personalize immunosuppression dosing to reduce risks and improve recipient outcomes.

Increase Utilization of AlloMap.     We are pursuing broad-based adoption of AlloMap through encouraging its regular and clinically appropriate use in transplant recipients to improve monitoring and outcomes. In 2013, AlloMap was used in 105 of the 126 heart transplant centers in the United States, 54 of which have included AlloMap in their treatment protocols to encourage consistent use of AlloMap throughout their patient population. We continue to support transplant centers in establishing and adhering to testing protocols, including the use of AlloMap, because we believe that establishing these standards for surveillance are critical in personalizing a recipient’s treatment. We expect to build upon our marketing and medical education programs and leverage our transplant-focused sales and marketing team that interacts directly with clinicians, nurses, laboratory and pathology personnel.

Expand the Clinical Utility and Actionability of our Current and Future Solutions.     A key driver for the adoption of our current and future solutions is our ability to substantiate clinical utility and actionability through completed trials and peer-reviewed publications. Completed post-marketing trials, including IMAGE, the Early Invasive Monitoring Attenuation through Gene Expression , or EIMAGE, and the European-based CARGO trial, or CARGO II, have been designed to evaluate the further clinical utility and actionability of AlloMap and are an integral part of our business strategy and marketing programs. We intend to continue to invest in clinical trials to expand the utility and rate of adoption of our current and future solutions. Many of the investigators in our sponsored trials are well recognized key opinion leaders in the field and contribute to the education of their peers by way of publications, presentations of their clinical knowledge and experience with developing AlloMap.

Build Upon our Reimbursement Success.     AlloMap has received positive coverage decisions for reimbursement from Medicare and many of the largest private payers, including Aetna, Cigna, Humana, Inc., Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc., and WellPoint. In the aggregate, these payers represent approximately 177 million covered lives. In addition, these payers, when taken together with payers with whom we do not have a formal coverage decision but who have been paying at least a majority of claims for AlloMap, represent approximately 220 million covered lives in the aggregate. We believe the clinical utility and actionability of AlloMap, combined with our experience and deep knowledge of the factors needed to gain payer reimbursement in the transplant market will enable us to expand coverage of AlloMap and will improve our ability to obtain reimbursement for future solutions. We intend to build on our success in securing coverage and reimbursement for AlloMap through continued development of testing solutions that become part of routine clinic practice, basing our solutions on rigorous science, including clinical trials and peer-reviewed publications, and educating payers regarding the clinical value of our current solution and its potential to reduce the overall cost of care.

Strategically Offer AlloMap Internationally.     We believe there is a meaningful market opportunity internationally for AlloMap and have recently begun our international expansion through select partners. We recently signed distribution agreements with Diaxonhit SA to offer AlloMap in Europe, and with

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LifeLabs Medical Laboratory Services to offer AlloMap in Canada. We intend to continue to investigate partnerships for our offerings in other regions.

AlloMap Molecular Testing for Heart Transplant Recipients

Overview

AlloMap uses gene expression technology to aid in the identification of heart transplant recipients at low risk of rejection. The test measures the molecular signatures that correlate with biological activity associated with acute cellular rejection. Gene expression may indicate acute cellular rejection well before the evidence of damage is visible from a tissue biopsy sample. AlloMap applies a proprietary mathematical algorithm comprised of the expression values, or RNA levels, of 20 genes and yields a single AlloMap score. AlloMap may be used for heart transplant recipients 15 years of age or older after 55 days post transplant.

AlloMap provides a single integer score ranging from 0 to 40 and determines the probability of moderate to severe acute cellular rejection. A key benefit of the AlloMap score is its negative predictive value, or NPV. The NPV of AlloMap is the likelihood that a heart transplant recipient is at low risk for rejection. The NPV for recipients with an AlloMap score below the threshold range for one or more years post-transplant can be greater than 99% depending on the actual score.

The utility of AlloMap is well established. AlloMap is the first and only non-invasive method recommended in the ISHLT patient care guidelines for surveillance of heart transplant recipients for rejection in non-infants. AlloMap has obtained 510(k) clearance from the FDA as an In Vitro Diagnostic Multivariate Index Assay (IVDMIA). In addition, the clinical utility of AlloMap is supported by numerous clinical trials sponsored by us, the results of which have been published in leading peer-reviewed medical journals.

To date, we have performed commercial AlloMap tests for more than 13,000 recipients, and we have performed more than 55,000 commercial AlloMap tests in total. We estimate that there are approximately 126 centers performing heart transplants in the United States. In 2013, AlloMap was used in 105 of these centers, 54 of which have included AlloMap in their treatment protocols to encourage consistent use of AlloMap throughout their patient population.

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Through March 31, 2014, the average number of AlloMap tests per heart transplant recipient using our solution has been 4.2 AlloMap tests. The following chart shows the usage of AlloMap among heart transplant recipients in the United States during the first year post-transplant and subsequent years as a whole. In 2013, nearly half of all newly transplanted heart recipients in the United States were tested with AlloMap.

 

LOGO

In incorporating AlloMap into their practice, clinicians may consider recipient history, a physical exam, graft function and the results of AlloMap at each post-transplant clinic visit. If the recipient’s AlloMap score is below an applicable threshold, in the absence of other clinical indicators of rejection, clinicians may elect not to conduct a surveillance biopsy at that time. Where there are signs or indications of rejection, evidence of failure or impaired function or an AlloMap score greater than the applicable threshold, a biopsy may be ordered.

AlloMap is well positioned as a high value test in the surveillance of heart transplant recipients. We believe this positioning is demonstrated by the adoption and usage rates discussed above and the reimbursement rate for AlloMap, which, as of March 31, 2014, was approximately 78% of the AlloMap tests performed in the twelve months ended September 30, 2013.

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following chart shows the number of AlloMaps performed on an annual and quarterly basis in the periods indicated.

 

LOGO

Clinical Trials of AlloMap

The utility of AlloMap is supported by a number of major clinical trials involving more than 2,000 recipients and published in leading peer-reviewed medical journals. Our trials have been designed to evaluate the clinical utility of our solutions and are an integral part of our business strategy and clinical development and marketing programs. In heart transplantation, two major observational trials, CARGO and CARGO II, enabled the initial development, validation and further validation by us of AlloMap to detect and monitor acute cellular rejection in heart transplant recipients. Blood samples and clinical data from these two trials, and other trials of lung and kidney transplant recipients have been preserved. We expect these samples and data to enable further discovery and product development of new indicators of rejection activity, or biomarkers, and new diagnostic solutions. We believe these repositories, which contain over 37,000 samples, are rich sources for further new product research and development because individual recipients were followed for 10 serial visits over one year or more, on average, and in many cases associated biopsy rejection grades and other clinical outcome endpoints are available for analysis, correlative studies and validation efforts that we believe will be useful for new product development.

CARGO

The Cardiac Transplanted Organ Rejection Gene expression Observationa l trial (Crespo-Leiro M et al., Am. J. Transplantation, 2012), or CARGO, demonstrated that AlloMap can detect when there is a low probability of acute cellular rejection in cardiac transplanted organ recipients. This multicenter longitudinal trial involved nine leading United States transplant centers, with over 4,900 blood samples collected from more than 700 heart transplant recipients between 2001 and 2005. This trial provided the materials and data used for the initial analytical and clinical validation of AlloMap.

CARGO II

The European-based Cardiac Transplanted Organ Rejection Gene Expression Observational trial (Crespo-Leiro M et al., Transplantation, 2012), or CARGO II, confirmed the AlloMap performance characteristics previously established in the first CARGO study. Between 2006 and 2011, 741 heart transplant recipients from 17 participating transplant centers (13 in Europe and four in North America)

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

were observed longitudinally. The trial collected over 6,900 blood samples and study visits that included surveillance biopsies, AlloMap results and other clinical observations.

IMAGE

The Invasive Monitoring Attenuation through Gene Expression (Pham M X et al., N. Eng. J. Med, 2010), or IMAGE, trial is a landmark trial in the field of surveillance of transplanted organs for rejection. This prospective, randomized trial demonstrated that AlloMap is noninferior to biopsy in the routine monitoring of recipients between six months and 60 months after heart transplant. The study observed outcome events of 602 heart transplant recipients over two years. The IMAGE trial received priority review and publication in the New England Journal of Medicine in April 2010 and is a major foundation of recommended use of AlloMap as a non-invasive surveillance method in the ISHLT patient care guidelines issued in 2011.

EIMAGE

Between 2009 and 2011, The Early Invasive Monitoring Attenuation through Gene Expression (Kobahigawa J et al., J. Heart and Lung Transplantation, 2013), or EIMAGE, trial observed 60 recipients at the Cedars-Sinai Heart Institute beginning in the second month following transplant through the first year after transplant. The EIMAGE trial showed that clinical outcomes for patients managed with AlloMap were similar to outcomes of patients managed with biopsy for rejection surveillance and steroid tapering. The EIMAGE trial was presented at the Montreal ISHLT 2013 and manuscript submission for this presentation is planned for the second quarter of 2014. The trial also suggests that AlloMap may be useful in guiding immunosuppression dosage reduction.

AlloMap Score Variability Studies

We have completed two studies analyzing data from earlier trials to observe how the variability in AlloMap scores over time may be useful in predicting the risk of rejection and graft dysfunction. One study, the Utility of Gene Expression Profiling Score Variability to Predict Clinical Events In Heart Transplant Recipients , was published on February 7, 2014 in the Deng Study in the journal Transplantation , based on data from 369 recipients from the IMAGE trial. The other study, currently published as an abstract, Utility of Gene Expression Profiling Test (GEP) Score Variability to Predict Future Clinical Outcomes in Heart Transplant: Recipients (Deng M et al., Transplantation, 2014), used data from a subgroup of 108 recipients in the CARGO II recipient set. The two studies independently corroborate that an individual recipient’s AlloMap score variability over time may prospectively predict future risk of transplanted organ dysfunction or death. This information is independent of the probability of acute cellular rejection at the time of testing that is rendered from a single AlloMap score and provides additional data for clinicians to use in making treatment decisions.

Outcomes AlloMap Registry

We are sponsoring a multi-year, multi-center registry, which we refer to as the Outcomes AlloMap Registry, or OAR. OAR will prospectively observe the long-term clinical management and outcomes of heart transplant recipients with regular AlloMap testing. Because protocols for testing and treatment of heart transplant recipients vary from center to center and sometimes vary among the clinicians within a single center, we believe this multi-center study of a large numbers of recipients will increase our understanding of various recipient care practices and associated clinical outcomes. We estimate that this study will involve over 2,000 patients and over 8,000 samples.

Our Development Pipeline

Our development pipeline is focused on further expanding the clinical utility of AlloMap through additional research and analysis of our database and samples acquired from previously completed trials, developing new solutions for the surveillance of organ transplants by applying donor derived cell-free DNA as a biomarker,

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and potential in-licensing or acquisition of new products and technologies that further enhance our portfolio of solutions to improve the long-term care of organ transplant recipients.

LOGO

cfDNA as a Biomarker for Organ Rejection

We believe donor derived cfDNA may be useful as a biomarker for the detection of rejection related organ damage in organ transplant recipients. cfDNA are short fragments of DNA that are released into the blood stream when cells die. cfDNA assays have transformed pre-natal testing by providing a non-invasive, accurate method to detect genetic abnormalities in a fetus, without needing an invasive amniocentesis procedure. In a transplant recipient, we believe the differences in the genetic identity can be used to distinguish between cfDNA in the blood stream emanating from the donor organ and cfDNA emanating from the recipient.

Initial studies including the Heart transplants are genome transplants: Universal Noninvasive detection of organ transplant rejection (Snydev T M et al., Proceedings N. Academy Sciences, 2011) and the Highly Sensitive Non-Invasive Cardiac Transplant Rejection Monitoring using Targeted Qualification of Donor Specific Cell Free DNA (Hidestrand M et. al., J. Am. Coll. Cardiology, 2013) indicate that cfDNA may be a universally applicable marker for rejection, not only for heart, but for kidney, liver and lung as well. Our initial studies and other outside studies have reported that the proportions of donor derived cfDNA in heart transplant recipients increase as much as five-fold during rejection episodes. Measuring the level and changes in the relative amount of donor derived cfDNA in the blood stream may be a useful new method to detecting rejection. This technique involves measuring the cfDNA released by dying cells from the donor organ into the recipient’s blood stream. The level of donor specific cfDNA from the transplanted organ can be monitored in the recipient’s blood stream over time, and changes in organ status may be detected as changes in the donor cfDNA level. The rationale for this approach arises from the observation that both acute and chronic rejection processes are associated with cell death within the transplanted organ.

We are pursuing novel strategies to detect donor specific cfDNA using next generation sequencing. Whole genome sequencing (WGS) has been used to detect donor specific cfDNA in published studies. However, the complexity and cost of the analysis required by WGS limits its application as a surveillance tool. If successful, we believe our sequencing approach will potentially enable us to achieve the turnaround time and cost-efficiency required for practical commercial use in clinical surveillance. We believe our existing repository of specimens suitable for product development in heart will provide us with a competitive advantage in developing and establishing our cfDNA solution in heart and extending our approach to kidney and other organs.

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

cfDNA for Heart Transplants

We are seeking to develop a cfDNA-based solution for heart transplant recipients. AlloMap relies on gene expression testing to determine the relative state of quiescence, or lack of rejection activity, in the recipient’s immune system and is a well established test to rule-out rejection when the AlloMap score is below a threshold level. We believe that a cfDNA-based solution for heart transplant recipients would provide additional value to clinicians, particularly in situations where a recipient’s AlloMap score does not suggest a low probability of rejection activity. We believe it is possible to apply next-generation sequencing platforms and strategies to detect genetic differences between cfDNA in the blood stream emanating from the donor organ and cfDNA emanating from the recipient. Initial studies published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences and the Journal of American Cardiology have reported that the proportion of donor derived cfDNA in heart transplant recipients increases as much as five-fold during rejection episodes. These studies report that the percentage of donor derived cfDNA in the blood stream indicated the likelihood of rejection in over 90% of the cases where moderate or severe rejection was found in an associated biopsy specimen. We believe a cfDNA solution for heart would help enable clinicians to identify recipients with a higher probability of rejection and make any subsequent biopsy a more effective diagnostic tool, because the likelihood of detecting rejection in the biopsy specimen would be substantially enhanced.

We believe our proprietary database and blood sample repository and our extensive experience working with transplant centers, transplant clinicians, post-transplant care teams, recipients and payers in the field of managing transplant recipients provide us with competitive advantages in the development, validation and commercialization of a cfDNA solution for heart transplant recipients. Our proprietary database and blood sample repository collected by us over the course of 10 years from over 25 transplant centers contains proprietary, longitudinal samples with clinical outcomes and other data from heart transplant recipients including more than 2,000 recipients with more than 16,000 study visits yielding more than 37,000 samples.

We have completed internal studies to define methods to be used to test our collection of samples as well as additional samples to be acquired by us. We have established our proprietary strategy for quantification of donor specific cfDNA and we have completed initial proof of concept studies. We have defined a strategy to efficiently utilize our sample repository to enable further development and validation of our cfDNA solution. We have further defined a series of experiments to be conducted in the third quarter of 2014 with the objective of developing a research use only version of our cfDNA solution as early as the end of 2014.

Other steps in our development process for a cfDNA solution in heart include publication of an abstract on the results of the clinical performance of our cfDNA solution for heart based on our CARGO II sample and data repository, and publication of abstracts from our initial clinical experience with our research use only test. Timing of these events will depend on the success of our development efforts. If we are successful in developing a cfDNA solution for heart transplant recipients, we expect that it would be made available without additional charge to participating clinicians as a research use only solution pursuant to a research protocol agreement. Accordingly, the cfDNA solution would not generate additional standalone revenue for us. To further our research and development and ensure comparability to our other data, we expect the RUO cfDNA solution for heart to be made available to participating clinicians who order AlloMap using a blood sample taken at the same time as the sample for AlloMap. We do not expect to market or sell a cfDNA solution for heart as a commercial diagnostic product, and we do not intend to seek 510(k) clearance from the FDA for the research use only distribution of our cfDNA test. We believe that a RUO cfDNA-based solution for heart transplant recipients, if developed by us, would provide validation of cfDNA as a meaningful biomarker for post-transplant surveillance, provide us with further insight and expertise in the development of cfDNA-based solutions for the surveillance of organ transplants and enhance our relationships within the heart transplant community through ongoing dialogue.

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

cfDNA for Kidney Transplants

We intend to apply the expertise we gain in developing our heart transplant cfDNA solution towards developing cfDNA solutions for other organ transplants, beginning with kidney transplants. We have a proprietary library of longitudinal blood samples from kidney transplant recipients obtained from the University of California at San Francisco. The library consists of more than 1,000 samples from 101 subjects that had 325 study visits and includes blood, plasma and urine samples. These samples were acquired during the course of our Kidney Transplanted Organ Rejection Gene expression Observational Study, or KARGO. KARGO was designed with an intent to discover and develop new non-invasive diagnostics solutions for the surveillance of kidney transplant recipients for rejection. We have begun to utilize the KARGO sample repository for aspects of our cfDNA biomarker research. We are seeking to acquire rights to access additional well-curated samples from other university hospitals and other sample repository consortiums in the United States with which we maintain relationships. If we are successful in developing a research use only version of our cfDNA-based kidney solution, we plan to move this solution into a lab compliant with the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, to complete the analytical validation required to commercialize a solution for use in kidney transplant recipients. If developed, we expect to commercialize this solution as a Laboratory Developed Test, or LDT, under CLIA. We previously applied for and obtained FDA clearance for our AlloMap solution based on draft guidance published by the FDA in September 2006. That guidance was not finalized by the FDA and, at present, we do not anticipate seeking 510(k) clearance from the FDA for our cfDNA-based kidney solution. If the FDA changes its current policy with respect to the regulation of LDTs, we may be required to seek FDA clearance or premarket approval for our cfDNA-based kidney solution. The time required to develop and validate a test for kidney transplants depends on a number of factors, including the success and timing of developing a cfDNA test for heart transplants and the time required to acquire sufficient samples. We are aiming to initiate a prospective clinical outcomes study in kidney transplant recipients applying a cfDNA-based test as early as the second half of 2015.

Research and Development

We endeavor to stay at the cutting edge of organ transplant surveillance solutions by continuously exploring and developing new clinically-relevant approaches to our products. Our ongoing research and development efforts include:

 

   

further refinement of the AlloMap product line;

 

   

undertaking additional studies to expand the clinical utility of AlloMap and generate additional data to enhance clinical understanding of transplant rejection;

 

   

new product development in other areas of transplant surveillance, such as the use of cell-free DNA technology as a biomarker for rejection; and

 

   

technology platform development to increase efficiency and lower costs in our testing and laboratory operations.

Our research and development efforts are not limited to specific technology platforms, biomarkers or methodologies. We aim to leverage current and future innovations in biomarker identification and measurement in developing future solutions. During the development of AlloMap we focused on the use of genomic technologies, especially gene expression, as a promising area for the discovery of biological signals that could be built into multivariate genomic solutions. We are now engaged in discovery and development efforts using cfDNA to develop additional post-transplant diagnostic solutions, with a focus on a test for heart rejection followed by a test for kidney rejection.

We have a proprietary database and blood sample repository from our clinical trials and research collaborations. Our archives contain proprietary, longitudinal samples with clinical outcomes and other data from heart transplant recipients (more than 2,000 recipients with more than 16,000 study visits yielding more than 37,000 samples) and other organ transplant recipients (more than 100 kidney

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

recipients with more than 300 study visits yielding more than 1,000 samples). We have already used our sample archives and data sets to assess how the variability in AlloMap scores over time may correlate with risk of rejection.

Our research and development team includes leading scientists in the field of organ transplant surveillance. We believe our technology base, combined with our know-how and experience, especially that gained from our work on AlloMap, should facilitate our development and commercialization of future organ transplant surveillance solutions.

As of December 31, 2013, we had six employees engaged in research and development functions. Our research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 were $4.8 million and $3.2 million, respectively.

Reimbursement

We have been successful in achieving reimbursement from many payers. The reimbursement process can take six months or more to complete depending on the payer. As of March 31, 2014, we had been reimbursed for approximately 78% of AlloMap results delivered in the twelve months ended September 30, 2013.

Reimbursement for AlloMap comes primarily from Medicare, private third party payers such as insurance companies and managed care organizations, Medicaid and hospitals. A number of payers have adopted coverage policies approving AlloMap for reimbursement. Such policies often approve reimbursement for tests performed from six-months or one year post-transplant through five years post-transplant. For tests performed outside the scope of the payer’s policy, and for tests performed where the payer has not adopted a coverage policy, we pursue reimbursement on a case-by-case basis. If a reimbursement claim is denied, we generally pursue the appeals process for the particular payer.

Forty-three payers, including Medicare, insured recipients that accounted for approximately 90% of the tests we delivered in 2013. Many of these, including Medicare, have adopted coverage policies approving AlloMap for reimbursement. We continue to pursue adoption of positive coverage policies by other private and Medicaid payers.

AlloMap has been billed since the inception of the test using an unlisted CPT code. This approach is consistent with the billing approach for many diagnostic tests.

Medicare

We are reimbursed for a substantial portion of our tests performed on recipients covered by Medicare. These represented 40% and 39% of all AlloMap tests in 2012 and 2013, respectively. Approximately 52% and 54% of all testing revenue was derived from Medicare reimbursements for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. Medicare reimbursement for AlloMap began in 2006 and has continued through three successive Medicare Administrative Contractors, which are the local organizations that make most coverage decisions for Medicare.

Private Payers and Medicaid Payers

We are reimbursed for a substantial portion of the tests we perform on patients covered by private payers and Medicaid payers. For example, we have been reimbursed to date for approximately 63% of the tests performed in the twelve months ended June 30, 2013 where the patient had private insurance or Medicaid coverage.

Coverage policies approving AlloMap for reimbursement have been adopted by many of the largest private payers, including Aetna, Cigna, Humana, Inc., Kaiser Foundation Health Plan, Inc., WellPoint,

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and a number of state Medicaid programs. Many of the payers with positive coverage policies have also entered into contracts with us to formalize pricing and payment terms. With private payers and Medicaid payers that have not yet adopted positive coverage policies, we obtain reimbursement from those payers on a case-by-case basis for a significant portion of claims.

About 7% of our tests for which we have recognized revenue were reimbursed by hospitals in 2013. These hospitals have chosen to retain responsibility for dealing with third party payers.

Europe and Canada

Our Canadian partner, Lifelabs Medical Laboratory Services, pays us directly for the tests we perform for them and is responsible for obtaining reimbursement from payers in their territory. In Europe, we receive revenue in two ways. First, through our sale of testing materials to our partner, Diaxonhit SA, and second, through royalties on Diaxonhit SA’s net sales of AlloMap in Europe.

Testing and Lab Operations

The AlloMap process is comprised of a pre-analytical phase conducted at trained blood draw and processing sites, the testing phase conducted in our laboratory in Brisbane, California, and a reporting phase whereby AlloMap recipient test results are provided to healthcare providers managing a heart transplant recipient.

When AlloMap is ordered by a clinician, a blood sample is drawn, processed to isolate the white blood cells, which are subsequently broken down, frozen and sent via overnight courier to our Brisbane, California laboratory, which is certified under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendment of 1988, or CLIA.

All recipient blood samples are tested in triplicate and results are reported to the ordering clinician by fax within 1-2 business days of receipt of the sample. Rigorous quality control testing is conducted at every phase of the test process. Test samples that fail to meet quality control criteria are immediately re-tested and the ordering clinician is notified of the need to re-test if turnaround time will be affected.

AlloMap Testing Process

 

LOGO

We believe that our laboratory capacity will be adequate to meet demand for AlloMap for the next several years. We intend to expand our laboratory facility as we move into other areas of organ transplant surveillance.

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We rely solely on single suppliers to provide certain laboratory instruments and reagents that we use to perform AlloMap. These sole source suppliers include Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., which supplies us with instruments, laboratory reagents and consumables, Becton, Dickinson, and Company which supplies us with cell preparation tubes, and Therapak Corporation, which supplies us with a proprietary buffer reagent. One of the reagents supplied to us by Therapak Corporation is, in turn, obtained by Therapak Corporation from Qiagen N.V. and is a proprietary formulation of Qiagen N.V.

We periodically forecast our needs to these sole source suppliers and enter into standard purchase orders based on these forecasts. The universal master mix that is supplied by Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. is a key test component needed to perform AlloMap and is being discontinued. At present, we believe that we have sufficient master mix material to continue delivering AlloMap through February 2015 and we are engaged in a process that allows for dual sourcing of a replacement for this critical test component.

We have contracted with a third party manufacturer for the development of a custom master mix. As of March 31, 2014, three verification lots were produced at small scale and found to be acceptable for use in AlloMap testing. The contract manufacturer is now engaged in scale up activities and production of validation lots which will be tested to determine their suitability for use in AlloMap testing, which production and testing have not yet been completed. We recently met with Thermo Fisher and initiated a discussion regarding the possibility of Thermo Fisher also formulating a custom master mix for use in AlloMap testing. In both cases, assuming successful development and scale up of three validation lots of master mix, we do not expect the performance characteristics of the AlloMap solution to change.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales approach to the heart transplant market in the United States focuses on the clinical and economic benefits of AlloMap and the scientific validation that supports our test. As of December 31, 2013, our sales and marketing team consisted of 20 employees, including transplant account sales executives, reimbursement account managers, medical science liaisons and patient service center and customer service personnel. All personnel are field based except for customer service, which are based in our California headquarters. Our account team structure is designed to match the transplant medical team structure based on areas of interest, i.e. new technology knowledge, clinical application and reimbursement/coverage knowledge. All of our sales personnel have prior experience in the field of transplantation.

Our sales approach is highly technical and our account team is trained to address the sales, medical and reimbursement issues inherent in selling a test like AlloMap. Our account team focuses on educating and selling to the transplant team, which consists of clinicians, nurses, laboratory and pathology personnel, finance administrators and social workers.

Our team covers all aspects of the transplantation channel, including sales, medical science, reimbursement, customer service and field laboratory/draw site support. In 2013, AlloMap was used in 105 of the approximately 126 heart transplant centers in the United States Our sales strategy includes continued marketing to and education of clinicians and administrators at treatment centers that have used our test to increase the number of clinicians at those centers using our test and to increase the number of tests ordered per clinician. In addition, we are actively pursuing additional treatment centers to establish protocols and procedures for ordering our test and to encourage clinicians at those centers to incorporate our test into their standard clinical practice. We continue to use new clinical data on AlloMap to demonstrate additional clinical utility for AlloMap, including data that show the utility for the test in long-term recipient management by monitoring the longitudinal AlloMap score variability of a specific recipient.

We intend to leverage our relationships with heart transplant centers to commercialize our planned kidney transplant test, assuming successful completion of development, as many heart transplant

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

management centers also manage kidney transplant recipients. Of the 105 heart transplant centers that have used our test in 2013, nearly all also manage kidney transplant recipients. We estimate that there are approximately 230 centers managing kidney transplant recipients in the United States. A significant portion of kidney transplant recipients eventually are managed by community-based nephrologists. If we are successful in developing a diagnostic solution for kidney transplant recipients, we expect that the full commercialization of our kidney transplant diagnostic solution would require us to increase the size of our sales and support team or enter into marketing relationships with third parties, or both.

Internationally, we have commercial agreements in Europe and Canada that provide for exclusive rights to promote AlloMap in those territories. In Europe, Diaxonhit SA is our commercial partner. Diaxonhit SA is a French, publicly traded specialty diagnostics company with activities in France, Switzerland and Belgium. Diaxonhit SA has agreed to commercialize AlloMap in all countries in western and central Europe directly and through sub-partners. Under the terms of our agreement, we will provide Diaxonhit SA with training and a license to perform AlloMap and Diaxonhit SA, through a third party laboratory, has agreed to perform AlloMap in Europe to facilitate the turnaround time and cost effectiveness of the test process. Diaxonhit SA will pay royalties to us on the net sales, as defined in the agreement, of AlloMap tests, in the mid to high teens. Diaxonhit SA made an upfront payment to us in cash of approximately €387,500 ($503,000) and Diaxonhit SA’s publicly traded common stock with a value at the time of €387,000 following execution of the agreement. The cash portion of this upfront payment will offset the royalties payable to us upon the satisfaction of certain milestones in the first three years following the first commercial sale. Diaxonhit SA is also obligated to pay additional royalties based on certain milestones, up to a maximum of €1,450,000, and some of the royalty payments may be made pursuant to the issuance to us of Diaxonhit SA’s publicly traded common stock. We expect to begin offering our test in Europe through Diaxonhit SA in late 2014 or early 2015.

In Canada, LifeLabs Medical Laboratories Services, the largest Canadian reference laboratory, is our commercial partner and currently offers AlloMap in Ontario. Under this arrangement, LifeLabs Medical Laboratories Services sends blood samples to our laboratory in Brisbane, California for testing. LifeLabs Medical Laboratories Services will pay us on a per test basis. They also made an upfront payment to us following execution of the agreement that is available to offset test fees up to the amount of the upfront payment in the first year. Under the terms of our agreement, we will provide LifeLabs Medical Laboratories Services with training and marketing materials. LifeLabs Medical Laboratories Services has an option to expand its rights to commercialize AlloMap in all other Canadian provinces. We first began performing tests under our arrangement with LifeLabs Medical Laboratories Services in the fourth quarter of 2013. We recognized minimal revenue from this agreement in 2013 and we do not expect revenues from this agreement for 2014 and 2015 to exceed 5% of our total revenues in each year.

Competition

We believe the principal competitive factors in our target markets include:

 

   

quality and strength of clinical and analytical validation data;

 

   

confidence in diagnostic results;

 

   

the extent of reimbursement;

 

   

inclusion in practice guidelines;

 

   

cost-effectiveness; and

 

   

ease of use.

We believe we compete favorably on the factors described above.

Our AlloMap solution for heart transplant recipients competes against existing diagnostic tests utilized by pathologists, which, in the case of heart transplant rejection, generally involve evaluating biopsy

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

samples to determine the presence or absence of rejection. This practice has been the standard of care in the United States for many years, and we will need to continue to educate clinicians, transplant recipients and payers about the various benefits of our test in order to change clinical practice.

Competition for kidney surveillance diagnostics can also come from biopsies. However, because of the risks and discomforts of the invasive kidney biopsy procedure, as well as the expense and relatively low rate of finding moderate to severe grade rejection, biopsy is not a standard practice for surveillance of transplanted kidneys. Additional competition for kidney surveillance diagnostics currently comes from general, non-specific clinical chemistry tests such as serum creatinine, urine protein, complete blood count, lipid profile and others that are widely ordered by physician offices and routinely performed in clinical reference labs and hospital labs.

We expect the competition for post-transplant surveillance to increase as there are numerous established and early-stage companies in the process of developing novel products and services for the transplant market which may directly or indirectly complete with AlloMap or our development pipeline. In addition to companies focused on pre-transplantation such as Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc.’s One Lambda and Immucor, Inc.’s LIFECODES businesses, companies who have not historically focused on transplantation, but have knowledge of cfDNA technology, have indicated they are considering this market.

Many transplant centers are located within hospitals that have their own laboratory facilities and have capacity to conduct various tests. If we are unable to keep pace with diagnostic developments in areas for which we have developed solutions or if hospitals are able to conduct alternate tests more cost-effectively in their own laboratories, hospitals may choose to rely on internally developed and/or internally performed surveillance and diagnostic tests.

Our potential competitors may have widespread brand recognition and substantially greater financial, technical and research and development resources and selling and marketing capabilities than we do. Others may develop products with prices lower than ours that could be viewed by clinicians and payers as functionally equivalent to our solution, or offer solutions at prices designed to promote market penetration, which could force us to lower the price of our current and future solutions and affect our ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

Intellectual Property

Patents and Proprietary Technology

In order to remain competitive, we seek to develop and maintain protection on the proprietary aspects of our technologies. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, material data transfer agreements and licenses to protect our intellectual property rights. We also rely upon unpatented trade secrets and improvements, unpatented know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We generally protect this information with confidentiality and reasonable security measures.

Our core patent position for AlloMap is based on issued patents and patent applications disclosing identification of genes differentially expressed between activated and resting leukocytes and demonstration of correlation between gene expression patterns and specific clinical states and outcomes. Our strategy is to continue to broaden our intellectual property estate for AlloMap through the discovery and protection of gene expression patterns and their correlation with specific clinical states and outcomes, as well as the algorithms needed for clinical assessment.

As of March 31, 2014, we have 16 issued United States patents, one pending United States patent application, and three pending patent applications outside the United States related to transplant

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

rejection and autoimmunity. We have five issued United States patents covering methods of diagnosing transplant rejection using 9 of the 11 informative genes measured in AlloMap. The expiration dates of these patents range from 2021 to 2024. We have six issued United States patents covering a method of diagnosing or monitoring an autoimmune or chronic inflammatory diseases, such as lupus, by detecting specific genes. The patent with the longest term expires in 2029. While we have clinical samples and patents covering lupus diagnostics, we do not intend to actively pursue the lupus test opportunity.

In the area of cell-free DNA-based transplant diagnostics, we have filed a provisional patent application to cover some of our initial research and development work in this field. In connection with our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, we expect to succeed to an exclusive license from Stanford University to a patent relating to the diagnosis of rejection in organ transplant recipients using cfDNA.

We have developed trade secrets and know-how since our inception. These are found particularly in technical areas such as optimized systems for making precise and reproducible quantitative PCR measurements, and in the analysis of genomic data and algorithm development. We believe this knowledge, coupled with our intellectual property in areas of focus, will provide us with a competitive advantage.

License Agreements

In November 2004, we entered into a license agreement with Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., or Roche, which was amended in January 2007, July 2007 and October 2008, that grants us the right to use PCR and quantitative real-time PCR for use in clinical laboratory services. This is a non-exclusive license agreement in the United States covering the claims in multiple Roche patents. The term of the agreement runs until such time as the last patent subject to the agreement which contains at least one valid claim covered by the licenses granted pursuant to the agreement expires. We may terminate the agreement without cause upon 30 days written notice. Under the terms of the agreement, we are required to report and pay royalties in the mid-single digits on test revenues from products using the licensed intellectual property on a quarterly basis. We have disputed the royalty rate Roche seeks to charge under the agreement, and we have been withholding payment of such royalties pending resolution of this matter. Among other things, we believe that Roche failed to adequately consult with us, as required under the agreement, prior to setting the royalty rate and that the royalty rate fails to properly reflect the value contributed by the licensed services. On February 13, 2014, we received a demand for arbitration from Roche seeking a declaration that we have materially breached the Roche license agreement by failing to report and pay royalties owing to Roche in respect of licensed services performed by us after July 1, 2011. See the section entitled “Legal Proceedings” below.

Upon consummation of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, we will succeed to the exclusive license granted by Stanford University to a patent relating to the diagnosis of rejection in organ transplant recipients using cfDNA. This amended and restated license agreement with Stanford University, or Stanford, grants us the exclusive worldwide right to the patent and a non-exclusive license to related technology provided by Stanford. The term of the exclusive license to the patent runs until such time as the patent expires, which will be November 5, 2030, while the non-exclusive license to the related technology continues beyond the expiration of the patent. Subject to various rights of extension, we are required to achieve certain development and commercialization milestones set forth in the license agreement. Failure to achieve such milestones after expiration of any extensions could result in termination of the license agreement by Stanford. Under the terms of the license agreement, we are required to report and pay an annual license maintenance fee, six milestone payments and royalties in the low single digits on net sales of products incorporating the licensed technology. We may terminate this agreement with 30 days advance notice. Stanford may terminate this agreement upon written notice and failure by us to take remedial action within a specified time period if we are delinquent on any report or payment, we are not diligently developing or commercializing products using the licensed technology, we fail to achieve the milestones set forth in the agreement after expiration of applicable extension periods or we otherwise breach the agreement.

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Prior to the closing of this acquisition, ImmuMetrix will transfer to a newly formed company, Lineage Biosciences, Inc., certain intellectual property, records and tangible and intangible assets of ImmuMetrix related to cfDNA detection and immune system profiling technologies for the diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precursor to cancer, and for other applications and purposes. Lineage Biosciences will be owned by the former stockholders of ImmuMetrix and will not be a subsidiary of ImmuMetrix. ImmuMetrix will retain intellectual property rights, records and tangible and intangible assets related to the development, commercialization, licensing, marketing or sale of products or services that utilize cfDNA detection or immune system profiling technologies specifically for the diagnosis and clinical management of solid organ and bone marrow transplant recipients or pre-transplant patients who are on a designated transplant waiting list. ImmuMetrix will grant to Lineage Biosciences a sublicense to the Stanford patent in the field of detection, diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precursor to cancer and all other applications and purposes outside the field of transplantation described above, including products that are used outside the field of transplantation but also have utility within transplantation. This sublicense will be exclusive for the detection, diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precursor to cancer, and all applications and purposes outside the use of cfDNA detection or immune system profiling to diagnose and clinically manage solid organ and bone marrow human transplant recipients.

Regulation

Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988

As a clinical laboratory, we are required to hold certain federal, state and local licenses, certifications and permits to conduct our business. Under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988, or CLIA, administered by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, we are required to hold a certificate applicable to the type of work we perform and to comply with standards covering personnel, facilities administration, quality systems, proficiency testing and performance. Almost all clinical laboratories are subject to regulation under CLIA, which is designed to ensure that laboratory testing services on materials derived from the human body are accurate and reliable.

We have a certificate of accreditation under CLIA to perform “high complexity” testing. Laboratories performing high complexity testing are required to meet more stringent personnel and quality system requirements than laboratories performing less complex tests. To renew our CLIA certificate, we are subject to survey and inspection every two years to assess compliance with program standards. The standards applicable to the testing which we perform may change over time. We were inspected and recertified under CLIA in February 2014. We expect the next regular inspection under CLIA to occur in 2016.

California Laboratory Licensing

In addition to federal certification requirements of laboratories under CLIA, licensure is required and maintained for our laboratory under California law. Such laws establish standards for the day-to-day operation of a clinical laboratory, including the training and skills required of personnel and quality control. In addition, California laws mandate proficiency testing, which involves testing of specimens that have been specifically prepared for the laboratory. We are required to maintain compliance with California standards as a condition to continued operation of our laboratory.

Other States’ Laboratory Testing

Other states require out-of-state laboratories which accept specimens from those states to be licensed. We have obtained licenses in California, Florida, New York, Maryland and Pennsylvania and believe we are in compliance with applicable licensing laws. It is possible that still other states will have such requirements in the future. If we identify any other state with such requirements or if we are contacted by any other state advising us of such requirements, we intend to follow instructions from the state regulators as to how we should comply with such requirements.

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Food and Drug Administration

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration regulates the design, testing, development, manufacture, safety, labeling, marketing, promotion, storage, sale and distribution of medical devices pursuant to its authority under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA. The FFDCA and its implementing regulations govern, among other things, the following activities relating to our medical devices: preclinical and clinical testing, design, manufacture, safety, efficacy, labeling, storage, record keeping, sales and distribution, post-market adverse event reporting, import/export, and advertising and promotion. The FFDCA defines medical devices to mean, among other things, “an instrument, apparatus...in vitro reagent, or other similar or related article...intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions....” This broad definition includes in vitro diagnostic test kits, which are packaged with all necessary elements and instructions so they may be performed outside of the laboratory. The FDA has also asserted that it has the authority to regulate laboratory-developed tests, known as LDTs, as medical devices under the FFDCA. An LDT is a test developed by a single laboratory for use only in that laboratory, such as AlloMap.

The FDA has traditionally chosen not to exercise its authority to regulate LDTs because it regulates the primary components in most laboratory-developed tests and because it believes that laboratories certified as high complexity under CLIA, such as ours, have demonstrated expertise and ability in test procedures and analysis. However, beginning in September 2006, the FDA issued draft guidance on a subset of LDTs known as “in vitro diagnostic multivariate index assays,” or IVDMIAs. According to the draft guidance, IVDMIAs do not fall within the scope of LDTs over which FDA has exercised enforcement discretion because such tests incorporate complex and unique interpretation functions which require clinical validation. We believed that AlloMap met the definition of IVDMIA set forth in the draft guidance document. As a result, we applied for and obtained in August 2008 510(k) clearance for AlloMap for marketing and sale as a test to aid in the identification of recipients with a low probability of moderate or severe rejection. However, we may not seek clearance or approval for any other uses of AlloMap or for any other tests we develop, including our planned cell-free DNA tests for heart, kidney and other organs.

The FDA held a meeting in July 2010 during which it indicated that it intends to reconsider its current policy of enforcement discretion and to begin drafting an oversight framework for LDTs. In October 2012, the FDA published a list of planned guidance documents that were to be the focus of the agency in its fiscal year 2013, including the finalization of previously issued draft guidance which could include guidance documents addressing FDA regulation of LDTs such as ours. As recently as June 2013, a senior agency official publicly reiterated the FDA’s continued interest in such regulation. As of March 2014, the FDA has not issued any of these planned guidance documents.

If the FDA changes its current policy of enforcement discretion, we may be required to seek FDA clearance or premarket approval LDTs developed by us in the future. We have also obtained the CE mark which indicates a product’s compliance with European Union, or EU, legislation and is needed to market AlloMap in the European Community as well.

From the time that our device entered commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which imposes extensive design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance requirements on the manufacturers of medical devices; labeling regulations; the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or “off-label” uses; and the Medical Device Reporting regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to reoccur. The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory and enforcement powers. Failure to comply with applicable United States medical device regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, warning letters, fines,

injunctions, consent decrees, civil penalties, repairs, replacements, refunds, recalls or seizures of products,

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

total or partial suspension of production, the FDA’s refusal to grant future premarket clearances or approvals, withdrawals or suspensions of current product applications, and criminal prosecution.

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act

Under the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has issued regulations to protect the privacy and security of protected health information used or disclosed by healthcare providers, such as us. HIPAA also regulates standardization of data content, codes and formats used in healthcare transactions and standardization of identifiers for health plans and providers. Penalties for violations of HIPAA regulations include civil and criminal penalties.

We have developed policies and procedures to comply with these regulations. The requirements under these regulations may change periodically and could have an effect on our business operations if compliance becomes substantially more costly than under current requirements.

In addition to federal privacy regulations, there are a number of state laws governing confidentiality of health information that are applicable to our operations. New laws governing privacy may be adopted in the future as well. We have taken steps to comply with health information privacy requirements to which we are aware that we are subject.

Federal and State Self-referral Prohibitions

We are subject to the federal self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law, and to similar state restrictions such as California’s Physician Ownership and Referral Act, commonly known as PORA. Where applicable, these restrictions generally prohibit us from billing patients or certain governmental or private payers for clinical laboratory testing services when the physician ordering the test, or any member of such physician’s immediate family, has an investment interest in, or compensation arrangement with, us, unless the arrangement meets an exception to the prohibition.

Both the Stark Law and PORA contain exceptions for compensation paid to a physician for personal services rendered by the physician, provided that certain conditions are satisfied. We have compensation arrangements with a number of physicians for personal services, such as speaking engagements and specimen tissue preparation. We have structured these arrangements with terms intended to comply with the requirements of the applicable exceptions to Stark and PORA. However, we cannot be certain that regulators would find these arrangements to be in compliance with Stark, PORA or similar state laws.

Sanctions for a violation of the Stark Law include the following:

 

   

denial of Medicare payment for the services provided in violation of the prohibition;

 

   

refunds of amounts collected by an entity in violation of the Stark Law;

 

   

a civil penalty of up to $15,000 for each service arising out of the prohibited referral;

 

   

exclusion from federal healthcare programs, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs; and

 

   

a civil penalty of up to $100,000 against parties that enter into a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s prohibition.

These self-referral prohibitions apply regardless of the reasons for the financial relationship and the referral. No finding of intent to violate the Stark Law is required to commit a violation. In addition, knowing violations of the Stark Law may also serve as the basis for liability under the Federal False Claims Act.

Further, a violation of PORA is a misdemeanor and could result in civil penalties and criminal fines. Finally, other states have self-referral restrictions with which we have to comply that differ from those

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

imposed by federal and California law. While we have attempted to comply with the Stark Law, PORA and similar laws of other states, it is possible that some of our financial arrangements with physicians could be subject to regulatory scrutiny at some point in the future, and we cannot provide an assurance that we will be found to be in compliance with these laws following any such regulatory review.

Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Because of the significant federal funding involved in Medicare and Medicaid, Congress and the states have enacted, and actively enforce, a number of laws to eliminate fraud and abuse in federal healthcare programs. Our business is subject to compliance with these laws. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Healthcare and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, which we refer to collectively as ‘‘the Affordable Care Act,’’ was enacted in the United States The provisions of the Affordable Care Act are effective on various dates. The Affordable Care Act expands the government’s investigative and enforcement authority and increases the penalties for fraud and abuse, including amendments to both the Anti-Kickback Statute and the False Claims Act, to make it easier to bring suit under these statutes. The Affordable Care Act also allocates additional resources and tools for the government to police healthcare fraud, with expanded subpoena power for HHS, additional funding to investigate fraud and abuse across the healthcare system and expanded use of recovery audit contractors for enforcement.

Anti-Kickback Statutes

The federal healthcare programs’ Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare or Medicaid.

The definition of ‘‘remuneration’’ has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, certain discounts, the furnishing of free supplies, equipment or services, credit arrangements, payment of cash and waivers of payments. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered businesses, the statute has been violated. Penalties for violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. In addition, violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute also are actionable under the Federal False Claims Act.

The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are otherwise lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. Recognizing that the Anti- Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements, Congress authorized the Office of Inspector General (OIG) of the HHS to issue a series of regulations known as ‘‘safe harbors.’’ These safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all their applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy on applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as OIG.

Many states have adopted laws similar to the Anti-Kickback Statute. Some of these state prohibitions apply to referral of recipients for healthcare items or services reimbursed by any source, not only the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

Government officials have focused their enforcement efforts on the marketing of healthcare services and products, among other activities, and recently have brought cases against companies, and certain individual sales, marketing and executive personnel, for allegedly offering unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business.

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Federal False Claims Act

Another development affecting the healthcare industry is the increased use of the federal False Claims Act, and in particular, action brought pursuant to the False Claims Act’s ‘‘whistleblower’’ or ‘‘qui tam’’ provisions. The False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal healthcare program. The qui tam provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has violated the False Claims Act and to share in any monetary recovery. In recent years, the number of suits brought against healthcare providers by private individuals has increased dramatically. In addition, various states have enacted false claims law analogous to the False Claims Act, and many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third-party payer and not merely a federal healthcare program.

When an entity is determined to have violated the False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of between $5,500 and $11,000 for each separate instance of false claim. There are many potential bases for liability under the False Claims Act. Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits, or causes another to submit, a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government. The federal government has used the False Claims Act to assert liability on the basis of causing physicians to order excessive or unnecessary services, providing false documentation in support of claims, kickbacks, Stark Law violations and other improper referrals, and CLIA violations, in addition to the more predictable allegations as to misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered. In addition, the federal government has pursued enforcement actions under the False Claims Act in connection with off-label promotion of products. Our future activities relating to billing, compliance with CLIA and Medicare reimbursement requirements, physician and other healthcare provider financial relationships and the sale and marketing of our products may be subject to scrutiny under these laws.

While we are unaware of any current matters alleging we have violated the False Claims Act, we are unable to predict whether we will be subject to actions under the False Claims Act or similar state laws, or the impact of such actions. The costs of defending such claims, as well as any sanctions imposed, could significantly affect our financial performance.

The Sunshine Act

The Physician Payment Sunshine Act, or the Sunshine Act, which was enacted as part of the Affordable Care Act, requires all pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers of products covered by Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services payments or other transfers of value made by that entity, or by a third party as directed by that entity, to physicians and teaching hospitals or to third parties on behalf of physicians or teaching hospitals. The payments required to be reported include the cost of meals provided to a physician, travel reimbursements and other transfers of value provided as part of contracted services such as speaker programs, advisory boards, consultation services and clinical trial services. The final rule implementing the Sunshine Act required data collection on payments to begin on August 1, 2013. The first required report, comprised of aggregate payment data collected from August 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013, was due on March 31, 2014, with a full report of payments to covered recipients during the same period due by June 30, 2014. The statute requires the federal government to make reported information available to the public starting September 2014. Failure to comply with the reporting requirements can result in significant civil monetary penalties ranging from $1,000 to $10,000 for each payment or other transfer of value that is not reported (up to a maximum per annual report of $150,000) and from $10,000 to $100,000 for each knowing failure to report (up to a maximum per annual report of $1.0 million). Additionally, there are criminal penalties if an entity intentionally makes false statements in such reports. We are subject to the Sunshine Act and the information we disclose may lead to greater scrutiny of our interactions with physicians and teaching hospitals, which may result in

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

modifications to established practices and additional costs. Additionally, similar reporting requirements have also been enacted on the state level domestically, and an increasing number of countries worldwide either have adopted or are considering similar laws requiring transparency of interactions with healthcare professionals.

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any United States individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring us to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

International Laws

In Europe various countries have adopted anti-bribery laws providing for severe consequences, in the form of criminal penalties and/or significant fines, for individuals and/or companies committing a bribery offence. Violations of these anti-bribery laws, or allegations of such violations, could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and reputation. For instance, in the United Kingdom, under the Bribery Act 2010, which went into effect in July 2011, a bribery occurs when a person offers, gives or promises to give a financial or other advantage to induce or reward another individual to improperly perform certain functions or activities, including any function of a public nature. Bribery of foreign public officials also falls within the scope of the Bribery Act 2010. Under the new regime, an individual found in violation of the Bribery Act of 2010, faces imprisonment of up to 10 years. In addition, the individual can be subject to an unlimited fine, as can commercial organizations for failure to prevent bribery.

The Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act, or CFPOA, prohibits Canadian businesses and individuals from giving or offering to give a benefit of any kind to a foreign public official, or any other person for the benefit of the foreign public official, where the ultimate purpose is to obtain or retain a business advantage. Under the CFPOA, companies may be liable for the actions of their employees or third-party agents.

Employees

As of March 31, 2014, we had a total of 55 employees, including 20 employees in sales and marketing and eight employees in research and development. From time to time we also employ independent contractors, consultants and temporary employees to support our operations. None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements. We have never experienced a work stoppage and believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Properties

Our headquarters in Brisbane, California comprise approximately 46,000 square feet of leased space, which includes office space, our clinical laboratory and our research and development laboratories. The lease agreement for the Brisbane facility expires on December 31, 2020. We do not own any real property. We believe that our leased facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that additional facilities are available for lease to meet future needs.

Environmental Matters

Our operations require the use of hazardous materials (including biological materials) which subjects us to a variety of federal, state and local environmental and safety laws and regulations. Some of these regulations provide for strict liability, holding a party potentially liable without regard to fault or

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

negligence. We could be held liable for damages and fines as a result of our, or others’, business operations should contamination of the environment or individual exposure to hazardous substances occur. We cannot predict how changes in laws or new regulations will affect our business, operations or the cost of compliance.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be party to lawsuits and other legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business.

In November 2004, we entered into a license agreement with Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., or Roche, that grants us the right to use PCR and quantitative real-time PCR for use in clinical laboratory services, including for use in connection with AlloMap. This is a non-exclusive license agreement in the United States covering the claims in multiple Roche patents. We have disputed the royalty rate Roche seeks to charge under the agreement, and we have been withholding payment of such royalties pending resolution of this matter. Among other things, we believe that Roche failed to adequately consult with us, as required under the agreement, prior to setting the royalty rate and that the royalty rate fails to reflect the value contributed by the licensed services. On February 11, 2014 Roche filed a demand for arbitration with the American Arbitration Association seeking a declaration that we have materially breached the Roche license agreement by failing to report and pay royalties owing to Roche in respect of licensed services performed by us after July 1, 2011. Roche seeks damages in the form of unpaid royalties from July 1, 2011 to March 31, 2013 of $1,805,775 plus interest of $84,928 and royalties in an unspecified amount from April 1, 2013 to present, which, based upon the royalty rate currently in the license agreement, we would estimate to be an additional $1,248,237 through March 31, 2014. While we believe we have meritorious defenses to payment of the full amounts claimed by Roche, which we plan to fully pursue in the arbitration, we have fully reserved the amount of these unpaid royalties on our balance sheets, and the amount of these unpaid royalties has been reflected as an expense in our income statements in the periods to which the royalties relate.

The agreement provides that if we fail to cure any breach of a material term within 30 days after Roche has given written notice of the breach, Roche would have the right to terminate our agreement. To date, Roche has not communicated to us any intention on its part to terminate the agreement and has not sought a declaration in the arbitration it commenced as to its right to terminate the agreement. If Roche were to seek to terminate our agreement, and we did not cure within the required time period, our license to the unexpired patents licensed thereunder would terminate, and Roche could thereafter initiate litigation seeking damages or injunctive relief on the basis that AlloMap or other of our services infringe Roche patents. We cannot assure you that Roche will not seek to terminate the license agreement, that we would ultimately prevail in the arbitration or that in the event that Roche were successful in terminating the license agreement, that it would not thereafter seek to enjoin us from selling AlloMap based upon a claim of patent infringement. If any of these things were to occur, we cannot assure you that we would not be materially adversely affected. Among other things, any inability by us to continue to perform AlloMap would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Other than the arbitration proceeding with Roche, we are not a party to any legal proceedings that we believe are material to our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of May 31, 2014:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Peter Maag, Ph.D

     47       President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director

James P. Yee, M.D., Ph.D.

     64       Chief Medical Officer

Matthew J. Meyer

     44       Chief Business Officer

Ken Ludlum

     60       Chief Financial Officer

Mitchell J. Nelles, Ph.D.

     61       Chief Operating Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

George W. Bickerstaff, III

     58       Director

G. Steven Burrill (2)(3)

     69       Director

Brook Byers (1)

     68       Director

Fred E. Cohen, M.D., D. Phil. (1)

     57       Director

Michael Goldberg (1)(3)

     56       Director, Chairman of the Board

Ralph Snyderman, M.D. (2)

     74       Director

 

(1)  

Member of compensation committee.

(2)  

Member of nominating and governance committee.

(3)  

Member of audit committee.

Executive Officers

Peter Maag, Ph.D . has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since October 2012 and as a member of our board of directors since November 2012. Prior to joining the Company, Dr. Maag held numerous positions with increasing responsibility at Novartis International AG, a global healthcare company from September 2001 to April 2012, including Global Head of Novartis Diagnostics from 2009 to 2012, a business unit of Novartis A.G. Dr. Maag also served as Country President for Novartis Pharma AG in Germany from 2006 to 2008, Country President for Novartis’ Korea operations from 2003 to 2005, and the Head of Strategy for the pharmaceutical division of Novartis A.G. from 2001 to 2002 Dr. Maag also worked at McKinsey & Company, focusing on healthcare and globalization from 1995 to 2001. Dr. Maag also serves on the board of directors at Phoenix Pharmahandel GmbH & Co KG and Molecular MD. Dr. Maag studied pharmaceutical sciences at the University of Heidelberg and University of London and received his Ph.D. from the University of Berlin, Germany. Our board of directors has concluded that Dr. Maag should serve on our board of directors due to his position as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company as well as his extensive experience in the pharmaceuticals and life sciences industries.

James P. Yee, M.D., Ph.D . has served as our Chief Medical Officer since August 2006. From January 2003 to June 2006, Dr. Yee was Vice President and Head of Development for Celera Genomics, Inc., a diagnostics company. From June 1995 to December 2002, he was Vice President of Preclinical and Clinical Development at Roche Bioscience, a division of F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd. Earlier in his career, Dr. Yee held a variety of research and development positions of increasing responsibility at Syntex Corporation, including Vice President and Director of the Institute for Clinical Medicine from 1989 to 1992. Dr. Yee is certified in internal medicine by the American Board of Internal Medicine. Dr. Yee holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science and a Ph.D. in Biophysics from the University of California at Berkeley, and an M.D. from the University of California, Los Angeles School of Medicine.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Matthew J. Meyer has served as our Chief Business Officer since February 2012. Prior to that, he served as our Vice President of Corporate Development and Legal Affairs since August 2010. Mr. Meyer has over 15 years of business development, marketing, legal and commercial experience in the global life sciences industry. Prior to joining CareDx, Mr. Meyer was Vice President, Business Development and General Counsel at Cerimon Pharmaceuticals from January 2008 to August 2010, where he led the in-license and partnering of prescription pharmaceuticals in the fields of pain and inflammation. Prior to that, Mr. Meyer held senior management positions at Draeger Medical Systems, the U.S. subsidiary of the German-based global medical device company, most recently serving as Vice President and General Counsel from September 2006 to December 2007. Prior to Draeger, from July 2004 to August 2006 Mr. Meyer held positions of increasing responsibility at Novartis Pharma AG in Basel, Switzerland, including serving as Head of Global Marketing Channel Innovations, a role in which he helped foster greater marketing and sales effectiveness through the use of innovative technology-based initiatives. Previously, from January 2000 to June 2004 Mr. Meyer was the Vice President, Global Business Development and Legal Affairs at RxCentric, Inc. which was acquired by Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc. in 2003 and integrated into its Physician’s Interactive division, which was a leader in online life science marketing programs to physicians. Prior to that, Mr. Meyer served as a commercial and transactional attorney at Pfizer Inc. from 1995 to 2000, working in the U.S. headquarters and the United Kingdom. Mr. Meyer graduated cum laude and Phi Beta Kappa with a Bachelor of Arts degree from Cornell University. He earned his Juris Doctor degree from Villanova University School of Law.

Ken Ludlum has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2014. From April 2011 to October 2013, Mr. Ludlum served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Head of Operations for Endogastric Solutions, Inc. From December 2009 to March 2011, Mr. Ludlum provided consulting and advisory services to a number of private biotechnology companies. From April 2008 to November 2009, he served as Senior Vice President Finance & Administration, CFO for Paracor Medical Inc. Mr. Ludlum has over 30 years of business and financial experience working with healthcare and biotech companies, including service as CFO for two other publicly-held companies, Perclose, Inc, from 1995 to 2000, and Alteon, Inc., from 1992 to 1994. Mr. Ludlum currently serves on the board of directors for another publicly held company, NATUS Medical, Inc. He has also served on the board of directors of several public and private medical or biotechnology companies. Mr. Ludlum holds a B.S. in Business Administration from Lehigh University and a M.B.A. from Columbia University Graduate School of Business.

Mitchell J. Nelles, Ph.D . has served as our Chief Operating Officer since January 2012. Prior to that, he served as our Vice President, Research and Development and Technical Operations since December 2006. From August 2003 to October 2006, Dr. Nelles was Vice President of North America Research and Development at bioMérieux, Inc., an in vitro diagnostics company. From December 2001 to July 2003, Dr. Nelles was Vice President of Research and Development at TriPath Oncology, a subsidiary of TriPath Imaging Inc., a company that develops, manufactures, markets and sells solutions to improve the clinical management of cancer. Dr. Nelles holds a B.A. in Biological Sciences from Rutgers College, a Ph.D. in BioMedical Sciences (Immunology) from the University of Texas, Health Sciences Center at Dallas, and has completed postdoctoral training in Immune Regulation at Brandeis University.

Non-Employee Directors

George W. Bickerstaff, III has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2014. Mr. Bickerstaff is currently the Managing Director of M.M. Dillon & Co., LLC, which he joined in 2005. Prior to joining M.M. Dillon & Co., LLC, Mr. Bickerstaff held various positions with Novartis International AG, a global leader in pharmaceuticals and consumer health, including Chief Financial Officer of Novartis Pharma AG from October 2000 to May 2005. From December 1999 to September 2000, Mr. Bickerstaff served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Workscape, Inc. a provider of employee-related information services. From July 1998 to December 1999, Mr. Bickerstaff

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Uniscribe Professional Services, Inc., a nationwide provider of paper and technology-based document management solutions. From January 1998 to June 1998, Mr. Bickerstaff served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Intellisource Group, Inc., a provider of information technology solutions to the federal, state and local government and utility markets. From July 1997 to December 1997, Mr. Bickerstaff served as Vice President of Finance of Cognizant Corporation, a global business information services company. From January 1990 to June 1997, Mr. Bickerstaff served in various senior finance roles, including Chief Financial Officer of IMS Healthcare, a global business information services company in the healthcare and pharmaceutical industries. Prior to that, Mr. Bickerstaff held various finance, audit and engineering positions with the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation from 1985 to 1989 and General Electric Company from 1978 to 1985. Mr. Bickerstaff’s non-profit activities include serving on the board of directors of the International Vaccine Institute, the International Centre for Missing and Exploited Children, The Center for Disease Dynamics, Economics & Policy and The Global Alliance For Vaccines and Immunization. Mr. Bickerstaff received a Bachelor of Science degree in engineering and a Bachelor of Arts degree in business administration from Rutgers University in 1978. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Bickerstaff possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his substantial financial experience in the healthcare industry and substantial experience with organ transplant markets.

G. Steven Burrill has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2007. Mr. Burrill is the Chief Executive Officer of Burrill & Company, a diversified global financial services firm focused on the life sciences industry since 1994. Prior to founding Burrill & Company, Mr. Burrill worked with Ernst & Young from 1966 to 1993, directing and coordinating the firm’s services to clients in the biotechnology, life sciences, high technology and manufacturing industries worldwide. Mr. Burrill currently serves on the boards of two other publicly held companies, DepoMed, Inc., a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on drug delivery, and Novadaq Technologies Inc., a fluorescence imaging company. He also serves on the boards of directors of several privately-held companies, and his non-profit activities include serving on the boards of directors of the Life Science Foundation (Chairman), the World Council for Ethical Standards (Chairman), the Vilas County (Wisconsin) Economic Development Corporation (VCEDC) (Chairman), the National Health Museum (Vice Chairman), the Bay Area Science Infrastructure Consortium, BayBio (Emeritus), The Buck Institute for Research on Aging, California Healthcare Institute (Emeritus), The Exploratorium (Emeritus), The Gladstone Foundation, The Kellogg Center for Biotechnology, the MIT Center for Biomedical Innovation, BIO Ventures for Global Health (BVGH), and the Harvard Medical School Genetics Advisory Council. He serves on the editorial boards of Scientific American, the Journal of Commercial Biotechnology and Life Sciences Leader, and also serves on the advisory boards of the Center for Policy on Emerging Technologies (C-PET) and BioAg Gateway, City of Madison. He is an adjunct professor at the University of California, San Francisco. He also serves on the advisory boards for the Department of Biology at San Francisco State University and the Biotechnology Master’s Program in the Department of Biology at the University of San Francisco. He serves on the BioNJ Diagnostics and Personalized Medicine Committee. Mr. Burrill holds a B.B.A. in Accounting and Finance from the University of Wisconsin. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Burrill should serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the biotechnology and life sciences industry and his experience as a director and investor in numerous publicly traded and privately held biotechnology companies.

Brook Byers has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2003. Mr. Byers has been a venture capital investor since 1972 and is a Managing Partner of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, or KPCB, a venture capital firm, which he joined in 1977. He has been closely involved with more than sixty new technology-based ventures, many of which have subsequently become public companies. He formed the first life sciences practice group in the venture capital profession in 1984 and led KPCB to become a premier venture capital firm in the medical, healthcare and biotechnology sectors. Mr. Byers is currently on the board of directors of Foundation Medicine, Inc., Pacific Biosciences, Inc., Veracyte, Inc. and a number of private companies. Mr. Byers is on the Board of Trustees of Stanford University and

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

serves as a board member for the University of California, San Francisco Medical Foundation and the New Schools Foundation. Mr. Byers received the UCSF Medal, its honorary degree equivalent, in 2007. In 2008, Mr. Byers was elected a fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Scientists. Mr. Byers received the Lifetime Achievement Award from the National Venture Capital Association in 2009, and in 2010 he received an honorary Ph.D. from Georgia Institute of Technology. Mr. Byers received an M.B.A. from Stanford University and received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Georgia Institute of Technology. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Byers possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience with growing numerous companies in the life sciences industry and his leadership in personalized medicine initiatives.

Fred E. Cohen, M.D., D. Phil. has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2003. Dr. Cohen is a Partner at TPG, a global private equity firm. Dr. Cohen joined TPG in 2001, and serves as head of TPG’s biotechnology group. Dr. Cohen continues to serve as an Adjunct Professor of Cellular and Molecular Pharmacology at the University of California, San Francisco, where he has taught since 1988. Dr. Cohen has played a role on the boards of directors or scientific advisory boards of a variety of biotechnology companies. He currently serves on the board of directors of Genomic Health Inc., Quintiles Transnational Holdings, Inc., BioCryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc., CardioDx, Inc., Five Prime Therapeutics, Inc., Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and Veracyte, Inc., as well as multiple other private companies. He received his M.D. from Stanford University, his D.Phil. in Molecular Biophysics from Oxford University as a Rhodes Scholar, and his B.S. in Molecular Biophysics and Biochemistry from Yale University. Dr. Cohen was elected to the Institute of Medicine of the National Academics in 2004 and the American Academy of Arts and Sciences in 2008. Dr. Cohen also serves as a fellow of the American College of Physicians since 1989, a member of the American Society for Clinical Investigation and the Association of American Physicians, and is the recipient of several awards and honors including the Burroughs-Wellcome New Initiatives in Malaria Award, the LVMH Science Pour L’Art Price (shared with Stanley Prusiner), a Searle Scholars Award and Young Investigator Awards from the Endocrine Society and the Western Society for Clinical Investigation. Our board of directors has concluded that Dr. Cohen possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his significant leadership experience in the medical and finance fields, his background as an M.D. and a venture capitalist, his extensive technical expertise relevant to our business, and his service as an investor in and director of numerous life sciences and healthcare companies.

Michael Goldberg has served as a member and chairman of our board of directors since November 2011. Mr. Goldberg has served as a director and chairman of the board of Nodality, Inc., a private molecular diagnostics company, and as an advisor to other private life science companies since May 2011. Mr. Goldberg has also served on the board of directors for eHealth, Inc. since 1999. From January 2005 to May 2011, Mr. Goldberg was a partner at Mohr Davidow Ventures, a venture capital firm, where he led life sciences investments in the area of molecular diagnostics, personalized medicine and wireless healthcare. From October 2000 to December 2004, Mr. Goldberg operated a management and financial consultancy business. In 1995, Mr. Goldberg founded OnCare, Inc., an oncology disease management company, and served as its chairman until August 2001 and as its chief executive officer until March 1999. In 1987, Mr. Goldberg founded Axion, Inc., a cancer treatment services company, and served as its chief executive officer until its sale in 1995. Prior to Axion, Mr. Goldberg was a partner at the venture capital firm of Sevin Rosen Management Company from 1985 to 1987, where he established the firm’s life science practice, and director of corporate development at Cetus Corporation from 1981 to 1985. Mr. Goldberg has served as a member of the board of directors of numerous companies in the biotech and health sciences industry, and currently serves as executive chairman of DNAnexus, Inc. and Nodality, Inc. Mr. Goldberg has served on boards and advisory boards of a number of industry, academic and public policy institutions in biotechnology and finance, including the Board of the Independent Citizens Oversight Committee, which is the governing board for the California Institute for Regenerative Medicine, the Board of the Western Association of Venture Capitalists, the Advisory Boards for the Harvard Center for Genetics and Genomics, the Berkeley Center for Law and Technology, and the UCSF Center for Translational and Policy Research

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

on Personalized Medicine. Mr. Goldberg holds a B.A. from Brandeis University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Goldberg possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board, including his experience as a senior executive, board member and venture capital investor with numerous companies in the life sciences industry and in personalized medicine and genomics.

Ralph Snyderman, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2005. Dr. Snyderman has held the position of Chancellor Emeritus and James B. Duke Professor of Medicine at Duke University since July 2004. From January 1989 to June 2004, he served as Chancellor for Health Affairs at the Duke University School of Medicine and was the founding CEO and President of the Duke University Health System. From January 2006 to November 2009, he consulted for New Enterprise Associates, a venture capital firm, as a venture partner. He previously served on the boards of directors of The Procter and Gamble Company, Pharmaceutical Product Development, LLC (PPD), Trevena, Inc., Crescendo Bioscience, Inc. and Targacept, Inc. He currently serves on the boards of Nodality, Inc., Press Ganey Associates, Inc., and Liquida Technologies, Inc. Dr. Snyderman is a member of the Association of American Physicians, where he served as president from 2003 to 2004, the Association of American Medical Colleges, where he served as chair from 2001 to 2002, the Institute of Medicine and the American Academy of Arts & Sciences. Dr. Snyderman holds a B.S. in Pre-Medical Studies from Washington College, an M.D. from the State University of New York, Downstate Medical Center, and completed an internship and residency in Medicine at Duke University. Our board of directors has concluded that Mr. Snyderman possess specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his strong background in personalized medicine and broad experience in the healthcare industry.

Board Composition

Our board of directors consists of seven members.

Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors, with each director serving a three year term.

 

   

Our Class I directors will be                              and                             , and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this prospectus;

 

   

Our Class II directors will be                              and                             , and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

Our Class III directors will be                              and                             , and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the date of this prospectus.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our directors may be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of our voting stock.

Director Independence

In connection with this offering, we have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ. Under the rules of NASDAQ, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of NASDAQ require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of NASDAQ, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Our board of directors has determined that, other than Dr. Maag, by virtue of his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer, none of our directors has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of NASDAQ. Accordingly, a majority of our directors are independent, as required under applicable NASDAQ rules. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with the Company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors has an independent Chairman, Mr. Goldberg, who has authority, among other things, to preside over board of directors meetings, including meetings of the independent directors, and to call special meetings of the board. Accordingly, the Chairman has substantial ability to shape the work of our board of directors. We currently believe that separation of the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer reinforces the independence of our board of directors in its oversight of the business and affairs of our Company. In addition, we currently believe that having an independent Chairman creates an environment that is more conducive to objective evaluation and oversight of management’s performance, increasing management accountability and improving the ability of our board of directors to monitor whether management’s actions are in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. However, no single leadership model is right for all companies and at all times. Our board of directors recognizes that depending on the circumstances, other leadership models, such as combining the role of Chairman with the role of Chief Executive Officer, might be appropriate. Accordingly, our board of directors may periodically review its leadership structure.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below upon completion of this offering. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee.     George W. Bickerstaff, III, G. Steven Burrill and Michael Goldberg serve on our audit committee. George W. Bickerstaff, III is the chair of this committee. Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and assists our board of directors in oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent auditor’s qualifications, independence and performance, and our internal accounting and financial controls. Our audit committee is responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent auditors. Our board of directors has determined that George W. Bickerstaff, III and G. Steven Burrill are audit committee financial experts, as defined by the rules promulgated by the SEC, and have the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee.     Brook Byers, Fred Cohen and Michael Goldberg serve on our compensation committee. Brook Byers is the chair of this committee. Our compensation committee oversees our compensation policies, plans and benefits programs and assists our board of directors in meeting its

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

responsibilities with regard to oversight and determination of executive compensation. In addition, our compensation committee reviews and makes recommendations to our board of directors with respect to our major compensation plans, policies and programs and assesses whether our compensation structure establishes appropriate incentives for officers and employees.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     G. Steven Burrill and Ralph Snyderman serve on our nominating and corporate governance committee. Ralph Snyderman is the chair of this committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of the board of directors and its committees. In addition, our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors on matters concerning corporate governance and conflicts of interest.

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.caredxinc.com . We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference into this prospectus the information on or accessible through our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

In the past three years, none of the members of our compensation committee is or has in the past served as an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of a board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Directors who are employees do not receive any additional compensation for their service on our board of directors. We reimburse our non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and travel expenses in connection with their attendance at board of directors and committee meetings. In 2013, certain of our non-employee directors received cash compensation and options to purchase shares of our common stock pursuant to our 2008 Stock Plan as set forth below.

Following the closing of this offering, our non-employee directors will receive an annual cash retainer of $30,000 for their service on our board of directors and any committee thereof. Members of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, other than the chair of each such committee, will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000, $6,000 and $4,000, respectively. The chair of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will each receive an additional annual cash retainer of $20,000, $12,000 and $8,000, respectively. Additionally, the individual acting as Chairman of the Board will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $65,000. All annual cash retainers will be payable quarterly and pro-rated for partial service in any year. We will also continue to reimburse our non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and travel expenses in connection with their attendance at board of directors and committee meetings in accordance with our travel policy.

Following the closing of this offering, nondiscretionary, automatic grants of nonstatutory stock options will be made to our non-employee directors. Any non-employee director who first joins our board of directors on or after the effective date of our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will be automatically granted an initial stock

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

option to purchase 75,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The options will vest and become exercisable in equal monthly installments beginning with the first monthly anniversary after the grant date over the following three years. On the first business day after each annual meeting of our stockholders, each non-employee director who continues to serve on our board of directors will be automatically granted an option to purchase 36,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Each of these options will vest and become exercisable in equal monthly installments beginning with the first monthly anniversary after the grant date over the following one year. The vesting of the options described above will accelerate in full upon a “change in control” as defined in our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

The following table sets forth the compensation accrued or paid by us to certain non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2013, for service on our board of directors. We did not pay or accrue any compensation for directors G. Steven Burrill, Brook Byers, Fred Cohen, Peter Altman and Vijay Lathi during the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Name

   Fees Earned  or
Paid in Cash ($)
     Stock Awards      Option
Awards($) (1)(2)
     Total ($)  

Michael Goldberg

   $ 100,000         —         $ 19,132       $ 119,132   

Ralph Snyderman

     —           —         $ 1,679       $ 1,679   

 

 

(1)  

Amounts represent the aggregate fair value of the option awards computed as of the grant date of each option award in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, rather than amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. Our assumptions with respect to the calculation of these values are set forth above in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations–Critical Accounting Policies–Stock-Based Compensation”. There can be no assurance that option awards will be exercised (in which case no value will be realized by the individual) or that the value on exercise will approximate the fair value as computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

(2)  

The following table sets forth outstanding equity awards held by non-employee directors as of March 31, 2014:

 

Name

   Equity Award
Grant Date
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price (1) ($/sh)
     Option
Expiration
Date

David Levison (2)

   10/27/2004      40,000       $ 0.34       10/27/2014

David Levison (2)

   3/31/2014      91,376       $ 1.81       3/20/2016

Ralph Snyderman, M.D.

   4/27/2005      80,000       $ 0.34       4/27/2015

Ralph Snyderman, M.D.

   4/8/2010      100,000       $ 0.54       4/8/2020

Michael Goldberg

   11/16/2011      442,000       $ 0.43       11/16/2021

 

(1)  

The grant date fair value of the common stock underlying these option awards is equal to the option exercise price on the date of grant.

(2)  

Mr. Levison resigned as a member of our board of directors effective as of March 28, 2014.

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, which require compensation disclosure for our principal executive officer and the two most highly compensated executive officers other than our principal executive officer. Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2013, which consist of the three executive officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table, are:

 

   

Peter Maag, our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

James Yee, our Chief Medical Officer; and

 

   

Matthew Meyer, our Chief Business Officer.

Throughout this prospectus, these three executive officers are referred to as our named executive officers.

The Summary Compensation Table below sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to or earned by the named executive officers listed below during the year ended December 31, 2013.

2013 Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary      Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
     Total  

Peter Maag

     2013       $ 350,000       $ 190,000       $ 540,000   

James Yee

     2013       $ 365,650       $ 146,260       $ 511,910   

Matthew Meyer

     2013       $ 308,250       $ 123,300       $ 431,550   

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

Each of our named executive officers is eligible for cash annual incentive payments. For 2013, Dr. Maag had a target annual incentive of $150,000, as contractually set forth in his Chief Executive Employment Agreement described below. Each other named executive officer is eligible for a target annual incentive of 30% to 40% of his base salary.

Payment of an incentive is based on our performance against certain key performance indicators. For 2013, our key performance indicators included patients served, our profits, our partnering relationships, our pipeline, and our performance culture. We measure our actual performance against our budgeted goals, and then determine an incentive payout.

2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year-End

The following table presents information concerning all outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 

Named Executive Officer

   Grant
Date
  Vesting
Commencement
Date
  Number of  Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Exercisable
    Number of  Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Unexercisable
    Option Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration Date

Peter Maag

   10/17/2012   10/1/2012     740,890 (1)       560,187      $ 0.08      10/17/2022

James Yee

   10/25/2006   8/8/2006     100,000 (2)(3)(5)       0      $ 0.50      10/25/2016

James Yee

   9/27/2007   1/1/2008     200,000 (3)(4)(5)       0      $ 0.49      9/27/2017

James Yee

   4/8/2010   1/1/2010     25,000 (3)(4)(5)       0      $ 0.54      4/8/2020

James Yee

   8/27/2010   5/5/2010     25,000 (3)(4)(5)       0      $ 0.58      8/27/2020

Matthew Meyer

   1/10/2011   8/30/2010     22,728 (2)(3)(5)       0      $ 0.44      1/10/2021

Matthew Meyer

   1/10/2011   8/30/2010     227,272 (2)(3)(5)       0      $ 0.44      1/10/2021

footnotes continue on following page

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

(1)  

The shares subject to the stock option vest as follows: 2/48 th of the total shares vest each month on the monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date for twelve (12) months, and, thereafter, 1/36 th of the remaining shares vest in equal monthly installments, subject to executive’s continued employment on each applicable vesting date.

(2)  

The shares subject to the stock option vest as follows: 1/4 th of the total shares vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and, thereafter, 1/48 th of the total shares vest in equal monthly installments, subject to executive’s continued employment on each applicable vesting date.

(3)  

The stock option is subject to accelerated vesting as to the unvested portion of the option upon a qualifying termination of the executive’s employment with us following a change of control, as described under “—Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control.”

(4)  

The shares subject to the stock option vest as follows: 1/48 th of the total shares vest in equal monthly installments on the monthly anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to executive’s continued employment on each applicable vesting date.

(5)  

The option is exercisable as to unvested shares, provided that any unvested shares are subject to a repurchase right upon a termination of service.

Offer Letters and Employment Arrangements

We have entered into letter agreements with each of our named executive officers. The letter agreements generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the named executive officer’s initial base salary, eligibility for employee benefits and severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment. In addition, each of our named executive officers has executed a form of our standard confidential information and invention assignment agreement. The key terms of the letter agreements with our named executive officers are described below. Any potential payments and benefits due upon a qualifying termination of employment or a change in control are further described below under “—Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control.” These compensation arrangements will not change as a result of this offering.

Agreement with Dr. Maag.     We entered into a Chief Executive Employment Agreement with Dr. Maag, dated September 19, 2012, under which Dr. Maag serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides for “at-will” employment and sets forth certain agreed upon terms and conditions of employment. Dr. Maag’s current annual base salary is $350,000, and he is currently eligible for a target annual bonus of up to $150,000.

Agreement with Dr. Yee.     We entered into an offer letter with Dr. Yee, dated July 31, 2006, under which Dr. Yee serves as our Chief Medical Officer. The agreement provides for “at-will” employment and sets forth certain agreed upon terms and conditions of employment. Dr. Yee’s current annual base salary is $365,650, and he is currently eligible for a target annual bonus of up to 40% of his base salary.

Agreement with Mr. Meyer.     We entered into an offer letter with Mr. Meyer, dated July 19, 2010, under which Mr. Meyer serves as our Chief Business Officer. The agreement provides for “at-will” employment and sets forth certain agreed upon terms and conditions of employment. Mr. Meyer’s current annual base salary is $308,250, and he is currently eligible for a target annual bonus of up to 40% of his base salary.

Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change of Control

Dr. Maag.     Pursuant to Dr. Maag’s Change of Control and Severance Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, if within two months prior to, or twelve months following a change of control, we or our successor terminate Dr. Maag’s employment without cause, Dr. Maag will be entitled to (a) twelve months’ severance, (b) acceleration of vesting equal to 100% of any unvested options, (c) a lump sum payment equal to Dr. Maag’s annual bonus, and (d) twelve months of continued benefits, provided, that such reimbursement will cease on the date that Dr. Maag becomes covered under a similar plan of a new employer. Pursuant to the agreement, if we or a successor terminate Dr. Maag’s employment without cause and such termination occurs outside of a change of control event, Dr. Maag will be entitled to (a) twelve months’ severance, and (b) twelve months of continued benefits, provided, that such reimbursement will cease on the date that Dr. Maag becomes covered under a similar plan of a new employer.

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Dr. Yee.     Pursuant to Dr. Yee’s Change of Control and Severance Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, if within two months prior to, or twelve months following a change of control, we or our successor terminate Dr. Yee’s employment without cause, Dr. Yee will be entitled to (a) twelve months’ severance, (b) acceleration of vesting equal to 100% of any unvested options, (c) a lump sum payment equal to Dr. Yee’s annual bonus and (d) twelve months of continued benefits, provided, that such reimbursement will cease on the date that Dr. Yee becomes covered under a similar plan of a new employer. Pursuant to the agreement, if we or a successor terminate Dr. Yee’s employment without cause and such termination occurs outside of a change of control event, Dr. Yee will be entitled to (a) six months’ severance, and (b) six months of continued benefits, provided, that such reimbursement will cease on the date that Dr. Yee becomes covered under a similar plan of a new employer.

Mr. Meyer.     Pursuant to Mr. Meyer’s Change of Control and Severance Agreement, dated May 1, 2014, if within two months prior to, or twelve months following a change of control, we or our successor terminate Mr. Meyer’s employment without cause, Mr. Meyer will be entitled to (a) twelve months’ severance, (b) acceleration of vesting equal to 100% of any unvested options, (c) a lump sum payment equal to Mr. Meyer’s annual bonus and (d) twelve months of continued benefits, provided, that such reimbursement will cease on the date that Mr. Meyer becomes covered under a similar plan of a new employer. Pursuant to the agreement, if we or a successor terminate Mr. Meyer’s employment without cause and such termination occurs outside of a change of control event, Mr. Meyer will be entitled to (a) six months’ severance, and (b) six months of continued benefits, provided, that such reimbursement will cease on the date that Mr. Meyer’s becomes covered under a similar plan of a new employer.

For purposes of the change of control agreements, “cause” means generally:

 

   

executive’s material failure to perform his stated duties after a notice of failure and a cure period of ten days;

 

   

executive’s material violation of our policies or any written agreement or covenant with us;

 

   

executive’s conviction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony;

 

   

a willful act by executive that constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to us;

 

   

executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to us;

 

   

the unauthorized use or disclosure by executive of any of our proprietary information or trade secrets or any other party to whom he owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of his relationship with us; or

 

   

executive’s willful failure to cooperate with an investigation by a governmental authority.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, in March 2014, and we expect our stockholders will approve it prior to the completion of this offering. Subject to stockholder approval, the 2014 Plan will be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and is not expected to be utilized until after the completion of this offering. Our 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants, and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    A total of             shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan, of which no awards are issued or outstanding. In addition, the shares reserved for

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

issuance under our 2014 Plan will also include (a) those shares reserved but unissued under our 2008 Plan (as defined below) as of the effective date described above and (b) shares returned to our 2008 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of options (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to (a) and (b) is             shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2014, equal to the least of:

 

   

            shares;

 

   

4.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding year; or

 

   

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

Our compensation committee will administer our 2014 Plan after the completion of this offering. In the case of options intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m).

Plan Administration.     Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise. The administrator also has the authority to amend existing awards to reduce their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards with a higher or lower exercise price.

Stock Options.     The exercise price of options granted under our 2014 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the term of all other options.

After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option or stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the option or stock appreciation right will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the option or stock appreciation right will generally remain exercisable for three months following the termination of service. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Appreciation Rights.     Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2014 Plan, the administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock.     Restricted stock may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted and

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us). The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units.     Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2014 Plan. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the number of units granted, the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us), and the form and timing of payment. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Performance Shares.     Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2014 Plan Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination thereof.

Non-Employee Directors.     Our 2014 Plan provides that all non-employee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2014 Plan. Please see the description of our non-employee director compensation above under “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Non-Transferability of Awards.     Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2014 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards, and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2014 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2014 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2014 Plan.

Merger or Change in Control.     Our 2014 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in the 2014 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and the awards will become fully exercisable.

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and we expect our stockholders will approve, our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, in March 2014. The ESPP will become effective upon completion of this offering.

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Authorized Shares.     A total of shares of our common stock will be made available for sale under the ESPP. In addition, our ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance under the plan on the first day of each year beginning in 2014, equal to the least of:

 

   

            % of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the first day of such year;

 

   

            shares; or

 

   

such amount as determined by our board of directors.

Plan Administration.     Our compensation committee administers the ESPP, and has full and exclusive authority to interpret the terms of the plan and determine eligibility to participate, subject to the conditions of the plan as described below.

Eligibility.     Generally, all of our employees are eligible to participate if they are employed by us, or any participating subsidiary, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under the ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or

 

   

hold rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year.

Offering Periods.     Our ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. Each offering period includes purchase periods, which will be the approximately six months commencing with one exercise date and ending with the next exercise date. The offering periods are scheduled to start on the first trading day on or             after             and             of each year, except for the first offering period, which will commence on the first trading day on or after completion of this offering and will end on the first trading day on or after             .

Our ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of common stock through payroll deductions of up to         % of their eligible compensation. A participant may purchase a maximum of             shares during a six-month period.

Exercise of Purchase Right.     Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six month purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be         % of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of each offering period or on the exercise date. If the fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date is less than the fair market value on the first trading day of the offering period, participants will be withdrawn from the current offering period following their purchase of shares on the purchase date and will be automatically re-enrolled in a new offering period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability.     A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP. If the compensation committee permits the transfer of rights, it may only be done by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the ESPP.

Merger or Change in Control.     In the event of our merger or change in control, as defined under the ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase right, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set. The administrator will notify each

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the ESPP, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the ESPP, the purchase price per share and the number of shares covered by each option and the numerical share limits set forth in the ESPP.

Amendment; Termination.     Our ESPP will automatically terminate in 2034, unless we terminate it sooner. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in the ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our ESPP.

2008 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2008 Plan, in November 2008 and our stockholders approved the 2008 Plan in July 2009. The 2008 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units. Incentive stock options could be granted to our employees and employees of our qualifying parent and subsidiary corporations. Nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units could be granted to our employees, consultants and directors and the employees, consultants and directors of certain of our parent and subsidiary entities.

The 2008 Plan will be terminated in connection with this offering and we will not grant any awards under the 2008 Plan following the consummation of this offering. However, the 2008 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted under it.

Authorized Shares.     A total of 4,839,015 shares of our common stock were authorized for issuance under our 2008 Plan. As of March 31, 2014, options to acquire a total of 3,085,524 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding, and a total of 36,817 shares of our common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the plan that had not been repurchased by us.

Plan Administration.     The 2008 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee after the completion of this offering. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2008 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise price and terms, to construe and interpret the plan, to prescribe rules and to extend the post-termination exercisability of certain awards.

Stock Options.     The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of incentive stock options granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of incentive stock options granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Stock Appreciation Rights.     Stock appreciation rights, or SARs, entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The exercise price of a SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

value of the underlying share on the date of grant and the term of a SAR may not be longer than ten years. Vesting conditions determined by the administrator may apply to SARs and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

Restricted Stock.     Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. Such terms may include, among other things, vesting upon the achievement of specific performance goals determined by the administrator and/or continued service to us. Recipients of restricted stock awards will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting; provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us.

Restricted Stock Units.     Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The administrator determined the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria and/or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Nontransferability.     Generally, awards granted under the 2008 Plan are not transferable by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Plan Amendment.     Our board of directors may amend the 2008 Plan at any time subject to obtaining stockholder approval to the extent necessary under applicable laws; provided that no amendment may impair the rights of a participant without the affected participant’s consent.

Adjustments.     The administrator has broad discretion to equitably adjust the provisions of the 2008 Plan, as well as the terms and conditions of existing awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, asset sales and other corporate transactions.

Merger or Change in Control.     Our 2008 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in the 2008 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and the awards will become fully exercisable.

1998 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 1998 Stock Plan in December 1998 and our stockholders approved the 1998 Stock Plan in January 1999. Since the adoption of our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, our board of directors has not granted and will not grant any additional options or stock purchase rights under the 1998 Stock Plan. However, the plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding options previously granted under the plan.

A total of 667,000 shares of our common stock remain authorized for issuance under the 1998 Stock Plan. As of March 31, 2014, options to acquire a total of 667,000 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding, and a total of 2,817,845 shares of our common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the plan that had not been repurchased by us.

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The plan provides for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights to our employees, consultants, and directors and for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code to our employees. Our board of directors administers the 1998 Stock Plan. The administrator has the authority to determine the terms and conditions of the options granted under the plan.

In the event of a merger with another corporation or a sale of substantially all of our assets in which the outstanding options or stock purchase rights are not assumed, or if the successor corporation does not replace such options or stock purchase rights with equivalent rights, the outstanding awards will become fully vested and exercisable. If an option or a stock purchase right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution, the administrator will notify the optionee and provide a fifteen (15) day exercise period and the option or stock purchase right will terminate on the expiration of such period.

Shares covered by outstanding grants under the 1998 Stock Plan, as well as the exercise price per share of stock covered by outstanding grants will be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of common stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, or any other increase or decrease in number of issued shares of common stock effected without receipt of consideration.

In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify each optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction and may provide an optionee the right to exercise his or her option or stock purchase right as to all shares subject to the award until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an option or stock purchase right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

ImmuMetrix, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

In connection with our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc. in June 2014, we expect to assume options issued under the ImmuMetrix, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or the ImmuMetrix Plan, and convert them into options to purchase our capital stock. The ImmuMetrix Plan will be terminated on the closing of the acquisition, but the ImmuMetrix Plan will continue to govern the terms of options we assume in the acquisition.

Authorized Shares.     Upon the closing of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix and the offering described in this prospectus, 189,890 shares of our common stock are expected to be subject to outstanding stock options under the ImmuMetrix Plan.

Plan Administration.     The ImmuMetrix Plan will be administered by our compensation committee after the completion of this offering. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the ImmuMetrix Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise price and terms, to construe and interpret the plan, to prescribe rules and to extend the post-termination exercisability of certain awards.

Stock Options.     The exercise price of a stock option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of incentive stock options granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute options granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of incentive stock options granted to certain significant stockholders). Vesting conditions determined by the administrator may apply to stock options and may include continued service, performance and/or other conditions.

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Nontransferability.     Generally, awards granted under the ImmuMetrix Plan are not transferable by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Plan Amendment and Termination.     Our board of directors may amend the ImmuMetrix Plan at any time subject to obtaining stockholder approval to the extent necessary under applicable laws; provided that no amendment may impair the rights of a participant without the affected participant’s consent. The ImmuMetrix Plan has been terminated and we will not grant any additional awards under the ImmuMetrix Plan.

Adjustments.     The administrator has broad discretion to equitably adjust the provisions of the ImmuMetrix Plan, as well as the terms and conditions of existing awards, to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits and facilitate necessary or desirable changes in the event of certain transactions and events affecting our common stock, such as stock dividends, stock splits, mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, asset sales and other corporate transactions.

Merger or Change in Control.     The ImmuMetrix Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in the ImmuMetrix Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including that the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award. The administrator is not required to treat all awards similarly. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, the awards will fully vest, all restrictions will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and the awards will become fully exercisable.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

Our compensation committee has adopted an Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan allows our compensation committee to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our compensation committee.

Under the Bonus Plan, our compensation committee determines the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation: attainment of research and development milestones; sales bookings; business divestitures and acquisitions; cash flow; cash position; contract awards or backlog; customer renewals; customer retention rates from an acquired company, business unit, or division; earnings (which may include earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, earnings before taxes, and net earnings); earnings per share; net income; net profit; net sales; operating expenses; operating income; operating margin; overhead or other expense reduction; product defect measures; product release timelines; productivity; profit; return on assets; return on capital; return on equity; return on investment; return on sales; revenue; revenue growth; sales results; sales growth; stock price; time to market; total stockholder return; working capital; and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. Performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures and any actual results may be adjusted by the compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when performance goals that include our financial results may be determined in accordance with GAAP, or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures, and any actual results may be adjusted by the compensation committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the compensation committee determines relevant, and may be adjusted on an individual, divisional, business unit or company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Our compensation committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the compensation committee’s discretion. Our compensation committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards are paid in cash only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the date a bonus is paid.

Our compensation committee has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Bonus Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus.

401(k) Plan

Our retirement plan, which we refer to as the 401(k) plan, is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees, including all of our full-time employees, may elect to reduce their current compensation by an amount no greater than the statutorily prescribed annual limit and may have that amount contributed to the 401(k) plan. Matching contributions may be made to the 401(k) plan at the discretion of our board. To date, we have not made any contributions to the 401(k) plan.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and officers before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide indemnification for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry, or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent, or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent, or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent, or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by, or in the right of, our

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as we may provide indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions since January 1, 2011 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers, or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Private Placement Financings and Registration Rights

Over the past three years, following board and stockholder approval, we sold securities to certain private investors, including our directors and 5% stockholders and persons or entities associated with them. In March 2011 and October 2011, we sold subordinated convertible promissory notes in the second and third closings of a note and warrant financing with certain of our stockholders, pursuant to which we issued subordinated convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $5.3 million. The notes accrued interest at the rate of seven percent (7%) per annum and were due and payable on the one year anniversary of the issue date. Upon the occurrence of a preferred stock financing, the notes were convertible into the series of preferred stock sold in such financing at the lesser of $3.18 and the lowest price per share paid by other investors in the financing. Pursuant to the terms of the note and warrant purchase agreement, noteholders were also entitled to receive, upon conversion of the subordinated convertible promissory notes, warrants to purchase (1) the number of shares equal to fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate principal value of such note, divided by the note conversion price per share, and (2) if the noteholder purchased greater than its pro rata portion of the notes sold in the note and warrant financing, the number of shares equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate principal value of the portion of the note that is greater than the noteholder’s pro rata portion, divided by the note conversion price per share. The warrants have a term of the earlier of (a) five years, (b) a Change of Control (as defined in the warrant), or (c) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering.

The following table summarizes purchases since January 1, 2011 of our subordinated convertible promissory notes by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock:

 

Stockholder

   Aggregate principal amount  of
promissory notes purchased
     Aggregate exercise
price of warrants (1)
 

KPCB Holdings Inc., as nominee (2)

   $ 1,045,393       $ 1,493,273   

Entities affiliated with TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P. (3)

   $ 1,010,574       $ 1,444,352   

Entities affiliated with Intel Capital Corporation (4)

   $ 629,778       $ 884,787   

Entities affiliated with Sprout Capital IX, L.P. (5)

   $ 649,574       $ 979,281   

Entities affiliated with Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P. (6)

   $ 570,677       $ 821,416   

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures QP, L.P. (7)

   $ 450,230       $ 632,530   

Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P.

   $ 325,960       $ 487,446   

 

(1)  

Not yet exercised.

(2)  

Brook Byers, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee, which hold these notes and warrants.

(3)  

The purchasers were (a) TPG BioTech Reinvest AIV, L.P. which purchased notes with an aggregate value of $704,964.81, (b) TPG Ventures Reinvest AIV, L.P. which purchased notes with an aggregate value of $305,609.88, (c) TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P. which received warrants with an aggregate value of $1,007,624.34, and (d) TPG Ventures L.P. which received warrants with an aggregate value of $436,728.48. Fred E. Cohen, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P., TPG Ventures, L.P., TPG BioTech Reinvest AIV, L.P. and TPG Ventures Reinvest AIV, L.P.

 

footnotes continue on following page

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(4)  

The purchaser of these notes and warrants was Middlefield Ventures, Inc.

(5)  

The purchasers were (a) Sprout Capital IX, L.P. which purchased notes with an aggregate value of $643,291.32 and received warrants with an aggregate value of $972,189.60 and (b) Sprout Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. which purchased notes with an aggregate value of $6,371.32 and received warrants with an aggregate value of $7,091.40. Vijay Lathi, a member of our board of directors who resigned effective as of March 28, 2014, is affiliated with Sprout Capital IX, L.P. and Sprout Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

(6)  

The purchasers were (a) Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P., which purchased notes with an aggregate value of $526,857.93 and received warrants with an aggregate value of $762,303.24 and (b) Burrill Indiana Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P., which purchased notes with an aggregate value of $43,819.34 and received warrants with an aggregate value of $59,113.02. G. Steven Burrill, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Burrill Indiana Life Sciences Capital Fund L.P. and Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P., which hold these notes and warrants.

(7)  

The purchasers were (a) DAG Ventures QP, L.P. which purchased notes with an aggregate value of $301,087.10 and received warrants with an aggregate value of $20,937.12, (b) DAG Ventures I-N, LLC which purchased notes with an aggregate value of $118,797.66 and received warrants with an aggregate value of $166,899.12, (c) DAG Ventures, L.P. which purchased notes with an aggregate value of $15,442.57 and received warrants with an aggregate value of $21,693.96, and (d) DAG Ventures GP Fund LLC which purchased notes with an aggregate value of $14,903.33 and received warrants with an aggregate value of $423,000.42.

In April 2012 we sold in a private placement 4,850,061 shares of our Series G preferred stock, including issuance of shares of Series G preferred stock upon conversion of all outstanding subordinated convertible promissory notes, at a price per share of $3.18. In connection with such sale, we also entered into an amendment to our sixth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, the terms of which are set forth in “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

The following table summarizes purchases since January 1, 2011 of shares of our Series G preferred stock by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock:

 

Stockholder

   Shares of Series  G
preferred stock
purchased with cash
or debt cancellation
     Aggregate
purchase  price
of cash and
debt

cancellation
 

KPCB Holdings Inc., as nominee (1)

     752,440       $ 2,392,759   

Entities affiliated with TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P. (2)

     727,727       $ 2,314,171   

Entities affiliated with Sprout Capital IX, L.P. (3)

     488,752       $ 1,554,231   

Entities affiliated with Intel Capital Corporation (4)

     446,986       $ 1,421,415   

Entities affiliated with Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P. (5)

     413,414       $ 1,314,656   

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures QP, L.P. (6)

     319,550       $ 1,016,169   

Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P.

     243,915       $ 775,649   

 

(1)  

Brook Byers, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with KPCB Holdings, Inc., which hold these shares.

(2)  

The purchasers were (a) TPG Biotechnology Partners L.P. which holds 507,679 shares of preferred stock and (b) TPG Ventures, L.P. which holds 220,048 shares of preferred stock. Fred Cohen, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P. and TPG Ventures, L.P.

(3)  

The purchasers were (a) Sprout Capital IX, L.P. which holds 485,720 shares of preferred stock and (b) Sprout Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. which holds 3,032 shares of preferred stock. Vijay Lathi, a member of our board of directors who resigned effective as of March 28, 2014, is affiliated with Sprout Capital IX, L.P. and Sprout Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

(4)  

The purchaser was Middlefield Ventures, Inc.

(5)  

The purchasers were (a) Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P. which holds 381,671 shares of preferred stock and (b) Burrill Indiana Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P., which holds 31,743 shares of preferred stock. G. Steven Burrill, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Burrill Indiana Life Sciences Capital Fund L.P. and Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P., which hold these shares.

(6)  

The purchasers were (a) DAG Ventures QP, L.P. which holds 10,577 shares of preferred stock, (b) DAG Ventures I-N, LL which holds 84,316 shares of preferred stock, (c) DAG Ventures, L.P. which holds 213,697 shares of preferred stock, and (d) DAG Ventures GP Fund LLC which holds 10,960 shares of preferred stock.

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Stock Option Grants to Executive Officers

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our directors. For a description of the options that are currently outstanding, see “Executive Compensation—2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.”

Offer Letters

We have entered into offer letters and other arrangements containing compensation, termination and change of control provisions, among others, with certain of our executive officers as described under the caption “Executive Compensation—Executive Employment Arrangements” above.

Other than as described above, there has not been, nor is there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions to which we have been or will be a party other than compensation arrangements, which are described where required under “Executive Compensation.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Executive Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

We have a formal written policy providing that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as directors, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock, any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed, is a general partner or principal or in a similar position, or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest, is not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee.

In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction.

We believe that we have executed all of the transactions set forth under the section entitled “Related Party Transactions” on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties. It is our intention to ensure that all future transactions between us and our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their affiliates, are approved by the audit committee of our board of directors, and are on terms no less favorable to us than those that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties.

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at March 31, 2014 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering, for:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 42,282,874 shares of common stock outstanding at March 31, 2014 assuming the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and the issuance and conversion of a subordinated convertible promissory note issued in April 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million plus accrued interest into              shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the note at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus). The actual conversion price of the note will be the lower of $3.18 and the price at which common stock is sold in this offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014. However, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we included shares owned by a spouse, minor children and relatives sharing the same home, as well as other entities owned or controlled by the named person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is CareDx, Inc., 3260 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, California 94005.

 

     Shares Beneficially  Owned
Prior to the Offering
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

           Number of         
Shares
     %     Number of
Shares
             %          

5% Stockholders

          

KPCB Holdings, Inc. as nominee (1)

     7,269,375         17.0     7,269,375      

Entities affiliated with TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P. (2)

     7,030,893         16.5     7,030,893      

Entities affiliated with Sprout Capital IX, L.P. (3)

     4,706,353         11.1     4,706,353      

Entities affiliated with Intel Capital Corporation (4)

     4,324,675         10.2     4,324,675      

Entities affiliated with Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P. (5)

     3,997,531         9.4     3,997,531      

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures QP, L.P. (6)

     3,091,722         7.3     3,091,722      

Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P. (7)

     2,356,423         5.6     2,356,423      

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

          

Peter Maag (8)

     777,031         1.8     777,031      

James P. Yee (9)

     450,000         1.1     450,000         *   

Matthew J. Meyer (10)

     250,000         *        250,000         *   

George W. Bickerstaff, III (14)

     0         *        0         *   

G. Steven Burrill (5)

     3,997,531         9.4     3,997,531      

Brook Byers (1)

     7,269,375         17.0     7,269,375      

Fred E. Cohen (11)

     0         *        0      

Michael Goldberg (12)

     442,000         1.0     442,000         *   

Ralph Snyderman (13)

     180,000         *        180,000         *   

All current directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)

     14,166,190         33.2     14,166,190      

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%).

footnotes continued on following page

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  (1)

All shares are held for convenience in the name of KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee, for the accounts of the following individuals and entities, who each exercise their own voting and dispositive control over such shares: (a) 4,653,693 shares of common stock and 321,336 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers X-A, L.P. (KPCB X-A), (b) 130,385 shares of common stock and 9,063 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers X-B, L.P. (KPCB X-B), (c) 47,653 shares of common stock and 3,290 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by Brook Byers, and (d) 1,968,061 shares of common stock and 135,894 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by individuals and entities associated with Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers. KPCB X Associates, LLC is the general partner of KPCB X-A and KPCB X-B. Brook H. Byers, L. John Doerr, Kevin Compton, Doug Mackenzie, Raymond J. Lane and Theodore E. Schlein are the managers of KPCB X Associates, LLC, and share voting and dispositive control over the shares held by KPCB X-A and KPCB X-B. The address for this stockholder is 2750 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

   (2)

Represents (a) 4,080,346 shares of common stock and 316,863 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P. (“TPG Biotech”), (b) 1,768,621 shares of common stock held by TPG Ventures, L.P. (“TPG Ventures”), (c) 507,679 shares of common stock and 137,336 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by TPG BioTech Reinvest AIV, L.P. (“TPG Biotech Reinvest”), and (d) 220,048 shares of common stock held by TPG Ventures Reinvest AIV, L.P. (“TPG Ventures Reinvest” and, together with TPG Biotech, TPG Ventures and TPG Biotech Reinvest, the “TPG Funds”). The general partner of each of TPG Biotech and TPG Biotech Reinvest is TPG Biotechnology GenPar, L.P., whose general partner is TPG Biotechnology GenPar Advisors, LLC, whose sole member is TPG Holdings I, L.P. The general partner of each of TPG Ventures and TPG Ventures Reinvest is TPG Ventures GenPar, L.P., whose general partner is TPG Ventures GenPar Advisors, LLC, whose sole member is TPG Holdings I, L.P. The general partner of TPG Holdings I, L.P. is TPG Holdings I-A, LLC, whose sole member is TPG Group Holdings (SBS), L.P., whose general partner is TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc. David Bonderman and James G. Coulter are officers and sole shareholders of TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc. and therefore may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of the securities held by the TPG Funds. Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter disclaim beneficial ownership of the securities held by the TPG Funds except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of each of the TPG Funds, TPG Group Holdings (SBS) Advisors, Inc. and Messrs. Bonderman and Coulter is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

   (3)

Represents (a) 4,382,632 shares of common stock and 305,720 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by Sprout Capital IX, L.P., and (b) 15,771 shares of common stock and 2,230 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by Sprout Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. DLJ Capital Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Credit Suisse (USA), Inc. (formerly, Credit Suisse First Boston (USA), Inc.) is the Managing General Partner of Sprout Capital IX, L.P. and the sole general partner of Sprout Entrepreneurs Fund L.P. The address for this stockholder is 2500 Sand Hill Road, Suite 203, Menlo Park, CA, 94025.

   (4)

Represents (a) 2,735,524 shares of common stock held by Intel Capital Corporation, (b) 863,930 shares of common stock held by Intel Capital (Cayman), and (c) 446,986 shares of common stock and 278,235 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by Middlefield Ventures, Inc. Intel Corporation is the parent company of Intel Capital Corporation, Intel Capital (Cayman) Corporation and Middlefield Ventures, Inc., and is deemed to have shared voting and shared dispositive control over the shares of Intel Capital Corporation, Intel Capital (Cayman) and Middlefield Ventures, Inc. The address for each of the stockholders is c/o Intel Corporation, 2200 Mission College Blvd., Attention: Intel Capital Portfolio Manager, M/S RNB 6-59, Santa Clara, CA 95052.

   (5)

Represents (a) 3,452,110 shares of common stock and 239,718 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund L.P., and (b) 287,114 shares of common stock and 18,589 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by Burrill Indiana Life Sciences Capital Fund. Burrill & Company (Life Sciences GP), LLC is the General Manager of Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P. and Burrill & Company (Indiana GP), LLC is the General Manager of Burrill Indiana Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P. G. Steven Burrill is the Managing Member of Burrill & Company (Life Sciences GP) and Burrill & Company (Indiana GP) and may be deemed to hold voting and dispositive control over the share of Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund L.P. and Burrill Indiana Life Sciences Capital Fund. Mr. Burrill disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of this stockholder is One Embarcadero Center, Suite 2700, San Francisco, CA 94111.

   (6)

Represents (a) 95,756 shares of common stock and 6,584 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by DAG Ventures GP Fund LLC, (b) 763,296 shares of common stock and 52,484 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by DAG Ventures I-N, LLC, (c) 99,221 shares of common stock and 6,822 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by DAG Ventures, L.P., and (d) 1,934,540 shares of common stock and 133,019 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by DAG Ventures QP, L.P. DAG Ventures Management, LLC is the Manager of each of DAG Ventures GP Fund LLC and DAG Ventures I-N, LLC and is the General Partner of each of DAG Ventures, L.P. and DAG Ventures QP, L.P. John M. Duff, Jr., R. Thomas Goodrich and John J. Cadeddu, the Managers of DAG Ventures Management, LLC, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares of DAG Ventures GP Fund LLC, DAG Ventures I-N, LLC, DAG Ventures, L.P. and DAG Ventures QP, L.P. The address for this stockholder is 251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200, Palo Alto, CA 94301.

footnotes continued on following page

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
   (7)

Represents 2,203,138 shares of common stock and 153,285 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants exercisable for shares of common stock held by Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P. Integral Capital Management VI, LLC is the General Partner of Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P. and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over the shares of Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P. The address for this stockholder is 2750 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

   (8)

Represents 777,031 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014.

   (9)

Represents 100,000 shares of common stock held by Dr. Yee and 350,000 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014.

(10)  

Represents 156,250 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014.

(11)  

Dr. Cohen, a member of our board of directors, is a TPG Partner. Dr. Cohen has no voting or investment power over and disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by the TPG Funds. Dr. Cohen’s business address is c/o TPG Global, LLC, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

(12)  

Represents 442,000 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014.

(13)  

Represents 180,000 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2014.

(14)  

Mr. Bickerstaff was appointed to the board of directors effective on April 8, 2014.

 

143


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 110,000,000 shares, with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:

 

   

100,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

   

10,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of March 31, 2014, we had outstanding 42,282,874 shares of common stock, held by approximately 194 stockholders of record, and no shares of preferred stock, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and the issuance and conversion of a subordinated convertible promissory note issued in April 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million plus accrued interest into              shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the note at the common stock price per share of $        , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus), each such conversion to be effective immediately upon the completion of this offering. The actual conversion price of the convertible note will be the lower of $3.18 and the price at which common stock is sold in this offering. In addition, as of March 31, 2014, we had (i) outstanding options to acquire 3,085,524 shares of our common stock under our 2008 Plan and outstanding options to acquire 667,000 share of our common stock under our 1998 Plan, and (ii) outstanding warrants to acquire 4,273,272 shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available. See the section entitled “Dividend Policy.” Upon our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

After the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of

 

144


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the common stock, or delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

The holders of 41,400,266 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock, and 3,710,243 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock which is issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or their permitted transferees are entitled to rights with respect to registration of these shares under the Securities Act following this offering. These rights are provided under the terms of our sixth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement.

Under these registration rights, holders of the then outstanding registrable securities may require on two occasions that we register their shares for public resale. Such registration requires the election of the holders of registrable securities holding at least 40% of such registrable securities. We are obligated to register these shares only if the requesting holders request the registration of at least the number of shares having an aggregate offering price (prior to deduction for underwriter’s discounts and commissions related to the issuance) of at least $25,000,000.

In addition, holders of registrable securities may request that we register their shares for public resale on Form S-3 or similar short-form registration, if we are eligible to use Form S-3 or similar short-form registration, and the value of the securities to be registered is at least $1,000,000.

If we elect to register any of our shares of common stock for any public offering, the holders of registrable securities are entitled to include shares of common stock in the registration. However, we may reduce the number of shares proposed to be registered in view of market conditions, provided that we may not reduce the number of registrable securities included in any such registration below 20% of the shares included in the registration (except for a registration relating to our initial public offering, from which all registrable securities may be excluded).

We will pay all expenses in connection with any registration described herein, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. These rights will terminate five years after the closing of this offering and prior to then, a holder of less than two percent of our then-outstanding capital stock shall cease to have registration rights once that holder may sell all of its registrable securities under Rule 144 during any 90 day period.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware law, which are summarized below, could discourage takeovers, coercive or otherwise. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

Undesignated Preferred Stock.     As discussed above under “—Preferred Stock,” our board of directors will have the ability to designate and issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could deter hostile takeovers or delay changes in our control or management.

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not act by written consent. This limit on the ability of stockholders to act by written consent may lengthen the amount of

 

145


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, the holders of our capital stock will not be able to take stockholder actions, such as actions to amend our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the amended and restated bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), or our board of directors. A stockholder may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take certain actions, or for holders controlling 66 2/3% of the voting power of our capital stock to take certain other actions, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.     Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. These advance notice procedures may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempt to obtain control of our company.

Board Classification.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board of directors, see “Management—Board Composition.” Our classified board of directors may tend to discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Election and Removal of Directors.     Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing members of our board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the directors then serving on the board of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No Cumulative Voting.     The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not expressly provide for cumulative voting. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of directors’ decision regarding a takeover.

Amendment of Charter Provisions .    Any amendment of the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation described above and any amendment of the bylaws would require the approval of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of our capital stock. These requirements would prevent holders of a majority of the voting power of our capital stock from making changes to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

 

146


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.     We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

   

prior to the date of the transaction, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

The provisions of Delaware law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is also possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021, and its telephone number is             .

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CDNA.”

 

147


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock and we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Upon completion of the offering, the conversion of a subordinated convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million plus accrued interest into                 shares of common stock (assuming conversion of the note at the common stock price per share of $            , which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus), the issuance of 6,053,151 shares of our preferred stock upon completion of our acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc., and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock, such conversion to be effective upon the completion of this offering, a total of             shares of common stock will be outstanding. The actual conversion price of the convertible note will be the lower of $3.18 and the price at which common stock will be sold in this offering. Of these shares, all             shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, holders of substantially all of our equity securities are subject to market stand-off agreements or have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our sixth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement described above under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, following the expiration of the lock-up period, all shares subject to such provisions and agreements will be available for sale in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up agreements, as described below) without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up agreements, as described below) without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

 

148


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of common stock have entered into lock-up agreements as described below, and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

Rule 701, as currently in effect, generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares (subject to the requirements of the lock-up agreements, as described below) in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. However, all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus (or until such later date that is required by the lock-up agreements, as described below) before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of each of Piper Jaffray & Co. and Leerink Partners LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock; or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock.

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, subject to certain exceptions set forth in section entitled “Underwriters.”

 

149


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Registration Rights

The holders of 41,400,266 shares of common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Registration Statements on Form S-8

Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our stock option plans. Shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements and subject to vesting of such shares.

 

150


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings, and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that purchase our common stock in this offering and hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift or estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, insurance companies, or other financial institutions;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

certain U.S. expatriates;

 

   

partnerships or entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment;

 

   

persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S., or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

 

151


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder other than a partnership (or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States (for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

   

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or other entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(3) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has in effect a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will generally constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock as described below under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Dividends received by you that are treated as effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

 

152


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding legislation related to foreign accounts, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);

 

   

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will generally be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the same taxable year (provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses). You should consult your tax advisor regarding your entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax or other treaty.

Federal Estate Tax

Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of the individual’s death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise, and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the gross amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an

 

153


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 and satisfying certain other requirements.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund, or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, imposes withholding tax at a rate of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entities” (as specially defined for purposes of these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are no such owners or otherwise establishes an exemption. Under certain transition rules, withholding under FATCA on withholdable payments to foreign financial institutions and non-financial foreign entities is expected to apply after December 31, 2016 with respect to gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock in a U.S. corporation, including our common stock, and after June 30, 2014, with respect to dividends on our common stock. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

154


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

Piper Jaffray & Co. and Leerink Partners LLC are acting as the representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement between us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number
of Shares

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Leerink Partners LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

Mizuho Securities USA Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, relating to losses or claims resulting from material misstatements in or omissions from this prospectus, the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, certain free writing prospectuses that may be used in the offering and in any marketing materials used in connection with this offering and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 

     Per Share      Without
Option
     With Option  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $         $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $         $         $     

 

155


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover any overallotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares offered by this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discount and commissions, are approximately $            , which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our shares.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We have applied to list our shares on The NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol “CDNA.”

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, members of our management board, members of our supervisory board and the holders of substantially all of our shares and other outstanding equity securities have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares or securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Piper Jaffray and Leerink Partners. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

   

offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell or contract to sell any shares,

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any shares,

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any shares,

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant to purchase any shares,

 

   

make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares or transfer any shares,

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the shares,

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any shares whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or

 

   

publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

156


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

This lock-up provision applies to shares and to securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares. It also applies to shares owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Listing

We have applied to list our shares on NASDAQ under the symbol “CDNA.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Determination of Offering Price

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies in the U.S. that the underwriters believe to be comparable to us,

 

   

our financial information,

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

 

   

the present state of our development, and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for our shares listed on NASDAQ may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our shares. However, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ overallotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our

 

157


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our shares. As a result, the price of our shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our shares. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as email.

Other Relationships

The underwriters are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the U.S., no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an

 

158


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

United Kingdom

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (2) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order, or (3) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Relevant Member State (Norway and Lichtenstein in addition to the member states of the European Union), from and including the date on which this prospectus was implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with Directive 2003/71/EC as amended by Directive 2010/73/EC, or the E.U. Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the E.U. Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the E.U. Prospectus Directive); or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the E.U. Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the E.U. Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the E.U. Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “E.U. Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/E.U.

Where a claim relating to the information contained in this prospectus is brought before a court in a member state of the E.E.A. or a Relevant Member State, the claimant might, under the national legislation of that Relevant Member State, have to bear the costs of translating this prospectus or any document incorporated by reference herein before the legal proceedings are initiated. Civil liability in relation to this summary attaches to us, but only if this summary is misleading, inaccurate or inconsistent when read together with the other parts of this prospectus (including information incorporated by reference herein).

 

159


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Canada

The common shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing as principal that are both “accredited investors” as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and “permitted clients” as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from the prospectus requirements and in compliance with the registration requirements of applicable securities laws.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of the issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) or any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (2) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

a) to an institutional investor (for corporations, under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its

 

160


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

b) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

c) where the transfer is by operation of law.

Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (the “SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). Accordingly, no public distribution, offering or advertising, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, and no distribution to any non-qualified investor, as defined in CISA, its implementing ordinances and notices, shall be undertaken in or from Switzerland, and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

United Arab Emirates

This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates (the “UAE”), Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”), a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”). The offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and NASDAQ Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The shares may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

The shares may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

France

This prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) is not being distributed in the context of a public offering in France within the meaning of Article L. 411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier).

This prospectus has not been and will not be submitted to the French Autorité des marchés financiers (the “AMF”) for approval in France and accordingly may not and will not be distributed to the public in France.

 

161


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the AMF General Regulation, French residents are hereby informed that:

1. the transaction does not require a prospectus to be submitted for approval to the AMF;

2. persons or entities referred to in Point 2°, Section II of Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code may take part in the transaction solely for their own account, as provided in Articles D. 411-1, D. 734-1, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the Monetary and Financial Code; and

3. the financial instruments thus acquired cannot be distributed directly or indirectly to the public otherwise than in accordance with Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-1 and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the Monetary and Financial Code.

This prospectus is not to be further distributed or reproduced (in whole or in part) in France by the recipients of this prospectus. This prospectus has been distributed on the understanding that such recipients will only participate in the issue or sale of our shares for their own account and undertake not to transfer, directly or indirectly, our shares to the public in France, other than in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and in particular with Articles L. 411-1 and L. 411-2 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

 

162


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Gibson Dunn & Crutcher LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel to the underwriters. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, own an aggregate of 85,011 shares of our common stock as of March 31, 2014.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of CareDx, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for the years then ended, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of ImmuMetrix, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for the years then ended, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Frank, Rimerman & Co. LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at xdx.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or that can be accessed through our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

163


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Index to Financial Statements

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   
Financial Statements   

Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

CareDx, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CareDx, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

March 31, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,     Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Deficit as of
December 31,
2013
 
     2012     2013    
                 (Unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,830      $ 5,128     

Accounts receivable

     952        2,270     

Inventory

     576        518     

Prepaid and other assets

     248        255     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     7,606        8,171     

Property and equipment, net

     2,118        1,553     

Restricted cash

     149        147     

Other noncurrent assets

     3        2     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 9,876      $ 9,873     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 637      $ 618     

Accrued payroll liabilities

     978        1,386     

Accrued royalties

     1,545        —       

Deferred revenue

     813        80     

Current portion of long-term debt

     1,455        4,461     

Accrued and other liabilities

     1,009        1,048     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     6,437        7,593     

Accrued royalties

     —          2,804     

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     2,030        1,885     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     —          1,623     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     13,410        10,914     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     —          525        $       —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     21,877        25,344     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)

      

Convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 43,963,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and 2013; 35,316,863 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013; no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma. Liquidation value of $137,221 at December 31, 2012 and 2013

     135,202        135,202        —     

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Common stock: $0.001 par value; 53,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and 2013; 6,923,187 and 6,924,645 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and 42,271,760 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

     7        7        46   

Additional paid-in capital

     9,404        9,476        145,164   

Accumulated deficit

     (156,614     (160,156     (160,156
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (147,203     (150,673     $(14,946)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 9,876      $ 9,873     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Revenue:

    

Testing revenue

   $ 19,730      $ 21,672   

Collaboration and license revenue

     721        426   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     20,451        22,098   

Operating expenses:

    

Cost of testing

     7,930        9,078   

Research and development

     4,752        3,176   

Sales and marketing

     5,417        5,892   

General and administrative

     4,694        4,809   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     22,793        22,955   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,342     (857

Interest expense, net

     (2,703     (2,149

Other expense, net

     (14     (536
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (5,059   $ (3,542
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.73   $ (0.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     6,913,270        6,923,946   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (0.06
    

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       49,896,539   
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
           
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount        

Balance at December 31, 2011

    30,466,802      $ 119,837        6,903,130      $ 7      $ 9,325      $ (151,555   $ (142,223

Issuance of Series G convertible preferred stock in April 2012 for cash, net of issuance costs (Note 9)

    943,396        2,941        —          —          —          —          —     

Conversion of notes payable and interest in April 2012 to Series G convertible preferred stock, net of conversion costs (Note 10)

    3,906,665        12,424        —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock for cash upon exercise of stock options

    —          —          20,057        —          10        —          10   

Employee share-based compensation expense

    —          —          —          —          69        —          69   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          (5,059     (5,059
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    35,316,863        135,202        6,923,187        7        9,404        (156,614     (147,203

Issuance of common stock for cash upon exercise of stock options

          1,458        —          —            —     

Employee share-based compensation expense

              72          72   

Net loss

                (3,542     (3,542
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

    35,316,863      $ 135,202        6,924,645      $ 7      $ 9,476      $ (160,156   $ (150,673
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2012                 2013        

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (5,059   $ (3,542

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     1,072        663   

Stock-based compensation

     69        72   

Amortization of deferred revenue

     (187     (193

Amortization of debt discount and noncash interest expense

     634        553   

Revaluation of warrants to estimated fair value

     (2     525   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (150     (1,318

Inventory

     (152     58   

Prepaid and other assets

     146        (4

Accounts payable

     (113     (19

Accrued payroll liabilities

     (76     408   

Accrued royalties

     843        1,259   

Deferred revenue

     1,000        1,083   

Accrued and other liabilities

     199        (91
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (1,776     (546

Investing activities

    

Purchase of investments

     (1,623     —     

Sales of investments

     383        —     

Maturities of investments

     2,023        —     

Purchase of property and equipment

     (141     (98
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     642        (98

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     2,941        —     

Proceeds from debt, net of issuance costs

     14,650        —     

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options

     10        —     

Principal payments on debt

     (12,994     (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     4,607        (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     3,473        (702

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     2,357        5,830   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 5,830      $ 5,128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,966      $ 1,506   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities

    

Property and equipment purchased under capital leases

   $ 43      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

CareDx, Inc., (the Company or CareDx) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on December 21, 1998, as Hippocratic Engineering, Inc. In April 1999, the Company changed its name to BioCardia, Inc., in June 2002, the Company changed its name to Expression Diagnostics, Inc., in July 2007, the Company changed its name to XDx, Inc. and in March 2014, the Company changed its name to CareDx, Inc. CareDx is a commercial stage company that develops, markets and delivers a diagnostic surveillance solution for heart transplant recipients to help clinicians make personalized treatment decisions throughout a transplant patient’s lifetime. The Company’s commercialized testing solution, the AlloMap heart transplant molecular test (“AlloMap”), an FDA-cleared test, is a blood-based test used to monitor for acute cellular rejection in heart transplant recipients.

Need for Additional Capital

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company incurred a net loss of $3,542,000 and used $546,000 of cash in operations. At December 31, 2013, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $160,156,000. The Company has debt of $15,375,000 at December 31, 2013, and amounts due under its debt arrangements of $5,965,000 in 2014. Management believes that cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2013, together with cash receipts from AlloMap testing revenue, will be sufficient to enable the Company to fund its operations for at least the next 12 months, but not sufficient to accelerate its pipeline development as described below.

The Company’s strategy is to accelerate the development of new transplant surveillance solutions and to expand its infrastructure to operate as a public company. Until the Company can generate a sufficient amount of revenue, if ever, it expects to finance future cash needs through private or public equity, such as the proposed initial public offering described below, or debt offerings. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to it, the Company will not be able to implement its accelerated development strategy and may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue its new test development. If the Company raises additional funds through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities, it could result in dilution to existing stockholders, increased fixed payment obligations and these securities may have rights senior to those of the Company’s common stock. These events could significantly harm the Company’s business, financial condition and prospects.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to estimates based on judgments include, but are not limited to: revenue recognition, the valuation of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, the determination of the valuation allowance associated with deferred tax assets, the determination of the accruals for clinical studies, the determination of estimated refunds to be requested from third-party payers, any impairment of long-lived assets and legal contingencies. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences could affect the results of operations in future periods.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

On March 20, 2014, the Company’s board of directors authorized the management of the Company to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. On March 31, 2014, the Company filed such a registration statement with the SEC as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ deficit at December 31, 2013, assumes the automatic conversion of all the outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock and the reclassification of the Company’s outstanding warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock from a liability to stockholders’ deficit, occurring upon the closing of this proposed initial public offering.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and accounts receivable. The Company’s policy is to invest its cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments in money market funds, obligations of U.S. government agencies and government-sponsored entities, commercial paper, and various bank deposit accounts. These financial instruments were held in Company accounts at two financial institutions. The counterparties to the agreements relating to the Company’s investments consist of financial institutions of high credit standing. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the financial institutions to the extent of amounts recorded on the balance sheets which may be in excess of insured limits.

The Company is also subject to credit risk from its accounts receivable which are derived from revenue earned from AlloMap tests provided for patients located in the U.S. and billed to various third-party payers. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, approximately 52% and 53%, respectively, of testing revenue was derived from Medicare. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, approximately 64% and 72%, respectively, of accounts receivable were from Medicare. No other payers represented more than 10% of testing revenue for these periods. One other payer represented 12% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2012. No other payers represented more than 10% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2013.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact, and it takes into consideration the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement of an asset or liability requires management to make judgments and to consider specific characteristics of that asset or liability.

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to their short maturities. The carrying amount of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability also represents its fair value.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash having maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents include money market funds, obligations of U.S. government agencies, and government-sponsored entities which are carried at fair value.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Inventory

Inventory is primarily finished goods which consist of AlloMap reagent plates and raw materials which consist of laboratory supplies and reagents. Inventories are used in connection with tests performed and may also be used for research and product development efforts. Laboratory supplies subsequently designated for research and product development use are expensed. Obsolete or damaged inventories are written off and excluded from the physical inventory. Inventories are stated at the lower of actual cost, which is determined on a first-in, first-out basis or net realizable value.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three years for laboratory, computer, and office equipment, and generally seven years for furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the remaining lease term.

Assets held under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the net present value of the minimum lease payments or the fair market value of the leased asset at the inception of the lease. Amortization expense is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the period of the related lease.

The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred for software developed or obtained for internal use. These costs include software licenses, consulting services, and direct materials, as well as employee payroll and payroll-related costs. Capitalized internal-use software costs are depreciated over three years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for indicators of possible impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company then compares the carrying amounts of the assets with the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by such asset. Should an impairment exist, the impairment loss would be measured based on the excess carrying value of the asset over the asset’s fair value determined using discounted estimates of future cash flows. The Company has not identified any such impairment losses to date.

Restricted Cash

Under lease agreements for certain facilities and an agreement with the State of Florida Medicaid, the Company must maintain letters of credit, minimum collateral requirements, and a surety bond. These agreements are collateralized by cash. The cash which will continue long-term to support these arrangements is classified as restricted cash on the accompanying balance sheets.

Warrants

The Company has freestanding warrants enabling counterparties to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock and common stock. In accordance with the accounting guidance regarding distinguishing liabilities from equity, freestanding warrants for convertible preferred stock that are contingently redeemable are classified as liabilities on the balance sheets and recorded at their estimated fair value. These warrants are remeasured at each balance sheet date and any change in estimated fair value is recognized in other expense, net on the statements of operations. The Company adjusts the liability for changes in estimated fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time all preferred stock warrants would be converted into warrants to purchase common stock, and, accordingly, the liability would be reclassified to equity.

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Company accounts for its warrants for shares of common stock as equity in accordance with the accounting guidance distinguishing liabilities from equity.

Testing Revenue

The Company operates in one operating segment and derives substantially all its revenue from its AlloMap molecular expression test. The Company currently markets AlloMap to healthcare providers through its direct sales force that targets transplant centers and their physicians, coordinators and nurse practitioners. The healthcare providers that order the tests and on whose behalf the Company provides its testing services are generally not responsible for the payment of these services. The Company generally bills third-party payers upon delivery of an AlloMap score report to the ordering physician. As such, the Company takes the assignment of benefits and the risk of collection from the third-party payer and individual patients.

Reimbursement for AlloMap tests comes primarily from Medicare, private third party payers such as insurance companies and managed care organizations, hospitals and state Medicaid programs. A number of payers have adopted coverage policies approving AlloMap tests for reimbursement. Such policies often approve reimbursement for tests performed from six-months or one year post-transplant through five years post-transplant. For tests performed outside the scope of the payer’s policy, and for tests performed where the payer has not adopted a coverage policy, the Company pursues reimbursement on a case-by-case basis. If a reimbursement claim is denied, the Company generally pursues the appeals process for the particular payer.

The Company recognizes revenues for tests delivered when the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or services rendered; (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

The first criteria is satisfied when a third-party payer makes a coverage decision or enters into a contractual arrangement with the Company for the test. The second criteria is satisfied when the Company performs the test and delivers the test result to the ordering physician. The third criteria is satisfied if the third-party payer’s coverage decision or reimbursement contract specifies a price for the test. The fourth criteria is satisfied based on management’s judgments regarding the collectability of the fees charged under the arrangement. Such judgments include review of past payment history. AlloMap testing may be considered investigational by some payers and not covered under their reimbursement policies. Others may cover the test, but not pay a set or determinable amount. As a result, in the absence of a reimbursement agreement or sufficient payment history, collectability cannot reasonably be assured so revenue is not recognized at the time the test is delivered.

If all criteria set forth above are met, revenue is recognized. When the first, third or fourth criteria are not met but third-party payers make a payment to the Company for tests performed, the Company recognizes revenue on the cash basis in the period in which the payment is received.

Revenue is recognized on the accrual basis net of adjustments for differences between amounts billed and the estimated receipts from payers. The amount the Company expects to collect may be lower than the agreed upon amount due to several factors, such as the amount of patient co-payments, the existence of secondary payers and claim denials. Estimated receipts are based upon historical payment practices of payers. Differences between estimated and actual cash receipts are recorded as an adjustment to revenue, which have been immaterial to date.

Revenue recognized on an accrual basis is recorded upon delivery of each score report, net of any contractual discount at the amount the Company expects to collect. The Company determines the amount it expects to collect based on a per payer, per contract or arrangement basis, after analyzing historical collection trends.

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Occasionally, the Company may receive requests from third-party payers for refunds for previously paid-for tests. The Company maintains a liability for actual overpayments and estimated future refund claims based on historical experience. Accruals for such overpayments and refunds are recorded as a reduction of revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company paid $89,000 and $96,000, respectively, for overpayments and refunds.

Collaboration and License Revenue

The Company generates revenue from collaboration and license agreements. Collaboration and license agreements may include non-refundable upfront payments, partial or complete reimbursement of research and development costs, contingent payments based on the occurrence of specified events under the agreements, license fees and royalties on sales of products or product candidates if they are successfully commercialized. The Company’s performance obligations under the collaborations may include the transfer of intellectual property rights in the form of licenses, obligations to provide research and development services and obligations to participate on certain development committees with the collaboration partners. The Company makes judgments that affect the periods over which it recognizes revenue. The Company periodically reviews its estimated periods of performance based on the progress under each arrangement and accounts for the impact of any change in estimated periods of performance on a prospective basis.

The Company recognizes collaboration and license revenue based upon the relative-selling–price method which is used to allocate arrangement consideration to all of the units of accounting in an arrangement. The Company evaluates its collaboration and license agreements to identify the deliverables, determine if the deliverables have stand-alone value, to identify the units of accounting and to allocate arrangement consideration to each unit of accounting based on relative best estimate selling price. The Company uses the following hierarchy in estimating selling price under the relative selling-price method:

(i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value of the deliverable, if it exists, (ii) third-party evidence of selling price, if vendor specific objective evidence is not available or (iii) vendor’s best estimate of selling price if neither vendor-specific nor third-party evidence is available.

The Company recognizes contingent consideration received from the achievement of a substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved, which the Company believes is more consistent with the substance of its performance under its various license and collaboration agreements. Under the milestone method, a milestone is defined as an event (i) that can only be achieved based in whole or in part on either the Company’s performance or on the occurrence of a specific outcome resulting from the Company’s performance, (ii) for which there is substantive uncertainty at the date the arrangement is entered into that the event will be achieved, and (iii) that would result in additional payments being due to the Company. A milestone is substantive if the consideration earned from the achievement of the milestone is consistent with the performance required to achieve the milestone or the increase in value to the collaboration resulting from the performance, relates solely to the Company’s past performance, and is reasonable relative to all of the other deliverables and payments within the arrangement. The Company did not recognize any milestones during 2012 or 2013.

Cost of Testing

Cost of testing reflects the aggregate costs incurred in delivering the Company’s AlloMap test results to clinicians. The components of cost of testing are materials and service costs, direct labor costs, including stock-based compensation, equipment and infrastructure expenses associated with testing samples, shipping, logistics and specimen processing charges to collect and transport samples and allocated overhead including rent, information technology, equipment depreciation and utilities and royalties. Costs associated with performing tests (except royalties) are recorded as the test is processed regardless of whether and when revenue is recognized with respect to that test. As a result, our cost of testing as a

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

percentage of revenue may vary significantly from period to period because we do not recognize all revenue in the period in which the associated costs are incurred. Royalties for licensed technology, calculated as a percentage of test revenues, are recorded as license fees in cost of testing at the time the test revenues are recognized.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses represent costs incurred to develop new surveillance solutions as well as continued efforts related to the Company’s AlloMap test. These expenses include payroll and related expenses, consulting expenses, laboratory supplies, and certain allocated expenses as well as amounts incurred under certain collaboration and license agreements. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. The Company records accruals for estimated study costs comprised of work performed by contract research organizations under contract terms.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company uses the Black-Scholes valuation model, which requires the use of estimates such as stock price volatility and expected option lives, to value employee stock options. The Company estimates the expected option lives using historical data, volatility using data of similar companies in the diagnostics industry, and risk-free rates based on the implied yield currently available in the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected option lives, and dividend yield based on the Company’s historical data.

The Company uses the straight-line attribution method for recognizing compensation expense. Compensation expense is recognized on awards ultimately expected to vest and reduced for forfeitures that are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures are estimated based on the Company’s historical experience.

Equity instruments granted to nonemployees are valued using the Black-Scholes valuation model and are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms. Nonemployee stock compensation is recognized upon vesting of the stock options which is commensurate with the period over which services are provided.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method whereby deferred tax asset and liability accounts are determined based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets when management estimates, based on available objective evidence, that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future.

The Company evaluates tax positions for recognition using a more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, and those tax positions eligible for recognition are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon the effective settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.

Net Loss Per Common Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic and diluted net loss per common share are calculated by dividing net loss for the period attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities consisting of convertible preferred stock and options and warrants to purchase stock are considered to be common stock equivalents and were excluded from the

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

calculation of diluted net loss per common share because their effect would be antidilutive for all periods presented. In contemplation of an initial public offering, the Company has presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share which has been computed to give effect to (i) the conversion of the convertible preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the conversion of Series G preferred stock into common stock issuable in connection with a subordinated convertible promissory note issued in April 2014, and (iii) the conversion of Series G preferred stock into common stock to be issued in connection with a business combination which is expected to close in June 2014.

Comprehensive Loss

Net loss and comprehensive loss are the same for all periods presented.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

There are no new accounting pronouncements issued that are expected to significantly impact the Company’s financial statements or results of operations.

 

3. NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

The following table presents the calculations of basic and diluted net loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Net loss

   $ 5,059      $ 3,542   

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     6,913,270        6,923,946   

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.73   $ (0.51

The following outstanding common stock equivalents have been excluded from diluted net loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 because their inclusion would be antidilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Shares of common stock subject to outstanding options

     4,247,130         3,199,291   

Shares of common stock subject to outstanding warrants

     563,029         563,029   

Shares of common stock subject to conversion from preferred stock

     35,347,115         35,347,115   

Shares of common stock subject to conversion from preferred stock warrants

     3,710,243         3,710,243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total common stock equivalents

     43,867,517         42,819,678   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share after giving effect to the conversion of convertible preferred stock. Also, the numerator in pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation has been adjusted to remove the loss resulting from remeasurement of the warrant liability as these amounts will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital upon a qualifying initial public offering of our common stock (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended
December  31,
2013
 

Net loss

   $ (3,542

Change in estimated fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (525
  

 

 

 

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (3,017
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     6,923,946   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     35,347,115   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock issuable in connection with the subordinated convertible promissory note

     1,572,327   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to be issued in connection with the business combination

     6,053,151   
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     49,896,539   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.06
  

 

 

 

The assumed conversion of Series G convertible preferred stock issuable in connection with the subordinated convertible promissory note was calculated based upon its $5.0 million principal balance at a conversion price of $3.18 per share, as provided for in this note. As there is no interest expense related to this note included in the historical net loss, no adjustment to historical net loss is required to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted, is required.

The assumed conversion of Series G convertible preferred stock to be issued in connection with a business combination represents the 6,053,151 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock (including 520,253 such shares in escrow) to be issued upon the expected close of the business combination in June 2014. Shares to be issued upon the achievement of a future milestone are not included in this calculation due to the uncertainty of the Company achieving this performance metric.

 

4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company’s financial instruments are measured and recorded at fair value except for its debt, which is recorded at amortized cost. The three levels of inputs that are used to measure fair value are classified into the following hierarchy:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are active, or inputs other than prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities.

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The tables below shows the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, by level, within the fair value hierarchy that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at least annually (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Fair Value Measured Using      Total
Balance
 
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)     

Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 5,888       $ —         $ —         $ 5,888   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Convertible preferred stock warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Fair Value Measured Using      Total
Balance
 
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)     

Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 5,204       $ —         $ —         $ 5,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Convertible preferred stock warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 525       $ 525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investments in money market funds are classified within Level 1. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, money market funds were included on the balance sheets in cash and cash equivalents and in restricted cash. At December 31, 2012, $30,000 of money market funds were also included in prepaid and other assets. The Company’s Level 1 assets are valued using quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. Level 2 assets are typically government-sponsored obligations which mature within 12 months and are valued using broker reports that utilize quoted market prices for similar instruments. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 categories during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013.

The valuation of the convertible preferred stock warrants at December 31, 2012 and 2013, including the methodology and input assumptions used in the valuation, is discussed in Note 11. The Company’s convertible preferred stock warrants are classified as Level 3 because they were valued based on unobservable inputs and management’s judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such financial instruments. These assumptions are inherently subjective and involve significant management judgment. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the warrant liability is the fair value of the underlying common stock at the valuation remeasurement date. Generally, increases (decreases) in the fair value of the underlying common stock would result in a directionally similar impact to the fair value measurement of the preferred stock warrants. Any change in estimated fair value is recognized in other income or expense on the statements of operations.

The table below shows the changes in the estimated fair value of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability from December 31, 2011 through December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 2   

Change in fair value

     (2
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     —     

Change in fair value

     525   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 525   
  

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
5. INVENTORY

The following table summarizes the Company’s inventory (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Finished goods

   $ 244       $ 230   

Raw materials

     332         288   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 576       $ 518   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Laboratory equipment

   $ 3,842      $ 3,798   

Leasehold improvements

     4,336        4,336   

Furniture and fixtures

     838        838   

Computer and office equipment

     3,380        3,444   

Construction in progress

     51        39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     12,447        12,455   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (10,329     (10,902
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 2,118      $ 1,553   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $1,072,000 and $663,000, respectively.

Unamortized capitalized software costs, included above in computer and office equipment, were $153,000 and $0 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Related amortization expense, included in depreciation and amortization expense, was $459,000 and $153,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Assets purchased under capital leases, included above in laboratory equipment and computer and office equipment, were $1,439,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2013. Accumulated amortization was $1,388,000 and $1,414,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Related amortization expense, included in depreciation and amortization expense, was $70,000 and $26,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

7. ACCRUED AND OTHER LIABILITIES

The following table represents the components of accrued and other liabilities (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Professional fees

   $ 333       $ 175   

Test sample processing fees

     132         195   

Accrued overpayments and refunds

     134         215   

Clinical studies

     24         84   

Deferred rent—current portion

     43         145   

Capital leases—current portion

     58         43   

Other accrued expenses

     285         191   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued and other liabilities

   $ 1,009       $ 1,048   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

The Company leases its laboratory and office facility in Brisbane, California, under a non-cancelable operating lease agreement expiring in December 2020. The terms of the facility lease provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid. In addition, incentives were granted, including allowances to fund leasehold improvements and rent holidays. As such, these allowances have been recorded as deferred rent, and these items are being recognized as reductions to rental expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

During 2012 and 2013, the Company had leases for blood draw centers under non-cancelable operating leases. Although the Company had subleased some of the blood draw center properties, it remained obligated under the original operating leases. The final lease payment related to the blood draw centers was made in August 2013.

Rent expense under the non-cancelable operating leases was $1,016,000 and $1,020,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Future minimum lease commitments under these operating and capital leases at December 31, 2013, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

Years ending December 31:

    

2014

   $ 48      $ 1,178   

2015

     19        1,235   

2016

     —          1,291   

2017

     —          1,348   

2018 and thereafter

     —          4,212   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     67      $ 9,264   
    

 

 

 

Less: amounts representing interest

     (6  
  

 

 

   

Present value of minimum lease payments

     61     

Less: current portion of obligations under capital leases

     (43  
  

 

 

   

Long-term portion of obligations under capital leases

   $ 18     
  

 

 

   

The current portion of obligations under capital leases is included in accrued and other liabilities on the balance sheets. The long-term portion is included in long-term debt on the balance sheets.

See Note 10 for the aggregate annual payment schedule for the Company’s outstanding venture debt.

Royalty Commitments

In 2004, the Company entered into a license agreement with Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., or Roche, amended in 2006 and 2007, whereby the Company uses licensed technology to perform certain clinical laboratory services. The Company incurs royalty expenses that are based on a mid-single digit percentage of test revenues. Royalties are recorded as a component of cost of testing on the statements of operations.

On February 11, 2014 Roche filed a demand for arbitration with the American Arbitration Association seeking a declaration that we have materially breached the Roche license agreement by failing to report and pay royalties owing to Roche in respect of licensed services performed by us after July 1, 2011. Roche seeks damages in the form of unpaid royalties from July 1, 2011 to March 31, 2013 of $1,805,775 plus interest of $84,928 and royalties in an unspecified amount from April 1, 2013 to

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

present, which, based upon the royalty rate currently stated in the license agreement, we would estimate to be an additional $913,636 through December 31, 2013. While we believe we have meritorious defenses to these claims, which we plan to fully pursue in the arbitration, we have fully reserved the amount of these unpaid royalties on our balance sheet, and the amount of these unpaid royalties has been reflected as an expense in our statements of operations in the periods to which the royalties relate. The Company does not expect to reach resolution of the arbitration in 2014. As a result, the Company has recorded the $2.8 million liability balance at December 31, 2013 as a long-term liability on the balance sheet.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to claims and assessments from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The Company’s management does not believe that any such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

9. COLLABORATION AND LICENSING AGREEMENTS

Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings (“LabCorp”)

In April 2012, the Company entered into a Collaboration and License Agreement with LabCorp for the purpose of developing a lupus flare predictor test. The Company and LabCorp share equally the costs and expenses of developing the lupus flare predictor test, however LabCorp’s share of the development cost subject to certain limits at each stage of the arrangement. LabCorp will be responsible for all costs related to the commercialization of the lupus flare predictor test.

Under this agreement, LabCorp paid the Company a nonrefundable and non-creditable upfront license fee payment of $1,000,000. The Company also received a nonrefundable and non-creditable payment of $250,000 for the transfer of certain lupus samples to LabCorp. The Company will receive royalties in the high single digits from LabCorp on net sales of the commercialized flare predictor test or other tests developed using the samples sold.

The Company determined that the transfer of certain lupus samples to LabCorp had stand-alone value, and accordingly, recognized the estimated selling price of $250,000 in 2012 when the samples were delivered.

For the deliverables under the agreement without stand-alone value, the remaining allocated consideration is being recognized as a combined unit of accounting ratably over the Company’s estimated period of performance, which was originally four years for all three stages. The license and cost sharing reimbursements related to research and development services and collaboration committee participation were determined to be one unit of accounting as the services and license do not have value without each other. During 2012, the Company recognized $437,000 in revenue under this arrangement, which consisted of amortization of the upfront license fee of $187,000 and reimbursement of research and development expenses of $250,000. During 2013, the Company recognized $328,000 in revenue under this arrangement, which consisted of amortization of the upfront license fee of $187,000 and reimbursement of research and development expenses of $141,000. Such revenues are included in collaboration and license revenue on the statements of operations.

In late 2013, activities associated with the development of biomarkers concluded and activities moved into confirmation of results, requiring fewer Company resources and expenditures. As a result, the amortization of the upfront license fee was decreased to a much lower rate beginning in September 2013. Stage 1 completion is estimated for March 2014, at which time amortization of the upfront license fee will cease unless or until the project is resumed. The remaining $626,000 of the upfront license fee is included in deferred revenue at December 31, 2013. This amount will be recognized over the estimated remaining performance period, if and when Stage 2 begins, or if and when the project is terminated.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Included in research and development expenses were $499,000 and $282,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, for development costs with respect to Stage 1.

As part of the above-referenced transaction, LabCorp purchased 943,396 shares of the Company’s Series G preferred stock, resulting in net cash proceeds of $2,941,000.

Diaxonhit (“DHT”)

In June 2013, the Company entered into an exclusive Distribution and Licensing Agreement with DHT, a French public company, whereby DHT will have the AlloMap test performed in a French laboratory and commercialize the test in the European Economic Area (“EEA”). The agreement will expire at the later of the last-to-expire patent in the EEA or ten years from the first commercial sale of the test in the EEA, which is expected to occur in late 2014 or early 2015.

Under this agreement, the Company is responsible for supplying DHT with AlloMap products needed to fulfill commercial sales in the EEA. In addition, throughout the term of the agreement the Company is required to maintain its regulatory approvals, provide limited monthly support to the French laboratory (not to exceed 10 hours per month), and participate on a collaboration committee with DHT. Prior to the first commercial sale of the test in the EEA, the Company must provide specified training to both DHT and the French laboratory.

Consideration under the agreement includes an upfront cash payment of approximately €387,500 ($503,000) that is designated to offset royalties earned by the Company in the first three years following the first commercial sale. The Company is entitled to receive royalties from DHT on net sales, as defined in the agreement, of AlloMap tests in the mid to high teens. Upon confirmation that the CE mark is in place, the Company also received an initial upfront equity payment of DHT common stock with a value of €387,500 (these shares were promptly sold by the Company in July 2013 for total consideration of $467,000). Other consideration that may be earned by the Company includes agreed-upon per unit pricing for the supply of AlloMap products, and additional royalties that are payable upon the achievement of various sales milestones by DHT. Approximately €250,000 ($344,000) of the upfront payments are refundable under certain circumstances.

In this arrangement, there is one combined unit of accounting.

Since commercial sales have not yet begun in the EEA, the Company has yet to deliver AlloMap products or related services to DHT. Accordingly, no revenue from this arrangement has been recognized as of December 31, 2013.

CardioDx-Related Party

In 2005, the Company entered into a services agreement with a related party, CardioDx, Inc. (“CDX”), whereby the Company provided CDX with biological samples and related data and performed laboratory services on behalf of CDX. Each company granted the other a worldwide license under certain of its intellectual property rights. Pursuant to this agreement, CDX pays royalties to the Company of a low single-digit percentage of the cash collected from sales of CDX licensed products. In 2009, CDX terminated the services portion of this agreement, however, the royalty obligation from CDX continues until the tenth anniversary of the first commercial sale of a CDX licensed product. The first commercial sale of such product by CDX occurred in 2009, therefore the royalty obligation to the Company continues until 2019. The President and Chief Executive Officer of CDX previously served as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, and resigned effective as of March 28, 2014, but remains a stockholder of the Company. Two additional Board members of CDX serve on the Company’s Board of Directors and are affiliated with stockholders of the Company. Royalty revenues, recorded when earned, were $34,000 and $94,000 in 2012 and 2013, respectively. The Company had receivable balances from CDX of $21,000 and $37,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
10. DEBT

Venture Debt

In August 2012, the Company entered into a $15,000,000 loan and security agreement (“the 2012 Loan”), and repaid a loan entered into in 2010 (the “2010 Loan”) including principal of $10,333,833, a termination fee of $875,000, and other costs associated with the payoff. Prepayment penalties and writeoff of the remaining unamortized costs associated with the 2010 Loan resulted in a charge to interest expense of approximately $628,000 during the year ended December 31, 2012. These transactions generated net cash proceeds to the Company of $3,432,260.

In August 2013, the Company amended the 2012 Loan to defer the beginning of repaying principal for six months, to March 1, 2014. To obtain this deferral, there was an additional fee of $150,000 due at the end of the loan term. The 2012 Loan, as amended, provides for interest-only payments for 18 months followed by 30 equal monthly principal and interest payments of $566,822 at an annual interest rate of 9.95%. In addition, a final payment of $1,275,000 will be due at the end of the loan term. The 2012 Loan also included a facility fee of $75,000.

In connection with the 2012 Loan, the Company issued to the lenders warrants to purchase 1,145,202 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock or Next Round Stock at $3.18 per share. The warrants are exercisable until 2019. The estimated fair value of warrants on the date of issuance was negligible. The estimated fair value of the warrants at December 31, 2012 and 2013, including the methodology and input assumptions used in the valuation, is discussed in Note 11.

The 2012 Loan is collateralized by a security interest in all of the Company’s assets except intellectual property on which there is a negative pledge, and the loan agreement contains covenants, including a revenue covenant, and restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends. At December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all loan covenants.

In connection with the 2010 Loan, the Company issued to the lenders warrants to purchase 117,924 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock at $3.18 per share. The warrants are exercisable until 2017. The estimated fair value of the warrants on the date of issuance of $8,000 was recorded as a debt discount liability which has been amortized to interest expense over the term of the loan. Amortization of $4,400 was included in interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2012. The estimated fair value of the warrants at December 31, 2012 and 2013, including the methodology and input assumptions used in the valuation, is discussed in Note 11.

Aggregate annual payments at December 31, 2013 due on the 2012 Loan as amended, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Annual
Payments
 

Years ending December 31:

  

2014

   $ 5,917   

2015

     6,802   

2016

     5,809   
  

 

 

 
     18,528   

Less: amounts representing interest

     (3,528
  

 

 

 
     15,000   

Plus: unamortized premium, net

     357   
  

 

 

 
     15,357   

Less: current portion

     4,461   
  

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 10,896   
  

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Convertible Notes

At December 31, 2011, the Company had a liability for $11,365,000 principal amount of convertible subordinated promissory notes, which had been issued at various times from June 2010 to October 2011 (“the 2010 Notes”). The 2010 Notes had an annual interest rate of 7%, compounded annually and payable at maturity. Amortization of $39,000 for an embedded debt discount related to the 2010 Notes is included in interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2012.

In April 2012, the Company converted all the 2010 Notes including principal and interest of $12,423,000, into 3,906,665 shares of Series G preferred stock at $3.18 per share, and issued 2,447,117 Series G preferred stock warrants exercisable at $3.18 per share. The estimated fair value of the warrants on the date of issuance was negligible. The estimated fair value of the warrants at December 31, 2012 and 2013, including the methodology and input assumptions used in the valuation, is discussed in Note 11.

 

11. WARRANTS

At December 31, 2012 and 2013, outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants consisted of:

 

                                 Number of
Shares

Outstanding
Underlying
Warrant
     December 31,  
            Original
Term
     Convertible
Preferred
Stock
     Exercise
Price
        2012
Estimated
Fair Value
     2013
Estimated
Fair Value
 

Issue date:

                    

December 2010

     (a)         7 years         Series G       $ 3.18         117,924       $ —         $ 13,792   

April 2012

     (b)         5 years         Series G       $ 3.18         2,447,117         —           217,492   

August 2012

     (c)         7 years         Series G       $ 3.18         1,145,202         —           293,369   
              

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                 3,710,243       $ —         $ 524,653   
              

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) —Issued to lenders in connection with the 2010 Loan (see Note 10).
(b) —Issued to note holders upon the conversion of all of the 2010 Notes (see Note 10).
(c) —Issued to lenders in connection with the 2012 Loan (see Note 10).

The convertible preferred stock warrants are exercisable upon issuance and are classified as liabilities on the balance sheets. The Company adjusts the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time all preferred stock warrants would be converted into warrants to purchase common stock, and, accordingly, the liability would be reclassified to equity.

The estimated fair value of the outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants was measured at December 31, 2012, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: expected volatility ranging from 44% to 47%, a contractual term equal to the remaining contractual term, risk-free interest rate ranging from 0.5% to 1.2%, underlying common stock price of $0.05, and dividend yield of 0%.

The estimated fair value of the outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants was measured at December 31, 2013, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: expected volatility ranging from 40% to 45%, a contractual term equal to the remaining contractual term, risk-free interest rate ranging from 0.8% to 2.1%, underlying common stock price of $1.31, and dividend yield of 0%.

In October 2011, a number of preferred stock holders did not purchase their pro rata share of the 2010 Notes, and as a result, 563,029 warrants to purchase Series E, F, and G preferred stock converted to

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

warrants to purchase common stock. The strike price of the warrants remained the same. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, outstanding common stock warrants consisted of:

 

     Original
Term
     Exercise
Price
     Number  of
Shares
Outstanding
Underlying

Warrants
 

Original issue date:

        

July 2006

     10 years       $ 4.63         120,950   

November 2006

     10 years       $ 4.63         10,799   

February 2008

     10 years       $ 5.12         156,128   

August 2009

     10 years       $ 3.18         229,293   

July 2010

     9 years       $ 3.18         45,859   
        

 

 

 
           563,029   
        

 

 

 

 

12. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Under the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the Company’s convertible preferred stock is issuable in series. The Company’s Board of Directors is authorized to determine the rights, preferences, and terms of each series.

In April 2012, the Company issued 4,850,061 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock for $15.4 million, net of offering costs, in addition to 2,952,215 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock issued in 2009. The price of the Series G convertible preferred stock was $3.18 per share.

Convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2012 and 2013 consists of the following:

 

     Shares      Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Value
 
     Authorized      Outstanding        

Series:

           

A

     546,000         116,000       $ 267,000       $ 290,000   

B

     994,768         110,083         826,143         853,143   

C

     5,828,660         5,680,149         14,139,373         14,200,373   

D

     6,614,857         6,013,509         18,459,000         20,024,985   

E

     5,872,664         5,723,538         26,423,000         26,499,984   

F

     10,027,435         9,871,308         50,443,000         50,541,097   

G

     14,078,616         7,802,276         24,644,515         24,811,238   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     43,963,000         35,316,863       $ 135,202,031       $ 137,220,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The convertible preferred stock is classified as temporary equity on the Company’s balance sheets. These shares are contingently redeemable upon events that are outside of the control of the Company, including a liquidation, sale or transfer of control. The Company has not adjusted the carrying values of its convertible preferred stock to their redemption values since it is uncertain whether or when a redemption event will occur. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying values to the ultimate redemption values will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

Dividends

Holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G convertible preferred stock are entitled to noncumulative dividends of $0.175, $0.543, $0.175, $0.233, $0.324, $0.359, and

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

$0.223 per share, respectively, if and when declared by the Board of Directors. These dividends are to be paid in advance of any distributions to common stockholders. No dividends have been declared to date.

Conversion

At December 31, 2013, each share of Series A, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G convertible preferred stock was convertible, at the option of the holder, into one share of common stock. Each share of Series B convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into 1.27486 shares of common stock. The preferred stock converts automatically under certain circumstances or upon the vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the holders of the outstanding preferred stock. The initial conversion prices for shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G convertible preferred stock are $2.50, $1.96, $2.50, $3.18, $3.18, $3.18, and $3.18 per share, respectively.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G convertible preferred stock carry liquidation preferences of $2.50, $7.75, $2.50, $3.33, $4.63, $5.12, and $3.18 per share, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends. Holders of Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock have liquidation preference subsequent to the holders of Series F and Series G convertible stock. Holders of Series F convertible preferred stock have liquidation preference subsequent to holders of Series G convertible stock. Holders of Series A, Series B, and Series C convertible preferred stock have liquidation preference subsequent to the holders of Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G convertible preferred stock. After liquidation preferences to all convertible preferred stockholders have been paid, the remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed among the holders of common stock.

Voting Rights

Each holder of shares of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E, Series F, and Series G convertible preferred stock is entitled to voting rights equivalent to the number of shares of common stock into which their respective shares are convertible. So long as 100,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect three members to the Company’s Board of Directors. So long as 100,000 shares of Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one member to the Board of Directors. So long as 100,000 shares of Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series F and Series G convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one member to the Company’s Board of Directors. The holders of Series A and B convertible preferred stock and the holders of common stock, voting together as a single class, are entitled to elect three members to the Board of Directors.

 

13. STOCK OPTION PLANS

The Company has one active stock option plan, the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, and one terminated stock option plan, the 1998 Stock Plan. The 2008 Equity Incentive Plan was approved in November 2008 under which 4,785,015 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for future issuance. The 2008 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate in November 2018 unless terminated earlier. The 1998 Stock Plan terminated in December 2008, however options remain outstanding for up to 10 years from their date of grant. Both plans provide that stock options granted may be either incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted to employees with exercise prices of no less than the estimated fair value of the common stock at the date of the grant. Nonstatutory options may be granted to employees, directors, or consultants at exercise prices of no less than 85% of the estimated fair value of the common stock on the grant date, as determined by the Board of Directors. If the Company grants an option to a recipient who directly or by attribution owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the option price

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

shall be at least 110% of the estimated fair value of the common stock and shall not be exercisable more than five years after the date of grant. Options may be granted with vesting terms as determined by the Board of Directors, which is generally four years.

The following table summarizes option activity under the plans, and related information:

 

           Options Outstanding  
     Shares
Available
for Grant
    Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     2,097,031        3,404,796      $ 0.54   

Granted

     (1,445,827     1,445,827        0.08   

Exercised

     —          (20,057     0.49   

Forfeited

     223,321        (223,321     0.50   

Expired

     360,115        (360,115     0.51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Balance at December 31, 2012

     1,234,640        4,247,130        0.39   

Granted

     (28,000     28,000        0.07   

Exercised

     —          (1,458     0.08   

Forfeited

     49,715        (49,715     0.38   

Expired

     1,024,666        (1,024,666     0.69   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Balance at December 31, 2013

     2,281,021        3,199,291        0.29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013:

 

     Options Outstanding and Exercisable
at December 31, 2013
   Options Vested
at December 31, 2013

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number of
Options
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

$0.04 - 0.08

     1,410,327       8.81    $0.08      29,995       $0.08

$0.25 - 0.44

     984,964       6.53    $0.42      765,509       $0.41

$0.49 - 0.58

     804,000       4.30    $0.51      899,978       $0.50
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
     3,199,291       6.97    $0.29      1,695,482       $0.46
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 using the Black-Scholes valuation model were $0.04 and $0.03, respectively.

Options outstanding and exercisable that have vested and are expected to vest at December 31, 2013, are as follows:

 

     Number
of Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(In thousands)
 

Vested

     1,695,482       $ 0.46         5.14       $ 1,448,644   

Expected to vest

     1,503,809       $ 0.13         9.23         1,775,120   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Total

     3,199,291       $ 0.29         6.97       $ 3,223,764   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In the table above, aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the exercise price and the estimated fair value of common stock as of December 31, 2013. There was no intrinsic value as of December 31, 2012.

The Company’s results of operations include expense relating to employee and nonemployee share-based payment awards as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2012                  2013        

Cost of testing

   $ 2       $ 3   

Research and development

     13         7   

Sales and marketing

     5         3   

General and administrative

     49         59   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 69       $ 72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

No tax benefit was recognized related to share-based compensation expense since the Company has never reported taxable income and has established a full valuation allowance to offset all of the potential tax benefits associated with its deferred tax assets. In addition, no amounts of share-based compensation costs were capitalized for the periods presented.

Valuation Assumptions

The Company’s board of directors determines the estimated fair value of its common stock based on assistance from an independent third party valuation. The fair value of stock-based awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2012                 2013        

Risk-free interest rate

     1.01     1.21

Volatility

     46.55     45.25

Expected term (in years)

     6.0        6.0   

Expected dividend yield

     —       —  

Risk-free Interest Rate:     The Company based the risk-free interest rate over the expected term of the options based on the constant maturity rate of U. S. Treasury securities with similar maturities as of the date of grant.

Volatility:     The Company used an average historical stock price volatility of comparable public companies that were deemed to be representative of future stock price trends as the Company does not have any trading history for its common stock.

Expected Term:     The expected term represents the period for which the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and is based on analyzing the vesting and contractual terms of the options and the holders’ historical exercise patterns and termination behavior.

Expected Dividends:     The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the near future.

At December 31, 2013, there was approximately $37,000 of total unrecognized share-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested employee stock option awards granted that will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining vesting period of 1.9 years.

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
14. 401 (K) PLAN

The Company has a 401 (k) plan that stipulates that eligible employees can elect to contribute to the plan, subject to certain limitations. The Company may make a discretionary contribution to the plan, and the amount of the contribution is determined each year. To date, the Company has made no contributions to the plan.

 

15. INCOME TAXES

The Company has incurred net operating losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, therefore, no provision for income taxes has been recorded for these years. A reconciliation of the difference between the benefit for income taxes and income taxes at the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
           2012                 2013        

Federal tax benefit at statutory rate

     34.0     34.0

Stock based compensation

     0.0        (11.4

Change in valuation allowance

     (30.9     (8.6

Change in unrecognized tax benefits

     0.0        (8.4

Preferred stock warrant revaluation

     0.0        (5.0

Interest expense

     (2.3      

Other

     (0.8     (0.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     —       —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Although the Company recorded no benefit for income taxes for 2012 and 2013, there were significant differences in several of the items affecting the rate reconciliation above. These differences primarily relate to the cancellation of stock options for which deferred taxes were previously provided and an increase in unrecognized tax benefits which were netted against the respective deferred tax assets. These items are separately disclosed and not included with the change in the valuation allowance.

The components of net deferred tax assets were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 63,080      $ 62,863   

Tax credit carryforwards

     4,433        3,973   

Accruals

     494        1,097   

Property and equipment

     133        147   

Other

     511        97   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     68,651        68,177   

Valuation allowance

     (68,651     (68,177
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company has recorded losses from operations since its inception. The Company believes that, based on the history of such losses and other factors, the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that it will not be able to realize its deferred tax assets. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been offset by a full valuation allowance. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $1.7 million and decreased by approximately $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

At December 31, 2013, the Company had federal and California operating loss carryforwards of $162.5 million and $136.3 million, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. The Company also had federal and California tax credit carryforwards of $3.0 million and $3.8 million, respectively, available to offset future income tax liabilities. The federal and state net operating losses will expire at various dates beginning in 2018 and 2014, respectively, if not utilized. The federal tax credit carryforward will expire at various dates beginning in 2021, if not utilized. The state tax credit carryforwards do not expire.

Utilization of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Tax Reform Act of 1986, as amended and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization. Based on a preliminary review of our equity transactions since inception, the Company believes its net operating loss carryforwards may be limited due to equity financings which occurred in 2000, 2003 and 2007.

A reconciliation of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Balance at beginning of year

   $  1,130      $ 1,159   

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

     53        177   

Additions (reductions) based on tax positions related to prior years

     (24     860   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,159      $ $2,196   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized and in absence of full valuation allowance, would impact the income tax provision by $0.9 million and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

The Company has elected to include interest and penalties as a component of tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company did not recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. The Company does not anticipate that the amount of existing unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change during the next 12 months.

Because the Company has not utilized any of its net operating loss carryforwards, its federal and state income tax returns are subject to tax authority examination from inception.

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Index to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

 

Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

  

Condensed Balance Sheets

     F-29   

Condensed Statements of Operations

     F-30   

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

     F-31   

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

     F-32   

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Condensed Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2014
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Deficit as of
March 31,
2014
 
     (Note 1)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,128      $ 4,837     

Accounts receivable

     2,270        2,093     

Inventory

     518        725     

Prepaid and other assets

     255        1,825     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     8,171        9,480     

Property and equipment, net

     1,553        1,466     

Restricted cash

     147        147     

Other noncurrent assets

     2        2     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 9,873      $ 11,095     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 618      $ 781     

Accrued payroll liabilities

     1,386        826     

Deferred revenue

     80        65     

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,461        5,485     

Accrued and other liabilities

     1,048        3,421     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     7,593        10,578     

Accrued royalties

     2,804        3,139     

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     1,885        1,835     

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     1,623        1,621     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     10,914        9,591     

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     525        1,053      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     25,344        27,817     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

      

Convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 43,963,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014; 35,316,863 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma. Liquidation value of $137,221 at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014

     135,202        135,202        —     

Stockholders’ deficit:

      

Common stock: $0.001 par value; 53,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014; 6,924,645 and 6,935,759 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively; 42,282,874 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

     7        7        46   

Additional paid-in capital

     9,476        9,529        145,745   

Accumulated deficit

     (160,156     (161,460     (161,460
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (150,673     (151,924   $ (15,669
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 9,873      $ 11,095     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Condensed Statements of Operations

(unaudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2013     2014  

Revenue:

    

Testing revenue

   $ 4,809      $ 5,834   

Collaboration and license revenue

     172        90   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     4,981        5,924   

Operating expenses:

    

Cost of testing

     2,124        2,162   

Research and development

     1,002        720   

Sales and marketing

     1,569        1,474   

General and administrative

     1,064        1,795   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,759        6,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (778     (227

Interest expense, net

     (565     (548

Other expense, net

     (5     (529
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,348   $ (1,304
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.19   $ (0.19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     6,923,187        6,932,063   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     $ (0.02
    

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

       49,904,656   
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
             2013                     2014          

Operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (1,348   $ (1,304

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     251        106   

Stock-based compensation

     19        49   

Amortization of deferred revenue

     (63     (17

Amortization of debt discount and noncash interest expense

     150        153   

Revaluation of warrants to estimated fair value

     —          528   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (222     177   

Inventory

     85        (207

Prepaid and other assets

     (60     (1,570

Accounts payable

     219        163   

Accrued payroll liabilities

     (168     (560

Accrued royalties

     294        335   

Accrued and other liabilities

     (91     2,327   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (934     180   

Investing activities

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     —          (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     —          (19

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     —          4   

Principal payments on debt

     (18     (456
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (18     (452
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (952     (291

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     5,830        5,128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 4,878      $ 4,837   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 377      $ 375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Notes to Unaudited Interim Condensed Financial Statements

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The unaudited interim condensed balance sheet as of March 31, 2014 and the statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014 are unaudited. The unaudited interim condensed financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2014 and its results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to financial statements related to the three month periods are also unaudited. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014 or for any other future annual or interim period. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Deficit

On March 20, 2014, the Company’s board of directors authorized the management of the Company to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for the Company to sell shares of its common stock to the public. On March 31, 2014, the Company filed such a registration statement with the SEC as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ deficit at March 31, 2014, assumes the automatic conversion of all the outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock and the reclassification of the Company’s outstanding warrants to purchase shares of preferred stock from a liability to stockholder’s deficit, occurring upon the closing of this proposed initial public offering.

Need for Additional Capital

At March 31, 2014, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $161.5 million, cash of $4.8 million and debt of $15.1 million. In April 2014 the Company received an additional $5.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of subordinated convertible debt (see note 9, Subsequent Events). Management believes that cash and cash equivalents, together with cash receipts from AlloMap testing revenue, will be sufficient to enable the Company to fund its operations for at least twelve months. However, the Company will need to raise additional capital to fully implement its strategy to accelerate the development of new transplant surveillance solutions and to expand its infrastructure.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. Significant items subject to estimates based on judgments include, but are not limited to: revenue recognition, the valuation of warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, the determination of fair value of the Company’s common stock, the estimate of differences between amounts billed and estimated receipts from payers, the determination of the valuation allowance associated with deferred tax assets, the determination of the accruals for clinical studies, the determination of estimated refunds to be requested by third-party payers, any impairment of long-lived assets and legal contingencies. Actual results could differ from these estimates and such differences could affect the results of operations in future periods.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company is subject to credit risk from its accounts receivable which are derived from revenue earned from AlloMap tests provided for patients located in the U.S. and billed to various third-party payers. For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, approximately 52% and 50%, respectively, of testing revenue was derived from Medicare. No other payers represented more than 10% of testing revenue for these periods. At March 31, 2014, approximately 74% of accounts receivable were from Medicare. No other payers represented more than 10% of accounts receivable at March 31, 2014.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash having maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents include money market funds, obligations of U.S. government agencies, and government-sponsored entities which are carried at fair value.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, which primarily consist of direct incremental legal and accounting fees relating to the IPO, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against IPO proceeds upon the consummation of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, zero and $1.4 million, respectively, of deferred offering costs were capitalized in prepaid and other assets on the condensed balance sheets.

Testing Revenue

The Company recognizes revenues for tests delivered when the following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or services rendered; (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

The first criteria is satisfied when a third-party payer makes a coverage decision or enters into a contractual arrangement with the Company for the test. The second criteria is satisfied when the Company performs the test and delivers the test result to the ordering physician. The third criteria is satisfied if the third-party payer’s coverage decision or reimbursement contract specifies a price for the test. The fourth criteria is satisfied based on management’s judgments regarding the collectability of the fees charged under the arrangement. Such judgments include review of past payment history. AlloMap testing may be considered investigational by some payers and not covered under their reimbursement policies. Others may cover the test, but not pay a set or determinable amount. As a result, in the absence of a reimbursement agreement or sufficient payment history, collectability cannot reasonably be assured so revenue is not recognized at the time the test is delivered.

If all criteria set forth above are met, revenue is recognized. When the first, third or fourth criteria are not met but third-party payers make a payment to the Company for tests performed, the Company recognizes revenue on the cash basis in the period in which the payment is received.

Revenue is recognized on the accrual basis net of adjustments for differences between amounts billed and the estimated receipts from payers. The amount the Company expects to collect may be lower than the agreed upon amount due to several factors, such as the amount of patient co-payments, the existence of secondary payers and claim denials. Estimated receipts are based upon historical payment practices of payers. Differences between estimated and actual cash receipts are recorded as an adjustment to revenue, which have been immaterial to date.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Collaboration and License Revenue

The Company generates revenue from collaboration and license agreements. Collaboration and license agreements may include non-refundable upfront payments, partial or complete reimbursement of research and development costs, contingent payments based on the occurrence of specified events under the agreements, license fees and royalties on sales of products or product candidates if they are successfully commercialized. The Company’s performance obligations under the collaborations may include the transfer of intellectual property rights in the form of licenses, obligations to provide research and development services and obligations to participate on certain development committees with the collaboration partners. The Company makes judgments that affect the periods over which it recognizes revenue. The Company periodically reviews its estimated periods of performance based on the progress under each arrangement and accounts for the impact of any change in estimated periods of performance on a prospective basis.

The Company recognizes contingent consideration received from the achievement of a substantive milestone in its entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved, which the Company believes is more consistent with the substance of its performance under its various license and collaboration agreements. The Company did not recognize any milestones during the three months ended March 31, 2013 or 2014.

Business Combinations

In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations , the Company determines and allocates the purchase price of an acquired business to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the business combination date, including identifiable intangible assets which either arise from a contractual or legal right or are separable from goodwill. The Company bases the estimated fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination on independent valuations that use information and assumptions provided by management, which consider management’s best estimates of inputs and assumptions that a market participant would use. The Company allocates any excess purchase price over the estimated fair value assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed to goodwill. The use of alternative valuation assumptions, including estimated revenue projections, growth rates, royalty rates, cash flows, discount rates, estimated useful lives and probabilities surrounding the achievement of contingent milestones, could result in different purchase price allocations and amortization expense in current and future periods.

In those circumstances where an acquisition involves a contingent consideration arrangement that meets the definition of a liability under ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , the Company recognizes a liability equal to the fair value of the contingent payments the Company expects to make as of the acquisition date. The Company remeasures this liability each reporting period and records changes in the fair value as a component of operating expenses.

Transaction costs associated with these acquisitions are expensed as incurred in general and administrative expenses. Results of operations and cash flows of acquired companies are included in the Company’s operating results from the date of acquisition.

Net Loss Per Common Share and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic and diluted net loss per common share are calculated by dividing net loss for the period attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive securities consisting of convertible preferred stock and options and warrants to purchase stock are considered to be common stock equivalents and were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per common share because their effect would be antidilutive for all periods presented. In contemplation of an IPO, the Company has presented the unaudited pro forma basic and

 

F-34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

diluted net loss per common share which has been computed to give effect to (i) the conversion of the convertible preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the conversion of Series G preferred stock into common stock issuable in connection with the subordinated convertible promissory note discussed in Note 9, and (iii) the conversion of Series G preferred stock into common stock to be issued in connection with a business combination which is expected to close in June 2014.

 

2. NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE AND PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

The following outstanding common stock equivalents have been excluded from diluted net loss per common share for the periods presented because their inclusion would be antidilutive:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2013      2014  

Shares of common stock subject to outstanding options

     3,625,207         3,752,524   

Shares of common stock subject to outstanding warrants

     563,029         563,029   

Shares of common stock subject to conversion from preferred stock

     35,347,115         35,347,115   

Shares of common stock subject to conversion from preferred stock warrants

     3,710,243         3,710,243   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shares of common stock equivalents

     43,245,594         43,372,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share after giving effect to the conversion of convertible preferred stock. Also, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation has been adjusted to remove the loss resulting from remeasurement of the warrant liability as these amounts will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital upon a qualifying IPO of our common stock (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31, 2014
 

Net loss

   $ (1,304

Change in estimated fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (528
  

 

 

 

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (776
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     6,932,063   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     35,347,115   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock issuable in connection with the subordinated convertible promissory note

     1,572,327   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to be issued in connection with the business combination

     6,053,151   
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     49,904,656   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.02
  

 

 

 

The assumed conversion of Series G convertible preferred stock issuable in connection with the subordinated convertible promissory note was calculated based upon its $5.0 million principal balance at a conversion price of $3.18 per share, as provided for in this note. As there is no interest expense related to this note included in the historical net loss, no adjustment to the historical net loss to arrive at the net loss used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted, is required.

The assumed conversion of Series G convertible preferred stock to be issued in connection with a business combination represents the 6,053,151 shares of Series G convertible preferred stock (including

 

F-35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

520,253 such shares in escrow) to be issued upon the expected close of the business combination in June 2014. Shares issuable upon the achievement of a future milestone are not included in this calculation due to the uncertainty of the Company achieving this performance metric.

 

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company’s financial instruments are measured and recorded at fair value except for its debt, which is recorded at amortized cost. The three levels of inputs that are used to measure fair value are classified into the following hierarchy:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are active, or inputs other than prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities.

The tables below shows the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, by level, within the fair value hierarchy that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Fair Value Measured Using      Total
Balance
 
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)     

Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 5,204       $ —         $ —         $ 5,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Convertible preferred stock warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 525       $ 525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     March 31, 2014  
     Fair Value Measured Using      Total
Balance
 
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)     

Assets

           

Money market funds

   $ 4,880       $ —         $ —         $ 4,880   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Convertible preferred stock warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 1,053       $ 1,053   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investments in money market funds are classified within Level 1. At December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, money market funds were included on the balance sheets in cash and cash equivalents and in restricted cash. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 categories during the periods presented.

The Company’s convertible preferred stock warrants are classified as Level 3 because they were valued based on unobservable inputs and management’s judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such financial instruments. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the warrant liability is the fair value of the underlying common stock at the valuation remeasurement date. Generally, increases (decreases) in the fair value of the underlying common stock would result in a directionally similar impact to the fair value measurement of the preferred stock warrants. Any change in estimated fair value is recognized in other income or expense on the statements of operations.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The table below shows the change in the estimated fair value of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability (in thousands):

 

     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 525   

Change in fair value

     528   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2014

   $ 1,053   
  

 

 

 

The estimated fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using an underlying common stock price of $0.05 and $1.81 at March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and the following assumptions:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,
    

2013

  

2014

Risk-free interest rate

   0.6 - 1.0%    0.9 - 1.7%

Volatility

   42 - 45%    41 - 42%

Estimated term equal to the remaining contractual term

   4.0 - 6.4 years    3.0 - 5.4 years

Expected dividend yield

   —  %    —  %

 

4. INVENTORY

The following table summarizes the Company’s inventory (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2013
     March 31,
2014
 

Finished goods

   $ 230       $ 237   

Raw materials

     288         488   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventory

   $ 518       $ 725   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5. ACCRUED AND OTHER LIABILITIES

The following table represents the components of accrued and other liabilities (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2013      2014  

Deferred IPO costs

   $ —         $ 1,356   

Professional fees

     175         747   

Test sample processing fees

     195         283   

Accrued overpayments and refunds

     215         330   

Clinical studies

     84         99   

Deferred rent—current portion

     145         159   

Capital leases—current portion

     43         38   

Other accrued expenses

     191         409   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued and other liabilities

   $ 1,048       $ 3,421   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Royalty Commitments

In 2004, the Company entered into a license agreement with Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., or Roche, amended in 2006 and 2007, whereby the Company uses licensed technology to perform certain clinical

 

F-37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

laboratory services. The Company incurs royalty expenses that are based on a mid-single digit percentage of test revenues. Royalties are recorded as a component of cost of testing on the statements of operations.

On February 11, 2014 Roche filed a demand for arbitration with the American Arbitration Association seeking a declaration that the Company has materially breached the Roche license agreement by failing to report and pay royalties owing to Roche in respect of licensed services performed by us after July 1, 2011. Roche seeks damages in the form of unpaid royalties from July 1, 2011 to March 31, 2013 of $1,805,775 plus interest of $84,928 and royalties in an unspecified amount from April 1, 2013 to present, which, based upon the royalty rate currently stated in the license agreement, the Company estimates to be an additional $1,248,237 through March 31, 2014. While management believes it has meritorious defenses to these claims, which it plans to fully pursue in the arbitration, the Company has fully reserved the amount of these unpaid royalties on its balance sheet, and the amount of these unpaid royalties has been reflected as an expense in the Company’s statements of operations in the periods to which the royalties relate. The Company does not expect to reach resolution of the arbitration within the next twelve months. As a result, the Company has recorded the $3.1 million liability balance at March 31, 2014 as a long-term liability on the condensed balance sheets.

 

7. COLLABORATION AND LICENSING AGREEMENTS

Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings (“LabCorp”)

In April 2012, the Company entered into a Collaboration and License Agreement with LabCorp for the purpose of developing a lupus flare predictor test. The Company and LabCorp share equally the costs and expenses of developing the lupus flare predictor test, however LabCorp’s share of the development cost subject to certain limits at each stage of the arrangement.

Under this agreement, LabCorp paid the Company a nonrefundable and non-creditable upfront license fee payment of $1,000,000.

The Company determined that the transfer of certain lupus samples to LabCorp had stand-alone value, and accordingly, recognized the estimated selling price of $250,000 in 2012 when the samples were delivered.

For the deliverables under the agreement without stand-alone value, the allocated consideration is being recognized as a combined unit of accounting ratably over the Company’s estimated period of performance. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company recognized $163,000 in revenue under this arrangement, which consisted of amortization of upfront license fee of $63,000 and reimbursement of research and development expenses of $100,000. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the Company recognized $29,000 in revenue under this arrangement, which consisted of amortization of upfront license fee of $15,000 and reimbursement of research and development expenses of $14,000. Such revenues are included in collaboration and license revenue on the statements of operations.

Phase 1 of the project was completed in the first quarter of 2014. The remaining $611,000 of the upfront license fee is included in deferred revenue at March 31, 2014. This amount will be recognized over the estimated remaining performance period, if and when Stage 2 begins, or if and when the project is terminated.

Included in research and development expenses were $201,000 and $29,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, for development costs with respect to Phase 1.

Diaxonhit (“DHT”)

In June 2013, the Company entered into an exclusive Distribution and Licensing Agreement with DHT, a French public company, whereby DHT will have the AlloMap test performed in a French laboratory and

 

F-38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

commercialize the test in the European Economic Area (“EEA”). The agreement will expire at the later of the last-to-expire patent in the EEA or ten years from the first commercial sale of the test in the EEA, which is expected to occur in late 2014 or early 2015.

Consideration under the agreement includes an upfront cash payment of approximately €387,500 ($503,000) that is designated to offset royalties earned by the Company in the first three years following the first commercial sale. The Company is entitled to receive royalties from DHT as a percent of net sales, as defined in the agreement, of AlloMap tests in the mid to high teens. Approximately €250,000 ($344,000) of the upfront payments are refundable under certain circumstances. Upon confirmation that the CE mark was in place, the Company also received an equity payment of DHT common stock with a value of €387,500. These shares were promptly sold by the Company in July 2013 for total consideration of $467,000.

Other consideration that may be earned by the Company includes agreed-upon per unit pricing for the supply of AlloMap products, and additional royalties that are payable upon the achievement of various sales milestones by DHT. In this arrangement, there is one combined unit of accounting.

Since commercial sales have not yet begun in the EEA, the Company has yet to deliver AlloMap products or related services to DHT. Accordingly, no revenue from this arrangement has been recognized as of March 31, 2014.

CardioDx-Related Party

In 2005, the Company entered into a services agreement with a related party, CardioDx, Inc. (“CDX”), whereby the Company provided CDX with biological samples and related data and performed laboratory services on behalf of CDX. Each company granted the other a worldwide license under certain of its intellectual property rights. Pursuant to this agreement, CDX pays royalties to the Company of a low single-digit percentage of the cash collected from sales of CDX licensed products. In 2009, CDX terminated the services portion of this agreement, however, the royalty obligation from CDX continues until the tenth anniversary of the first commercial sale of a CDX licensed product. The first commercial sale of such product by CDX occurred in 2009, therefore the royalty obligation to the Company continues until 2019. The President and Chief Executive Officer of CDX previously served as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, and resigned effective as of March 28, 2014, but remains a stockholder of the Company. Two additional Board members of CDX serve on the Company’s Board of Directors and are affiliated with stockholders of the Company. Royalty revenues, recorded when earned, were $9,000 and $58,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The Company had receivable balances from CDX of $37,000 and $58,000 at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively.

 

8. STOCK OPTION PLANS

The Company has one active stock option plan, the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, and one terminated stock option plan, the 1998 Stock Plan. The 2008 Equity Incentive Plan was approved in November 2008 under which 4,785,015 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for future issuance.

 

F-39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table summarizes option activity and related information during the three months ended March 31, 2014 under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and for options which remain outstanding under the 1998 Stock Plan:

 

           Options Outstanding  
     Shares
Available
for Grant
    Number of
Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

     2,281,021        3,199,291        0.29   

Granted

     (647,629     647,629        1.81   

Exercised

     —          (11,114     0.38   

Forfeited

     7,251        (7,251     0.14   

Expired

     76,031        (76,031     0.45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Balance at March 31, 2014

     1,716,674        3,752,524        0.55   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2014 using the Black-Scholes valuation model was $0.65 per share.

Options outstanding and exercisable that have vested and are expected to vest at March 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

     Number
of Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(In thousands)
 

Vested

     2,397,409       $ 0.39         6.40       $ 3,406   

Expected to vest

     1,355,115       $ 0.83         9.01         1,324   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Total

     3,752,524       $ 0.55         7.35       $ 4,730   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

In the table above, aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the exercise price and the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock of $1.81 per share, as determined by the Board of Directors, as of March 31, 2014.

The Company’s results of operations include expense relating to employee and nonemployee stock-based payment awards as follows (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2013      2014  

Cost of testing

   $ 1       $ 1   

Research and development

     2         1   

Sales and marketing

     1         1   

General and administrative

     15         46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 19       $ 49   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Valuation Assumptions

The fair value of stock-based awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2013      2014  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.00      1.55

Volatility

     45.82      40.69

Expected term (in years)

     6.0         4.6   

Expected dividend yield

     —        —  

At March 31, 2014, there was approximately $356,000 of total unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to nonvested employee stock option awards granted that will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining vesting period of 3.8 years.

In April 2014, the Company increased the common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan by 700,000 shares. Also in April 2014, the Company granted 2,175,500 stock options at an exercise price of $1.81 per share.

 

9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note

In April 2014, the Company issued a $5.0 million Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note to Illumina, Inc. (“2014 Note”) which provides for interest at an annual rate of 8.0%. The 2014 Note matures one year following its issuance with principal and unpaid interest due at that time unless the Note is converted into equity prior to the maturity date. Conversion is mandatory in the instance of a Qualified Initial Public Offering or Qualified Financing, as defined in the 2014 Note. Conversion prices are defined in the 2014 Note with regard to mandatory conversion and the holder may convert to Series G preferred stock at any time at $3.18 per share. If the proposed initial public offering or a qualified financing does not occur before the one-year anniversary of the issuance of the 2014 Note, and the holder does not choose to convert, then the repayment of the principal and unpaid interest totaling approximately $5.4 million would be due no later than April 2015.

Business Combination

On May 17, 2014, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Agreement”) to acquire ImmuMetrix, Inc. (“IMX”), a privately held development stage company working in new technologies using cell-free donor DNA (“cfDNA”) technology for the diagnosis, treatment and management of transplant rejection, immune disorders and diseases, including the development of a new, non-invasive test designed to detect the early stages of solid organ transplant rejection. The Company will acquire all IMX assets associated with transplant diagnostics, including related immune repertoire and infectious diseases. IMX will retain the limited assets not associated with transplant diagnostics. Subject to customary closing conditions, the merger is expected to close in June 2014.

The total estimated purchase price is $19.1 million consisting of i) $600,000 in cash; ii) 6,243,041 shares of the Company’s Series G convertible preferred stock with an estimated fair value of $15.9 million, including 189,890 shares of the Company’s Series G convertible preferred stock with an estimated fair value of $0.5 million as a result of the Company’s assumption of IMX outstanding stock options; and iii) an additional payment of 1,560,760 shares of CareDx Series G convertible preferred stock if a future performance milestone is achieved.

The Agreement provides that the milestone will be achieved if the Company completes 2,500 commercial tests involving the measurement of cfDNA in organ transplant recipients in the United States no later

 

F-41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

than six years after the closing date of the merger. The additional shares to be paid for the achievement of the milestone will be Series G preferred stock, or common stock if the Company is public at the time the milestone is met. The initial estimated fair value of this contingent consideration is $2.6 million.

Through this acquisition, the Company expects to add to its existing know-how, expertise and intellectual property in applying cfDNA technology to the surveillance of transplant recipients. The intellectual property we expect to acquire includes an exclusive license from Stanford University to a patent relating to the diagnosis of rejection in organ transplant recipients using cfDNA.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 3, 2014, the date these unaudited interim condensed financial statements are considered issued.

 

F-42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Index to Financial Statements of Acquired Business

ImmuMetrix, Inc. (A Development Stage Company)

 

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-44   

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-46   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-47   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     F-48   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-49   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-50   

Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

  

Unaudited Condensed Balance Sheets

     F-61   

Unaudited Condensed Statements of Operations

     F-62   

Unaudited Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

     F-63   

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

     F-64   

 

F-43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Board of Directors

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

Palo Alto, California

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

Report on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of ImmuMetrix, Inc. (formerly ImmuMetrix, LLC) (a development stage company) (the Company), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years then ended and the period from November 9, 2010 (inception) through December 31, 2013, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ImmuMetrix, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended and the period from November 9, 2010 (inception) through December 31, 2013, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

F-44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Emphasis-of-Matter Regarding Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1, the Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception, and, as of December 31, 2013, has an accumulated deficit of $4,394,066. These conditions raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding those matters also are described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ Frank, Rimerman & Co. LLP

Palo Alto, California

May 29, 2014

 

F-45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
     2013     2012  
ASSETS     

Current Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,286,938      $ 1,024,351   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     16,614        17,849   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,303,552        1,042,200   

Property and Equipment, net

     117,610        162,126   

Deposit

     12,000        12,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,433,162      $ 1,216,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)     

Current Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 57,340      $ 274,943   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     59,361        394,157   

Convertible notes payable to related parties and accrued interest, net of debt discount

     —          3,417,535   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     116,701        4,086,635   

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 1 and 5)

    

Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 32,000,000 shares authorized; 29,533,570 shares issued and outstanding (aggregate liquidation preference of $7,380,439)

     2,953        —     

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 55,000,000 shares authorized; 8,135,254 shares issued and outstanding

     814        —     

Common units, no par value; 11,340,000 units authorized; 8,608,333 units issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012

     —          86   

Additional paid-in capital

     6,706,760        218,423   

Deficit accumulated during development stage

     (4,394,066     (3,088,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     2,316,461        (2,870,309
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 2,433,162      $ 1,216,326   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Period from
November 9,
2010 (Inception)
through
December 31,
 
     2013     2012     2013  

Operating Expenses

      

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 743,225      $ 452,159      $ 1,635,520   

Research and development

     429,814        1,179,688        2,356,595   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,173,039        1,631,847        3,992,115   

Other Income (Expenses)

      

Other income (expense), net

     (5,154     40,150        76,746   

Interest expense

     (127,055     (251,120     (478,697
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ 1,305,248      $ 1,842,817      $ 4,394,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Period from November 9, 2010 (Inception) through December 31, 2013

 

    Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Common Units     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Deficit
Accumulated
During
Development

Stage
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity

(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Units     Amount        

Balances at November 9, 2010 (Inception)

    —        $ —          —        $ —          —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Issuance of restricted common units

    —          —          —          —          10,300,000        103        —          —          103   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (31,329     (31,329

Balances at December 31, 2010

    —          —          —          —          10,300,000        103        —          (31,329     (31,226
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Repurchase of restricted common units

    —          —          —          —          (1,691,667     (17     —          —          (17

Beneficial conversion feature in connection with convertible notes payable to related parties

    —          —          —          —          —          —          154,838        —          154,838   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,214,672     (1,214,672
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2011

    —          —          —          —          8,608,333        86        154,838        (1,246,001     (1,091,077

Beneficial conversion feature in connection with convertible notes payable to related parties

    —          —          —          —          —          —          63,585        —          63,585   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,842,817     (1,842,817
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2012

    —          —          —          —          8,608,333        86        218,423        (3,088,818     (2,870,309

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock at $0.2499 per share in exchange for cash, services and conversion of convertible notes payable to related parties, including beneficial conversion feature and accrued interest, net of issuance costs

    29,533,570        2,953        —          —          —          —          6,437,732        —          6,440,685   

Issuance of restricted common stock in exchange for common units and restricted profits interests

    —          —          8,135,254        814        (8,608,333     (86     50,605        —          51,333   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,305,248     (1,305,248
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2013

    29,533,570      $ 2,953        8,135,254      $ 814        —        $ —        $ 6,706,760      $ (4,394,066   $ 2,316,461   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Period from
November 9,
2010
(Inception)
through

December 31,
2013
 
    2013     2012    

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

     

Net loss

  $ (1,305,248   $ (1,842,817   $ (4,394,066

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

     

Depreciation

    44,419        42,371        92,289   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    9,407        —          9,407   

Non-cash interest on convertible notes payable to related parties, including beneficial conversion feature

    118,626        235,436        454,584   

Non-cash professional services

    37,545        —          37,545   

Stock-based compensation

    51,333        —          51,333   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,235        2,966        (16,614

Accounts payable

    (217,603     (2,614     57,340   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    (334,796     272,792        59,361   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (1,595,082     (1,291,866     (3,648,821

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

     

Purchase of property and equipment

    (9,310     (22,662     (219,306

Movement in deposits, net

    —          16,000        (12,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (9,310     (6,662     (231,306

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

     

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable to related parties

    —          1,000,000        3,300,000   

Repayment of convertible notes payable to related parties

    (150,000     —          (150,000

Proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    3,016,979        —          3,016,979   

Proceeds from the issuance of restricted common units

    —          —          103   

Repurchase of restricted common units

    —          —          (17
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    2,866,979        1,000,000        6,167,065   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

    1,262,587        (298,528     2,286,938   

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

    1,024,351        1,322,879        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

  $ 2,286,938      $ 1,024,351      $ 2,286,938   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Financing Activities

     

Conversion of convertible notes payable to related parties and accrued interest into Series A convertible preferred stock

  $ 3,386,161      $ —        $ 3,386,161   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Beneficial conversion feature in connection with convertible notes payable to related parties

  $ —        $ 63,585      $ 218,423   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1. NATURE OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT’S PLANS REGARDING FINANCING OF FUTURE OPERATIONS

Nature of Business

ImmuMetrix, Inc. (formerly ImmuMetrix, LLC) (the Company), a development stage company, was incorporated as a Delaware limited liability company on November 9, 2010 (inception). In March 2013, the Company converted from a limited liability company to a Delaware C corporation. Upon conversion, all of the assets and liabilities of ImmuMetrix, LLC were transferred to ImmuMetrix, Inc. ImmuMetrix, Inc. simultaneously issued 8,135,254 shares of restricted common stock in exchange for each existing member’s respective restricted common unit interest (Interests) in ImmuMetrix, LLC. The exchange has been recorded at the Company’s historical carrying values on the date of conversion.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company maintained one wholly-owned subsidiary, ImmuMetrix PTE. Ltd. (ImmuMetrix Singapore), incorporated in Singapore in March 2011. ImmuMetrix Singapore was established for the purpose of accessing expertise and resources in Singapore and furthering research and development activities and was dissolved in October 2013.

The Company is involved in the development of new technologies for the diagnosis, treatment, and management of immune disorders and diseases. The Company is developing a new non-invasive (biopsy free) test designed to detect the early stages of organ transplant rejection and is headquartered in Palo Alto, California.

Management’s Plans Regarding the Financing of Future Operations

The Company has relied on debt and equity financing to fund its operating activities to date. The Company has experienced losses since its inception and has an accumulated deficit of $4,394,066 as of December 31, 2013. Since inception, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to developing its technology, products and markets, and recruiting personnel. In May 2014, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to merge with CareDx, Inc. (Note 11). Should the merger not be completed, the Company intends to raise additional financing to sustain its operations until it generates adequate cash flows through its operations. However, there can be no assurance the Company will be successful securing additional financing or generating sufficient revenues. These uncertainties raise substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company was unable to continue as a going concern.

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation:

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary through October 2013. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Foreign Currency Translation:

The functional currency for the Company’s foreign subsidiary is the United States (U.S.) Dollar. Foreign exchange translation and transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations and were not material for any period presented.

Comprehensive Income:

The Company has not had any significant components of other comprehensive income to date.

Basis of Presentation:

As the Company’s planned operations had not commenced as of December 31, 2013, the Company is considered to be a “development stage” company and has prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 915, Development Stage Entities , which prescribes the presentation and disclosure requirements for a development stage company’s statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows.

Other Income (Expense):

In November 2011, the Company entered into a Laboratory Services Agreement with a biotechnology company under which the Company provided antibody profiling services through June 2012. The Company recognized fees from these services of $42,000 in 2012 ($84,000 for the period from inception to December 31, 2013), which were recorded as a component of other income and expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives, generally three to five years. Repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses:

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of compensation and employee benefit expenses, supplies, communication costs, travel and entertainment, and services purchased.

Research and Development Costs:

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs consist primarily of salaries and benefits, consultant fees, and other direct costs associated with product development.

Concentration of Credit Risk:

Financial instruments that may subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents at one commercial bank. The

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the commercial bank to the extent that cash and cash equivalent balances are in excess of the amount that is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Cash balances at this commercial bank exceeded the FDIC insurable limit at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Stock-Based Compensation:

The Company generally grants stock options to its employees for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant. The Company accounts for all stock option grants using the fair value method and stock-based compensation is recognized as the underlying options vest.

Stock-based compensation for options granted to non-employees is measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measured. Stock-based compensation for options granted to non-employees is periodically remeasured as the underlying options vest.

Income Taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Deferred income taxes are classified as current or non-current, based on the classifications of the related assets and liabilities giving rise to the temporary differences. A valuation allowance is provided against the Company’s deferred income tax assets when realization is not reasonably assured.

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and reported amounts of expenses in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Key estimates in the consolidated financial statements include the estimated useful lives of property and equipment, impairment of long-lived assets, certain accrued expenses, valuation allowance related to deferred income tax assets, and the fair value of options granted under the Company’s stock-based compensation plan.

Risks and Uncertainties:

The Company is subject to a number of risks associated with companies at a similar stage, including dependence on key individuals, competition from similar products and larger companies, volatility of the industry, ability to obtain adequate financing to support growth, the ability to attract and retain additional qualified personnel to manage the anticipated growth of the Company and general economic conditions.

Products being developed by the Company may require approvals from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), or other regulatory agencies prior to commercial sales. There can be no assurance the Company’s future products will receive the necessary approvals. Should these required approvals be delayed or denied for any of the Company’s products, it may have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s intended operations.

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

The Company uses a three-level hierarchy, which prioritizes, within the measurement of fair value, the use of market-based information over entity-specific information for fair value measurements based on the nature of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Fair value focuses on an exit price and is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The inputs or methodology used for valuing financial instruments are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with those financial instruments.

The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements is defined as follows:

 

  Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

  Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

 

  Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, all of the Company’s money market funds were carried at fair value under the Level 1 valuation hierarchy based on quoted prices in an active market.

There were no transfers made into or out of the Level 1 category through December 31, 2013.

 

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31:

 

     2013     2012  

Machinery and equipment

   $ 194,207      $ 198,870   

Computer equipment

     10,027        11,126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     204,234        209,996   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (86,624     (47,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 117,610      $ 162,126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

4. CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTES PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES

In December 2012, and during the period from March to November 2011, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount of $1,000,000 and $2,300,000, respectively, to advisors, consultants, directors, strategic investors and an executive of the Company. The notes bore interest at the rate of 6% per annum and were due March 31, 2013. The notes included a beneficial conversion feature allowing the note holders to convert the notes into shares of convertible preferred stock at a discount of 20% from the issuance price in the Company’s next round of qualified equity financing.

In March 2013, the outstanding principal of $3,150,000 and accrued interest of $236,161 were converted into 16,928,529 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (Series A). The Company determined the fair value of the beneficial conversion feature to be $63,585 for notes issued in 2012 and

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

$154,838 for the notes issued in 2011, using the intrinsic value method assuming a fair value of the Series A of $0.2499 per share. The resulting estimated fair value of the beneficial conversion feature was recorded as a discount to the debt and within additional paid-in capital and was amortized over the repayment term of the notes. At December 31, 2012, the unamortized discount related to the beneficial conversion feature was $73,577. The Company amortized the remaining $73,577 to interest expense in 2013 upon conversion of the notes in 2013 ($106,824 and $218,423 was recorded as interest expense in 2012 and for the period from inception to December 31, 2013, respectively).

 

5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Lease:

In April 2011, the Company entered into an operating lease agreement under which the Company leased its main operating facility on a month-to-month basis. The Company terminated the agreement in January 2013. Under the terms of the lease, the Company was responsible for certain insurance and maintenance expenses.

In January 2013, the Company entered into an operating lease agreement with a related party under which either party may terminate the lease with two months advance notice. Under the terms of the lease, the Company is responsible for certain insurance and maintenance expenses.

Indemnification:

From time to time, in its normal course of business, the Company may indemnify other parties, with whom it enters into contractual relationships, including customers, lessors and parties to other transactions with the Company. The Company may agree to hold other parties harmless against specific losses, such as those that could arise from a breach of representation, covenant or third party infringement claims. It may not be possible to determine the maximum potential amount of liability under such indemnification obligations due to the unique facts and circumstances that are likely to be involved in each particular claim and indemnification provision. Historically, there have been no such indemnification claims.

The Company has also indemnified its directors and executive officers, to the extent legally permissible, against all liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with any action in which such individual may be involved by reason of such individual being or having been a director or executive officer.

The Company believes the estimated fair value of any obligation from these indemnification agreements is minimal; therefore, these consolidated financial statements do not include a liability for any potential obligations at December 31, 2013 or 2012.

Contingencies:

In the normal course of business, the Company may receive inquiries or become involved in legal disputes regarding various litigation matters. In the opinion of management, any potential liabilities resulting from such claims would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

6. INCOME TAXES

The Company applies the provisions set forth in FASB ASC Topic 740 to account for uncertainty in income taxes. In the preparation of income tax returns in federal, foreign and state jurisdictions, the

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Company asserts certain income tax positions based on its understanding and interpretation of income tax laws. The taxing authorities may challenge such positions, and the resolution of such matters could result in recognition of income tax expense in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Management believes it has used reasonable judgments and conclusions in the preparation of its income tax returns.

The Company uses the “more likely than not” criterion for recognizing the income tax benefit of uncertain income tax positions, and establishing measurement criteria for income tax benefits. The Company has evaluated the impact of these positions and believes that its income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained upon examination. Accordingly, no liability for uncertain income tax positions or related accruals for interest and penalties has been recorded as of December 31, 2013 or 2012. In the event the Company should need to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax liabilities, this amount will be recorded as an accrued liability and an increase to income tax expense. No interest or penalties were recorded for the period from inception to December 31, 2013.

Deferred income taxes result from the tax effect of transactions that are recognized in different periods for financial statement and income tax reporting purposes. The Company’s net deferred income tax assets at December 31, 2013 was approximately $373,000, and has been fully offset by a valuation allowance, as their realization is not reasonably assured. Prior to 2013, the Company operated as a limited liability company and income taxes on the Company’s income were the responsibility of the individual members; accordingly, no provision for income taxes is included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, the Company has federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $796,000 and $804,000, respectively. These federal and state operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2033 and 2023, respectively.

The Company’s net deferred income tax assets consist of the following at December 31, 2013:

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 346,000   

Accruals

     15,000   

Income tax credits

     12,000   
  

 

 

 
     373,000   

Valuation allowance

     (373,000
  

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax assets

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code limits the use of net operating losses in certain situations where changes occur in stock ownership of a company. If the Company should have an ownership change of more than 50% of the value of the Company’s capital stock, utilization of the carryforwards could be restricted.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and the state of California. The Company believes the tax years 2013 remain open to examinations by the appropriate government agencies in the federal and state jurisdictions.

 

7. CAPITAL STOCK

Convertible Preferred Stock:

At December 31, 2013, the Company is authorized to issue 32,000,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (Series A) with a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions for the holders of Series A are as follows:

Dividends:

The holders of Series A are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications or the like, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividends to the holders of common stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, at a rate of $0.015, per share, as adjusted, for stock splits, reclassifications, or the like per annum. No dividends have been declared or paid through December 31, 2013.

Voting:

Holders of Series A are entitled to voting rights equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each share of preferred stock could be converted. The holders of Series A are entitled to elect one director at any election of the Board of Directors. The holders of Series A and common stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, are entitled to elect any remaining directors.

Liquidation:

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A are entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to $0.2499, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like, and the amount of declared but unpaid dividends on each share of Series A, as applicable. If, upon occurrence of such an event, the assets and funds distributed among the holders of Series A are insufficient to permit the above payment to such holders, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive. Upon the completion of the distribution to the holders of Series A, all remaining proceeds, if any, will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A and common stock, on an as converted basis, until the holders of Series A receive two times their liquidation preference. All remaining proceeds, if any, will be distributed ratably among the holders of common stock. No adjustments to liquidation value were recorded in contemplation of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company.

Conversion:

Each share of Series A is convertible into the number of fully paid, non-assessable shares of common stock at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance. Each share of Series A automatically converts into that number of shares of common stock determined in accordance with the conversion rate upon the earlier of (i) the closing of a public offering of common stock provided that the gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $30,000,000, or (ii) upon the date specified by the vote or written request by the Company from the holders of more than 50% of Series A outstanding. At December 31, 2013, the conversion price is $0.2499 for each share of Series A issued and outstanding.

Protective Provisions:

The holders of Series A have certain protective provisions. As long as 12,600,000 shares of Series A are issued and outstanding, the Company cannot, without the approval of more than 50% of the voting power of Series A then outstanding, voting as a single class, take any action that: (i) amends the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company that would materially and adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the holders of Series A, which includes the creation of any new class or series of stock that is senior to or pari passu with Series A, (ii) declares or pays any dividend or distribution of any shares of capital stock, or

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(iii) redeems or repurchases shares of Series A or common stock, other than share of common stock issued to employees, officers directors and other service providers upon termination of their employment or service.

Common Stock:

The Company is authorized to issue 55,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. In March 2013, the Company issued 1,026,921 shares of unvested common stock under restricted stock award agreements to employees and consultants in exchange for services. The shares were valued at the date of issuance at their intrinsic value of $51,333 and vest at varying dates through June 2015. Unvested common stock issued was subject to a right of repurchase by the Company at the lower of the fair value of the Company’s common stock or $0.05 per share upon the termination of service from the Company. At December 31, 2013, 203,006 shares issued in connection with the agreement were subject to repurchase. The Company recorded the $51,333 as stock-based compensation expense in 2013.

 

8. EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

In March 2013, the Company adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan). Under the terms of the Plan, the Company may issue stock options to purchase shares of common stock, award restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights of common stock to directors, employees and consultants. The Company has reserved 9,871,590 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan at December 31, 2013.

Under the Plan, the Board of Directors may grant incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Incentive stock options may only be granted to Company employees. The exercise price of incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options cannot be less than 100% of the fair value per share of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. If an individual owns incentive stock options representing more than 10% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock, the price of each share will be at least 110% of the fair value. Fair value is determined by the Board of Directors. Options generally vest 25% with a one year cliff and then vest ratably on a monthly basis over three years from the vesting commencement date. The option term is no longer than five years for incentive stock options for which the grantee owns greater than 10% of the Company’s capital stock and no longer than 10 years for all other options. The Company has a repurchase option on unvested restricted stock exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason. The Company’s repurchase right lapses in accordance with the vesting terms.

Stock-based compensation expense related to options granted to employees was not material in 2013. No income tax benefits have been recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for stock-based compensation arrangements and no stock-based compensation costs have been capitalized as of December 31, 2013.

The calculated fair value of each award to employees in 2013 is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: expected term of 5.77 years; risk-free interest rate of 1.65%; expected volatility of 65%; and no dividends during the expected term. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of public companies operating in the Company’s industry. The expected term of the options represents the period of time options are expected to be outstanding and is estimated considering vesting terms and employees_ historical exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Stock option activity under the Plan is as follows:

 

     Options
Available
    Options Outstanding  
       Number
of Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 

Balances, March 28, 2013 (Plan inception)

     —          —         $ —     

Authorized

     9,871,590        —           —     

Granted

     (479,000     479,000         0.05   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Balances, December 31, 2013

     9,392,590        479,000      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

At December 31, 2013, there were 86,575 options vested with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.05 per share and a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 9.54 years.

The Company also uses the fair value method to value options granted to non-employees. Stock-based compensation expense related to options granted to non-employees was not material in any periods presented. The Company’s calculation of fair value for non-employee grants was made using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: contractual life of 10 years; risk-free interest rate of 1.18%; expected volatility of 65%; and no dividends during the contractual life.

 

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In December 2010, the Company entered into an agreement with a private organization to perform research services. Amounts paid to this organization totaled $50,000 and $86,000 in 2013 and 2012, respectively ($207,000 from inception through December 31, 2013) and are included in research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Amounts due to the organization totaled $4,000 and $5,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In April 2011, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with a stockholder of the Company to perform research services. The agreement expires in April 2014. Payments made to the stockholder totaled $219,000 in 2013 (none in 2012 and $219,000 from inception through December 31, 2013) and are included in research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, amounts due to the stockholder totaled $37,500 and $180,000, respectively. In addition to the amounts paid in cash, the stockholder was issued 50,000 restricted profits interests, which were converted into an equivalent number of shares of restricted common stock upon the conversion of ImmuMetrix, LLC to ImmuMetrix, Inc.

In October 2011, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with a stockholder of the Company to perform research services. The agreement may be terminated by either party at any time. No payments were made to the consultant in 2013 ($10,000 in 2012 and $26,000 from inception through December 31, 2013) and are included in research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. No amounts were due to the consultant at December 31, 2013 or 2012. In addition to the amounts paid in cash, the consultant was issued 500,016 restricted profits interests, which were converted into an equivalent number of shares of common stock upon the conversion of ImmuMetrix, LLC to ImmuMetrix, Inc.

In December 2012, the Company entered into an agreement with a consulting firm to provide executive services in which the executive of the Company is also a controlling member of the consulting firm. The agreement automatically renews in three month increments if not terminated by either party. Payments

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

made to the consulting firm totaled $277,000 in 2013 (none in 2012 and $277,000 from inception through December 31, 2013) and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Amounts due to the consulting firm totaled $14,000 at December 31, 2013 (no amounts were due at December 31, 2012).

In January 2013, the Company entered into operating lease agreement in which a stockholder of the Company is an executive of the lessor. Rent paid to the lessor totaled $86,000 in 2013 (none in 2012 and $86,000 from inception through December 31, 2013). No amounts were due to the lessor as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 

10. EQUITY RIGHTS PLAN

In July 2011, the Company approved the ImmuMetrix, LLC Equity Rights Plan (the Rights Plan) which provided for the issuance of up to 100,000 equity rights units.

Under the Rights Plan, the Company could grant equity rights units to employees, management, advisory board members and directors. Vesting of individually granted equity rights units was determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. All unvested equity rights units were subject to forfeiture upon the termination of services to the Company. Equity rights units provided holders with a financial benefit only upon a change of control transaction, as defined by the agreement. In the event of a change of control transaction, an amount up to ten percent of the transaction proceeds would have been allocated to the holders of vested equity rights unit holders.

Through December 31, 2012, the Company issued no equity rights units. The Rights Plan was terminated upon the conversion of the Company from an LLC to a C corporation in March 2013.

 

11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On May 17, 2014, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to be acquired by CareDx, Inc. (CareDx). The transaction is structured as a tax-free reorganization. Subject to customary closing conditions, this transaction is expected to close in June 2014. The total estimated sale price is $19.1 million consisting of i) $600,000 in cash; ii) 6,243,041 shares of CareDx Series G convertible preferred stock (Series G) with an estimated fair value of $15.9 million, including $0.5 million as a result of CareDx’s assumption of the Company’s outstanding stock options; and iii) an additional payment of 1,560,760 shares of CareDx Series G (or the common stock issuable upon conversion of Series G) with a current estimated fair value of $2.6 million upon achievement of certain milestones no later than six years after the closing date of the transaction.

Prior to the closing of the transaction, the Company will transfer to a newly formed corporation (Newco) certain intellectual property, records and tangible and intangible assets of the Company related to the Company’s proprietary cell-free DNA detection and immune repertoire profiling technologies, in each case the primary utility of which is: (i) the diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precursor to cancer, or (ii) applications and purposes other than the development, commercialization, licensing, marketing or sale of products or services that utilize either cell-free DNA detection or immune repertoire profiling specifically for the diagnosis and clinical management of solid organ and bone marrow transplant recipients or pre-transplant patients who are on a designated transplant waiting list. In exchange for such transfer of assets, Newco will issue to the Company (i) shares of Series A preferred stock of Newco, which shares will be distributed by dividend to the holders of preferred stock of the Company on a one-for-one basis, and (ii) shares of common stock of Newco, which shares will be distributed by dividend to the holders of the Company’s common stock on

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

a one-for-one basis. After the Newco spin-off, Newco will be owned by the shareholders of the Company and will not be a subsidiary of the Company.

Each option to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the acquisition by CareDx will be assumed by CareDx and will continue to have, and be subject to, the same terms and conditions of such options immediately prior to the closing, including vesting conditions, subject to adjustments: (i) as required by the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan to prevent a diminution of the benefits under the options as a result of the spin-off of assets to Newco as described above; and (ii) to convert the exercise of such options into options to purchase shares of Series G of CareDx with both (a) an adjusted exercise price and (b) an adjusted number of shares subject to the assumed options based on a fixed option exchange rate.

Options held by consultants will be amended to provide for full acceleration of vesting and extension of the post-termination exercise period in connection with the Merger, and options held by the employees will, subject to continued service, vest and become fully exercisable six (6) months after the consummation of the Merger or upon termination without cause. The Company expects to record a charge of $234,000 upon the closing of the merger associated with these stock option

modifications.

Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date of the independent auditors’ report which is the date the consolidated financial statements were approved by the Company and available to be issued.

 

See Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     March 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
 
     (Unaudited)     (Audited)  

ASSETS

    

Current Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,921,931      $ 2,286,938   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     78,052        16,614   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,999,983        2,303,552   

Property and Equipment, net

     109,427        117,610   

Deposit

     12,000        12,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,121,410      $ 2,433,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current Liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 94,204      $ 57,340   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     115,672        59,361   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     209,876        116,701   

Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 1 , 5 and 11)

    

Stockholders’ Equity

    

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 32,000,000 shares authorized; 29,533,570 shares issued and outstanding (29,533,570 shares at December 31, 2013) (aggregate liquidation preference of $7,380,439)

     2,953        2,953   

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 55,000,000 shares authorized; 8,769,127 shares issued and outstanding (8,135,254 shares at December 31, 2013

     877        814   

Additional paid-in capital

     6,738,391        6,706,760   

Deficit accumulated during development stage

     (4,830,687     (4,394,066
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,911,534        2,316,461   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,121,410      $ 2,433,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Three-Month Periods Ended
March 31,
    Period from
November 9,
2010 (Inception)
through
March 31,
 
     2014     2013     2014  

Operating Expenses

      

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 282,904      $ 320,075      $ 1,918,424   

Research and development

     153,161        181,886        2,509,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     436,065        501,961        4,428,180   

Other Income (Expenses)

      

Other income (expense), net

     (455     (9,118     76,291   

Interest expense

     (101     (127,058     (478,798
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ 436,621      $ 638,137      $ 4,830,687   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    

Three-Month Periods Ended

March 31,

    Period from
November 9,
2010 (Inception)
through
March 31,
 
     2014     2013     2014  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

      

Net loss

   $ (436,621   $ (638,137   $ (4,830,687

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     10,325        13,823        102,614   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     268        9,407        9,675   

Non-cash interest on convertible notes payable to related parties, including beneficial conversion feature

     —          118,626        454,584   

Non-cash professional services

     31,694        —          69,239   

Stock-based compensation

     —          34,717        51,333   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (61,438     12,536        (78,052

Accounts payable

     36,864        57,330        94,204   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     56,311        14,421        115,672   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (362,597     (377,277     (4,011,418

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (2,410     (5,110     (221,716

Movement in deposits, net

     —          —          (12,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,410     (5,110     (233,716

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes payable to related parties

     —          —          3,300,000   

Repayment of convertible notes payable to related parties

     —          (150,000     (150,000

Proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     —          2,904,524        3,016,979   

Proceeds from the issuance of restricted common stock

     —          728        103   

Repurchase of restricted common units

     —          —          (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —          2,755,252        6,167,065   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     (365,007     2,372,865        1,921,931   

Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of period

     2,286,938        1,024,351        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of period

   $ 1,921,931      $ 3,397,216      $ 1,921,931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Financing Activities

      

Conversion of convertible notes payable to related parties and accrued interest into Series A convertible preferred stock

   $ —        $ 3,386,161      $ 3,386,161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1. NATURE OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT’S PLANS REGARDING FINANCING OF FUTURE OPERATIONS

Nature of Business

ImmuMetrix, Inc. (formerly ImmuMetrix, LLC) (the Company), a development stage company, was incorporated as a Delaware limited liability company on November 9, 2010 (inception). In March 2013, the Company converted from a limited liability company to a Delaware C corporation. Upon conversion, all of the assets and liabilities of ImmuMetrix, LLC were transferred to ImmuMetrix, Inc. ImmuMetrix, Inc. simultaneously issued 8,135,254 shares of restricted common stock in exchange for each existing member’s respective restricted common unit interest (Interests) in ImmuMetrix, LLC. The exchange has been recorded at the Company’s historical carrying values on the date of conversion.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company maintained one wholly-owned subsidiary, ImmuMetrix PTE. Ltd. (ImmuMetrix Singapore), incorporated in Singapore in March 2011. ImmuMetrix Singapore was established for the purpose of accessing expertise and resources in Singapore and furthering research and development activities and was dissolved in October 2013.

The Company is involved in the development of new technologies for the diagnosis, treatment, and management of immune disorders and diseases. The Company is developing a new non-invasive (biopsy free) test designed to detect the early stages of organ transplant rejection and is headquartered in Palo Alto, California.

Management’s Plans Regarding the Financing of Future Operations

The Company has relied on debt and equity financing to fund its operating activities to date. The Company has experienced losses since its inception and has an accumulated deficit of $4,830,687 as of March 31, 2014. Since inception, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to developing its technology, products and markets, and recruiting personnel. In May 2014, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to merge with CareDx, Inc. (Note 11). Should the merger not be completed, the Company intends to raise additional financing to sustain its operations until it generates adequate cash flows through its operations. However, there can be no assurance the Company will be successful securing additional financing or generating sufficient revenues. These conditions indicate that the Company may be unable to continue as a going concern. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company was unable to continue as a going concern.

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation:

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary through October 2013. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Foreign Currency Translation:

The functional currency for the Company’s foreign subsidiary is the United States (U.S.) dollar. Foreign exchange translation and transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations and were not material for any period presented.

Comprehensive Income:

The Company has not had any significant components of other comprehensive income to date.

Basis of Presentation:

As the Company’s planned operations had not commenced as of March 31, 2014, the Company is considered to be a “development stage” company and has prepared its unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 915, Development Stage Entities , which prescribes the presentation and disclosure requirements for a development stage company’s statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows.

The interim March 31, 2014 unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include all adjustments that management deems necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s results of operations. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year.

Other Income (Expense):

In November 2011, the Company entered into a Laboratory Services Agreement with a biotechnology company under which the Company provided antibody profiling services through June 2012. The Company recognized fees from these services of $42,000 in 2012 ($84,000 for the period from inception through March 31, 2014), which were recorded as a component of other income and expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

The Company considers all highly-liquid investments purchased with maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

Property and Equipment:

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives, generally three to five years. Repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses:

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of compensation and employee benefit expenses, supplies, communication costs, travel and entertainment, and services purchased.

Research and Development Costs:

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs consist primarily of salaries and benefits, consultant fees, and other direct costs associated with product development.

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Concentration of Credit Risk:

Financial instruments that may subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents at one commercial bank. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of default by the commercial bank to the extent that cash and cash equivalent balances are in excess of the amount that is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Cash balances at this commercial bank exceeded the FDIC insurable limit at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

Stock-Based Compensation:

The Company generally grants stock options to its employees for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the shares at the date of grant. The Company accounts for all stock option grants using the fair value method and stock-based compensation is recognized as the underlying options vest.

Stock-based compensation for options granted to non-employees is measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measured. Stock-based compensation for options granted to non-employees is periodically remeasured as the underlying options vest.

Income Taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. Deferred income taxes are classified as current or non-current, based on the classifications of the related assets and liabilities giving rise to the temporary differences. A valuation allowance is provided against the Company’s deferred income tax assets when realization is not reasonably assured.

Use of Estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and reported amounts of expenses in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Key estimates in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the estimated useful lives of property and equipment, impairment of long-lived assets, certain accrued expenses, valuation allowance related to deferred income tax assets, and the fair value of options granted under the Company’s stock-based compensation plan.

Risks and Uncertainties:

The Company is subject to a number of risks associated with companies at a similar stage, including dependence on key individuals, competition from similar products and larger companies, volatility of the industry, ability to obtain adequate financing to support growth, the ability to attract and retain additional qualified personnel to manage the anticipated growth of the Company and general economic conditions.

Products being developed by the Company may require approvals from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), or other regulatory agencies prior to commercial sales. There can be no assurance the Company’s future products will receive the necessary approvals. Should these required approvals be

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

delayed or denied for any of the Company’s products, it may have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s intended operations.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

The Company uses a three-level hierarchy, which prioritizes, within the measurement of fair value, the use of market-based information over entity-specific information for fair value measurements based on the nature of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Fair value focuses on an exit price and is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The inputs or methodology used for valuing financial instruments are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with those financial instruments.

The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements is defined as follows:

 

  Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

  Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

 

  Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, all of the Company’s money market funds were carried at fair value under the Level 1 valuation hierarchy based on quoted prices in an active market.

There were no transfers made into or out of the Level 1 category during the three month period end March 31, 2014.

 

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of the following at:

 

     March 31,
2014
    December 31,
2013
 

Machinery and equipment

   $ 194,986      $ 194,207   

Computer equipment

     5,812        10,027   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     200,798        204,234   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (91,371     (86,624
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 109,427      $ 117,610   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

4. CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTES PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTIES

In December 2012, and during the period from March to November 2011, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in the amount of $1,000,000 and $2,300,000, respectively, to advisors, consultants, directors, strategic investors and an executive of the Company. The notes bore interest at the rate of 6% per annum and were due March 31, 2013. The notes included a beneficial conversion feature allowing the note holders to convert the notes into shares of convertible preferred stock at a discount of 20% from the issuance price in the Company’s next round of qualified equity financing.

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In March 2013, the outstanding principal of $3,150,000 and accrued interest of $236,161 were converted into 16,928,529 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (Series A). The Company determined the fair value of the beneficial conversion feature to be $63,585 for notes issued in 2012 and $154,838 for the notes issued in 2011, using the intrinsic value method assuming a fair value of the Series A of $0.2499 per share. The resulting estimated fair value of the beneficial conversion feature was recorded as a discount to the debt and within additional paid-in capital and was amortized over the repayment term of the notes. The Company amortized the remaining $73,577 to interest expense for the three-month period ended March 31, 2013 upon conversion of the notes in 2013 ($218,423 was recorded as interest expense from inception to March 31, 2014).

 

5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Lease:

In April 2011, the Company entered into an operating lease agreement under which the Company leased its main operating facility on a month-to-month basis. The Company terminated the agreement in January 2013. Under the terms of the lease, the Company was responsible for certain insurance and maintenance expenses.

In January 2013, the Company entered into an operating lease agreement with a related party under which either party may terminate the lease with two months advance notice. Under the terms of the lease, the Company is responsible for certain insurance and maintenance expenses.

Indemnification:

From time to time, in its normal course of business, the Company may indemnify other parties, with whom it enters into contractual relationships, including customers, lessors and parties to other transactions with the Company. The Company may agree to hold other parties harmless against specific losses, such as those that could arise from a breach of representation, covenant or third party infringement claims. It may not be possible to determine the maximum potential amount of liability under such indemnification obligations due to the unique facts and circumstances that are likely to be involved in each particular claim and indemnification provision. Historically, there have been no such indemnification claims.

The Company has also indemnified its directors and executive officers, to the extent legally permissible, against all liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with any action in which such individual may be involved by reason of such individual being or having been a director or executive officer.

The Company believes the estimated fair value of any obligation from these indemnification agreements is minimal; therefore, these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not include a liability for any potential obligations at March 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013.

Contingencies:

In the normal course of business, the Company may receive inquiries or become involved in legal disputes regarding various litigation matters. In the opinion of management, any potential liabilities resulting from such claims would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
6. CAPITAL STOCK

Convertible Preferred Stock:

At March 31, 2014, the Company is authorized to issue 32,000,000 shares of Series A with a par value of $0.0001 per share.

The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions for the holders of Series A are as follows:

Dividends:

The holders of Series A are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, reclassifications or the like, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividends to the holders of common stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, at a rate of $0.015, per share, as adjusted, for stock splits, reclassifications, or the like per annum. No dividends have been declared or paid through March 31, 2014.

Voting:

Holders of Series A are entitled to voting rights equal to the number of shares of common stock into which each share of preferred stock could be converted. The holders of Series A are entitled to elect one director at any election of the Board of Directors. The holders of Series A and common stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, are entitled to elect any remaining directors.

Liquidation:

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A are entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to holders of common stock, an amount per share equal to $0.2499, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like, and the amount of declared but unpaid dividends on each share of Series A, as applicable. If, upon occurrence of such an event, the assets and funds distributed among the holders of Series A are insufficient to permit the above payment to such holders, then the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive. Upon the completion of the distribution to the holders of Series A, all remaining proceeds, if any, will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A and common stock, on an as converted basis, until the holders of Series A receive two times their liquidation preference. All remaining proceeds, if any, will be distributed ratably among the holders of common stock. No adjustments to liquidation value were recorded in contemplation of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company.

Conversion:

Each share of Series A is convertible into the number of fully paid, non-assessable shares of common stock at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance. Each share of Series A automatically converts into that number of shares of common stock determined in accordance with the conversion rate upon the earlier of (i) the closing of a public offering of common stock provided that the gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $30,000,000 or (ii) upon the date specified by the vote or written request by the Company from the holders of at least 50% of Series A outstanding. At March 31, 2014, the conversion price is $0.2499 for each share of Series A issued and outstanding.

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Protective Provisions:

The holders of Series A have certain protective provisions. As long as 12,600,000 shares of Series A are issued and outstanding, the Company cannot, without the approval of more than 50% of the voting power of Series A then outstanding, voting as a single class, take any action that: (i) amends the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company that would materially and adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the holders of Series A, which includes the creation of any new class or series of stock that is senior to or pari passu with Series A, (ii) declares or pays any dividend or distribution of any shares of capital stock, or (iii) redeems or repurchases shares of Series A or common stock, other than share of common stock issued to employees, officers, directors and other service providers upon termination of their employment or service.

Common Stock:

The Company is authorized to issue 55,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. In March 2013, the Company issued 1,026,921 shares of unvested common stock under restricted stock award agreements to employees and consultants in exchange for services. The shares were valued at the date of issuance at their intrinsic value of $51,333 and vest at varying dates through June 2015. The Company recorded $50,605 as stock-based compensation for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Unvested common stock issued was subject to a right of repurchase by the Company at the lower of the fair value of the Company’s common stock or $0.05 per share upon the termination of service from the Company.

At March 31, 2014, 167,255 shares issued in connection with the agreement were subject to repurchase (203,006 shares subject to repurchase at December 31, 2013). The restricted stock repurchase liability at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was not material.

In February and March 2014, the Company issued a total of 633,873 shares of common stock in exchange for consulting services rendered. The shares were valued at the date of issuance at their intrinsic value of $31,694, which was recorded in research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of operations for the three-month period ended March 31, 2014.

 

7. EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

In March 2013, the Company adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan). Under the terms of the Plan, the Company is authorized to issue incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options of common stock to directors, employees and consultants. The Company has reserved 9,871,590 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan at March 31, 2014.

Under the Plan, the Board of Directors may grant incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Incentive stock options may only be granted to Company employees. The exercise price of incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options cannot be less than 100% of the fair value per share of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. If an individual owns incentive stock options representing more than 10% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock, the price of each share will be at least 110% of the fair value. Fair value is determined by the Board of Directors. Options generally vest 25% with a one year cliff and then vest ratably on a monthly basis over three years from the vesting commencement date. The option term is no longer than five years for incentive stock options for which the grantee owns greater than 10% of the Company’s capital stock and no longer than 10 years for all other options. The Company has a repurchase option on unvested restricted stock exercisable upon the

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s employment with the Company for any reason. The Company’s repurchase right lapses in accordance with the vesting terms.

Stock-based compensation expense related to options granted to employees was not material in 2013 or the three-month period ended March 31, 2014. No income tax benefits have been recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for stock-based compensation arrangements and no stock-based compensation costs have been capitalized as of March 31, 2014.

The calculated fair value of each award to employees for the three-month period ended March 31, 2014 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: expected term of 5.70 years; risk-free interest rate of 0.95%; expected volatility of 65%; and no dividends during the expected term. The calculated fair value of each award to employees in 2013 was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: expected term of 5.77 years; risk-free interest rate of 1.65%; expected volatility of 65%; and no dividends during the expected term. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities of public companies operating in the Company’s industry. The expected term of the options represents the period of time options are expected to be outstanding and is estimated considering vesting terms and employees’ historical exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

Stock option activity under the Plan is as follows:

 

           Options Outstanding  
     Options
Available
    Number
of Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 

Balances, December 31, 2013

     9,392,590        479,000       $ 0.05   

Granted

     (451,750     451,750         0.05   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Balances, March 31, 2014

     8,940,840        930,750      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

At March 31, 2014, there were 203,598 options vested with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.05 per share and a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 9.44 years. At December 31, 2013, there were 86,575 options vested with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.05 per share and a weighted-average remaining contractual life of 9.54 years.

The Company also uses the fair value method to value options granted to non-employees. Stock-based compensation related to options granted to non-employees was not material in 2013 or the three-month period ended March 31, 2014. The Company’s calculation of fair value for non-employee grants for the three-month period ended March 31, 2014 was made using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: contractual life of 10 years; risk-free interest rate of 2.85%; expected volatility of 65%; and no dividends during the contractual life.

 

8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In December 2010, the Company entered into an agreement with a private organization to perform research services. Amounts paid to this organization totaled $5,000 and $14,000 for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included in research and development

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

expenses in the consolidated statements of operations ($212,000 from inception through March 31, 2014). Amounts due to the organization totaled $48,000 and $4,000 at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

In April 2011, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with a stockholder of the Company to perform research services. The agreement expired in April 2014. No payments were made to the stockholder the three-month periods ended March 31, 2014 or March 31, 2013. Payments to the stockholder totaled $219,000 from inception through March 31, 2014. At March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, amounts due to the consultant totaled $37,500 and $37,500, respectively. In addition to the amounts paid in cash, the stockholder was issued 50,000 restricted profits interests, which were converted into an equivalent number of shares of restricted common stock upon the conversion of ImmuMetrix, LLC to ImmuMetrix, Inc.

In October 2011, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with a stockholder of the Company to perform research services. The agreement may be terminated by either party at any time. No payments were made to the consultant for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2014 or March 31, 2013 ($26,000 from inception through March 31, 2014, included in research and development expenses in the consolidated statements of operations). No amounts were due to the consultant at March 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013. In addition to the amounts paid in cash, the consultant was issued 500,016 restricted profits interests, which were converted into an equivalent number of shares of common stock upon the conversion of ImmuMetrix, LLC to ImmuMetrix, Inc.

In December 2012, the Company entered into an agreement with a consulting firm to provide executive services in which the executive of the Company is also a controlling member of the consulting firm. The agreement automatically renews in three-month increments if not terminated by either party. Payments made to the consulting firm totaled $109,000 and $56,000 for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively ($386,000 from inception through March 31, 2014). Amounts due to the consulting firm at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 totaled $10,000 and $14,000, respectively.

In January 2013, the Company entered into operating lease agreement in which a stockholder of the Company is an executive of the lessor. Rent paid to the lessor for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 totaled $13,000 and $14,000, respectively ($99,000 from inception through March 31, 2014). No amounts were due to the lessor as of March 31, 2014 or December 31, 2013.

 

10. EQUITY RIGHTS PLAN

In July 2011, the Company approved the ImmuMetrix, LLC Equity Rights Plan (the Rights Plan) which provides for the issuance of up to 100,000 equity rights units.

Under the Rights Plan, the Company could grant equity rights units to employees, management, advisory board members and directors. Vesting of individually granted equity rights units was determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. All unvested equity rights units were subject to forfeiture upon the termination of services to the Company. Equity rights units provided holders with a financial benefit only upon a change of control transaction, as defined by the agreement. In the event of a change of control transaction, an amount up to ten percent of the transaction proceeds would have been allocated to the holders of vested equity rights unit holders.

No equity rights were issued under the Rights Plan to date. The Rights Plan was terminated upon the conversion of the Company from an LLC to a C corporation in March 2013.

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
11. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On May 17, 2014, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to be acquired by CareDx, Inc. (CareDx). The transaction is structured as a tax-free reorganization. Subject to customary closing conditions, this transaction is expected to close in June 2014. The total estimated sale price is $19.1 million consisting of i) $600,000 in cash; ii) 6,243,041 shares of CareDx Series G convertible preferred stock (Series G) with an estimated fair value of $15.9 million, including $0.5 million as a result of CareDx’s assumption of the Company’s outstanding stock options; and iii) an additional payment of 1,560,760 shares of CareDx Series G (or the common stock issuable upon conversion of Series G) with a current estimated fair value of $2.6 million upon achievement of a performance milestone no later than six years after the closing date of the transaction.

Prior to the closing of the transaction, the Company will transfer to a newly formed corporation (Newco) certain intellectual property, records and tangible and intangible assets of the Company related to the Company’s proprietary cell-free DNA detection and immune repertoire profiling technologies, in each case the primary utility of which is: (i) the diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precursor to cancer, or (ii) applications and purposes other than the development, commercialization, licensing, marketing or sale of products or services that utilize either cell-free DNA detection or immune repertoire profiling specifically for the diagnosis and clinical management of solid organ and bone marrow transplant recipients or pre-transplant patients who are on a designated transplant waiting list. In exchange for such transfer of assets, Newco will issue to the Company (i) shares of Series A preferred stock of Newco, which shares will be distributed by dividend to the holders of preferred stock of the Company on a one-for-one basis, and (ii) shares of common stock of Newco, which shares will be distributed by dividend to the holders of the Company’s common stock on a one-for-one basis. After the Newco spin-off, Newco will be owned by the shareholders of the Company and will not be a subsidiary of the Company.

Each option to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the acquisition by CareDx will be assumed by CareDx and will continue to have, and be subject to, the same terms and conditions of such options immediately prior to the closing, including vesting conditions, subject to adjustments: (i) as required by the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan to prevent a diminution of the benefits under the options as a result of the spin-off of assets to Newco as described above; and (ii) to convert the exercise of such options into options to purchase shares of Series G of CareDx with both (a) an adjusted exercise price and (b) an adjusted number of shares subject to the assumed options based on a fixed option exchange rate.

Options held by consultants will be amended to provide for full acceleration of vesting and extension of the post-termination exercise period in connection with the Merger, and options held by the employees will, subject to continued service, vest and become fully exercisable six (6) months after the consummation of the Merger or upon termination without cause. The Company expects to record a charge of $234,000 upon the closing of the merger associated with these stock option modifications.

Subsequent events have been evaluated through May 29, 2014, which is the date the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are considered issued.

 

See notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Index to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

     F-75   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet as of
March 31, 2014

     F-76   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2013

     F-77   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations for the Three Months Ended March  31, 2014

     F-78   

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

     F-79   

 

F-74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

On May 17, 2014, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Agreement”) to acquire ImmuMetrix, Inc. (“IMX”), a privately held development stage company working in new technologies using cell-free donor DNA technology (“cfDNA”) for the diagnosis, treatment and management of transplant rejection, immune disorders and diseases, including the development of a new, non-invasive test designed to detect the early stages of solid organ transplant rejection. The Company will acquire all the assets of IMX associated with transplant diagnostics, including related immune repertoire and infectious diseases.

Through this acquisition, the Company expects to add to its existing know-how, expertise and intellectual property in applying cfDNA technology to the surveillance of transplant recipients. The intellectual property we expect to acquire includes an exclusive license from Stanford University to a patent relating to the diagnosis of rejection in organ transplant recipients using cfDNA. Subject to customary closing conditions, the merger is expected to close in June 2014.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet gives effect to the consummation of the acquisition of IMX, as if it had occurred as of March 31, 2014. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations give effect to the consummation of the acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2013. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 was derived from the Company’s audited statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013, and the audited statement of operations of IMX for the year ended December 31, 2013. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was derived from the Company’s unaudited statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014, and the unaudited statement of operations of IMX for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, the total purchase price presented in the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date, including identifiable intangible assets which either arise from a contractual or legal right or are separable from goodwill. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is considered goodwill.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information (the “Pro Forma Statements”) is presented for illustration purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations of the combined company. The Pro Forma Statements do not give effect to any potential cost savings or other operational efficiencies that could result from the acquisition.

The Pro Forma Statements are presented in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and have been prepared using the assumptions described in the notes thereto. Certain information and certain footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States have been condensed or omitted pursuant to these rules; however, management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading.

The Pro Forma Statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information as well as the Company’s and IMX’s historical audited financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus.

 

F-75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

As of March 31, 2014

(In thousands)

 

     Historical                     
     CareDx     IMX     Pro Forma
Adjustments
           Pro Forma  

Assets

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,837      $ 1,922      $ (1,922     a       $ 4,837   

Accounts receivable

     2,093        —          —             2,093   

Inventory

     725        —          —             725   

Prepaid and other assets

     1,825        78        (78     b         1,825   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current assets

     9,480        2,000        (2,000        9,480   

Property and equipment, net

     1,466        109        (109     c         1,466   

Restricted cash

     147        —          —             147   

Intangibles and other noncurrent assets

     2        12        6,638        d         6,652   

Goodwill

     —          —          14,077        d         14,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 11,095      $ 2,121      $ 18,606         $ 31,822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

           

Current liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

   $ 781      $ 94      $ (94     e       $ 781   

Accrued payroll liabilities

     826        —          347        f         1,173   

Deferred revenue

     65        —          —             65   

Current portion of long-term debt

     5,485        —          —             5,485   

Accrued and other liabilities

     3,421        116        1,282        g         4,819   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     10,578        210        1,535           12,323   

Accrued royalties

     3,139        —          —             3,139   

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     1,835        —          —             1,835   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     1,621        —          —             1,621   

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     9,591        —          —             9,591   

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     1,053        —          —             1,053   

Contingent consideration related to business acquisition

     —          —          2,590        h         2,590   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     27,817        210        4,125           32,152   

Convertible preferred stock

     135,202        —          15,937        i         151,139   

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

           

Convertible preferred stock

     —          3        (3     j         —     

Common stock

     7        1        (1     j         7   

Additional paid-in capital

     9,529        6,738        (6,672     k         9,595   

Accumulated deficit

     (161,460     (4,831     5,220        l         (161,071
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (151,924     1,911        (1,456        (151,469
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 11,095      $ 2,121      $ 18,606         $ 31,822   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

See notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

F-76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2013

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Historical     Pro Forma
Adjustments
           Pro Forma  
     CareDx     IMX             

Revenue:

           

Testing revenue

   $ 21,672      $ —        $ —           $ 21,672   

Collaboration and license revenue

     426        —          —             426   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

     22,098        —          —             22,098   

Operating expenses:

           

Cost of testing

     9,078        —          —             9,078   

Research and development

     3,176        430        428        a         4,034   

Sales and marketing

     5,892        —          —             5,892   

General and administrative

     4,809        743        —             5,552   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     22,955        1,173        428           24,556   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (857     (1,173     (428        (2,458

Interest expense, net

     (2,149     (127     —             (2,276

Other expense, net

     (536     (5     —             (541
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net loss before income tax benefit

     (3,542     (1,305     (428        (5,275

Income tax benefit

     —          —          1,600        b         1,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (3,542   $ (1,305   $ 1,172         $ (3,675
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.51          $ (0.53
           

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     6,923,946               6,923,946   
           

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

            $ (0.06
           

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

              49,896,539   
           

 

 

 

See notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

F-77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CareDx, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Historical    

Pro Forma

Adjustments

           Pro Forma  
     CareDx     IMX             

Revenue:

           

Testing revenue

   $ 5,834      $ —        $ —           $ 5,834   

Collaboration and license revenue

     90        —          —             90   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total revenue

     5,924        —          —             5,924   

Operating expenses:

           

Cost of testing

     2,162        —          —             2,162   

Research and development

     720        153        82        a         955   

Sales and marketing

     1,474        —          —             1,474   

General and administrative

     1,795        283        (54     b         2,024   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,151        436        29           6,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (227     (436    
(29

       (692

Interest expense, net

     (548     —          —             (548

Other expense, net

     (529     (1     —             (530
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,304   $ (437   $ (29      $ (1,770
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.19          $ (0.26
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     6,932,063               6,932,063   
  

 

 

          

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

            $ (0.02
           

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

              49,904,656   
           

 

 

 

See notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

F-78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSACTION

On May 17, 2014, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Agreement”) to acquire ImmuMetrix, Inc. (“IMX”), a privately held development stage company working in new technologies using cell-free donor DNA technology for the diagnosis, treatment and management of transplant rejection, immune disorders and diseases, including the development of a new, non-invasive test designed to detect the early stages of solid organ transplant rejection. The Company will acquire all IMX assets associated with transplant diagnostics, including related immune repertoire and infectious diseases. IMX will retain all other assets not associated with transplant diagnostics. The merger is structured as a tax-free reorganization. Subject to customary closing conditions, the merger is expected to close in June 2014.

The Company agreed to acquire all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of IMX for a the total estimated purchase price of $19.1 million consisting of i) $600,000 in cash; ii) 6,243,041 shares of the Company’s Series G convertible preferred stock with an estimated fair value of $15.9 million, including 189,890 shares of the Company’s Series G convertible preferred stock with an estimated fair value of $0.5 million as a result of the Company’s assumption of IMX outstanding stock options; and iii) an additional payment of 1,560,760 shares of CareDx Series G convertible preferred stock if a future milestone is achieved.

The Agreement provides that the milestone will be achieved if the Company completes 2,500 commercial tests involving the measurement of cfDNA in organ transplant recipients in the United States no later than six years after the closing date of the merger. The additional shares to be paid for the achievement of the milestone will be Series G preferred stock, or common stock if the Company is public at the time the milestone is met. The initial estimated fair value of this contingent consideration is $2.6 million.

 

2. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under the purchase method of accounting, the total purchase price presented in the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of May 14, 2014, including identifiable intangible assets which either arise from a contractual or legal right or are separable from goodwill. The excess of purchase price over the estimated fair value assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is considered goodwill. See Note 4 below for the preliminary purchase price allocation and the description of the estimated fair value measurements.

 

3. PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS

The following adjustments have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

(a) The following table summarizes pro forma adjustments impacting cash and cash equivalents:

 

   $ (1,322  

Represents the elimination of IMX historical cash and cash equivalents not acquired by the Company

     (600  

Represents cash consideration to be paid by the Company in connection with the acquisition

  

 

 

   
   $ (1,922  
  

 

 

   

 

F-79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(b) Represents the elimination of IMX historical prepaid and other assets not acquired by the Company.

 

(c) Represents the elimination of IMX historical property and equipment, net, not acquired by the Company.

 

(d) The following table summarizes pro forma adjustments impacting other noncurrent assets:

 

   $ 6,650      Represents acquired in-process technology
     14,077      Represents goodwill acquired
     (12  

Represents the elimination of IMX historical other noncurrent assets not acquired by the Company

  

 

 

   
   $ 20,715     
  

 

 

   

 

(e) Represents the elimination of IMX historical accounts payable not assumed by the Company.

 

(f) The following table summarizes pro forma adjustments impacting accrued payroll liabilities:

 

   $ 292      

Represents accrued salaries for incremental salaries related to IMX employees

     55      

Represents accrued retention bonuses payable by the Company

  

 

 

    
   $ 347      
  

 

 

    

 

(g) The following table summarizes pro forma adjustments impacting accrued and other liabilities:

 

   $ (116  

Represents the elimination of IMX accrued and other liabilities not assumed by the Company

     98     

Represents accrued consultant fees

     1,300     

Represents estimated acquisition-related transaction costs for CareDx ($700) + IMX($600)

  

 

 

   
   $ 1,282     
  

 

 

   

 

(h) Contingent consideration comprised of the initial estimated fair value of shares of Series G preferred stock to be issued upon the achievement of a future milestone.

 

(i) Represents the estimated fair value of Series G preferred stock issued in the acquisition.

 

(j) Represents the elimination of IMX historical convertible preferred stock and common stock (29,533,570 and 8,769,127 shares, respectively).

 

(k) The following table summarizes pro forma adjustments impacting additional paid-in-capital:

 

   $ (6,738   Represents the elimination of IMX historical additional paid-in-capital
     66      Represents stock-based compensation
  

 

 

   
   $ (6,672  
  

 

 

   

 

(l) The following table summarizes pro forma adjustments impacting accumulated deficit:

 

   $ 4,831      Represents the elimination of IMX historical accumulated deficit
     (292   Represents accrued salaries
     (98   Represents accrued consultant fees
     (66   Represents stock-based compensation
     (55   Represents accrued retention bonuses
     (700)      Represents estimated acquisition-related transaction costs to be paid by the Company
     1,600      Represents the income tax benefit of utilization of NOLs against net deferred tax liability primarily as a result of non-deductible in-process technology
  

 

 

   
   $ 5,220     
  

 

 

   

 

F-80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following adjustments have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

(a) The following table summarizes pro forma adjustments impacting research and development expenses:

 

   $ 234       Represents accrued salaries
     78       Represents accrued consultant fees
     61       Represents stock-based compensation
     55       Represents accrued retention bonuses
  

 

 

    
   $ 428      
  

 

 

    

 

(b) Represents the income tax benefit of utilization of NOLs against net deferred tax liability primarily as a result of non-deductible in-process technology.

The following adjustments have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (in thousands):

 

(a) The following table summarizes pro forma adjustments impacting research and development expenses:

 

   $ 59       Represents accrued salaries
     20       Represents accrued consultant fees
     4       Represents stock-based compensation
  

 

 

    
   $ 83      
  

 

 

    

 

(b) The following table summarizes pro forma adjustments impacting general and administrative expenses:

 

   $ 26       Represents acquisition-related transaction costs recorded by the Company
     28       Represents acquisition-related transaction costs recorded by IMX
  

 

 

    
   $ 54      
  

 

 

    

 

4. PRELIMINARY PURCHASE PRICE ALLOCATION

In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations , the Company recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective estimated fair values as of May 14, 2014. The total estimated purchase price of $19.1 million was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, including identifiable intangible assets which either arise from a contractual or legal right or are separable from goodwill. There were no tangible assets acquired from IMX.

The total purchase price was allocated using the information currently available. As a result, the Company may continue to adjust the estimated purchase price allocation after obtaining more information, primarily regarding certain income tax matters.

The estimated fair value of the Series G convertible preferred stock to be issued as consideration in the acquisition was derived based primarily on an independent third-party valuation. The fair value measurements were based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent a Level 3 fair value measurement as defined in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures .

The Company recorded its estimate of the fair value of the contingent consideration based on its evaluation of the probability of the achievement of the contractual conditions that would result in the payment of the contingent consideration. The fair value of the contingent consideration was estimated

 

F-81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

using the fair value of the shares to be paid if the contingency is met multiplied by management’s 65% estimate of the probability of success. This represents a Level 3 fair value measurement under the fair value hierarchy. The significant inputs in the Level 3 measurement not supported by market activity include the Company’s probability assessments of the milestone being met, as well as the estimated fair value of the Series G stock to be paid. The contingent consideration payable in the Company’s stock represents a liability in accordance with ASC 480-10, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity . The Company will remeasure this liability each reporting period and record changes in the estimated fair value as a component of operating expenses until the milestone contingency is paid or is no longer achievable.

The following table summarizes the preliminary estimated purchase consideration (in thousands):

 

Cash paid upon executing agreement and to be paid upon end of objection period

   $ 600   

Estimated fair value of Series G preferred stock issued

     15,444   

Estimated fair value of stock options assumed by the Company

     493   

Estimated fair value of Series G preferred stock (contingent consideration) to be issued upon the achievement of a future milestone

     2,590   
  

 

 

 

Total estimated purchase consideration

   $ 19,127   
  

 

 

 

The following table provides the estimated portion of assumed stock options that are subject to future service requirements and therefore will be expensed in the financial statements rather than included in purchase consideration (in thousands):

 

Estimated fair value of stock options assumed by the Company relating to post combination service period

   $ 44   
  

 

 

 

The following table provides the preliminary allocation of the estimated purchase consideration (in thousands):

 

Identifiable intangible assets – In-process technology

   $ 6,650   

Deferred tax liability, net

     (1,600

Goodwill

     14,077   
  

 

 

 

Total estimated assets acquired and liabilities assumed

   $ 19,127   
  

 

 

 

Identifiable Intangible Assets and Liabilities

As part of the purchase price allocation, the Company determined that IMX’s separately identifiable intangible asset was its in-process technology.

The Company used the Relief from Royalty Approach to value the in-process technology. This method estimates the fair value of an asset by determining the present value of cash flows, net of taxes, associated with incremental profits as a result of relief from royalty on the acquired in-process technology. The baseline data for this analysis was technology-related revenue estimates generated by management, which were utilized to generate the present value of cash flows. A net estimated royalty rate of 12% was applied to the forecasted revenue to estimate the income associated with the asset.

Cash flows forecasted for the in-process technology were discounted based on a discount rate of 18%. This discount rate was benchmarked with reference to the implied rate of return on assets, as well as an estimate of a market participant’s weighted-average cost of capital.

 

F-82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The in-process technology is recorded as an indefinite-life intangible asset until it reaches technological feasibility and will be tested for impairment in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other . Amortization into earnings will begin once the research and development activities are complete and the technology is proven to work, at which time technological feasibility will have been achieved. The Company expects that will occur at approximately the time when revenue is generated in the marketplace, currently estimated to be during the fourth quarter of 2015.

Amortization will be based on the estimated remaining useful life of the patent when the product is proven feasible, estimated to be 15 years. Amortization will be recorded using the straight line method.

In estimating the useful life of the acquired identified intangible assets, the Company considered ASC 350-30-35, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other , and reviewed the following: the expected use by the combined company of the assets acquired, legal, regulatory or other contractual provisions that may limit the useful life of an acquired asset or may enable the extension of the useful life of an acquired asset without substantial cost, the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors, and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the asset.

The amortization of the completed technology is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes as the transaction was structured as a tax-free reorganization. Accordingly, a deferred tax liability was recorded for the difference between the financial reporting and tax basis of the acquired in-process technology. While the in-process technology is considered an indefinite lived intangible asset, the life will become definite as it will be amortized or impaired prior to the expiration of net operating loss carryforwards available to the Company. As a result, a tax benefit was recorded for the net deferred tax liability of $1.6 million.

The factors contributing to the recognition of goodwill were based upon strategic benefits that are expected to be realized from the combination. The goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 

F-83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
5. PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

The tables below show the calculation of pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted for the year ended December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 (in thousands, except share and per share data). These tables exclude 1,560,760 contingent shares to be issued on the attainment of the milestone described in Note 1 above.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2013  
     Pro Forma  

Net loss

   $ (3,675

Change in estimated fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (525
  

 

 

 
   $ (3,150
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     6,923,946   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     35,347,115   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock issuable in connection with the subordinated convertible promissory note

     1,572,327   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to be issued in connection with the business combination

     6,053,151   
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     49,896,539   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.06
  

 

 

 

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     Pro Forma  

Net loss

   $ (1,770

Change in estimated fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     (528
  

 

 

 
   $ (1,242
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     6,932,063   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

     35,347,115   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock issuable in connection with the subordinated convertible promissory note

     1,572,327   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to be issued in connection with the business combination

     6,053,151   
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     49,904,656   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.02
  

 

 

 

 

F-84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

             Shares

 

CAREDX, INC.

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Until             , 2014, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

Piper Jaffray

Leerink Partners

 

Raymond James

Mizuho Securities

 

                    , 2014


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the Registrant, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, upon completion of this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 6,440   

FINRA filing fee

     8,000   

Exchange listing fee

   $ 125,000   

Printing and engraving

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Blue sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous

   $ 2,500   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) provides for the indemnification of officers, directors, and other corporate agents in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify such persons under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933. Article of the Registrant’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Exhibit 3.1(b) hereto), and Article of the Registrant’s Amended and Restated Bylaws (Exhibit 3.2(b) hereto), provide for indemnification of the Registrant’s directors, officers, employees and other agents to the extent and under the circumstances permitted by the DGCL. The Registrant has also entered into agreements with its directors and officers that will require the Registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by law.

The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of us and our directors and officers for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), and affords certain rights of contribution with respect thereto.

 

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since April 1, 2011, the Registrant has issued the following unregistered securities:

 

   

On March 21, 2011 and October 31, 2011, the Registrant issued and sold subordinated convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $5,323,801.86 to 47 of its existing stockholders. Upon conversion of the subordinated convertible promissory notes, each noteholder was also entitled to receive warrants to purchase shares of the Registrant’s preferred stock.

 

   

On April 11, 2012, the Registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 4,850,061 shares of its Series G preferred stock to 49 accredited investors at a price per share of $3.18. The Registrant received aggregate cash consideration of approximately $3,000,000 and converted outstanding subordinated convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, of $12,423,268.48. Upon completion of this offering, these shares of Series G preferred stock will convert into 4,850,061 shares of

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

common stock. The Registrant also issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,447,117 shares of its Series G preferred stock with an exercise price of $3.18 per share in connection with the conversion of the subordinated convertible promissory notes. All warrants contain provisions allowing for cashless exercise, and upon completion of this offering, these warrants to purchase shares of Series G preferred stock will convert into warrants to purchase 2,447,117 shares of common stock.

 

   

On April 17, 2014, the Registrant issued and sold a subordinated convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 to Illumina, Inc. Upon completion of this offering, this subordinated convertible promissory note is convertible into the number of shares of common stock obtained by dividing the principal amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest, by the lesser of the initial public offering price per share and $3.18.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering. The Registrant believes that these transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. There was no advertising, general promotion or other marketing in connection with the transactions. Investors were limited to existing holders of preferred stock in the Registrant and large commercial partners of the Registrant; all of whom had a pre-existing relationship with the Registrant. All investors confirmed that they were acquiring the securities for investment purposes only and not for the purpose of further distribution. All investors were financially sophisticated and the Registrant used investor suitability questionnaires to determine whether such investors had the financial ability to bear the risk of investing in a private company, as well as to evaluate the education, occupation, business and investment experience of such offerees. Each investor made representations and warranties to the Registrant with respect to their knowledge and experience in financial and business matters, their ability to bear the economic risk of such their investment, their intent to purchase the securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to or for resale, and the absence of a present intent to sell or distribute such securities. Restrictive legends were affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. The investors were also represented by legal counsel. All investors were provided with access to information on the Registrant’s business and financial condition and the terms of the proposed offerings.

In June 2014, the Registrant expects to issue 6,053,151 shares of its Series G preferred stock in connection with its acquisition of ImmuMetrix, Inc. to 33 former stockholders of ImmuMetrix. This issuance will not involve underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering. The Registrant believes that this issuance will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act under Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering. There will be no advertising, general promotion or other marketing undertaken in connection with the issuance. All stockholders will confirm that they are acquiring the securities for investment purposes only and not for the purpose of further distribution. The Registrant will use investor suitability questionnaires to determine whether such stockholders have the financial ability to bear the risk of investing in a private company, and, either alone, or together with their purchaser representative, have the ability to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Registrant’s stock. Each stockholder will make representations and warranties to the Registrant with respect to its knowledge and experience in financial and business matters, its ability to bear the economic risk of its investment, its intent to hold the securities for its own account for investment and not with a view to or for resale, and the absence of a present intent to sell or distribute such securities. Restrictive legends will be affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in this transaction.

 

   

From January 1, 2011 to March 31, 2014, the Registrant granted to its officers, directors, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 3,407,556 shares of common stock under its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

ranging from $0.04 to $1.81 per share. The Registrant also issued 11,828 shares of common stock upon exercise of such options for an aggregate consideration of $5,246.99, at exercise prices ranging from $0.08 to $0.58.

 

   

In June 2014, the Registrant expects to assume options to purchase 189,890 shares of its Series G preferred stock in connection with its acquisition of ImmuMetrix.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering. The Registrant believes that these transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as offers and sales of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701. The recipients of securities in these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

 

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

We have filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this Registration Statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Brisbane, California, on the 3 rd day of June 2014.

 

CareDx, Inc.

By:

  /s/ Peter Maag
  Peter Maag
  Chief Executive Officer and President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS , that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Peter Maag and Ken Ludlum as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy, and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Peter Maag

Peter Maag, Ph.D.

  

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  June 3, 2014

/s/ Ken Ludlum

Ken Ludlum

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  June 3, 2014

/s/ George W. Bickerstaff, III

George W. Bickerstaff, III

  

Director

  June 3, 2014

/s/ G. Steven Burrill

G. Steven Burrill

  

Director

  June 3, 2014

/s/ Brook Byers

Brook Byers

  

Director

  June 3, 2014

/s/ Fred E. Cohen

Fred E. Cohen, M.D., D. Phil.

  

Director

  June 3, 2014

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Michael Goldberg

Michael Goldberg

  

Director

  June 3, 2014

/s/ Ralph Snyderman

Ralph Snyderman, M.D.

  

Director

  June 3, 2014

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Description

    1.1*       Form of Underwriting Agreement.
    2.1       Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 17, 2014, by and between the Registrant, Monitor Acquisition Corporation, ImmuMetrix, Inc. and Mattias Westman, as Holders’ Agent.
    3.1       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
    3.2       Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
    3.3       Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
    3.4       Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
    4.1*       Form of the Registrant’s common stock certificate.
    4.2       Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated July 1, 2009, as amended on March 29, 2012, between the Registrant and certain holders of the Registrant’s capital stock named therein.
    5.1       Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
  10.1       Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
  10.2       1998 Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
  10.3       2008 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
  10.4       2014 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
  10.5       2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10.6       Chief Executive Employment Agreement, dated September 19, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Peter Maag.
  10.7       Offer Letter, dated July 31, 2006, by and between the Registrant and James Yee.
  10.8       Offer Letter, dated July 19, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Matthew Meyer.
  10.9       Offer Letter, dated March 18, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Ken Ludlum.
  10.10       Offer Letter, dated November 21, 2006, by and between the Registrant and Mitchell Nelles.
  10.11       Form of Change of Control and Severance Agreement between the Registrant and each of its executive officers.
  10.12       Lease, dated April 27, 2006, as amended on November 10, 2010, by and between the Registrant and BMR-Bayshore Boulevard LLC, for office and laboratory space located at 3260 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, California 94005.
  10.13       Loan and Security Agreement, dated August 15, 2012, by and between the Registrant, Oxford Finance, LLC and Silicon Valley Bank.
  10.14†       PCR Patent License Agreement, dated November 16, 2004, by and between the Registrant and Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., and amendments thereto.
  10.15†       Distribution and Licensing Agreement, dated June 20, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Diaxonhit SA.
  10.16       Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated April 17, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Illumina, Inc.


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.18†    Amended and Restated Exclusive Agreement, dated January 27, 2014, by and between the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and ImmuMetrix, Inc.
10.19    ImmuMetrix, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan
23.1    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.3    Consent of Frank, Rimerman & Co. LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1    Power of Attorney (See page II-4).

 

* To be filed by amendment. All other exhibits are filed herewith.
Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 2.1

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

by and among

CAREDX, INC.,

MONITOR ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

IMMUMETRIX, INC.,

and

MATTIAS WESTMAN, AS HOLDERS’ AGENT

Dated as of May 17, 2014

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE I  

THE MERGER

     1   

1.1

 

The Merger

     1   

1.2

 

Closing

     2   

1.3

 

Cash Payments

     2   

1.4

 

Newco Spin-off

     2   

1.5

 

Effects of the Merger

     2   

1.6

 

Effect on Company Capital Stock and Options

     2   

1.7

 

Closing Date Balance

     5   

1.8

 

Escrow

     7   

1.9

 

Earnout Consideration

     7   

1.10

 

Surrender of Company Stock Certificates

     8   

1.11

 

No Further Ownership Rights in Company Capital Stock

     9   

1.12

 

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

     9   

1.13

 

Required Withholding

     10   

1.14

 

Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action

     10   

1.15

 

Securities Law Compliance

     10   

1.16

 

Adjustments

     10   

1.17

 

Second Step Merger

     10   
ARTICLE II  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY

     11   

2.1

 

Corporate Organization and Authority

     11   

2.2

 

Capitalization

     11   

2.3

 

Subsidiaries

     12   

2.4

 

Authority; Noncontravention; Consents

     12   

2.5

 

Agreements; Actions

     13   

2.6

 

Litigation

     14   

2.7

 

Title to Property and Assets; Leases

     14   

2.8

 

Intellectual Property

     14   

2.9

 

Registration Rights

     16   

2.10

 

Brokers and Finders

     16   

2.11

 

Interested Party Transactions

     16   

2.12

 

Financial Statements

     16   

2.13

 

Liabilities

     17   

2.14

 

No Material Change

     17   

2.15

 

Governmental Authorization

     18   

2.16

 

Tax Returns and Audits

     18   

2.17

 

Employee Matters and Benefit Plans

     19   

2.18

 

409A Compliance

     21   

2.19

 

Certain Agreements Affected by the Merger

     21   

2.20

 

Real Property

     21   

2.21

 

Environmental Matters

     22   

2.22

 

Compliance with Applicable Laws

     22   

2.23

 

Approval of Transaction; Required Stockholder Consent

     22   

2.24

 

Insurance

     22   

2.25

 

Merger Consideration Spreadsheet

     22   

2.26

 

No Reliance

     22   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
ARTICLE III  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT

     23   

3.1

 

Corporate Organization and Authority

     23   

3.2

 

Capital Structure

     23   

3.3

 

Subsidiaries

     24   

3.4

 

Authority; Noncontravention; Consents

     24   

3.5

 

Agreements; Actions

     25   

3.6

 

Litigation

     25   

3.7

 

Intellectual Property

     26   

3.8

 

Brokers and Finders

     26   

3.9

 

Interested Party Transactions

     26   

3.10

 

Financial Statements

     27   

3.11

 

Liabilities

     27   

3.12

 

Absence of Certain Changes

     27   

3.13

 

Governmental Authorization

     27   

3.14

 

Tax Returns and Audits

     28   

3.15

 

Employee Matters and Benefit Plans

     28   

3.16

 

Certain Agreements Affected by the Merger

     29   

3.17

 

Real Property

     29   

3.18

 

Environmental Matters

     29   

3.19

 

Compliance with Applicable Laws

     29   

3.20

 

Approval of Transaction; Required Consent

     29   

3.21

 

No “Bad Actor” Disqualifications

     30   

3.22

 

Offering

     30   

3.23

 

Title

     30   

3.24

 

No Reliance

     30   
ARTICLE IV  

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     31   

4.1

 

Confidentiality

     31   

4.2

 

Public Disclosure

     31   

4.3

 

Access to Information

     31   

4.4

 

Consents; Cooperation

     32   

4.5

 

Legal Requirements

     32   

4.6

 

Expenses

     32   

4.7

 

Commercially Reasonable Efforts and Further Assurances

     33   

4.8

 

Employee Matters

     33   

4.9

 

Insurance and D&O Indemnification

     33   

4.10

 

Section 280G Matters

     34   

4.11

 

Preparation of Information Statement

     34   

4.12

 

Certain Tax Matters

     35   

4.13

 

Certain Tax Contests

     35   

4.14

 

Merger Consideration Spreadsheet

     35   

4.15

 

Requisite Stockholder Approvals

     36   

4.16

 

Termination of Certain Contracts

     36   

4.17

 

Accredited Investor Questionnaires

     36   

4.18

 

Form S-8

     36   
ARTICLE V  

CONDUCT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME

     36   

5.1

 

Conduct of Business of the Company

     36   

5.2

 

Conduct of Business of Parent

     39   

5.3

 

No Solicitation

     40   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
ARTICLE VI  

CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

     41   

6.1

 

Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger

     41   

6.2

 

Additional Conditions to Obligations of Parent

     41   

6.3

 

Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Company

     43   
ARTICLE VII  

INDEMNIFICATION

     44   

7.1

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     44   

7.2

 

Indemnification Provisions

     44   

7.3

 

Limitations

     45   

7.4

 

Exclusive Remedy

     46   

7.5

 

Escrow

     46   

7.6

 

Claims Upon Escrow

     47   

7.7

 

Resolution of Conflicts; Arbitration

     47   

7.8

 

Holders’ Agent

     48   

7.9

 

Actions of Holders’ Agent

     51   

7.10

 

Third Party Claims

     51   

7.11

 

Voting Rights and Cash Distributions With Respect to Escrow Shares

     52   
ARTICLE VIII  

TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

     52   

8.1

 

Termination

     52   

8.2

 

Effect of Termination

     53   

8.3

 

Amendment

     53   

8.4

 

Extension; Waiver

     54   
ARTICLE IX  

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     54   

9.1

 

Notices

     54   

9.2

 

Interpretation

     55   

9.3

 

Counterparts

     55   

9.4

 

Schedules and Exhibits

     55   

9.5

 

Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest

     55   

9.6

 

Severability

     55   

9.7

 

Specific Performance

     56   

9.8

 

Governing Law

     56   

9.9

 

Rules of Construction

     56   

9.10

 

Ownership of Attorney-Client Privilege

     56   

9.11

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     56   

 

-iii-


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    -    Form of Certificate of Merger
Exhibit B    -    Form of Asset Transfer Agreement
Exhibit C    -    Sublicense Agreement
Exhibit D-1    -    Form of Letter of Transmittal
Exhibit D-2    -    Form of Joinder
Exhibit D-3    -    Form of Lock-Up Agreement
Exhibit E    -    Form of Non-competition and Non-solicitation Agreement
Exhibit F    -    Form of Observer Rights Letter

ANNEXES

 

Annex A    -    Definitions

 

-iv-


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, made and entered into as of May 17, 2014 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), is by and among CareDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Monitor Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Merger Sub ”), ImmuMetrix, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”), and Mattias Westman as the Holders’ Agent, for the purposes of Article VII only. Certain capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to in Annex A.

RECITALS

A. The Boards of Directors of Parent, Merger Sub and Company believe it is in the best interests of their respective corporations and the stockholders of their respective corporations that Company be acquired by Parent through the statutory merger of the Merger Sub with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”) and, in furtherance thereof, have approved this Agreement, and, as part of the same overall transaction, pursuant to the Second Step Merger (as defined below) the surviving entity of the Merger would merge with and into a limited liability company wholly owned by Parent.

B. In connection with the Merger, (i) the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock held by Persons that are “accredited investors” (“ Accredited Investors ”), within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”), shall be converted into the right to receive cash and Parent Shares, and (ii) the outstanding shares of Company’s capital stock held by Persons that are Unaccredited Investors shall be converted into the right to receive cash.

C. A portion of the Merger Consideration will be placed in escrow by Parent, as partial security for the indemnification obligations of the Indemnifying Securityholders.

D. In order to induce Parent to enter into this Agreement, certain Designated Consultants are executing and delivering consulting agreements (the “ Consulting Agreement ”) and certain Continuing Employees are executing and delivering employment offer letters (the “ Offer Letters ”), in each case, effective at and subject to the occurrence of the Closing.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

THE MERGER

1.1 The Merger . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions in this Agreement, and in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”), Merger Sub will be merged with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”), pursuant to the certificate of merger, substantially in the form of Exhibit A (the “ Certificate of Merger ”), to be filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware concurrently with or as soon as practicable following the Closing. The Merger will become effective at the time of the filing of such Certificate of Merger with the Delaware Secretary of State (the “ Effective Time ”). The Company will be the surviving corporation (sometimes referred to as the “ Surviving Corporation ”) in the Merger and will succeed to and assume all the rights and obligations of Merger Sub in accordance with the DGCL.


1.2 Closing . The closing of the Merger (the “ Closing ”) will take place as soon as practicable (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) after the satisfaction or waiver of each of the conditions set forth in Article VI , (except for such conditions that by their nature will be satisfied at Closing) or at such other time as the parties agree in writing. The Closing will take place at the offices of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304 or at such other location as the parties agree. The date on which the Closing actually occurs is herein referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

1.3 Cash Payments . Upon execution of this Agreement and delivery by the Company of the Company Requisite Stockholder Approvals, Parent shall make a non-refundable payment to the Company in the amount of Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) (the “ Initial Cash Payment ”) by check or wire transfer. An additional Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (the “ Cash Payment Amount ”) shall be payable by Parent subject to and in accordance with Section 1.7(e) .

1.4 Newco Spin-off . Prior to the Closing, the Company shall (i) form a wholly-owned subsidiary (“ Newco ”), (ii) enter into an agreement with Newco, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Asset Transfer Agreement ”), which includes an agreement of Newco to be bound by Section 1.7(e) of this Agreement and transfers to Newco certain Intellectual Property, records and other assets (both tangible and intangible) of the Company as set forth in more detail in the Asset Transfer Agreement, (iii) subject to Parent’s review and acceptance of the Estimated Closing Date Balance Statement, contribute to Newco cash up to the amount of the Company Surplus Cash, and (iv) distribute all shares of Newco by dividend to the Company stockholders (collectively, the “ Newco Spin-off ”). The fair market value of Newco and the related consequences to the Company and the Company Stockholders will be determined based on a report obtained by the Company from Teknos Associates in connection with the Newco Spinoff. Following the Newco Spin-off, and prior to the Closing, Newco and Company will enter into that certain Sublicense Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit C , in consideration of certain undertakings by Newco therein, and the Non-competition and Non-solicitation Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E .

1.5 Effects of the Merger .

(a) General . At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger will be as provided in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger and the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

(b) Certificate of Incorporation . At the Effective Time, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation will be amended such that the certificate of incorporation of Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, will be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation; provided, however , that at the Effective Time, Article I of the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: “The name of the corporation is ImmuMetrix, Inc.”

(c) Bylaws . At the Effective Time, the bylaws of Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective will be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

(d) Directors and Officers of Surviving Corporation . At the Effective Time, the directors and officers of Merger Sub, as constituted immediately prior to the Effective Time, will be the directors and officers of the Surviving Corporation.

1.6 Effect on Company Capital Stock and Options .

(a) Company Preferred Stock . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder of any shares of Company Capital Stock, each share of Company

 

-2-


Preferred Stock issued and outstanding prior to the Effective Time (other than Dissenting Shares and shares owned by Unaccredited Investors that receive cash in lieu of Parent Shares) shall be automatically converted into the right to receive, subject to and in accordance with Section 1.10 :

(i) the Preferred Stock Closing Stock Amount Per Share;

(ii) upon release from the Escrow pursuant to Section 7.5 and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Preferred Stock Escrow Amount Per Share (subject to reduction for payment of Indemnifiable Losses pursuant to Article VII ); and

(iii) the Preferred Stock Earnout Amount Per Share associated with any Earnout Consideration payable pursuant to Section 1.9 (subject to set-off for payment of Indemnifiable Losses pursuant to Article VII ).

(b) Common Stock . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder of any shares of Company Capital Stock, each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Dissenting Shares and shares owned by Unaccredited Investors that receive cash in lieu of Parent Shares) shall be automatically converted into the right to receive, subject to and in accordance with Section 1.9 :

(i) the Common Stock Closing Stock Amount Per Share;

(ii) upon release from the Escrow pursuant to Section 7.5 , the Common Stock Escrow Amount Per Share (subject to reduction for payment of Indemnifiable Losses pursuant to Article VII ); and

(iii) the Common Stock Earnout Amount Per Share payable pursuant to Section 1.9 (subject to set-off for payment of Indemnifiable Losses pursuant to Article VII ).

(c) Shares held by Unaccredited Investors . As a condition to receipt of Parent Shares pursuant to Section 1.6(a) or Section 1.6(b) , Company Stockholders shall be required to comply with the requirements of Section 1.10, including but not limited to the delivery to Parent of an Accredited Investor questionnaire to be provided by Parent. For any Company Stockholders who are not Accredited Investors, Parent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to substitute cash for all Parent Shares to which all such Company Stockholders would otherwise be entitled under this Agreement, based on the fair value per share of the Parent Shares on the Closing Date, but Parent shall not be entitled to substitute cash for less than all Parent Shares to which all such Company Stockholders would otherwise be entitled. Such fair value shall be $2.55 per Parent Share, as determined by Financial Strategies Consulting Group, an independent valuation approved by the Company and Parent (the “ Valuation Firm ”). All Parent Shares converted to cash pursuant to this Section 1.6(c) shall be treated as cancelled and treated as authorized and unissued Parent Shares.

(d) Company Options . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of Parent, Merger Sub or the Company, each option to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “ Company Options ”) shall be treated as follows:

(i) each Company Option will be assumed by Parent (an “ Assumed Option ”). Each Assumed Option will continue to have, and be subject to, the same terms and conditions of such option immediately prior to the Effective Time, including the vesting conditions, except that (1) each Assumed Option will be exercisable for that number of Parent Shares equal to the number of shares of Company

 

-3-


Common Stock subject to the Assumed Option immediately prior to the Effective Time multiplied by the Company Option Exchange Rate, with the resulting share amounts rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares, (2) the per share exercise price for the Parent Shares issuable upon exercise of the Assumed Option shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the exercise price per share of Company Common Stock at which such Assumed Option was exercisable immediately prior to the Effective Time by (y) the Company Option Exchange Rate, rounded up to the nearest whole cent, and (3) all references to the “Company” in the Stock Plan and the stock option agreements will be references to Parent. The “Company Option Exchange Rate” shall mean (x) the fair value of all consideration (including the estimated Escrow Shares and the Earnout Amount) payable under this Agreement per share of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, as determined by the Valuation Firm prior to closing, assuming exercise of all Company Options and other rights to acquire Company Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, which is expected to be approximately $0.4749 per share, divided by (y) $2.55, the fair value of a single Parent Share as of the Effective Date. It is the intention of the parties that each Company Option so assumed shall be assumed and converted in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(D) so as not to be treated as the grant of a new stock right or change in the form of payment for purposes of Treasury Regulations §§ 1.409A-1 through 1.409A-6. In the case of any Company Option to which Section 421 of the Code applies as of the Effective Time by reason of its qualification under Section 422 of the Code, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall provide notice (in a form reasonably satisfactory to Parent) to each holder of a Company Option describing the treatment of such options in accordance with this Section 1.6(d) and shall obtain a signed written consent to such treatment from each holder of a Company Option, in a form reasonably acceptable to Parent (the “ Company Optionholder Consent ”).

(e) Merger Sub Capital Stock . At the Effective Time, each share of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Merger Sub (“ Merger Sub Common Stock ”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be converted into one share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Surviving Corporation (the “ Surviving Corporation Common Stock ”).

(f) Fractional Shares . No fraction of a Parent Share will be issued in the Merger. After aggregating all fractional Parent Shares to be received by any Person all remaining fractional Parent Shares that would have been issued in the Merger shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share thereof and such Person shall be entitled to receive in lieu of such fractional share an amount of cash (rounded down to the nearest whole cent) equal to the product of (i) such fraction, multiplied by (ii) the fair market value of one Parent Share on the Closing Date.

(g) Dissenting Shares .

(i) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary and unless otherwise provided by applicable law, shares of Company Capital Stock that are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and that are owned by stockholders who have properly perfected their appraisal rights in accordance with applicable law (“ Dissenting Shares ”) will not be converted into the right to receive Merger Consideration, unless and until such stockholders will have failed to perfect or will have effectively withdrawn or lost their right of payment under applicable law. Such stockholders, who have so perfected their appraisal rights, will instead be entitled to payment of the fair value of such Dissenting Shares in accordance with applicable law. If any such stockholder will have failed to perfect or will have effectively

 

-4-


withdrawn or lost such appraisal rights, each share of Company Capital Stock held by such stockholder will thereupon be deemed to have been converted into the right to receive and become exchangeable for, at the Effective Time, the Merger Consideration specified and allocated in Section 1.6(a) , (b)  or (c) , as applicable and subject to the terms thereof.

(ii) The Company will give Parent prompt notice of any demands for appraisal received by the Company, withdrawals of such demands and any other instruments served in connection with such demands and received by the Company or its representatives, and the opportunity to direct all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands consistent with the Company’s obligations thereunder. The Company will not, except with the prior written consent of Parent, voluntarily make any payment, admission or statement against interest with respect to any such objection, offer to settle or settle any such objection or waive any failure by a former Company stockholder to timely deliver a written objection or to perform any other act perfecting appraisal rights in accordance with applicable law.

(h) Parent Financing Agreements . As a condition to the issuance of Parent Shares to Company stockholders pursuant to this Agreement, Company stockholders receiving Parent Shares or rights to Parent Shares shall execute the Joinder to become party to the Parent Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated July 1, 2009, as amended, the Parent Fourth Amended & Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated July 1, 2009, as amended, and the Parent Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement dated July 1, 2009, as amended, in the forms provided by Parent to the Company (the “ Parent Financing Agreements ”). The Parent Investors Rights Agreement shall be amended to provide all holders of Company Common Stock who receive Parent Shares pursuant to this Agreement with the preemptive rights or rights of first refusal set forth in Section 3 of the Investors Rights Agreement whether they meet the definition of Major Investor set forth therein or not. Subsequent to the Effective Time, the Holders’ Agent shall be permitted to appoint a board observer to Parent’s board of directors on behalf the Indemnifying Securityholders, which board observer will have customary board observer rights from and after the Effective Time until such time as Parent closes a firm commitment underwritten public offering in which Parent has raised at least thirty million dollars ($30,000,000), subject to the board observer entering into the observer rights letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F . The individual selected by the Holders’ Agent to serve as the board observer shall be reasonably acceptable to Parent, and shall initially be Stephen Quake. If the observer is not already party to a confidentiality agreement with the Company, the observer shall execute a confidentiality agreement on terms and conditions consistent with the Mutual Confidentiality Agreement.

(i) Taking of Necessary Further Actions . Each of Parent, the Company and the Holder’s Agent will take all such reasonable and lawful action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to effectuate the Merger in accordance with this Agreement as promptly as possible. If, at any time after the Effective Time, any such further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and possession to all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company, the officers and directors of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time are and will remain fully authorized in the name of the Company or otherwise to take, and will take, upon request by Parent, all such lawful and necessary action.

1.7 Closing Date Balance ; Calculation and Payment of Per Share Cash Amounts .

(a) At least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall prepare and deliver to Parent and the Holders’ Agent a statement of the estimated Closing Date Balance (“ Estimated Closing Date Balance Statement ”) showing the Company’s estimate of current assets, including Company cash and cash equivalents and Company Liabilities as of the Effective Time. The Company shall provide Parent and its accounting and financial staff, auditors and advisors reasonable access to the books and records

 

-5-


of the Company and its accounting and financial staff in connection with Parent’s review thereof. The Company will review any comments on the Estimated Closing Date Balance Statement made by Parent and will consider, in good faith, any appropriate changes. The Company will calculate the Company Surplus Cash distributed under Section 1.4 to ensure that the Estimated Closing Date Balance, after giving effect to the distribution of the Company Surplus Cash, is equal to or greater than zero.

(b) Following the Closing Date, Parent shall prepare and deliver to the Holders’ Agent, as soon as reasonably practicable but in no event later than one hundred twenty (120) days following the Closing Date, a “ Closing Date Balance Statement ” detailing the current assets, including Company cash and cash equivalents, and Company Liabilities as of the Effective Time.

(c) The Holders’ Agent shall have thirty (30) days from its receipt of the Closing Date Balance Statement (the “ Objection Period ”) to review the Closing Date Balance Statement. Parent shall grant the Holders’ Agent access at reasonable times and places and upon reasonable advance notice to all books, records and employees of the Surviving Corporation as reasonably requested by the Holders’ Agent in connection with its review of the Closing Date Balance Statement and shall reasonably answer inquiries from the Holders’ Agent related thereto. Upon the expiration of the Objection Period, the Holders’ Agent, on behalf of all Company Stockholders, shall be deemed to have accepted, and shall be bound by, the Closing Date Balance Statement, unless the Holders’ Agent shall have informed Parent in writing of its disagreement with the Closing Date Balance Statement prior to the expiration of the Objection Period (the “ Objection ”), specifying each disputed item and setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for each such dispute (each, a “ Disputed Item ”). Parent shall have fifteen (15) days from the date on which it receives the Objection (the date on which such fifteen (15) day period ends, the “ Response Date ”) to review and respond to such Objection. If Parent and the Holders’ Agent are able to negotiate a mutually agreeable resolution of each Disputed Item, and each signs a certificate to that effect, the Closing Date Balance Statement, as adjusted to reflect such resolution, shall be deemed final, non-appealable and binding for purposes of this Agreement. If any Disputed Items have not been resolved by the Response Date, either Parent or the Holders’ Agent may refer such Disputed Items to an independent, mutually agreeable, public accounting firm (the “ Accounting Referee ”) to make a final, non-appealable and binding determination as to such remaining Disputed Items pursuant to the terms hereof. The Accounting Referee shall be directed to make a determination in accordance with Section 1.7(d) of the Disputed Items promptly, but no later than thirty (30) days, after acceptance of its appointment. Parent and the Holders’ Agent agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect the selection and appointment of the Accounting Referee pursuant to this Section 1.7(c) , including executing an engagement agreement with the Accounting Referee providing for reasonable and customary compensation and other terms of such engagement. Parent and the Holders’ Agent shall make readily available to the Accounting Referee all relevant books, records and employees of the Company and the Surviving Corporation that are reasonably requested by the Accounting Referee in connection with the Accounting Referee’s review of any Disputed Items.

(d) If Disputed Items are referred to the Accounting Referee for resolution, the Accounting Referee shall determine only with respect to the Disputed Items submitted whether and to what extent, if any, each Disputed Item the Closing Date Balance Statement is to be adjusted and each such adjustment shall be no greater than the higher amount calculated by Parent or the Holders’ Agent, as the case may be, and no lower than the lower amount calculated by Parent or the Holders’ Agent, as the case may be. Any finding by the Accounting Referee shall be a reasoned award stating in reasonable detail the findings of fact on which it is based, shall be final, non-appealable and binding upon the parties hereto and shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties hereto regarding the Disputed Items so presented. The fees and expenses of the Accounting Referee shall be borne by Parent and the Company Stockholders in the same proportion that the dollar amount of Disputed Items which are not resolved in favor of Parent or the Company Stockholders, as applicable, bears to the total dollar amount of Disputed Items resolved by the Accounting

 

-6-


Referee. Each of Parent, the Holders’ Agent and the Company Stockholders shall bear the fees, costs and expenses of its own accountants and all of its other expenses incurred in connection with matters contemplated by this Section 1.7 .

(e) Payments .

(i) Payment of the adjustments as contemplated by this Section 1.7(e) shall be made (A) if no Objection is made by the Holders’ Agent during the Objection Period, within fifteen (15) Business Days following the expiration of the Objection Period or (B) if the Holders’ Agent submits an Objection within the Objection Period, within fifteen (15) Business Days following final resolution of all Disputed Items by either Parent and the Holders’ Agent or the Accounting Referee.

(ii) If, upon the final determination, the Closing Date Balance Statement shows a positive Closing Date Balance, such amount shall be added to the Cash Payment Amount. If the Closing Date Balance Statement shows a negative Closing Date Balance, such amount shall be subtracted from the Cash Payment Amount. If the Closing Date Balance is still negative after applying the Cash Payment Amount, the Excess Closing Date Balance Shortfall shall be paid to Parent by Newco in cash and if Newco does not make such payment within thirty (30) days of written notice to Newco, then such Excess Closing Date Balance Shortfall shall be satisfied from the Escrow Amount.

(iii) Within ten (10) days following determination of the Cash Payment Amount in accordance with this Section 1.7(e) , Parent shall pay Newco the Cash Payment Amount, if any, pursuant to the Asset Transfer Agreement.

1.8 Escrow . At Closing, 520,253 Parent Shares ( the “ Escrow Shares ”) shall be available to Parent as security for the indemnification claims of the Parent Indemnified Parties and shall be released in accordance with Section 7.5(c) .

1.9 Earnout Consideration .

(a) Earnout Amount . The Earnout Amount is 1,560,760 Parent Shares (the “ Earnout Amount ”). The Earnout Amount shall be earned when Parent or its Affiliates or a Licensee, acquirer or other transferee of Parent (collectively “ Milestone Obligors ”) complete an aggregate of two thousand five hundred (2,500) Commercial Tests in the United States no later than six (6) years after the Closing Date (“ Earnout Milestone ”). Subject to the preceding sentence, Parent shall pay the Earnout Amount by issuing such shares and then distributing such shares in accordance with Sections 1.6 and 1.10 . Parent shall cause such distribution to occur within thirty (30) days of the date the Earnout Amount is earned (the “ Earnout Amount Payment Date ”). The Earnout Amount will be subject to set-off or reduction for payment of Losses determined to be owed to the Parent Indemnified Parties that are otherwise payable pursuant to Section 7.3(b)(y)(ii) (and the limitations set forth therein) prior to the Earnout Amount Payment Date.

(b) Information . Commencing upon the Closing and until the Earnout Amount Payment Date, Parent shall provide, on a quarterly basis, a written report to the Holders’ Agent, signed by an officer of Parent, in reasonable detail regarding the status of efforts to achieve the Earnout Milestone (each such report, an “ Update Report ”). If after delivery of an Update Report, the Holders’ Agent requests in writing a meeting with representatives of Parent to discuss such report, Parent shall make available in person or by phone for such a meeting appropriate representative(s) involved (including employees of Parent or its Affiliates who are responsible for managing the research, development and commercialization activities with respect to Commercial Tests) in the applicable activities set forth in the Update Report; provided, however, that, for the avoidance of doubt, at any such meeting, other representatives (including counsel and advisors) of

 

-7-


Parent and Holders’ Agent may be present. In addition, Parent shall provide such other supplementary information reasonably requested by Holders’ Agent in response to either an Update Report or such meeting. As a condition to receipt of Update Reports, participation in meetings or calls and supplementary information pursuant to this Section 1.9(b) , the Holders’ Agent shall execute a confidentiality agreement in a form reasonably requested by Parent, which agreement will provide that the Update Reports and all other information provided to the Holders’ Agent under this Section 1.9(b) of Agreement will be kept strictly confidential, will be used solely for purposes of enforcing this Agreement and exercising the rights and obligations of the Holders’ Agent and former holders of Company Preferred Stock, Company Common Stock and Company Options under this Agreement, will not be disclosed to any third party other than the former holders of Company Preferred Stock, Company Common Stock and Company Options who execute the same confidentiality agreement in favor of Parent, and the Holders’ Agent or other recipient will not engage in any trading of Parent stock until any material non-public information provided to the Holders’ Agent or other recipient pursuant to this Agreement has been made publicly available by Parent for at least two Business Days or such material non-public information ceases to be material.

(c) Efforts . Parent shall, and shall cause the Surviving Corporation, its successors (including the Final Surviving Entity), Affiliates and other Milestone Obligors to, use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve, first in heart transplantation, and if not commercially reasonable in heart transplantation, in the transplantation of another solid organ, and pay, the Earnout Amount, and Parent shall not, and shall cause the Surviving Corporation, its successors (including the Final Surviving Entity), Affiliates and other Milestone Obligors not to, take any action or fail to take any action intended to avoid achievement of the Earnout Milestone. The parties acknowledge and agree that the achievement of the Earnout Milestone is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties beyond the control of Parent, the Surviving Corporation and the Milestone Obligors and, subject to their compliance with this Section 1.9(c) , neither Parent nor the Surviving Corporation shall have any responsibility or liability to the Holders’ Agent, Company Stockholders or the Company Optionholders for any failure to achieve the Earnout Milestone.

(d) Acceleration . Upon the Change of Control of Parent or the sale, conveyance transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of any assets necessary or otherwise materially useful to achieve the Earnout Milestone to a third party through one or more transactions or series of transactions (including any asset sale, sale of equity interests, merger or otherwise), the Earnout Amount shall be deemed immediately earned to the extent not previously earned and shall be paid in accordance with Sections 1.9(a) ; provided however that, notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no acceleration, deemed satisfaction of the Earnout Milestone or distribution of the Earnout Amount if the Earnout Milestone is not achievable on a commercially reasonable basis.

(e) Change of Control . The obligations of Parent set forth in this Section 1.9 shall survive a Change of Control of Parent and shall be binding upon any successor or assigns of Parent.

1.10 Surrender of Company Stock Certificates .

(a) Exchange Procedures .

(i) Within five (5) business days after the Effective Date, Parent shall mail a letter of transmittal, joinder and lock-up agreement in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit D-1 , Exhibit D-2 and Exhibit D-3 (the “ Letter of Transmittal ,” “ Joinder ,” and “ Lock-up Agreement ”) to each Company Stockholder at the address provided by the Company. Each Indemnifying Securityholder that delivers a duly completed and validly executed Letter of Transmittal, Joinder and Lock-up Agreement and a Company Stock Certificate for cancellation (or an affidavit of lost certificate as contemplated by the Letter of Transmittal) (collectively, the “ Applicable Documentation ”) to Parent or its designee shall be entitled to receive a

 

-8-


certificate or certificates representing the shares of Parent Shares issuable to such holder and/or cash in accordance with Section 1.6 . Upon receipt of the Applicable Documentation, Parent shall promptly issue or cause to be issued to each Indemnifying Securityholder a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Parent Shares issuable to such holder pursuant to Section 1.6 , less the amount to be held by Parent pursuant to Section 1.8 . All Company Stock Certificates so surrendered shall forthwith be canceled. Until so surrendered, each outstanding Company Stock Certificate that, prior to the Effective Time, represented one or more shares of Company capital stock held by aCompany Stockholder will be deemed from and after the Effective Time, for all corporate purposes, to evidence only the right to receive, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the consideration set forth in Section 1.6 .

(ii) Each Company Stockholder that is an Unaccredited Investor and that delivers the duly completed and validly executed Applicable Documentation to Parent or its designee shall be entitled to receive the amount of cash that such holder is entitled to receive pursuant to Section 1.6(c) . Upon receipt of the Applicable Documentation, Parent shall promptly pay, or cause to be paid to each such Company Stockholder a check or wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with payment instructions included with such holder’s Applicable Documentation. All Company Stock Certificates so surrendered shall forthwith be canceled. Until so surrendered, each outstanding Company Stock Certificate that, prior to the Effective Time, represented one or more shares of Company capital stock held by such Person will be deemed from and after the Effective Time, for all corporate purposes, to evidence only the right to receive, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the amount of cash set forth in Section 1.6(c) .

(b) Transfers of Ownership . If any certificate representing shares of Parent Shares is to be issued in a name other than that in which the Company Stock Certificate surrendered in exchange therefor is registered, it shall be a condition of the issuance thereof that the Company Stock Certificate so surrendered has been properly endorsed and otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the person requesting such exchange has paid to Parent or any agent designated by it any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the issuance of a certificate for shares of Parent capital stock in any name other than that of the registered holder of the Company Stock Certificate surrendered, or established to the satisfaction of Parent or any agent designated by Parent that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

(c) Dissenting Shares . The provisions of this Section 1.10 shall also apply to Dissenting Shares that lose their status as such, except that the obligations of Parent under this Section 1.10 shall commence on the date of loss of such status and the holder of such shares shall be entitled to receive in exchange for such shares the amount of cash or the number of shares of Parent Shares that such holder is entitled to receive pursuant to Section 1.6 , subject to Article VII .

1.11 No Further Ownership Rights in Company Capital Stock . All consideration payable or issuable, as applicable, upon the surrender for exchange of shares of Company Capital Stock in accordance with the terms hereof shall be deemed to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of Company Capital Stock, and there shall be no further registration of transfers on the records of the Surviving Corporation of shares of Company Capital Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

1.12 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . In the event any Company Stock Certificates shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, Parent may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance and payment thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Company Stock Certificates to deliver to Parent an affidavit of loss, theft or destruction in form reasonably satisfactory to Parent and to indemnify and hold harmless Parent from and against any claim that may be made against Parent, Merger Sub, the Surviving Corporation, Company or any of their directors, officers, employees, Affiliates or agents with respect to Company Stock Certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

-9-


1.13 Required Withholding . Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable or otherwise deliverable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder or former Company Stockholder such amounts as are required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under the Code or under any provision of state, local or foreign tax law or under any other applicable legal requirement. To the extent such amounts are so deducted or withheld, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid.

1.14 Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action . If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and possession to, all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of Company, the officers and directors of Company and the Merger Sub, are fully authorized in the name of their respective corporations or otherwise to take, and will take all such lawful and necessary action.

1.15 Securities Law Compliance .

(a) The Parent Shares issuable in accordance with this Agreement will be issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act by reason of Section 4(2) thereof and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder and may not be re-offered or resold other than in conformity with the registration requirements of the Securities Act and such other applicable rules and regulations or pursuant to an exemption therefrom.

(b) Certificates evidencing the Parent Shares issued in accordance with this Agreement, or any other securities issued in respect of such Parent Shares upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or similar event, shall bear the following legend (in addition to any legend required under the Parent Financing Agreements and applicable state securities laws):

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”). SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED UNLESS A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT IS IN EFFECT AS TO SUCH TRANSFER OR SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE MADE PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY, REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT IS UNNECESSARY FOR SUCH TRANSFER TO COMPLY WITH THE ACT.”

The certificates representing the Parent Shares will be subject to a stop-transfer order with Parent’s transfer agent that restricts the transfer of such shares except in compliance herewith.

1.16 Adjustments . If at any time during the period between the date of this Agreement and the Earnout Amount Payment Date, any change in the outstanding shares of capital stock of Parent shall occur as a result of any reclassification, recapitalization, stock split (including a reverse stock split) or combination, exchange or readjustment of shares, or any stock dividend or stock distribution with a record date during such period, the Parent Shares issuable pursuant to this Agreement and any other items similarly dependent on the outstanding shares of capital stock of Parent, as the case may be, shall be equitably adjusted; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to permit any action that Parent is otherwise prohibited from taking pursuant to this Agreement, including as set forth in Section 5.2 , provided, further, that the foregoing shall not be deemed an anti-dilution provision in the context of a bona fide financing.

1.17 Second Step Merger . Promptly after the Closing Date, but in no event later than the earlier of (i) six (6) months thereafter and (ii) December 31, 2014, and as part of the same transaction as the Merger,

 

-10-


Parent shall cause the Surviving Corporation to merge with and into a Delaware limited liability company established solely for the purpose of consummating the Second Step Merger (as defined below) and a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent which for federal income tax purposes is treated as a disregarded entity (the “ Second Step Merger ” and together with the Merger, the “ Mergers ”), and as a result of the Second Step Merger, the separate corporate existence of the Surviving Corporation shall cease and such wholly-owned limited liability company shall continue as the surviving entity (the surviving entity after the Second Step Merger is referred to herein as the “ Final Surviving Entity ” and the Final Surviving Entity shall have all of the obligations of the Surviving Corporation for purposes of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement after the Second Step Merger).

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF COMPANY

Except as disclosed as exceptions or responses set forth in the Company disclosure document provided by the Company to Parent on the date of this Agreement (the “ Company Disclosure Document ”), which exceptions and responses must specify the section or subsection to which they apply but will also qualify other sections or subsections in this Article II to the extent that it is reasonably apparent on the face of an exception or response that such exception or response is applicable to such other section or subsection (it being understood that any representation or warranty with respect to the Company given at the Closing shall be given only after giving effect to the Asset Transfer Agreement and Section 1.4 ), the Company hereby represents and warrants to Parent as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time as follows:

2.1 Corporate Organization and Authority . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, authorized to exercise all its corporate powers, rights and privileges, and in good standing in the State of Delaware. The Company has the requisite corporate power to conduct activities directed to the research, development, trial, validation, manufacture, use and/or commercialization of the Company Product(s) (the “ Current Company Business ”) and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in California and all other jurisdictions in which such qualification is required, except jurisdictions where the failure to be qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has delivered a true and correct copy of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws, each as amended to date, to Parent.

2.2 Capitalization .

(a) Preferred Stock . Immediately prior to the Closing Date, the authorized capital of the Company shall consist of 32,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which are designated Series A Preferred Stock, 29,533,570 of which are outstanding prior to the Closing Date. All outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock are duly and validly authorized and issued (including without limitation, issued in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws), fully-paid, and non-assessable. Each outstanding series of Preferred Stock is convertible into Common Stock on a one-for-one basis as of the Closing Date.

(b) Common Stock . Immediately prior to the Closing Date, the authorized capital of the Company shall consist of 55,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 8,835,254 shares are issued and outstanding. All outstanding shares of Common Stock (including shares issued pursuant to the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Company Plan ”) are duly and validly authorized and issued (including without limitation, issued in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws), fully-paid, and non-assessable. The Company has reserved 9,871,590 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Company Plan since the Company Plan was adopted. Options to purchase

 

-11-


930,750 shares of Common Stock that have been granted under the Company Plan are currently outstanding. The Company has not made any representations regarding equity incentives to any officer, employee, director or consultant that are inconsistent with the share amounts and terms set forth in the Company’s minute book.

(c) Other . Except for as set forth in Section 2.2(c) of the Company Disclosure Document or Section 2.2(b) above, there are no outstanding options, warrants, conversion privileges, preemptive rights, or other rights or agreements to purchase or otherwise acquire or issue any equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, rights of first refusal or redemption rights). The Company is not a party or subject to any agreement or understanding, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there is no agreement or understanding between any persons and/or entities, which affects or relates to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to any security or by a director of the Company.

(d) Acceleration and Vesting Provisions . Except as set forth in Section 2.2(d) of the Company Disclosure Document, all Company Options granted and Common Stock issued vest as follows: twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares vest one (1) year following the vesting commencement date, with the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) vesting in equal monthly installments over the next three (3) years. No stock plan, stock purchase, stock option or other agreement or understanding between the Company and any holder of any equity securities, rights to purchase equity securities or rights exercisable or convertible for securities provides for acceleration or other changes in the vesting provisions or other terms of such agreement or understanding as the result of any merger, consolidated sale of stock or assets, change in control or any other transaction(s) by the Company.

(e) Amendment of Stock Options. The Company has never adjusted or amended the exercise price of any stock options previously awarded, whether through amendment, cancellation, replacement grant, repricing, or any other means. Except as set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or redeem any of its capital stock.

2.3 Subsidiaries . Other than Newco, the Company does not own, or have any investment in, or control over, directly or indirectly, any Subsidiary, association or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

2.4 Authority; Noncontravention; Consents .

(a) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Company, subject only to the receipt of the Company Requisite Stockholder Approvals. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto) constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting or relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

(b) The Company is not in violation of or default under (i) any provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws, (ii) any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree, (iii) any note, indenture or mortgage, or (iv) any Company Material Contract. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time

 

-12-


and giving of notice, either (i) a default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, contract or agreement, (ii) a default under any Company Material Contract, or (iii) an event which results in the acceleration of any payment, the loss of any right, the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of Company or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any material permit or license applicable to Company.

(c) No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for: (i) the filing of the Certificate of Merger; (ii) any consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings as may be required under applicable federal and state securities laws and the securities laws of any foreign country; and (iii) such other consents, authorizations, filings, approvals and registrations which, if not obtained or made, would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and would not prevent, materially alter or delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.5 Agreements; Actions .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 2.5 of the Company Disclosure Document, there are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts or proposed transactions to which Company is a party or by which it is bound that:

(i) involve obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to, Company in excess of $25,000 (other than Company Employee Plans and Company Employment Contracts),

(ii) include the license of Intellectual Property either to or from Company, including all contracts providing the Company with rights or access to samples of human tissue, blood or other fluids,

(iii) involve the sale or license of Company Products or the grant of rights to manufacture, produce, assemble, license, market, distribute, sell or resell Company Products to any other Person or affect the exclusivity of Company’s right to develop, manufacture, assemble, distribute, market or sell its Company Products,

(iv) provide indemnification by the Company with respect to infringement of proprietary rights (other than indemnification obligations arising from purchase or sale agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business), or

(v) are otherwise material to Company (each, a “ Company Material Contract ”).

(b) The Company has not (i) declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock, (ii) incurred any indebtedness for money borrowed individually in excess of $25,000 or in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate, (iii) made any loans or advances to any Person, other than ordinary advances for travel or business expenses, (iv) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights, other than the sale of its inventory in the ordinary course of business, or (v) agreed to do any of the foregoing.

(c) For the purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 2.5 , all indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same Person (including Persons Company has reason to believe are affiliated with each other) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsection.

(d) The Company is not subject to any restriction under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws, which adversely affects in any material respect the Current Company Business, its properties or its financial condition.

 

-13-


2.6 Litigation . Except as set forth in Section 2.6 of the Company Disclosure Document, there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, legal action, proceeding or investigation that (i) involves the prior employment of any of the Company’s employees, their use in connection with the Current Company Business of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers, (ii) questions the validity of the Agreement or the right of the Company to enter into the Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (iii) involves the Company or any of its assets or properties, including Intellectual Property (as defined below), or its officers or directors in their capacities as such, or (iv) would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or any change in the current equity ownership of the Company. There is no judgment, decree or order of any court in effect against the Company or any of its assets. The Company has no present intention to commence litigation against any other party.

2.7 Title to Property and Assets; Leases . Except (a) for liens for current Taxes not yet delinquent, (b) for liens imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for obligations not past due to carriers, warehousemen, laborers, materialmen and the like, or (c) for minor defects in title, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, materially interferes with the use of such property, the Company owns its owned tangible property and assets free and clear of all Liens. With respect to the tangible property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases and, to its knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims, or encumbrances, subject to clauses (a)-(c) above.

2.8 Intellectual Property .

(a) Intellectual Property . Section 2.8(a) of the Company Disclosure Document contains a complete and accurate list of all Registered Intellectual Property and identified invention disclosures owned by, filed in the name of, or prepared by the Company prior to the execution of the Asset Transfer Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder. The Company owns, prior to the execution of the Asset Transfer Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder, all right, title and interest in and to all of the Registered Intellectual Property listed or required to be listed on Section 2.8(a) of the Company Disclosure Document free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, other than the liens, encumbrances listed in Section 2.8(b) of the Company Disclosure Document. The Company has taken necessary and desirable actions to maintain and protect the Intellectual Property that it owns.

(b) IP Agreements . Other than licenses with respect to commercially available equipment, components or products (including software products under standard end-user object code license agreements, Section 2.8(b) of the Company Disclosure Document contains a complete and accurate list of all outstanding options, licenses, agreements, source code escrow agreements to which, prior to the execution of the Asset Transfer Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder, the Company is a party which include the grant or receipt of rights to, or include any claims, encumbrances, liens or shared ownership interests of in, Intellectual Property of the Company or any third party. To the Company’s Knowledge, the owners of any Intellectual Property licensed to the Company have taken all necessary and desirable actions to maintain and protect the Intellectual Property that is subject to such

 

-14-


licenses. There have been no claims made against the Company by a third party asserting the invalidity, misuse or unenforceability of any of such Intellectual Property licensed to the Company that were actually used by Company prior to the Effective Time in the conduct of, or that are necessary for Company’s continuing conduct of, the Current Company Business. The Company has not received any written notices of any infringement or misappropriation by Company in its conduct of the Current Company Business of any Intellectual Property of any third party (including without limitation, any written demand or unsolicited request that the Company license any rights from a third party).

(c) No Infringement; Sufficiency . To the Company’s Knowledge: (i) the conduct of the Current Company Business has not infringed or misappropriated and does not infringe or misappropriate any Intellectual Property rights of third parties and the conduct of the Current Company Business as currently proposed to be conducted would not infringe or misappropriate the Intellectual Property rights of third parties and (ii) the Company owns or possesses sufficient legal rights to all Intellectual Property that is used in or necessary to the conduct of the Current Company Business. To the Company’s knowledge, the Intellectual Property rights owned by or licensed to the Company, in each case that were actually used by Company prior to the Effective Time in the conduct of, or that are necessary for Company’s continuing conduct of, the Current Company Business, have not been infringed or misappropriated by third parties.

(d) Scientific Data . Schedule 2.8(d) of the Company Disclosure Document sets forth a list of all studies involving the use of cell-free DNA in transplantation in which the Company has participated, including the agreements relating to such participation, the party or parties that received and analyzed samples in such study, and whether or not the Company owns or has rights to access and use the samples and data generated in such study.

(e) Employees and Consultants . To the Company’s Knowledge none of its employees is obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with the use of his or her best efforts to promote the interests of the Company or that would conflict with the Company’s conduct of the Current Company Business as presently conducted. Neither the execution of this Agreement nor the transactions contemplated by this Agreement nor the conduct of the Current Company Business by the employees of the Company will, to the Company’s knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, covenant or instrument under which any of such employees is now obligated. The Company does not believe it is or will be necessary to utilize any inventions of any of its employees made prior to their employment by the Company in the Company’s conduct of the Current Company Business.

(f) Confidential Information and Invention Assignments . Each current and former employee of and consultant to the Company has executed and delivered to the Company a Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, in the form provided to Parent. No current employee, officer or consultant of the Company has excluded works or inventions made prior to his or her employment with the Company from his or her assignment of inventions pursuant to such employee, officer or consultant’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement. The Company is not aware that any of its employees or consultants are in violation thereof.

(g) No Terms Binding Parent . Neither this Agreement nor the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will cause: (i) Parent to grant to any third party any right to or with respect to any Parent Intellectual Property under any contract or agreement entered into by the Company, (ii) Parent to be bound by, or subject to, any non-compete or other material restriction on the operation or scope of its business pursuant to under any contract or agreement entered into by the Company or (iii) Parent to be obligated to pay any royalties or other license fees with respect to Intellectual Property of any third party in excess of those payable by Company in the absence of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby under any contract or agreement entered into by the Company.

 

-15-


2.9 Registration Rights . Except as provided in the Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated March 28, 2013, the Company is under no contractual obligation to register under the Securities Act any of its presently outstanding securities or any of its securities that may subsequently be issued.

2.10 Brokers and Finders . The Company has not retained any investment banker, broker or finder in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.

2.11 Interested Party Transactions .

(a) Other than (i) standard employee benefits generally made available to all employees, (ii) standard director and officer indemnification agreements approved by the Board of Directors, and (iii) the purchase of shares of Company’s capital stock and the issuance of options to purchase shares of Company’s Common Stock, in each instance, approved in the written minutes or consents of the Board of Directors, there are no agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between the Company and any of its officers, directors, consultants or key employees, or any affiliate thereof.

(b) The Company is not indebted, directly or indirectly, to any of its directors, officers or employees or to their respective spouses or children or to any affiliate of any of the foregoing, in any amount whatsoever other than in connection with expenses or advances of expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or employee relocation expenses and for other customary employee benefits made generally available to all employees. None of Company’s directors, officers or employees, or any members of their immediate families, or any affiliate of the foregoing (i) are, directly or indirectly, indebted to Company or, (ii) to Company’s knowledge, have any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which Company is affiliated or with which Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation which competes with Company except that directors, officers or employees or stockholders of Company may own stock in (but not exceeding two percent (2%) of the outstanding capital stock of) publicly traded companies that may compete with Company. None of Company’s officers or directors or any members of their immediate families, or any affiliate of any of the foregoing are, directly or indirectly, interested in any Company Material Contract or other agreement with the Company. None of the Company’s officers or directors or any members of their immediate families or any affiliate of any of the foregoing are, directly or indirectly, interested in any material contract with any of the Company’s customers, suppliers, service providers, joint venture partners, licensees or competitors. The Company is not a guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other person, firm or corporation.

2.12 Financial Statements . The Company has delivered to Parent (i) the audited financial statements (balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows) of the Company as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, and (ii) its unaudited financial statements (statement of operations and statement of cash flows) for the three-month period ended March 31, 2014 (the “ Company Financial Statements ”). The Company Financial Statements are correct in all material respects, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, and present fairly the financial condition and operating results of the Company as of the date(s) and during the period(s) indicated therein, except that the unaudited Company Financial Statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP. The Company maintains a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP. The Company Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and operating results of the Company as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject in the case of the unaudited Company Financial Statements to normal year-end audit adjustments.

 

-16-


2.13 Liabilities . Except as set forth in the Company Financial Statements (including the notes thereto), the Company has no material liabilities or material contingent liabilities that are required to be reflected in a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP, except liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the authorization, preparation, negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, are executory obligations under Company Material Contracts or which have not and will not, either in any individual case or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

2.14 No Material Change . Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, since March 31, 2014, there has not been:

(a) except in connection with the authorization, preparation, negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby the Company has operated in all material respects in the ordinary course of business;

(b) any material change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of the Company from that reflected in the Company Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business that have not and are not expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect on Company;

(c) any damage, destruction, or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company’s business, properties, assets or financial condition (as such business is presently conducted);

(d) any waiver or compromise by Company of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it;

(e) any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim, or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by the Company, except in the ordinary course of business and the satisfaction or discharge of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company’s business, properties, assets or financial condition (as such business is conducted);

(f) any material change or amendment to any Company Material Contract;

(g) any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee, officer, director or stockholder;

(h) any sale, assignment or transfer of any Intellectual Property, other than any properties, rights, interests and other tangible or intangible assets being transferred or assigned to Newco prior to the Closing;

(i) any resignation or termination of employment of any officer, key employee, or key consultant, or any group of key employees or consultants, of the Company;

(j) receipt of notice that there has been a loss of, or material order cancellation by, any important customer of the Company;

(k) any mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in, or lien created by the Company, with respect to any of its material properties or assets, except liens for Taxes not yet due or payable;

 

-17-


(l) any material change in the contingent obligations of the Company by way of guaranty, endorsement, indemnity, warranty, or otherwise;

(m) any declaration, setting aside of payment, or other distribution in respect of any of the Company’s capital stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase, or other acquisition of any such stock by the Company, or any issuance of stock or other securities other than stock options granted and exercised in the ordinary course of business under plans approved by the Board of Directors; or

(n) any arrangement or commitment by Company to do any of the things described in this Section 2.14 .

2.15 Governmental Authorization . The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business, other than as would result in a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. The Company is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.

2.16 Tax Returns and Audits .

(a) The Company has timely filed all Tax Returns (federal, state, local and foreign) relating to any and all income, franchise or similar Taxes and all other material Tax Returns required to be filed by the Company with any Tax authority. The Returns are true and correct in all material respects. The Company has timely paid all Taxes and other assessments due.

(b) The Company has never had any Tax deficiency proposed or assessed against it and has not executed any waiver of any statute of limitations on the assessment or collection or extension of any Tax or governmental charge.

(c) No audit or other examination of any Return of the Company by any Tax authority is currently in progress, nor has the Company been notified in writing of any request for such an audit or other examination.

(d) The Company has withheld or collected from each payment made to each of its employees all federal and state income Taxes, Taxes pursuant to the Federal Insurance Contribution Act, Taxes pursuant to the Federal Unemployment Tax Act and other Taxes required to be withheld or collected therefrom and has paid the same to the proper Tax receiving officers or authorized depositories.

(e) No adjustment relating to any Returns filed or required to be filed by the Company has been proposed in writing, formally or informally, by any Tax authority to the Company or any representative thereof.

(f) The accruals and reserves for Taxes set forth in the Company Financial Statements are sufficient to pay all unpaid Taxes of the Company as of the date of such Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP. There are no liens with respect to Taxes on any of the assets of the Company, other than customary liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or being contested in good faith.

(g) There is no contract, agreement, plan or arrangement to which the Company is a party as of the date of this Agreement, including but not limited to the provisions of this Agreement, covering any person that, individually or collectively, would reasonably be expected to give rise to the payment of any amount that would not be deductible pursuant to Section 404 of the Code (other than amounts that may be temporarily nondeductible pursuant to Section 404(a)(5)) or Section 280G of the Code (without regard to

 

-18-


Sections 280G(b)(4) or 280G(b)(5)) as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. There is no contract, agreement, plan or arrangement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound to compensate any person for excise Taxes paid pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code.

(h) The Company is not a party to or has any obligation under any Tax-sharing, Tax indemnity or Tax allocation agreement or arrangement. The Company has never been a member of a group filing a consolidated, unitary, combined or similar Return under any federal, state, local or foreign law or has any liability for the Taxes of any other person under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any comparable provision of foreign, state or local law. The Company is not a party to any joint venture, partnership or other arrangement that would be treated as a partnership for federal or applicable state, local or foreign Tax purposes.

(i) The Company has not distributed the stock of any corporation in a transaction intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 355 of the Code. The stock of the Company has not been distributed in a transaction intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 355 of the Code.

(j) The Company has no liability and will have no liability for any Tax as a result of any installment sale, open transaction disposition or prepaid amount that occurred or was received prior to the Effective Time. The Company will not be required to include any material adjustment to its Taxable income under Section 481 or 263A of the Code as a result of transactions, events or accounting methods applicable to periods or portions of periods ending on or prior to the Closing.

(k) The Company is not, nor has been at any time, a “United States Real Property Holding Corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

(l) The Company has not engaged in a transaction that is the same as or substantially similar to one of the types of transactions that the IRS has determined to be a tax avoidance transaction and identified by notice, regulation, or other form of published guidance as a listed or reportable transaction, as set forth in Treas. Reg. § 1.6011-4(b).

2.17 Employee Matters and Benefit Plans .

(a) Schedule . Section 2.17(a) of the Company Disclosure Document contains an accurate and complete list of each material Company Employee Plan and each active Company Employment Contract. The Company does not have any plan or commitment to establish any new Company Employee Plan or Company Employment Contract, to modify any Company Employee Plan or Company Employment Contract (except in each case to the extent required by law or to conform any such Company Employee Plan or Company Employment Contract to the requirements of any applicable law, in each case as previously disclosed to Parent in writing, or as required by this Agreement), or to adopt or enter into any Company Employee Plan or Company Employment Contract (except as required by this Agreement).

(b) Documents . The Company has made available to Parent, to the extent applicable, correct and complete copies of: (i) all documents embodying each Company Employee Plan and each Company Employment Contract including (without limitation) all amendments thereto and all related trust documents, administrative service agreements, group annuity contracts, group insurance contracts, and policies pertaining to fiduciary liability insurance covering the fiduciaries for each Company Employee Plan; (ii) the most recent summary plan description together with the summary(ies) of material modifications thereto, if any, required under ERISA with respect to each Company Employee Plan; and (iii) all IRS determination, opinion, notification and advisory letters, and all applications and correspondence to or from the IRS or the DOL with respect to any such application or letter.

 

-19-


(c) Employee Plan Compliance . Except as set forth in Section 2.17(c) of the Company Disclosure Document: (i) the Company has performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under, is not in default or material violation of, and has no knowledge of any default or violation by any other party to each Company Employee Plan, and each Company Employee Plan has been established and maintained in all material respects in accordance with its terms and in compliance with all applicable laws, statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA or the Code; (ii) each Company Employee Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code and each trust intended to qualify under Section 501(a) of the Code has either received a favorable determination, opinion, notification or advisory letter from the IRS with respect to each such Company Employee Plan as to its qualified status under the Code, including all amendments to the Code effected by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and subsequent legislation, or has remaining a period of time under applicable Treasury regulations or IRS pronouncements in which to apply for such a letter and make any amendments necessary to obtain a favorable determination as to the qualified status of each such Company Employee Plan; (iii) no “prohibited transaction,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Sections 406 and 407 of ERISA, and not otherwise exempt under Section 4975 of the Code or Section 408 of ERISA (or any administrative class exemption issued thereunder), has occurred with respect to any Company Employee Plan except where such transaction would not result in material liability; (iv) there are no actions, suits or claims pending, or, to the knowledge of Company, threatened in writing or reasonably anticipated (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Company Employee Plan or against the assets of any Company Employee Plan; (v) each Company Employee Plan (other than any stock option plan) can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Effective Time, without material liability to the Company (other than ordinary administration expenses); (vi) there are no audits, inquiries or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Company, threatened by the IRS or DOL with respect to any Company Employee Plan; (vii) the Company is not subject to any material penalty or tax with respect to any Company Employee Plan under Section 502(i) of ERISA or Sections 4975 through 4980 of the Code; and (viii) the Company has timely made all contributions and other payments required by and due under the terms of each Company Employee Plan except where such failure would not result in material liability.

(d) No Post-Employment Obligations . No Company Employee Plan provides, or reflects or represents any liability to provide retiree health benefits to any person for any reason, except as may be required by COBRA or other applicable statute, and the Company has never represented, promised or contracted (whether in oral or written form) to any Company Employee (either individually or to Company Employees as a group) or any other person that such Company Employee(s) or other person would be provided with retiree health benefits, except to the extent required by statute.

(e) Health Care Compliance . The Company has not, prior to the Effective Time and in any material respect, violated any of the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the requirements of the Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, as amended, the requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the requirements of the Women’s Health and Cancer Rights Act of 1998, the requirements of the Newborns’ and Mothers’ Health Protection Act of 1996, or any amendment to each such act, or any similar provisions of state law applicable to the Company Employees.

(f) Employment Matters . The Company: (i) is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations respecting employment, employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, in each case, with respect to Company Employees; (ii) has withheld and reported all amounts required by law or by agreement to be withheld and reported with respect to wages, salaries and other payments to Company Employees except as would not be material; (iii) is not liable for any arrears of wages or any taxes or any penalty for failure to comply with any of the foregoing; and (iv) is not liable for any payment to any trust or other fund governed by or maintained by or on behalf of any governmental authority, with respect to unemployment compensation

 

-20-


benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for Company Employees (other than routine payments to be made in the normal course of business and consistent with past practice). There are no pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing or reasonably anticipated claims or actions against the Company under any worker’s compensation policy or long-term disability policy. To the knowledge of the Company, there are no material obligations under COBRA with respect to any former employees or qualifying beneficiaries thereunder. There are no controversies pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, between the Company or any of the Company Employees, which controversies have or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Company.

(g) Labor . The Company has no collective bargaining agreements with any of its employees. There is no labor union organizing activity pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened with respect to the Company. There are no actions, suits, claims, labor disputes or grievances pending, or, to the knowledge of Company, threatened or reasonably anticipated relating to any labor, safety or discrimination matters involving any Company Employee, including, without limitation, charges of unfair labor practices or discrimination complaints, which, if adversely determined, would, individually or in the aggregate, result in any material liability to Company. The Company has not engaged in any unfair labor practices within the meaning of the National Labor Relations Act. The Company has not incurred any material liability or material obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or any similar state or local law which remains unsatisfied.

(h) Effect of Transaction . The execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any Company Employee Plan, Company Employment Contract, trust or loan that will or may result in any payment (whether of severance pay or otherwise), acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits with respect to any Company Employee.

2.18 409A Compliance . No stock options, stock appreciation rights or other equity-based awards issued or granted by Company are subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Each “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (as such term is defined under Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code and the guidance thereunder) under which Parent makes, is obligated to make or promises to make, payments (each, a “ Company 409A Plan ”) complies in all material respects, in both form and operation, with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance thereunder. No payment to be made under any Company 409A Plan is, or to the knowledge of the Company will be, subject to the penalties of Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code.

2.19 Certain Agreements Affected by the Merger . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will: (a) result in any material payment (including, without limitation, severance, unemployment compensation, golden parachute, bonus or otherwise) becoming due to any director or employee of Company; (b) materially increase any benefits otherwise payable by Company; or (c) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits.

2.20 Real Property . The Company owns no real property. Section 2.20 of the Company Disclosure Document sets forth a list of all Company Facilities. The Company has identified and disclosed to Parent all of the Company Leases and any amendments or modifications to the Company Leases. To the Company’s knowledge, the Company Facilities are in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. The Company has no current and unperformed obligations under the Company Leases for repair, maintenance or replacement at any Company Facilities or for the installation of improvements at any Company Facilities.

 

-21-


2.21 Environmental Matters . The Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and to its knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation.

2.22 Compliance with Applicable Laws . To its knowledge, Company has complied with, is not in violation of, and has not received any notices, correspondence or written documentation of violation with respect to, any Laws with respect to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or operation of its properties, except for such violations or failures to comply that do not or would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Company.

2.23 Approval of Transaction; Required Stockholder Consent .

(a) The Board of Directors of Company has: (i) duly approved this Agreement and the Merger; (ii) determined that the Merger is in the best interests of the stockholders of Company and is on terms that are fair to such stockholders; and (iii) recommended that this Agreement and the Merger be approved by the stockholders of Company.

(b) The approvals of (i) the holders of more than one-half of the outstanding shares of Company capital stock (voting together as a single class, on an as converted to Common Stock basis), (ii) the holders of more than one-half of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock (voting together as a separate class), and (iii) the holders of more than one-half of the outstanding shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock (voting together as a separate series) are the only approvals of the holders of Company Capital Stock necessary to approve this Agreement and the Merger (collectively, the “ Company Requisite Stockholder Approvals ”) under the DGCL, the CCC, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws or any contract to which the Company is a party.

2.24 Insurance Section 2.24 of the Company Disclosure Document sets forth a complete and accurate list of Company’s insurance policies and bonds. There is no material claim pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been paid and Company is otherwise in compliance with the terms of such policies and bonds. The Company has no knowledge of any threatened termination of, or material premium increase with respect to, any of such policies.

2.25 Merger Consideration Spreadsheet . At the Closing the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet will be complete and accurate in all material respects. The allocation of cash and Parent Shares to the Company Stockholders in accordance with the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet fully complies with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect on the Closing Date and applicable state and federal laws.

2.26 No Reliance .

(a) The Company acknowledges and agrees that except for the representations and warranties contained in Article III and except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement or in the agreements or certificates entered into in connection herewith or contemplated hereby, neither Parent nor any other Person on behalf of Parent makes any other representation or warranty of any kind or nature, express or implied, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth in this Agreement or in the agreements or certificates entered into in connection herewith or contemplated hereby, the Company has not relied on any representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to Parent or with respect to

 

-22-


any other information provided or made available to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither Parent nor any other Person will have or be subject to any liability or indemnification obligation to Company or any other Person resulting from the distribution to the Company, or use by the Company of any such information, including any information, documents, projections, forecasts or other material made available to the Company or management presentations in expectation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARENT

Except as disclosed as exceptions or responses in the Parent disclosure document provided to the Company on the date of this Agreement (the “ Parent Disclosure Document ”), which exceptions and responses must specify the section or subsection to which they apply but will also qualify other sections or subsections in this Article III to the extent that it is reasonably apparent on the face of an exception or response that such exception or response is applicable to such other section or subsection, Parent hereby represents and warrants to the Company as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time as follows:

3.1 Corporate Organization and Authority . Each of Parent and Merger Sub (the “ Parent Entities ”) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, authorized to exercise all its corporate powers, rights and privileges, and in good standing in the State of Delaware. Each of the Parent Entities has the requisite corporate power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in California and all other jurisdictions in which such qualification is required, except jurisdictions where the failure to be qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Parent Entities have each delivered a true and correct copy of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of such entity, as amended to date, to the Company.

3.2 Capital Structure .

(a) Preferred Stock . Immediately prior to the Closing Date, the authorized capital of Parent shall consist of 47,384,384 shares of Preferred Stock par value $0.001 per share, (i) 546,000 of which are designated Series A Preferred Stock, 116,000 of which are outstanding prior to the Closing Date, (ii) 994,768 of which are designated Series B Preferred Stock, 110,083 of which are outstanding prior to the Closing Date, (iii) 5,828,660 of which are designated Series C Preferred Stock, 5,680,149 of which are outstanding prior to the Closing Date, (iv) 6,614,857 of which are designated Series D Preferred Stock, 6,013,509 of which are outstanding prior to the Closing Date, (v) 5,872,664 of which are designated Series E Preferred, 5,723,538 of which are outstanding prior to the Closing Date, (vi) 10,027,435 of which are designated Series F Preferred, 9,871,308 of which are outstanding prior to the Closing, and (vii) 17,500,000 of which are designated Series G Preferred, 7,802,276 of which are outstanding prior to the Closing Date. All outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are duly and validly authorized and issued (including without limitation, issued in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws), fully-paid, and non-assessable. Each outstanding series of Preferred Stock is convertible into Common Stock on a one-for-one basis as of the date hereof (except for the Series B Preferred Stock, which will convert into an aggregate of 140,335 shares of Common Stock) and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will not result in any anti-dilution adjustment or other similar adjustment to the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

(b) Common Stock . Immediately prior to the Closing, the authorized capital of Parent shall consist of 65,000,000 shares of Common Stock par value $0.001 per share (the “ Parent Common Stock ”), of which 6,937,144 shares are issued and outstanding. All outstanding shares of Common Stock

 

-23-


(including shares issued pursuant to Parent’s 1998 Stock Plan (the “ Parent 1998 Plan ”) and 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Parent 2008 Plan ”) are duly and validly authorized and issued (including without limitation, issued in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws), fully-paid, and non-assessable. Parent has reserved 3,484,845 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Parent 1998 Plan and 5,539,015 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Parent 2008 Plan, since the Parent 1998 Plan and Parent 2008 Plan were adopted, including shares that have been issued pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements and/or the exercise of outstanding options and are included in the outstanding Common Stock listed in the first sentence of this Section 3.2(b) above. Options to purchase 667,000 shares of Common Stock that have been granted under the Parent 1998 Plan are currently outstanding; and no shares of Common Stock remain available for future issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of Parent under the Parent 1998 Plan. Options to purchase 5,257,639 shares of Common Stock are currently outstanding under the Parent 2008 Plan; and 243,174 shares of Common Stock remain available for future issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of Parent under the Parent 2008 Plan. Parent has not made any representations regarding equity incentives to any officer, employee, director or consultant that are inconsistent with the share amounts and terms set forth in Parent’s minute book.

(c) Other . Except for the rights created pursuant to this Agreement or the rights described herein and as set forth in Section 3.2(c) of the Parent Disclosure Document, there are no outstanding options, warrants, conversion privileges, preemptive rights, or other rights or agreements to purchase or otherwise acquire or issue any equity securities of Parent (including, without limitation, rights of first refusal or redemption rights). Parent is not a party or subject to any agreement or understanding, and, to Parent’s knowledge, there is no agreement or understanding between any persons and/or entities, which affects or relates to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to any security or by a director of Parent.

(d) Merger Sub . The authorized capital stock of Merger Sub consists of 1,000 shares of Common Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding and owned by Parent as of the date hereof. There are no other outstanding shares of capital stock or voting securities and no outstanding commitments to issue any shares of capital stock or voting securities of the Merger Sub.

3.3 Subsidiaries . Other than Merger Sub, Parent does not presently own, have an investment in, or control, directly or indirectly, any Subsidiaries, associations or other business entities. Parent is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement.

3.4 Authority; Noncontravention; Consents .

(a) Each Parent Entity has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each Parent Entity. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Parent Entity and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto) constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each Parent Entity enforceable against each Parent Entity in accordance with its terms, except (i) as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other laws of general application affecting or relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

(b) No Parent Entity is in violation of or default under (i) any provisions of the respective certificate of incorporation or bylaws of each Parent Entity, (ii) any instrument, judgment, order, writ or decree, (iii) any note, indenture or mortgage, or (iv) any lease, agreement, contract or purchase order to which

 

-24-


it is a party or by which it is bound, or (v) any provision of federal or state statute, rule or regulation applicable to any Parent Entity. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either (i) a default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree, contract or agreement or (ii) an event which results in the acceleration of any payment, the loss of any right, the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of any Parent Entity or the suspension, revocation, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit or license applicable to any Parent Entity.

(c) No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity is required by or with respect to any Parent Entity or any of their subsidiaries in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Parent Entities or the consummation by the Parent Entities of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for: (i) the filing of the Certificate of Merger; (ii) any consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings as may be required under applicable federal and state securities laws and the securities laws of any foreign country; and (iii) such other consents, authorizations, filings, approvals and registrations which, if not obtained or made, would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent and would not prevent, materially alter or delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.5 Agreements; Actions .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Parent Disclosure Document, there are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts or proposed transactions to which Parent is a party or by which it is bound that (i) involve obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to, Parent in excess of $100,000, or (ii) involve the license of Intellectual Property either to or from Parent (each, an “ Parent Material Contract ”).

(b) Parent has not (i) incurred any indebtedness for money borrowed or incurred any other liabilities individually in excess of $100,000 or in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate, (ii) made any loans or advances to any Person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses, (iii) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights, other than the sale of its inventory in the ordinary course of business, or (iv) agreed to do any of the foregoing.

(c) For the purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 3.5 all indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same Person (including Persons Parent has reason to believe are affiliated with each other) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsection.

3.6 Litigation . Except as would not be material, there is no pending or, to Parent’s knowledge, threatened, legal action, proceeding or investigation that (i) questions the validity of the Agreement or the right of Parent to enter into the Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (ii) involves Parent or any of its respective assets or properties, including Intellectual Property, or its officers or directors in their capacities as such, or (iv) would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or any change in the current equity ownership of Parent, nor is Parent aware that there is any basis for any of the foregoing. There is no judgment, decree or order of any court in effect against Parent or any of its assets. Parent has no present intention to commence litigation against any other party.

 

-25-


3.7 Intellectual Property .

(a) Intellectual Property . Parent owns all right, title and interest to, or has the right to use pursuant to a valid license, all Intellectual Property used in or necessary for the operation of the business of Parent as presently conducted, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances. Parent has taken all necessary and desirable actions to maintain and protect the Intellectual Property that it owns.

(b) License Agreements . To Parent’s knowledge, the owners of any Intellectual Property licensed to Parent have taken all necessary and desirable actions to maintain and protect the Intellectual Property that is subject to such licenses. There have been no claims made against Parent asserting the invalidity, misuse or unenforceability of any of such Intellectual Property. Parent has not received any notices of, and is not aware of any facts which indicate a likelihood of, any infringement or misappropriation by, or conflict with, any third party with respect to such Intellectual Property (including, without limitation, any demand or request that Parent license any rights from a third party).

(c) No Infringement . To Parent’s knowledge, the conduct of Parent’s business has not infringed, misappropriated or conflicted with and does not infringe, misappropriate or conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of others, nor would any future conduct as presently proposed infringe, misappropriate or conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of others. To Parent’s knowledge, the Intellectual Property rights owned by or licensed to Parent have not been infringed, misappropriated or conflicted by others.

(d) No Disputes . There are no contracts, licenses or other agreements between Parent and any third party with respect to any Intellectual Property under which there is any dispute regarding the scope of such agreement, or performance under such agreement including with respect to any payments to be made by or received by Parent thereunder.

(e) Employees and Consultants . Neither the execution of this Agreement nor the transactions contemplated by this Agreement nor the carrying on of Parent’s business by the employees of Parent will, to Parent’s knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, covenant or instrument under which any of such employees is now obligated. Parent does not believe it is or will be necessary to utilize any inventions of any of its employees (or people it currently intends to hire) made prior to their employment by Parent.

(f) Confidential Information and Invention Assignments . Each current and former employee of and consultant to Parent has executed and delivered to Parent a Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, in the form provided to the Company. No current employee, officer or consultant of Parent has excluded works or inventions made prior to his or her employment with Parent from his or her assignment of inventions pursuant to such employee, officer or consultant’s Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement. Parent is not aware that any of its employees or consultants are in violation thereof, and Parent will use its best efforts to prevent any such violation.

3.8 Brokers and Finders . Parent has not retained any investment banker, broker or finder in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby.

3.9 Interested Party Transactions . Other than (i) standard employee benefits generally made available to all employees, (ii) standard director and officer indemnification agreements approved by the Board of Directors, and (iii) the purchase of shares of Parent capital stock and the issuance of options to purchase shares of Parent’s Common Stock, in each instance, approved in the written minutes of the Board of Directors, there are no agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between Parent and any of its officers, directors, consultants or key employees, or any affiliate thereof.

 

-26-


3.10 Financial Statements . Parent has delivered to the Company (i) the audited financial statements (balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows) of Parent as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, and (ii) its unaudited financial statements (statement of operations and statement of cash flows) for the three-month period ended March 31, 2014 (the “ Parent Financial Statements ”). The Parent Financial Statements are correct in all material respects, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, and present fairly the financial condition and operating results of Parent as of the date(s) and during the period(s) indicated therein, except that the unaudited Parent Financial Statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP. Parent maintains, and will continue to maintain, a standard system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The Parent Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and operating results of Parent as of the dates, and for the periods, indicated therein, subject in the case of the unaudited Parent Financial Statements to normal year-end audit adjustments.

3.11 Liabilities . Except as set forth in the Parent Financial Statements, Parent has no material liabilities or material contingent liabilities, except current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business which have not and will not, either in any individual case or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

3.12 Absence of Certain Changes . Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, since March 31, 2014, there has not been:

(a) any change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of Parent from that reflected in the Parent Financial Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business that have not been and are not expected to be, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on Parent;

(b) any damage, destruction, or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent’s business, properties, assets, or financial condition (as such business is presently conducted);

(c) any waiver or compromise by Parent of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it;

(d) any sale, assignment or transfer of any Intellectual Property;

(e) any declaration, setting aside of payment, or other distribution in respect of the Parent Shares; or

(f) any arrangement or commitment by Parent to do any of the things described in this Section 3.12 .

3.13 Governmental Authorization . Parent has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business, the lack of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent. Parent is not in default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses or other similar authority.

 

-27-


3.14 Tax Returns and Audits .

(a) Parent has timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by Parent with any tax authority. The Returns are true and correct in all material respects. Parent has timely paid all Taxes and other assessments due.

(b) No audit or other examination of any Return of Parent by any tax authority is currently in progress, nor has Parent been notified in writing of any request for such an audit or other examination.

(c) No adjustment relating to any Returns filed or required to be filed by Parent has been proposed in writing, formally or informally, by any tax authority to Parent or any representative thereof.

(d) Parent is not, nor has been at any time, a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 897(c)(2) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

(e) Parent is not aware of any Tax liability to be imposed upon its properties or assets as of the date hereof that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Immediately after the Closing, Parent Shares are “qualified small business stock” as defined in Section 1202 of the Code provided, however, that in no event shall Parent be liable to any Company Indemnified Party for any Losses arising from any subsequently proven or identified error in Parent’s determination with respect to the applicability or interpretation of Section 1202 of the Code,.

(g) The Final Surviving Entity (including its predecessors, if any) is and has been since inception a disregarded entity for federal income tax purposes.

3.15 Employee Matters and Benefit Plans .

(a) Parent Employee Plans . Parent is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of all Employee Benefit Plans as defined by ERISA.

(b) Labor . Parent has no collective bargaining agreements with any of its employees. There is no labor union organizing activity pending or, to Parent’s knowledge, threatened with respect to Parent. There are no actions, suits, claims, labor disputes or grievances pending, or, to the knowledge of Parent, threatened or reasonably anticipated relating to any labor, safety or discrimination matters involving any Parent Employee, including, without limitation, charges of unfair labor practices or discrimination complaints, which, if adversely determined, would, individually or in the aggregate, result in any material liability to Parent. Parent has not engaged in any unfair labor practices within the meaning of the National Labor Relations Act. Parent has not incurred any material liability or material obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or any similar state or local law which remains unsatisfied.

(c) Effect of Transaction .

(i) The execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events) constitute an event under any Parent Employee Plan, Parent Employment Contract, trust or loan that will or may result in any payment (whether of severance pay or otherwise), acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits with respect to any Parent Employee.

(ii) No payment or benefit which will or may be made by Parent or the Parent ERISA Affiliates with respect to any Parent Employee or any other “disqualified individual” (as defined in Code Section 280G and the regulations thereunder) will be characterized as a “parachute payment,” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code.

 

-28-


3.16 Certain Agreements Affected by the Merger . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will: (i) result in any material payment (including, without limitation, severance, unemployment compensation, golden parachute, bonus or otherwise) becoming due to any director or employee of Parent; (ii) materially increase any benefits otherwise payable by Parent; or (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits.

3.17 Real Property . Parent owns no real property. Section 3.17 of the Parent Disclosure Document sets forth a list of all Parent Facilities.

3.18 Environmental Matters . Parent is not in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and to its knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation.

3.19 Compliance with Applicable Laws . To its knowledge, of Parent has complied with, is not in violation of, and have not received any notices, correspondence or written documentation of violation with respect to, any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law or regulation with respect to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or operation of its properties, except for such violations or failures to comply that do not or would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Parent.

3.20 Approval of Transaction; Required Consent .

(a) The Board of Directors of Parent has: (i) duly approved this Agreement and the Merger; and (ii) determined that the Merger is in the best interests of the stockholders of Parent and is on terms that are fair to such stockholders.

(b) The approval of Parent, as the sole stockholder of Merger Sub, is the only approval of the holders of Merger Sub capital stock necessary to adopt and approve this Agreement and the Merger in accordance with the DGCL and Merger Sub’s certificate of incorporation (the “ Merger Sub Requisite Stockholder Approval ”).

(c) The approvals of (i) the holders of more than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Parent Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class, on an as converted to Common Stock basis), (ii) the holders of more than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Parent Preferred Stock and Parent Common Stock (voting together as a single class, on an as converted to Common Stock basis), (iii) the holders of more than one-half of the outstanding shares of Parent Series G Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series), and (iv) the holders of more than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Parent Series F Preferred Stock and Parent Series G Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class, on an as converted to Common Stock basis), are the only approvals of the holders of Parent capital stock necessary to approve this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuances of the Parent Shares and Conversion Shares (collectively, the “ Parent Requisite Stockholder Approvals ”) under the DGCL, the CCC, the Parent’s Certificate of Incorporation, bylaws or any contract to which Parent is a party.

(d) The Merger Sub Requisite Stockholder Approval and Parent Requisite Stockholder Approval will be in full force and effect at the Closing.

 

-29-


3.21 No “Bad Actor” Disqualifications . Parent has exercised reasonable care, in accordance with SEC rules and guidance, to determine whether any Covered Person (as defined below) is subject to any of the “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506 under the Securities Act (“ Disqualification Events ”). To the knowledge of Parent, no Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event. Parent has complied, to the extent applicable, with any disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e) under the Securities Act. “ Covered Persons ” are those Persons specified in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act, including Parent; any predecessor or Affiliate of Parent; any director, executive officer, other officer participating in the offering, general partner or managing member of Parent; any beneficial owner of 20% or more of Parent’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power; any promoter (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) connected with Parent in any capacity at the time of the sale of any Parent Shares; and any person that has been or will be paid (directly or indirectly) remuneration for solicitation of purchasers in connection with the sale of any Parent Shares (a “ Solicitor ”), any general partner or managing member of any Solicitor, and any director, executive officer or other officer participating in the offering of any Solicitor or general partner or managing member of any Solicitor.

3.22 Offering . The offer, sale and issuance of the Parents Shares as contemplated by this Agreement, and any issuance of the Parent Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Parent Shares (the “Conversion Shares”) as contemplated by Parent’s certificate of incorporation, are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable blue sky laws. Neither the Parent nor any authorized agent acting on its behalf has taken, or will take, any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemptions. The Parent Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration expressed in this Agreement, shall be duly and validly authorized and issued (including, without limitation, issued in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws), fully-paid and non-assessable and free from any liens, encumbrances or restrictions on transfer other than as set forth in the Parent Financing Agreements and applicable state and federal securities laws restrictions on transfer to which such Parent Shares are subject. At the Effective Time the Conversion Shares will have been duly and validly reserved for issuance and, upon issuance in accordance with Parent’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws shall be duly and validly authorized and issued (including, without limitation, issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws), fully paid and non-assessable, and free from any liens, encumbrances or restrictions on transfer other than as set forth in the Parent Financing Agreements and applicable state and federal securities laws restrictions on transfer to which such Conversion Shares are subject.

3.23 Title . Except (a) for liens for current Taxes not yet delinquent, (b) for liens imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for obligations not past due to carriers, warehousemen, laborers, materialmen and the like, or (c) for minor defects in title, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, materially interferes with the use of such property, Parent owns its tangible property and assets free and clear of all Liens. With respect to the tangible property and assets it leases, Parent is in compliance with such leases and, to its knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims, or encumbrances, subject to clauses (a)-(c) above.

3.24 No Reliance .

(a) Parent acknowledges and agrees that except for the representations and warranties contained in Article II and except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement or in the agreements or certificates entered into in connection herewith or contemplated hereby, neither the Company nor any other Person on behalf of the Company makes any other representation or warranty of any kind or nature, express or implied, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth in this Agreement or in the agreements or certificates entered into in connection herewith or contemplated hereby, Parent has not relied on any representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to the Company or with respect to any other information provided or made available to Parent in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither the Company nor any other person will have or be subject to any liability or indemnification obligation to Parent or any other person resulting from the distribution to Parent, or use by Parent of any such information, including any information, documents, projections, forecasts or other material made available to Parent or management presentations in expectation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

-30-


ARTICLE IV

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

4.1 Confidentiality . The parties acknowledge that the Company and Parent have previously executed a Mutual Confidentiality Agreement dated April 4, 2011, as amended on November 22, 2013, (the “ Mutual Confidentiality Agreement ”), which Mutual Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms; provided however that, subject to Section 1.9(b) and Section 7.8(e) , Holders’ Agent and the Indemnifying Securityholders as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall have the right to use and disclose information of Company and Parent solely as reasonably required for the purpose of exercising and enforcing its rights under this Agreement.

4.2 Public Disclosure . The terms of this Agreement and the Merger are deemed to be confidential information. Neither Party shall issue any press releases, or make any public statements, communications or disclosures to a third party regarding the other Party or the Merger without the other Party’s prior written consent, other than disclosures reasonably required by law. The disclosing Party agrees to provide a copy of any proposed written disclosures, including any press releases, marketing materials or online materials, to the other Party in connection with its request for written consent.

4.3 Access to Information .

(a) Upon reasonable notice, the Company and Parent each shall afford the other party and its respective accountants, counsel and other representatives, reasonable access during normal business hours during the period prior to the Effective Time or the earlier termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, provided, in each case, that such access does not cause disruption to the day-to-day operation of the Company (or after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation) or Parent, as the case may be, to: (i) all properties, books, Returns, contracts and records; (ii) all other information concerning its business, properties, Intellectual Property and personnel and (iii) all other information concerning the Earnout Amount (including progress made or not made in respect thereof, business plans with respect thereto and all other information related thereto) as may be reasonably requested. The Company and Parent each agree to provide or otherwise make available to the other party and its respective accountants, counsel and other representatives copies of internal financial statements; to the extent such financial statements are available, promptly upon request. Any such information shall constitute confidential “Information” pursuant to the Mutual Confidentiality Agreement.

(b) Until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Date, the Company will cause the officers, counsel, or other representatives of it to promptly notify Parent of, and to confer from time to time as requested by Parent with Parent or its representatives during ordinary business hours to discuss, any material changes or developments in the operational matters of the Company and the general status of the ongoing business and operations of the Company. The Company will (i) notify Parent in

 

-31-


writing promptly after learning of any action by any person initiated by or against the Company, or to the Company’s knowledge, any action threatened against the Company or any of its respective directors, officers, employees or stockholders in their capacity as such (a “ New Litigation Claim ”), (ii) notify Parent of ongoing developments in any New Litigation Claim, and (iii) consult in good faith with Parent regarding the conduct of the defense of any such New Litigation Claim. The Company will further notify Parent promptly of the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event whose occurrence or non-occurrence would be likely to cause either (A) any representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect, (B) any material failure of the Company or its representatives to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied hereunder, in each case to the extent that the foregoing would result in any condition of Parent’s obligation to consummate the Merger to be unsatisfied.

(c) No information or knowledge obtained in any investigation pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty contained herein or the conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the Merger. Additionally, during the period from the date hereof and prior to the Effective Time or the earlier termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, each party shall promptly notify the other parties hereto in writing of the discovery by such party of any event, condition, fact or circumstance which causes, caused, constitutes or constituted a breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made by such party in this Agreement such that the conditions to Closing shall not be capable of being satisfied or that such party has breached the terms of this Agreement or failed to comply with the covenants contained herein, including without limitation, the provisions of Article V . Failure of a party to notify the other parties of a breach of representation shall not have the effect of changing such failure to a breach of covenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the failure to deliver a notice pursuant to this Section 4.3(c) shall not be considered in determining whether the conditions set forth in Sections 6.2(a) or 6.3(a) have been satisfied.

4.4 Consents; Cooperation . Each of Company, Parent and Merger Sub shall promptly apply for or otherwise seek, and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, all consents and approvals required to be obtained by it for the consummation of the Merger, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents, waivers and approvals under any of their respective material contracts in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Merger.

4.5 Legal Requirements . Each of Company, Parent and Merger Sub will take reasonable actions necessary to comply promptly with all legal requirements which have been or which may be imposed on them with respect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and will promptly cooperate with and furnish information to any party hereto necessary in connection with any such requirements imposed upon such other party in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and will take reasonable actions necessary to obtain (and will cooperate with the other parties hereto in obtaining) any consent, approval, order or authorization of, or any registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental Entity or other Person, required to be obtained or made in connection with the taking of any action contemplated by this Agreement.

4.6 Expenses . Parent and the Company shall each pay their own Transaction Expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that Parent shall, pursuant to the Letter Agreement between the parties dated as of April 10, 2014, pay the reasonably documented fees and expenses of the Company incurred in connection with the audit of the Company’s financial statements, such amounts not to exceed $45,000. Any amounts payable or paid to Stanford under the Stanford License in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Stanford Fees ”) shall be split between Parent and the Company, with 50% paid by Parent and 50% paid by the Company.

 

-32-


4.7 Commercially Reasonable Efforts and Further Assurances .

(a) Each of the parties to this Agreement shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect all other transactions contemplated hereby and to fulfill and cause to be fulfilled its conditions to Closing under this Agreement. Each party hereto, at the reasonable request of another party hereto, shall execute and deliver such other instruments and do and perform such other acts and things as may be reasonably necessary or desirable for effecting completely the consummation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, Parent shall obtain and deliver to the Company within two Business Days after the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement the Parent Requisite Stockholder Approval by consent(s) in writing in accordance with the DGCL and the Parent’s certificate of incorporation.

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, the board of directors of Merger Sub shall obtain as promptly as possible after the execution and delivery of this Agreement the Merger Sub Requisite Stockholder Approval by consent in writing in accordance with the DGCL and Merger Sub’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

(d) Without limiting the foregoing, the Company shall obtain and deliver to Parent within two Business Days after the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement the Company Requisite Stockholder Approval by consent(s) in writing in accordance with the DGCL and Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

4.8 Employee Matters . Parent shall or shall cause the Surviving Corporation to take such action as may be necessary so that the Continuing Employees shall be provided participation in all Parent Benefit Plans as of the Effective Time.

4.9 Insurance and D&O Indemnification.

(a) At or prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall purchase a prepaid directors’ and officers’ liability insurance “run-off policy” with a claims period of six years from the Closing Date (the “ Tail D&O Policy ”), and on terms and conditions no less favorable than those in effect under the Company’s existing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy in effect on the date hereof, for the benefit of the D&O Indemnified Parties with respect to their acts and omissions as directors, officers and employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries occurring prior to the Effective Time. After the Effective Time, Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall maintain such policy in full force and effect, and continue to honor the obligations thereunder; provided, however, that Parent and the Surviving Corporation shall have no obligation to pay premiums or any other amounts with respect to such policy.

(b) For a period of six (6) years following the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation or its successor shall fulfill and honor in all respects the obligations of the Company with respect to all rights to indemnification (including advancement of expenses) or exculpation existing in favor of, and all limitations on the personal liability of, any Person who is now, or has been at any time prior to the date hereof, or who becomes prior to the Effective Time, a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the Company under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or in any indemnification agreements in effect as of the date hereof (each, a “ D&O Indemnified Party ” and collectively, the “ D&O Indemnified Parties ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the Surviving Corporation or its successor (i) shall be subject to any limitation imposed by Law and (ii) shall not be deemed to release any D&O Indemnified Party who is also an officer or director of the Company from his or her obligations pursuant to this Agreement, nor

 

-33-


shall such D&O Indemnified Party have any right of contribution, indemnification or right of advancement from the Surviving Corporation or its successor with respect with any Loss claimed by Parent against such D&O Indemnified Party in his or her capacity as a Company Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent shall have no obligation to maintain the existence of the Surviving Corporation for any specified period following the Effective Time. The Company hereby represents to Parent that no claim for indemnification has been made as of or prior to the date hereof by any director or officer of the Company.

(c) The obligations under this Section 4.9(c) shall not be terminated or modified in such a manner as to adversely affect any D&O Indemnified Party to whom this Section 4.9(c) applies without the consent of such affected D&O Indemnified Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the D&O Indemnified Parties shall be third party beneficiaries of this Section 4.9 .

4.10 Section 280G Matters .

(a) The Company will obtain and deliver to Parent, prior to the initiation of the procedure described in Section 4.10(b) an excess parachute payment waiver, in a form reasonably acceptable to Parent, from each person who the Company reasonably believes is, with respect to the Company, a “disqualified individual” (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code) with respect to the Merger and the transactions contemplated thereby and who would otherwise receive or have the right or entitlement to receive a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) under Section 280G of the Code as a result of the Merger. By the execution of such waiver agreement, the person executing the waiver will agree to waive all of his or her right and entitlement to receive (or if already paid, his or her right and entitlement to keep) any portion of such “parachute payments” which would cause the person executing the waiver to receive an “excess parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code), unless the Company’s stockholders approve such waived payments in accordance with Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii) of the Code.

(b) The Company will submit the payments which are waived pursuant to the waiver agreements described in Section 4.10(a) to its stockholders and the holders of the voting power of any entity stockholder for their approval in accordance with all applicable requirements of such Section 280G(b)(5)(B) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, including Q-7 of Section 1.280G-1 of such Treasury Regulations.

4.11 Preparation of Information Statement . As promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement (and in no event more than five (5) Business Days after the date of this Agreement) and in compliance with applicable law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws, the Company will prepare an information statement, which will be subject to Parent’s review and approval (which review and approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to provide notice and a description of the approval of this Agreement, the Merger and the Transactions by the Company’s board of directors and the Company’s stockholders and a description of the Company stockholders’ appraisal or similar rights in regard to the Merger under applicable law (the “ Information Statement ”). The Company will: (i) cause the Information Statement to comply with applicable law and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws; (ii) include in the Information Statement all changes reasonably proposed by Parent; (iii) ensure that the Information Statement will not contain, at or prior to the date of the mailing, any untrue statement of a material fact and will not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which made not misleading, and (iv) cause the Information Statement to be mailed to the Company’s stockholders of record as of the date of this Agreement as promptly as practicable following the date of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Parent shall provide for inclusion in the Information Statement any information reasonably required to be provided by it to the

 

-34-


Company Stockholders in order for the issuance of Parent Shares to the Company Stockholders to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act and will ensure that such information will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and will not omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein not misleading.

4.12 Certain Tax Matters .

(a) Parent and the Company shall each use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Merger and the Second Step Merger together to qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code, including not taking any action that such party knows would reasonably be expected to prevent such qualification. For federal income tax purposes, each of Parent, the Company, Merger Sub, and the Final Surviving Entity will report the Mergers in a manner consistent with the qualification of the Mergers as a “reorganization” within the meaning of section 368(a) of the Code. This Agreement is intended to constitute a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3.

(b) All parties and their Affiliates shall prepare all Tax Returns of the Company consistent with the valuation of Newco as determined by Teknos Associates pursuant to Section 1.4. To the extent that any Tax Return of the Company (i) could be expected to give rise to an indemnification claim under Article VII, (ii) could be expected to affect the tax liability of the Company Stockholders, or (iii) relates to the Newco Spin-off, Parent shall cause such Tax Return to be delivered to the Holders’ Agent no less than thirty (30) days prior to the due date for filing any such Tax Return. Parent shall incorporate Holders’ Agent’s reasonable comments to such Tax Return that are received no less than ten (10) days prior to the due date for filing such Tax Return.

4.13 Certain Tax Contests . Each party shall promptly notify the other party in writing upon receipt of any communication with respect to any pending or threatened Tax Contest. The notifying party shall include with such notification a true, correct and complete copy of any written communication so received. Subject to the Indemnifying Securityholders’ indemnification obligations pursuant to Article VII, if Holders’ Agent acknowledges in writing the Parent Indemnified Party’s right to reimbursement and indemnification hereunder for Company Losses with respect to such Tax Contest if the underlying allegations are determined to be true, then the Holders’ Agent may elect to control the conduct of such Tax Contest related to Taxes of the Company of any kind arising out of or related to the Incorporation of Newco and the distribution of Newco shares prior to the Closing. “ Tax Contest ” shall mean any notice or deficiency, proposed adjustment, assessment, audit, examination or other administrative or court proceeding, suit, dispute or other claim which could result in an indemnification claim against the Indemnifying Securityholders under this Agreement or otherwise affect the Tax liability of the Indemnifying Securityholders. To the extent this Section 4.13 is inconsistent with Section 7.10 , and any other provision of this Agreement, this Section 4.13 shall govern.

4.14 Merger Consideration Spreadsheet . At the Closing, the Company will cause to be prepared and delivered to Parent a spreadsheet, in customary form reasonably acceptable to Parent, dated and setting forth as of the Closing the following information relating to the holders of Company Common Stock and Preferred Stock: (a) the names and addresses (including email addresses), of all such holders; (b) the number and type of Company Capital Stock held by such holders and, the respective Certificate numbers held; (c) the cash and Parent shares payable to each such holder pursuant to this Agreement on the Closing Date and the Closing Date Balance Statement; (d) the Parent Shares to be contributed to the Escrow on behalf of each such holder; and (e) such other information relevant thereto that may be necessary for Wilmington Trust Corporation or such other escrow agent as Parent and the Company may mutually agree (the “ Escrow Agent ”) to undertake its obligations with respect to the Parent Shares and that the Escrow Agent requests at

 

-35-


least two (2) Business Days before the Closing Date (the “ Merger Consideration Spreadsheet ”). Prior to the distribution of each of the Escrow and the Earnout Amount, the Holders’ Agent shall cause to be prepared and delivered to Parent a revised spreadsheet setting forth as of the date for distribution of any portion of the Escrow or the Earnout Amount, the Parent Shares payable to each holder of Company Common Stock and Preferred Stock pursuant to this Agreement in connection and as of the date of the distribution of such amounts. For purposes of the distribution of Parent Shares to Company Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement, the Parent Shares so payable shall be valued at the fair market value of such Parent Shares, which fair market value shall be the trailing five day average closing price of such Parent Shares ending on the trading day immediately prior to the date that such Parent Shares become eligible for distribution if such Parent Shares are then publicly traded and if such Parent Shares are not then publicly traded, shall be reasonably determined by the Holders’ Agent. The Merger Consideration Spreadsheet and all revisions thereto shall be consistent with the Company’s certificate of incorporation in effect as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

4.15 Requisite Stockholder Approvals . Within two (2) Business Days of the execution of this Agreement, the Company will deliver to Parent signed consents of the Company Stockholders representing the Company Requisite Stockholder Approval and Parent will deliver to the Company signed consents of the stockholders of Parent representing the Parent Requisite Stockholder Approvals.

4.16 Termination of Certain Contracts . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to terminate the contracts set forth on Schedule 4.16 on or prior to the Closing.

4.17 Accredited Investor Questionnaires . As promptly as practicable after the date hereof, the Company shall deliver Accredited Investor questionnaires to each Company Stockholder and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect completed and signed questionnaires from such stockholders and provide them to Parent within two (2) Business Days of making such request.

4.18 Form S-8 . In the event that Parent files a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to Parent’s options or other rights issued to its employees, Parent shall include in such registration statement the options and other rights assumed by Parent pursuant to this Agreement, and shall maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement for as long as any of such options and other rights remain outstanding.

ARTICLE V

CONDUCT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE TIME

5.1 Conduct of Business of the Company .

(a) During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Effective Time, the Company hereby agrees (except to the extent expressly permitted by this Agreement or as consented to in writing by Parent), to carry on its respective business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted. The Company further agrees to pay or perform its obligations when due, and to use its commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practice and policies to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers and key employees and preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees and others having material business dealings with it.

(b) The Company will (1) pay all of its debts and Taxes when due, except to the extent such debts or Taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate

 

-36-


reserves according to GAAP have been established, (2) comply in all material respects with the requirements of any material Tax exemptions, Tax holidays, Tax incentives or other preferential Tax treatments or Tax rebates enjoyed by the Company, (3) pay or perform its other obligations when due (including its accounts payable) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and policies, (4) use commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practice and policies to collect accounts receivable when due and not extend credit outside of the ordinary course of business, (5) sell products and services consistent with past practices as to license, service and maintenance terms and incentive programs, (6) recognize revenue consistent with past practice and policies and in accordance with GAAP, (7) pay any accrued bonuses or commissions payable after the date hereof and before the Effective Time in the ordinary course of business and (8) use commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practice to (A) preserve intact its present business organizations, (B) keep available the services of its present officers and key employees, and (C) preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others having business dealings with it, to the end that its goodwill and ongoing businesses will be unimpaired.

(c) Except as necessary for the operation of its business in the ordinary course, the Company will assure that each of the Contracts entered into on or after the date hereof by it will not require the procurement of any consent, waiver or novation or provide for any material change in the obligations of any party in connection with, or terminate as a result of the consummation of, the Transactions.

(d) During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Effective Time, except as expressly permitted or contemplated by this Agreement or the Newco Spin-off, or as disclosed in Section 5.1(d) of the Company Disclosure Document, the Company shall not do, cause or permit any of the following, without the prior written consent of the other party (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed):

(i) cause or permit any amendments to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws other than as and only to the extent necessary to effect the transactions contemplated hereby;

(ii) other than as and only to the extent necessary to effect the Newco Spin-off, declare or pay any dividends on or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of any of its capital stock; or split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock (other than upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any options, preferred stock and warrants outstanding as of the date hereof), or repurchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of its capital stock except from former employees, directors and consultants in accordance with agreements outstanding as of the date hereof providing for the repurchase of shares in connection with any termination of service to it;

(iii) accelerate, amend or change the period of exercisability or vesting of any restricted stock, or options or other rights granted under its stock plans to employees (except pursuant to the terms of any such stock plans or stock option agreements as in effect on the date hereof) or authorize cash payments in exchange for any options or other rights granted under any of such plans;

(iv) other than as, and then only to the extent necessary to effect, the Newco Spin-off, enter into any Material Contract or amend or otherwise modify or waive any material term of any Material Contract;

(v) issue, deliver or sell or authorize or propose the issuance, delivery or sale of, shares of its capital stock or securities convertible into, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire, or other agreements or commitments of any character obligating it to issue any such shares or other convertible securities, other than the issuance of shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise or conversion of options, preferred stock or warrants outstanding as of the date hereof;

 

-37-


(vi) transfer to any Person any rights to its Intellectual Property, other than as, and then only to the extent necessary to effect, the Newco Spin-off;

(vii) sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of its properties or assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to its business taken as a whole, other than pursuant to the Newco Spin-off;

(viii) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money (other than with respect to trade payables in the ordinary course of business) or guarantee any such indebtedness or issue or sell any debt securities or guarantee any debt securities of others;

(ix) pay, discharge or satisfy in an amount in excess of $25,000 in any one case or $50,000 in the aggregate, any claim, liability or obligation (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise) arising other than in the ordinary course of business, other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction of the liabilities reflected or reserved against in the Company Balance Sheet, as the case may be, and except for payment of Transaction Expenses;

(x) make any capital expenditures, capital additions or capital improvements except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and in an amount which does not exceed $25,000 in the aggregate;

(xi) reduce the amount of any insurance coverage provided by existing insurance policies or otherwise allow any such insurance policy to lapse;

(xii) terminate or knowingly waive any right of substantial value;

(xiii) adopt or amend any employee benefit, or stock purchase or option plan, except as required under ERISA and except as necessary to maintain the qualified status of such plan under the Code, or hire any new director level or officer level employee, or increase the annual level of compensation of any employee, or grant any unusual or extraordinary bonuses, benefits or other forms of direct or indirect compensation to any employee, officer, director or consultant, except in the ordinary course of business and in amounts consistent with past practices;

(xiv) grant any severance or termination pay to any director, officer or other employee except payments made pursuant to written agreements outstanding on the date hereof or made in the ordinary course of business with past practice;

(xv) commence a proceeding other than: (A) for the routine collection of accounts receivable; (B) in such cases where the Company in good faith determines that failure to commence suit would result in the material impairment of a valuable aspect of its business, provided, that the Company shall have first conferred with Parent prior to commencement of any such action; or (C) for a breach of this Agreement;

(xvi) other than in the ordinary course of business, make or change any material election in respect of Taxes, adopt or change any accounting method in respect of Taxes, file any material Return or any amendment to a material Return, enter into any closing agreement, settle any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes;

 

-38-


(xvii) revalue any of its assets, including without limitation writing down the value of inventory or writing off notes or accounts receivable other than in the ordinary course of business;

(xviii) acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing any equity interest in or a portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any Person or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to its business;

(xix) make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other Person, other than loans or investments by it or a subsidiary of it to or in it or any subsidiary of it; or

(xx) take or agree in writing or otherwise to take any of the actions described in Sections 5.1(d)(i) through (xix)  above.

5.2 Conduct of Business of Parent .

(a) During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Effective Time, Parent hereby agrees (except to the extent expressly permitted by this Agreement or as consented to in writing by the Company), to carry on its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted. Parent further agrees to pay or perform its obligations when due, and to use its commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practice and policies to preserve intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers and key employees and preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees and others having material business dealings with it.

(b) During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Effective Time, except as expressly permitted or contemplated by this Agreement, Parent shall not do, cause or permit any of the following, without the prior written consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed):

(i) cause or permit any amendments to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, other than as contemplated by this Agreement;

(ii) declare or pay any dividends on or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of any of its capital stock; or split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock (other than upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any options, preferred stock and warrants outstanding as of the date hereof), or repurchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of its capital stock except from former employees, directors and consultants in accordance with agreements outstanding as of the date hereof providing for the repurchase of shares in connection with any termination of service to it;

(iii) issue, deliver or sell or authorize or propose the issuance, delivery or sale of, shares of its capital stock or securities convertible into, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire, or other agreements or commitments of any character obligating it to issue any such shares or other convertible securities, other than the issuance of shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise or conversion of options, preferred stock or warrants outstanding as of the date hereof;

 

-39-


(iv) revalue any of its assets, including without limitation writing down the value of inventory or writing off notes or accounts receivable other than in the ordinary course of business;

(v) acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing any equity interest in or a portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any Person or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to its business; or

(vi) take or agree in writing or otherwise to take any of the actions described in Section 5.2(b)(i) through (v) above.

5.3 No Solicitation .

(a) Parent and the Company agree that neither of them nor any of their officers or directors shall, and that they shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause their employees, agents and representatives not to (and shall not authorize any of them to), directly or indirectly: (i) solicit, initiate or encourage any inquiries or proposals regarding any merger, consolidation, sale of substantial assets, sale of shares of capital stock, or similar transactions involving Parent, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, or any of their subsidiaries with a third party (any of the foregoing inquiries or proposals being referred to herein as an “ Acquisition Proposal ”); (ii) furnish to any Person any nonpublic information or take any other action to facilitate any inquiries or the making of any proposal that constitutes or could reasonably be expected to lead to, any Acquisition Proposal with respect to Parent, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand,; (iii) participate or engage in discussions or negotiations with any Person with respect to any Acquisition Proposal with respect to Parent, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, or the making of any proposal that constitutes or could reasonably be expected to lead to any Acquisition Proposal with respect to Parent, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand; (iv) approve, endorse or recommend any Acquisition Proposal with respect to Parent, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand; or (v) enter into any letter of intent, agreement in principal or similar agreement contemplating or otherwise relating to any Acquisition Proposal with respect to Parent, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand; provided, however, that in the event that Parent receives a bona fide, unsolicited Acquisition Proposal in writing that was not received as a result of a breach of this Section 5.3 by Parent or any of its of its officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives, the foregoing shall not prevent the board of directors of Parent from taking such actions that are required by their fiduciary duties under applicable law.

(b) Parent agrees that, during the period between the signing and closing or termination of this Agreement, neither it nor any of its officers or directors shall, and that it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its employees, agents and representatives not to (and shall not authorize any of them to), directly or indirectly: (i) solicit, initiate or encourage any inquiries or proposals regarding the acquisition or exclusive licensing by Parent or its Affiliates of another entity or assets in the field of cell-free DNA by merger, consolidation, purchase or exclusive licensing of substantial assets, purchase of shares of capital stock (a “ cfDNA Acquisition ”); (ii) participate or engage in discussions or negotiations with any Person with respect to a cfDNA Acquisition, or the making of any proposal that constitutes or could reasonably be expected to lead to a cfDNA Acquisition; or (iii) enter into any letter of intent, agreement in principal or similar agreement contemplating or otherwise relating to a cfDNA Acquisition.

(c) Each party will promptly notify the other after receipt of any Acquisition Proposal or any notice that any Person is considering making an Acquisition Proposal or any request for nonpublic information relating to such party or any of its subsidiaries or for access to the properties, books or records of such party or any of its subsidiaries by any Person that has advised such party that it may be considering making, or that has made, an Acquisition Proposal, and will keep the other party reasonably informed of the

 

-40-


status and details of any such Acquisition Proposal notice (including the identity of the Person making the Acquisition Proposal, price and material terms), request or any correspondence or communications related thereto and shall provide the other party with a true and complete copy of such Acquisition Proposal notice or request or correspondence or communications related thereto, if it is in writing, or a written summary thereof, if it is not in writing.

(d) Each party shall immediately cease any existing discussions or negotiations with any Person conducted heretofore with respect to any of the foregoing.

(e) Each party shall ensure that its officers, directors and employees and any investment banker or other advisor or representative retained by it are aware of the provisions set forth in this Section 5.3 and shall instruct its officers, directors and employees to abide by such provisions.

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

6.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger . The respective obligations of each party to this Agreement to consummate and effect this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, by agreement of Parent and the Company:

(a) No Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal or regulatory restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Merger shall be in effect, nor shall any proceeding brought by an administrative agency or commission or other Governmental Entity seeking any of the foregoing be pending; nor shall there be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the Merger, which makes the consummation of the Merger illegal.

(b) Company Stockholder Approval . The Company Requisite Stockholder Approvals shall have been obtained by consent(s) in writing in accordance with the DGCL and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

6.2 Additional Conditions to Obligations of Parent . The obligations of Parent to consummate and effect this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by Parent:

(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants .

(i) The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct, and the representations and warranties of Company contained in this Agreement that are not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time with the same effect as though made as of the Effective Time (except in any case that representations and warranties that expressly speak as of a specified date or time need only be true and correct or true and correct in all material respects, as applicable, as of such specified date or time).

(ii) The Company shall have performed or complied with in all material respects all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing.

 

-41-


(b) No Material Adverse Effect . Since the date hereof, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect on Company.

(c) Appraisal Stockholders . Company Stockholders representing at least 90% of the outstanding voting shares of the Common Stock of the Company and the Company Preferred Stock, voting together on an as-converted basis, will have approved the Merger or shall no longer be entitled to exercise their “appraisal rights” under the DGCL.

(d) 280G Stockholder Approval . Payment, separately or in the aggregate, of any amount or the provision of any benefit that would be characterized as a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code shall have been submitted and approved by the Company Stockholders as provided in Section 4.10 , or, in the absence of such stockholder approval, none of those payments or benefits shall be paid or provided pursuant to the waiver agreements described in Section 4.10 .

(e) Third Party Consents . The Company shall have delivered to Parent all necessary consents, waivers and approvals of parties to any contract set forth on Schedule 6.2(e) (the “ Required Third-Party Consents ”) and as required thereunder in connection with the Merger, or for any such contract to remain in full force and effect without limitation, modification or alteration after the Closing.

(f) Officer Certificate . The Company shall have delivered to Parent a certificate dated as of the Closing Date signed on behalf of the Company by the chief executive officer of the Company certifying (i) that the conditions specified in Sections 6.2(a)(i) , 6.2(a)(ii) and 6.2(b) have been satisfied in all respects and (ii) as to the accuracy of the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet (the “ Company Officer Certificate ”).

(g) Secretary’s Certificate . The Company shall have delivered to Parent a certificate dated as of the Closing Date signed on behalf of the Company by the secretary of the Company certifying as to the accurateness and completeness of: (i) the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors approving the Merger and this Agreement in accordance with the DGCL; (ii) the resolutions of the Company’s stockholders adopting and approving this Agreement and the Merger in accordance with the DGCL, (iii) certificates of the Secretary of State of Delaware, the Secretary of State of California and the Franchise Tax Board of the State of California, each dated within five (5) days of the Closing Date, with respect to the good standing of the Company, (iv) the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, and (v) the Company’s bylaws, with copies of each attached thereto (the “ Company Secretary Certificate ”).

(h) Estimated Closing Date Balance Statement . The Company shall have provided to Parent the Estimated Closing Date Balance Statement at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

(i) Officer and Director Resignation Letters . Letters of resignation, in customary form, effective immediately prior to the Closing, duly executed by each of the directors and officers of the Company (it being understood that “customary form” shall mean that such letters of resignation shall not contain a general release of claims).

(j) FIRPTA Certificate . The Company shall have provided to Parent: (i) a certificate, in customary form, to the effect that shares of Company Capital Stock are not “U.S. real property interests” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code, and (ii) a notice to the IRS, in accordance with the

 

-42-


requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2), dated as of the Closing Date and executed by the Company, together with written authorization for Parent to deliver such notice to the IRS on behalf of the Company after the Closing.

(k) Certificate of Merger . The Company shall have provided to Parent a copy of the Certificate of Merger executed by the Company.

(l) Other Agreements . The Offer Letters shall have been executed and delivered by the Continuing Employees, and the Continuing Employees shall not have repudiated such agreements as of the Closing Date and the Consulting Agreements shall have been executed and delivered by the Designated Consultants, and the Designated Consultants shall not have repudiated them.

(m) Company Optionholder Consents . Each holder of a Company Option shall have executed and delivered a Company Optionholder Consent in a form reasonably acceptable to Parent and the Company.

(n) Newco Agreement . Newco shall have executed and delivered the Newco Non-competition Agreement to Parent.

6.3 Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Company . The obligations of the Company to consummate and effect this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by Company:

(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants .

(i) The representations and warranties of Parent contained in this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct, and the representations and warranties of Parent contained in this Agreement that are not qualified as to materiality or Material Adverse Effect shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time with the same effect as though made as of the Effective Time (except in any case that representations and warranties that expressly speak as of a specified date or time need only be true and correct or true and correct in all material respects, as applicable, as of such specified date or time).

(ii) Parent shall have performed or complied with in all material respects all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Closing.

(b) No Material Adverse Effect . Since the date hereof, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect on Parent.

(c) Officer Certificate . Parent shall have delivered to Company a certificate signed on behalf of Parent by the chief executive officer of Parent certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 6.3(a)(i) , 6.3(a)(ii) , 6.3(b) and 6.3(d) have been satisfied in all respects (the “ Parent Officer Certificate ”).

(d) Secretary’s Certificate . Parent shall have delivered to Company a certificate dated as of the Closing Date signed on behalf of Parent by the secretary of Parent certifying as to the accurateness and completeness of: (i) the resolutions of Parent’s Board of Directors approving this Agreement and the Merger; (ii) the resolutions of Merger Sub’s Board of Directors approving this Agreement in accordance with the

 

-43-


DGCL; (iii) the resolutions of Merger Sub’s stockholders adopting and approving this Agreement and the Merger in accordance with the DGCL and Merger Sub’s certificate of incorporation, and (iv) certificates of the Secretary of State of Delaware, the Secretary of State of California and the Franchise Tax Board of the State of California, each dated within five (5) days of the Closing Date, with respect to the good standing of Parent and Merger Sub, with copies of each attached thereto (the “ Parent Secretary Certificate ”).

(e) Merger Sub Stockholder Approval . The Merger Sub Requisite Stockholder Approval shall have been obtained by consent in writing in accordance with the DGCL and Merger Sub’s certificate of incorporation.

(f) Other Agreements . The Offer Letters shall have been executed and delivered by Parent and the Consulting Agreements shall have been executed by Parent, and Parent shall not have repudiated such agreements as of the Closing Date.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

7.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All of the representations and warranties of the parties contained herein or in any certificate required to be delivered hereunder shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect until the one year anniversary of the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing (a) (i) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2.8 Intellectual Property (the “ Company IP Representations ”) shall survive the Closing Date and continue in full force and effect until the date that is eighteen (18) months from the Closing Date and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2.1 Corporate Organization and Authority, Section 2.2 Capitalization and Section 2.16 Tax Returns and Audits (the representations and warranties of the Company referenced in this clause (a)(ii), collectively, the “ Company Fundamental Representations ”) shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect until the three year anniversary of the Closing Date and (b) (i) the representations and warranties of Parent set forth in Section 3.7 Intellectual Property (the “ Parent IP Representations ”) shall survive the Closing Date and continue in full force and effect until the date that is eighteen (18) months from the Closing Date and (ii) the representations and warranties of Parent set forth in Section 3.1 Corporate Organization and Authority, Section 3.2 Capital Structure, and Section 3.14 Tax Returns and Audits (the representations and warranties of Parent referenced in this clause (b)(ii), collectively, the “ Parent Fundamental Representations ”) shall survive the Closing and continue in full force and effect until the three year anniversary of the Closing Date. The expiration of any representation and warranty of the Company shall not affect any Claim (as defined in Section 7.6 below) for breaches of representations or warranties of the Company with respect to the matters set forth in a corresponding written Notice of Claim if a written Notice of Claim with respect to such Claim is delivered in accordance with Section 7.6 below prior to the expiration date of such representation and warranty. The expiration of any representation or warranty of Parent shall not affect any claim for breaches of representations or warranties of Parent with respect to the matters set forth in a claim brought by the Holders’ Representative prior to the expiration date of such representation and warranty.

7.2 Indemnification Provisions .

(a) By Parent . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article VII , from and after the Effective Time Parent agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each holder of the Company’s capital stock who receives Parent Shares pursuant to this Agreement (each, a “ Company Indemnified Party ”) against and in respect of all losses, liabilities, judgments, orders, decrees, Taxes, fines, penalties, expenses, fees, costs and amounts paid in settlement (including reasonable attorneys’ and expert witness fees and

 

-44-


disbursements in connection with investigating, defending or settling any action or claim) (collectively, “ Losses ”) arising out of or resulting from (i) the breach of any representation or warranty made by Parent or Merger Sub herein, or in the Parent Officer Certificate or the Parent Secretary Certificate and (ii) any failure by Parent or the Merger Sub to perform or comply with any covenant applicable to it contained in this Agreement (collectively, the “ Parent Indemnifiable Losses ”). For the purpose of determining the amount of any such Parent Losses, but not for determining whether a breach shall have occurred, all materiality (including Material Adverse Effect) provisions shall be disregarded. For the purposes of this Agreement, a “breach” of this Agreement shall mean either of the events described in clause (i) or (ii) above.

(b) By Company Holders . Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article VII , from and after the Effective Time, the Company Stockholders as of immediately prior to the Effective Time that are receiving Parent Shares pursuant to Section 1.6 and Section 1.10 (the “ Indemnifying Securityholders ”) agree, severally and not jointly, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Parent and its directors, officers, legal counsel, accountants, Affiliates and other controlling persons (each, a “ Parent Indemnified Party ” and together with Company Indemnified Party, an “ Indemnified Party ”) against and in respect of all Losses arising out of or resulting from (i) the breach of any representation or warranty made by Company herein, or in the Company Officer Certificate or the Company Secretary Certificate, (ii) any failure by Company to perform or comply with any covenant applicable to it contained in this Agreement, (iii) any Excess Closing Date Balance Shortfall not paid by Newco, (iv) to the extent not paid by Newco, any Taxes of the Company of any kind arising out of or related to the incorporation of Newco, the distribution of shares of Newco prior to the Closing, and the spinout of Newco (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Taxes included in the Company Liabilities in the Closing Date Balance Statement), or (v) any Company Dissenting Share Payments (collectively, the “ Company Indemnifiable Losses ” and together with the Parent Indemnifiable Losses, “ Indemnifiable Losses ”). For the purpose of determining the amount of any such Company Losses, but not for determining whether a breach shall have occurred, all materiality (including Material Adverse Effect) provisions shall be disregarded.

7.3 Limitations .

(a) The rights of an Indemnified Party provided for in Section 7.2(a) and Section 7.2(b) , as applicable, shall not apply unless and until the aggregate Parent Losses or Company Losses, as the case may be, are determined to be due to one or more Parent Indemnified Parties in the case of Claims against the Indemnifying Securityholders or one or more Company Indemnified Parties in the case of Claims against the Parent Indemnified Parties hereunder exceeds a cumulative aggregate of $150,000 (the “ Deductible Amount ”), in which event the Indemnified Parties shall, subject to the other limitations herein, be indemnified for all Parent Losses or Company Losses, as the case may be, including the Deductible Amount; provided, however , that the Deductible Amount shall not apply, with respect to Losses arising out of or resulting from (x) any breach of the Parent Fundamental Representations or (y) (i) any breach of Company Fundamental Representations or (ii) the matter set forth in Section 7.2(b)(iii), (iv) or (v) .

(b) Except for fraud and intentional misrepresentations, (x) (i) the aggregate indemnification obligations of Parent set forth in Section 7.2(a)(i) except for breaches of any Parent Fundamental Representation shall not exceed the value (as of Closing) of the Escrow (as defined in Section 7.5 below), (ii) the aggregate indemnification obligations of Parent (A) set forth in Section 7.2(a)(i) for breaches of Parent Fundamental Representations or (B) set forth in Section 7.2(a)(ii) shall not exceed the value (as of Closing) of the Parent Shares issued at Closing (including the Escrow), plus the value (if and when issued) of the Earnout Amount (the “ Total Paid Consideration ”) paid to the Indemnifying Securityholders pursuant to Article I and (y) (i) the aggregate indemnification obligations of the Indemnifying Securityholders set forth in Section 7.2(b)(i) except for any breach of any Company IP Representations and Company Fundamental Representation shall not exceed the number of shares remaining in the Escrow, (ii) the

 

-45-


aggregate indemnification obligations of the Indemnifying Securityholders set forth in Section 7.2(b)(i) for breaches of any Company IP Representations shall not exceed (A) the number of Escrow Shares remaining in the Escrow plus (B) the shares constituting the Earnout Amount, to the extent earned and unissued to the Indemnifying Securityholders, (iii) the aggregate indemnification obligations of the Indemnifying Securityholders set forth in (A)  Section 7.2(b)(i) for any breaches of Company Fundamental Representations, (B)  Section 7.2(b)(ii) , (C)  Section 7.2(b)(iii) , (D)  Section 7.2(b)(iv) and (E)  Section 7.2(b)(v) shall not exceed the number of shares issued pursuant to Section 1.6 , the Escrow Shares and the number of shares constituting the Earnout Amount to the extent issued to the Indemnifying Securityholders (or, in each case if sold, the value of such shares at Closing).

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no claim may be made for any Parent Losses related to or arising from (i) the amount, value or condition of any Tax asset or attribute (including, but not limited to, net operating loss carryforward or tax credit carryforward) of the Company arising prior to the Closing Date or (ii) the ability of Parent, the Company, the Surviving Corporation, the Final Surviving Entity or their Affiliates to utilize such Tax asset or attribute following the Closing Date.

7.4 Exclusive Remedy .

(a) Except for fraud and intentional misrepresentations, the indemnification obligations of Parent and the Indemnifying Securityholders set forth in Section 7.2 shall be the exclusive remedy for any Indemnified Party against Parent or any Indemnifying Securityholders, as the case may be, and with respect to the indemnification obligations of the Indemnifying Securityholders, the Escrow shall be the first source of recovery, in connection with this Agreement.

(b) For purposes of distributing the consideration payable hereunder pursuant to Section 1.6 and Section 1.10 and satisfaction of Indemnifiable Losses under this Article VII , the value of one share of Parent Shares shall be the fair market value of such stock as of the Closing Date as determined by the Valuation Firm.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall limit the liability of any Person (and Section 7.2 shall not be the exclusive remedy) in respect of Parent Indemnifiable Losses or Company Indemnifiable Losses, as the case may be, resulting from any fraud or intentional misrepresentation made by Parent or Company, as the case may be, which liability shall be several and not joint.

7.5 Escrow .

(a) Escrow . At the Closing, Parent shall (i) reserve and hold the Escrow Shares in an escrow fund to potentially be issued to the Parent Indemnified Parties to compensate the Parent Indemnified Parties for certain Losses as provided in this Article VII (the “ Escrow ”). The Escrow will be governed by the terms set forth in Article VII and the Escrow Agreement.

(b) Escrow Expiration Date . The Escrow shall remain in place until the one year anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Expiration Date ”) and all amounts in the Escrow at the Expiration Date shall be released to the Indemnifying Securityholders on the Expiration Date in accordance with Section 1.6 and Section 1.10 ; provided , however , that the Escrow shall not terminate and the Escrow shall not be released with respect to the amounts reasonably required to satisfy any unresolved or unsatisfied Claims specified in any Notice of Claim (as defined in Section 7.6(a) ) properly delivered in accordance with this Article VII on or prior to the Expiration Date with respect to facts and circumstances existing on or prior to the Expiration Date (each, a “ Parent Unresolved Claim ”) until such time as each such Parent Unresolved Claims have been resolved in accordance with Section 7.7 .

 

-46-


(c) Escrow Release . If a Notice of Claim is delivered by a Parent Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 7.6 and the Holders’ Agent does not object to such Claim in accordance with Section 7.6(b) or such Claim is resolved in accordance with Section 7.7 , Parent shall be entitled, subject to the limitations of Section 7.3 , to receive Parent Shares from the Escrow and/or Parent Shares not yet issued under the Earnout Amount in an amount equal to the value of the Parent Indemnifiable Loss.

7.6 Claims Upon Escrow .

(a) Notice of Claims . As used herein, the term “ Claim ” means a claim for Company Losses by a Parent Indemnified Party under this Article VII . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, a Parent Indemnified Party shall give written notice of a Claim (a “ Notice of Claim ”) to the Holders’ Agent promptly after a Parent Indemnified Party becomes aware of the existence of any potential Claim, which shall be signed by an officer of the Parent Indemnified Party and state that Company Losses exist and specify in reasonable detail the individual items of such Company Losses included in the amount so stated, the date each such item was paid, the nature of the misrepresentation, breach of warranty or claim to which such item is related and the specific representation, warranty or covenant alleged to have been the subject of such misrepresentation, breach or claim. A Parent Indemnified Party may submit a Notice of Claim at any time during the period commencing with the Effective Time and ending on the Escrow Expiration Date with respect to claims under Section 7.2(b) for breach of Company representations and warranties that are not Fundamental Company Representations, but shall not be permitted to bring a Notice of Claim with respect to breach of Company representations and warranties that are not Fundamental Company Representations at any time after the Escrow Expiration Date (and any delivery or attempted delivery of such a Notice of Claim after the Escrow Expiration Date shall be void and of no force or effect). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any Claims for Company Losses specified in any Notice of Claim delivered to the Holders’ Agent prior to expiration of the Escrow Expiration Date shall remain outstanding until such Claims for Losses have been resolved or satisfied, notwithstanding the passage of the Escrow Expiration Date. Until the Escrow Expiration Date, no delay on the part of a Company Indemnified Party in delivering a Notice of Claim with respect to claims under Section 7.2(b) for breach of Company representations and warranties that are not Fundamental Company Representations shall relieve any Indemnifying Securityholder (each an “ Indemnifying Party ”) from any of its respective obligations under this Article VII unless (and then only to the extent that) the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced thereby.

(b) Objections to Claims . Within thirty (30) days after receipt of a Notice of Claim, the Holders’ Agent may object in a written statement signed by an officer of the Holders’ Agent to any Claim made in the Notice of Claim. Upon reasonable notice, the Parent shall, and shall cause the Surviving Corporation to, afford the Holders’ Agent and its accountants, counsel and other representatives, reasonable access during normal business hours during the period from the receipt of a Notice of Claim until the final resolution of the matters set forth therein, provided, in each case, that such access does not cause material disruption to the day-to-day operation of the Surviving Corporation or Parent, as the case may be, to all information relating to the matters set forth in such Notice of Claim as may be reasonably requested.

7.7 Resolution of Conflicts; Arbitration .

(a) Resolution of Conflicts. The Holders’ Agent and a representative of the Parent Indemnified Party shall attempt in good faith for thirty (30) days to agree upon the rights of the respective parties with respect to the Claim. If the Holders’ Agent and such Parent Indemnified Party should so agree, a memorandum setting forth such agreement shall be prepared and signed by both parties and such Claim shall be deemed to be resolved.

 

-47-


(b) Arbitration . If no such agreement can be reached after good faith negotiation, either Parent or the Holders’ Agent, as applicable, may, by written notice to the other, demand arbitration of the matter unless the amount of the damage or loss is at issue in pending litigation with a third party, in which event arbitration shall not be commenced until such amount is ascertained or both parties agree to arbitration; and in either such event the matter shall be settled by arbitration conducted by one (1) independent arbitrator as mutually agreed upon by Parent and the Holders’ Agent, as applicable. In the event that within ten (10) days after submission of any dispute to arbitration, Parent and the Holders’ Agent cannot mutually agree on one (1) arbitrator, Parent and the Holders’ Agent shall each select one (1) arbitrator, and the two (2) arbitrators so selected shall select a third (3rd) arbitrator no later than fifteen (15) days after submission of any dispute to arbitration. The arbitration shall be administered by and in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Practice and Procedure of JAMS/Endispute. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the arbitrator (or arbitrators) shall apply and follow all applicable legal requirements in making his or her decision. The decision of the arbitrator (or arbitrators) as to the validity and amount of the disputed Claim shall be binding and conclusive upon the parties to this Agreement (and not subject to appeal), Parent shall be entitled to act in accordance with such decision and make, withhold or distribute payments out of the Escrow in accordance therewith.

(c) Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. For purposes of this Section 7.7(c) , in any arbitration hereunder in which the amount thereof stated in the Notice of Claim is at issue, the Indemnified Party shall be deemed to be the non-prevailing party, unless the arbitrators award such Parent Indemnified Party more than one-half (1/2) of the amount in dispute; in which case, the Indemnifying Parties shall be deemed to be the non-prevailing party. The non-prevailing party to an arbitration proceeding shall pay its own expenses, the fees of each arbitrator, the administrative fee of JAMS/Endispute and the reasonable expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, reasonably incurred by the other party to the arbitration. If the applicable Indemnifying Parties are deemed to be the non-prevailing party, such expenses and fees shall be paid first, from the Escrow Shares held in the Escrow (to the extent that such Escrow Shares are not otherwise required to satisfy any Company Losses), and second, by the Indemnifying Party.

7.8 Holders’ Agent .

(a) Effective as of the Effective Time, Mattias Westman (the “ Holders’ Agent ”), is hereby appointed, authorized and empowered by Company to act as the agent of, and attorney-in-fact for, and on behalf of the Indemnifying Securityholders in connection with, and to facilitate the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement, and in connection with the activities to be performed on behalf of the Indemnifying Securityholders collectively, and each of them individually, under this Agreement, for the purposes and with the powers and authority hereinafter set forth in this Section 7.8 , which shall include the full power and authority:

(i) to take such actions and to execute and deliver such amendments, modifications, waivers and consents in connection with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby as the Holders’ Agent may deem necessary or desirable to give effect to the intentions of this Agreement;

(ii) as the Holders’ Agent, to enforce and protect the rights and interests of the Indemnifying Securityholders and to enforce and protect the rights and interests of the Holders’ Agent arising out of or under or in any manner relating to this Agreement and, in connection therewith, to (1) resolve all

 

-48-


questions, disputes, conflicts and controversies concerning claims by the Parent Indemnified Parties pursuant to this Article VII ; (2) employ such agents, consultants and professionals, to delegate authority to its agents, to take such actions and to execute such documents on behalf of the Indemnifying Securityholders in connection with this Article VII as the Holders’ Agent deems to be in the best interest of the Indemnifying Securityholders; (3) assert or institute any claim, action, proceeding or investigation; (4) investigate, defend, contest or litigate any claim, action, proceeding or investigation initiated by Parent, Merger Sub, or Company, or any other Person, against the Holders’ Agent, the Indemnifying Securityholders and/or the Escrow; (5) receive process on behalf of any or all Indemnifying Securityholders in any such claim, action, proceeding or investigation; (6) compromise or settle any claim, action, proceeding or investigation on such terms as the Holders’ Agent shall determine to be appropriate; (7) give receipts, releases and discharges on behalf of any or all Company Indemnifying Securityholders with respect to any such claim, action, proceeding or investigation; (8) file any proofs, debts, claims and petitions as the Holders’ Agent may deem advisable or necessary; (9) settle or compromise any claims asserted under this Article VII ; (10) assume, on behalf of any or all Indemnifying Securityholders, the defense of any claim that is the basis of any claim asserted under this Article VII ; and (11) file and prosecute appeals from any decision, judgment or award rendered in any of the foregoing claims, actions, proceedings or investigations;

(iii) to enforce payment from the Escrow and of any other amounts payable to Indemnifying Securityholders, in each case on behalf of Indemnifying Securityholders, in the name of the Holders’ Agent;

(iv) to authorize and cause to be paid out of the Escrow the full amount of any claims by Parent Indemnified Parties and also any other amounts to be paid out of the Escrow pursuant to this Agreement;

(v) to waive or refrain from enforcing any right of any Indemnifying Securityholder and/or of the Holders’ Agent arising out of or under or in any manner relating to this Agreement; and

(vi) to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such other agreements, guarantees, orders, receipts, endorsements, notices, requests, instructions, certificates, stock powers, letters and other writings, and, in general, to do any and all things and to take any and all action that the Holders’ Agent, in its sole and absolute direction, may consider necessary or proper or convenient in connection with or to carry out the activities described in subsections (i) through (vi) above and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the parties acknowledge and agree that (x) the Holders’ Agent may not enter into or grant any amendments or modifications described in subsection 7.8(a)(i) above or waivers or consents described in subsection 7.8(a)(ii) above unless such amendments, modifications, waivers or consents shall affect each Indemnifying Securityholder similarly and to the same relative extent as the other Indemnifying Securityholders; (y) any such amendment, modification, waiver or consent that does not affect any Indemnifying Securityholder similarly and to the same relative extent as it affects other Indemnifying Securityholders must be executed by such Indemnifying Securityholder to be binding on such Indemnifying Securityholder; and (z) the Holders’ Agent may not compromise or settle any claim, action, proceeding or investigation with respect to any Indemnifying Securityholder in excess of such Indemnifying Securityholder’s portion of the Escrow in respect of claims limited to the Escrow pursuant to Section 7.3(b) or such Indemnifying Securityholder’s portion of the Escrow plus one hundred percent (100%) of the Earnout Amount, to the extent earned, in respect of claims limited to the Escrow plus one hundred percent (100%) of the Earnout Amount pursuant to Section 7.3(b) .

 

-49-


The Holders’ Agent has only the duties expressly stated in this Agreement, and shall have no other duty, express or implied. The Holders’ Agent is not, nor shall the Holders’ Agent be deemed, a fiduciary of the Indemnifying Securityholders in any capacity or for any purpose.

(b) By virtue of their approval of the Merger and this Agreement, each of the Indemnifying Securityholders shall be deemed to have appointed Mattias Westman, as the Holders’ Agent for all purposes set forth in this Section 7.8 .

(c) The Holders’ Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any representation, warranty or covenant of Company, the Indemnifying Securityholders, or the Merger Sub. The Holders’ Agent shall not be liable for any act done or omitted to be done as Holders’ Agent while acting in good faith and in the exercise of reasonable judgment. The Holders’ Agent shall, in no case or event, be liable to any Indemnifying Securityholder for any punitive, incidental or consequential damages. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Holders’ Agent shall not be liable for forgeries or false impersonations by any other person. The Indemnifying Securityholders shall severally indemnify the Holders’ Agent and hold it harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence or bad faith on the part of such Holders’ Agent and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties hereunder, including expenses of any legal counsel retained by the Holders’ Agent (“ Agent Losses ”). The Holders’ Agent shall have the right to recover any Agent Losses from the Agent Fund (as defined below) as such expenses arise and, to the extent that the Agent Fund has been depleted, if then available after satisfaction of all claims of Parent Indemnified Parties, the Holders’ Agent shall have the right to recover Agent Losses from the Escrow prior to the final distribution to the Indemnifying Securityholders, and prior to any such distribution, the Holders’ Agent shall deliver to Parent a certificate setting forth the Agent Losses actually incurred. In the event that the Agent Fund is exhausted and the Escrow is unavailable, the Indemnifying Securityholders shall be jointly and severally responsible for (i) the payment of all fees and expenses reasonably incurred by the Holders’ Agent in performing its duties under this Agreement, and (ii) any Agent Losses (together, (i)  and (ii)  above are “ Excess Fees and Losses ”); and each Indemnifying Securityholder shall promptly deliver to the Holders’ Agent full payment of his, her or its pro rata portion of such Excess Fees and Losses. This Section 7.8(c) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

(d) Immediately prior to the Effective Time, Company shall deposit into an account designated by the Holders’ Agent an amount equal to one hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($150,000) (the “ Agent Fund ”). Any out-of-pocket costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Holders’ Agent in connection with actions taken by the Holders’ Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section 7.9 (including the hiring of legal counsel and the incurring of reasonable legal fees and costs) and any Holders’ Agent Losses will be paid to the Holders’ Agent from the Agent Fund, and the Holders’ Agent may use the Agent Fund only to pay such costs and expenses reasonably incurred and to satisfy any Holders’ Agent Losses. The Holders’ Agent shall keep the Agent Fund segregated from all other funds, and shall not comingle in any way the Agent Fund with any other funds. Promptly after the Holders’ Agent determines, in its sole discretion, that additional costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Holders’ Agent are not reasonably foreseeable, the Holders’ Agent shall deliver any and all amounts remaining in the Agent Fund to Newco.

(e) Parent shall provide the Holders’ Agent with reasonable access to information about Parent and Company and the reasonable assistance of the Surviving Corporation’s, and Parent’s officers, directors and employees for purposes of performing its duties and exercising its rights hereunder, provided that, any information received by the Holders’ Agent in performing his or her duties and exercising rights hereunder shall constitute confidential “Information” pursuant to the Mutual Confidentiality Agreement and the Holders’ Agent hereby agrees to be bound to such Mutual Confidentiality Agreement as if it were a party thereto with respect to any such information; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holders’ Agent may disclose such information to individuals and experts engaged pursuant to Section 7.8(g) below who agree to treat such information confidentially, and Indemnifying Securityholders that have signed a substantially similar confidentiality agreement in favor of Parent.

 

-50-


(f) Mattias Westman hereby agrees to act as the Holders’ Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and a Representation Agreement entered into on or before the Effective Time by and among Company, the Holders’ Agent and certain Indemnifying Securityholders.

(g) The Holders’ Agent may engage attorneys, accountants and other professionals and experts. The Holders’ Agent may in good faith rely conclusively on information, reports, statements, opinions, including financial statements, about Company, the Surviving Corporation, or another person, that were prepared or presented by (i) one or more officers or employees of Company, or the Surviving Corporation, or (ii) legal counsel, public accountants, investment bankers or other persons as to matters the Holders’ Agent believes in good faith are within the person’s knowledge, professional or expert competence. Any action taken by Holders’ Agent based on such reliance shall be deemed conclusively to have been taken in good faith and in full satisfaction of such Holders’ Agent’s duties under this Agreement.

(h) The Holders’ Agent may resign or such agency may be changed by the Indemnifying Securityholders from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice to Parent, and the Surviving Corporation; provided , however , that the Holders’ Agent may not be removed unless holders entitled to at least 66-2/3% of the Parent Shares issued at any given time pursuant to Section 1.6 agree to such removal and to the identity of the substituted agent (voting on the basis of the number of Parent Shares to which such holders are entitled and not on a holder-by-holder basis). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a vacancy in the position of the Holders’ Agent may be filled by the holders of a majority of the Company capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

7.9 Actions of Holders’ Agent . A decision, act, consent or instruction of the Holders’ Agent shall constitute a decision of all Indemnifying Securityholders and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each such Indemnifying Securityholder, and any Parent Indemnified Party may rely upon any decision, act, consent or instruction of the Holders’ Agent as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of each and every such Indemnifying Securityholders. To the extent that a Parent Indemnified Party acts in accordance with a decision, act, consent or instruction of the Holders’ Agent, such Parent Indemnified Party is hereby relieved from any liability with respect to such act, to any Person, including the Indemnifying Securityholders.

7.10 Third Party Claims .

(a) In the event that a Parent Indemnified Party becomes aware of a third party claim (a “ Third Party Claim ”) that Parent Indemnified Party reasonably believes may result in a Claim against an Escrow, such Parent Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Holders’ Agent of such Third Party Claim. If a Third Party Claim does not seek any equitable relief or relief other than the payment of money damages in an amount not in excess of the amount of the applicable Escrow as to which no Unresolved Claims are pending, and if Holders’ Agent acknowledges in writing the Parent Indemnified Party’s right to reimbursement and indemnification hereunder out of the Escrow for Company Losses with respect to such Third Party Claim if the underlying allegations are determined to be true, then the Holders’ Agent may, at its election, undertake and conduct the defense of such Third Party Claim at its sole cost and expense. Parent shall be entitled, at its sole cost and expense, to participate in, but not to determine or conduct, the defense of such Third Party Claim, and the Holders’ Agent shall consult with Parent regarding the strategy for defense of such claim.

 

-51-


(b) If Holders’ Agent does not so elect to undertake and conduct the defense of such Third Party Claim, Parent shall undertake the defense of and use reasonable efforts to defend such Third Party Claim and shall consult with the Holders’ Agent regarding the strategy for defense thereof.

(c) In the event that the Holders’ Agent shall exercise its right to undertake any such defense against any such Third Party Claim, Parent shall cooperate with the Holders’ Agent in such defense and make available to the Holders’ Agent all witnesses, pertinent records, materials and information in Parent’s possession or under Parent’s control relating thereto as is reasonably requested by the Holders’ Agent. Similarly, in the event Parent is, directly or indirectly, controlling or participating in the defense against any such Third Party Claim, the Holders’ Agent shall cooperate with Parent in such defense and make available to Parent, all such witnesses, records, materials and information in the Holders’ Agent’s possession or under its control relating thereto as is reasonably requested by such Parent Indemnified Party.

(d) In the event that Parent has undertaken the defense of a Third Party Claim, Parent will have the right in its sole discretion to settle such Third Party Claim; provided, however, that, without the consent of the Holders’ Agent, any such settlement by Parent of a Third Party Claim will not be determinative as to any liability hereunder or the amount of Company Indemnifiable Losses relating to such matter. If Holders’ Agent does consent to any such settlement, the Holders’ Agent will not have any power or authority to object to the amount or validity of any claim by or on behalf of any Parent Indemnified Party for indemnity with respect to such settlement. No Third Party Claim may be settled by the Holders’ Agent without the prior written consent of Parent, or the applicable Parent Indemnified Party, as the case may be, unless the settlement provides solely for the payment of money, the Indemnifying Securityholders make such payment (subject to the applicable limitations contained in this Agreement) and Parent, or the applicable Parent Indemnified Party, as the case may be, receives an unconditional release.

7.11 Voting Rights and Cash Distributions With Respect to Escrow Shares .

(a) The Escrow Shares shall be issued at Closing to the Escrow Agent and held by Escrow Agent as nominee for the Indemnifying Securityholders in accordance with an escrow agreement in form mutually agreed by Parent and the Company (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), and the Indemnifying Securityholders shall have all voting rights in and rights to all dividends in respect of the Escrow Shares other than with respect to Escrow Shares forfeited to Parent in accordance with this Article VII .

(b) Any shares of Parent capital stock received pursuant to a stock split made in respect of any securities in the Escrow shall be added to the respective Escrow and become a part thereof. The provisions of Article VII shall be adjusted to appropriately reflect any stock split or reverse stock split.

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

8.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated, and the Merger may be abandoned, at any time prior to the Effective Time in the following manner:

(a) by mutual written consents duly authorized by the Boards of Directors of Parent and the Company;

 

-52-


(b) by either the Company or Parent, if:

(i) the Closing shall not have occurred on or the date that is thirty-five (35) days from the date hereof (the “ End Date ”) for any reason ( provided, that (A) in the event that all of the conditions in Article VI (other than the condition set forth in Section 6.2(c)) have been satisfied (or waived) or shall be capable of being satisfied at the End Date, the End Date shall be automatically extended to the date that is four (4) Business Days after the date on which Company Stockholders shall no longer be entitled to exercise their “appraisal rights” under the DGCL, and (B) the right to terminate this Agreement under this clause (b)(i) shall not be available to any party whose action or willful failure to act has been a principal cause of or resulted in the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date and such action or failure to act constitutes a breach of this Agreement);

(ii) any permanent injunction or other order of a court or other competent authority preventing the consummation of the Merger shall have become final and nonappealable;

(iii) the terminating party is not in material breach of this Agreement, and the non-terminating party (Parent or Company, as the case may be) shall have failed to perform any of its covenants in this Agreement or otherwise materially breached the terms of this Agreement such that the conditions in Section 6.2(a) or Section 6.3(a) , respectively, could not be satisfied and, if such breach is capable of being cured, shall have failed to cure such material breach within fifteen (15) calendar days after the non-terminating party has received written notice of such breach or failure to perform from the terminating party; or

(iv) within two (2) Business Days from the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement by all of the parties hereto, stockholders of the non-terminating party (Parent or Company, as the case may be) have not duly adopted and approved this Agreement and the Merger in accordance with the DGCL and the Certificate of Incorporation of the non-terminating party.

8.2 Effect of Termination .

(a) In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 8.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void; provided, however , that (i) the provisions of Section 4.1 (Confidentiality), Section 4.2 (Public Disclosure), Section 4.6 (Expenses), this Section 8.2 (Effect of Termination) and Article IX (General Provisions) shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement and (ii) nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for fraud or any willful and intentional breach of this Agreement.

(b) If this Agreement is terminated by Parent, or by the Company but not due to breach of Parent pursuant Section 8.1(b)(iii) , the Company shall be required to repay Parent the full amount of the Initial Cash Payment.

8.3 Amendment . Subject to applicable Law, the parties hereto may amend this Agreement at any time in accordance with an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto; provided , however , that an amendment made subsequent to approval of this Agreement by the stockholders of the Company will not (a) alter or change the amount or kind of consideration to be received on conversion of Company Capital Stock or (b) alter or change any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement if such alteration or change would materially and adversely affect the holders of Company Capital Stock. Subject to applicable Law, Parent and the Holders’ Agent (on behalf of all of the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time) may cause this Agreement to be amended at any time after the Effective Time by execution of an instrument in writing signed on behalf of Parent and Holders’ Agent (on

 

-53-


behalf of all of the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time); provided , however , that any amendment made in accordance with this sentence will not (i) alter or change the amount or kind of consideration to be received on conversion of Company Capital Stock or (ii) alter or change any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement if such alteration or change would materially and adversely affect the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time.

8.4 Extension; Waiver . At any time prior to the Effective Time any party hereto may, to the extent legally allowed, but shall have no obligation to: (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto; (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto; and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party. Delay in exercising any right under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such right.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery, if delivered personally (ii) on the date of confirmation of receipt, if delivered by commercial delivery service, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or (iii) on the date of confirmation of receipt, if sent via facsimile to the parties at the following address (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

(a) if to Company, to:

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

3183 Porter Drive

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attention: Bruce Hironaka

Facsimile No.:

Telephone No.:

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Mattias Westman

PO Box 10448

45D Market Street, 2nd Floor,

Suite #3202, Gardenia Court,

Camana Bay, Grand Cayman

KY1-1004, Cayman Islands,

Facsimile No.: +1 345 745 8501

Telephone No.: +1 345 745 8500

 

-54-


(b) if to Parent or Merger Sub, to:

CareDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Boulevard

Brisbane, California 94005

Attention: Peter Maag

Facsimile No.: (415) 287-2300

Telephone No.: (415) 287-2450

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Professional Corporation

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attention: Michael Danaher

Facsimile No.: (650) 493-6811

Telephone No.: (650) 493-9300

9.2 Interpretation . The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The phrase “made available” in this Agreement shall mean that the information referred to has been made available if requested by the party to whom such information is to be made available. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

9.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

9.4 Schedules and Exhibits . All references to Schedules and Exhibits herein, unless otherwise stated, mean the schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement.

9.5 Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest . This Agreement and the documents and instruments and other agreements specifically referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto, including the Exhibits, Schedules and Parent Disclosure Document and Company Disclosure Document: (a) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, except the Mutual Confidentiality Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect, and shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the Closing, in accordance with its terms; (b) shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise without the prior written consent of the other parties; and (c) are not intended to create any third party beneficiaries, except as expressly provided in Article VII and Section 4.9 . Subject to the foregoing, all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

9.6 Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. Upon such determination that any such provision is illegal, void or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

-55-


9.7 Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

9.8 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its principles of conflicts of law.

9.9 Rules of Construction . The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document will be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

9.10 Ownership of Attorney-Client Privilege . The Indemnifying Securityholders, the Company and the Holders’ Agent (collectively, the “ Company Parties ”) have received representation from counsel (“ Counsel ”) in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (the “ Acquisition Engagement ”). To the extent that communications between a Company Party, on the one hand, and Counsel, on the other hand, relate to the Acquisition Engagement, such communication shall be deemed to be attorney-client confidences that belong solely to the Holders’ Agent, for and on behalf of the Indemnifying Securityholders, and not the Company or Surviving Corporation. Neither Parent nor any of its Affiliates, including the Surviving Corporation, shall have access to (and Parent hereby waives, on behalf of each, any right of access it may otherwise have with respect to) any such communications or the files or work product of Counsel, to the extent that they relate to the Acquisition Engagement, whether or not the Closing occurs. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Parent acknowledges and agrees, for itself and on behalf of its Affiliates, including the Surviving Corporation, upon and after the Closing: (i) the Holders’ Agent, for and on behalf of the Indemnifying Securityholders, and Counsel shall be the sole holders of the attorney-client privilege with respect to the Acquisition Engagement, and neither Parent nor any of its Affiliates, including the Surviving Corporation, shall be a holder thereof; (ii) to the extent that files or work product of Counsel in respect of the Acquisition Engagement constitute property of the client, only the Holders’ Agent, for and on behalf of the Indemnifying Securityholders, shall hold such property rights and have the right to waive or modify such property rights; and (iii) Counsel shall have no duty whatsoever to reveal or disclose any such attorney-client communications, files or work product to Parent or any of its Affiliates, including the Surviving Corporation, by reason of any attorney-client relationship between Counsel and the Company or otherwise; provided that, to the extent any communication is both related and unrelated to the Acquisition Engagement, Counsel shall provide (and the Holders’ Agent, for and on behalf of the Indemnifying Parties, shall instruct Counsel to provide) appropriately redacted versions of such communications, files or work product to Parent or its Affiliates, including the Surviving Corporation. Notwithstanding and without limiting the foregoing, in the event that a dispute arises between any of Parent or the Surviving Corporation or their Affiliates, on one hand, and any of the Indemnifying Securityholders or Holders’ Agent (on behalf of the Indemnifying Securityholders), on the other hand, concerning the matters contemplated in this Agreement, Parent, for itself and on behalf of its Affiliates and the Surviving Corporation and its Affiliates, agrees that Parent, the Surviving Corporation and their Affiliates shall not offer into evidence or otherwise attempt to use or assert the foregoing attorney-client communications, files or work product against the Holders’ Agent or the Indemnifying Securityholders.

9.11 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF PARENT, MERGER SUB AND COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF

 

-56-


OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF PARENT, MERGER SUB OR COMPANY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

[Signature page follows]

 

-57-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Parent, Merger Sub, Company and the Holders’ Agent have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.

 

CAREDX, INC.
By:  

/s/ Peter Maag

  Peter Maag, Chief Executive Officer
IMMUMETRIX, INC.
By:  

/s/ Bruce Hironaka

Name:  

Bruce Hironaka

Title:  

President

MONITOR ACQUISITION CORPORATION

/s/ Ken Ludlum

Ken Ludlum
AS THE HOLDERS’ AGENT SOLELY FOR PURPOSES OF Article VII:

/s/ Mattias Westman

MATTIAS WESTMAN

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]


ANNEX A

DEFINITIONS

For all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Accredited Investors ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Accounting Referee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(c) .

Acquisition Proposal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a) .

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Agent Fund ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(d) .

Agent Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(c) .

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Applicable Documentation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.10(a)(i) .

Asset Transfer Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4 .

Assumed Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(d)(i) .

Business Day ” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of California, U.S.A. or is a day on which banking institutions located in such State are authorized or required by legal requirements or other governmental action to close.

Cash Payment Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3 , subject to the adjustments provided for in Section 1.7(e) .

CCC ” means the California Corporations Code.

Certificate of Merger ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 .

Change of Control ” shall mean, with respect to a Party: (i) any Third Party becoming the beneficial owner of securities of such Party representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total of all then outstanding voting securities; (ii) a merger or consolidation of such Party with or into a Third Party, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the holders of the voting securities of such Party immediately prior thereto having beneficial ownership of securities that represent immediately after such merger or consolidation more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the entity that survives such merger or consolidation or the parent of the entity that survives such merger or consolidation; or (iii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Party to a Third Party wherein the holders of such Party’s outstanding voting securities immediately before such sale do not, immediately after such sale, own or control (directly or indirectly) equity representing a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Third Party.

 

-1-


cfDNA Acquisition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(c) .

Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a) .

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 .

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2 .

Closing Date Balance ” means the total current assets, including the cash and cash equivalents of the Company, set forth on the Closing Date Balance Statement less the Company Liabilities set forth on the Closing Date Balance Statement.

Closing Date Balance Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(b) .

Closing Stock Amount ” means 5,722,788 Parent Shares less the Option Closing Stock Amount.

COBRA ” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

Code ” mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commercial Test ” means a test based on measurement or detection of cell-free donor-derived DNA (a “ cfDNA Test ”) in a solid organ transplant recipient that is provided outside of a Clinical Trial. For such purposes, a “Clinical Trial” shall mean a prospective clinical trial to demonstrate clinical benefit, accuracy and precision of a cfDNA Test or other bona fide research study, in each case in which neither Parent, its Affiliate nor other Milestone Obligor receives compensation (other than reimbursement of expenses), directly or indirectly, based on the sale or use of such cfDNA Test, AlloMap or any other product or service for use in or in connection with such clinical trial or research study, or for use in parallel with patients who are also involved in such trial or research study. By way of example, if a cfDNA Test is bundled with a compensated AlloMap test and distributed by Parent for research purposes and without any additional compensation, such test will be considered a Commercial Test. As a further example, if a cfDNA Test is provided as part of a clinical study where Parent, its Affiliate or a Milestone Obligor receives compensation for AlloMap or other services, but without additional compensation identified for the cfDNA Test, such study will not be considered a “Clinical Trial’ and such cfDNA Test will be considered a Commercial Test. A Commercial Test will be deemed “completed” for purposes of Section 1.9 upon the earlier of (a) the time that results from the cfDNA Test are communicated to a health care professional (including a nurse, physician’s or nurse’s assistant, or other person or entity involved in delivering healthcare services) or a patient, or are used for purposes related to a patient or (b) upon the sale of a kit or product for the performance of a cfDNA Test, and, in either case, regardless of whether the cfDNA Test is reimbursed or otherwise paid for by a third party. Each patient cfDNA Test result reported shall be deemed a single test for purposes of calculating the number of tests completed. For any kit or product, the number of tests for such calculations shall be the maximum number of cfDNA Tests performable according to its labeling and instructions for use.

Common Stock Closing Stock Amount ” means the portion of the Closing Stock Amount allocated to Common Stock in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet.

Common Stock Closing Stock Amount Per Share ” means (i) the Common Stock Closing Stock Amount, (ii) divided by the total number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

-2-


Common Stock Earnout Amount ” means the portions of the Earnout Amount allocated to Common Stock in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet.

Common Stock Earnout Amount Per Share ” means (i) the Common Stock Earnout Amount divided by the total number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Common Stock Escrow Amount ” means the portion of the Escrow Amount allocated to Common Stock in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet.

Common Stock Escrow Amount Per Share ” means the Common Stock Escrow Amount divided by the total number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Company 409A Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 0 .

Company’s Certificate of Incorporation ” means the certificate of incorporation of the Company in effect on the date of this Agreement, in the form provided to Parent.

Company Disclosure Document ” has the meaning set forth in Article II .

Company Dissenting Share Payments ” means any payment made to a Company stockholder in respect of any Dissenting Shares in excess of the cash consideration that otherwise would have been payable in respect of such shares in accordance with this Agreement.

Company Facilities ” means all properties leased or otherwise occupied by the Company.

Company Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12 .

Company Fundamental Representations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 .

Company Indemnifiable Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b) .

Company Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 .

Company IP Representations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 .

Company Leases ” means all of the leases or other occupancy agreements with respect to the Company Facilities.

Company Liabilities ” shall mean all accrued liabilities or indebtedness of the Company, including, but not limited to, debt from borrowed money or capital leases, accounts payable, royalties payable, pre-Closing Taxes, accrued bonuses, accrued vacation, employee expense obligations including the employer portion of any employment or payroll taxes payable by the Company in connection with compensation (to the extent such compensation is payable on or prior to the Closing), which are required to be reflected on the Company’s balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and other accrued liabilities relating to operations of the

 

-3-


Company through the Effective Time as may be required under GAAP, and accrued and anticipated Transaction Expenses and Taxes relating to the Newco Spin-off (whether or not such Transaction Expenses would be required to be reflected on the Company’s balance sheet in accordance with GAAP).

Company Material Contract ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) .

Company Officer Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(e) .

Company Option Exchange Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(d)(i) .

Company Optionholders ” means the holders of the Company Options.

Company Optionholder Consent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(d)(ii) .

Company Options ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(d).

Company Material Contract ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a)(v) .

Company Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.10 .

Company Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) .

Company Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock.

Company Products ” means any product or service to the extent such product or service utilizes the measurement or detection of cell-free donor DNA in order to assess whether a transplanted solid organ is being rejected that were developed (i.e., for which development is substantially completed or for which substantial development work was done), distributed, licensed or sold by or on behalf of Company since its inception to the Closing Date, after taking the Spin-Off into consideration.

Company Requisite Stockholder Approvals ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.23(b) .

Company Secretary Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2(g) .

Company Stockholders ” means the holders of Common Stock of the Company and the holders of Preferred Stock of the Company.

Company Surplus Cash ” means the amount of the Company’s current assets, including cash and cash equivalents, minus Company Liabilities as set forth in the Estimated Closing Date Balance Statement.

Counsel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.10 .

Consulting Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Continuing Employee ” means John Beausang.

Covered Persons ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21 .

Current Company Business ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

 

-4-


D & O Indemnified Party ” or “ D & O Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(b) .

Deductible Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(a) .

Designated Consultants ” shall mean Stephen Quake, Bruce Hironaka, Patrick Arensdorf and Steve Fodor.

DGCL ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 .

Disputed Item ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(c) .

Disqualification Events ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21 .

Dissenting Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(g)(i) .

DOL ” means the Department of Labor.

Earnout Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(a) .

Earnout Amount Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(a) .

Earnout Milestone ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(a) .

Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 .

Employee ” means any current or former or retired employee, consultant or director.

Employee Plan ” means any plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for compensation, severance, termination pay, deferred compensation, performance awards, stock or stock-related awards, fringe benefits or other employee benefits or remuneration of any kind, whether written or unwritten or otherwise, funded or unfunded, including without limitation, each “employee benefit plan,” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA.

Employment Contract ” shall mean each management, employment, severance, consulting, relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visas, work permit or other agreement, contract or understanding with any Employee.

End Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b)(i) .

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Escrow ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(a) .

Escrow Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14 .

Escrow Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.11(a) .

Escrow Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.8 .

 

-5-


Estimated Closing Date Balance ” means the total current assets, including the cash and cash equivalents of the Company, set forth on the Estimated Closing Date Balance Statement less the Company Liabilities set forth on the Estimated Closing Date Balance Statement.

Estimated Closing Date Balance Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(a) .

Excess Closing Date Balance Shortfall ” means, if the final Closing Date Balance is negative, the amount by which such balance is lower than negative $200,000, if any.

Excess Fees and Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(c) .

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expiration Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(b) .

Final Surviving Entity ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.17 .

GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Governmental Entity ” means any court, administrative agency or commission or other federal, state, county, local or other foreign governmental authority, instrumentality, agency or commission.

Holders’ Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8 .

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b) .

Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a) .

Indemnifying Securityholders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b) .

Information Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.11 .

Initial Cash Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3 .

Intellectual Property ” shall mean any or all of the following and all rights in, arising out of, or associated therewith: (1) all United States and international patents and applications therefor and all reissues, divisions, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof throughout the world (“ Patents ”); (2) all inventions (whether patentable or not), invention disclosures, improvements, trade secrets, proprietary information, know how, technology, technical data and customer lists, and all documentation relating to any of the foregoing; (3) all copyrights, copyrights registrations and applications therefor, and all other rights corresponding thereto throughout the world; (4) all domain names, universal resource locators and other names and locators associated with the Internet; (5) all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (6) all Trademarks; (7) all databases and data collections and all rights therein throughout the world; (8) all moral and economic rights of authors and inventors, however denominated, throughout the world, and (9) any similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing anywhere in the world.

IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service.

Joinder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.10(a)(i) .

 

-6-


Knowledge ” means such party’s actual knowledge after reasonable inquiry of its officers and other employees who have primary responsibility for such matters.

Laws ” means federal, state, local or foreign statute, law or regulation.

Letter of Transmittal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.10(a) .

Licensee ” means any person, other than Affiliates of Parent, to which Parent the Surviving Corporation or an Affiliate of Parent, grants a license, sublicense or other right to market, sell or otherwise commercialize any cfDNA Test.

Liens ” means all mortgages, liens, claims and encumbrances.

Lock-Up Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.10(a)(i) .

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a) .

Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, effect, event or development (each a “ Change ”, and collectively, “ Changes ”), individually or in the aggregate, and taken together with all other Changes, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, operations, financial condition or results of operations of (x) Parent, taken as a whole, or (y) the Company, taken as a whole; provided , however , that no Change (by itself or when aggregated or taken together with any and all other Changes) directly or indirectly resulting from, attributable to or arising out of any of the following shall be deemed to be or constitute a “Material Adverse Effect,” and no Change (by itself or when aggregated or taken together with any and all other such Changes) directly or indirectly resulting from, attributable to or arising out of any of the following shall be taken into account when determining whether a “Material Adverse Effect” has occurred or may, would or could occur:

(i) general economic conditions (or changes in such conditions) in the United States or any other country or region in the world, or conditions in the global economy generally;

(ii) conditions (or changes in such conditions) in the securities markets, capital markets, credit markets, currency markets or other financial markets in the United States or any other country or region in the world, including (A) changes in interest rates in the United States or any other country or region in the world and changes in exchange rates for the currencies of any countries and (B) any suspension of trading in securities (whether equity, debt, derivative or hybrid securities) generally on any securities exchange or over-the-counter market operating in the United States or any other country or region in the world;

(iii) conditions (or changes in such conditions) in the industries in which the parties conduct business;

(iv) political conditions (or changes in such conditions) in the United States or any other country or region in the world or acts of war, sabotage or terrorism (including any escalation or general worsening of any such acts of war, sabotage or terrorism) in the United States or any other country or region in the world;

(v) earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, tornadoes, floods, mudslides, wild fires or other natural disasters, weather conditions and other force majeure events in the United States or any other country or region in the world;

 

-7-


(vi) changes in Law or other legal or regulatory conditions (or the interpretation thereof) or changes in GAAP or other accounting standards (or the interpretation thereof);

(vii) the announcement of this Agreement or the pendency or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(viii) the taking of any action required or contemplated by, this Agreement; or the failure to take any action prohibited by this Agreement; and

(ix) any failure to meet any internal budgets, plans or forecasts of revenues, earnings or other financial performance or results of operations, in and of itself (but not, in each case, the underlying cause of such changes or failures, unless such changes or failures would otherwise be excepted from this definition).

Merger ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Mergers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.17 .

Merger Consideration Spreadsheet ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.14 .

Merger Sub ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Merger Sub Requisite Stockholder Approval ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(b) .

Merger Sub Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(e) .

Milestone Obligors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(b) .

Mutual Confidentiality Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 .

Newco ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4 .

Newco Non-competition Agreement ” means the Non-competition and Non-solicitation Agreement attached as Exhibit E.

Newco Spin-off ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4 .

New Litigation Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b) .

Notice of Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(a) .

Objection ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(c) .

Objection Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(c) .

Offer Letters ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Option Closing Stock Amount ” shall mean the aggregate number of Parent Shares issued or issuable in respect of all Company Options pursuant to Section 1.6(d)(i) .

Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

-8-


Parent 1998 Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b) .

Parent 2008 Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b) .

Parent Benefit Plan ” means employee benefits, plans and programs offered by Parent to its employees.

Parent Disclosure Document ” has the meaning set forth in Article III .

Parent Entities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

Parent Facilities ” means all properties leased or otherwise occupied by Parent.

Parent Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10 .

Parent Financing Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(h) .

Parent Fundamental Representations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 .

Parent Indemnifiable Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a) .

Parent Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b) .

Parent IP Representations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 .

Parent Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a) .

Parent Material Contract ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(a) .

Parent Officer Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(c) .

Parent Requisite Stockholder Approval ” or “ Parent Requisite Stockholder Approvals ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(b) .

Parent Secretary Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(d) .

Parent Shares ” means the Parent’s Series G Preferred Stock as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, conversions or reclassifications. In the event Parent is acquired prior to payment of the Earnout Amount, Parent Share shall mean the security or other property issued for a Parent Share in such transaction.

Parent Unresolved Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(b) .

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, or a Governmental Entity (or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof).

Preferred Stock Closing Stock Amount ” means the portion of the Closing Stock Amount allocated to Company Preferred Stock in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet.

 

-9-


Preferred Stock Closing Stock Amount Per Share ” means the Preferred Stock Closing Stock Amount divided by the total number of shares of Company Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Preferred Stock Earnout Amount ” means the portion of the Earnout Amount allocated to Company Preferred Stock in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet.

Preferred Stock Earnout Amount Per Share ” means the Earnout Amount divided by the total number of shares of Company Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Preferred Stock Escrow Amount ” means the portion of the Escrow available for distribution to the former holders of Company capital stock pursuant to Section 7.5(c) and allocated to Company Preferred Stock in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and the Merger Consideration Spreadsheet.

Preferred Stock Escrow Amount Per Share ” means the Preferred Stock Escrow Amount divided by the total number of shares of Company Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.

Registered Intellectual Property ” means all United States, international and foreign: (a) Patents; (b) registered Trademarks, (c) registered Internet domain names; (d) registered copyrights and applications for copyright registration.

Required Third-Party Consents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section  6.2(e) .

Response Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7(c) .

Returns ” means all forms, estimates, information statements, reports and any other documents required to be filed with a Governmental Entity (including schedules thereof and attachments thereto).

Second Step Merger ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.17 .

Securities Act ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals .

Solicitor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21 .

Stanford License ” shall mean the Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement between The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford University and the Company dated January 27, 2014.

Subsidiary ” means control over, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock (measured by virtue of voting rights) in any corporation.

Surviving Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 .

Surviving Corporation Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(e) .

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any and all federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, duties, impositions and liabilities, including taxes based upon or measured by gross receipts, income, profits, sales, use and occupation, and value added, ad valorem, transfer, franchise,

 

-10-


withholding, payroll, recapture, employment, excise and property taxes, together with all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts and any obligations under any agreements or arrangements with any other person with respect to such amounts and including any liability for taxes of a predecessor or transferor entity.

Tax Contest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.13 .

Tail D&O Policy ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.9 .

Third Party Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(a) .

Total Paid Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3(b) .

Trademarks ” means all trade names, logos, trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefor throughout the world.

Transaction Expenses ” means all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Merger including all legal, accounting, financial advisory, consulting and all other fees and expenses of third parties incurred by a party in connection with the negotiation and effectuation of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including, but not limited to, any payments made or anticipated to be made as a brokerage or finders’ fee, agents’ commission or any similar charge, in connection with the Merger.

Unaccredited Investors ” means a person that is not deemed to be an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

Update Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.9(b) .

Valuation Firm ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(c) .

 

-11-


Schedule 6.2(e)

Required Third Party Consents

 

1. Waiver of notice or delivery of notice and expiration of the notice period under and in accordance with the Stanford License.

 

-12-


CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

MERGING

MONITOR ACQUISITION CORPORATION

WITH AND INTO

IMMUMETRIX, INC.

Pursuant to Title 8, Section 251(c) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ Delaware Law ”), ImmuMetrix, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST : The name and state of incorporation of each of the constituent corporations to the merger are as follows:

 

Name

   State of Incorporation
ImmuMetrix, Inc.    Delaware
Monitor Acquisition Corporation    Delaware

SECOND : An Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”) by and among the Company, Monitor Acquisition Corporation (“ Merger Sub ”) and the other parties signatory thereto, setting forth the terms and conditions of the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”), has been approved, adopted, executed and acknowledged by each of the constituent corporations in accordance with the requirements of Section 251(c) of Delaware Law and the stockholders have given their written consent thereto in accordance with Section 228 of Delaware Law.

THIRD : That the name of the surviving corporation of the merger (“ Surviving Corporation ”) is ImmuMetrix, Inc.

FOURTH : That, by virtue of the Merger provided for herein, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended and restated its entirety as set forth in Exhibit A hereto, and, as so amended and restated, shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended in accordance with Delaware Law and such Certificate of Incorporation.

FIFTH : The executed Merger Agreement is on file at 3183 Porter Drive, Palo Alto, CA 94304, an office of the surviving corporation.

SIXTH : A copy of the Merger Agreement will be furnished by the surviving corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of either constituent corporation.

SEVENTH : The merger will become effective at such time as this Certificate of Merger is duly filed and accepted by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ImmuMetrix, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Merger to be signed by a duly authorized officer on this      day of May, 2014.

 

ImmuMetrix, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

Name:   Bruce Hironaka
Title:   President

[Signature Page to Certificate of Merger]


Exhibit A

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is ImmuMetrix, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101 Dover, DE 19904 Kent County. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE IV

This Company is authorized to issue one class of shares to be designated Common Stock. The total number of shares of Common Stock the Company has authority to issue is 1,000 with par value of $0.0001 per share.

ARTICLE V

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the Company is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE VI

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE VII

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim accruing or arising or that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.


ARTICLE VIII

Subject to any provisions in the bylaws of the Company related to indemnification of directors or officers of the Company, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The Company shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or a bylaw of the Company shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Company after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

ARTICLE IX

Except as provided in Article VIII and Article IX above, the Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.


ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

[NEWCO]

AND

[IMMUMETRIX]

Dated as of [                    ], 2014


ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2   

ARTICLE II TRANSFER OF ASSETS AND GRANT OF LICENSES; ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES; CONSIDERATION; CLOSING

     10   

2.1

   Transfer of Assets      10   

2.2

   Assignability and Consents      11   

2.3

   License Rights Retained by Company      13   

2.4

   Liabilities      14   

2.5

   ATA Closing      14   

2.6

   Closing Deliveries by the Company      15   

2.7

   Closing Deliveries by Newco      15   

2.8

   Post-Closing Delivery      15   

2.10

   Certain Rights and Obligations under the Merger Agreement.      16   

2.11

   Transition Services. The Company will provide or cause Parent to provide the two individuals employed by the Company prior to the ATA Closing to perform transition services for Newco consisting of (i) two (2) Business Days per month per person through the first two (2) full calendar months after the ATA Closing and (ii) eight (8) hours per month per person for each of the third and fourth full calendar months after the ATA Closing.      17   

ARTICLE III CONFIDENTIALITY

     17   

3.1

   Proprietary Information      17   

3.2

   Permitted Disclosures      18   

3.3

   Nondisclosure of Terms; Press Release      18   

ARTICLE IV INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     18   

4.1

   Patent Prosecution and Maintenance      18   

4.2

   Enforcement of Licensed Patent Rights      19   

ARTICLE V ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

     20   

5.1

   Tax Matters      20   

5.2

   Regulatory Matters      21   

5.3

   Novation of Certain Transferred Contracts      21   

5.4

   Further Assurance      21   

ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION

     22   

6.1

   Indemnification by the Company      22   

6.2

   Indemnification by Newco      22   

6.3

   Indemnification Procedure      22   

6.4

   Limitations on Indemnification      23   

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

     24   

7.1

   No Termination for Breach      24   

7.2

   Notices.      24   

 

-i-


7.3

   Counterparts      25   

7.4

   Severability      25   

7.5

   Remedies Cumulative      25   

7.6

   Governing Law      25   

7.7

   Rules of Construction.      25   

7.8

   Time is of the Essence; Enforcement      26   

7.9

   Amendment; Waiver      26   

7.10

   Expenses      26   

7.11

   Entire Agreement      26   

7.12

   Assignment      27   

7.13

   Ownership of Attorney-Client Privilege      27   

7.14

   Delays or Omissions      27   

7.15

   No Third Party Beneficiaries      28   

 

-ii-


ASSET TRANSFER AGREEMENT

This Asset Transfer Agreement is made as of [            ] between [Newco, Inc.], a Delaware corporation (“ Newco ”), and ImmuMetrix, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”). Newco and the Company are each referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company is currently focused primarily on the development of diagnostic tests to detect and measure cell-free donor DNA of a solid organ transplant recipient to assess whether the transplanted organ is being rejected (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Company is a party to an Agreement and Plan of Merger with CareDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”) and Monitor Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“ Merger Sub ”), dated May 17, 2014 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company effective as of the Closing (as defined in the Merger Agreement) followed by a second step merger of the Surviving Corporation (as defined in the Merger Agreement) with and into a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent established solely for the purpose of consummating the transaction (the “ Merger ”).

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company has determined that it is appropriate and advisable to separate the Current Company Business (as defined in the Merger Agreement) in connection with the Merger by transferring the Transferred Assets (as defined and further described herein) to Newco and distributing Newco common stock and preferred stock to the holders of Company common stock and preferred stock (the “Securityholders” immediately prior to the closing of the Merger.

WHEREAS, effective as of the ATA Closing hereunder, the Company will transfer the Transferred Assets to Newco and Newco will accept the Transferred Assets and assume and agree to discharge the Assumed Liabilities (as defined and further described herein).

WHEREAS, effective as of the ATA Closing hereunder, the Company will transfer to the Company Securityholders one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding shares of Newco as a distribution to Company Securityholders in a separate transaction completed prior to the closing of the Merger.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, representations and warranties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Merger Agreement.

1.1 “ Action ” means any civil, criminal, administrative or regulatory action, suit, hearing or proceeding.

1.2 “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any person, another person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such person. “ Control ” means, as to any Person, beneficial ownership, direct or indirect, of at least fifty percent (50%) of the equity securities of the subject entity entitled to vote in the election of directors (or, in the case of an entity that is not a corporation, for the election of the corresponding managing authority), and the terms “ Controlled by ”, “ under common Control with ” and “ Controlling ” shall have correlative meanings.

1.3 “ Agreement ” means this agreement and all amendments hereto made in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.9 .

1.4 “ Applicable Law ” means any applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, injunction or decree.

1.5 “ Assignment and Assumption Agreement ” means the Assignment and Assumption Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.5 .

1.6 “ Assumed Liabilities ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a) .

1.7 “ ATA Closing ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.5 .

1.8 “ Bill of Sale ” means the Bill of Sale in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.8 .

1.9 “ Books and Records ” means all books, records, files, documents, documentation, databases, and correspondence (in each case, in either tangible or electronic form, to the extent the same exist in either such form), including: (a) all research and development data, results and reports relating to products; (b) all patent applications and other documents pertaining to the Prosecution and Maintenance of Patent Rights, any memoranda and legal opinions and other legal advice relating to the patentability of inventions and all written communications to and from the patent office in any jurisdiction, including all office actions, responses to office actions, notices of allowance, notices of issuance and certificates (collectively, “ Legal Records ”); and (c) all email correspondence of Business Employees generated in the course of their employment and stored on Company servers.

1.10 “ Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized by Law to be closed in the United States.

 

-2-


1.11 “ Business Employees ” means the current (as of immediately prior to the Effective Time) and former employees, consultants and directors of the Company.

1.12 “ Claim ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.3 .

1.13 “ Closing Date ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.5 .

1.14 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.15 “ Company ” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

1.16 “ Company Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.2.

1.17 “ Contract ” means any and all written or legally binding oral commitments, contracts, purchase orders, sales orders, leases, subleases, licenses, easements, commitments, arrangements, undertakings, evidence of indebtedness, security or pledge agreements or other agreements.

1.18 “ Control ” (including any variations such as “ Controlled ” and “ Controlling ”), in the context of Intellectual Property rights of a Party, means that such Party or its Subsidiary owns or possesses rights to intellectual property sufficient to grant the applicable license, sublicense or access (as appropriate) under this Agreement, without violating the terms of any agreement with a Third Party existing at the time such Party would first be required hereunder to grant such license, sublicense or access.

1.19 “ Copyrights ” means all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefor and copyrightable works, whether published or unpublished, including: (a) all rights of authorship, use, publication, reproduction, display, distribution, performance, preparation of derivative works and transformation of such copyrightable works; (b) all copies, compilations and derivative works of such copyrightable works; (c) all rights of ownership of copyrightable works; and (d) all rights to register and obtain renewals and extensions of copyright registrations.

1.20 “ Corporate Books and Records ” means all Books and Records of the Company relating to the Company’s corporate existence, equity arrangements, accounting practices and tax returns, and including the Company’s stock ledgers, auditor’s letters, business and financial records (including budgets and ledgers) and all employee personnel files and correspondence regarding employment matters.

1.21 “ Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Products ” means any product or service, to the extent such product or service utilizes the measurement or detection of cell-free donor DNA or infectious pathogen DNA, or immune repertoire profiling, in each case for purposes of assessing whether a human who has received a solid organ or bone marrow transplant, is rejecting, or is at risk for rejecting such transplant.

1.22 “ Defined Organ Transplant Field ” means the use of cell-free DNA detection or immune repertoire profiling to diagnose and clinically manage solid organ and bone marrow human

 

-3-


transplant recipients, excluding the detection, diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precursor to cancer. In all cases, the measurement of the level, cell-free DNA size distribution, or other test parameters to assess cell-free DNA and immune repertoire profiling shall be applied uniquely to transplant recipients or pre-transplant patients who are on a designated transplant waiting list, and shall include, but not be limited to, surveillance for acute rejection, chronic rejection, allograft vasculopathy, immunosuppression optimization, organ toxicity, overall immune status in relation to infectious disease signature and organ damage due to infection.

1.23 “ Defined Organ Transplant Program ” means the activities conducted by, on behalf of, or for the benefit of the Company, whether alone or in collaboration with any Third Parties, directed to the discovery, research, development, manufacture, use and/or commercialization of any Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Product, including in connection with the planning of any such activities, recording or documenting of such activities and their results, or preparing marketing forecasts or competitive analyses for any Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Product.

1.24 “ Defined Organ Transplant Program-Dedicated Books and Records ” means all Books and Records Controlled by the Company as of the Closing Date, in each case that include only (a) information pertaining to the Defined Organ Transplant Program Know-How, and (b) information pertaining to the Stanford Patent Rights.

1.25 “ Defined Organ Transplant Program Know-How ” means all Know-How that was generated with respect to any Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Product prior to the Closing Date as part of the Defined Organ Transplant Program; in each case to the extent such Know-How physically exists, and is Controlled by the Company, as of the Closing Date, other than the Mixed Know-How. The Defined Organ Transplant Know-How includes those items described in Exhibit 1.25 . For clarity, physical existence means: (i) with respect to data and other information within such Know-How, that such data and other information is physically embodied, documented, or recorded in any medium (including databases, emails, materials within such Know-How, or laboratory notebooks); and (ii) with respect to materials within such Know-How, that samples or specimens of such materials have been produced and subsist as of the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Defined Organ Transplant Program Know-How does not include: (x)) items of general use, such as software tools and labware, including such items that were used in activities outside the Defined Organ Transplant Program Know-How (but for clarity does include any information or materials within the Defined Organ Transplant Program Know-How stored in any such items); or (y) non-proprietary (to the Company) commercial research reagents or tools that are commonly available to the industry for purchase, such as through catalog vendors.

1.26 “ Disclosing Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.1 .

1.27 “ Effective Time ” means the time at which the ATA Closing is consummated.

1.28 “ Environmental Law ” means any federal, state or local Applicable Laws applicable to the Company that regulate the protection of the environment, exposure of any individual to Hazardous Materials, or that regulate the handling, use, manufacturing, processing, storage, treatment, transportation, discharge, release, emission, disposal, reuse or recycling of hazardous

 

-4-


materials, including the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq., as amended, and the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., as amended.

1.29 “ Governmental Entity ” means any court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental entity or instrumentality.

1.30 “ Governmental Order ” means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, or award entered by or with any Governmental Entity.

1.31 “ Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section  6.3(a).

1.32 “ Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section  6.3(a).

1.33 “ Intellectual Property ” means any or all of the following and all statutory and/or common law rights throughout the world in, arising out of or associated with any or all of the following: (a) Patent Rights; (b) the protection of trade and industrial secrets and confidential information; (c) Trademark Rights; (d) Copyrights; and (e) any other intellectual property rights.

1.34 “ Know-How ” means business, technical or scientific information, data or work product, including: (a) inventions, discoveries, ideas, improvements, or trade secrets; and (b) methods, software (including both object and source code form, as well as development tools, design documentation and related items), databases, tests, assays, formulas, procedures, processes, techniques and data.

1.35 “ Lease ” means that certain Contract between Company and Cellular Research, Inc. dated as of January 15, 2013 (as amended).

1.36 “ Liabilities ” means any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable, including, without limitation, those arising under any Applicable Law (including, without limitation, any Environmental Law), Action or Governmental Order and those arising under any Contract.

1.37 “ Licensed Copyrights ” means those Copyrights within the Transferred Copyrights directed to software or other copyrighted materials within the Licensed Know-How that are necessary or reasonably useful for the development and commercialization of products in the Defined Organ Transplant Field.

1.38 “ Licensed Know-How ” means those items of Know-How within the Transferred Know-How, including the Mixed Know-How, that are necessary or reasonably useful for the development and commercialization of products in the Defined Organ Transplant Field.

1.39 “ Licensed Patents Rights ” means the Patent Rights listed in Exhibit 1.39 together with any provisionals, non-provisionals, PCTs, national stages, additions, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutions, foreign counterparts, reissues, re-examinations, extensions,

 

-5-


registrations, patent term extensions, supplemental protection certificates, renewals, and the like that may be filed after the Effective Time with respect to the Patent Rights listed in Exhibit 1.39 , in each case to the extent such Patent Rights contain claims directed to the discovery, research, development, manufacture, use and/or commercialization of products within the Defined Organ Transplant Field.

1.40 “ Licensed Product ” means any a product or service that (i) is covered by valid issued or pending claims of the Licensed Patents or the Stanford Patents or (ii) was otherwise made or developed with material use of other proprietary technology included within Retained Assets, including without limitation proprietary technology included within the Defined Organ Transplant Know-How listed on Exhibit 1.25.

1.41 “ Liens ” means any pledges, claims, liens, charges, encumbrances and security interests of any kind or nature whatsoever.

1.42 “ Losses ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.1 .

1.43 “ Mixed Books and Records ” means those Books and Records within the Transferred Books and Records that contain information pertaining to the Defined Organ Transplant Program and the Newco Field.

1.44 “ Mixed Know-How ” means Know-How that exists, and is Controlled by the Company, as of the Closing date that is reasonably useful both for the Defined Organ Transplant Field and the Newco Field.

1.45 “ Newco ” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

1.46 “ Newco Field ” means (i) the detection, diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precursor to cancer and all other applications and purposes outside the Defined Organ Transplant Field and (ii) products that are used outside the Defined Organ Transplant Field but also have utility within the Defined Organ Transplant Field (such as a diagnostic for infectious disease intended for a broader patient population but which is useful also for transplant recipients). For avoidance of doubt, the Newco Field does not include products for assessing whether a solid organ transplant or bone marrow transplant is or will be rejected.

1.47 “ Newco Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.1(a) .

1.48 “ Non-Assignable Asset ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.2(a) .

1.49 “ Non-Paying Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.1(a)(iii) .

1.50 “ Party ” and “ Parties ” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

-6-


1.51 “ Patent Assignment Agreement ” means the Patent Assignment Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.51 .

1.52 “ Patent Rights ” means all patents and pending patent applications in any country or patent-granting region, together with all provisionals, non-provisionals, PCTs, national stages, additions, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutions, foreign counterparts, reissues, re-examinations, extensions, registrations, patent term extensions, supplemental protection certificates, renewals, and the like with respect to any of the foregoing.

1.53 “ Paying Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.1(a)(iii) .

1.54 “ Person ” means any individual, corporation (including not for profit), general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization, Governmental Entity or other entity of any kind or nature.

1.55 “ Proprietary Information ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.1 .

1.56 “ Prosecution and Maintenance ” means, with respect to any Patent Rights, the preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintenance of such patent or patent application, as well as re-examinations, reissues, requests for patent term extensions and the like with respect to such Patent Rights, together with the conduct of interferences, the defense of oppositions and other similar proceedings with respect thereto, and “Prosecute and Maintain” shall have the correlative meaning.

1.57 “ Receiving Party ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.1 .

1.58 “ Representative ” means, with respect to any Person, any director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, or other representative of such Person, including legal counsel, accountants, and financial advisors.

1.59 “ Retained Assets ” shall mean:

(a) the Stanford License Agreement;

(b) all Defined Organ Transplant Program Know-How, all Trademark Rights Controlled by Company as of the Closing Date and all Copyrights Controlled by Company as of the Closing Date that describe, contain or reflect Defined Organ Transplant Program Know-How (collectively, the “ Retained Intellectual Property ”);

(c) the Defined Organ Transplant Program-Dedicated Books and Records and the Corporate Books and Records;

(d) all other Contracts in effect on the Closing Date to which the Company is a party, other than the Transferred Contracts, including without limitation, all confidentiality, non-disclosure agreements and/or inventions assignment agreements with Business Employees, and all rights under such Contracts (the “ Retained CDAs ”) (The Stanford License Agreement and the Contracts specified in Exhibit 1.59(d )), the “ Retained Contracts ”);

 

-7-


(e) The tangible assets described in Exhibit 1.59(e);

(f) all income, damages, royalties, and payments due or payable as of the Closing Date or thereafter that pertain solely to the Retained Intellectual Property (including damages and payments for past or future infringements or misappropriations thereof), all claims and rights of action accrued and to accrue under and by virtue thereof, including remedies against infringements or misappropriations that pertain solely to the Retained Intellectual Property and any and all other rights that now or hereafter may arise or be secured under Applicable Laws that pertain solely to any item within the Retained Intellectual Property; and

(g) all other rights, claims, causes of action and credits, including all guarantees, warranties, indemnities, rights of set-off and similar rights, in favor of the Company that pertain solely to any Retained Assets or Retained Liability.

1.60 “ Retained Liabilities ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.4(b) .

1.61 “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1.62 “ Stanford License Agreement ” means that certain amended and restated exclusive license agreement by and between the Company and The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University, effective as of January 27 th , 2014.

1.63 “ Stanford Patent Rights ” means the Patent Rights exclusively licensed to Company pursuant to the Stanford License Agreement.

1.64 “ Straddle Period ” means any Tax period beginning on or before and ending after the Closing Date.

1.65 “ Straddle Period Tax ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.1(a)(iii) .

1.66 “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity, whether or not existing on the date hereof, in which the Newco or the Company, as the context requires, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries or otherwise, beneficially owns at least fifty percent (50%) of either the equity interest or voting power of or in such corporation or other entity.

1.67 “ Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means all income, profits, gross receipts, environmental, customs duty, capital stock, sales, use, occupancy, value added, ad valorem, stamp, franchise, withholding, payroll, employment, unemployment, disability, excise, property, production and other taxes, duties or assessments of any nature imposed by any Governmental Entity (whether national, local, municipal or otherwise) or political subdivision thereof, together with all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts, any interest in respect of such penalties or additions, and any obligations under any legally binding agreements or arrangements with any other person with respect to such amounts and including any liability for the aforementioned taxes of a predecessor entity.

 

-8-


1.68 “ Tax Return ” means all U.S. federal, state, provincial, local and non-U.S. returns, estimates, information statements, elections, forms, transfer pricing studies and reports relating to Taxes.

1.69 “ Third Party ” means any Person other than Newco, Company or their respective Affiliates.

1.70 “ Third Party Claim ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.3(a) .

1.71 “ Trademark Rights ” means all: (a) registered trademarks, unregistered trademarks, applications for registration of trademarks, registered service marks, unregistered service marks, applications for registration of service marks, registered trade names, unregistered trade names and applications for registration of trade names; (b) company names and logos; and (c) all electronic media rights and registrations (including domain names, usernames, websites, blogs and the like).

1.72 “ Transaction Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Bill of Sale, the Assignment and Assumption Agreement and the Patent Assignment Agreement.

1.73 “ Transferred Assets ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

1.74 “ Transferred Books and Records ” means originals of all Books and Records in Company’s possession and Control as of the Closing Date, excluding the Defined Organ Transplant Program-Dedicated Books and Records and Corporate Books and Records.

1.75 “ Transferred Contracts ” means the Lease and those other contracts listed on Exhibit 1.75 .

1.76 “ Transferred Copyrights ” means all Copyrights Controlled by the Company on the Closing Date that are not included in the Retained Intellectual Property.

1.77 “ Transferred Intellectual Property ” means the Transferred Patent Rights, the Transferred Know-How and Transferred Copyrights.

1.78 “ Transferred Know-How ” means all Know-How Controlled by the Company as of the Closing Date, other than the Defined Organ Transplant Program Know-how.

1.79 “ Transferred Other Intangibles ” shall mean the amount of cash and other intangible assets described in Exhibit 1.79 .

1.80 “ Transferred Patent Rights ” means all Patent Rights in any country of the world that are identified in Exhibit 1.80 attached to this Agreement, together with all provisionals, non-provisionals, PCTs, national stages, additions, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutions, foreign counterparts, reissues, re-examinations, extensions, registrations, patent term extensions, supplemental protection certificates, renewals, and the like with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

-9-


1.81 “ Transferred Tangible Assets ” means all tangible assets in Company’s possession or Control as of the Closing Date, not within the Retained Assets.

1.82 “ Transfer Taxes ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a)(iii) .

ARTICLE II

TRANSFER OF ASSETS AND GRANT OF LICENSES; ASSUMPTION OF

LIABILITIES; CONSIDERATION; CLOSING

2.1 Transfer of Assets .

(a) At the Effective Time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company shall convey, assign and transfer (and hereby conveys, assigns and transfers) to Newco, and Newco will (and hereby does) acquire and accept from the Company, all right, title and interest in and to all of the assets of the Company, other than the Retained Assets (collectively, the “ Transferred Assets ”), which Transferred Assets include all of the Company’s right, title and interest in and to the following assets:

(i) the Transferred Intellectual Property;

(ii) the Transferred Contracts;

(iii) the Transferred Tangible Assets;

(iv) the Transferred Other Intangibles;

(v) the Transferred Books and Records;

(vi) together with all income, damages, royalties, and payments due or payable as of the Effective Date or thereafter relating to the Transferred Intellectual Property (including damages and payments for past or future infringements or misappropriations thereof), all claims and rights of action accrued and to accrue under and by virtue thereof, including remedies against infringements or misappropriations relating to Transferred Intellectual Property (including the right to sue and recover damages for any past infringement or misappropriations thereof) and any and all other rights that now or hereafter may arise or be secured under the laws of any jurisdiction, with respect to any item within the Transferred Intellectual Property (including Intellectual Property Rights in the Transferred Know-How); and

(vii) all other rights, claims, causes of action and credits, including all guarantees, warranties, indemnities, rights of set-off and similar rights, in favor of the Company relating to any of the foregoing Transferred Assets or any Assumed Liability.

 

-10-


(b) NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED HEREIN TO THE CONTRARY, THE TRANSFERRED ASSETS AND LICENSES ARE BEING ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED AND CONVEYED TO NEWCO “AS IS,” “WHERE IS” AND “WITH ALL FAULTS,” WITH ANY LIENS ON SUCH ASSETS AND LICENSES THAT EXIST ON THE CLOSING DATE, WITH NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES AS TO MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF USE OF ANY TRANSFERRED ASSET OR LICENSE, OR AS TO REGISTERABILITY, VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF ANY OF THE TRANSFERRED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES IS MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER, ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSFERRED ASSETS OR LICENSES OR ASSUMED LIABILITY, AND THE COMPANY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSFERRED ASSETS OR LICENSES OR ASSUMED LIABILITIES.

2.2 Assignability and Consents .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if the conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery or attempted conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery to Newco of any Transferred Asset is (i) prohibited by any Applicable Law or (ii) would require any authorizations, approvals, consents or waivers from a Third Party to convey, assign, transfer or deliver such Transferred Asset and such authorizations, approvals, consents or waivers have not been obtained prior to the Closing Date (each, a “ Non-Assignable Asset ”), in either case, the ATA Closing shall proceed (subject to the Parties’ rights under ARTICLE V ), but the ATA Closing shall not constitute the conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery of such Non-Assignable Asset, and this Agreement shall not constitute a conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery of such Non-Assignable Asset unless and until such authorization, approval, consent or waiver is obtained. After the ATA Closing, the Parties shall continue to use diligent efforts and cooperate with each other, without additional consideration, to obtain any such authorization, approval, consent or waiver as promptly as practicable, it being understood that (i) neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates shall be required to pay money to any third party (unless Newco agrees to reimburse the Company for such amounts), commence any litigation or offer or grant any accommodation (financial or otherwise) to any third party to obtain any authorization, approval consent or waiver of such third party and (ii) to the extent the foregoing shall require any action that would, or would continue to negatively affect the Company following the ATA Closing, such action shall require the consent of the Company. Once authorization, approval or waiver of or consent for the conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery of any such Non-Assignable Asset not conveyed, assigned, transferred or delivered at the ATA Closing is obtained, the Company shall convey, assign, transfer and deliver such Non-Assignable Asset to Newco at no additional cost to Newco but subject to the foregoing sentence. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Newco shall not assume any Liabilities with respect to a Non-Assignable Asset until it has been conveyed, assigned, transferred and delivered to Newco except to the extent related to any rights and/or benefits obtained by Newco pursuant to such Non-Assignable Asset.

 

-11-


(b) Without limiting Section 2.2(a) above, with respect to each Transferred Contract that is a Non-Assignable Asset, Company agrees that for so long as such Transferred Contract remains a Non-Assignable Asset, Company shall cooperate with Newco, as reasonably requested in writing by Newco, to extend and make available to Newco any rights and/or benefits available under such contract; provided that Newco pays all amounts and fulfills all obligations owing to the counterparty to such Non-Assignable Asset as a result of so extending to Newco such rights and obligations with respect to such Non-Assignable Assets. Without limiting the foregoing: (i) upon the written request of Newco, the Company agrees to exercise rights (for example, elections or options) on Newco’s behalf under such Contract, at Newco’s expense, provided that all Liabilities resulting from the exercise of such rights shall be Liabilities solely of Newco, and the Company shall not exercise any of its rights under such Contract unless requested or approved in writing by Newco; (ii) the Company shall keep Newco informed as to the Company’ written communications from the other party to such Contract, including notifying Newco in the event the Company is notified with respect to matters that require the Company’s consent (or which trigger an option or an election by the Company) under such Contract, or regarding matters that affect the Company’s or Newco’s rights thereunder; (iii) to the extent that Newco obtains the agreement of the other party to such contract to modify, amend or otherwise alter or waive any performance, obligation or provision of such Contract, the Company agrees to take such actions and execute such documents as Newco may reasonably request in writing to effect the same, at Newco’s expense; provided that all Liabilities resulting from such modification, amendment, alteration or waiver shall be Liabilities solely of Newco; and (iv) in the event that Newco obtains an agreement from the other party to such Contract to transfer the rights under such contract directly to Newco, the Company shall promptly transfer such rights to Newco in a writing reasonably acceptable to Newco.

(c) With respect to each Retained CDA or other Retained Contract listed on Exhibit 2.2(c) (each a “ Mixed Contract ”), the Company agrees to cooperate with Newco, as reasonably requested in writing by Newco, to extend and make available to Newco any rights and/or benefits available under such Mixed Contract with respect to the Transferred Assets; provided that Newco agrees to pay and pays all amounts and fulfills all obligations owing to the counterparty to such Mixed Contract as a result of so extending to Newco such rights and obligations with respect to such Mixed Contract. Without limiting the foregoing: (i) upon the written request of Newco, the Company agrees to exercise rights (for example, elections or options) on Newco’s behalf under such Mixed Contract to the extent pertaining to any Transferred Asset, at Newco’s expense, provided that all Liabilities resulting from the exercise of such rights shall be Liabilities solely of Newco, and the Company shall not exercise any of its rights under such Contract to the extent solely pertaining to any Transferred Asset, unless requested or approved in writing by Newco; (ii) the Company shall keep Newco informed as to the Company’s written communications from the other party to such Contract to the extent pertaining to any Transferred Asset, including notifying Newco in the event the Company is notified with respect to matters pertaining to any Transferred Asset that require the Company’s consent (or which trigger an option or an election by the Company) under such Contract, or regarding matters pertaining to any Transferred Asset that would reasonably negatively affect the Company’s (or by virtue of this Section 2.2(c) , Newco’s) rights thereunder; (iii) to the extent that Newco obtains the agreement of the other party to such contract to modify, amend or otherwise alter or waive any performance, obligation or provision of such Contract, the Company agrees to take

 

-12-


such actions and execute such documents as Newco may reasonably request in writing to effect the same, at Newco’s expense; provided that all Liabilities resulting from such modification, amendment, alteration or waiver shall be Liabilities solely of Newco; and (iv) in the event that Newco obtains an agreement from the other party to such Contract to transfer the rights pertaining solely to any Transferred Asset under such Contract directly to Newco, the Company shall promptly transfer such rights to Newco in a writing reasonably acceptable to Newco and the Company, at Newco’s expense. In addition, upon Newco’s reasonable request and at Newco’s expense, the Company shall cooperate with Newco regarding any dispute with a counterparty to a Mixed Contract arising in connection with any Transferred Asset covered by such Contract, including enforcing or, in the Company’s discretion, enabling Newco to enforce, for the benefit of Newco and solely at Newco’s expense, the Company’s rights under such Contract with respect to such Transferred Asset; provided that (x) the Company shall have no obligation to litigate with respect thereto and (y) such enforcement is not, in the good faith judgment of the Company, potentially adverse to the Company’s or its Affiliate’s reputation or continuing business interests (including its relationships with current or potential customers, suppliers or other parties material to the conduct of its business).

2.3 License Rights Retained by Company .

(a) Grant/Retention of License Rights . Newco hereby grants to Company, and Company hereby retains an irrevocable, worldwide, paid-up, royalty-free license, including the right to grant and authorized sublicenses, under (A) the Licensed Patent Rights and Licensed Know-How, in each case solely to make, use, sell, offer to sell, export (including components of Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Products), and import Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Products and otherwise exploit the Licensed Patent Rights and Licensed Know-How in the Defined Organ Transplant Field and (B) the Licensed Copyrights to use, reproduce, distribute, modify, adapt, and prepare derivative works of any software or other copyrighted materials within the Licensed Know-How, in each case to the extent required to develop and commercialize Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Products in the Defined Organ Transplant Field. Such license shall be exclusive except as to activities covered under clause (ii) of the definition of Newco Field, as to which the license shall be non-exclusive.

(b) Company agrees that neither Company nor its Affiliates will use, market, sell, or promote for use, for purposes outside the Defined Organ Transplant Field, any Licensed Product. Company shall use diligent efforts to prevent any Licensed Product licensed, sold or distributed by Company or its Affiliates to a Third Party from being used outside the Defined Organ Transplant Field. Company will inform Newco in writing if Company offers any test within the Defined Organ Transplant Field that has utility outside such Field. At Newco’s request, Company will periodically review with Newco the efforts Company is taking to prevent the Licensed Products licensed, sold or distributed to a Third Party from being used outside the Defined Organ Transplant Field. Newco will have the right to have the Company’s sales of such Licensed Products by the Company or its licensee(s) audited by an independent public accounting firm of national standing selected by Newco, subject to standard confidentiality obligations, up to once each year, for the purpose of determining whether the Licensed Products sold or distributed by them are used outside the Defined Organ Transplant Field. Without limiting the foregoing, any such product unit that is actually used or sold for use outside the Defined Organ Transplant Field shall be deemed not to be licensed under this Section 2.3.

 

-13-


(c) Rights in Bankruptcy . All rights and licenses granted under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and other similar foreign laws, licenses of rights to “intellectual property” as defined under Section 101 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or such foreign laws. Company or Newco (as applicable), as a licensee of rights granted to it under this Agreement, shall retain and may fully exercise all of its rights and elections under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and other similar foreign laws.

2.4 Liabilities .

(a) Assumed Liabilities . At the Effective Time but subject to Section 2.2 above, Newco shall assume and agrees to assume and discharge when due all the following Liabilities of the Company (collectively, the “ Assumed Liabilities ”):

(i) all Liabilities of the Company arising under any of the Transferred Contracts, whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing Date (including any Liability to the extent arising out of or relating to a breach of a Transferred Contract that occurred prior to the Effective Time);

(ii) all Liabilities of the Company relating to any Transferred Intellectual Property, whether arising prior to, on or after the Closing Date; and

(iii) any transfer, sales, use, documentary, property or similar Taxes (“ Transfer Taxes ”) arising from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Retained Liabilities . All Liabilities of the Company other than the Assumed Liabilities (the “ Retained Liabilities ”) shall remain the sole responsibility of the Company.

(c) Post-Closing Liabilities . Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Sections 2.4(a) or 2.4(b) :

(i) Newco shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities of Newco arising after the ATA Closing, including Liabilities relating to its ownership and use of the Transferred Assets; and

(ii) the Company shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities of the Company arising after the Effective Time, including Liabilities relating to its ownership and use of the Retained Assets and Liabilities of the Company for Taxes except as expressly provided in Section 5.1 hereof.

2.5 ATA Closing . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ ATA Closing ”), including the transfer of the Transferred Assets, shall be held at the offices of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California at 10:00 a.m. Pacific Standard Time on the date hereof, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or such later date as the Parties agree upon in writing (the “ Closing Date ”).

 

-14-


2.6 Closing Deliveries by the Company . At or prior to the ATA Closing, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Newco:

(a) an original of each Transaction Document to which the Company is contemplated to be a party, duly executed by the Company;

(b) such other deeds, bills of sale, assignments, certificates of title, documents and other instruments of transfer and conveyance as may reasonably be requested by Newco in order to make effective the transactions contemplated hereby, each in form and substance satisfactory to Newco and its legal counsel and duly executed by the Company, as applicable.

2.7 Closing Deliveries by Newco . At or prior to the ATA Closing, Newco shall deliver to the Company:

(a) an original of each Transaction Document to which Newco is a party, duly executed by Newco; and

(b) newly issued shares of common stock and preferred stock of Newco, duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable, in the amounts and in the names designated by the Company prior to the ATA Closing, which shares shall be deemed to be delivered to the Company Securityholders at the ATA Closing.

2.8 Post-Closing Delivery ; Delivery of Remaining Items . Following the Closing Date, Newco shall deliver to Company the Retained Assets in the manner and form and to the location(s) reasonably specified by Company, in accordance with the following:

(a) Promptly following the Closing Date, and in no event later than sixty (60) days thereafter, Newco shall deliver to Company in the manner and form and to the location(s) reasonably specified by Company the following:

(i) the Defined Organ Transplant Program-Dedicated Books and Records;

(ii) the Corporate Books and Records;

(iii) copies of those portions of the Mixed Books and Records that reflect Defined Organ Transplant Program Know-How or Mixed Know-How (it being understood that Newco may redact from the Mixed Books and Records any Know-How that is not reasonably useful for a Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Product or the Defined Organ Transplant Field); and

(iv) the other Retained Assets described on Exhibit 1.59 .

(b) Within sixty (60) days after Newco’s delivery of the items described in Section 2.8(a) above, Company shall have the right to have up to three (3) Representatives visit Newco’s facilities during normal business hours for purposes of reviewing Transferred Books and Records to confirm that all Retained Books and Records and copies of all portions of the Mixed

 

-15-


Books and Records that reflect Defined Organ Transplant Program Know-How or Mixed Know-How have been delivered to Company. If at any time thereafter, Company becomes aware or reasonably believes that any Mixed Books and Records containing Mixed Know-How useful for the Defined Organ Transplant Field have not been delivered to Company, Newco shall cooperate fully with the Company to deliver such items to the Company in a prompt and expeditious manner.

(c) It is understood that, prior to Company’s Representatives visiting Newco’s facilities in connection with the exercise of any rights granted Section 2.8(b) above, Company’s Representatives shall enter into a reasonable and customary, written confidentiality agreement with Newco writing with respect to any information accessed by such Representatives during its performance of the activities set forth in Sections 2.8(b) to the extent such information is not Mixed Know-How that is useful for the Defined Organ Transplant Field, which obligations shall be reasonably comparable to those set forth in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.

(d) With respect to any and all written information, documentation or correspondence received, generated, completed or collected by Newco from and after the Effective Time attributable to, or in respect of, any Retained Asset, Newco shall provide notice of such receipt, completion or collection to the Company and deliver promptly to the Company all such written information, documentation or correspondence so received, generated or collected in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.2 . Similarly, with respect to any and all written information, documentation or correspondence received or collected by the Company from and after the Effective Time attributable to, or in respect of, any Transferred Asset, the Company shall provide notice of such receipt or collection to Newco and deliver promptly to Newco all such written information, documentation or correspondence so received or collected in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.2.

(e) Promptly after delivery to the Company of all Books and Records or Know-How within the Retained Assets, Newco shall, to the extent consistent with Applicable Law, destroy all copies of the corresponding items delivered that comprise Proprietary Information of the Company and remain in Newco’s possession or control (including electronic copies), except that Newco shall be permitted to retain unredacted copies of (i) Mixed Books and Records and (ii) Corporate Books and Records; in each case which Newco may use and disclose solely for (x) purposes outside the Defined Organ Transplant Field, or (y) activities covered under clause (ii) of the Newco Field.

2.10 Certain Rights and Obligations under the Merger Agreement .

(a) Company shall cause Parent to pay to Newco the Cash Payment Amount (as defined in the Merger Agreement), if any, pursuant to Section 1.7(e) of the Merger Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions therein.

(b) in the event there is an Excess Closing Date Balance Shortfall (as defined in the Merger Agreement), Newco shall, upon Parent’s written request and in accordance with the terms of Section 1.7(e) of the Merger Agreement, pay to Parent an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Excess Closing Date Balance Shortfall and (ii) the Company Surplus Cash previously received from Company.

 

-16-


2.11 Transition Services . The Company will provide or cause Parent to provide the two individuals employed by the Company prior to the ATA Closing to perform transition services for Newco consisting of (i) two (2) Business Days per month per person through the first two (2) full calendar months after the ATA Closing and (ii) eight (8) hours per month per person for each of the third and fourth full calendar months after the ATA Closing.

ARTICLE III

CONFIDENTIALITY

3.1 Proprietary Information . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.1 , each Party (the “ Receiving Party ”) shall maintain in confidence and use only in connection with exercise of rights granted to or retained by it under this Agreement any Proprietary Information of the other Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”). As used herein, “ Proprietary Information ” shall have the following meaning: (a) Defined Organ Transplant Program Know-How, Defined Organ Transplant Program-Dedicated Books and Records and any information provided by the Company to Newco pursuant to Section 4.2(all, to the extent pertaining to any product within the Defined Organ Transport Field, ARTICLE V , or ARTICLE VI below shall be deemed the Proprietary Information of Company (and hence Newco shall be considered the Receiving Party, and Company shall be considered the Disclosing Party, with respect thereto, regardless whether there is any disclosure thereof from the Company to Newco)), and (b) the Transferred Assets and any information provided by Newco to the Company pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2 (to the extent pertaining to any products within the clause (i) of the definition of Newco Field or the Licensed Patent Rights), ARTICLE V , or ARTICLE VI below shall be deemed Proprietary Information of Newco (and hence the Company shall be considered the Receiving Party, and Newco will be considered the Disclosing Party with respect thereto, regardless whether there is any disclosure thereof from Newco to the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Mixed Know-How shall be deemed Proprietary Information of both Parties (and each Party shall be deemed the Receiving Party with respect thereto). The obligations of the Receiving Party under this Section 3.1 not to disclose or use Proprietary Information of the other Party shall not apply, however, to the extent that the Receiving Party establishes that any such information, data or materials:

(a) are or become generally available to the public, or otherwise part of the public domain, other than by acts or omissions of the Receiving Party in breach of this Agreement;

(b) are disclosed to the Receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, by a Third Party who had no obligation not to disclose such information, data or materials to others;

(c) were already in the possession of the Receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, prior to disclosure by the Disclosing Party, as evidenced by contemporaneous written record maintained by the Receiving Party in the ordinary course of business, except, in the case Company is deemed to be the Receiving Party hereunder, to the extent such information, data or materials comprise Transferred Assets or Assumed Liabilities; or

(d) are subsequently and independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of or reference to the Proprietary Information of the Disclosing Party.

 

-17-


3.2 Permitted Disclosures . To the extent it is reasonably necessary or appropriate for a Receiving Party to fulfill its obligations or exercise its rights under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document:

(a) a Receiving Party may disclose Proprietary Information of the other Party to the Receiving Party’s Affiliates, and its actual and prospective licensees, sublicensees, employees, consultants, outside contractors, clinical investigators and others; provided that such Persons agree to be bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-use with respect to such Proprietary Information that are at least as protective of the Disclosing Party and its Proprietary Information as the terms of this Agreement; and

(b) a Receiving Party may disclose Proprietary Information of the other Party to Governmental Entities to the extent that such disclosure is required by Applicable Law (including applicable securities laws) or agency or court order, provided that the Receiving Party shall provide reasonable advance notice to the other Party of such disclosure and use commercially reasonable efforts, or allow the Disclosing Party to use such efforts to, oppose such disclosure or to request confidential treatment of such Proprietary Information and, in any event, shall only disclose the minimum information necessary to comply with such requirements of Applicable Law, or agency or court order.

3.3 Nondisclosure of Terms; Press Release . The Terms of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents shall be deemed Proprietary Information of each Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that the Parties will issue one or more mutually agreed press releases in connection with the Merger Agreement and that, following the issuance of any such press release, Newco and the Company may each disclose to Third Parties the information contained in such press release without the need for further approval by the other.

ARTICLE IV

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

4.1 Patent Prosecution and Maintenance of Licensed Patent Rights

(a) Control of Prosecution . As between the Parties, Newco shall have the right, at its expense, to Prosecute and Maintain the Licensed Patent Rights, using counsel chosen by Newco. In connection with the Prosecution and Maintenance of Licensed Patent Rights, Newco shall: (i) keep the Company reasonably informed with respect to the status of Prosecution and Maintenance of the Licensed Patent Rights as they pertain to Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Products, and shall at a minimum provide the Company with semi-annual written reports with respect to the same; (ii) furnish to Company copies of all material documents filed with or received from any patent

 

-18-


office after the Closing Date in the course of such Prosecution and Maintenance, provided that such documents pertain to any Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Products; and (iii) allow Company reasonable opportunity to comment on material documents before being filed with any patent office with respect to the Licensed Patent Rights to the extent that such documents pertain to any Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Products and the Newco shall reasonably incorporate or implement any comments provided by Company with respect to such matters in such material documents; provided , however , that in each case, prior to disclosure to Company hereunder, Newco shall have the right to redact any information that does not pertain to Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Products.

(b) Cooperation . Company shall provide such assistance as may be reasonably requested by Newco in connection with all activities relating to the Prosecution and Maintenance of the Licensed Patent Rights undertaken by Newco pursuant to this Section 4.1 at Newco’s expense.

4.2 Enforcement of Licensed Patent Rights .

(a) Notice . If either Party, directly or through an Affiliate or licensee, learns of any actual or possible, direct or indirect, infringement of the Licensed Patent Rights by another person or entity by the manufacture, sale, import, use or other exploitation of a Defined Organ Transplant Diagnostic Product (a “ Competing Product Infringement ”), it shall promptly provide written notice to the other Party of such Competing Product Infringement and shall promptly supply such other Party with all evidence it possesses pertaining to such Competing Product Infringement

(b) Infringement Action . Company (directly or through its designee) shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to seek to abate any Competing Product Infringement or to file suit against an infringing person or entity with respect to such Competing Product Infringement (each, an “ Competing Product Infringement Action ”). Company shall keep Newco reasonably informed of the progress of any such Competing Product Infringement Action controlled by Company. Newco shall cooperate fully with Company, including, either as required by law or at the request of Company, by joining as a nominal party and executing such documents as may reasonably be required for such Competing Product Infringement Action, all at the expense of Company.

(c) Settlement . Company agrees not to settle (directly or through its designee) any action to enforce the Licensed Patent Rights, nor otherwise consent to any adverse judgment in any such action, nor make any admissions nor assert any position in any such action, that: (1) imposes a financial obligation on Newco; or (2) limits or adversely affects the validity, enforceability or scope of any Licensed Patent Rights as they apply to products and activities (i) outside the Defined Organ Transplant Field, or (ii) falling within clause (ii) of the Newco Field; in each case, without the express written consent of Newco, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(d) Recoveries . Any recovery (whether by settlement or otherwise) obtained as a result of a Competing Product Infringement Action shall be shared as follows:

(i) Newco, if joined or cooperating in such action, either as required by law or at the request of the Company, shall first be entitled to recover its out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with such action; and

(ii) any remainder of recovery shall be retained by the Company.

 

-19-


ARTICLE V

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

5.1 Tax Matters .

(a) Responsibility for Taxes and Tax Matters .

(i) Subject to Section 5.1(a)(iii) , the Company will be responsible for the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns of the Company (including Tax Returns required to be filed after the Closing Date) to the extent such Tax Returns include or relate to the Company’s use or ownership of the Transferred Assets on or prior to the Closing Date. The Company’s Tax Returns to the extent they relate to the Transferred Assets shall be true, complete and correct and prepared in accordance with past practice relating to the Transferred Assets and Applicable Law. The Company will be responsible for and make all payments of Taxes shown to be due on such Tax Returns.

(ii) Subject to Section 5.1(a)(iii) , Newco will be responsible for the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns it is required to file with respect to Newco’s ownership or use of the Transferred Assets attributable to taxable periods (or portions thereof) commencing after the Closing Date. Newco’s Tax Returns, to the extent they relate to the Transferred Assets, shall be true, complete and correct and prepared in accordance with Applicable Law. Newco will be responsible for and make all payments of Taxes shown to be due on such Tax Returns to the extent they relate to the Transferred Assets.

(iii) In the case of any real or personal property Taxes (or other similar Taxes imposed on a periodic basis) attributable to the Transferred Assets for which Taxes are reported on a Tax Return covering a Straddle Period (a “ Straddle Period Tax ”), any such Straddle Period Taxes shall be prorated between Newco and the Company on a per diem basis, with the Closing Date being allocated to the Company’s share of such Straddle Period. In the case of all other Taxes, the Taxes shall be apportioned between Newco and Company based on an interim closing of the books at the end of the Closing Date, except that exemptions, allowances, or deductions that are calculated on an annual basis, other than with respect to property placed into service after the ATA Closing, shall be allocated on a per diem basis. The Party required by Applicable Law to file such a tax return (the “ Paying Party ”) shall file the Tax Return related to such Straddle Period Tax within the time period prescribed by Applicable Law and shall timely pay such Straddle Period Tax. To the extent any such payment exceeds the obligation of the Paying Party hereunder, the Paying Party shall provide the other Party (the “ Non-Paying Party ”) with notice of payment, and within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of such notice of payment, the Non-Paying Party shall reimburse the Paying Party for the Non-Paying Party’s share of such Straddle Period Taxes.

 

-20-


(b) Cooperation . To the extent relevant to the Transferred Assets, each Party shall (i) provide the other with such assistance as may reasonably be required in connection with the preparation of any Tax Return and the conduct of any audit or other examination by any taxing authority or in connection with judicial or administrative proceedings relating to any liability for Taxes and (ii) retain and provide the other with all records or other information that may be relevant to the preparation of any Tax Returns, or the conduct of any audit or examination or other judicial or administrative proceeding relating to Taxes.

(c) Transfer Taxes . All transfer, documentary, sales, use, valued-added, gross receipts, stamp, registration or other similar transfer Taxes incurred in connection with the transfer of the Transferred Assets pursuant to this Agreement (“ Transfer Taxes ”) shall be timely paid by the Newco. The Parties hereto shall cooperate, to the extent reasonably requested and legally permitted, to reduce any such Transfer Taxes, including, without limitation, by using diligent efforts to transfer any intellectual property by remote electronic transmission. The Party required by Applicable Law to file a Tax Return with respect to such Transfer Taxes shall do so within the time period prescribed by Applicable Law, and the other Party shall join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation. To the extent that Company pays any such Transfer Taxes, the Newco shall promptly reimburse Company for such Transfer Taxes upon receipt of notice that such Transfer Taxes have been paid.

5.2 Regulatory Matters . Newco acknowledges that it will be responsible for obtaining and maintaining the federal and state permits and licenses required in order for Newco to use or exploit the Transferred Assets after the ATA Closing, and, except for any obligation expressly set forth in this Agreement, that the Company will not have duties or obligations to Newco with respect to any such permits and licenses.

5.3 Novation of Certain Transferred Contracts . Promptly following the ATA Closing, Newco shall submit in writing to each counterparty to the Transferred Contracts listed in Exhibit 1.75 a request for such counterparty to: (i) recognize Newco as the successor in interest of the Company to such Transferred Contract; and (ii) enter into a novation agreement. Newco shall use reasonable commercial efforts to execute and consummate such novation agreements. It is understood, however, that such novation agreements shall not be deemed to transfer to Newco any Retained Liability or to limit the Company’ indemnification obligations with respect to Retained Liabilities pursuant to Section 6.1 .

5.4 Further Assurance . On and after the Closing Date, the Company shall from time to time, at the reasonable request of Newco, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, such further conveyances, notices and assumptions and such other instruments, and take such other actions, as Newco may reasonably request in order to more effectively consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to transfer fully to Newco good and marketable title to the Transferred Assets and all of the titles, rights, interests, remedies, powers and privileges intended to be conveyed under the Transaction Documents (including assistance in the collection or reduction to possession of any of the Transferred Assets). On and after the ATA Closing Date, Newco shall from time to time, at the reasonable request of the Company, execute,

 

-21-


acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, such further notices and assumptions and such other instruments, and take such other actions, as the Company may reasonably request in order to more effectively consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to transfer fully to Newco the Assumed Liabilities.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION

6.1 Indemnification by the Company . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Newco and its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns (each, a “ Newco Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, costs and expenses, interest, awards, judgments and penalties (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) (collectively, “ Losses ”) suffered or incurred by them arising out of or resulting from the following:

(a) the breach of any covenant or agreement by the Company contained in this Agreement solely to the extent that such Losses are incurred as a result of Third Party Claims made against a Newco Indemnified Party; or

(b) the Retained Liabilities solely to the extent that such Losses are (A) incurred as a result of Third Party Claims made against a Newco Indemnified Party with respect to such Retained Liability or (B) directly incurred by Newco as a result of Newco’s fulfillment of the Company’s obligations under any Retained Liability in the event that such fulfillment is reasonably required for Newco to maintain or exercise the rights granted to it under this Agreement.

6.2 Indemnification by Newco . Newco shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns (each a “ Company Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all Losses suffered or incurred by them arising out of or resulting from the following:

(a) the breach of any covenant or agreement by Newco contained in this Agreement solely to the extent that such Losses are incurred as a result of Third Party Claims made against a Company Indemnified Party; or

(b) the Assumed Liabilities solely to the extent that such Losses are incurred as a result of Third Party Claims made against a Company Indemnified Party with respect to such Assumed Liability.

6.3 Indemnification Procedure .

(a) Whenever any Loss is asserted against or incurred by a Newco Indemnified Party or Company Indemnified Party (the “ Indemnified Party ”) which the Indemnified Party has determined has given or could give rise to a right of indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnified Party will give written notice thereof (a “ Claim ”) to the other Party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”). The Indemnified Party will furnish to the Indemnifying Party in reasonable detail such

 

-22-


information as the Indemnified Party may have with respect to the Claim. The failure to give such notice will not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement, unless the failure to give such notice is materially prejudicial to an Indemnifying Party’s ability to defend an action by a Third Party giving rise to such Claim (a “ Third Party Claim ”).

(b) In the case of a Third Party Claim, within thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice, the Indemnifying Party may, upon written notice thereof to the Indemnified Party, and at its expense, undertake the defense of such Third Party Claim with attorneys of its own choosing. In the event that the Indemnifying Party does not assume control of such defense, the Indemnified Party may undertake the defense of such Third Party Claim.

(c) The Party not controlling such defense may participate therein at its own expense, provided that if the Indemnifying Party assumes control of such defense and the Indemnified Party reasonably concludes, based on advice from counsel, that the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party have conflicting interests with respect to such action, suit, proceeding or claim, the Indemnifying Party will be responsible for the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Party solely in connection therewith, provided further , however , that in no event will the Indemnifying Party be responsible for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel in any one jurisdiction for all Indemnified Parties.

(d) The Party controlling such defense will keep the other Party advised of the status of such action, suit, proceeding or claim and the defense thereof and will consider recommendations made by the other Party with respect thereto. As reasonably requested by, and at the expense of, the Party controlling such defense, the other Party will cooperate in such defense and make available to the Party controlling such defense all witnesses, pertinent records, materials and information in such other Party’s possession or under such other Party’s control relating thereto.

(e) The Indemnified Party will not agree to any settlement of such action, suit, proceeding or claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Indemnifying Party will not consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that admits fault on the part of the Indemnified Party, except with the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the event that the Indemnified Party refuses to consent to the entry of a judgment or a settlement for which the Indemnifying Party is solely and entirely responsible and has indicated its sole and entire responsibility in writing to the Indemnified Party, following such refusal, the liability of the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party will be fixed at the amount of any money damages provided in the proposed judgment or settlement.

6.4 Limitations on Indemnification .

(a) UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL A PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST OPPORTUNITIES, OR ANY OTHER PUNITIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF THE THEORY UNDER WHICH SUCH ACTION IS BROUGHT, WHETHER IT WAS CAUSED OR ALLEGEDLY CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH PARTY OR WHETHER OR NOT SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

-23-


(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Merger Agreements or the Transaction Documents, the indemnification rights set forth in this ARTICLE VI shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Indemnified Parties from and after the ATA Closing for any claims arising under or related to this Agreement, including any claims relating to the Transferred Assets, Assumed Liabilities and Retained Liabilities.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 No Termination for Breach . The Parties acknowledge that this Agreement shall not be terminated by reason of any breach of either Party. The rights granted to Newco with respect to the Transferred Assets, and those granted to the Company with respect to the Licensed Patent Rights (and retained by Company with respect to the Retained Assets) are irrevocable and shall not be affected by any breach of this Agreement. For clarity, the foregoing shall not be deemed to limit a Party’s right to specifically enforce or recover damages resulting from a breach of this Agreement.

7.2 Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly delivered (i) upon receipt if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) business day after being sent by commercial overnight courier service, or (iii) upon transmission if sent via facsimile with confirmation of receipt to the parties made by the recipient at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified upon like notice):

(a) If to Newco, to:

[Newco]

[Address]

[Address]

Attention: [        ]

Facsimile No.: [        ]

(b) If to the Company, to:

[ImmuMetrix]

[Address]

[Address]

Attention: [        ]

Facsimile No.: [        ]

 

-24-


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

[        ]

[Address]

[Address]

Attention: [        ]

Facsimile No.: [        ]

7.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

7.4 Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof becomes, or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is determined to be illegal, void or unenforceable, will not be impaired or otherwise affected and will continue in full force and effect and be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law.

7.5 Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise provided herein, any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with, and not exclusive of, any other remedy conferred hereby, or by Applicable Law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

7.6 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal Applicable Laws of the State of Delaware applicable to parties residing in the State of Delaware, without regard to applicable principles of conflicts of law. Each of the parties irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any Delaware State court, or Federal court of the United States of America, sitting in Delaware, and any appellate court from any thereof, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and agrees that process may be served upon it in any manner authorized by the Applicable Laws of the State of Delaware for such persons and waives and covenants not to assert or plead any objection which it might otherwise have to such jurisdiction and such process. Each of the parties irrevocably waives the right to trial by jury in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.7 Rules of Construction .

(a) The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, waive the application of any Applicable Law, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document will be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

 

-25-


(b) For purposes of this Agreement, whenever the context requires: the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders; the feminine gender shall include the masculine and neuter genders; and the neuter gender shall include the masculine and feminine genders.

(c) As used in this Agreement, (i) the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation” and (ii) the words “hereby,” “herein,” “hereunder” and “hereto” shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any specific section of this Agreement.

(d) Except as otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to “ Sections ” and “ Exhibits ” are intended to refer to Sections of this Agreement and Exhibits to this Agreement.

(e) The headings and subheadings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall have no force or effect whatsoever in interpreting any of the provisions of this Agreement.

7.8 Time is of the Essence; Enforcement . Time is of the essence of this Agreement. Each of the parties hereto agrees that irreparable damage would occur and that the parties would not have any adequate remedy at Applicable Law in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at Applicable Law or in equity.

7.9 Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto. Any waiver of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and must be duly executed by or on behalf of the party to be charged with such waiver. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the failure of a party to exercise any of its rights hereunder or to insist upon strict adherence to any term or condition hereof on any one occasion shall not be construed as a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to the terms and conditions of this Agreement at a later date. Further, no waiver of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver of any other term of condition hereof (whether or not similar).

7.10 Expenses . All costs and expenses, including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, incurred in connection with this Agreement shall be paid by the Party incurring such costs and expenses, whether or not the ATA Closing shall have occurred.

7.11 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, along with the other Transaction Documents and instruments delivered in connection herewith and to the extent referenced herein, the Merger Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, representations, undertakings and understandings, both written and oral, between the Company and Newco with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

-26-


7.12 Assignment . Subject to this Section 7.12 , this Agreement shall not be assignable by either Party to any Third Party without the prior written consent of the other Party (which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably). Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this Agreement, without the written consent of the other Party, (a) to an Affiliate, provided that the assigning Party guarantees the performance of this Agreement by such Affiliate, or (b) to a successor to some or all of such assigning Party’s assets relating to this Agreement (whether by asset purchase, merger or otherwise), provided that any such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Any assignment of this Agreement in contravention of this Section 7.12 shall be null and void. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent Newco from assigning or transferring to one or more Third Parties any of the Transferred Assets subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including Section 2.3.

7.13 Ownership of Attorney-Client Privilege. To the extent that communications, prior to the closing of the Merger (the “Merger Closing”), between Company and its representatives, on the one hand, and its counsel (“Counsel”), on the other hand, relate to the Transferred Assets, Transferred Liabilities or this Agreement, such communication shall be deemed to be attorney-client confidences that belong solely to Newco, and not the Company. Neither Company nor any of its Affiliates shall have access to (and Company hereby waives any right of access it may otherwise have with respect to) any such communications, or the files or work product of Counsel generated prior to the Merger Closing, to the extent that they relate to the Transferred Assets, Transferred Liabilities or this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Company acknowledges and agrees, upon and after the Merger Closing: (i) Newco and Counsel shall be the sole holders of the attorney-client privilege with respect to the above-described communications and work product, and neither Company nor any of its Affiliates shall be a holder thereof; (ii) to the extent that files or work product of Counsel, prepared prior to the Merger Closing in respect of a Transferred Asset, Transferred Liability or this Agreement constitute property of the client, only Newco shall hold such property rights and have the right to waive or modify such property rights; and (iii) Counsel shall have no duty whatsoever to reveal or disclose any such attorney-client communications, files or work product (collectively, the “Privileged Items”) to Company or any of its Affiliates by reason of any attorney-client relationship between Counsel and the Company or otherwise; provided that, to the extent any Privileged Item is both related to a Privileged Item and other items owned by the Company, Counsel and Newco shall provide appropriately redacted versions of such communications, files or work product to the Company or its Affiliates. Notwithstanding and without limiting the foregoing, in the event that a dispute arises between or among any of Newco, Company or their Affiliates concerning the matters contemplated in this Agreement, Company, for itself and on behalf of its Affiliates, agrees that Company and its Affiliates shall not offer into evidence or otherwise attempt to use or assert the foregoing attorney-client communications, files or work product against Newco or its Affiliates.

7.14 Delays or Omissions . Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Party to this Agreement upon any breach or

 

-27-


default of the other Party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-defaulting Party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

7.15 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the Parties and their permitted successors and assigns, and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

( The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank .)

 

-28-


In witness whereof, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective duly authorized officers.

 

[NEWCO]
By:  

 

  [insert name]
  [insert title]
[IMMUMETRIX]
By:  

 

  [insert name]
  [insert title]

 

Exhibit 1.5    Assignment and Assumption Agreement
Exhibit 1.8    Bill of Sale
Exhibit 1.25    Defined Organ Transplant Program Know-How
Exhibit 1.39    Licensed Patent Rights
Exhibit 1.51    Patent Assignment Agreement
Exhibit 1.59(d)    Retained Contracts
Exhibit 1.59(e)    Retained Tangible Asserts
Exhibit 1.75    Transferred Contracts
Exhibit 1.79    Transferred Other Intangibles
Exhibit 1.80    Transferred Patent Rights
Exhibit 2.2(c)    Mixed Contracts

 

Signature Page to Asset Transfer Agreement


EXHIBIT 1.5

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

-1-


ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of May [    ], 2014 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among [NEWCO], a [Delaware] corporation (“ Assignee ”) and ImmuMetrix, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Assignor ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Assignor and Assignee are parties to a certain Asset Transfer Agreement, dated as of even date herewith (the “ Transfer Agreement ”), and all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings assigned to them in the Transfer Agreement;

WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 2.1 of the Transfer Agreement, Assignor wishes to assign to Assignee all of its right, title and interest in and to the Transferred Assets; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, Assignor will retain all rights, title and interest in and to the Retained Assets.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1. Assignment . Assignor hereby sells, conveys, assigns, transfers and delivers to Assignee all of Assignor’s right, title and interest in and to the Transferred Assets.

2. Acceptance . Assignee hereby purchases and accepts the sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer and delivery of Assignor’s right, title and interests in and to the Transferred Assets and assumes the Assumed Liabilities. All Retained Liabilities shall remain the sole responsibility of and shall be retained, paid, performed and discharged solely by Assignor.

3. Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

4. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by the Parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to such state’s principles of conflicts of law.

6. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Transfer Agreement.

[ signature page follows ]

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

[NEWCO].
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
IMMUMETRIX, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT]


EXHIBIT 1.8

BILL OF SALE

 

-1-


BILL OF SALE

THIS BILL OF SALE (this “ Bill of Sale ”) is made and delivered this [    ] day of May, 2014, by ImmuMetrix Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Seller ”), for the benefit of [NEWCO], a Delaware corporation (the “ Purchaser ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

WHEREAS , Seller and Purchaser have entered into that certain Asset Transfer Agreement, dated as of May [    ], 2014 (the “ Agreement ”), which provides, among other things, for the sale and assignment by Seller to Purchaser of the Transferred Assets, as defined therein.

WHEREAS , Seller will retain all rights, title and interest in and to the Retained Assets.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained in the Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by Seller, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement:

1. Seller does hereby sell, convey, transfer, assign and deliver unto Purchaser, and its successors and assigns, forever, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Transferred Assets.

2. Seller hereby declares that the appointment made and the powers hereby granted are coupled with an interest and are and shall be irrevocable by Seller in any manner and for any reason.

3. Each of the Parties shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, do or cause to be done all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws, and execute and deliver such documents and other papers, as may be required to carry out the provisions of this Bill of Sale and consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Bill of Sale.

4. This Bill of Sale shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon Seller and Purchaser and their respective successors and assigns.

5. Nothing in this Bill of Sale, express or implied, is intended to or shall be construed to modify, expand or limit in any way the terms of the Agreement. To the extent that any provision of this Bill of Sale conflicts or is inconsistent with the terms of the Agreement, the Agreement shall govern.

6. This Bill of Sale is executed and delivered pursuant to the Agreement.

7. This Bill of Sale shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to such state’s principles of conflicts of law.

8. This Bill of Sale may be executed by the Parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[ Signature page follows ]

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , and intending to be legally bound hereby, each party has caused this Bill of Sale to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

IMMUMETRIX, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[NEWCO].
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO BILL OF SALE]


EXHIBIT 1.25

DEFINED ORGAN TRANSPLANT PROGRAM KNOW-HOW

 

  raw sequencing and genotyping data for lung

 

  aligned sequence data (BAM files) for heart, lung and kidney samples

 

  clinical data for heart, lung and kidney samples

 

  sample manifests describing each transplant sample received by ImmuMetrix

 

  Software code for combining genotype and sequence data to determine the fraction of donor-derived cell-free DNA, including the recipient-genotype-only analysis

 

  Protocols relating to isolation and purification of cell-free DNA

 

  Protocols relating to the generation of cell-free DNA libraries

 

  Inventions related to distinguishing apoptotic and necrotic cell death

 

-1-


EXHIBIT 1.39

LICENSED PATENT RIGHTS

Immumetrix Patent List

 

Case
Type

 

Country

 

Application
Number

 

Filing

Date

 

Publication
Number

 

Pub.

Date

 

Title

 

Inventor

 

Status

PRO   United States of America   61/554,086   11/01/11       METHODS OF MONITORING THE IMMUNE SYSTEM AND RESPONSE TO TREATMENT VIA THE DETECTION OF CELL-FREE NUCLEIC ACIDS   SELIGSON, DAN   Converted to PCT/US2012/056416
PCT   Australia   2012312353   09/20/12       COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING HETEROGENEOUS SAMPLES  

SELIGSON, DAN;

SNYDER, THOMAS

  Pending
PCT   Canada   2849771   09/20/12       COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING HETEROGENEOUS SAMPLES  

SELIGSON, DAN;

SNYDER, THOMAS

  Pending
PCT   European Patent Convention   12834150.0   09/20/12       COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING HETEROGENEOUS SAMPLES  

SELIGSON, DAN;

SNYDER, THOMAS

  Pending
ORD   Patent Cooperation Treaty   PCT/US2012/05 6416   09/20/12   2013/043922   03/28/13   COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING HETEROGENEOUS SAMPLES  

SELIGSON, DAN;

SNYDER, THOMAS

  Pending, 30-month done
PRO   United States of America   61/537,875   09/22/11       GENETIC SCREENING BY LONG-READ SEQUENCING ANALYSIS   SELIGSON, DAN   Converted to PCT/US2012/056416
PRO   United States of America   61/608,442   03/08/12       GENETIC SCREENING BY LONG-READ SEQUENCING ANALYSIS   SELIGSON, DAN   Converted to PCT/US2012/056416
PCT   United States of America   14/346,293   03/20/14       COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING HETEROGENEOUS SAMPLES  

SELIGSON, DAN;

SNYDER, THOMAS

  Pending

 

-1-


Case
Type

 

Country

 

Application
Number

 

Filing

Date

 

Publication
Number

 

Pub.

Date

 

Title

 

Inventor

 

Status

PCT   Australia     09/24/12       DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  Pending
PCT   Canada     09/24/12       DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  Pending
PCT   China (People’s Republic)     09/24/12       DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  Pending
PCT   European Patent Convention   12778840.4         DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  Pending
PCT   Japan     09/24/12       DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  Pending
ORD   Patent Cooperation Treaty   PCT/US2012/056911   09/24/12   13/044234   03/28/13   DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  National
ORD   United States of America   13/625645   09/24/12   2013-0078633   03/28/13   DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  Published
ORD   Patent Cooperation Treaty   PCT/US2014/029241   03/14/14       METHODS OF SEQUENCING THE IMMUNE REPERTOIRE   FAN, C.; HUTCHINS, E.   Pending
ORD   Patent Cooperation Treaty   PCT/US2014/029393   03/14/14       METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR TAGGING AND ANALYZING SAMPLES   FAN, C.; HUTCHINS, E.   Pending

 

-2-


Invention Disclosures

 

    Invention Disclosure describing invention titled “Absolute Quantitation and Sample Processing Quality Control Using Barcoded DNA Oligos” dated April 22, 2014 with John F. Beausang and Rene Sit listed as inventors

 

    Invention Disclosure describing invention titled “Absolute Quantitation by Sequencing of Donor DNA in Organ Transplant Recipients” with Thomas Snyder listed as inventor

 

    Invention Disclosure describing invention titled “The Use of Convergent Antibody Evolution as a means to detect the onset of disease” with Daniel Seligson listed as inventor

 

    Invention Disclosure describing invention titled “Differential Diagnosis of the Origin of Graft Injury using Size Profiling of Donor DNA Molecules” with Thomas Snyder listed as inventor

 

    Invention Disclosure describing invention titled “Improved Absolute Quantitation and Sample Processing Quality Control Using Barcoded DNA Oligos” dated May 15, 2014 with John F. Beausang listed as inventor

 

-3-


EXHIBIT 1.51

PATENT ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

-1-


CORPORATE TO CORPORATE ASSIGNMENT    Docket Number

WHEREAS, ImmuMetrix, Inc. (hereinafter “Assignor”), owns the entire right, title and interest in and to the inventions disclosed in the Application(s), and in and to all embodiments of the inventions, heretofore conceived, made or discovered (collectively hereinafter referred to as “Inventions”) entitled:

TITLE

See Exhibit A (hereinafter “Application(s)”).

WHEREAS, [NEWCO] , a corporation of the State of [Delaware] , having a place of business at [Address] , (hereinafter “Assignee”), is desirous of acquiring the entire right, title and interest in and to said Inventions, and in and to all embodiments of the inventions, heretofore conceived, made or discovered, whether jointly or severally, by the inventor(s) of said Inventions, and in and to any and all patents, inventor’s certificates and other forms of protection (hereinafter “Patent(s)”) thereon granted in the United States, foreign countries, or under any international convention, agreement, protocol, or treaty.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of good and valuable consideration acknowledged by said Assignor to have been received in full from said Assignee:

1. Said Assignor does hereby sell, assign, transfer and convey unto said Assignee its entire right, title and interest (a) in and to said Inventions and said Applications, including the right to claim priority to said Inventions and said Applications; (b) in and to all rights to all United States and corresponding non-United States patent applications and Patent(s), including those filed under the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property, The Patent Cooperation Treaty, or otherwise; (c) in and to any and all applications filed and any and all Patent(s) granted on said Inventions in the United States, in any foreign country, or under any international convention, agreement, protocol, or treaty, including each and every application filed and any and all Patent(s) granted on any application which is a divisional, substitution, continuation, or continuation-in-part of any of said Application(s); (d) in and to each and every reissue, reexamination, or extensions of any of said Patent(s); and (e) in and to all claims for past, present, and future infringement of the Patent(s), including all rights to sue for and to receive and recover for Assignee’s own use all past, present, and future lost profits, royalties, and damages of whatever nature recoverable from an infringement of the Patent(s).

2. Said Assignor hereby covenants and agrees to cooperate with said Assignee to enable said Assignee to enjoy to the fullest extent the right, title and interest herein conveyed in the United States, foreign countries, or under any international convention, agreement, protocol, or treaty. Such cooperation by the Assignor shall include prompt production of pertinent facts and documents, giving of testimony, execution of petitions, oaths, specifications, declarations or other papers, and other assistance all to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the parties (a) for perfecting in said Assignee the right, title and interest herein conveyed; (b) for prosecuting any of said applications covering said Inventions; (c) for filing and prosecuting substitute, divisional, continuing or additional applications covering said Inventions; (d) for filing and prosecuting applications for reissuance of any said Patent(s); (e) for interference or other priority proceedings involving said Inventions; and (f) for legal proceedings involving said Inventions and any applications therefor and any Patent(s) granted thereon, including without limitation reissues and reexaminations, opposition proceedings, cancellation proceedings, priority contests, public use proceedings, infringement actions and court actions; provided, however , that in connection with the foregoing, Assignor shall not be required to (i) pay or agree to pay any amounts or other consideration, (ii) agree to the imposition or limitation or obligation on its business or operations, (iii) provide or agree to provide any additional security (including guaranty), or (iv) agree to any modification of existing contracts or the entry of any new contracts.

3. The terms and covenants of this assignment shall inure to the benefit of said Assignee, its successors, assigns and other legal representatives, and shall be binding upon the Assignor, its successors, assigns and other legal representatives.

4. Said Assignor hereby warrants and represents that the Assignor has not entered and will not enter into any assignment, contract, or understanding in conflict herewith.

5. Said Assignor hereby requests that any Patent(s) issuing in the United States, foreign countries, or under any international convention, agreement, protocol, or treaty, be issued in the name of the Assignee, or its successors and assigns, for the sole use of said Assignee, its successors, legal representatives and assigns.

6. This instrument will be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to conflict of law principles. If any provision of this instrument is found to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall remain effective and enforceable to the greatest extent permitted by law. This instrument may be executed in counterparts, each of which is deemed an original, but all of which together constitute one and the same agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Assignor has executed and delivered this instrument to said Assignee as of the date written below.

 

      ASSIGNOR
Date:  

 

    By:  

 

        Name:
        Title:
  RECEIVED AND AGREED TO BY ASSIGNEE:      
Date:  

 

    By:  

 

        Name:
        Title:

 

-2-


Exhibit A

 

-3-


EXHIBIT 1.59(d)

RETAINED CONTRACTS

 

  Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Company dated January 27, 2014

 

  Notice of Award from National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute to Company dated August 7, 2013, revised March 4, 2014

 

  Institutional Review Board Authorization Agreement between Western Institutional Review Boards and Company dated December 11, 2013

 

  Agreement for Inter-Institutional Transfer of Human Tissue Samples between The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Company dated March 22, 2011

 

  Material Transfer Agreement (Assurance Form) for Human Cell Lines, Somatic Cell Hybrids, and DNA Samples between the Coriell Institute for Medical Research and Company dated January 29, 2014

 

  Agreement for Transfer of Human Tissue Samples between The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Company dated January 29, 2014

 

  Agreement for Transfer of Human Tissue Samples between The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Company dated December 7, 2013

 

  Material Transfer Agreement between Company and Emory University dated June 25, 2012

 

  Contract for Custom Wordpress Website Development between Company and bkmacdaddy designs dated August 1, 2012

 

  Work Order Number Immu-Alpha-01 between Compassites Software Solutions Pvt Ltd and Company dated May 28, 2011

 

  Nondisclosure Agreement between Company and Cloudera dated February 22, 2013

 

  Quote for Services letter from Company to University of Texas at Austin dated September 20, 2012

 

  Scientific Collaboration Agreement between Company and Fluidigm Corporation dated February 25, 2011, as amended February 22, 2012

 

  Sponsored Research Agreement between Molecular Medicine Research Institute and Company dated April 18, 2011, as amended June 1, 2011, June 20, 2011, December 1, 2011, February 1, 2012, February 1, 2012, June 25, 2012, December 1, 2012, and January 1, 2013

 

  Agreement for Services Related to Blood Components for In-Vitro Investigational Use between Company and Stanford Blood Center dated February 3, 2014

 

  Agreement for Services Related to Blood Components for In-Vitro Investigational Use between Company and Stanford Blood Center dated July 21, 2011

 

  Customer Service Agreement between Company and TriNet HR Corporation dated May 16, 2011, as amended May 10, 2011 and TriNet Services Requisition Form between Company and TriNet HR Corporation dated August 30, 2013

 

  Each Retained CDA

 

-1-


EXHIBIT 1.59(e)

RETAINED TANGIBLE ASSERTS

SpeedVac

Biosafety Hood

 

-1-


EXHIBIT 1.75

TRANSFERRED CONTRACTS

 

  Laboratory Services Agreement between Company and Genentech, Inc. dated November 28, 2011

 

  Agreement for Transfer of Human Tissue Samples between The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Company dated September 20, 2011

 

  Option Agreement between The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Company dated December 15, 2010

 

  Engagement Letter between Teknos Associates LLC and Company dated April 28, 2014

 

  Consulting Agreement between Company and Scott Boyd, Ph.D. dated October 1, 2011

 

  Advisory Board Agreement between Company and Ramy A. Arnaout dated April 1, 2011.

 

  Advisory Board Agreement between Company and Jenny Jiang dated March 1, 2012.

 

  Advisory Board Agreement between Company and Mark Davis, Ph.D. dated March 1, 2012.

 

  Advisory Board Agreement between Company and Daniel Fisher, dated November 1, 2010.

 

  Advisory Board Agreement between Company and William F. Burkholder, dated April 1, 2012.

 

  Sub-lease Agreement by and between the Company and Cellular Research, Inc. dated January 15, 2013

 

-1-


EXHIBIT 1.79

TRANSFERRED OTHER INTANGIBLES

 

  $        (Cash Payment Amount)

 

  The proprietary IR software has several modules names including but not limited to: mergill, prepillrun, fdist, vdjcdr3tosql, clusterlineages, lineagetosql

 

  An SQL database of all sample names, and relevant scientific data

 

  A dropbox account containing the company files

 

  software for visualizing sequencing and clustering results for non-transplant samples

 

  Software algorithm for combining genotype and sequence data to determine the fraction of donor-derived cell-free DNA

 

-1-


EXHIBIT 1.80

TRANSFERRED PATENT RIGHTS

Immumetrix Patent List

 

Case
Type

 

Country

 

Application
Number

 

Filing

Date

 

Publication
Number

 

Pub.

Date

 

Title

 

Inventor

 

Status

PRO   United States of America   61/554,086   11/01/11       METHODS OF MONITORING THE IMMUNE SYSTEM AND RESPONSE TO TREATMENT VIA THE DETECTION OF CELL-FREE NUCLEIC ACIDS   SELIGSON, DAN   Converted to PCT/US2012/056416
PCT   Australia   2012312353   09/20/12       COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING HETEROGENEOUS SAMPLES  

SELIGSON, DAN;

SNYDER, THOMAS

  Pending
PCT   Canada   2849771   09/20/12       COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING HETEROGENEOUS SAMPLES  

SELIGSON, DAN;

SNYDER, THOMAS

  Pending
PCT   European Patent Convention   12834150.0   09/20/12       COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING HETEROGENEOUS SAMPLES  

SELIGSON, DAN;

SNYDER, THOMAS

  Pending
ORD   Patent Cooperation Treaty   PCT/US2012/05 6416   09/20/12   2013/043922   03/28/13   COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING HETEROGENEOUS SAMPLES  

SELIGSON, DAN;

SNYDER, THOMAS

  Pending, 30-month done
PRO   United States of America   61/537,875   09/22/11       GENETIC SCREENING BY LONG-READ SEQUENCING ANALYSIS   SELIGSON, DAN   Converted to PCT/US2012/056416
PRO   United States of America   61/608,442   03/08/12       GENETIC SCREENING BY LONG-READ SEQUENCING ANALYSIS   SELIGSON, DAN   Converted to PCT/US2012/056416
PCT   United States of America   14/346,293   03/20/14       COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR ANALYZING HETEROGENEOUS SAMPLES  

SELIGSON, DAN;

SNYDER, THOMAS

  Pending

 

-1-


Case
Type

 

Country

 

Application
Number

 

Filing

Date

 

Publication
Number

 

Pub.

Date

 

Title

 

Inventor

 

Status

PCT   Australia     09/24/12       DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  Pending
PCT   Canada     09/24/12       DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  Pending
PCT   China (People’s Republic)     09/24/12       DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  Pending
PCT   European Patent Convention   12778840.4         DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  Pending
PCT   Japan     09/24/12       DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  Pending
ORD   Patent Cooperation Treaty   PCT/US2012/056911   09/24/12   13/044234   03/28/13   DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  National
ORD   United States of America   13/625645   09/24/12   2013-0078633   03/28/13   DETECTION OF ISOTYPE PROFILES AS SIGNATURES FOR DISEASE  

HUTCHINS, M.;

SELIGSON, DAN

  Published
ORD   Patent Cooperation Treaty   PCT/US2014/029241   03/14/14       METHODS OF SEQUENCING THE IMMUNE REPERTOIRE   FAN, C.; HUTCHINS, E.   Pending
ORD   Patent Cooperation Treaty   PCT/US2014/029393   03/14/14       METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR TAGGING AND ANALYZING SAMPLES   FAN, C.; HUTCHINS, E.   Pending

Invention Disclosures

 

    Invention Disclosure describing invention titled “Absolute Quantitation and Sample Processing Quality Control Using Barcoded DNA Oligos” dated April 22, 2014 with John F. Beausang and Rene Sit listed as inventors

 

-2-


    Invention Disclosure describing invention titled “Absolute Quantitation by Sequencing of Donor DNA in Organ Transplant Recipients” with Thomas Snyder listed as inventor

 

    Invention Disclosure describing invention titled “The Use of Convergent Antibody Evolution as a means to detect the onset of disease” with Daniel Seligson listed as inventor

 

    Invention Disclosure describing invention titled “Differential Diagnosis of the Origin of Graft Injury using Size Profiling of Donor DNA Molecules” with Thomas Snyder listed as inventor

 

    Invention Disclosure describing invention titled “Improved Absolute Quantitation and Sample Processing Quality Control Using Barcoded DNA Oligos” dated May 15, 2014 with John F. Beausang listed as inventor

 

-3-


EXHIBIT 2.2(c)

MIXED CONTRACTS

 

  Agreement for Inter-Institutional Transfer of Human Tissue Samples between The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Company dated March 22, 2011

 

  Agreement for Transfer of Human Tissue Samples between The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University and Company dated December 7, 2013

 

  Material Transfer Agreement (Assurance Form) for Human Cell Lines, Somatic Cell Hybrids, and DNA Samples between the Coriell Institute for Medical Research and Company dated January 29, 2014

 

-1-


LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made as of May     , 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between ImmuMetrix, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”) having its principal offices at 3183 Porter Drive, Palo Alto, CA 94304, and [NEWCO], a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (“Newco”) having its principal offices at                     .

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, Company has rights to certain Stanford Patents (as defined below).

WHEREAS, Newco desires to obtain a license under the Stanford Patents in the Territory in the Newco Field (as defined below), and Company desires to grant such license, all on the terms and conditions herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, Company and Newco agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 “ Affiliates ” means, with respect to any person, another person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such person. “ Control ” means, as to any Person, beneficial ownership, direct or indirect, of at least fifty percent (50%) of the equity securities of the subject entity entitled to vote in the election of directors (or, in the case of an entity that is not a corporation, for the election of the corresponding managing authority), and the terms “ Controlled by ”, “ under common Control with ” and “ Controlling ” shall have correlative meanings.

1.2 “ Defined Organ Transplant Field ” means the use of cell-free DNA detection or immune repertoire profiling to diagnose and clinically manage solid organ and bone marrow human transplant recipients, excluding the detection, diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precursor to cancer. In all cases, the measurement of the level, cell-free DNA size distribution, or other test parameters to assess cell-free DNA and immune repertoire profiling shall be applied uniquely to transplant recipients or pre-transplant patients who are on a designated transplant waiting list, and shall include, but not be limited to, surveillance for acute rejection, chronic rejection, allograft vasculopathy, immunosuppression optimization, organ toxicity, overall immune status in relation to infectious disease signature and organ damage due to infection.

1.3 “ HHMI ” means the Howard Hughes Medical Institute, and any successors-in-interest.

1.4 “ Licensed Product ” means a product or part of a product, the making, using, importing or selling of which, absent this license, infringes, induces infringement, or contributes to infringement of a Valid Claim of a Stanford Patent. For clarity, discovery or development of a product using Stanford Patents or technology or rights licensed hereunder does not cause such product to be a Licensed Product.


1.5 “ Net Sales ” means all gross revenue derived through Newco or sublicensees from sales of Licensed Product. Net Sales excludes the following items (but only as they pertain to the making, using, importing or selling of Licensed Products, are included in gross revenue, and are separately billed):

1.5.1 import, export, excise and sales taxes, and custom duties;

1.5.2 costs of insurance, packing, and transportation from the place of manufacture to the customer’s premises or point of installation;

1.5.3 costs of installation at the place of use; and credit for returns, allowances, or trades.

1.6 “ Newco Field ” means (i) the detection, diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precursor to cancer and all other applications and purposes outside the Defined Organ Transplant Field and (ii) products that are used outside the Defined Organ Transplant Field but also have utility within the Defined Organ Transplant Field (such as a diagnostic for infectious disease intended for a broader patient population but which is useful also for transplant recipients). For avoidance of doubt, the Newco Field does not include products for assessing whether a solid organ transplant or bone marrow transplant is or will be rejected.

1.7 “ Stanford ” means the Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University, and any successors-in-interest.

1.8 “ Stanford License ” means the Amended and Restated Exclusive Agreement between Company and Stanford relating to the Stanford Patents, dated as of January 27 th , 2014, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 1 .

1.9 “ Stanford Patent(s) ” means any domestic or foreign patent application or patent that claims priority to, or common priority with, any application listed in Appendix C of the Stanford License. Any claim of an unexpired Stanford Patent is presumed to be valid unless it has been held to be invalid by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be or is taken. “Stanford Patent” excludes any continuation-in-part (CIP) patent application or patent.

1.10 “ Stanford Technology ” means the information or materials listed in Appendix D of the Stanford License, that has been or will be provided by Stanford to Company. Technology may or may not be confidential in nature.

1.11 “ Territory ” means the entire world.

1.12 “ Valid Claim ” means a claim contained in an issued and unexpired patent or a pending patent application which has not been held unenforceable or invalid by a decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, and which has not been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through

 

-2-


abandonment, reissue, disclaimer or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a claim of a pending patent application within the Stanford Patents has not issued as a claim of an issued patent within the Stanford Patents, within five (5) years after the filing date from which such claim takes priority, such pending claim shall not be a Valid Claim for purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 2

LICENSE

2.1 License . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Company hereby grants to Newco: (a) a sublicense under the Stanford Patents in the Newco Field to make, have made, use, import, offer to sell and sell Licensed Products in the Territory and (b) a sublicense under Company’s nonexclusive interest in the Stanford Technology in the Newco Field to research, develop, make, have made, use, import, offer to sell and sell Licensed Product and otherwise exploit Stanford Technology in the Territory. The sublicenses granted here are exclusive for (i) the detection, diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precursor to cancer, and (ii) all applications and purposes outside the Defined Organ Transplant Field, and are non-exclusive as to clause (ii) of the Newco Field. For clarity, Newco acknowledges that Company’s license to the Stanford Technology is non-exclusive and that accordingly, that (A) the exclusivity granted to Newco under subsection (b) above is limited to the non-exclusive interest in the Technology conveyed to Company under the Stanford License, and (B) that Stanford retained the right to grant additional licenses under the Stanford Technology to third parties. The non-exclusive rights retained by Company with respect to applications and purposes covered under clause (ii) of the Newco Field shall be subject to the limitations set in Section 2.3(b) of the Asset Transfer Agreement between the parties entered into together with this Agreement, except that “Licensed Product” shall mean as defined in this Agreement.

2.2 Sublicenses . Newco shall have the right to grant and authorize further sublicenses under Stanford Patents and Stanford Technology, subject to its compliance with its obligations to Stanford set forth in Exhibit 2, subsection (b).

2.3 Certain Additional Terms for the Benefit of Stanford . Newco agrees to be bound for the benefit of Stanford and HHMI (as applicable) by the provisions set forth in Exhibit 2. It is acknowledged and agreed that the provisions set forth in Exhibit 2 are for the exclusive benefit of Stanford and, as applicable, HHMI. It is further agreed that Stanford and HHMI as the sole intended beneficiaries of such provisions, shall have the sole and exclusive right to enforce such provisions.

2.4 No Implied Licenses . Nothing herein shall be construed as granting Newco, by implication, estoppel or otherwise, any license or other right to any intellectual property of Company other than the Stanford Patents or to grant to Newco any right or license other than those expressly granted herein.

 

-3-


2.5 Maintenance of the Stanford License . Company shall comply with all of its obligations under the Stanford License and will not terminate the Stanford License or amend the Stanford License in any manner which diminishes the rights of Newco or increases any obligations of Newco with respect to the Licensed Rights (“Detriment”) without the consent of Newco. In the event that Company amends the Stanford License to obtain more favorable terms from Stanford (e.g., negotiates a lower royalty rate or a higher third party royalty offset) Company will extend such benefits to Newco and this Agreement shall be amended to reflect such more favorable terms. In addition, Company will notify Newco promptly, if Company and/or any of its Affiliates receives notice, whether or not there is a cure period, from Stanford that Company and/or any of its Affiliates is in material breach of the Stanford License, and/or notice from Stanford which purports to terminate the Stanford License or modify the Stanford License in a manner that would cause a Detriment. Company will and will cause its Affiliates to take prompt and commercially reasonable steps to cure any such breach. Company acknowledges that any breach of the Stanford License by Company and/or its Affiliates may result in irreparable damage to Newco and will entitle Newco to seek, in addition to any other right or remedy it may be entitled to, specific performance or other equitable remedies without the posting of any bond or other security.

2.6 Immune Repertoire Rights . The Parties acknowledge that, prior to the Effective Date, Newco has engaged in discussions with Stanford regarding:

(a) a license to certain immune repertoire patents formerly subject to that certain option agreement entered into by Company and Stanford, effective December 15, 2010 and now lapsed (the “Additional IR Patents,” and “Option Agreement,” respectively); and

(b) a license to newly filed patent application filed with respect to the inventions disclosed in Stanford invention disclosure S09-367B (the “Stanford Patent Application”).

In the event Newco is successful in obtaining a license to the Additional IR Patents and/or the Stanford Patent Application, Newco shall, to the extent the field of use of such license includes the Defined Organ Transplant Field, grant to Company a sublicense under such patents for purposes of developing, manufacturing and commercializing Licensed Products in the Defined Organ Transplant Field. Such sublicense would be exclusive subject to Newco’s limited rights in the Defined Organ Transplant Field under clause (ii) of the Newco Field, as to which the sublicence would be non-exclusive. All other terms of such sublicense shall be substantially identical to the terms of this Agreement, which shall apply reciprocally, mutatis mutandis . In the event Newco does not obtain such a license within 7.5 months, Company may seek a direct license to such patent rights from Stanford for the Defined Organ Transplant Field, and agrees not to seek such a license prior to such time. Company covenants that in the event that it exercises its right to seek a direct license to such patent rights from Stanford as permitted under this Section 2.6, unless otherwise agreed by Newco in writing, Company (i) will limit the field of its license from Stanford to the Defined Organ Transplant Field, (ii) will limit its license to the matters covered under clause (ii) of the Newco Field a non-exclusive license or co-exclusive with Newco.

 

-4-


ARTICLE 3

PAYMENTS

3.1 Milestones : To the extent Newco’s exercise of the sublicenses granted to it under Section 2.1 above triggers a payment obligation under Section 7.3 (Milestone Payments) of the Stanford Agreement, Newco agrees to pay such milestone payment to Stanford.

3.2 Royalties . Newco will pay to Company earned royalties (Y%) on Net Sales as follows (which amount is intended to be limited to a pass-through of the royalty obligations owing to Stanford):

3.2.1 Newco or its sublicensee will pay Company a 3% royalty on Net Sales of each Licensed Product sold.

3.2.2 Earned royalties paid to third parties will offset earned royalties payable to Company under Section 3.2.1 above at a rate 0.25% for each 1% that Newco pays to third parties provided that the third party technology for which Newco pays earned royalties is reasonably useful and the earned royalty rate Newco pays them is commercially reasonable for the type of technology and such license is reasonably useful to make, use and sell the Licensed Product, licensed hereunder. In no event shall the royalty payable to Company under Section 3.2.1 above be reduced by more than 50%.

3.2.3 In the event that a Licensed Product is sold in combination with one or more other products or components for which no royalty would be due hereunder if sold separately (“Other Product(s)”), Net Sales from such sales shall be calculated by multiplying the net selling price of the combination product by the fraction A/(A + B), where A is the average gross selling price during the applicable calendar quarter of the Licensed Product sold separately and B is the average gross selling price during the applicable calendar quarter of the Other Product(s). In the event that separate sales of the Licensed Product and/or of the Other Product(s) were not made during the applicable calendar quarter, then the Net Sales on the combination product shall be as reasonably as mutually agreed upon by Company and Newco in good faith, between such Licensed Product and such Other Product(s), based upon their relative importance and proprietary protection. In the event that Company (or Stanford) reasonably believes that the average gross selling price during the applicable calendar quarter of the Licensed Product sold separately and the Other Product(s) sold separately do not accurately reflect the relative importance and proprietary protection of the Licensed Product and such Other Product(s) for the purposes of determining Net Sales of a combination product, Company may provide Newco notice thereof and the parties thereafter shall reasonably discuss and agree in good faith upon an alternative allocation with respect thereto.

3.2.4 For clarity, Newco’s right to offset earned royalties for third party technology as set forth above shall not apply with respect to third party technology reasonably useful to make, use and sell a Licensed Product that is a combination product for which Net Sales is calculated as set forth in the preceding paragraph to the extent such third party technology is only useful for the making, using or selling the Other Product(s) in such combination product separately

3.3 Obligation to Pay Royalties . A royalty is due Company under this Agreement for any activity conducted under the licenses granted. For convenience’s sake, the amount of that royalty is calculated using Net Sales. Nonetheless, if certain Licensed Products are made, used, imported, or offered for sale before the date this Agreement terminates, and those Licensed Products are sold after the termination date, Newco will pay Company an earned royalty for its exercise of rights based on the Net Sales of those Licensed Products .

 

-5-


3.4 Currency Conversion . Newco will calculate the royalty on sales in currencies other than U.S. Dollars using the appropriate foreign exchange rate for the currency quoted by the Wall Street Journal on the close of business on the last banking day of each calendar quarter. Newco will make royalty payments to Company in U.S. Dollars.

3.5 Non-U. S. Taxes . Newco will pay all non-U.S. taxes related to royalty payments. These payments are not deductible from any payments due to Company.

3.6 Interest . Any payments not made when due will bear interest at the lower of (a) the Prime Rate published in the Wall Street Journal plus 200 basis points or (b) the maximum rate permitted by law.

ARTICLE 4

ROYALTY REPORTS; PAYMENTS; ACCOUNTING

4.1 Royalty Payment and Report . Beginning with the first sale of a Licensed Product by Newco or a sublicensee, Newco will submit to Company a written report (even if there are no sales) and an earned royalty payment within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. This report will be in the form of Appendix B of the Stanford License and will state the number, description, and aggregate Net Sales of Licensed Product during the completed calendar quarter. The report will include an overview of the process and documents relied upon to permit Company to understand how the earned royalties are calculated. With each report Newco will include any earned royalty payment due Company for the completed calendar quarter (as calculated under Section 3.2).

4.2 Termination Report . Newco will pay to Company all applicable royalties and submit to Company a written report within 90 days after the license terminates. Newco will continue to submit earned royalty payments and reports to Company after the license terminates, until all Licensed Products made or imported under the license have been sold.

4.3 Accounting . Newco agrees to keep and maintain records for a period of three (3) years showing the manufacture; sale, use, and other disposition of products or processes sold or otherwise disposed of under the license herein granted. Such records will include general ledger records showing cash receipts and expenses, and records which include production records, customers, serial numbers and related information in sufficient detail to enable the royalties payable hereunder by Newco to be determined. Newco further agrees to permit its books and records to be examined by Company and/or its designee from time to time to the extent necessary to verify reports provided for in Section 4.1. Such examination is to be made by Company or its designees, at the expense of Company, except in the event that the results of the audit reveal an underreporting of royalties due Company of five percent (5%) or more in any calendar year, then the audit costs shall be paid by Newco.

4.4 Progress Report . Upon the request of Company, on or before August 1 of each year, Newco shall make a written annual report to Company covering the preceding year ending June 30, regarding the activities of Newco in commercializing the Stanford Patents.

 

-6-


ARTICLE 5

PAYENT PROSECUTION AND ENFORCEMENT

5.1 Patent Prosecution and Maintenance . Stanford will be responsible for preparing, filing, and prosecuting broad patent claims (including any interference or reexamination actions) for Stanford’s benefit in the Territory and for maintaining all Stanford Patents. Company shall: (a) keep Newco reasonably informed with respect to Stanford’s prosecution and maintenance of all Stanford Patents with relevance to the Newco Field, and shall at a minimum provide Newco with semi-annual written reports with respect to the same; (b) furnish to Newco copies of all communications received from Stanford and Stanford’s patent counsel with respect to the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications with claims relevant to the Newco Field including copies of all material documents filed with or received from any patent office after the Effective Date relating to the same that are provided to Company by Stanford or Stanford’s patent counsel; (c) allow Newco a reasonable opportunity to comment on substantive actions being considered by Stanford and/or Company in connection with prosecuting claims of Stanford Patents with relevance to the Newco Field and (d) reasonably considering and relaying to Stanford any comments provided by Newco with respect to the actions described in (c) above.

5.2 Patent Enforcement .

5.2.1 If either party, directly or through an Affiliate or sublicensee (or in the case of Company, through Stanford), learns of any actual or possible, direct or indirect, infringement of the Stanford Patents by another person or entity by the manufacture, sale, import, use or other exploitation of a product or service in the Newco Field (a “ Competing Product Infringement ”), it shall promptly provide written notice to the other party of such Competing Product Infringement and shall promptly supply such other party with all evidence it possesses pertaining to such Competing Product Infringement.

5.2.2 As between Newco and Company, Newco (directly or through its designee) shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to seek to abate any Competing Product Infringement or to file suit against an infringing person or entity with respect to such Competing Product Infringement (each, an “ Competing Product Infringement Action ”). In the event Newco exercises it right to initiate a Competing Product Infringement Action, it will so notify Company and Company will in turn notify Stanford in writing of its appointment of Newco (or Newco’s specified designee) as Company’s designee in connection with such action. Newco shall keep Company reasonably informed of the progress of any such Competing Product Infringement Action. Company shall cooperate fully with Newco, including, either as required by law or at the request of Newco, by joining as a nominal party, cooperating with Stanford to enable Newco (and its designee(s)) to exercise such rights) and executing such documents as may reasonably be required for such Competing Product Infringement Action, all at the expense of Newco. In the event that Newco desires or is required to join Stanford as a party in a Competing Product Infringement Action, such joinder will be in accordance with the terms and conditions described in Section 14.4 of the Stanford License.

 

-7-


5.2.3 If Newco does not initiate a Competing Product Infringement Action within 120 days of a request by Stanford to do so (which request may be made directly to Newco or relayed through Company), it is understood that Stanford may institute and prosecute a Competing Product Infringement Action so long as it conforms with the requirements of Section 14.6 of the Stanford License.

5.2.4 Any recovery (whether by settlement or otherwise) obtained as a result of a Competing Product Infringement Action shall be shared as follows:

(a) Company, if joined or cooperating in such action, shall first be entitled to recover its out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with such action; and

(b) any remainder of recovery shall be retained by the Newco.

5.2.5 The non-controlling party shall, at the reasonable request and expense of the party controlling any enforcement or declaratory action under this Section 5.2, fully cooperate with the controlling party, including making available relevant records, papers, information, samples, specimens, and the like. The party controlling the enforcement shall keep the non-controlling party reasonably informed of the progress of such action, and the non-controlling party shall have the right to participate in such enforcement or declaratory action with counsel of its own choice at its own expense.

5.3 Subordination to Stanford License . The obligations of Company and the rights of Newco under Sections 5.2 and 5.3 shall be subject to and limited by terms of Article 14 of the Stanford License. To the extent Company has the right to do so under the terms of Article 14 of the Stanford License, Company shall cooperate with Newco to prosecute and enforce such Stanford Patents in the same manner as set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.3 above. Withouth limiting the foregoing, Company agrees to take such steps as are reasonably requested by Newco to extend to Newco the rights and benefits provided to Company under Article 14 of the Stanford License, including by taking reasonable measures to ensure that Stanford will diligently pursue any action initiated by Stanford and keeping Newco reasonably apprised of all developments in the suit, seeking Newco’s input and approval on any substantive submissions or positions taken in the litigation regarding the scope, validity and enforceability of a Stanford Patent, ensuring that Stanford does not prosecute, settle or otherwise compromise any such suit in a manner that adversely affects Newco’s interests without Newco’s prior written consent, and otherwise enabling Newco to exercise Company’s rights under Article of the Stanford License for the benefit of Newco hereunder.

 

-8-


ARTICLE 6

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

6.1 Company . Company represents and warrants to Newco that it has the right to grant Newco the rights granted hereunder.

6.2 Disclaimer . Except as set forth in Section 6.1 above, NEITHER COMPANY NOR STANFORD MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION (a) NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (b) NOR THAT THE USE OF THE LICENSED PRODUCT(S) WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHTS (c) NOR ANY OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES.

ARTICLE 7

TERM AND TERMINATION

7.1 Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date, and unless earlier terminated as provided in this Article 7, shall continue in full force and effect until expiration, revocation or invalidation of the last patent or the abandonment of the last application within the Stanford Patents, provided that Newco’s license under the Technology set forth in Section 2.1(b) shall survive such expiration with respect to Technology in Newco’s possession.

7.2 Termination for Convenience . Newco may terminate this Agreement on a country by country basis for its convenience upon thirty (30) days written notice.

7.3 Termination for Cause . Company may terminate this Agreement if Newco (a) is in default in payment of royalty or providing of reports; or (b) is in material breach of any material provision hereof; or (c) provides any knowingly false report; and Newco fails to remedy any such default, breach, or false report within sixty (60) days after written notice thereof by Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Newco disputes any such default or breach in writing within such 60-day period, Company shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement unless and until the arbitrator determines in a written decision delivered to the parties under Section 8.5 below, that such default or breach occurred, and Newco fails to cure such default or breach within 60 days after such determination. Each party shall use reasonable efforts to conclude such arbitration within sixty (60) days of the initiation of such arbitration.

7.4 Effects of Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement Newco shall be entitled to sell any completed inventory of a Licensed Product(s) covered by this Agreement which remains on hand as of the date of the termination, so long as Newco pays to Company the royalties applicable to said subsequent sales in accordance with the same terms and condition’s as set forth in this Agreement.

7.5 Survival . Surviving any termination of this Agreement are (a) Newco’s obligation to pay royalties accrued prior to termination or accruable under Section 7.4; (b) any cause of action or claim of either Party, accrued or to accrue, because of any breach or default by the other party prior to termination; (c) the provisions of Articles 5 and 6, and (d) any sublicense granted hereunder, provided that the sublicensee agrees in writing to be bound by the applicable terms of this Agreement.

 

-9-


ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Cooperation With Respect to Stanford Agreement. Company agrees to cooperate with Newco as reasonably requested in writing by Newco, to extend and make available to Newco any rights and/or benefits available under the Stanford License, to the extent applicable to the rights granted to Newco hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, Company shall keep Newco informed as to Company’ communications with Stanford that may affect Newco’s rights or obligations hereunder, and to the extent that Newco obtains Stanford’s agreement to modify, amend, or otherwise alter or waive any performance, obligation, or provision of the Stanford License as it applies to Newco, Company agrees to take such actions and execute such documents as Newco may reasonably request in writing to effect the same.

8.2 Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assignable by either Party without prior written consent of the other Party except that either Party without the consent of the other Party may assign this Agreement to an Affiliate or to a successor in interest of all or substantially all of the portion of the business to which this Agreement relates. Subject to the limitations on assignment herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of said successors in interest and assigns of either Party. Any such successor or assignee of a party’s interest shall expressly assume in writing the performance of all the terms and conditions of this Agreement to be performed by said party.

8.3 Notices . All notices that are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficient if personally delivered or sent by mail, Federal Express or other international business delivery service. Any notices shall be deemed given upon the earlier of the date when received at, or the third day after the date when sent by registered or certified mail or the day after the date when sent by Federal Express to, the address set forth below, unless such address is changed by notice to the other Parties hereto:

If to Newco:

Fax:

Attention:

If to Company:

Company

Fax:                     

Attention:                     

8.4 Waiver . None of the terms of this Agreement can be waived except by the written consent of the party waiving compliance.

 

-10-


8.5 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements negotiated, executed and performed wholly within California.

8.6 Arbitration . Any controversy arising under or related to this Agreement, and any disputed claim by either party against the other under this Agreement excluding any dispute relating to patent validity or infringement arising under this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Licensing Agreement Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Upon request by either party, arbitration will be by a third party arbitrator mutually agreed upon in writing by Newco and Company within thirty (30) days of such arbitration request. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and non-appealable and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The parties shall be entitled to discovery in like manner as if the arbitration were a civil suit in the California Superior Court. The Arbitrator may limit the scope, time and/or issues involved in discovery. The place of arbitration shall be Palo Alto, California.

8.7 Independent Contractors . The relationship of the parties hereto is that of independent contractors. The parties hereto are not deemed to be agents, partners or joint venturers of the other for any purpose as a result of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby.

8.8 Confidential Terms . Each of the parties hereto agrees not to disclose to any third party the financial terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party hereto, except to advisors, investors and others on a need-to-know basis under circumstances that reasonably ensure the confidentiality thereof, or to the extent required by law.

8.9 Limitation of Liability . NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST OR ANTICIPATED REVENUES OR PROFITS RELATING TO THE SAME), ARISING FROM ANY CLAIM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF SUCH PARTY IS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OR LIKELIHOOD OF SAME. In addition, Newco agrees that Stanford shall not be liable for any indirect, special, consequential or other damages whatsoever, whether grounded in tort (including negligence), strict liability, contract or otherwise, arising from this Agreement. Stanford shall not have any responsibilities or liabilities whatsoever with respect to Licensed Product(s).

8.10 Entire Agreement; Modification . This Agreement together with the Exhibit hereto sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior discussions, agreements and writings in relating thereto. This Agreement may not be altered, amended or modified in any way except by a writing signed by both parties.

8.11 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Company and Newco have executed this Agreement by their respective duly authorized representatives.

 

[IMMUMETRIX]     [NEWCO]
By  

 

    By  

 

 

 

     

 

  [Title]       [Title]

 

-12-


Exhibit 1

Stanford License

 

-13-


Exhibit 2

Certain Provisions for the Benefit of Stanford

 

  1. General .

(a) Newco acknowledges that the sublicenses granted by Company in Section 2.1 of this Agreement are subject to the Stanford Agreement and the terms and conditions of 35 U.S.C. §§ 200 through 204. Further, Newco, in its capacity as a sublicensee under the Stanford License, specifically agrees to comply with applicable United States laws and regulations controlling the export of licensed commodities and technical data pursuant to Article 11 of the Stanford License.

(b) Newco shall not pay royalties due under this Agreement to an escrow or other similar account.

(c) Newco agrees that the following provisions of the copy of Stanford License attached to this Agreement as Exhibit 1 are hereby expressly incorporated by reference into this Agreement: Articles 8, 9, 12 and Sections 4.5 and 19.4; except that for such purposes: (a) each reference to “ImmuMetrix” in such provisions (other than in the first sentence of Section 9.1) shall be deemed to be replaced by “Newco;” (b) any reference to “a party” or “the parties” in such provisions shall be deemed to include Newco; (c) each reference to “this Agreement” shall be deemed mean either the Stanford License or this Agreement; (d) references to “Stanford” in Sections 8.1, 8.3, 8.4, and 8.7 shall be deemed to be replaced by “ImmuMetrix;” and (e) in Section 4.5: (i) each reference to “sublicensee” in such provisions shall be deemed to be replaced by “Newco;” and (ii) each reference to a “Licensed Patent” or “Licensed Patents” shall be deemed to mean a “Stanford Patent(s)” (as defined in Section 1.11 of the body of this Agreement).

(d) In the event the Stanford Agreement is terminated, all obligations herein to Company shall be transferred to Stanford or its designee, including the payment of all royalties specified in Article 3 below.

(e) Newco acknowledges that Stanford retains the right, on behalf of itself and all other non-profit academic research institutions, to practice the Stanford Patents and use the Stanford Technology for any non-profit purpose, including sponsored research and collaborations. Newco further acknowledges that neither Newco nor ImmuMetrix, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, shall have the right to enforce the Stanford Patents against any such institution. Stanford and any such other institution have the right to publish any information included in the Stanford Technology or a Stanford Patent. Newco further acknowledges that HHMI has retained an irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, nonexclusive, nontransferable license to the Stanford Patents and Stanford Technology.

 

  2. Granting of further sublicenses .

(a) Newco may only grant further sublicenses if, at the time of such grant, Company, Newco, or one or more of their respective sublicensees are then developing or selling Licensed Products.

 

-14-


(b) Newco will submit to Stanford a copy of each sublicense that it grants, any subsequent amendments and all copies of sublicensees’ royalty reports. Beginning with the first sublicense, the Chief Financial Officer or equivalent will certify annually regarding the name and number of sublicensees

(c) Any such further sublicenses, to the extent granting to the further sublicensee any exclusivity under the rights sublicensed to Newco hereunder, must include diligence requirements commensurate with the diligence requirements of Appendix A of the Stanford License.

(d) Any further sublicense granted under this Agreement:

(i) is subject to this Agreement;

(ii) will prohibit sublicensee from paying royalties to an escrow or other similar account; and

(iii) will expressly include the provisions of Articles 8, 9, 12, and Section 19.4 of the Stanford License for the benefit of Stanford and/or HHMI, as the case may be.

 

  3. Indemnity and Insurance .

(a) Definitions.

(i) “ HHMI Indemnitees ” means HHMI and its trustees, officers, employees, and agents.

(ii) “ Stanford Indemnitees ” means Stanford and Stanford Hospitals and Clinics, and their respective trustees, officers, employees, students, and agents.

(b) Indemnity.

(i) Newco will indemnify, hold harmless, and defend all Stanford Indemnitees against any claim of any kind arising out of or related to the exercise of any licenses granted to Newco under this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement by Newco.

(ii) HHMI Indemnitees will be indemnified, defended by counsel acceptable to HHMI, and held harmless by Newco from and against any claim, liability, cost, expense, damage, deficiency, loss, or obligation, of any kind or nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses of defense) (collectively, “Claims”), based upon, arising out of, or otherwise relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any cause of action relating to product liability. The previous sentence will not apply to any Claim that is determined with finality by a court of competent jurisdiction to result solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of an HHMI Indemnitee.

(c) No Indirect Liability. Stanford is not liable for any special, consequential, lost profit, expectation, punitive or other indirect damages in connection with any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement or the Stanford Agreement, whether grounded in tort (including negligence), strict liability, contract, or otherwise.

 

-15-


(d) Workers’ Compensation. Newco will comply with all statutory workers’ compensation and employers’ liability requirements for activities performed under this Agreement.

(e) Insurance. Upon the first use of Licensed Products with human samples by or under the authority of Newco, including but not limited to testing or clinical trials but excluding tests with human tissues obtained from tissue banks or discarded human tissues under an IRB approved study, Newco will maintain Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, including Product Liability insurance, with a reputable and financially secure insurance carrier to cover the activities of Newco and its sublicensees. The insurance will provide minimum limits of liability of $2,000,000 and will include all Stanford Indemnitees and HHMI Indemnitees as additional insureds. Insurance must cover claims incurred, discovered, manifested, or made during or after the expiration of this Agreement and must be placed with carriers with ratings of at least A- as rated by A.M. Best. Within 15 days after Stanford’s request and after the first such use of Licensed Products with human samples as described above, Newco will furnish a Certificate of Insurance evidencing primary coverage and additional insured requirements. Newco will provide to Stanford 30 days prior written notice of cancellation or material change to this insurance coverage. Newco will advise Stanford in writing that it maintains excess liability coverage (following form) over primary insurance for at least the minimum limits set forth above. All insurance of Newco will be primary coverage; insurance of the Stanford Indemnitees and the HHMI Indemnitees will be excess and noncontributory.

 

-16-


LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

For Use in Surrendering

Certificates Representing or Formerly Representing

Shares of Capital Stock of

IMMUMETRIX, INC.

in connection with its acquisition by

CAREDX, INC.

This LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL is being delivered to you in connection with the merger (the “ Merger ”) of Monitor Acquisition Corporation (“ Sub ”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of CareDx, Inc. (“ CareDx ”), with and into ImmuMetrix, Inc. (“ ImmuMetrix ”), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 17, 2014, by and among Sub, CareDx, ImmuMetrix and Mattias Westman, as Holders’ Agent (the “ Merger Agreement ”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, each outstanding share of ImmuMetrix Common Stock and each outstanding share of ImmuMetrix Preferred Stock will be converted into the right to receive shares of CareDx Series G Preferred Stock (“ CareDx Series G Preferred Stock ”), as calculated by and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement and summarized below (the “ Merger Consideration ”), and further subject to the retention of CareDx Series G Preferred Stock to be held by in escrow by CareDx pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

In accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, I, the undersigned, hereby deliver this Letter of Transmittal and surrender the original stock certificate(s) listed below representing the number of shares of ImmuMetrix capital stock set forth opposite each such stock certificate in exchange for the payment of the Merger Consideration. I hereby direct that this Letter of Transmittal and the enclosed original stock certificate(s) be delivered to CareDx for its benefit and may be relied upon by CareDx and its agents and representatives.

If your ImmuMetrix stock certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, please check the box below and see Instruction 6 to this Letter of Transmittal. Otherwise complete Box A below.

 

¨ Check here if your ImmuMetrix stock certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed. Fill out the remainder of this Letter of Transmittal and indicate here the number of shares of ImmuMetrix Common Stock represented by any such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate:                  (number of shares).

 

BOX A: DESCRIPTION OF IMMUMETRIX STOCK CERTIFICATE(S) ENCLOSED

(Attach additional sheets if necessary)

See Instructions.

 

Name(s) and Address of Registered ImmuMetrix Stockholder(s)
(Please fill in exactly as name(s) appear(s) on Certificate(s))
(Please print)*

   Certificates Enclosed
     Certificate
Number(s)
   Number of Shares of Capital Stock
Represented by
Certificate (indicating class and series)
     
     
     
     
     

 

* Only ImmuMetrix stock certificates registered in a single form may be deposited with this Letter of Transmittal. If ImmuMetrix stock certificates are registered in different forms (e.g., John R. Doe and J.R. Doe), it will be necessary to fill in, sign and submit as many separate Letters of Transmittal as there are different registrations of ImmuMetrix stock certificates. Additional copies of this Letter of Transmittal may be obtained from CareDx, Inc. at the address or telephone number provided at the end of this letter.

 

-1-


Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the Merger, and pursuant to the Merger Agreement, I hereby submit and surrender to you for cancellation and exchange certificates representing the shares of ImmuMetrix Common Stock or ImmuMetrix Preferred Stock, as applicable, listed above in Box A (“ ImmuMetrix Certificates ”) in exchange for the Merger Consideration payable per share of ImmuMetrix Common Stock or ImmuMetrix Preferred Stock, as applicable, surrendered, less any CareDx Series G Preferred Stock to be held back by CareDx subject to the indemnification provisions of the Merger Agreement.

I understand, acknowledge and agree that completion and delivery of this Letter of Transmittal constitutes assent to the terms of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. I have reviewed and understand the escrow and indemnification provisions of Article VII of the Merger Agreement, and my signature to this Letter of Transmittal and tender of my ImmuMetrix Certificates constitute my agreement to be bound by Article VII of the Merger Agreement as an Indemnifying Securityholder (as defined in the Merger Agreement). I understand that, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, of the aggregate Merger Consideration (i) an aggregate amount of [5,722,788] shares of CareDx Series G Preferred Stock will be payable to the stockholders of ImmuMetrix upon closing of the Merger, (ii) an aggregate amount of [1,560,760] shares of CareDx Series G Preferred Stock will be payable to the stockholders of ImmuMetrix upon satisfaction of certain conditions, and (ii) an aggregate amount of [520,253] shares of CareDx Series G Preferred Stock will be withheld from the stockholders of ImmuMetrix to secure in part the indemnification obligations of the stockholders of ImmuMetrix to CareDx pursuant to Article VII of the Merger Agreement.

The Merger Agreement contemplates that after the effective time of the Merger (the “ Effective Time ”), CareDx will make the necessary payments of the Merger Consideration upon the surrender by stockholder of ImmuMetrix (an “ ImmuMetrix Stockholder ”) of each of such holder’s ImmuMetrix Certificates. I acknowledge that, until surrendered, (i) each outstanding ImmuMetrix Certificate that formerly represented shares of ImmuMetrix capital stock will be deemed from and after the Effective Time, for all corporate purposes to evidence only the right to receive the Merger Consideration.

I also understand and acknowledge that all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of any shares of ImmuMetrix capital stock surrendered hereby shall be determined by CareDx in its reasonable discretion. I further acknowledge and agree that the Merger Consideration issued in exchange for shares of ImmuMetrix capital stock shall be deemed to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of ImmuMetrix capital stock.

By completion and delivery of this Letter of Transmittal, I hereby expressly represent and warrant to CareDx as follows:

 

  (i) I am the registered holder of the shares of ImmuMetrix capital stock represented by any ImmuMetrix Certificate listed above in Box A , with good title to, and full power and authority to sell, assign and transfer, such shares, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances, and not subject to any adverse claims.

 

  (ii) I have full power and authority to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal and to perform my obligations hereunder.

 

  (iii) The execution and delivery of this Letter of Transmittal has been duly authorized by all necessary action (including, without limitation, if the undersigned is a corporation, approval by its board of directors and, if necessary, stockholders, as the case may be and if the undersigned is a partnership, approved by its general partner or limited partners, as the case may be) on the part of the undersigned, if any, and this Letter of Transmittal constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the undersigned, enforceable against him, her or it in accordance with its terms.

 

  (iv) Unless the signature of my spouse appears in Box B below, I am not married.

I hereby acknowledge that I have carefully read this Letter of Transmittal and further acknowledge that I have had the opportunity to consult with an attorney and financial and/or tax advisor of my own choosing regarding the information contained herein and the transactions contemplated hereby.

I will, upon reasonable request, execute any additional documents necessary to complete the surrender and exchange of the shares of ImmuMetrix capital stock.

Any holder of shares of ImmuMetrix Common Stock or ImmuMetrix Preferred Stock wishing to receive the Merger Consideration must deliver to CareDx at the address set forth at the end of this Letter of Transmittal, the following documents:

 

  (i) a properly completed and signed Letter of Transmittal (see Instructions);

 

  (ii) a properly completed and signed Investor Suitability Questionnaire; and

 

  (iii) each of such holder’s original ImmuMetrix stock certificates.

 

-2-


The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal, any ImmuMetrix stock certificate and any other required document is at the election and risk of the ImmuMetrix Stockholder and delivery of such items will be deemed made only when actually received by CareDx. The risk of loss of any ImmuMetrix Certificate will pass only after CareDx has actually received such ImmuMetrix Certificate. If any ImmuMetrix Certificate is sent by mail, it is recommended that it be sent by registered mail, appropriately insured, with return receipt requested.

I understand and agree that completion and delivery of this Letter of Transmittal constitutes waiver of any Appraisal Rights or Dissenters’ Rights I may have under applicable law with respect to any of the shares represented by the ImmuMetrix Certificate(s) surrendered herewith and, to the extent I have previously demanded Appraisal Rights or Dissenters’ Rights, the completion and delivery of this Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed a written withdrawal of my demand for Appraisal Rights or Dissenters’ Rights and acceptance of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

I HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

This Letter of Transmittal shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding my death or incapacity, and shall be binding upon my heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

Questions and completed copies of this Letter of Transmittal

may be directed to CareDx at the address and telephone number listed below.

 

CareDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Blvd.

Brisbane, CA 94005

Telephone No.: (415) 287-2300

 

Attention: Peter Maag

 

-3-


INVESTOR SUITABILITY QUESTIONNAIRE

This questionnaire is used to determine whether you are an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

You represent to the Company the statements selected below. You also agree to furnish any additional information that the Company deems necessary to verify the information provided below.

 

Name:    
Address:  

 

Please Check All Boxes That Apply

 

Category I    ¨   

The Registered Holder is an individual (not a partnership, corporation, etc.) whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with his or her spouse, presently exceeds $1,000,000.

 

Explanation . In calculating net worth, you may include equity in personal property and real estate, but you must exclude the value of your primary residence , cash, short-term investments, stock and securities. Equity in personal property and real estate should be based on the fair market value of such property less debt secured by such property.

Category II    ¨    The Registered Holder is an organization within the meaning of Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership that was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Common Stock of the Company and that has total assets in excess of $5,000,000.
Category III (a)    ¨   

The Registered Holder is an individual (not a partnership, corporation, etc.) who reasonably expects an individual income in excess of $200,000 in the current year and had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the last two years (including foreign income, tax exempt income and the full amount of capital gains and losses but excluding any income of the undersigned’s spouse or other family members and any unrealized capital appreciation);

 

or

Category III (b)    ¨    The Registered Holder is an individual (not a partnership, corporation, etc.) who, together with his or her spouse, reasonably expects joint income in excess of $300,000 for the current year and had joint income in excess of $300,000 in each of the last two years (including foreign income, tax exempt income and the full amount of realized capital gains and losses).
Category IV    ¨    The Registered Holder is a director or executive officer of the Company.
Category V    ¨    The Registered Holder is a bank, savings and loan association or credit union, insurance company, registered investment company, registered business development company, licensed small business investment company, an employee benefit plan maintained by a state whose total assets exceed $5,000,000, or employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title 1 of ERISA whose plan fiduciary is either a bank, insurance company or registered investment advisor or whose total assets exceed $5,000,000.
      Describe entity:   

 

  
     

 

  
Category VI    ¨    The Registered Holder is a private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940.
Category VII    ¨    The Registered Holder is a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Common Stock of the Company, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person (a person who either alone or with his or her purchaser representative(s) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment). A copy of the declaration of trust or trust agreement and a representation as to the sophistication of the person directing purchases for the trust is enclosed.
Category VIII    ¨    The Registered Holder is a self-directed employee benefit plan for which all persons making investment decisions are “accredited investors” within one or more of the categories described above.
Category IX    ¨    The Registered Holder is an entity in which all of the equity owners are “accredited investors” within one or more of the categories described above. If relying upon this category alone, each equity owner must complete a separate copy of this agreement .
      Describe entity:   

 

  
     

 

  
Category X    ¨    The Registered Holder does not come within any of the Categories I–IX set forth above.

 

-4-


BOX B MUST BE COMPLETED. SEE INSTRUCTION 1.

BOX B: SIGNATURE(S)

In Witness Whereof, I have reviewed the foregoing and have executed and delivered this Letter of Transmittal along with the original certificate(s) representing shares of ImmuMetrix capital stock identified in Box A above as of the date indicated below.

 

Date:  

 

PLEASE SIGN HERE

 

Signature:  

 

Signature:  

 

Signature:  

 

Please note that this Letter of Transmittal must be signed by (i) the registered holder(s) of all surrendered stock certificates exactly as the name(s) appear on such stock certificate(s), and (ii) the spouse, if any, of the registered holder(s) of all surrendered stock certificates. See Instructions to Letter of Transmittal below.

Please note that each registered holder may return a single Letter of Transmittal for multiple stock certificates only if the name on such stock certificates is identical. Each registered holder must complete, sign and submit a separate Letter of Transmittal for each stock certificate registered in different names.

I hereby agree that the Instructions to this Letter of Transmittal constitute an integral part of this instrument and hereby agree to be bound thereby.

If signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, the capacity of the person signing should be indicated. See Instruction 4 below.

 

Date:  

 

 

Name(s):  

 

  (Please Print)
Capacity:  

 

Daytime Area Code and
Telephone Number:  

 

CAREDX WILL NOT MAKE ANY EXCHANGE AND PAYMENT OF YOUR SHARES UNTIL THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL HAS BEEN PROPERLY EXECUTED AND DELIVERED TO CAREDX.

 

-5-


INSTRUCTIONS

This Letter of Transmittal must be completed and submitted to CareDx by ImmuMetrix Stockholders in order to receive the Merger Consideration. Until such ImmuMetrix Stockholder’s ImmuMetrix Certificate is received by CareDx at the address set forth above, together with this Letter of Transmittal, and such other documents as CareDx may reasonably require, and until the same is processed for cancellation and exchange by CareDx, such ImmuMetrix Stockholder will not receive any Merger Consideration in exchange for such ImmuMetrix Certificate. If your ImmuMetrix Certificate is lost, stolen or destroyed, please contact CareDx immediately (see Instruction 6).

Each ImmuMetrix Stockholder is entitled to submit a Letter of Transmittal covering all shares of ImmuMetrix capital stock actually held of record by such holder. Nominee record holders, which include nominees, trustees and any other person that holds shares of ImmuMetrix capital stock in any capacity whatsoever on behalf of more than one person or entity (“ Nominees ”), must submit a separate Letter of Transmittal for themselves, as well as on behalf of each beneficial owner of shares of ImmuMetrix capital stock held through such nominee record holders. Beneficial owners who are not record holders are not entitled to submit a Letter of Transmittal. Nominees submitting a Letter of Transmittal on behalf of a registered stockholder as trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or acting in another fiduciary or representative capacity should refer to Instruction 4.

The exchange of ImmuMetrix Certificates for the Merger Consideration is subject to certain terms, conditions and limitations that have been set out in the Merger Agreement and these “ Instructions .” The delivery of this Letter of Transmittal will constitute your acknowledgment of the receipt of the Merger Agreement.

1. Delivery of Letter of Transmittal and ImmuMetrix Certificates . Each ImmuMetrix Stockholder must properly complete Box A , Box B and the remaining applicable sections of this Letter of Transmittal, including the Investor Suitability Questionnaire, and deliver this Letter of Transmittal to CareDx, and any ImmuMetrix Certificate representing your shares of ImmuMetrix Common Stock, in order to receive the Merger Consideration. CareDx, in its reasonable discretion, will determine whether this Letter of Transmittal or any other required document has been properly completed. For lost, stolen or destroyed ImmuMetrix Certificates, see Instruction 6.

2. Method of Delivery . The method of delivery of any ImmuMetrix Certificate and any other required document is at the election and risk of the ImmuMetrix Stockholder and delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by CareDx. The risk of loss of your ImmuMetrix Certificate will pass only after CareDx has actually received the Shares. If any such ImmuMetrix Certificate is sent by mail, it is recommended that it be sent by registered mail, appropriately insured, with return receipt requested. For lost, stolen or destroyed ImmuMetrix Certificates, see Instruction 6.

3. Inadequate Space . If the space provided herein is inadequate, the stock certificate numbers and the number of shares of ImmuMetrix capital stock represented thereby should be listed on additional sheets and attached hereto.

4. Signatures on Letter of Transmittal, Stock Powers and Endorsements .

 

  (a) All signatures must correspond exactly with the name written on the face of any ImmuMetrix Certificate surrendered hereby without any alteration, variation or change whatsoever.

 

  (b) If any ImmuMetrix Certificate surrendered is held of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

 

  (c) If any surrendered Shares of ImmuMetrix Common Stock are registered in different names on several ImmuMetrix Certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal as there are different registrations of ImmuMetrix Certificates.

 

  (d) If any holder of record of the ImmuMetrix Certificate(s) submitted herewith is married, both such holder and his or her spouse must sign the Letter of Transmittal.

 

  (e) If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than a record holder of any ImmuMetrix Certificate listed in Box A above (other than as set forth in paragraph (f) below), such ImmuMetrix Certificate must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock powers, in either case signed exactly as the name(s) of the record holder(s) appears on such ImmuMetrix Certificate. CareDx reserves the right to reject any such ImmuMetrix Certificate(s) surrendered unless the valid transfer of such ImmuMetrix Certificate(s) is established to the reasonable satisfaction of CareDx.

 

  (f) For a correction of name or for a change in name that does not involve a change of ownership, please complete Box B on the Letter of Transmittal and proceed as follows: for a change in name by marriage, etc., the ImmuMetrix Certificate(s) should be endorsed, e.g., “Mary Doe, now by marriage Mary Jones.” For a correction in name, the ImmuMetrix Certificate(s) should be endorsed, e.g., “James E. Brown, incorrectly inscribed as J.E. Brown.”

 

  (g) If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity and such person is not the record holder of the accompanying ImmuMetrix Certificates, he or she must indicate the capacity when signing and must submit proper evidence of his or her authority to act.

 

-6-


5. Special Payment and Delivery Instructions . Indicate the name and/or address of the person(s) in whose name and to whom the Merger Consideration is to be issued and sent, respectively, if different from the name and/or address of the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal.

6. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . If your ImmuMetrix Certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, please check the box on the first page of this Letter of Transmittal, fill in the blank to show the number of shares represented by any such lost, stolen or destroyed ImmuMetrix Certificate and complete the remainder of this Letter of Transmittal. CareDx will then contact you with further instructions as to the steps to be taken in order to receive the Merger Consideration.

7. Miscellaneous . CareDx is not under any duty to give any ImmuMetrix Stockholder notice of defects in any Letter of Transmittal. CareDx shall not incur any liability for failure to give such notification, and CareDx has the right, in its reasonable discretion, to reject any and all Letters of Transmittal not properly completed or to waive any defects or irregularities in any Letter of Transmittal.

8. Information and Additional Copies . Questions or additional copies of this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the CareDx at the addresses and telephone numbers set forth below:

CareDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Blvd.

Brisbane, CA 94005

Telephone No.: (415) 287-2300

Attention: Peter Maag

* * * * *

 

-7-


JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (the “ Joinder Agreement ”), dated as of the date set forth on the signature page below, is made by and among CareDx, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and the undersigned securityholder of ImmuMetrix, Inc. (“ ImmuMetrix ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 17, 2014, by and among the Company, Monitor Acquisition Corporation, ImmuMetrix, and Mattias Westman, as the Holders’ Agent. (the “ Merger Agreement ”).

WHEREAS , pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the holders of equity securities of ImmuMetrix (the “ Stockholders ”) are entitled to receive, subject to certain conditions set forth therein, an aggregate of [7,803,802] shares of Series G Preferred Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company.

WHEREAS , as a condition to the issuance of the Shares under the Merger Agreement, the Company is requiring that each Stockholder must agree to hold the Shares subject to all the obligations set forth in the Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, the Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, and the Fourth Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, each dated as of July 1, 2009 and each as amended by the Omnibus Amendment, dated as of March 30, 2012 (collectively, the “ CareDx Investor Agreements ”).

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Agreement to be Bound . Each Stockholder hereby agree to become party to and be bound by the provisions of the CareDx Investor Agreements with respect to the Shares issuable to such Stockholder pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement. Each Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that such Stockholder’s signature to this Joinder Agreement will constitute its counterpart signature page to each of the CareDx Investor Agreements, and each Stockholder shall be deemed hereafter to be a party under each of the CareDx Investor Agreements and will be subject to all of the restrictions and entitled to all the rights set forth therein.

2. Representations, Warranties, and other Covenants of Seller. Each Stockholder hereby represent, warrants, and covenants to the Company that: (i) it has full power and authority to enter into this Joinder Agreement and assume the rights and obligations under each of the CareDx Investor Agreements, and (ii) it has read and understands each of the CareDx Investor Agreements, and has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of it’s choice regarding each of the CareDx Investor Agreements.

3. Miscellaneous . This Joinder Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, written or oral. This Joinder Agreement may only be amended, modified or supplemented by written instruments signed by all parties hereto. No party may assign its rights or obligations under this Joinder Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed and construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of California. Any provision of this Joinder Agreement which is unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Joinder Agreement. This Joinder Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts and each such counterpart shall constitute an original document, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Joinder Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

CAREDX, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Peter Maag
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
STOCKHOLDER
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

[Signature Page to CareDx, Inc. Joinder Agreement]


Lock-Up Agreement

March 10, 2014

Piper Jaffray & Co.

Leerink Partners LLC

As representatives of the underwriters named

in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement

referred to below

 

c/o Piper Jaffray & Co.

800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 800

Minneapolis, MN 55402

 

c/o Leerink Partners LLC

One Federal Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

 

Re: CareDx, Inc. – Lock-Up Agreement (the “ Agreement ”)

Dear Sirs:

As an inducement to the underwriters (the “ Underwriters ”) to execute an Underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ) providing for a public offering (the “ Offering ”) of common stock (the “ Common Stock ), of CareDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor (by merger, change of name or otherwise) thereto (the “ Company ), the undersigned hereby agrees that without, in each case, the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray & Co. and Leerink Partners LLC (the “ Representatives ”) during the period specified in the second succeeding paragraph (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not: (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, securities which may be held as a custodian and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) whether now owned or hereafter acquired (the “ Undersigned’s Securities ”); (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Undersigned’s Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

The undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions preclude the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be


expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Undersigned’s Securities even if such Securities would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include without limitation any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to any of the Undersigned’s Securities or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from the Undersigned’s Securities.

The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Agreement and continue and include the date 180 days after the date of the final prospectus used to sell Common Stock in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if both (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration, and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter that are applicable to the transferor, to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer. The undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Common Stock that the undersigned may purchase in the offering.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Securities (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, (iii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity (1) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment fund, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned or (2) distributions of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of the undersigned, (iv) if the undersigned is a trust, transfers to the beneficiary of such trust, (v) transfers by testate succession or intestate succession or (vi) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided, in the case of clauses (i)-(v), that (x) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (y) the transferee agrees in writing with the Underwriters to be bound by the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and (z) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer. For purposes of this Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) the exercise (including by means of a cashless exercise) of stock options granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans; provided that it shall apply to any of the Undersigned’s Securities issued upon such exercise, (ii) the establishment of any contract, instruction or plan (a “ Plan ”) that satisfies all of the requirements of


Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) under the Exchange Act; provided that no sales of the Undersigned’s Securities shall be made pursuant to such a Plan prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, and such a Plan may only be established if no public announcement of the establishment or existence thereof and no filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authority in respect thereof or transactions thereunder or contemplated thereby, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, shall be required, and no such announcement or filing is made voluntarily, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, or (iii) transactions related to shares of Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period in connection with subsequent sales of Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of shares of Common Stock if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

Whether or not the Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that upon request, the undersigned will execute and additional documents necessary to ensure the validity or enforcement of this Agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

The undersigned understands that the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Agreement if (i) the Company notifies the Underwriters that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, or (iii) the Offering is not completed by December 31, 2014.

The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Offering in reliance upon this Agreement.


This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Printed Name of Holder
By:  

 

  Signature

 

Printed Name of Person Signing

(and indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

[ Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement ]


NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION AGREEMENT

THIS NONCOMPETITION AND NONSOLICITATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of May [    ], 2014 by and between CareDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Purchaser ”), and [Newco, Inc.], a Delaware corporation (“ Newco ”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Merger Agreement (as defined below).

RECITALS

A. Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Purchaser, Monitor Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Purchaser (“ Merger Sub ”), ImmuMetrix, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Mattias Westman as the Holders’ Agent, have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 17, 2014 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), pursuant to which Merger Sub shall merge with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”).

B. In connection with the Merger and prior to the closing of the Merger, Newco and Company will enter into an Asset Transfer Agreement, dated as of May     , 2014 (the “ ATA ”), pursuant to which the Company will transfer certain Transferred Assets of the Company (described in the ATA).

C. It is a condition to the Parties’ (as defined in the Merger Agreement) obligations to the Merger Agreement that Newco enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Effectiveness . This Agreement shall be effective as of the Closing (as defined in the Merger Agreement). To the extent the Merger Agreement is terminated for any reason prior to the Closing, this Agreement shall immediately upon termination of the Merger Agreement terminate in its entirety without ever having become effective and it shall be null and void in all respects.

2. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Closing Date ” means the date on which the Closing occurs.

(b) “ Restricted Business ” means the development, commercialization, licensing, marketing or sale of products or services that utilize either cell-free DNA detection or immune repertoire profiling (“ cfDNA/IR Products ”) specifically for the diagnosis and clinical management of solid organ and bone marrow transplant recipients or pre-transplant patients who are on a designated transplant waiting list (“ Transplant Patients ”), but excluding the detection, diagnosis or clinical management of cancer, or conditions that are a precursor to cancer.

(c) Restricted Business does not include the development, commercialization, licensing or sale of cfDNA/IR Products for the non-transplant patient population that also have utility for transplant patients (such as a diagnostic for infectious disease intended for a non-transplant patient population but which is useful also for transplant recipients) and are sold to or used by


Transplant Patients, provided that such products are not marketed specifically for use by transplant or pre-transplant patients. For avoidance of doubt, Restricted Business does include (i) development, commercialization, licensing or sale of products used for assessing whether a solid organ transplant or bone marrow transplant is or will be rejected, (ii) developing products targeted specifically at transplant recipients.

(d) “ Restricted Employee ” mean the current and future employees of Purchaser and Company.

(e) “ Restricted Territory ” means each and every country, province, state, city, or other political subdivision of the world in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is currently engaged, or currently plans to engage in a Restricted Business.

(f) “ Restriction Period ” means (i) with respect to the obligations in Section 3(a), the period from the Closing Date until three (3) years after the Closing Date, and (ii) with respect to the obligations in Section 3(b), the period from the Closing Date until one (1) year after the Closing Date.

3. Noncompetition; Nonsolicitation .

(a) During the Restriction Period, Newco shall not in any manner within the Restricted Territory, directly or indirectly through its officers, employees, agents and representatives, engage in the Restricted Business. Newco shall further refrain from, including through persons or entities that Newco directly or indirectly controls, intentionally enabling or assisting third parties (other than Purchaser or the Company) to engage in the Restricted Business. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(a) or elsewhere in this Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control (as defined below), the restrictions set forth in this Section 3(a) with respect to engaging in the Restricted Business shall apply only to Newco or members of the Newco Company Group and shall not apply to the rest of the entity acquiring Newco (the “ Acquiror ”) or any member of the Acquiring Company Group, so long as the Acquiror or member of the Acquiring Company Group does not make material use of the of the Transferred Intellectual Property (as defined in the ATA) and proprietary know-how of Newco (“ Segregated Technology ”) in developing or commercializing cfDNA/IR Products. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if rights to Segregated Technology were granted to the Acquiror in compliance with this Section 3(a) prior to and independently of Acquiror’s acquisition of Newco, then the use of such Segregated Technology in accordance with such grant shall not be deemed use of Segregated Technology for purposes of this Section 3(a).

(b) During the Restriction Period, Newco shall not, directly or indirectly (including without limitation through any affiliate of Newco or any other person) solicit, attempt to solicit or encourage any Restricted Employee to leave his or her employment, consulting or independent contractor relationship with the Company or the Purchaser or any other of Purchaser’s affiliates.

(c) As used in this section, “ Acquiring Company Group ” means all affiliates of the Acquiror immediately prior to Acquiror’s acquisition of Newco; “ Newco Company Group ” means Newco, together with any entity that was its affiliate immediately prior to the acquisition of Newco by the Acquiror, and “ Change in Control ” means the consummation of a merger or consolidation of Newco with any other corporation or entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of Newco outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of Newco or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the consummation of the sale or disposition by Newco of all or substantially all of Newco’s assets.

(d) Newco will not hinder the Purchaser’s efforts to obtain access to the Quake/Valentine tissue samples and other transplant tissue samples held by Stanford and used in the Company’s research activities.

 

2


4. Understanding of Covenants .

(a) Newco acknowledges and agrees that Newco (i) is familiar with and has carefully considered the covenants set forth above in this Agreement, (ii) is fully aware of Newco’s obligations hereunder, (iii) is in possession of the Confidential Information, and pursuant to the ATA following the Closing Date will continue to have access to Confidential Information, (iv) understands that one of the material inducements for Purchaser to enter into the Merger Agreement and performance of its obligations thereunder, including making a cash contribution to Newco, (v) Newco agrees that the restrictions set forth herein are reasonable in consideration of the benefits Newco will receive pursuant to the Merger Agreement and the ATA, (vi) agrees that Company currently conducts, or is planning to conduct, business throughout the United States and worldwide, and (vii) that such covenants are separately bargained-for consideration and are material inducements to Purchaser to enter into the Merger Agreement.

(b) Newco agrees that the covenants set forth above in this Agreement do not confer a benefit upon Company disproportionate to the detriment of Newco. Newco represents that the execution of this Agreement, and the performance of Newco’s obligations under this Agreement, do not and will not conflict with, or result in a violation or breach of, any other agreement to which Newco is a party or any judgment, order or decree to which Newco is subject. Newco represents that Newco has all necessary authority to execute this Agreement.

5. Injunctive Relief . Each Party agrees that any breach by the other of this Agreement would cause immediate and irreparable harm to the non-breaching Party, that such harm would be difficult or impossible to measure, and that damages for the non-breaching Party would therefore be an inadequate remedy for any such breach. Therefore, each Party agrees that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, Purchaser or Newco (whichever is seeking to enforce this Agreement) shall be entitled to seek an injunction restraining the Party in breach (or threatened to be in breach, as the case may be) from the conduct which would constitute a breach of this Agreement, specific performance and/or other appropriate relief in order to enforce and prevent any violations of this Agreement.

6. Non-Exclusive . The rights and remedies of Purchaser hereunder are not exclusive of or limited by any other rights or remedies that Purchaser may have, whether at law, in equity, by contract or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights and remedies of Purchaser hereunder, and the obligations and liabilities of Newco hereunder, are in addition to their respective rights, remedies, obligations and liabilities under the law of unfair competition, misappropriation of trade secrets and the like. This Agreement does not limit Newco’s obligations or Purchaser’s rights (or any present or future affiliate of Purchaser) under the terms of any other agreement between Newco and Purchaser or Company.

7. Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims, consents and other communications that are required or otherwise delivered hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) personally delivered; (b) sent by nationally recognized overnight courier; (c) mailed by registered or certified mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested; or (d) transmitted by facsimile or telecopy (with a copy of such transmission

 

3


concurrently transmitted by registered or certified mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested), to the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified by like notice):

(a) if to Newco, to:

[INSERT NAME]

[                    ]

[                    ]

Attention: [                    ]

Facsimile: [                    ]

(b) if to Purchaser, to:

CareDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Boulevard

Brisbane, California 94005

Attention: Peter Maag

Facsimile No.: (415) 287-2300

Telephone No.: (415) 287-2450

8. Governing Law; Disputes; Consent to Jurisdiction.

(a) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic Laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of California or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of California.

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction . Each of the Parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of any California state court, or, if no such state court has proper jurisdiction, the Federal court of the United States of America, sitting in Santa Clara County, California, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any Legal Proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment relating thereto.

9. Amendments, Modifications and Waivers . No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by authorized officer of Purchaser and Newco. No waiver by Purchaser of any default, misrepresentation or breach hereunder by Newco, whether intentional or not, shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation or breach hereunder by Newco.

10. Independent Counsel . Each Party acknowledges that it has been represented by independent counsel of its choice, or has had the opportunity to be represented by independent counsel of its choice, and that to the extent, if any, that it desired, has availed itself of this right and opportunity throughout all negotiations that have preceded the execution of this Agreement, and that it has executed the same with the consent and upon the advice of such independent counsel. Accordingly, any rule of law or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the drafting Party has no application and is expressly waived.

 

4


11. Integration . This Agreement is based on the premises and mutual promises contained herein and also upon the ATA and Merger Agreement. This Agreement, and the ATA and Merger Agreement upon which this Agreement is based, are the entire agreement of the parties pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement, and all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, agreements, understandings, or representations, whether written or oral, that pertain to the subject matter of this Agreement, are expressly superseded hereby and are of no further force and effect. Each of the parties acknowledges that it has not relied on any promise, representation or warranty, expressed or implied, not contained in this Agreement, the ATA or the Merger Agreement. Newco understands and agrees that he has had an opportunity to seek his own counsel in his review of this Agreement.

12. Assignment . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and/or personal representatives, provided that neither this Agreement nor any interest herein shall be assigned or otherwise transferred, by operation of law or otherwise, by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party (which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably). Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this Agreement, without the written consent of the other Party, (a) to an Affiliate to whom the ATA is assigned, provided that the assigning Party guarantees the performance of this Agreement by such Affiliate, or (b) to a successor to all or substantially all of such assigning Party’s assets (whether by asset purchase, merger or otherwise), provided that any such assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Any assignment of this Agreement in contravention of this Section 12 shall be null and void. Nothing in this Agreement shall confer, whether expressly or by implication, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any person or entity other than the Parties, affiliates of Purchaser and the respective permitted successors and assigns of any of the foregoing.

13. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. Upon such determination that any such provision is illegal, void or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

14. Counterparts; Signatures . The Parties may execute this Agreement in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but both of which together shall constitute but one agreement. The delivery of a signature to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic mail shall be sufficient for all purposes between the Parties.

[signature page follows]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

“NEWCO”     By:  

 

      Bruce Hironaka
      Chief Executive Officer
“PURCHASER”      
CARE DX, INC.      
    By:  

 

      Peter Maag
      Chief Executive Officer

 

6


May     , 2014

 

  Re: CareDx, Inc. Board Observer Rights

Dear Stephen,

In connection with the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 17, 2014, by and among CareDx, Inc. (the “ Company ”), Monitor Acquisition Corporation, ImmuMetrix, Inc. and Mattias Westman as the Holders’ Agent (the “ Merger Agreement ”), the Holders’ Agent is entitled to appoint a board observer (the “ Observer ”) to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) on behalf of the Indemnifying Securityholders (as defined in the Merger Agreement). The effective date of this agreement shall be the Closing Date as defined in the Merger Agreement. You have been selected by the Holders’ Agent and approved by the Board to serve as the Observer, subject to the following:

1. The Company shall invite the Observer, and the Observer shall have the right, to attend all sessions of all meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors (other than Closed Sessions (as defined below)), including the right to participate in any telephonic meetings of the Board of Directors. The Observer shall be provided with notice of meetings in the same manner and at the same time as members of the Board of Directors and shall be provided with any materials distributed to the Board of Directors in connection with such meetings (other than such portions of materials that relate solely to the Closed Session(s)). Board materials that are sent to the directors, including copies of all minutes, consents and other materials (other than such portions of materials that relate solely to the Closed Session(s)) shall at the same time be sent by the Company via email to the Observer. The foregoing visitation and information rights will not apply to any Closed Sessions of any meeting or teleconference of the Board of Directors. For purposes of this letter, a “ Closed Session ” shall mean that part of any meeting or teleconference of the Board of Directors where a majority of the Board of Directors determines in good faith that (i) the exclusion of observers is necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, (ii) to protect trade secrets or (iii) access to such information or attendance at such meeting would result in a conflict of interest between Observer and the Company.

2. The rights set forth in this letter shall terminate upon (i) Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 or any successor form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of the common stock of the Company for the account of the Company to the public with gross proceeds to the Company in excess of $30,000,000, or (iii) removal and replacement of Observer by the Holders’ Agent, in which case the new observer shall be entitled to all the rights set forth herein as if such new observer were the original Observer party hereto.

3. The Observer acknowledges that the information received by Observer pursuant to this letter agreement shall be treated as confidential information of the Company under the terms of the Consulting Agreement between the Company and the Observer.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Letter as of the date first written above.

 

CAREDX, INC.

 

Peter Maag, Chief Executive Officer

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:
STEPHEN R. QUAKE

 

[Signature Page to Board Observer Letter]

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

XD X , INC.

XDx, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

A. The name of the corporation is XDx, Inc. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name “Hippocratic Engineering, Inc.,” which was later changed to “Expression Diagnostics, Inc.,” and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is December 21, 1998.

B. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends and restates the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation.

C. The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

ONE. The name of the corporation is XDx, Inc. (the “Corporation” or the “Company”).

TWO. The name and address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THREE. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Immediately prior to the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each previously outstanding share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series F-1 Preferred Stock and Series G-1 Preferred Stock was converted into Common Stock pursuant to an action by written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock and Section SIX.B. of the Certificate of Incorporation then in effect. Pursuant to Section NINE of the Certificate, all such


converted Preferred Stock was cancelled and is no longer available for issuance. Immediately upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all remaining authorized shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, Series C-1 Preferred Stock, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, Series E-1 Preferred Stock, Series F-1 Preferred Stock and Series G-1 Preferred Stock shall be converted into Common Stock and the authorized number of shares of each such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced to zero.

This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) and 43,963,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which 14,078,616 shares are designated Series G Preferred (the “Series G Preferred”), 10,027,435 shares are designated Series F Preferred (the “Series F Preferred”), 5,872,664 shares are designated Series E Preferred (the “Series E Preferred”), 6,614,857 shares are designated Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred”), 5,828,660 shares are designated Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred”), 994,768 shares are designated Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”) and 546,000 shares are designated Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred”). The Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred are referred to collectively as the “Preferred Stock.” The Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall each have a par value of $0.001 per share.

The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Preferred Stock are as follows:

FOUR. Dividends. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available therefor, at the annual rate of $0.175, $0.543, $0.175, $0.233, $0.324, $0.359 and $0.223 per share of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred, respectively, held by them (each as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, and similar events) prior and in preference to the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution (payable other than in Common Stock) with respect to the Common Stock per calendar year, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”). Such dividends shall not be cumulative and no right to such dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock unless declared by the Board. No dividends or other distributions shall be made in any calendar year with respect to the Common Stock, other than dividends payable solely in Common Stock, unless dividends shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment, on account of all shares of Preferred Stock then issued and outstanding, at the aforesaid rate for such calendar year.

FIVE. Liquidation Preference.

A. Series G Preferred Preference.  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary (each a “Liquidation Event”), the holders of Series G Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of the Series F Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series A Preferred or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the amount of $3.18

 

2


per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, and similar events) for each share of Series G Preferred then held and, in addition, an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series G Preferred. If the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series G Preferred are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series G Preferred in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Article FIVE, Section A.

B. Series F Preferred Preference.  In the event of any Liquidation Event, after payment to the holders of the Series G Preferred of the amounts set forth in Section A above, the holders of Series F Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of the Series E Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series A Preferred or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the amount of $5.124 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, and similar events) for each share of Series F Preferred then held and, in addition, an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series F Preferred. If the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series F Preferred are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution after the payment in full of all amounts required to be paid under Section A above shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series F Preferred in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Article FIVE, Section B.

C. Series D and E Preferred Preference. In the event of any Liquidation Event, after payment to the holders of the Series G Preferred and the Series F Preferred of the amounts set forth in Sections A and B above, the holders of Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the amounts of $3.33 and $4.63 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, and similar events) for each share of Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred, respectively, then held and, in addition, an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred. If the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution after the payment in full of all amounts required to be paid under Sections A and B above shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Article FIVE, Section C.

D. Other Preferred Preference. In the event of any Liquidation Event, after payment to the holders of the Series G Preferred, the Series F Preferred, the Series E Preferred and the Series D Preferred of the amounts set forth in Sections A, B and C above, the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation

 

3


to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the amounts of $2.50, $7.75, and $2.50 per share for each share of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred, respectively, then held (each as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, and similar events) and, in addition, an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred, respectively. If the assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution after the payment in full of all amounts required to be paid under Sections A, B and C above shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Article FIVE, Section D.

E. Remaining Assets. After payment to the holders of the Preferred Stock of the amounts set forth in Sections A, B, C and D above, the remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

F. Reorganization or Merger. For purposes of this Article FIVE and Article EIGHT, a “Liquidation Event” shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation) to which the Corporation is party, other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions and (ii) a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, including without limitation, the exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Company’s intellectual property.

G. Non-Cash Consideration.  If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any Liquidation Event are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board, except that any securities to be distributed to stockholders in a Liquidation Event shall be valued as follows:

1. The method of valuation of securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability shall be as follows:

(i) if the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market or Nasdaq Small Cap Market (or a similar quotation system), then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing sale prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the distribution; and

 

4


(ii) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; and

(iii) if there is no active public market, then the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board.

2. The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in subsections (i), (ii) or (iii) of Section G.1 above to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board.

H. Consent to Certain Distributions . As authorized by Section 402.5(c) of the California Corporations Code, if Section 502 or Section 503 of the California Corporations Code is applicable to a payment made by the Corporation, then such applicable section or sections shall not apply (i) if such payment is a payment made by the Corporation in connection with repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries at a price not greater than the amount paid by such person for such shares upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, or (ii) to repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right.

SIX. Conversion. The holders of Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

A. Right to Convert.  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of and without the payment of any additional consideration by the holder thereof, at any time into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Issuance Price (as defined below) by the applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The Issuance Price for the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred shall be $2.50, $2.50, $2.50, $3.18, $3.18, $3.18 and $3.18, respectively. The Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred shall initially be $2.50, $1.96099857, $2.50, $3.18, $3.18, $3.18 and $3.18, respectively, subject to adjustment as provided below. The number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of a particular series of Preferred Stock is convertible is hereinafter referred to as the “Conversion Rate” of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred, as applicable.

B. Automatic Conversion.  Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then-effective Conversion Rate (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 or any successor form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public with aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation in excess of

 

5


$45,000,000 and a pre-money valuation (defined as the product of (A) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of such offering, treating all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock as converted into Common Stock, multiplied by (B) the price to public in such offering), of at least $225,000,000, or (ii) upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as converted basis.

C. Mechanics of Conversion.  Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock and to receive certificates therefor, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same; provided , however , that in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section B above, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided , further , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such automatic conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with the loss of such certificates. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or such agreement and indemnification in the case of a lost certificate, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which the holder shall be entitled and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock, plus any declared or accumulated but unpaid dividends on such converted Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, or in the case of automatic conversion in connection with an underwritten public offering, immediately prior to the closing of the offering, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date, provided , however , that if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of such transaction or upon the occurrence of such event, in which case the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of the sale of such securities.

 

6


D. Adjustments to Conversion Price for Dilutive Issues .

1. Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section D, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “ Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities (defined below).

(ii) “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series G Preferred was issued by the Corporation.

(iii) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares (other than the Common Stock) or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(iv) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section D.2, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation, other than:

(A) shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(B) shares issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets, or other reorganization in each case approved by the Board;

(C) shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock (or related options) issued to employees, officers, directors, consultants, or other persons performing bona fide services for the Corporation pursuant to any stock purchase or stock option plans or agreements or arrangement approved by the Board;

(D) shares issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit transactions, lease of equipment, or similar transactions, the primary purpose of which is other than equity financing, as approved by the Board;

(E) shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock issued in connection with any stock split or stock dividend by the Corporation;

(F) shares of the Corporation’s capital stock issued pursuant to options, warrants, notes or other rights to acquire securities of the Corporation outstanding on the date of this Certificate; and

(G) shares issued in a public offering in connection with which all of the Preferred Stock will be automatically converted pursuant to Section B.

2. Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including, without limitation, the passage of time

 

7


and without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that Additional Shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed to have been issued unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section D.5 hereof) of such Additional Shares of Common Stock would be less than the applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock, in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, or such record date, as the case may be, and provided further that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

(i) except pursuant to subsection (ii) below, no further adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(ii) if any Options or Convertible Securities (whether or not they were deemed Additional Shares of Common Stock when issued) by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

(iii) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(A) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common Stock issued were shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

(B) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been then issued was the consideration

 

8


actually received by the Corporation for the issue of all such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

(iv) no readjustment pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (A) the Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (B) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

3. Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section D.2 hereof) after the Original Issue Date without consideration or for consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then and in such event, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest hundredth of a cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue (including shares issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any outstanding Options or Convertible Securities, as the case may be) plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue; and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue (including shares issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of any outstanding Options or Convertible Securities, as the case may be) plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

4. Reserved .

5. Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section D, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(i) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

(A) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation;

(B) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board irrespective of any accounting treatment, except that any securities shall be valued as provided in Article FIVE, Section G.1.

(C) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (A) and (B) above, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

9


(ii) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section D.2 hereof, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

(A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

(B) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

E. Fractional Shares.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder of Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled upon conversion to Common Stock, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as determined by the Board. Whether or not fractional shares are issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock of each holder at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion.

F. Adjustment of Conversion Price . After the date of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

1. If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the date hereof is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or by a subdivision or split-up of shares of Common Stock, then, on the date such payment is made or such change is effective, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of any shares of such series of Preferred Stock shall be increased in proportion to such increase of outstanding shares. The provisions of this Section F.1 shall similarly apply to successive stock dividends, subdivisions and stock splits.

2. If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the date hereof is decreased by a combination or reclassification of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, on the effective date of such combination or reclassification, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock shall be proportionately increased so that the

 

10


number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of any shares of such series of Preferred Stock shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares. The provisions of this Section F.2 shall similarly apply to successive combinations or reclassifications.

3. In case the Corporation shall declare a cash dividend upon its Common Stock payable otherwise than out of retained earnings or shall distribute to holders of its Common Stock shares of its capital stock (other than Common Stock), stock or other securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights (excluding options to purchase and rights to subscribe for Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock), then, in each such case, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall, concurrently with the distribution to holders of Common Stock, receive a like distribution based upon the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock is then convertible. The provisions of this Section F.3 shall similarly apply to successive dividends and distributions.

4. In case, at any time after the date hereof, of any capital reorganization, or any reclassification of the stock of the Corporation (other than as a result of a stock dividend or subdivision, split-up or combination of shares covered by the sections above), or the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another person (other than a Liquidation Event), the shares of Preferred Stock shall, after such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or other disposition, be convertible into the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the surviving corporation or otherwise to which such holder would have been entitled if immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale or other disposition such holder had converted its shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock. The provisions of this Section F.4 shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, reclassification, consolidations, mergers, sales or other dispositions.

5. All calculations under this Section F shall be made to the nearest hundredth of a cent.

G. Minimal Adjustments . No adjustment in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock need be made if such adjustment would result in a change in the Conversion Price of less than $0.0001. Any adjustment of less than $0.0001 which is not made shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with any subsequent adjustment which, on a cumulative basis, amounts to an adjustment of $0.0001 or more in the Conversion Price.

H. No Impairment . The Corporation will not, through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Article SIX and the other Articles hereof and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment. This provision shall not restrict the Corporation’s right to amend its Certificate of Incorporation with the requisite stockholder consent.

 

11


I. Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Rate pursuant to this Article SIX, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) all such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Rate at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock.

J. Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock at least twenty (20) days prior to such record date, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right. In the event that the Corporation shall propose at any time to effect a Liquidation Event, then the Corporation shall mail to all holders of Preferred Stock at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of such Liquidation Event, a notice specifying the date on which the Liquidation Event will occur and describing the material terms of such Liquidation Event.

K. Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate.

L. Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Article SIX to be given to any holder of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given five (5) days following its deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address appearing on the Corporation’s books.

 

12


SEVEN . Voting Rights .

A. Generally . The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of such Preferred Stock could be converted on the record date for the vote or written consent of stockholders and, except as otherwise required by law, shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock. The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation and shall vote with holders of the Common Stock upon all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as required by law or set forth herein. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares of Common Stock into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be disregarded. The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

B. Authorized Number of Shares of Common Stock . Subject to Article EIGHT hereof, pursuant to Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the authorized number of shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not decreased below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock, voting as a separate class.

C. Directors .

(i) Number of Directors . Except to the extent the size of the Board may be reduced by Section C(iii), there shall be eight (8) directors of the Corporation.

(ii) Election by Class . The directors shall be elected as follows:

(A) Three directors (the “Series C Directors”) shall be elected by the holders of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, voting together as a separate class.

(B) One director (the “Series D and Series E Director”) shall be elected by the holders of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred, voting together as a single class.

(C) One director (the “Series F and Series G Director”) shall be elected by the holders of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred, voting together as a single class.

 

13


(D) Three directors (the “Joint Directors”) shall be elected by the holders of the outstanding shares Common Stock, Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, voting together as a single class, on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

(iii) Removal of Directors, Reduction of Number of Directors .

(A) If at any time there are fewer than 100,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events) of Series C Preferred outstanding (i) the right of the holders of the shares of Series C Preferred to elect the Series C Directors will terminate, (ii) the term of office of the Series C Directors will automatically terminate, and (iii) the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by three. In addition, a Series C Director may be removed by vote or written consent of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred then outstanding, voting as a separate series; provided , however , that such Series C Director may not be removed under this sentence (unless the entire board is removed) when the votes cast against removal, or not consenting in writing to the removal, would be sufficient to elect such Series C Director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if the action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of Series C Directors authorized at the time of the Series C Director’s most recent election were then being elected.

(B) If at any time there are fewer than 100,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events) of Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred outstanding (i) the right of the holders of the shares of Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred to elect the Series D and Series E Director will terminate, (ii) the term of office of the Series D and Series E Director will automatically terminate, and (iii) the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by one. In addition, the Series D and Series E Director may be removed by vote or written consent of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred then outstanding, voting as a single class; provided , however , that such Series D and Series E Director may not be removed under this sentence (unless the entire board is removed) when the votes cast against removal, or not consenting in writing to the removal, would be sufficient to elect such Series D and Series E Director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if the action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of Series D and Series E Director authorized at the time of the Series D and Series E Director’s most recent election were then being elected.

(C) If at any time there are fewer than 100,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events) of Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred outstanding (i) the right of the holders of the shares of Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred to elect the Series F and Series G Director will terminate, (ii) the term of office of the Series F and Series G Director will automatically terminate, and (iii) the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by one. In addition, a Series F and Series G Director may be removed by vote or written consent of a majority of the shares of Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred then outstanding, voting as a single class; provided , however , that such Series F and Series G Director may not be removed under this sentence (unless the entire board is removed) when the votes cast against removal, or not consenting in writing to the removal, would be sufficient to elect such Series F and Series G Director if voted

 

14


cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if the action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of Series F and Series G Director authorized at the time of the Series F and Series G Director’s most recent election were then being elected.

(D) A Joint Director may be removed by vote or written consent of a majority of the shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis; provided , however , that a Joint Director may not be removed (unless the entire Board is removed) when the votes cast against removal, or not consenting in writing to the removal, would be sufficient to elect such Joint Director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if the action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of Joint Directors authorized at the time of the Joint Director’s most recent election were then being elected.

(iv) Vacancies .

(A) In the event of a vacancy on the Board created by the resignation, death, or removal of a Series C Director, such vacancy shall be filled: (i) by the Board upon receipt by the Board of, and in accordance with, written consents specifying the new director to fill such vacancy and signed by the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred then outstanding, or (ii) by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred then outstanding.

(B) In the event of a vacancy on the Board created by the resignation, death, or removal of the Series D and Series E Director, such vacancy shall be filled: (i) by the Board upon receipt by the Board of, and in accordance with, written consents specifying the new director to fill such vacancy and signed by the holders of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred then outstanding, or (ii) by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred then outstanding.

(C) In the event of a vacancy on the Board created by the resignation, death, or removal of the Series F and Series G Director, such vacancy shall be filled: (i) by the Board upon receipt by the Board of, and in accordance with, written consents specifying the new director to fill such vacancy and signed by the holders of a majority of the shares of Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred then outstanding, or (ii) by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Series F Preferred and Series G then outstanding.

(D) In the event of a vacancy on the Board created by the resignation, death, or removal of a Joint Director, such vacancy shall be filled by the Board only upon receipt by the Board of, and in accordance with, a written consent specifying the new director to fill such vacancy and signed by the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as-converted-to-Common Stock basis.

 

15


EIGHT. Protective Provisions .

A. In addition to any other class vote that may be required by law, this Corporation shall not (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted basis:

1. repurchase, redeem, or retire, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock except repurchases of Common Stock at no greater than cost held by officers, employees, directors or consultants whose services to the Corporation have been terminated and (i) who were party to an agreement with the Corporation prior to such termination that provided for such repurchase or (ii) where such transaction is approved by the Board;

2. effect a Liquidation Event;

3. alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of any series of the Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect such shares or effect a merger, combination or other corporate transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock would be changed in any way or pursuant to which the Preferred Stock will be exchanged for new securities having different rights, preferences or privileges.

4. increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock (or any series thereof) or Common Stock;

5. authorize the issuance of securities having rights, preferences or restrictions senior to or pari passu with any series of Preferred Stock in any respect;

6. increase or decrease the size of the Board, except as provided in Article SEVEN, Section C(iii);

7. amend the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation; and

8. amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

B. Section A notwithstanding, this Corporation shall not increase or decrease the aggregate number of Common Shares authorized without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class; provided, however, that in no case shall this Corporation decrease the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding.

C. The Corporation shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a 66 2/3% of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, take any action that would alter the rights, preferences or privileges of, or adversely affect, the Series F Preferred Stock or Series G Preferred Stock.

 

16


NINE . Status of Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Article SIX hereof, the shares so converted shall be canceled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction of the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

TEN . The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ELEVEN . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

TWELVE . The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

THIRTEEN . Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide.

The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provisions contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

FOURTEEN. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person or his or her testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

FIFTEEN. Advance notice of new business and stockholder nomination for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

17


SIXTEEN. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

* * *

D. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of this Corporation.

E. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, XDx, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the President in Brisbane, California this 31st day of October, 2011.

 

XDX, INC.
By:   /s/ Pierre Cassigneul
  Pierre Cassigneul, President


XDx, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

XDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is XDx, Inc. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name “Hippocratic Engineering, Inc.” The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 21, 1998.

2. Article I of the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (the “ Certificate ”) of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“The name of this Corporation shall be CareDx, Inc.”

3. This Amendment of the Corporation’s Certificate has been duly authorized and adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, XDx, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by Peter Maag, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on March 24, 2014.

 

XDX, INC.
By:  

/s/ Peter Maag

  Peter Maag,
  Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

XDx, INC.

The undersigned, Peter Maag, hereby certifies as follows:

1. He is the duly elected Chief Executive Officer of XDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

2. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 21, 1998.

3. This Certificate of Amendment of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

4. ARTICLE SEVEN, Paragraph C(i) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(i) Number of Directors. Except to the extent the size of the Board may be reduced by Section C(iii), there shall be eleven (11) directors of the Corporation.”

5. ARTICLE SEVEN, Paragraph C(ii)(E) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(E) Three directors (the “Mutual Directors”) shall be elected by the holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, XDx, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by Peter Maag, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on November 6, 2012.

/s/ Peter Maag

Peter Maag

Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

XDX, INC.

XDx, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

1. The name of the corporation is XDx, Inc. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name “Hippocratic Engineering, Inc.,” which was later changed to “Expression Diagnostics, Inc.,” which was later changed to “XDx, Inc.” and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is December 21, 1998.

2. This Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

3. The terms and provisions of this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation have been duly approved by written consent of the required number of shares of outstanding stock of the Corporation pursuant to Subsection 228(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and written notice pursuant to Subsection 228(e) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware has been or will be given to those stockholders whose written consent has not been obtained.

4. The third paragraph of Article Three of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 53,000,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) and 43,963,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which 14,078,616 shares are designated Series G Preferred (the “Series G Preferred”), 10,027,435 shares are designated Series F Preferred (the “Series F Preferred”), 5,872,664 shares are designated Series E Preferred (the “Series E Preferred”), 6,614,857 shares are designated Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred”), 5,828,660 shares are designated Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred”), 994,768 shares are designated Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”) and 546,000 shares are designated Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred”). The Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred, Series F Preferred and Series G Preferred are referred to collectively as the “Preferred Stock.” The Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall each have a par value of $0.001 per share. “


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Amendment has been signed this 9 th day of August 2012.

 

XDX, INC.
By:   /s/ Matthew J. Meyer
Name:   Matthew J. Meyer
Title:   Chief Business Officer

 

2


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

XDx, INC.

The undersigned, Pierre Cassigneul, hereby certifies as follows:

1. He is the duly elected President and Chief Executive Officer of XDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

2. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 21, 1998.

3. This Certificate of Amendment of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

4. ARTICLE SEVEN, Paragraph C(i) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(i) Number of Directors. Except to the extent the size of the Board may be reduced by Section C(iii), there shall be eight (8) or nine (9) directors of the Corporation, with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board.”

5. A new Paragraph C(ii)(E) shall be added to ARTICLE SEVEN of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and shall read in its entirety as follows:

“(E) If the board size is set at nine (9), one director (the “Mutual Director”) shall be elected by the holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, XDx, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by Pierre Cassigneul, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on December 5, 2011.

 

/s/ Pierre Cassigneul

Pierre Cassigneul

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

CAREDX, INC.

CareDx, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), certifies that:

A. The name of the corporation is CareDx, Inc. The corporation was originally incorporated under the name “Hippocratic Engineering, Inc.,” and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is December 21, 1998.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation.

C. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly approved by the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

D. The text of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, XDx, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Peter Maag, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on                  , 2014.

 

 

Peter Maag, Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is CareDx, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE III

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE IV

4.1 Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 110,000,000 shares, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, having a par value of $0.001 (the “ Common Stock ”), and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, having a par value of $0.001 (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

4.2 Increase or Decrease in Authorized Capital Stock . The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased.

4.3 Common Stock .

(a) The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter on which the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise required by law or this certificate of incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ” which term, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock), and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, powers, designations, preferences, or relative participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, voting rights), or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, by any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

-1-


(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the Corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of any assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

(c) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock in respect thereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

4.4 Preferred Stock .

(a) The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions and to set forth in a certification of designations filed pursuant to the DGCL the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participation, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

(b) The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

5.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

5.2 Number of Directors; Election; Term .

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely by resolution of the majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term “ Whole Board ” will mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

 

-2-


(b) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, effective upon the closing date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the initial sale of shares of common stock in the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors that constitutes the Board of Directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned by the Board of Directors among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

(d) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

5.3 Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, a director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

5.4 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, and except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been assigned by the Board of Directors and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

 

-3-


ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock required by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by any Preferred Stock Designation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws.

ARTICLE VII

7.1 No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to act by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

7.2 Special Meetings . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to call a special meeting of the holders of such series, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), and the ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting is hereby specifically denied. The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

7.3 Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

8.1 Limitation of Personal Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

8.2 Indemnification .

The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of

 

-4-


another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board.

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Any repeal or amendment of this Article VIII by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII will, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to further limit or eliminate the liability of directors) and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX

If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation (including any rights, preferences or other designations of Preferred Stock), in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL; and all rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred upon stockholders by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article IX. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of, Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII or this Article IX (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).

 

-5-

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

CAREDX, INC.,

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS XDX, INC., EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS, INC., BIOCARDIA, INC. AND

HIPPOCRATIC ENGINEERING, INC.)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  

ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1

     REGISTERED OFFICE      1   

1.2

     OTHER OFFICES      1   

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

     PLACE OF MEETINGS      1   

2.2

     ANNUAL MEETING      1   

2.3

     SPECIAL MEETING      2   

2.4

     NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      2   

2.5

     MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE      2   

2.6

     QUORUM      2   

2.7

     ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE      2   

2.8

     VOTING      3   

2.9

     WAIVER OF NOTICE      3   

2.10

     STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      3   

2.11

     RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS      3   

2.12

     PROXIES      4   

2.13

     LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE      4   

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

     5   

3.1

     POWERS      5   

3.2

     NUMBER OF DIRECTORS      5   

3.3

     ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS      5   

3.4

     RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES      5   

3.5

     PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE      6   

3.6

     FIRST MEETINGS      6   

3.7

     REGULAR MEETINGS      7   

3.8

     SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE      7   

3.9

     QUORUM      7   

3.10

     WAIVER OF NOTICE      7   

3.11

     ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE      8   

3.12

     BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING      8   

3.13

     FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS      8   

3.14

     APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS      8   

3.15

     REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS      8   

ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES

     8   

4.1

     COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS      8   

4.2

     COMMITTEE MINUTES      9   

4.3

     MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES      9   


ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     10   

5.1

     OFFICERS      10   

5.2

     ELECTION OF OFFICERS      10   

5.3

     SUBORDINATE OFFICERS      10   

5.4

     REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS      10   

5.5

     VACANCIES IN OFFICES      10   

5.6

     CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD      10   

5.7

     PRESIDENT      11   

5.8

     VICE PRESIDENT      11   

5.9

     SECRETARY      11   

5.10

     CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER      11   

5.11

     ASSISTANT SECRETARY      12   

5.12

     ASSISTANT TREASURER      12   

5.13

     AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS      12   

ARTICLE VI INDEMNITY

     12   

6.1

     INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS      12   

6.2

     INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS      13   

6.3

     INSURANCE      13   

ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS

     13   

7.1

     MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS      13   

7.2

     INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS      14   

7.3

     ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS      14   

7.4

     REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS      14   

ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS

     15   

8.1

     CHECKS      15   

8.2

     EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS      15   

8.3

     STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES      15   

8.4

     SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES      16   

8.5

     LOST CERTIFICATES      16   

8.6

     CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS      16   

8.7

     DIVIDENDS      16   

8.8

     FISCAL YEAR      17   

8.9

     SEAL      17   

8.10

     TRANSFER OF STOCK      17   

8.11

     STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS      17   

8.12

     REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS      17   

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS

     17   


BYLAWS

OF

CAREDX, INC.

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is CT Corporation.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors. In the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the 30th of May in each year at 10:00 a.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

1


2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the president, or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation. No other person or persons are permitted to call a special meeting. No business may be conducted at a special meeting other than the business brought before the meeting by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the president, or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation.

2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2


2.8 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

2.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by this chapter to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change,

 

3


conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

(i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(ii) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed.

(iii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

4


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal.

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

5


(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 FIRST MEETINGS

The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

6


3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two (2) directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone or by telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to the telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

3.9 QUORUM

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

7


3.11 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.12 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

3.13 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.14 APPROVAL OF LOANS TO OFFICERS

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

3.15 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, with each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee,

 

8


who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in the bylaws of the corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) amend the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation), (ii) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii) recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, (iv) recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (v) amend the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the board resolution establishing the committee, the bylaws or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjournment and notice of adjournment), and Section 3.12 (action without a meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

9


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, one or more assistant vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board of directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.

 

10


5.7 PRESIDENT

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the board of directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

5.8 VICE PRESIDENT

In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors, these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

5.9 SECRETARY

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and shareholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. He shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these bylaws.

5.10 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

 

11


The chief financial officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

The chief financial officer shall be the treasurer of the corporation unless otherwise designated by the board of directors.

5.11 ASSISTANT SECRETARY

The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.

5.12 ASSISTANT TREASURER

The assistant treasurer, or, if there is more than one, the assistant treasurers, in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.

5.13 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNITY

6.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably

 

12


incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “director” or “officer” of the corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

The corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or “agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

6.3 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the board of directors, keep a record of its shareholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each shareholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other

 

13


books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

7.3 ANNUAL STATEMENT TO STOCKHOLDERS

The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

7.4 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

14


ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 CHECKS

From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

8.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

8.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

15


8.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

8.7 DIVIDENDS

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

16


8.8 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

8.9 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

8.11 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of shareholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

8.12 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Subject to any voting requirements set forth in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

 

17

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

CAREDX, INC.

Adopted March 20, 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        

Page

 
ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES      1   

1.1

 

REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   

1.2

 

OTHER OFFICES

     1   
ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS      1   

2.1

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   

2.2

 

ANNUAL MEETING

     1   

2.3

 

SPECIAL MEETING

     1   

2.4

 

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2   

2.5

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     6   

2.6

 

QUORUM

     6   

2.7

 

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     6   

2.8

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     7   

2.9

 

VOTING

     7   

2.10

 

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     7   

2.11

 

RECORD DATES

     7   

2.12

 

PROXIES

     8   

2.13

 

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     8   

2.14

 

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     9   
ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS      9   

3.1

 

POWERS

     9   

3.2

 

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.3

 

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.4

 

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     10   

3.5

 

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     10   

3.6

 

REGULAR MEETINGS

     10   

3.7

 

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     11   

3.8

 

QUORUM; VOTING

     11   

3.9

 

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     11   

3.10

 

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     12   

3.11

 

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     12   
ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES      12   

4.1

 

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     12   

4.2

 

COMMITTEE MINUTES

     12   

4.3

 

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     12   

4.4

 

SUBCOMMITTEES

     13   

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

     13   

5.1

 

OFFICERS

     13   

5.2

 

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     13   

5.3

 

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     13   

5.4

 

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     14   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

        

Page

 

5.5

 

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     14   

5.6

 

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     14   

5.7

 

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.8

 

THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

     14   

5.9

 

THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

     15   

5.10

 

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

     15   

5.11

 

THE PRESIDENT

     15   

5.12

 

THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

     15   

5.13

 

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

     15   

5.14

 

THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

     16   
ARTICLE VI — STOCK      16   

6.1

 

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     16   

6.2

 

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     16   

6.3

 

LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

     17   

6.4

 

DIVIDENDS

     17   

6.5

 

TRANSFER OF STOCK

     17   

6.6

 

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     18   

6.7

 

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     18   
ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER      18   

7.1

 

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     18   

7.2

 

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     18   

7.3

 

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     19   

7.4

 

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     19   

7.5

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     19   
ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION      20   

8.1

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     20   

8.2

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     20   

8.3

 

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     21   

8.4

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS; ADVANCE PAYMENT TO OTHERS

     21   

8.5

 

ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     21   

8.6

 

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     21   

8.7

 

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     22   

8.8

 

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     22   

8.9

 

INSURANCE

     22   

8.10

 

SURVIVAL

     23   

8.11

 

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     23   

8.12

 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     23   
ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS      23   

9.1

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     23   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

        

Page

 

9.2

 

FISCAL YEAR

     23   

9.3

 

SEAL

     24   

9.4

 

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     24   
ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS      24   

 

-iii-


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of CareDx, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. References in these bylaws to the certificate of incorporation shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s then-principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors shall designate from time to time and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business, brought in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws, may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time only by (A) the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, (B) the chairperson of the board of directors, (C) the chief executive officer, or (D) the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). A special meeting of the stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders. For purposes of these Bylaws, the term “ Whole Board ” will mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought


before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors acting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer).

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business at Annual Meeting. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought by a stockholder before an annual meeting, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, and the rules and regulations thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations), clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i), above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person as of the date of delivery of such notice, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the

 

-2-


corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary at the then-principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a), above; provided additionally, however, that in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the board of directors is increased and there is no Public Announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased board made by the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination pursuant to the foregoing provisions, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) shall also be

 

-3-


considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the corporation.

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director (a “ nominee ”): (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or concerning the nominee’s potential service on the board of directors, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe fiduciary duties under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re-election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b), above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the corporation and (3) such other information that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of any such information of the kind specified in this Section 2.4(ii)(c) if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

 

-4-


(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the then-principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Any person nominated in accordance with this Section 2.4(iii) is subject to, and must comply with, the provisions of Section 2.4(ii)(c).

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

(a) a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or

(b) the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

-5-


2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued, outstanding and entitled to vote, and present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders, unless otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the then-issued and outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. The chairperson of the meeting shall have the authority to adjourn a meeting of the stockholders in all other events. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If, after the adjournment, a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

-6-


2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the board of directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

 

-7-


If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s then-principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place (as opposed to solely by means of remote communication), then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also

 

-8-


be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots, (vi) determine the result; and (vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into classes.

 

-9-


3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then-in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then-in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

 

-10-


3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of such directors.

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or DGCL, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

-11-


3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or [DCGL/applicable law], the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

A director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(vi) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

 

-12-


with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors or a committee may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section 5 for the regular election to such office.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the

 

-13-


corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors. Any such officer, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, may also be removed by an officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the corporation; provided, however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

5.8 THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

The chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the chairperson of the board. The chairperson of the board shall preside at meetings of the board of directors.

 

-14-


5.9 THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

The vice chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the vice chairperson of the board. In the case of absence or disability of the chairperson of the board, the vice chairperson of the board shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board.

5.10 THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

The chief executive officer shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, ultimate authority for decisions relating to the supervision, direction and management of the affairs and the business of the corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of chief executive officer, including, without limitation, all powers necessary to direct and control the organizational and reporting relationships within the corporation. If at any time the office of the chairperson and vice chairperson of the board shall not be filled, or in the event of the temporary absence or disability of the chairperson of the board and the vice chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

5.11 THE PRESIDENT

The president shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the board of directors, the general powers and duties of supervision, direction and management of the affairs and business of the corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of president. The president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board or the chief executive officer. In the event of the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief executive officer unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

5.12 THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

Each vice president and assistant vice president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

5.13 THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

(i) The secretary shall attend meetings of the board of directors and meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and minutes of all such proceedings in a book or books kept for such purpose. The secretary shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of secretary or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

(ii) Each assistant secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the secretary, the assistant secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary.

 

-15-


5.14 THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

(i) The chief financial officer shall be the treasurer of the corporation. The chief financial officer shall have custody of the corporation’s funds and securities, shall be responsible for maintaining the corporation’s accounting records and statements, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation, and shall deposit or cause to be deposited moneys or other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors. The chief financial officer shall also maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions of the corporation and shall assure that adequate audits thereof are currently and regularly made. The chief financial officer shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of chief financial officer, or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chairperson, the chief executive officer or the president.

(ii) Each assistant treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the chief financial officer. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the chief financial officer, the assistant treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer.

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other

 

-16-


special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, applicable law or contract.

 

-17-


6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

-18-


Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

  (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

  (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

  (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether

 

-19-


before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the board of directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the corporation or an officer of the corporation, or while a director of the corporation or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or while a director or officer of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

-20-


8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS; ADVANCE PAYMENT TO OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to advance expenses to and indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified or receive an advancement of expenses to such person or persons as the board of determines.

8.5 ADVANCE PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the corporation’s expense guidelines.

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of

 

-21-


the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law; provided, however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforcebable.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

-22-


8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

 

-23-


9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class. The board of directors, acting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board, shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however , that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-24-


CAREDX, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary or Assistant Secretary of XDx, INC., a Delaware corporation and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising 24 pages, were amended and restated on March 20, 2014 by the corporation’s board of directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his or her hand this      day of                     , 2014.

 

 

Secretary

Exhibit 4.2

Execution Copy

XDX, INC.

 

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 


Execution Copy

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  
1.    Information and Other Rights.      1   
   1.1    Annual Financial Statements      1   
   1.2    Quarterly Financial Statements      2   
   1.3    Annual Budget and Business Plan      2   
   1.4    Additional Information      2   
   1.5    Proprietary Information Agreements      2   
   1.6    Market Stand-Off      3   
   1.7    Independent Accountants      3   
   1.8    Transfer of Information Rights      3   
   1.9    Confidentiality, Right to Conduct Activities; Excluded Opportunities      3   
   1.10    Termination of Covenants      4   
   1.11    Board Observation Rights      4   
2.    Registration Rights      5   
   2.1    Certain Definitions      5   
   2.2    Demand Registration      6   
   2.3    Piggyback Registration.      8   
   2.4    Registration on Form S-3      9   
   2.5    Expenses of Registration      10   
   2.6    Registration Procedures      10   
   2.7    Delay of Registration      12   
   2.8    Indemnification      12   
   2.9    Information by Holder      14   
   2.10    Rule 144 Reporting      14   
   2.11    Transfer of Registration Rights      15   
   2.12    Standoff Agreement      15   
   2.13    Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights      15   
   2.14    Termination of Registration Rights      16   
3.    Preemptive Rights      16   
   3.1    General      16   
   3.2    Right of First Refusal      16   
   3.3    Offer After Sale to Third Parties      17   
   3.4    Expiration of Right of First Refusal      17   
4.    Miscellaneous      18   
   4.1    Waivers and Amendments      18   
   4.2    Notices      18   
   4.3    Descriptive Headings      18   
   4.4    Governing Law      18   
   4.5    Counterparts      18   
   4.6    Expenses      19   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

               Page  
   4.7    Successors and Assigns      19   
   4.8    Entire Agreement      19   
   4.9    Separability; Severability      19   
   4.10    Stock Splits      19   
   4.11    Aggregation of Stock      19   
   4.12    Additional Investors      19   

 

ii


XDX, INC.

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of July 1, 2009, as amended on March 29, 2012, by and among XDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the undersigned holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred”), Series B Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred”), Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred”), Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Preferred”), Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred”), Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F Preferred”) and Series G Preferred Stock (the “Series G Preferred”) listed on Exhibit A hereto (each an “Investor”, and collectively, the “Investors”).

Recitals

WHEREAS, the Company, and holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E Preferred and Series F Preferred have entered into that certain Fifth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2007, as amended May 16, 2008 (the “Existing Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company and certain Investors have entered into a Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of July 1, 2009 or will enter into that certain 2012 Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated on or about April 6, 2012 (each such purchase agreement, as amended, a “Series G Agreement” and together, the “Series G Agreements”);

WHEREAS, certain Investors desire to obtain certain rights (“Registration Rights”) regarding registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act (as defined below), certain preemptive rights regarding the Company’s equity offerings (“Preemptive Rights”), and certain rights to information (“Information Rights”); and

WHEREAS, as a condition of the closing of the financing provided for in the Series G Agreements, and as a material inducement to the financing of the Company provided for therein, the Company and the Investors desire to amend and restate in full the Existing Agreement, in the form set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Information and Other Rights.

1.1 Annual Financial Statements . So long as an Investor (and its affiliates) holds at least 700,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events) of the Company’s Preferred Stock (including any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock) (such an Investor, a “Major Investor”), the Company will provide to such Major Investor as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, and in any event within 90 days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its

 

1


subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and all audited by a nationally recognized public accounting firm.

1.2 Quarterly Financial Statements . The Company shall provide each Major Investor as soon as practicable after the end of each quarter, and in any event within 30 days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarter, consolidated statements of income, and a consolidated statement of cash flow of the Company and its subsidiaries for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for corresponding periods in the previous fiscal year, and setting forth in comparative form the budgeted figures for such period and for the current fiscal year then reported, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP and provided that the foregoing shall not restrict the right of the Company to change its accounting principles consistent with GAAP, if the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) determines that it is in the best interest of the Company to do so), subject to changes resulting from year-end audit adjustments, all in reasonable detail and signed by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company.

1.3 Annual Budget and Business Plan . The Company shall provide each Major Investor as soon as practicable, but in any event at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, projected profit or loss for the year and sources and applications of funds statements for such months, and as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company.

1.4 Additional Information . The Company will allow each Major Investor to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company (upon reasonable advance notice) and will deliver or provide to such Major Investor with reasonable promptness, (i) copies of all notices, minutes, consents and the like provided to the Board of Directors, and (ii) such other information and data, including access to books, records, officers and accountants, with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries as any such Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to provide any information that it considers in good faith to be a trade secret or to contain confidential or classified information. The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except as noted therein) and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under GAAP consistently applied.

1.5 Proprietary Information Agreements . The Company agrees to require each employee of the Company to execute a standard Proprietary Information Agreement and each consultant and advisor of the Company to execute an agreement that provides for confidential treatment of the Company’s proprietary information and the assignment of inventions developed during such individual’s relationship with the Company, as a condition of employment or consulting relationship or continued employment or consulting relationship, as the case may be, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors.

 

2


1.6 Market Stand-Off . The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, except as otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, it shall be a condition of any issuance by the Company to any person or entity of shares of capital stock of the Company or any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe to or acquire any capital stock of the Company, that such person or entity execute and deliver to the Company a market stand-off agreement in writing with, at a minimum, substantially similar terms as those set forth in Section 2.12 (but permitting an extension of the lock-up period for up to 18 days) and covering all shares of capital stock owned by such person or entity or issuable upon exercise of any options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or acquire the Company’s capital stock.

1.7 Independent Accountants . The Company will retain independent pubic accountants of recognized national standing who shall certify the Company’s financial statements at the end of each fiscal year. In the event the services of the independent public accountants so selected, or any firm of independent public accountants hereafter employed by the Company, are terminated, the Company will promptly notify the Investors and will request the firm of independent public accountants whose services are terminated to deliver to the Investors a letter from such firm setting forth the reasons for the termination of their services. In its notice to the Investors, the Company shall state whether the change of accountants was recommended or approved by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. In the event of such termination, the Company will promptly thereafter engage another firm of independent public accountants of recognized national standing.

1.8 Transfer of Information Rights . The rights granted to the Investors under this Section 1 may be assigned to a transferee or assignee in connection with (i) any transfer or assignment of Preferred Stock by an Investor of not less than 50,000 shares (or any lesser amount if all of such Investor’s Preferred Stock are transferred or assigned to a transferee) of Preferred Stock, (ii) any transfer or assignment of Preferred Stock by an Investor to any subsidiary, parent, member, affiliate, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, retired member or shareholder of such Investor or the estate of such constituent partner or affiliate, or (iii) to any transferee or assignee who is a family member of the Investor or a trust for the benefit of the Investor or any family member of the Investor, provided that, with respect to each such transfer or assignment, the Company be given prior written notice of the transfer and that such transfer otherwise be effected in accordance with applicable securities laws.

1.9 Confidentiality, Right to Conduct Activities; Excluded Opportunities . Each Investor agrees, severally and not jointly, to keep confidential and not use or disclose any information furnished to it by the Company which the Company identifies in writing as being proprietary or confidential (“Company Confidential Information”), except such use or disclosure as is reasonably related to managing Investor’s investment in the Company and subject to confidentiality restrictions at least as restrictive as those set forth herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Integral Capital Partners may use Company Confidential Information in the normal course of its investment business in connection with the purchase and sale of securities of public companies. Company Confidential Information shall not include information that (a) was in the public domain prior to the time it was furnished by the Company, (b) is or becomes (through no

 

3


willful improper action or inaction by such Investor) generally available to the public, (c) was in Investor’s possession or known by such Investor without restriction prior to receipt from the Company, (d) was rightfully disclosed to such Investor by a third party without restriction or (e) was independently developed without any use of any Company Confidential Information. The Company acknowledges and agrees that Bristol-Myers Squibb Company (“BMS”) is a biopharmaceutical company, and as such engages in research and development activities and collaborates and invests in numerous companies, some of which activities and investments may be competitive with the Company’s business. BMS shall not be liable to the Company or any stockholder of the Company or any other Investor for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment or collaboration by BMS in any entity competitive to the Company, (ii) the conduct of any activities by BMS which may be competitive to Company, or (iii) actions taken by any employee, officer or other representative of BMS to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a board member of such competitive company, or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however , that BMS does not use or disclose any Company Confidential Information in connection with such activities and any BMS representative who serves as a director of the Company shall disclose any direct or indirect interests in addition to and/or different from those of the Company wherever applicable . The Company hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, or receive any information related to any such competing activities or investments.

1.10 Termination of Covenants . The rights set forth in this Section 1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) upon the closing of the initial public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act that results in the automatic conversion of all of the Company’s Preferred Stock, or (ii) at such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is not exempt therefrom.

1.11 Board Observation Rights .

(a) One representative chosen by BMS that is reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors of the Company, shall have the right to attend all sessions of all meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company (other than Closed Sessions), including the right to participate in any telephonic meetings of the Board, so long as BMS holds at least 50% of the shares of the Company stock originally purchased by BMS (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations, mandatory or optional conversions and the like). Said representative shall be provided with notice of meetings in the same manner at the same time as members of the Board of Directors and shall be provided with any materials distributed to the Board of Directors in connection with such board meetings (other than Closed Session materials). Board materials that are sent to the directors, including copies of all minutes, consents and other material (other than Closed Session minutes and materials) shall at the same time be sent by the Company via email to the designated representative of BMS. The foregoing visitation and information rights will not apply to any Closed Sessions of any meeting or teleconference of the Board of Directors. For purposes of this Section 1.11, a “Closed Session” shall mean that part of any meeting or teleconference of the Board of Directors where a majority of the Board determines that the exclusion of observers is necessary to protect the interests of the Company and its stockholders,

 

4


to preserve the attorney-client privilege, or to protect commercially sensitive or confidential information. The rights set forth in this Section 1.11 shall terminate upon a Liquidation Event (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company) or upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 or any successor form under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company to the public with gross proceeds to the Company in excess of $45,000,000 and a pre-money valuation (defined as the product of (A) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of such offering, treating all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock as converted into Common Stock, multiplied by (B) the price to public in such offering) of at least $225,000,000.

(b) BMS acknowledges that the confidential information received by it pursuant to the rights provided in this Section 1.11 shall be deemed to be Company Confidential Information and subject to the terms of Section 1.9 hereof.

(c) This Section 1.11 shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of BMS, provided that the foregoing shall not preclude the Company from granting separate observation rights to other parties without the consent of BMS.

2. Registration Rights.

2.1 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings.

(a) “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(b) “ Holder ” shall mean the Investors holding Registrable Securities or securities convertible or exercisable into Registrable Securities and any person holding such securities to whom the rights under this Section 2 have been transferred in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.

(c) “ Initiating Holders ” shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold at least 40% of the Registrable Securities.

(d) “ Participating Holders ” shall mean any Holder or Holders who propose to distribute their securities through a registration pursuant to this Section 2.

(e) “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred, the Series D Preferred, the Series E Preferred, the Series F Preferred and the Series G Preferred.

(f) “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock issued by the Company (or Preferred Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of warrants issued by the Company) and (ii) any shares of Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable in respect of the Preferred Stock or other securities issuable pursuant to the conversion of the Preferred Stock or upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, or similar event provided however that shares of Common Stock

 

5


or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities for purposes of Section 2.3 hereof if and so long as they have not been (A) sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, or (B) transferred in a transaction pursuant to which the registration rights are not also assigned in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.

(g) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

(h) “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including the reasonable fees (not to exceed $50,000) of one special counsel to the selling stockholders (but excluding Selling Expenses).

(i) “ Restricted Securities ” shall mean the securities of the Company required to bear a legend indicating that transfer is restricted in the absence of registration.

(j) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

(k) “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the securities registered by the Holders.

2.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Request for Registration . In case the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request that the Company effect any registration, qualification or compliance with respect to shares of Registrable Securities with an expected aggregate offering price to the public of at least $25,000,000, the Company will (1) within ten days of the receipt by the Company of such notice, give written notice of the proposed registration, qualification or compliance to all other Holders and (2) use its commercially reasonable best efforts to effect as soon as practicable (but in any event within 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders) such registration, qualification or compliance (including, without limitation, appropriate qualification under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other governmental requirements or regulations) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within 20 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.2(a):

(i) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

6


(ii) Prior to the earlier of three (3) years following the date of this Agreement or six months after the effective date of the Company’s first registered public offering of its securities;

(iii) During the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date six months immediately following the effective date of, any registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction, with respect to an employee benefit plan or with respect to the Company’s first registered public offering of its stock), provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and the Company delivers notice of such intent to the Initiating Holders within 15 days of the registration request;

(iv) After the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2(a), which registrations have been declared or ordered effective and the securities offered pursuant to such registrations have been sold; or

(v) If the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders for a registration statement to be filed in the near future, then the Company’s obligation to use its best efforts to register, qualify or comply under this Section 2.2 shall be deferred for a period not to exceed 90 days from the date of receipt of written request from the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not exercise such right more than once in any twelve-month period.

(b) Underwriting . In the event that a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as part of the notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a). In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in the underwriting arrangements required by this Section 2.2, and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent requested shall be limited to the extent provided herein.

The Company shall, together with all Participating Holders, enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Initiating Holders holding a majority of Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Holders at the time of filing the registration statement or in such other manner as shall be agreed to by the Company and Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be

 

7


included in such registration; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities, including securities for the Company’s account (i.e., primary shares), are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the managing underwriter and the Initiating Holders. The Registrable Securities and/or other securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration, and such Registrable Securities shall not be transferred in a public distribution prior to 90 days after the effective date of such registration, or such other shorter period of time as the underwriters may require. If shares are withdrawn from registration, the Company shall offer to all persons retaining the right to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration, with such shares being allocated among all such Participating Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holders at the time of filing the registration statement.

2.3 Piggyback Registration.

(a) Notice of Registration . If at any time or from time to time the Company shall determine to register any of its securities, either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction, or a registration pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, the Company will (i) promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof, and (ii) include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, by any Holder. Such written requests may include all or a portion of the Holder’s Registrable Securities.

(b) Underwriting . If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to 2.3(a). In such event the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3, if the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the managing underwriter may limit the Registrable Securities and other securities to be distributed through such underwriting; provided, however, that, in no event shall any Registrable Securities be so limited unless all other securities of the Company (other than shares for the Company’s account (i.e., primary shares)) are excluded in full from such offering; provided, further, that in no event shall the number of

 

8


Registrable Securities included in such registration be reduced to less than 20% of the total number of securities to be included in such registration except in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, in which case all Registrable Securities may be excluded in full. The Company shall so advise all Holders distributing their securities through such underwriting of such limitation (or exclusion, if applicable) and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated (if applicable) among all such Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Holders at the time of filing the registration statement. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder or holder to the nearest 100 shares.

If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter. Any securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration, and shall not be transferred in a public distribution prior to 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement relating thereto, or such other shorter period of time as the underwriters may require. If shares are withdrawn from registration, the Company shall offer to all persons retaining the right to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration, with such shares being allocated among all such Participating Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holders at the time of filing the registration statement.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4 Registration on Form S-3.

(a) Request for Registration . Following the Company’s initial public offering, the Company shall use its best efforts to become eligible to register offerings of securities on Commission Form S-3 or its successor form. After the Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, Holders of Registrable Securities shall have the right to request registration on Form S-3 (which request shall be in writing and shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be registered and the intended method of disposition of shares by such Holders), and upon receiving such request the Company shall (1) within ten days of the receipt by the Company of such request, give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders and (2) use its best efforts to effect such registration as soon as practicable, and in any event within 120 days of such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as specified in a written request received by the Company within 20 days after receipt by the other Holders of the written notice from the Company referenced above in (1). The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4(a):

 

9


(i) unless the Holders requesting registration propose to dispose of Registrable Securities having an anticipated aggregate price to the public (before deduction of underwriting discounts and expenses of sale) of at least $1,000,000;

(ii) during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s estimated date of filing of, and ending on the date three months immediately following the effective date of, any registration statement pertaining to securities of the Company (other than a registration of securities in a Rule 145 transaction or with respect to an employee benefit plan), provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and the Company delivers notice of such intent to the applicable Holders within 15 days of the registration request;

(iii) more than twice in any twelve-month period; or

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its stockholders for registration statements to be filed in the near future, then the Company’s obligation to use its best efforts to file a registration statement under this Section 2.4 shall be deferred for a period not to exceed 90 days from the receipt of the request to file such registration by such Holder or Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not exercise such right more than once in any twelve-month period.

(b) Underwriting Procedures . If a registration required under this Section 2.4 is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Sections 2.2(b) shall apply.

2.5 Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of any Holder shall be borne by such Holder.

2.6 Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration, qualification or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration, qualification and compliance and as to the completion thereof. At its expense the Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to:

(a) Prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective for at least ninety (90) days or until the distribution described in the Registration Statement has been completed (up to a maximum of 120 days); provided , however , that in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold, provided that if Rule 415, or any successor rule under the Securities Act, permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and provided further that if applicable rules under the Securities Act governing the obligation to file a post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment

 

10


which (i) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or (ii) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of information required to be included in (i) and (ii) above shall be contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act in the registration statement.

(b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

(c) Furnish to the Participating Holders and to the underwriters of the securities being registered such reasonable number of copies of the registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public offering of such securities.

(d) Use its commercially reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Participating Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each participating Holder shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Participating Holder at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act or upon the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, in the light of the circumstances then existing, and, at the request of any Participating Holder, prepare and furnish to such Participating Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be reasonably necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchaser of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Cause all securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on each securities exchange or authorized for quotation on each automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or authorized for quotation.

 

11


(h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(i) Furnish, at the request of any Participating Holder, on the date that the securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Participating Holders and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

2.7 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify each Participating Holder, each of its officers, directors, employees, partners, members, affiliates, agents and legal counsel, and each person controlling such Participating Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 2, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened, arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any amendment or supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will pay to each such Participating Holder, each of its officers, directors, employees, partners, members, affiliates, agents and legal counsel and each person controlling such Participating Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, as incurred, any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, provided that the Company will not be liable to a particular Participating Holder in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission, made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Participating Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein.

 

12


(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Participating Holder, severally and not jointly, will, if Registrable Securities held by such Participating Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors, officers, and legal counsel, each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each other Participating Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners and legal counsel and each person controlling such Participating Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will pay the Company, such Participating Holders, such directors, officers, partners, underwriters or control persons, as incurred any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company in an instrument duly executed by such Participating Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of each Holder under this subsection (b) shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to each such Holder of Registrable Securities sold as contemplated herein with respect to the applicable registration, unless such liability resulted from intentional misrepresentation by such Holder. A Holder will not be required to enter into any agreement or undertaking in connection with any registration under this Section 2 providing for any indemnification or contribution on the part of such Holder greater than the Holder’s obligations under this Section 2.8(b).

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 2.8 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense, and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 2 except to the extent that the failure to give such notice is materially prejudicial to an Indemnifying Party’s ability to defend such action and provided further, that the Indemnifying Party shall not assume the defense for matters as to which there is a conflict of interest or separate and different defenses but shall bear the expense of such defense nevertheless. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a full release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

13


(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any claim, loss, damage, liability or action referred to therein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such claim, loss, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the actions that resulted in such claims, loss, damage, liability or action, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact related to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.8(d) were based solely upon the number of entities from whom contribution was requested or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 2.8(d). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of each Participating Holder under this subsection (d) shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to each such Participating Holder of Registrable Securities sold as contemplated herein with respect to the applicable registration, unless such liability resulted from intentional misrepresentation by such Holder.

(e) The indemnification obligations of the Company and the Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement filed pursuant to this Agreement.

2.9 Information by Holder . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.10 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock of the Company, the Company agrees to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act;

(b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

14


(c) So long as an Investor owns any Restricted Securities, furnish upon request, (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144, and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company and other information in the possession of or reasonably obtainable by the Company as an Investor may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing an Investor to sell any such securities without registration.

2.11 Transfer of Registration Rights . The rights granted Holders under this Section 2 may be assigned (i) to a transferee or assignee in connection with any transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by a Holder of not less than 50,000 shares (or any lesser amount if all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities are transferred or assigned to a transferee) of Registrable Securities, or (ii) to any subsidiary, parent, member, affiliate, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, retired member or shareholder of a Holder or the estate of such constituent partner or affiliate, or to any transferee or assignee who is a family member of the Holder or a trust for the benefit of the Holder or any family member of the Holder, provided that, with respect to each such transfer or assignment, the Company be given prior written notice of the transfer, the transferee or assignee agrees in writing to all provisions contained in this Section 2 and that such transfer otherwise be effected in accordance with applicable securities laws.

2.12 Standoff Agreement . The Holder agrees in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of the Company’s securities, upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any the Company’s securities (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, during the 180 days beginning on the effective date of such registration statement, provided that each officer, director and 1% stockholder of the Company shall also have entered into a 180-day market stand-off agreement. The obligations described in this Section 2.12 shall not apply to securities purchased in a public market transaction following the effective date of such registration statement or to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company or the managing underwriter releases from the terms of the foregoing lockup or from any other lockup provision any share of Common Stock or Preferred Stock held by any person or entity, the Company shall, within at least 5 days prior to such release, immediately so notify all other Holders, and all other Holders shall automatically upon such release be released from their respective lockup provided for in this Section 2.12 and be allowed to transfer a proportionate amount of such Holder’s Registrable Securities subject thereto.

2.13 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights . After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of 66 2/3% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder registration rights senior or on par with those granted to the Holders hereunder.

 

15


2.14 Termination of Registration Rights . The rights granted under this Section 2 shall terminate on the first to occur of (i) all shares of Registrable Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may immediately be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act during any ninety (90) day period; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 2.14 shall not apply to any Holder who owns more than two percent (2%) of the Company’s outstanding stock until such time as such Holder owns less than two percent (2%) of the outstanding stock of the Company and (ii) the five (5) year anniversary of the consummation of the initial underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act that results in the conversion of all of the Company’s Preferred Stock.

3. Preemptive Rights.

3.1 General . Except for (i) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, (ii) securities issued pursuant to a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that results in the conversion of all of the then-outstanding Preferred Stock, (iii) securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets, or other reorganization, in each case as approved by the Board of Directors, (iv) securities issued in connection with any stock split or stock dividend of the Company, (v) shares of Common Stock issued to employees, officers, or directors of, or contractors, consultants or advisors to, the Company pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans, stock bonuses or awards, contracts or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors, (vi) securities issued to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings or similar transactions, the primary purpose of which is other than equity financing, as approved by the Board of Directors, (vii) shares of Series G Preferred issued pursuant to the Series G Agreements, and (viii) securities issued pursuant to options, warrants, notes or other rights to acquire securities of the Company outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, the Company will not, nor will it permit any subsidiary to, authorize or issue any shares of stock of the Company of any class and will not authorize, issue or grant any options, warrants, conversion rights or other rights to purchase or acquire any shares of stock of the Company of any class without offering the Major Investors the right of first refusal described below.

3.2 Right of First Refusal . Each Major Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase an amount of securities of the Company of any class or kind which the Company proposes to sell (other than the issuance of shares contemplated by subsections (i) through (vii) of Section 3.1 above) (“Preemptive Securities”) sufficient to maintain such Major Investor’s Pro Rata Portion (as defined below). If the Company wishes to make any such sale of Preemptive Securities (a “Proposed Sale”), it shall give the Major Investors written notice of the Proposed Sale. The notice shall set forth (i) the Company’s bona fide intention to offer Preemptive Securities and (ii) the material terms and conditions of the Proposed Sale (including the number of shares to be offered and the price, if any, for which the Company proposes to offer such shares), and shall constitute an offer to sell Preemptive Securities to the Investors on such terms and conditions. Any Major Investor may accept such offer by delivering a written notice of acceptance (an “Acceptance Notice”) to the Company within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Company’s notice of the Proposed Sale. Any Major Investor exercising its right of first refusal shall be entitled to participate in the purchase of Preemptive Securities on a pro rata basis to the

 

16


extent necessary to maintain such Major Investor’s proportionate beneficial ownership interest in the Company (such Major Investor’s “Pro Rata Portion”). For purposes hereof, a Major Investor’s Pro Rata Portion shall be determined by multiplying the number of Preemptive Securities by a fraction, (X) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held by such Major Investor and any other Common Stock held by such Major Investor (treating as fully converted into Common Stock any convertible, exercisable or exchangeable securities and other rights to acquire Common Stock held by such Major Investor) and (Y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, into which any outstanding convertible securities may be converted and for which any outstanding options and outstanding warrants may be exercised. The Company shall, in writing, inform each Investor which elects to purchase its full Pro Rata Portion of Preemptive Securities of any other Major Investor’s failure to purchase its full Pro Rata Portion, in which case the Investors electing to purchase their full Pro Rata Portions shall have the right to purchase any shares any other Major Investors elect not to purchase on a pro rata basis. The closing of the sale of Preemptive Securities shall occur on the later of the closing of the Proposed Sale or within ten days after the Major Investors are given written notice of the right to purchase any shares any other Major Investor elects not to purchase. If any Major Investor who elects to exercise its right of first refusal does not complete the purchase of such Preemptive Securities within such period, then unless such failure is caused by or results from any action or inaction of the Company, the Company may complete the sale of Preemptive Securities on the terms and conditions specified in the Company’s notice within the 60-day period following the expiration of such 10-day period. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of such shares within such 10-day period, or if such agreement is not consummated within such 60-day period, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and all future shares of Preemptive Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Section 3. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first refusal hereby granted among itself and its subsidiaries, parent, members, affiliates, partners and retired partners and members in such proportions it deems appropriate.

3.3 Offer After Sale to Third Parties . In lieu of delivering to the Major Investors written notice of a Proposed Sale prior to such Proposed Sale pursuant to Section 3.2, the Company may elect first to sell Preemptive Securities to third parties and then to offer to Major Investors (by written notice delivered to the Major Investors within 5 days of the closing of the Proposed Sale) the opportunity to purchase their Pro Rata Portions of the Preemptive Securities (calculated giving effect to all sales of the Preemptive Securities, including sales to Major Investors). Such offer shall remain in effect for 15 days (the “Acceptance Period”) after delivery of written notice to the Investors, and if accepted, the closing of the sale of Preemptive Securities to the Major Investors shall occur within ten days after the expiration of the Acceptance Period.

3.4 Expiration of Right of First Refusal . The right of first refusal granted under this Agreement shall expire upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 or any successor form under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company to the public with gross proceeds to the Company in excess of $45,000,000 and a pre-money valuation (defined as the product of (A) of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of such offering, treating all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock as converted into Common Stock, multiplied by (B) the price to public in such offering) of at least $225,000,000.

 

17


4. Miscellaneous.

4.1 Waivers and Amendments . With the written consent of the Company and the record or beneficial holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities, the rights and obligations of the Company and the holders of Registrable Securities under this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively, and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely) or amended; provided, however, that (i) no such amendment shall impose or increase any liability or obligation on an Investor or eliminate or decrease the rights of an Investor without the consent of such Investor, and (ii) no such amendment shall have a disproportionately adverse effect on any Investor in relation to the other Investors without the consent of such Investor, and provided further, that no such modification, amendment or waiver shall reduce the aforesaid percentage of Registrable Securities without the consent of all of the Purchasers of the Registrable Securities. Upon the effectuation of each such waiver, consent, agreement of amendment or modification, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the record holders of the Registrable Securities who have not previously consented thereto in writing. This Agreement or any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by a statement in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought, except to the extent provided in this Section 4.1.

4.2 Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be conclusively deemed effectively given (i) five days after sending by first class U.S. mail postage prepaid, (ii) upon personal delivery, or (iii) two days after the date of sending if sent by commercial overnight courier addressed to the Company at the Company’s then current principal place of business (with a copy to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304, Attn: Michael J. Danaher), to an Investor, at such Holder’s or Investor’s address as set forth on the records of the Company (with a copy to O’Melveny & Myers LLP, 2765 Sand Hill Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025, Attn: Sam Zucker), or at such other address as the Company or such Investor or Holder may designate.

4.3 Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings herein have been inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the construction of any provisions hereof.

4.4 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

4.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, including those transmitted via facsimile or electronic mail, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original and all of which shall constitute the same instrument, but only one of which need be produced.

 

18


4.6 Expenses . If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

4.7 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall benefit and bind the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties to this Agreement; provided, however, that (i) no rights or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned by the Company and (ii) no rights or obligations of any Investor under this Agreement may be assigned apart from the related shares of capital stock which are subject to this Agreement.

4.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subject matter of this Agreement.

4.9 Separability; Severability . Unless expressly provided in this Agreement, the rights of each Investor under this Agreement are several rights, not rights jointly held with any other Investors. Any invalidity, illegality or limitation on the enforceability of this Agreement with respect to any Investor shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement with respect to the other Investors. If any provision of this Agreement is judicially determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected or impaired.

4.10 Stock Splits . All references to numbers of shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, split, combination or other recapitalization of shares by the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement.

4.11 Aggregation of Stock . All shares of Preferred Stock held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

4.12 Additional Investors . Any party who purchases Preferred Stock from the Company on or after the date of this Agreement, including any additional purchase under the Series G Agreements, may be added as an “Investor” under this Agreement without the consent of Investors already party to this Agreement and without the need to amend this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to become a party to this Agreement, such new Investor shall execute and deliver a counterpart signature page to this Agreement and Exhibit A to this Agreement shall then be supplemented with applicable information concerning such Investor.

[This space intentionally left blank]

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement on the date first set forth above.

 

THE COMPANY:     XDX, INC.
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Pierre Cassigneul

      Pierre Cassigneul, President
    Address:
    3260 Bayshore Blvd.
    Brisbane, CA 94005

[Signature Page to XDx, Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


THE INVESTORS:     INTEL CAPITAL (Cayman) CORPORATION,
    a Cayman Islands corporation
    By:  

/s/ Jose M. Blanc

    Name:   Jose M. Blanc
    Title:   Managing Director
   

Intel Capital Corporation,

a Delaware corporation

    By:  

/s/ Jose M. Blanc

    Name:   Jose M. Blanc
    Title:   Managing Director
   

Intel Capital Corporation

c/o Intel Corporation

    Attn: Intel Capital Portfolio Manager
    2200 Mission College Blvd., M/S RN6-46
    Santa Clara, CA 95052
    Fax Number: (408) 765-6038
    With a copy by e-mail to:
    portfolio.manager@intel.com
   

THIS IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE FOR THE XDX, INC.

(THE “COMPANY”) SIXTH AMENDED AND

RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

ENTERED INTO BY AND BETWEEN THE COMPANY,

INTEL CAPITAL CORPORATION AND THE OTHER

INVESTORS SET FORTH THEREIN.

[Signature Page to XDx, Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


THE INVESTORS:     DAG VENTURES QP, L.P.
    By:  

DAG Ventures Management, LLC,

its General Partner

      by:  

/s/ John Cadeddu

        John Cadeddu, Managing Director
    DAG VENTURES, L.P.
    By:  

DAG Ventures Management, LLC,

its General Partner

      by:  

/s/ John Cadeddu

        John Cadeddu, Managing Director
    DAG VENTURES GP FUND, LLC
    By:  

DAG Ventures Management, LLC,

its Managing Member

      by:  

/s/ John Cadeddu

        John Cadeddu, Managing Director
    BLACKBOARD VENTURES INC.
      by:  

/s/ Terry Woodard

        Terry Woodard, Portfolio Manager
    DAG VENTURES I-N, LLC
    By:  

DAG Ventures Management, LLC,

its Managing Member

      by:  

/s/ John Cadeddu

        John Cadeddu, Managing Director

[Signature Page to XDx, Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


THE INVESTORS:     KPCB HOLDINGS, INC., AS NOMINEE
    By:  

/s/ Eric Keller

    Name:   Eric Keller
    Title:   President
    Address:   c/o Kleiner Perkins Caufield Byers
      2750 Sand Hill Road
      Menlo Park, CA 94025
      Facsimile: 650.233.0378
      Attention: Risa Stack
THE INVESTORS:     TPG VENTURES, L.P.
    By:   TPG Ventures GenPar, L.P.
    By:   TPG Venture Advisors, LLC
    By:  

/s/ Jeffery D. Ekberg

    Name:   Jeffery D. Ekberg
    Title:   Vice President
    Address:   301 Commerce St., Ste. 3300
      Fort Worth, Texas 76102
      Attn: Jeffery D. Ekberg
    TPG BIOTECHNOLOGY PARTNERS, L.P.
    By:   TPG Biotechnology GenPar, L.P.
    By:   TPG Biotech Advisors, LLC
    By:  

/s/ Jeffery D. Ekberg

    Name:   Jeffery D. Ekberg
    Title:   Vice President
    Address:   301 Commerce St., Ste. 3300
      Fort Worth, Texas 76102
      Attn: Jeffery D. Ekberg

[Signature Page to XDx, Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


THE INVESTORS:     SPROUT CAPITAL IX, L.P.
    By:   DLJ Capital Corporation
    Its:   Managing General Partner
   

/s/ Vijay K. Lathi

    By:   Vijay K. Lathi
    Its:   Attorney in Fact
    SPROUT ENTREPRENEURS FUND, L.P.
    By:   DLJ Capital Corporation
    Its:   General Partner
   

/s/ Vijay K. Lathi

    By:   Vijay K. Lathi
    Its:   Attorney in Fact
THE INVESTORS:     INTEGRAL CAPITAL PARTNERS VI, L.P.
   

By Integral Capital Management VI, LLC

its General Partner

    By:  

/s/ Pamela K. Hagenah

    Name:   Pamela K. Hagenah
    Title:   Manager

[Signature Page to XDx, Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


THE INVESTORS:     BAY AREA EQUITY FUND I, L.P.
   

By: Bay Area Equity Fund Managers I, L.L.C.,

its General Partner

    By:  

/s/ Nancy E. Pfund

    Name: Nancy E. Pfund
    Title: Managing Member
THE INVESTORS:     Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P.
    By:  

Burrill & Company (Life Sciences GP), LLC

Its General Manager

    By:  

/s/ Steven Burrill

    Name: G. Steven Burrill
    Title: Managing Manager
    Address: One Embarcadero Center, Suite 2700
      San Francisco, CA 94111
    Fax:   (415) 591-5401
    Burrill Indiana Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P.
    By:  

Burrill & Company (Indiana GP), LLC

Its General Manager

    By:  

/s/ Steven Burrill

    Name: G. Steven Burrill
    Title: Managing Member
    Address: One Embarcadero Center, Suite 2700
      San Francisco, CA 94111
    Fax:   (415) 591-5401

[Signature Page to XDx, Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


THE INVESTORS:     Leader Equity LLC
    By its Manager: Leader Ventures, LLC
    By:  

/s/ Robert Molke

    Name: Robert W. Molke
    Title: Managing Director
    Address:
    Fax:  
THE INVESTORS:     PWP PARTNERSHIP FUND, LLC
    By:  
    By:  

/s/ Nathaniel T. Cornell

    Name: Nathaniel T. Cornell
    Title: Managing Director
    Address:
    Fax:  
THE INVESTORS:     BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB COMPANY
    By:  

/s/ Jeremy Levin

    Jeremy M. Levin, Senior Vice President
    Bristol-Myers Squibb Company
    Address: Route 206 & Provinceline Road
      P.O. Box 4000
      Princeton, NJ 08543-4000
    Telephone: 609-252-5333
    Fax: 609-252-7212
    Email: jeremy.levin@bms.com

[Signature Page to XDx, Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]


THE INVESTORS:    

LABORATORY CORPORATION OF AMERICA HOLDINGS,

a Delaware corporation

    By:  

/s/ A. Scott Walton

    Name: Scott Walton
    Title: Exec. VP of Esoteric Business
    Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings
    358 South Main Street,
    Burlington, North Carolina 27215
    Attention:
THE INVESTORS:     AMT CONSULTING
    By:  

/s/ Jonathan Freudman

    Name: Jonathan Freudman
    Title: President
THE INVESTORS:    

/s/ John Altman

    JOHN AND LESLIE ALTMAN
THE INVESTORS:     CN INVESTMENT PARTNERS, L.P.
    By:  

/s/ Ali Nezhat

    Name: Ali Nezhat
    Title: General Partner

[Signature Page to XDx, Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement 2012 Closing]


THE INVESTORS:     COMERCIAL SAN ANTONIO S.A.
    By:  

/s/ Francisco J. Verstraeten

    Name: Francisco J. Verstraeten
    Title: Attorney in Fact
THE INVESTORS:     BRUCE H. PHELPS
   

/s/ Bruce H. Phelps

THE INVESTORS:     MARK LOVICH
   

/s/ Mark Lovich

THE INVESTORS:     GEORGE MATCUK
   

/s/ George Matcuk

THE INVESTORS:     JOSEPH MAOUAD REVOCABLE TRUST
    By:  

/s/ Joseph Maouad

    Name: Joseph Maouad
    Title:                                                                                                    
THE INVESTORS:      
    MICHAEL J. DANAHER
   

/s/ Michael Danaher

[Signature Page to XDx, Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement 2012 Closing]


THE INVESTORS:     MIDDLEFIELD VENTURES
    By:  

/s/ Robert Paul Pacileo Jr.

    Name: Robert Paul Pacileo Jr.
    Title: Assistant Secretary
THE INVESTORS:     TRIPLEPOINT CAPITAL LLC
    By:  

/s/ Sajal Srivastava

    Name: Sajal Srivastava
    Title: Chief Operating Officer
THE INVESTORS:     STERTZER FAMILY TRUST
    By:  

/s/ Simon H. Stertzer

    Name: Simon H. Stertzer
    Title: Trustee
THE INVESTORS:     OCIUS MEDICAL INFORMATICS, LLC
    By:  

/s/ Todd Frech

    Name: Todd Frech
    Title: Sr. Partner

[Signature Page to XDx, Inc. Sixth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement 2012 Closing]


EXHIBIT A

Investors

List of Preferred Stockholders

LIST OF SERIES A HOLDERS:

Bluestone Holdings Limited*

CN Investment Partners, L.P.*

Commercial San Antonio S.A*

James M. Shapiro, Trustee of the James and Sarah Shapiro Family Trust dated 9/91

John Urquhart CGM (Citigroup Global Markets) IRA Custodian*

K. David Crockett*

Michael J. Danaher*

Modern Version Limited*

OCI Ltd.*

Paul G. Yock and Cynthia A. Yock, Trustee of the Yock Revocable Trust dated 7/21/93

Randall J. Lee*

Stephen Dorros, Trustee of the Gerald Dorros and Myra Dorros Irrevocable trust

Stertzer Family Trust*

Vichon Nevelle, S.A.*

Wally S. Buch, Trustee of the Buch 1993 Revocable Trust*

WS Investment 2000A

LIST OF SERIES B HOLDERS:

Bluestone Holdings Limited*

CN Investment Partners L.P.*

Commercial San Antonio S.A.*

Domini Kelly

Episode Holdings, Inc.*

Jeffrey J. Kimbell

Joseph Maouad, Trustee FBO Joseph Maouad Revocable Trust U/A/D 01/03/03*

Michael J. Danaher

OCI Ltd.*

Sanjeev S. Judge*

Stephen Dorros, Trustee of the Gerald Dorros and Myra Dorros Irrevocable Trust

Stertzer Family Trust*

Stertzer Gamma Trust*

Torcept (formerly known as Dual Dimensions Limited)*

Vichon Nevelle S.A.*

Windrock Enterprises, LLC

WS Investment Company

WS Investment Company 2000B


LIST OF SERIES C HOLDERS:

Avi Kulkarni*

Bluestone Holdings Limited*

Comercial San Antonio S.A.*

Duke University Special Ventures Fund, Inc.

Episode Holdings, Inc.*

Judith Wilbur*

Judy Kishner

Julie and Adam Cohen*

KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee

Macdonald (Don) Morris

Michael J. Danaher

Pierre Cassigneul*

Sanjeev S. Judge*

Stertzer Family Trust*

The Elizabeth and Steven Rosenberg Trust dtd 9/28/00*

TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P.

TPG Ventures, L.P.

Vichon Nevelle, S.A.*

WS Investment Company, LLC

LIST OF SERIES D HOLDERS:

Bay Area Equity Fund, L.P.

Burrill Indiana Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P.

Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P.

Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P.

KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee

Sprout Capital IX, L.P.

Sprout Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (DAPER I)

TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P.

TPG Ventures, L.P.


LIST OF SERIES E HOLDERS:

Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P.

Blackboard Ventures Inc.

Burrill Indiana Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P.

Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P.

DAG Ventures GP Fund, LLC

DAG Ventures I-N, LLC

DAG Ventures QP, L.P.

DAG Ventures, L.P.

Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P.

Intel Capital (Cayman) Corporation

KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee

Sprout Capital IX, L.P.

Sprout Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P.

TPG Ventures, L.P.

LIST OF SERIES F INVESTORS:

Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P.

Blackboard Ventures Inc.

Burrill Indiana Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P.

Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P.

DAG Ventures GP Fund, LLC

DAG Ventures I-N, LLC

DAG Ventures QP, L.P.

DAG Ventures, L.P.

Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P.

Intel Capital Corporation

James McKay Armstrong

KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee

Leader Equity, LLC

PWP Partnership Fund, LLC

Sprout Capital IX, L.P.

Sprout Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P.

TPG Ventures, L.P.

TriplePoint Capital LLC

WS Investment Company (2007A)

WS Investment Company (2007C)


LIST OF SERIES G INVESTORS:

Bristol-Myers Squibb Company*

Blackboard Ventures Inc.

Burrill Indiana Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P.

Burrill Life Sciences Capital Fund, L.P.

DAG Ventures GP Fund, LLC

DAG Ventures I-N, LLC

DAG Ventures QP, L.P.

DAG Ventures, L.P.

Integral Capital Partners VI, L.P.

Intel Capital Corporation

KPCB Holdings, Inc., as nominee

Sprout Capital IX, L.P.

TPG Biotechnology Partners, L.P.

Leader Equity, LLC

John and Leslie Altman

AMT Consulting

James McKay Armstrong

Bay Area Equity Fund I, L.P.

CN Investment Partners, L.P.

Comercial San Antonio S.A.

Michael Danaher and Carol Lee Danaher, Trustees of the Danaher Family Trust dated June 29, 2004

Gerald Dorros and Myra S. Dorros Revocable Trust

Duke University Special Ventures Fund, Inc.

Domini Kelly

Jeffrey Kimbell

Judy Kishner

Laboratory Corporation of America Holdings

Mark Lovich

George Matcuk

Joseph Maouad Revocable Trust

Middlefield Ventures

Macdonald Morris

Ocius Medical Informatics LLC

Bruce H. Phelps

PWP Partnership Fund, LLC

James and Sarah Shapiro Family Trust

Sprout Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (DAPER I)

Stertzer Family Trust

TPG Biotech Reinvest AIV, L.P.

TPG Ventures Reinvest AIV, L.P.

TriplePoint Capital LLC

Vichon Nevelle, SA

Windrock Enterprises, LLC

WS Investment Company

WS Investment Company, LLC

WS Investment Company, LLC (2000A)


WS Investment Company, LLC (2000B)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2001A)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2007A)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2007C)

Yock Revocable Trust Dated 7/21/93

 

* Preferred Stock held by Investor was converted to Common Stock of the Company.

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO   

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1050

 

PHONE 650.493.9300

FAX 650.493.6811

www.wsgr.com

[__], 2014

CareDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Boulevard

Brisbane, CA 94005

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No.  [             ]), as amended (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed by CareDx, Inc. (the “ Company ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of [              ] shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”), of which up to [              ] shares (including up to [              ] shares issuable upon exercise of an over-allotment option granted by the Company) will be issued and sold by the Company. We understand that the Shares are to be sold to the underwriters for resale to the public as described in the Registration Statement and pursuant to an underwriting agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to be entered into by and among the Company and the underwriters (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).

We are acting as counsel for the Company in connection with the sale of the Shares by the Company. In such capacity, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the authenticity of the originals of such documents and the legal competence of all signatories to such documents.

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable judicial decisions interpreting those laws) and the federal laws of the United States of America.

On the basis of the foregoing, we are of the opinion, that the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly authorized and, when such Shares are issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

AUSTIN  BRUSSELS  GEORGETOWN, DE  HONG KONG  NEW YORK  PALO ALTO  SAN DIEGO  SAN FRANCISCO  SEATTLE  SHANGHAI  WASHINGTON, DC


LOGO

XDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Boulevard

Brisbane, CA 94005

 

We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

Professional Corporation

Exhibit 10.1

CAREDX, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [            , 20    ] (the “ Effective Date ”), and is between CareDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ insert name of indemnitee ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate assurance of protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the Effective Date), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then-still in office, who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;


(iii) Corporate Transactions. A merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least half of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “ Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “ DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “ Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “ Expenses ” include all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses actually and reasonably, and of the

 

2


types customarily, incurred by Indemnitee, or on his or her behalf, in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company . Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither currently is, as of the time the request for indemnification is made nor in the previous five (5) years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then-prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, or claim, issue or matter therein, whether brought in the right of the Company, a Subsidiary or otherwise, and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom, and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the Effective Date, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company or of a Subsidiary, or (ii) the fact or assertion that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company or of a Subsidiary as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, a Subsidiary or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i) “ Subsidiary ” means any entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

(j) Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of a Subsidiary which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if, and only if, such

 

3


settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) in connection with such Proceeding , if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses in connection with such Proceeding , if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but fewer than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issuer or matter. For purposes of this Section 4, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, above, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if, and only if, such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) in connection with the Proceeding .

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

 

4


(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity or provide any benefit to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid, subject to any subrogation rights set forth in Section 15;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law or the Company’s bylaws; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses. To the extent indemnity is provided pursuant to Sections 2, 3 or 4, above, or otherwise in this Agreement, the Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such Proceeding, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 30 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Reimbursements hereunder shall be deemed advances, and shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any such advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to prevent reimbursement to the extent advancement is prohibited by law, or with respect to Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

5


9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a written notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to such insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable actions to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of the Company’s election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the fees and expenses are non-duplicative and reasonably incurred in connection with Indemnitee’s role in the Proceeding despite the Company’s assumption of the defense, (iv) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its defense obligations, or (v) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding; provided that Indemnitee’s counsel conducts the defense of such Proceeding actively and diligently. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) The Company shall have the right to settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the consent of Indemnitee.

 

6


10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary or as the Company may reasonably request to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel,” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of

 

7


a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b), above. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a), below, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then-prevailing).

(d) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by such person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or as required by applicable law) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors, or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors, or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors (including consultants or advisors formally engaged by the board or committee). The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(d) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10, above, that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8, above, or 12(d), below, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10, above, within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten (10) days

 

8


after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4 or 5, above, and 12(d), below, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4, above. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, may be asserted or offered into evidence as a defense to the action or to create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10, above, that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8, above.

 

9


(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

13. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity; No Limitation on Indemnity Rights. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of, or in any manner limit, any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

15. Primary Responsibility. The Company acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by [ insert name of fund ] and certain affiliates thereof (collectively, the “ Secondary Indemnitor ”). The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitor, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitor to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitor with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitor of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitor is an express third-party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 15.

16. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise, subject to any subrogation rights set forth in Section 15.

 

10


17. Insurance. The Company shall, to the extent that the Board determines it to be economically reasonable, maintain a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, on such terms and conditions as may be approved by the Board.

18. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration. This Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date and continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or a Subsidiary, or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable, or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then-pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12, above, relating thereto.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the

 

11


remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s obligations to Indemnitee, as provided by its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and by applicable law.

25. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless and only to the extent executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 3260 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, CA 94005, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Michael J. Danaher, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

 

12


27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a), above, or by the Company or Indemnitee pursuant to a written agreement between the Company and Indemnitee providing for such, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, Corporation Service Company, Wilmington, Delaware, as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

( signature page follows )

 

13


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

CAREDX, INC.
 

 

( Signature )
 

 

( Print name )
 

 

( Title )

 

[ INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME ]
 

 

( Signature )
 

 

( Print name )
 

 

( Street address )
 

 

( City, State and ZIP )

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.2

CAREDX, INC.

(Formerly Known as XDx, Inc., Expression Diagnostics, Inc., BioCardia Inc. and Hippocratic Engineering, Inc.)

1998 STOCK PLAN

Adopted January 1, 1999

As Amended on October 1, 2000

As Amended on January 6, 2003

As amended on October 19, 2004

As Amended on March 3, 2005 and December 6, 2005

As Amended on April 25, 2007

As Amended on October 24, 2007

As Amended on May 13, 2008

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

2.1. “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

2.2. “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.

2.3. “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.4. “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.5. “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

2.6. “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

2.7. “ Company ” means CareDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

2.8. “ Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.


2.9. “ Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.10. “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

2.11. “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 181st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

2.12. “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.13. “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

2.13.1. If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

2.13.2. If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination; or

2.13.3. In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

2.14. “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

2.15. “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

2.16. “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


2.17. “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

2.18. “ Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

2.19. “ Option Exchange Program ” means a program whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price.

2.20. “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase Right.

2.21. “ Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan.

2.22. “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

2.23. “ Plan ” means this 1998 Stock Plan.

2.24. “ Restricted Stock ” means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 11 below.

2.25. “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.26. “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

2.27. “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12 below.

2.28. “ Stock Purchase Right ” means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 below.

2.29. “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be subject to option and sold under the Plan is 8,323,860 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

If an Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.


4. Administration of the Plan .

4.1. Administrator . The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

4.2. Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

4.2.1. to determine the Fair Market Value;

4.2.2. to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to time be granted hereunder;

4.2.3. to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted hereunder;

4.2.4. to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

4.2.5. to determine the terms and conditions, of any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

4.2.6. to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under subsection 9(e) instead of Common Stock;

4.2.7. to reduce the exercise price of any Option to the then current Fair Market Value if the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by such Option has declined since the date the Option was granted;

4.2.8. to initiate an Option Exchange Program;

4.2.9. to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;


4.2.10. to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

4.2.11. to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan.

4.3. Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

5. Eligibility .

5.1. Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

5.2. Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(b), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

5.3. Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause.

6. Term of Plan . The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under Section 14 of the Plan.

7. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.


8. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

8.1. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

8.1.1. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

8.1.1.1. granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

8.1.1.2. granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

8.1.2. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

8.1.2.1. granted to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

8.1.2.2. granted to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

8.1.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

8.2. The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

9. Exercise of Option .

9.1. Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. Except in the case of Options granted to Officers, Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.


An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

9.2. Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least thirty (30) days) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

9.3. Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least six (6) months) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

9.4. Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least six (6) months) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the


expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to the entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

9.5. Buyout Provisions . The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

10. Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Administrator in its sole discretion makes an Option or Stock Purchase Right transferable, such Option or Stock Purchase Right may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) to “family members” (within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) through gifts or domestic relations orders, as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

11. Stock Purchase Rights .

11.1. Rights to Purchase . Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer. The terms of the offer shall comply in all respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock purchase agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

11.2. Repurchase Option . Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s service with the Company for any reason (including death or disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the Administrator may determine. Except with respect to Shares purchased by Officers, Directors and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date of purchase.


11.3. Other Provisions . The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

11.4. Rights as a Shareholder . Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a shareholder and shall be a shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

12. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Asset Sale .

12.1. Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.

12.2. Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option or Stock Purchase Right until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option or Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

12.3. Merger or Asset Sale . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the


successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option or Stock Purchase Right as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option or Stock Purchase Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale of assets.

13. Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

14. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

14.1. Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

14.2. Shareholder Approval . The Board shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

14.3. Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.


15. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

15.1. Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

15.2. Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

16. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

17. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18. Shareholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

19. Information to Optionees and Purchasers . The Company shall provide to each Optionee and to each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently than annually during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case of an individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns such Shares, copies of annual financial statements. The Company shall not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent information.


CAREDX, INC.

1998 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name:  

 

 
Address:  

 

 
 

 

 

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant     

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date     

 

  
Exercise Price per Share     

 

  
Total Number of Shares Granted                 

 

  
Total Exercise Price     

 

  
Type of Option:                       Incentive Stock Option   
                      Nonstatutory Stock Option   
Term/Expiration Date:     

 

  

Vesting Schedule :

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest on the one year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 1/48th of the total amount of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest each month thereafter, subject to the Optionee’s continuing to be a Service Provider on such dates such that 100% of the Optioned Stock shall be vested after four years.]


Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for three months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon Optionee’s death or disability, this Option may be exercised for one year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section [14(c)] of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise complies with Applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, and shall read the applicable rules of the Commissioner of Corporations attached to such Investment Representation Statement.


4. Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “Managing Underwriter”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such other period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act. Such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(c) surrender of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

9. Tax Consequences . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.


(a) Exercise of ISO . If this Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

(b) Exercise of Nonstatutory Stock Option . There may be a regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee's compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(c) Disposition of Shares . In the case of an NSO, if Shares are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. In the case of an ISO, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least one year after exercise and of at least two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within one year after exercise or two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (1) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (2) the sale price of the Shares. Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term or long-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.

(d) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee's interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.


11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE'S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

OPTIONEE       CAREDX, INC.

 

     

 

  

By

  
Address:   

 

  

 

      Title

 

  

[Option Agreement Signature Page]


EXHIBIT A

1998 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

CareDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Blvd.

Brisbane, CA 94005

Attention: President

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             , 20    , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee's option to purchase             shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 1998 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated             , 20    , (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement.

3. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee’s lifetime or on the Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to the Optionee’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

6. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.


7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.


9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of the State of California.

[This Space Intentionally Left Blank]


11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:      Accepted by:
OPTIONEE:      CAREDX, INC.

 

    

 

  By   
    

 

     Its:
Address :      Address :

 

    

3260 Bayshore Blvd.

 

    

Brisbane, CA 94005

    

 

     Date Received
    

 

[Option Exercise Signature Page]


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:     
COMPANY:           CAREDX, INC.
SECURITY:   COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT:  
DATE:     

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, a legend prohibiting their transfer without the consent of the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.


(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than two years after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than three years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

(e) Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities without the consent of the Commissioner of Corporations of California. Optionee has read the applicable Commissioner's Rules with respect to such restriction, a copy of which is attached.

 

Signature of Optionee:

 

Date:                                                               , 20         


CAREDX, INC.

1998 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT – EARLY EXERCISE

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 1998 Incentive Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant          
Vesting Commencement Date          
Exercise Price per Share          
Total Number of Shares Granted          
Total Exercise Price          
Type of Option:  

           Incentive Stock Option

  
 

           Nonstatutory Stock Option

  
Term/Expiration Date:          

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[One forty-eight (1/48) of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest on the one month anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 1/48th of the total amount of the Shares subject to this Option shall vest each month thereafter, subject to the Optionee’s continuing to be a Service Provider on such dates such that 100% of the Optioned Stock shall be vested after four years.]


Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for ninety (90) days after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon Optionee’s death or Disability, this Option may be exercised for one (1) year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 14(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. Alternatively, at the election of the Optionee, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 ).

As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, the Optionee shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 .

This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

2


No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act.

Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period. Optionee agrees that any transferee of any Option shall be bound by this Section.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(a) cash or check;

(b) execution of promissory note and security agreement;

 

3


(c) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired from the Company, either directly or indirectly, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding Taxes . Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Exercise of NSO . There may be a regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of an NSO. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee's compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(c) Exercise of ISO . If this Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

 

4


(d) Exercise of ISO Following Disability . If the Optionee ceases to be an Employee as a result of a disability that is not a total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, to the extent permitted on the date of termination, the Optionee must exercise an ISO within three months of such termination for the ISO to be qualified as an ISO.

(e) Disposition of Shares . In the case of an NSO, if Shares are held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. In the case of an ISO, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least one year after exercise and at least two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within one year after exercise or two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Exercised Shares. Different rules may apply if the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (within the meaning of Section 83 of the Code) at the time of purchase. Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.

(f) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

(g) Section 83(b) Election for Unvested Shares Purchased Pursuant to Options . With respect to the exercise of an Option for unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Optionee with the Internal Revenue Service, within 30 days of the purchase of the Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of an NSO, this will result in a recognition of taxable income to the Optionee on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the Exercised Shares. Absent such an election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Optionee at the time or times on which the Company's Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an ISO, such an election will result in a recognition of income to the Optionee for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised, over the purchase price for the Exercised Shares. Absent such an election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Optionee at the time or times on which the Company's Repurchase Option lapses. Optionee is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-5 for reference.

 

5


OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS OPTIONEE'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON OPTIONEE'S BEHALF.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

OPTIONEE     CAREDX, INC.
     

 

Signature     By:
     

President & CEO

Print Name     Title

 

   
     
Residence Address    

 

6


EXHIBIT A

1998 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

CareDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Blvd.

Brisbane, CA 94005

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             , 200    , the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase                     shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 1998 Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                     (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Shareholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

6. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD NOT TO EXCEED 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

7. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

2


9. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

10. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee.

 

Submitted by:    Accepted by:
OPTIONEE    CAREDX, INC.

 

Signature

  

 

By

 

Print Name

  

 

Title

Address:    Address:

 

   3260 Bayshore Blvd.

 

   Brisbane, CA 94005
  

 

Date Received

 

3


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

OPTIONEE:      
COMPANY:    CAREDX, INC.
SECURITY:    COMMON STOCK   
AMOUNT:    $                                    
DATE:   

 

  

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

(a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of


Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

 

Signature of Optionee:

 

Date:                                                                   ,         

 

2


EXHIBIT C-1

CAREDX, INC.

1998 INCENTIVE STOCK PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made between                     (the “Purchaser”) and CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”) as of             200    .

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 1998 Incentive Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the exercise of the option granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Option Agreement dated                     by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase             of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”

B. As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

1. Repurchase Option.

(a) If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for cause, death, and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser's Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Purchaser purchased such Shares by executing a promissory note in favor of the Company, the price to be paid by the Company upon exercise of its Repurchase Option shall be equal to the lower of (i) the then current fair market value of such Shares, as determined by the Company or (ii) the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares.

(b) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his transferee or legal representative, as the case may be), within ninety (90) days of the termination, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option and setting forth a date for closing not later than thirty (30) days from the mailing of such notice. The closing shall take place at the Company’s office. At the closing, the holder of the certificates for the Unvested Shares being transferred shall deliver the stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Unvested Shares, and the Company shall deliver the purchase price therefor.


(c) At its option, the Company may elect to make payment for the Unvested Shares to a bank selected by the Company. The Company shall avail itself of this option by a notice in writing to Purchaser stating the name and address of the bank, date of closing, and waiving the closing at the Company’s office.

(d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(e) The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Optionee’s Option Agreement.

2. Transferability of the Shares; Escrow.

(a) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent, as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 . The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the secretary in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. As a further condition to the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, the spouse of the Purchaser, if any, shall execute and deliver to the Company the Consent of Spouse attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 . Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the escrow agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the escrow agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the escrow agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the escrow agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as escrow agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) The Company, or its designee, shall not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

 

2


(d) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

3. Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties . This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4. Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5. Adjustment for Stock Split . All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.

6. Notices . Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

7. Survival of Terms . This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in a recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company's Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by

 

3


the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-5 for reference.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

9. Representations . Purchaser has reviewed with his own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules of California.

Purchaser represents that he has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

OPTIONEE       CAREDX, INC.

 

     

 

Signature       By

 

     
Print Name       Title
Address:      

 

     

 

     

 

4


EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                     , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto CareDx, Inc.             shares of the Common Stock of CareDx, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.            herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                     to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between CareDx, Inc. and the undersigned dated                     .

 

Dated:                      ,             Signature:   

 

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.


EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                     , 200     

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Michael Danaher, Esq.

Dear Escrow Agent:

As Escrow Agent for both CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company's repurchase option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

 

1


4. Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within 120 days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

 

2


12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

3


These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules of California.

 

PURCHASER      CAREDX, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    
Print Name      Title
Address:     

 

    

 

    

 

ESCROW AGENT
WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

 

By: Michael Danaher, Esq.

 

4


EXHIBIT C-4

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I,                     , spouse of                     , have read and approve the foregoing Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”). In consideration of granting of the right to my spouse to purchase shares of Common Stock of CareDx, Inc., as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact in respect to the exercise of any rights under the Agreement and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement insofar as I may have any rights in said Agreement or any shares issued pursuant thereto under the community property laws or similar laws relating to marital property in effect in he state of our residence as of the date of the signing of the foregoing Agreement.

 

Dated:                      ,             Signature:                                                                  


EXHIBIT C-5

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME:    TAXPAYER:    SPOUSE:
ADDRESS:      
IDENTIFICATION NO.:    TAXPAYER:    SPOUSE:
TAXABLE YEAR:      

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:             shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:             .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $            .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $            .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned's receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

 

Dated:                      ,            

 

   Taxpayer
The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.   
Dated:                      ,            

 

   Spouse of Taxpayer

Exhibit 10.3

CAREDX, INC.

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means CareDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

2


(k) “ Consultant ” means any individual, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Consultant” shall not include any entity or any non-natural person.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

3


(r) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(v) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(x) “ Plan ” means this 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

(y) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(z) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(aa) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(cc) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(dd) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is equal to the sum of: (i) any Shares that, as of the date of board approval of this Plan, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Expression Diagnostics, Inc. 1998 Stock Plan (the “1998 Plan”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder (3,158,477 Shares), and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 1998 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant

 

4


to awards granted under the 1998 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 5,582,808 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

(c) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

 

5


(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6


6. Stock Options .

(a) Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Option Agreement . Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

7


(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(f) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the

 

8


Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

 

9


(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

10


(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10. Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as

 

11


otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12. Limited Transferability of Awards .

(a) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or

 

12


enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control (subject to the remaining provisions of Section 13(c)); (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon the effectiveness of such merger of Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

13


For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14. Tax Withholding .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount

 

14


required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

15. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

16. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

15


(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

21. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

22. Information to Participants . Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

16


CAREDX, INC.

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

  Date of Grant:   

 

  
  Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

  
  Exercise Price per Share:    $                                                                                                           
  Total Number of Shares Granted:   

 

  
  Total Exercise Price :    $                                                                                                           
  Type of Option:                   Incentive Stock Option   
                    Nonstatutory Stock Option   
  Term/Expiration Date:   

 

  

Vesting Schedule :

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]


Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13(c) of the Plan.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

2


3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

 

3


(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

4


(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

5


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT       CAREDX, INC.

 

     

 

Signature       By

 

     

 

Print Name       Print Name

 

     

 

      Title

 

     
Residence Address      

 

6


EXHIBIT A

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

CareDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Blvd.

Brisbane, CA 94005

Attention:                                     

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                     ,         , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                     ,          (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

2


6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

3


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:      Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT      CAREDX, INC.

 

    

 

Signature      By

 

    

 

Print Name      Print Name
    

 

     Title
Address:      Address:

 

    

 

 

    

 

    

 

     Date Received

 

4


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT   :   
COMPANY   :    CAREDX, INC.
SECURITY   :    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT   :   
DATE   :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements


of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

2


CAREDX, INC.

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT — EARLY EXERCISE

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

  Date of Grant:   

 

  
  Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

  
  Exercise Price per Share:    $                                                                                                           
  Total Number of Shares Granted:   

 

  
  Total Exercise Price:    $                                                                                                           
  Type of Option:                   Incentive Stock Option   
                    Nonstatutory Stock Option   
  Term/Expiration Date:   

 

  

Vesting Schedule :

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]


Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13(c) of the Plan.

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan as follows:

(a) Right to Exercise .

(i) Subject to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Alternatively, at the election of Participant, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C-1 ).

(ii) As a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, Participant shall execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

2


(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

3


5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

 

4


9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409 A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO

 

5


NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT       CAREDX, INC.

 

     

 

Signature       By

 

     

 

Print Name       Print Name

 

     

 

      Title

 

     
Residence Address      

 

6


EXHIBIT A

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

CareDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Blvd.

Brisbane, CA 94005

Attention:                                     

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                     ,         , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                      shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated                     ,          (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

2


7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

3


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:       Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT       CAREDX, INC.

 

     

 

Signature       By

 

     

 

Print Name       Print Name
     

 

      Title
Address:       Address:

 

     

 

 

     

 

     

 

      Date Received

 

4


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :   
COMPANY    :    CAREDX, INC.
SECURITY    :    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT    :   
DATE    :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such


longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT
 
Signature
 
Print Name
 
Date

 

2


EXHIBIT C-1

CAREDX, INC.

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made between             (the “Purchaser”) and CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of             ,             .

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the exercise of the option (grant number             ) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) dated             ,             by and between the Company and Purchaser with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase             of those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Shares.”

B. As required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option.

1. Repurchase Option .

(a) If Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety (90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b) Upon the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price, or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and


cancellation of indebtedness equals such aggregate repurchase price. Upon delivery of such notice and payment of the aggregate repurchase price in any of the ways described above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company.

(c) Whenever the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all or a part of such Unvested Shares.

(d) If the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination, the Repurchase Option shall terminate.

(e) The Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.

2. Transferability of the Shares; Escrow .

(a) Purchaser hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.

(b) To insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as Exhibit C-2 . The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Purchaser attached as Exhibit C-3 hereto, until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions imposed pursuant to this Agreement.

(c) Neither the Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

 

2


(d) Transfer or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this Agreement.

3. Ownership, Voting Rights, Duties . This Agreement shall not affect in any way the ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as specifically provided herein.

4. Legends . The share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable federal and state securities laws):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

5. Adjustment for Stock Split . All references to the number of Shares and the purchase price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this Agreement.

6. Notices . Notices required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their respective principal executive offices.

7. Survival of Terms . This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs, legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.

8. Section 83(b) Election . Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in the recognition of taxable income to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.

 

3


This discussion is intended only as a summary of the general United States income tax laws that apply to exercising Options as to Shares that have not yet vested and is accurate only as of the date this form Agreement was approved by the Board. The federal, state and local tax consequences to any particular taxpayer will depend upon his or her individual circumstances. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit C-4 for reference.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S BEHALF.

9. Representations . Purchaser has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. Purchaser understands that he or she (and not the Company) shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice, this Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

Purchaser represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth above.

 

PARTICIPANT     CAREDX, INC.
       
Signature     By
       
Print Name     Print Name
       
    Title
     
Residence Address    
Dated:                      ,             

 

4


EXHIBIT C-2

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,             , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto CareDx, Inc.             shares of the Common Stock of CareDx, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.             herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint             to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between CareDx, Inc. and the undersigned dated             ,             (the “Agreement”).

 

Dated:                      ,         

Signature:                                                                                    

INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.


EXHIBIT C-3

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

                     ,         

Corporate Secretary

CareDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Blvd.

Brisbane, CA 94005

Dear                      :

As Escrow Agent for both CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:

1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.


4. Upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.

5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.

6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.

7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.

12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

 

2


14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.

16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

PURCHASER       CAREDX, INC.

 

     

 

Signature       By
     

Print Name

     

Print Name

 

     

 

      Title

 

     
Residence Address      
ESCROW AGENT      

 

     
Corporate Secretary      
Dated:                                                                                                      

 

3


EXHIBIT C-4

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.

 

1. The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

     TAXPAYER       SPOUSE
  NAME:                                                                                                                                                               
  ADDRESS:                                                                                                                                                               
                                                                                                                                                                
  TAX ID NO.:                                                                                                                                                               
  TAXABLE YEAR:                                                                                      

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:             shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

3. The date on which the property was transferred is:            ,            .

 

4. The property is subject to the following restrictions:

The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.

 

5. The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never lapse, of such property is: $            .

 

6. The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $            .

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

Dated:                      ,               

 

  Taxpayer
 
The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.  
 
Dated:                      ,               

 

  Spouse of Taxpayer

Exhibit 10.4

CAREDX, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by


Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means CareDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

2


(k) “ Consultant ” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock; or

(iv) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

3


(r) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(s) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(t) “ Inside Director ” means a Director who is an Employee.

(u) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(v) “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(x) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee.

(y) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(aa) “ Performance Share ” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

(bb) “ Performance Unit ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

(cc) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(dd) “ Plan ” means this 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ee) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ff) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 7 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(gg) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(hh) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

 

4


(ii) “ Section 16(b) ” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(jj) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(kk) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(mm) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is             Shares, plus the sum of (i) any Shares that, as of the Registration Date, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Existing Plan”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the Existing Plan that, on or after the Registration Date, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the Existing Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan from previously granted awards under the Existing Plan equal to             . The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2015 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i)             Shares, (ii) four percent (4%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such number of Shares determined by the Board; provided, however, that such determination under clause (iii) will be made no later than the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to, or repurchased by, the Company due to failure to vest, then the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that actually have been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

5


Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Rule 16b-3 . To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

6


(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19 of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(b) of the Plan regarding Incentive Stock Options);

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy tax withholding obligations in such manner as prescribed in Section 15 of the Plan;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

7


(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

8


(d) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) a notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the

 

9


option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 7 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

10


8. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may only settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

9. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement, as determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

11


(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

10. Performance Units and Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares . Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares . Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms . The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “ Performance Period .” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares . After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares . Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.

 

12


(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

11. Outside Director Limitations .

(a) Cash-settled Awards . No Outside Director may be granted, in any Fiscal Year, cash-settled Awards with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of greater than $            , increased to $            in the Fiscal Year of his or her initial service as an Outside Director.

(b) Stock-settled Awards . Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, no Outside Director may be granted, in any Fiscal Year, Awards covering more than             Shares, increased to             Shares in the Fiscal Year of his or her initial service as an Outside Director.

Any Awards granted to an individual while he or she was an Employee, or while he or she was a Consultant but not an Outside Director, will not count for purposes of the limitations under this Section 11.

12. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

13. Transferability of Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

14. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Sections 3 and 11(b) of the Plan.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it previously has not been exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

13


(c) Change in Control . In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards may be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 14(c), the Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, these type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 14(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

14


(d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director, in the event of a Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which otherwise would not be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met.

15. Tax .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

(c) Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A, the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

16. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

17. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

18. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon the later to occur of (i) its adoption by the Board or (ii) the business day immediately prior to the Registration Date. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

 

15


19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will materially impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

20. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

21. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

22. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

16


CAREDX, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the CareDx, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), including the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Participant:  

 

 
Address:  

 

 
 

 

 

 

Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

 
Date of Grant  

 

 
Vesting Commencement Date  

 

 
Number of Shares Granted  

 

 
Exercise Price per Share  

$

 
Total Exercise Price  

$

 
Type of Option            Incentive Stock Option  
           Nonstatutory Stock Option  
Term/Expiration Date  

 

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to accelerated vesting as set forth below or in the Plan, this Option will be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[25% of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable on the 1-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/48 th of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest and become exercisable each month thereafter, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

 

1


Termination Period :

This Option will be exercisable for 3 months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option will be exercisable for 12 months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 14(c) of the Plan.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, including exhibits hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     CAREDX, INC.

 

Signature

   

 

By

 

Print Name

   

 

Title

Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

2


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

1. Grant of Option . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

3. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

4. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.

 

3


5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Tax Obligations .

(a) Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time of the Option exercise, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date 2 years after the Grant Date, or (ii) the date 1 year after the date of exercise, Participant will immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the fair market value of a share on the date of grant (a “Discount Option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A Discount Option may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the option, (ii) an additional 20% federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The Discount Option may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest charges to Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the

 

4


Exercise Price per Share of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with an Exercise Price per Share that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

7. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

9. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at CareDx, Inc., 3260 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

10. Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

11. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

12. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the purchase by, or issuance of Shares to, Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such purchase or issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule

 

5


compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares will be considered transferred to Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

13. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

14. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

15. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Options awarded under the Plan or future options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

16. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

17. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

18. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Code Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Option.

 

6


19. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

20. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of San Mateo County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

 

7


EXHIBIT B

CAREDX, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

CareDx, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Blvd.

Brisbane, CA 94005

Attention: Stock Administration

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             ,         , the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase              shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated              (the “Agreement”). The purchase price for the Shares will be $            , as required by the Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment . Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any required tax withholding to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Purchaser . Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

1


6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan and Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PURCHASER     CAREDX, INC.

 

Signature

   

 

By

 

Print Name

   

 

Its

Address :    

 

   

 

   
   
   

 

Date Received

 

 

2


CAREDX, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the CareDx, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Award Agreement”), which includes the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A .

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

Participant Name:

Address:

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

Date of Grant  

 

Vesting Commencement Date  

 

Number of Restricted Stock Units  

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[25% of the Restricted Stock Units will vest on the 1-year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and 25% of the Restricted Stock Units will vest each year thereafter on the same day as the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.


PARTICIPANT:     CAREDX, INC.

 

Signature

   

 

By

 

Print Name

   

 

Title

Residence Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

2


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

1. Grant . The Company hereby grants to the individual named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay . Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Sections 3 or 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Units will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company. Any Restricted Stock Units that vest in accordance with Sections 3 or 4 will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in whole Shares, subject to Participant satisfying any applicable tax withholding obligations as set forth in Section 7. Subject to the provisions of Section 4, such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within the period sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of the payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Award Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. The payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 4 shall in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A.

Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement to the contrary, if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to death , and if (x) Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six

 

3


(6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, the balance of the Restricted Stock Units that have not vested as of the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any or no reason and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares will be issued to Participant, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment, social insurance, payroll and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. Prior to vesting and/or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) to satisfy all withholding and payment obligations of the Company and/or the Employer. In this regard, Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer to withhold all applicable tax withholding obligations legally payable by Participant from his or her wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer or from proceeds of the sale of Shares. Alternatively, or in addition, if permissible under applicable local law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount

 

4


required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant and, until determined otherwise by the Company, this will be the method by which such tax withholding obligations are satisfied. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or tax withholding obligations related to Restricted Stock Units otherwise are due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units and any right to receive Shares thereunder and the Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant. After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS AWARD OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at CareDx, Inc., 3260 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

 

5


12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Award Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Where the Company determines that the delivery of the payment of any Shares will violate federal securities laws or other applicable laws, the Company will defer delivery until the earliest date at which the Company reasonably anticipates that the delivery of Shares will no longer cause such violation. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state, federal or foreign law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority or securities exchange.

14. Plan Governs . This Award Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Award Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Award Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

 

6


18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Award Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Award Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Award Agreement . This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Award Agreement will be governed by the laws of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock Units or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of San Mateo County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock Units is made and/or to be performed.

 

7


CAREDX, INC.

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the CareDx, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Notice of Restricted Stock Grant (the “Notice of Grant”) and the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A (together, the “Agreement”).

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

 

Participant Name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number  

 

Date of Grant  

 

Vesting Commencement Date  

 

Total Number of Shares Granted  

 

Vesting Schedule :

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock will vest and the Company’s right to reacquire the Restricted Stock will lapse in accordance with the following schedule:

[The Restricted Stock will vest as to 1/4 of the Restricted Stock on the first Restricted Stock Quarterly Vesting Date that is on or after the one year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through such date. On each of the next 12 Restricted Stock Quarterly Vesting Dates, 1/16 of the number of Restricted Stock granted will vest, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

“Restricted Stock Quarterly Vesting Date” means the second Wednesday of the month of each of March, June, September, and December of any given year.

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of CareDx, Inc. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock is

 

1


granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     CAREDX, INC.

 

   

 

Signature    

 

   

 

Print Name    
Address :    

 

   

 

   

 

2


EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant (the “Participant”) under the Plan for past services and as a separate incentive in connection with his or her services and not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for his or her services, an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

2. Escrow of Shares .

(a) All Shares of Restricted Stock will, upon execution of this Agreement, be delivered and deposited with an escrow holder designated by the Company (the “Escrow Holder”). The Shares of Restricted Stock will be held by the Escrow Holder until such time as the Shares of Restricted Stock vest or the date Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

(b) The Escrow Holder will not be liable for any act it may do or omit to do with respect to holding the Shares of Restricted Stock in escrow while acting in good faith and in the exercise of its judgment.

(c) Upon Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason, the Escrow Holder, upon receipt of written notice of such termination, will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Holder with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company upon such termination.

(d) The Escrow Holder will take all steps necessary to accomplish the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock to Participant after they vest following Participant’s request that the Escrow Holder do so.

(e) Subject to the terms hereof, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares while they are held in escrow, including without limitation, the right to vote the Shares and to receive any cash dividends declared thereon.

(f) In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares, the Shares of Restricted Stock will be increased, reduced or otherwise changed, and by virtue of any such change Participant will in his or her capacity as owner of unvested Shares of Restricted Stock be entitled to new or additional or different shares

 

3


of stock, cash or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities); such new or additional or different shares, cash or securities will thereupon be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. If Participant receives rights or warrants with respect to any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock, such rights or warrants may be held or exercised by Participant, provided that until such exercise any such rights or warrants and after such exercise any shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants will be considered to be unvested Shares of Restricted Stock and will be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the unvested Shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to this Agreement. The Administrator in its absolute discretion at any time may accelerate the vesting of all or any portion of such new or additional shares of stock, cash or securities, rights or warrants to purchase securities or shares or other securities acquired by the exercise of such rights or warrants.

(g) The Company may instruct the transfer agent for its Common Stock to place a legend on the certificates representing the Restricted Stock or otherwise note its records as to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement.

3. Vesting Schedule . Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded by this Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in Participant in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

4. Administrator Discretion . The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

5. Forfeiture upon Termination of Status as a Service Provider . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, the balance of the Shares of Restricted Stock that have not vested at the time of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider for any reason will be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company upon the date of such termination and Participant will have no further rights thereunder. Participant will not be entitled to a refund of the price paid for the Shares of Restricted Stock, if any, returned to the Company pursuant to this Section 5. Participant hereby appoints the Escrow Agent with full power of substitution, as Participant’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact with irrevocable power and authority in the name and on behalf of Participant to take any action and execute all documents and instruments, including, without limitation, stock powers which may be necessary to transfer the certificate or certificates evidencing such unvested Shares to the Company upon such termination of service.

6. Death of Participant . Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

4


7. Withholding of Taxes . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no certificate representing the Shares of Restricted Stock may be released from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2, unless and until satisfactory arrangements (as determined by the Administrator) will have been made by Participant with respect to the payment of income, employment and other taxes which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to such Shares. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit or require Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation) by (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already vested and owned Shares having a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (d) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any tax withholding obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant and, until determined otherwise by the Company, this will be the method by which such tax withholding obligations are satisfied. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required tax withholding obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Shares otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or tax withholding obligations related to the applicable Shares otherwise are due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Shares and the Shares will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

8. Rights as Stockholder . Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant or the Escrow Agent. Except as provided in Section 2(f), after such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

9. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE SHARES OF RESTRICTED STOCK PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE

 

5


COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

10. Address for Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Agreement will be addressed to the Company at CareDx, Inc., 3260 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

11. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in Section 6, the unvested Shares subject to this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any unvested Shares of Restricted Stock subject to this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

12. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

13. Additional Conditions to Release from Escrow . The Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares hereunder or release such Shares from the escrow established pursuant to Section 2 prior to fulfillment of all the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the securities exchange on which the Shares are then registered, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Administrator will, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; and (d) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of grant of the Restricted Stock as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

14. Plan Governs . This Agreement is subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern. Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Agreement will have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

15. Administrator Authority . The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares of Restricted Stock have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Agreement.

 

6


16. Electronic Delivery . The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

17. Captions . Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

18. Agreement Severable . In the event that any provision in this Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

19. Modifications to the Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A of the Code in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock.

20. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan . By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock under the Plan, and has received, read and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of California, without giving effect to the conflict of law principles thereof. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Award of Restricted Stock or this Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California , and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of San Mateo County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this Award of Restricted Stock is made and/or to be performed.

 

7

Exhibit 10.5

CAREDX, INC.

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Companies with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated Contributions. The Company intends for the Plan to have two components: a Code Section 423 Component (“ 423 Component ”) and a non-Code Section 423 Component (“ Non-423 Component ”). The Company’s intention is to have the 423 Component of the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes the grant of an option to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component that does not qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code; such an option will be granted pursuant to rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted by the Administrator designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 14.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means any entity, other than a Subsidiary, in which the Company has an equity or other ownership interest.

(c) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where options are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection, gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final U.S. Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(f) “ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or U.S. Treasury Regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other official applicable guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(g) “ Committee ” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

(h) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(i) “ Company ” means CareDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(j) “ Compensation ” means an Eligible Employee’s base straight time gross earnings, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses, payments for overtime and shift

 

2


premium, equity compensation income and other similar compensation. The Administrator, in its discretion, may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for a subsequent Offering Period.

(k) “ Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments that the Company may permit to be made by a Participant to fund the exercise of options granted pursuant to the Plan.

(l) “ Designated Company ” means any Subsidiary or Affiliate that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. For purposes of the 423 Component, only the Company and its Subsidiaries may be Designated Companies, provided, however that at any given time, a Subsidiary that is a Designated Company under the 423 Component will not be a Designated Company under the Non-423 Component.

(m) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(n) “ Eligible Employee ” means any individual who is a common law employee providing services to the Company or a Designated Company and is customarily employed for at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year by the Employer, or any lesser number of hours per week and/or number of months in any calendar year established by the Administrator (if required under applicable local law) for purposes of any separate Offering or for Eligible Employees participating in the Non-423 Component. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves or is legally protected under Applicable Laws. Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated three (3) months and one (1) day following the commencement of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date in an Offering, determine (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iii) customarily works not more than five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (iv) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (v) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, provided the exclusion is applied with respect to each Offering in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the Employer whose Employees are participating in that Offering. Each exclusion will be applied with respect to an Offering in a manner complying with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e)(2)(ii).

(o) “ Employer ” means the employer of the applicable Eligible Employee(s).

(p) “ Enrollment Date ” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

(q) “ Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

3


(r) “ Exercise Date ” means the first Trading Day on or after                      and                      of each Purchase Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first Exercise Date under the Plan will be                 .

(s) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator; or

(iv) For purposes of the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period under the Plan, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock (the “ Registration Statement ”).

(t) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.

(u) “ New Exercise Date ” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

(v) “ Offering ” means an offer under the Plan of an option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Section 4. For purposes of the Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which Employees of one or more Employers will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

(w) “ Offering Periods ” means the periods of approximately six (6) months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised, (i) commencing on the first Trading Day on or after                  and                  of each year and terminating on the first Trading Day on or after                  and                 , approximately six (6) months later; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company’s Registration Statement effective and will end on the first Trading Day on or after                 , and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on the first Trading Day on or after                 . The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Sections 4 and 20.

 

4


(x) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(y) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Employee that participates in the Plan.

(z) “ Plan ” means this CareDx, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(aa) “ Purchase Period ” means the approximately six (6) month period commencing after one Exercise Date and ending with the next Exercise Date, except that the first Purchase Period of any Offering Period will commence on the Enrollment Date and end with the next Exercise Date. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the Purchase Period will have the same duration and coincide with the length of the Offering Period.

(bb) “ Purchase Price ” means an amount equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other Applicable Law, regulation or stock exchange rule) or pursuant to Section 20.

(cc) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(dd) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(ee) “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

(ff) “ U.S. Treasury Regulations ” means the Treasury regulations of the Code. Reference to a specific Treasury Regulation or Section of the Code will include such Treasury Regulation or Section, any valid regulation promulgated under such Section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such Section or regulation.

3. Eligibility .

(a) First Offering Period . Any individual who is an Eligible Employee immediately prior to the first Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . Any Eligible Employee on a given Enrollment Date subsequent to the first Offering Period will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 5.

(c) Non-U.S. Employees . Eligible Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they also are citizens or residents of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the participation of such Eligible Employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would

 

5


cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Section 423 of the Code. In the case of the Non-423 Component, Eligible Employees may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Administrator has determined that participation of such Eligible Employees is not advisable or practicable.

(d) Limitations . Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate, which exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

4. Offering Periods . The Plan will be implemented by consecutive Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first Trading Day on or after                  and                  each year, or on such other date as the Administrator will determine; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan will commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date upon which the Company’s Registration Statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and end on the first Trading Day on or after             , and provided, further, that the second Offering Period under the Plan will commence on the first Trading Day on or after             . The Administrator will have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future Offerings without stockholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter; provided, however, that no Offering Period may last more than twenty-seven (27) months.

5. Participation .

(a) First Offering Period . An Eligible Employee will be entitled to continue to participate in the first Offering Period pursuant to Section 3(a) only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in a form determined by the Administrator (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit A ) to the Company’s designated plan administrator (i) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under this Plan and (ii) no later than ten (10) business days following the effective date of such S-8 registration statement or such other period of time as the Administrator may determine (the “ Enrollment Window ”). An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the subscription agreement during the Enrollment Window will result in the automatic termination of such individual’s participation in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods . An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b) by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee), on or before a date determined by the Administrator prior to an applicable Enrollment Date, a properly completed subscription agreement authorizing Contributions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) following an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator.

 

6


6. Contributions .

(a) At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 5, he or she will elect to have Contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise, to the extent permitted by the Administrator) made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding        percent (      %) of the Compensation, which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period (for illustrative purposes, should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have any payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the then-current Purchase Period or Offering Period). The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit all Participants in a specified Offering to contribute amounts to the Plan through payment by cash, check or other means set forth in the subscription agreement prior to each Exercise Date of each Purchase Period. A Participant’s subscription agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(b) In the event Contributions are made in the form of payroll deductions, such payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Enrollment Date and will end on the last pay day prior to the Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10 hereof; provided, however, that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first pay day on or following the end of the Enrollment Window.

(c) All Contributions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and Contributions will be made in whole percentages only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(d) A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10. Except as may be permitted by the Administrator, as determined in its sole discretion, a Participant may not change the rate of his or her Contributions during an Offering Period.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(d), a Participant’s Contributions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during a Purchase Period. Subject to Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(d) hereof, Contributions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Purchase Period scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 10.

(f) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may allow Eligible Employees to participate in the Plan via cash contributions instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law, (ii) the Administrator determines that cash contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code or (iii) for Participants participating in the Non-423 Component.

(g) At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs), the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or Employer’s federal, state, local or any other tax liability payable to any authority including taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the U.S., national insurance, social security or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs). At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding

 

7


required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee. In addition, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or any other method of withholding the Company or the Employer deems appropriate to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

7. Grant of Option . On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s Contributions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Purchase Period more than              shares of Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19) and provided further that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(d) and 13. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option (i) with respect to the first Offering Period by submitting a properly completed subscription agreement in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 on or before the last day of the Enrollment Window, and (ii) with respect to any subsequent Offering Period under the Plan, by electing to participate in the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Section 5. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period of an Offering Period. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 8, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

8. Exercise of Option .

(a) Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 10, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated Contributions from his or her account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any Contributions accumulated in a Participant’s account, which are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the Participant’s account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 10. Any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

(b) If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or (y) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 20. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date.

 

8


9. Delivery . As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 9.

10. Withdrawal .

(a) A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the Contributions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administration office (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form determined by the Administrator for such purpose (which may be similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit B ), or (ii) following an electronic or other withdrawal procedure determined by the Administrator. All of the Participant’s Contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further Contributions for the purchase of shares will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, Contributions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.

(b) A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

11. Termination of Employment . Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan and the Contributions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 15, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. A Participant whose employment transfers between entities through a termination with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by the Company or a Designated Company will not be treated as terminated under the Plan; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the option will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent it complies with Section 423 of the Code.

12. Interest . No interest will accrue on the Contributions of a participant in the Plan, except as may be required by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, will apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering under the 423 Component, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

 

9


13. Stock .

(a) Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 19 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that will be made available for sale under the Plan will be              shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2015 Fiscal Year equal to the least of (i)              shares of Common Stock, (ii)        percent (      %) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year, or (iii) an amount determined by the Administrator.

(b) Until the shares of Common Stock are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will have only the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

(c) Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

14. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. The Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to designate separate Offerings under the Plan, to designate Subsidiaries and Affiliates as participating in the 423 Component or Non-423 Component, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan and to establish such procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, to adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 13(a) hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan will govern the operation of such sub-plan). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering or in the Non-423 Component. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of Contributions, making of Contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The Administrator also is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f), the terms of an option granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the U.S. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

15. Designation of Beneficiary .

(a) If permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, if permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective.

 

10


(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by notice in a form determined by the Administrator. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

(c) All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time. Notwithstanding Sections 15(a) and (b) above, the Company and/or the Administrator may decide not to permit such designations by Participants in non-U.S. jurisdictions to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f).

16. Transferability . Neither Contributions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 15 hereof) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

17. Use of Funds . The Company may use all Contributions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such Contributions except under Offerings or for Participants in the Non-423 Component for which Applicable Laws require that Contributions to the Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will have only the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

18. Reports . Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

19. Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 7 and 13.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New

 

11


Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically, prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering Period will end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or Change in Control. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

20. Amendment or Termination .

(a) The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants accounts that have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under Applicable Laws, as further set forth in Section 12 hereof) as soon as administratively practicable.

(b) Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 20(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods or Purchase Periods, designate separate Offerings, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with Contribution amounts, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

(c) In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i) amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

 

12


(ii) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period or Purchase Period including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(iii) shortening any Offering Period or Purchase Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period or Purchase Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

(iv) reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as Contributions; and

(v) reducing the maximum number of Shares a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period or Purchase Period.

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participants.

21. Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

22. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23. Code Section 409A. The 423 Component of the Plan is exempt from the application of Code Section 409A and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from Code Section 409A. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Code Section 409A or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Code Section 409A, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Code Section 409A, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Administrator would not violate Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Code Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Code Section 409A.

 

13


24. Term of Plan . The Plan will become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company. It will continue in effect for a term of twenty (20) years, unless sooner terminated under Section 20.

25. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

26. Governing Law . The Plan will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California (except its choice-of-law provisions).

27. No Right to Employment . Participation in the Plan by a Participant will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable. Furthermore, the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate may dismiss a Participant from employment at any time, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.

28. Severability . If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.

29. Compliance with Applicable Laws . The terms of this Plan are intended to comply with all Applicable Laws and will be construed accordingly.

 

14


EXHIBIT A

CAREDX, INC.

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

       Original Application    Offering Date:                                     
       Change in Payroll Deduction Rate   

1.                          hereby elects to participate in the CareDx, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Plan.

2. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of       % of my Compensation on each payday (from 0 to       %) during the Offering Period in accordance with the Plan. (Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

3. I understand that said payroll deductions will be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Plan. I understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my option and purchase Common Stock under the Plan.

4. I have received a copy of the complete Plan and its accompanying prospectus. I understand that my participation in the Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan.

5. Shares of Common Stock purchased for me under the Plan should be issued in the name(s) of                  (Eligible Employee or Eligible Employee and Spouse only).

6. I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to the Plan within two (2) years after the Offering Date (the first day of the Offering Period during which I purchased such shares) or one (1) year after the Exercise Date, I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased by me over the price that I paid for the shares. I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of any disposition of my shares and I will make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common Stock . The Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of the two (2) year and one (1) year holding periods, I understand that I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I paid for the shares, or (b) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

 

15


7. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Plan.

 

Employee’s Social   
Security Number:   

 

Employee’s Address:   

 

  

 

  

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT WILL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

 

Dated:  

 

   

 

      Signature of Employee

 

16


EXHIBIT B

CAREDX, INC.

2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

The undersigned Participant in the Offering Period of the CareDx, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that began on                 ,          (the “ Offering Date ”) hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be terminated automatically. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned will be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement.

 

Name and Address of Participant:

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

Date:  

 

 

17

Exhibit 10.6

CHIEF EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Chief Executive Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between Peter K. Maag (“you” or “Executive”) and XDx, Inc. (hereafter also “XDx”, the “Employer”, or the “Company”), effective as of the last date set forth on the signature page hereto.

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, XDx and Executive do hereby agree, covenant, and promise as follows:

1. Employment and Duties

XDx is employing Executive with the title of “President and Chief Executive Officer.” Executive’s start or hire date with the Company shall be October 1, 2012. Executive will be responsible for XDx’s operations and strategic direction. Executive will report directly to the XDx Board of Directors (“Board of Directors”) and will be assigned tasks, responsibilities and duties as the Board of Directors sees fit. Subject to appointment by the Board of Directors or stockholders of the Company, Executive shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors during Executive’s employment term.

2. Base Salary

Executive’s base salary will be $350,000 per year, subject to customary withholdings. XDx’s regular payday presently is semi-monthly. Executive’s salary may be reviewed by the Board of Directors at any time.

3. Incentive Compensation and Benefits

Employer agrees to provide Executive with the following incentive compensation and benefits, provided that, Executive is employed under this Agreement and other eligibility requirements are met:

(a) Annual Bonus. Executive will be eligible for an annual bonus of up to $150,000 (pro-rated for partial years). Payment of this bonus will be based on the achievement of the goals determined by the Board of Directors. Bonuses, if paid, are paid upon approval by the Board of Directors at its regularly scheduled meeting that occurs nearest the end of the first quarter of the next calendar year. Executive must be employed by XDx at the time of the approval by the Board of Directors to be eligible for a bonus. The annual bonus will be paid as soon as practicable after the time of the approval by the Board of Directors, but in no event will the annual bonus be paid after the later of (i) the 15 th day of the 3 rd month following the close of the Company’s fiscal year in which the annual bonus is approved, or (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the annual bonus is approved.

(b) Stock Option Grant. XDx will recommend that the Board of Directors grant Executive an option to purchase 1,301,077 shares of Company Common Stock (representing 2.5% of the fully-diluted capital stock of the Company as of the date of this Agreement) at its next regularly scheduled meeting following your hire date. The price per share will be equal to the fair market


value of the Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. The option will vest and become exercisable, contingent on Executive’s continued employment with XDx on each respective vesting date, over a period of four years as follows: 2/48 th  per month during the first year, and thereafter, the remaining shares subject to the grant will vest in equal monthly installments over a three year period. The option will be an incentive stock option to the maximum extent allowed by the tax code and will be subject to the terms of XDx’s Stock Option Plan and the Stock Option Agreement between you and XDx, which you will be required to execute as a condition of the grant.

(c) Benefits. Executive will receive certain benefits routinely provided to XDx employees, which benefits may be changed from time to time. Presently, these include medical, dental and vision, short and long term disability insurance benefits. You will be entitled to three weeks of paid vacation per year of employment.

(d) Change of Control Bonus. XDx will recommend that the Board of Directors grant Executive interests under the Company’s Change of Control Bonus Plans. Subject to the review and approval of the Board of Directors, XDx expects that Executive will be granted interests under the Change of Control Plans of approximately 25% of the funds available for distribution to participants under such plans. The percentage interest grants will vest and become effective, contingent on Executive’s continued employment with XDx on each respective vesting date, over a period of four years as follows: 2/48 th  per month during the first year, and thereafter, the remaining interests will vest in equal monthly installments over a three year period. The percentage interest grants will be subject to the terms of XDx’ Change of Control Bonus Plans and the Participation Agreements to be entered into between you and XDx, which you will be required to execute as a condition of the grants. Pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control Bonus Plans, all amounts payable under such plans are subject to reduction and offset to the extent that a participant receives consideration in a change of control for options and/or shares of common stock held by the participant.

(e) 401(k) Plan. Executive may also elect to participate in the Employer’s 401(k) plan.

(f) Early Change of Control. If a Change of Control is completed on or prior to March 31, 2013 and Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause on or prior to March 31, 2013, then Executive will be entitled to the following benefits:

(i) continuation of Executive’s base salary through March 31, 2013, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company;

(ii) vesting wider the stock option grant described above as if Executive remained employed with the Company through March 31, 2013; and

(iii) vesting under the Change of Control Bonus Plans described above as if Executive remained employed with the Company through March 31, 2013.

 

2


These benefits will be subject to and conditional upon Executive (i) signing and not revoking a release agreement in favor of the Company, its affiliates and its successors in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, (ii) resigning from the Board of Directors (if applicable) on the date that Executive’s employment terminates, (iii) returning to the Company all of Company’s property and confidential information that is in Executive’s possession, and (iv) otherwise complying with the requirements of this Agreement.

For purposes of this Section, “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) the acquisition by any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (for these purposes, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company) (“Person”), that is or becomes the owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding securities (the “Voting Securities”); or

(ii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12)-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (ii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (1) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer; or (2) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (A) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s securities; (B) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (C) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company; or (D) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in subparagraph (C). For purposes of this subsection (ii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) the transaction does not constitute a change in control event under U.S. Treasury regulations 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) or (vii); (ii) it is a financing event for bona fide capital raising purposes; or (iii) a transfer of shares from one existing investor in the Company to another existing investor in the Company or to a new venture capital investor, provided in either event that such transaction is not either carried out in connection with a bona fide acquisition of the Company or transfer substantially all of the shares of the Company.

For purposes of this section “Cause” shall be defined as a determination by the Company’s Board of Directors that Executive: (i) failed or refused to comply with the terms of this Agreement or with any lawful policy, standard or regulation of XDx; (ii) violated of a federal or state law or

 

3


regulation applicable to the business of XDx; (iii) was convicted or entered a plea of no contest to a felony under the laws of the United States or any State; (iv) committed fraud or misappropriated property belonging to XDx or its affiliates; (v) breached of the terms of any confidentiality, invention assignment or proprietary information agreement with XDx or with a former employer, (vi) failed to satisfactorily perform assigned duties; (vii) committed misconduct or gross negligence in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties; or (viii) breached Executive’s fiduciary duties as an employee, officer and/or director, as applicable, of XDx. Notwithstanding the foregoing “Cause” shall only exist under the preceding sentence if, prior to any termination, the Board of Directors provides notice specifying the alleged “Cause” to Executive and Executive is provided a period of 10 days to cure such “Cause” and fails to do so.

4. Performance

During Executive’s employment, Executive shall devote Executive’s entire time and attention to the interests of the Employer in a manner consistent with the highest professional standards and Employer policies; provided, however, that Employer and Executive agree that Executive has disclosed that he currently serves on boards and directors and advisory boards of other companies. Executive may continue such service during the term of his employment with XDx. Prior to commencing service on any additional advisory boards or boards of directors during the term of his employment, Executive will inform the Board of Directors of XDx.

5. Termination of Agreement

This Agreement has no fixed term. It can be terminated at the will of either the Employer or the Executive. In other words, this Agreement is an at-will employment agreement. “At-will” means that either the Employer or the Executive may terminate this Agreement and the employment relationship for any reason or for no reason, with or without notice.

No implied contract concerning any employment-related decision or term or condition of employment can be established by this Agreement or by any oral statement, conduct, policy or practice. There has been no promise, implied or otherwise by XDx of continued employment or employment for any length of time or term or of any salary increase. XDx has made no promise other than that which appears in this Agreement.

6. Confidentiality

In the course of Executive’s employment with the Employer, Executive will have access to, and become acquainted with, information concerning, among other things, XDx, its research, its financers, its finances, its business plans, etc., that is confidential and proprietary to the Employer and that constitutes trade secrets. This information (collectively, “confidential information”) may include, business and marketing plans; techniques and strategies; financial statements of Employer; databases, customer lists and prospect lists; projections, budgets, salaries and other Employer costs; investment strategies and know-how, formulae, and theories; and, training materials and promotional materials and information. Executive’s relationship with XDx will create a relationship of confidence and trust as to such confidential information.

 

4


As a condition of this Agreement, Executive agrees that Executive will not use, publish, disseminate, misappropriate, or otherwise disclose any of the Employer’s, confidential information, either during Executive’s employment or thereafter. Executive agrees to take all reasonable precautions to protect the confidential nature of the Employer’s confidential information and all other documents or materials entrusted to Executive, or that Executive generates, during Executive’s employment. Executive further agrees that all files, records, documents, statistical data, lists, and similar items relating to the Employer’s business are the property of the Employer and will be returned to the Employer upon the termination of Executive’s employment.

As a condition of Executive’s employment, Executive makes the following representations to the Employer: Executive has not breached and will not breach any contractual or fiduciary duty to any previous employer or any client or customer of any such employer; Executive has not misappropriated and will not misappropriate any trade secret or proprietary or confidential information or other property of any such employer or any client or customer of any such employer; Executive will not, in the course of Executive’s employment with the Employer, engage in any activity that involves the use, disclosure, misappropriation, or conversion of any trade secret or proprietary or confidential information or other property of any such employer or any client or customer of any such employer; and, Executive will not otherwise engage in any practice that may constitute unfair competition or an unfair trade practice within the meaning of applicable law. In addition, Executive represents that Executive’s employment by XDx and Executive’s compliance with the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence any proprietary information Executive has received from any former employer.

As a condition to Executive’s employment, Executive shall execute and deliver to the Company the Company’s standard form of At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement (the “Confidentiality Agreement”). In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement, this Agreement shall control.

7. Solicitation and Competition

During Executive’s employment, Executive shall not directly or indirectly own an interest in, join, operate, control or participate in, or be connected as an officer, employee, agent, independent contractor, consultant, partner, shareholder or principal with, any other entity or person engaged in developing, providing, soliciting orders for, selling, distributing or marketing services that directly or indirectly compete with XDx’s services or business. For one (1) year following termination of Executive’s employment (voluntary or involuntary, whether or not for cause), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, and whether or not for compensation, (a) divert or attempt to divert from XDx any entities or persons who are customers or financial supporters of the Employer by means of confidential information, any unfair trade practice or by way of any unlawful means, or (b) induce or attempt to induce any XDx employee to leave Employer’s employ.

8. Modification and Severability

No addition to, modification of, amendment to, or deletion from this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and executed by the Employer and Executive. A legal determination that

 

5


any paragraph, sub-paragraph, sentence, clause or provision of this agreement is void, invalid, or unenforceable shall have no effect on any other paragraph, sentence, clause or provision of this agreement.

9. Entire Agreement

Executive and Employer agree that this Employment Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement, the Stock Option Plan, and the Change of Control Bonus Plan contain the entire understanding and Agreement between them regarding Executive’s employment by Employer. There are no oral agreements or understandings or any other written agreements which directly or indirectly affect the employment relationship between Employer and Executive.

Executive acknowledges and agrees that Employer made no promise, inducement, implied promise, pledge or assurance not set forth within this Agreement. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive was not induced or encouraged to leave previous employment by the Employer or any agent of the Employer.

10. Arbitration of Disputes

The parties agree that pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act any dispute, claim or controversy with respect to the termination of Executive’s employment (whether the termination of that employment is voluntary or involuntary), any dispute, claim or controversy with respect to incidents or events leading to the said termination, or the method or manner of the said termination, any alleged discriminatory conduct, any alleged sexual or other harassment, any claims of violation of public policy or retaliation and any dispute with respect to arbitrability shall be settled by arbitration. Arbitration is the exclusive remedy for all such disputes; no other action may be brought in court or any other forum except actions to compel arbitration. Disputes related to workers’ compensation and unemployment insurance are not arbitrable. Nothing prevents Executive from filing a charge with a state or federal administrative agency. However, any claim that is not resolved administratively through such an agency shall be subject to arbitration.

THIS AGREEMENT IS A WAIVER OF ALL RIGHTS TO A CIVIL COURT ACTION FOR A DISPUTE RELATING TO EMPLOYMENT, TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, ALLEGED DISCRIMINATORY CONDUCT, OR ALLEGED SEXUAL OR OTHER HARASSMENT; ONLY AN ARBITRATOR, NOT A JUDGE OR JURY, WILL DECIDE THE DISPUTE.

The party desiring arbitration, whether the Employer or an employee, shall submit a written “Request for Arbitration” to the other within the applicable statute of limitations period set by the law governing the claim, The Employer shall serve an employee against whom arbitration is requested with a copy of any “Request for Arbitration” that the Employer submits. If the “Request for Arbitration” is not submitted within the applicable time period established by law, the claim(s) cannot be brought in the arbitration forum or in any other forum. The “Request for Arbitration” submitted by either party must clearly state “Request for Arbitration” at the top of the first page. The “Request for Arbitration” also must include the following information: (1) a detailed description of the dispute; (2) the date when the dispute first arose; (3) the names, work locations, and telephone

 

6


numbers of any individuals, including employees or supervisors, with knowledge relevant to the dispute; and (4) the relief requested. The responding party may submit counterclaim(s) in accordance with applicable law, provided that the counterclaim is of the types of disputes covered by this Agreement and is brought within the statute of limitations period applicable to that claim(s).

The arbitrator shall have the following powers:

(1) To rule on motions regarding discovery, as well as on procedural and evidentiary issues raised during the arbitration;

(2) To issue protective orders on the motion of any party or third party witness. Such protective orders may include, but are not limited to, sealing the record of the arbitration in whole or in part (including discovery proceedings and motions, transcripts, and the decision and award), to protect the privacy and other constitutional or statutory rights of the parties and/or witnesses.

(3) To determine only the issue(s) submitted to the arbitrator. The issue(s) must be clearly identifiable in the “Request for Arbitration” or counterclaim(s).

The parties shall be entitled to adequate discovery to vindicate their claim(s), as provided for in the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.

The parties agree as follow:

(1) The arbitrator will rule at the outset of the arbitration on procedural issues that bear on whether the arbitration is allowed to proceed.

(2) Each party has the burden of proving each element of its claim(s) or counterclaim(s), and each party has the burden of proving any of its affirmative defenses.

(3) In addition to, or in lieu of, closing argument, either party will have the right to present post-bearing briefs, and the due date for exchanging post-hearing briefs will be mutually agreed upon by the parties and the arbitrator, or set by the arbitrator if the parties cannot agree.

The substantive law applicable to the claim(s) presented will be the law of the state/jurisdiction where the employee primarily works or worked, or federal law. If both federal and state law speak to a cause of action, the party presenting that cause of action shall have the right to elect the choice of law. The choice of law in no way affects the procedural aspects of the arbitration, which are governed exclusively as provided in this Agreement.

The arbitrator will have the same authority to award remedies and damages as available to a judge and/or jury under parallel circumstances.

The arbitrator shall issue a written decision and award, which shall:

(1) Be signed and dated by the arbitrator;

(2) Decide all issues submitted to the arbitrator;

 

7


(3) Set forth, however briefly, the factual findings and legal principles on which it is based;

(4) Set forth all remedies and damages ordered by the arbitrator, including the factual findings and legal principles on which they are based;

(5) Set forth any award of attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, as provided in this Agreement, specifying the factual findings and legal principles on which such award is based.

Following the issuance of the arbitrator’s decision and award, any party may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to confirm, enforce, correct, or vacate the arbitrator’s decision and award.

The Employer shall bear all of the fees and costs of the arbitrator where that is required by law. The Employer also shall bear all types of costs unique to the arbitration forum, including, but not limited to, the cost of renting the arbitration room, if an employee would not be required to bear such costs had employee brought a claim in civil court. Each party shall bear its own attorneys’ fees and costs, except to the extent that the arbitrator makes an award of those fees and costs to the prevailing party in accordance with law applicable to the claim(s).

An Arbitrator shall be chosen by the parties, and the arbitration shall be held in San Francisco, California. If the parties cannot agree on an Arbitrator, then they shall apply to the Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (FMCS) for a list of experienced labor Arbitrators in Northern California, The parties shall alternatively strike names from the list, Executive striking first, until one name is left. That person shall serve as the Arbitrator. If the Arbitrator chosen from the FMCS list cannot serve, the parties shall apply to the FMCS for another list of experienced Arbitrators in Northern California. The parties expressly agree to waive any right, including any Constitutional right, to a jury trial, in exchange for the right to go to arbitration, which is generally quicker and less expensive than a trial. Reasonable discovery shall be permitted, in accordance with the Arbitrator’s rulings, as is appropriate to the nature of the claim.

Should any court determine that any provision(s) of this Paragraph 10, Arbitration of Disputes, is void or invalid, the parties specifically intend every other provision of this Paragraph to remain enforceable and intact. The parties explicitly and definitely prefer arbitration to recourse to the courts, for the reasons described above, and have prescribed arbitration as their sole and exclusive method of dispute resolution for the disputes set forth above.

I KNOW I HAVE THE RIGHT TO OPT OUT OF ARBITRATION AT THIS TIME, BUT I VOLUNTARILY CHOOSE ARBITRATION TO RESOLVE DISPUTES FOR MANY REASONS, INCULDING ITS EFFICIENCY AND RELATIVE CONFDENTIALITY.

 

/s/ Peter Maag
EXECUTIVE’S SIGNATURE

 

8


11. Section 409A

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) (together, the “Deferred Payments”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, in order to comply with Section 409A, if necessary , no payment or benefit to which Executive otherwise becomes entitled under this Agreement in connection with the termination of Executive’s employment, shall be made or provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six month period measured from the date of Executive’s “separation from service” with XDx (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulations issued under Code Section 409A) or (ii) the date of Executive’s death, if Executive is deemed at the time of such separation from service to be a “key employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 416(i) and such delayed commencement is otherwise required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Code Section 409(A)(a)(2). Upon the expiration of the applicable Code Section 409(a)(2) deferral period, if any, all payments and benefits deferred pursuant to this Section 11 (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such deferral) shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties, intending to be legally bound, have executed this Chief Executive Employment Agreement as of the dates set forth below.

 

        XDX, INC.

DATED:

 

9/19/12

     

/s/ Michael D. Goldberg

       

By: Michael D. Goldberg

       

Chairman of the Board

       

EXECUTIVE

DATED:

 

9/19/12

     

/s/ Peter K. Maag

       

Peter K. Maag

Exhibit 10.7

OFFER LETTER

July 31 st , 2006

Dr. James P. Yee

Dear Jim:

I am pleased to offer you a position with Expression Diagnostics, XDx, Inc. (the “Company”) as Chief Medical Officer, reporting to Pierre Cassigneul, the Company’s President and CEO. Your full-time employment with the Company will commence August 1 st , 2006.

Effective upon commencement of your full-time employment at the Company you will receive a monthly salary of $20,850.00, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures. As a Company employee, you are also eligible to receive certain employee benefits pursuant to the terms of Company benefit plans as they may exist from time to time.

Following the commencement of your full-time employment, the Company will pay you a sign-in bonus of $40,000 at the completion of the third month. After nine months of employment the Company will pay you a second bonus of $50,000. At the end of the 2007 calendar year the company will pay you a third bonus of $30,000.

During the first year of your employment if you chose to relocate closer to the new address of the Company in Brisbane, California, the Company will pay for expenses related to your relocation, up to an amount of $40,000 (covered expenses could be closing costs, moving costs etc).

In recognition of your past experience, the Company grants you four weeks of vacation per year which will begin to accrue on day one of your employment at the Company. It is understood that you will be eligible to take a four week vacation at the beginning of your employment with XDx.

The Company understands and agrees that you may spend as much as eight (8) hours a week in consulting services to Celera until the end of October 2006.

Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 200,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock post Series E close. One fourth of this option will vest 12 month after your actual start date, subject to your continued employment with the Company, in the subsequent 36 months the option will vest as to one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of shares at the end of each calendar month. Details of the price of these options will be provided in your stock option grant and determined by the board of directors.

750 Gateway Boulevard Suite H South San Francisco California 94080 tel 650 624 0120 fax 650 624 0125

www.xdx.com


Starting in 2007 you will be eligible for bonus plans that will be devised to maximize the company value and give you incentive to contribute to the value creation. These plans may or may not include stock options, cash, other possible incentives and any combination of these. Each annual incentive plan for the years beyond 2007 will be communicated to you prior to the beginning of the each new fiscal year.

You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

As a condition to your employment with the Company, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard Arbitration Agreement and Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association in Santa Clara County, California.

To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below, sign the enclosed Arbitration Agreement and Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement, and return them to XDx in the enclosed envelope. A duplicate original offer letter is enclosed for your

 

2


records. This letter, along with the Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you. This offer of employment will remain valid through July 1 st , 2006.

We look forward to working with you at Expression Diagnostics, Inc.

 

Sincerely,
EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS, INC.
/s/ Pierre G. Cassigneul

Pierre G. Cassigneul

President and CEO

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this

1st day of August, 2006.

/s/ James P.Yee

Dr. James Yee

 

3

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO

OFFER LETTER

July 19, 2010

Mr. Matthew J. Meyer

Dear Matt:

I am pleased to offer you a position with XDx, Inc. (the “Company”) as Vice President, Corporate Development and Legal Affairs, reporting to me, beginning on or before September 1, 2010. This position is a full-time, exempt position and will be based at our headquarters in Brisbane, California,

Effective upon commencement of your full-time employment at the Company you will receive an annual salary of two hundred and fifty thousand dollars ($250,000), paid on a semimonthly basis on our regular paydays. Deductions required by law or authorized by you will be taken from each paycheck. We are also offering you a one-time sign and stay bonus of $10,000, payable within thirty days of your start of employment. If you choose to terminate your employment with XDx within one year of your start date, you agree to repay the paid signing bonus to XDx.

Additionally, you will be eligible to participate in our variable performance bonus plan, which has a current annual maximum target of 30% of base salary. Your eligibility for the bonus will begin immediately but will be prorated for the time that you work during 2010. Payout will be determined by the Board of Directors based on achievement of both corporate and individual goals.

As a Company employee, you are also eligible to receive certain employee benefits pursuant to the terms of Company benefit plans as described in the Employee Handbook. You should note that the Company may modify, in its sole discretion, job titles, salaries, holidays, vacation and any other benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. This option shall vest, subject to your continued employment with the Company, as to one fourth (1/4) of the shares on the one year anniversary of your start date, and as to an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of shares subject to the option at the end of each calendar month thereafter. Details of the price of these options will be provided in your stock option grant and determined by the board of directors.


You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated. Your employment also is subject to successful verification of your professional references, and to our standard pre-employment process, which includes completion of an employment application and successful completion of a standard background check.

As a condition to your employment with the Company, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement, a copy of which will be provided to you.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association in San Mateo County, California.

REMAINDER OF PAGE

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

2


This letter, along with the XDx At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement, sets forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you. To accept this offer, you may sign, date, and fax this letter to Rebecca Soler, Vice President of Human Resources, at (415) 287-2476. This offer of employment will remain valid through July 21, 2010.

We look forward to working with you at XDx, Inc.

 

Sincerely,
XDx, Inc.

/s/ Rebecca Soler for Pierre Cassigneul

Pierre Cassigneul
President & CEO

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this
20th day of July, 2010

/s/ Matthew Meyer

Matthew J. Meyer

 

3

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

OFFER LETTER

March 17, 2014

Ken Ludlum

[PRIVATE ADDRESS]

Dear Ken:

I am pleased to offer you a position with XDx, Inc. (the “Company”) as Chief Financial Officer, reporting to me, beginning March 24, 2014. This position is a full-time, exempt position, based at our headquarters in Brisbane, California.

Effective upon commencement of your full-time employment at the Company you will receive an annualized salary of three hundred and eight thousand ($308,000), paid on a semi-monthly basis on our regular paydays ($12,833 per payday). Deductions required by law or authorized by you will be taken from each paycheck.

Additionally, you will be eligible to participate in our variable performance bonus plan, which as a current annual maximum target of 30% of base salary. Your eligibility for the bonus will begin immediately but will be prorated for the time that you work during 2014. Payout will be determined by the Board of Directors based on achievement of both corporate and individual goals.

As a Company employee, you are also eligible to receive certain employee benefits pursuant to the terms of Company benefit plans as described in the Employee Handbook. You should note that the Company may modify, in its sole discretion, job titles, salaries, holidays, vacation and any other benefits from time to time as it deems necessary.

Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 520,253 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. This option shall vest, subject to your continued employment with the Company, as to one fourth (1/4) of the shares on the one year anniversary of your start date, and as to an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of shares subject to the option at the end of each calendar month thereafter. Details of the price of these options will be provided in your stock option grant and determined by the board of directors.

You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause.


For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated. Your employment also is subject to successful verification of your professional references, and to our standard pre-employment process, which includes completion of an employment application and successful completion of a standard background check.

As a condition to your employment with the Company, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement, a copy of which will be provided to you.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association in San Mateo County, California.

REMAINDER OF PAGE

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

-2-


This letter, along with the XDx At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement, sets forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you. To accept this offer, you may sign, date, and fax this letter to Danny Wan, HR Generalist, at (415) 287-2454. Alternatively, you may scan a copy of the signed offer letter and e-mail it to Danny at dwan@xdx.com . This offer of employment will remain valid through March 24, 2014.

We look forward to working with you at XDx, Inc.

 

Sincerely,

 

XDx, Inc.

/s/ Peter Maag

Peter Maag

President and CEO

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this

 

18th day of March, 2014.

/s/ Ken Ludlum
Ken Ludlum

 

-3-

Exhibit 10.10

OFFER LETTER

November 17, 2006

Mr. Mitch Nelles

Dear Mitch:

I am pleased to offer you a position with Expression Diagnostics, XDx, Inc. (the “Company”) as Vice President, R&D/Tech Ops, reporting to me, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, beginning on December 4, 2006. This position is a full-time, exempt position.

Effective upon commencement of your full-time employment at the Company you will receive an initial base salary of $18,750.00 per month (equivalent to $225,000 per year), paid on a semi-monthly basis on our regular paydays. Deductions required by law or authorized by you will be taken from each paycheck. As a Company employee, you are also eligible to receive certain employee benefits pursuant to the terms of Company benefit plans as they may exist from time to time.

To facilitate your move from North Carolina to the Bay Area, we will provide you with corporate housing and a rental car for your first three (3) months of employment. At the end of the three month period, you will receive a housing allowance of (i) $3,000 per month payable following the completion of each of the subsequent nine (9) months of your employment during the first year, (ii) $2,000 per month following the completion of each of the subsequent twelve (12) months and (iii) $1,000 per month following the completion of each of the subsequent twelve (12) months. These payments will terminate upon the earlier of (a) the third anniversary of your start date and (b) the termination of your employment with the company for any reason.

The Company will provide relocation expense reimbursement up to a total of $50,000 including realtor fees for the sale of your home in North Carolina. To claim the reimbursement, please submit your expenses, as incurred, using the Company’s regular expense reimbursement system.

Between December 1, 2006 and September 1, 2007 the Company will reimburse you for round trip airfare between San Francisco and North Carolina every third week. To claim the reimbursement, please submit your expenses, as incurred, using the Company’s regular expense reimbursement system.

Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will be granted an option to purchase 180,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock. This option shall vest, subject to your continued employment with the Company, as to one fourth (1/4) of the shares on the one year anniversary of your start date, and as to an additional one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the total number of shares subject to the option at the end of each calendar month thereafter. Details of the price of these options will be provided in your stock option grant and determined by the board of directors.


Mitch Nelles

November 17, 2006

 

You should be aware that your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at will employment. As a result, you are free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason. Similarly, the Company is free to conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause.

For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated. Your employment also is subject to successful verification of your professional references, and to our standard pre-employment process, which includes completion of an employment application and successful completion of a standard background check.

As a condition to your employment with the Company, you will be required to sign the Company’s standard Arbitration Agreement and Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement, a copy of which is enclosed.

We also ask that, if you have not already done so, you disclose to the Company any and all agreements relating to your prior employment that may affect your eligibility to be employed by the Company or limit the manner in which you may be employed. It is the Company’s understanding that any such agreements will not prevent you from performing the duties of your position and you represent that such is the case. Moreover, you agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to the Company. Similarly, you agree not to bring any third party confidential information to the Company, including that of your former employer, and that in performing your duties for the Company you will not in any way utilize any such information.

In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully and finally resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association in San Mateo County, California.

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

2


Mitch Nelles

November 17, 2006

 

To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below, sign the enclosed Arbitration Agreement and Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement, and return them to XDx in the enclosed envelope. A duplicate original offer letter is enclosed for your records. This letter, along with the Employment, Confidential Information, and Invention Assignment Agreement, set forth the terms of your employment with the Company and supersede any prior representations or agreements, whether written or oral. This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This letter may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement, signed by the Company and by you. This offer of employment will remain valid through November 22, 2006.

We look forward to working with you at Expression Diagnostics, Inc.

 

Sincerely,
EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS, INC.

/s/ Vikram Jog

Vikram Jog
Chief Financial Officer

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this
21st day of November, 2006.

/s/ Mitch Nelles

Mitch Nelles

 

3

Exhibit 10.11

CAREDX, INC.

CHANGE OF CONTROL AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Change of Control and Severance Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between [                    ] (“ Executive ”) and CareDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), effective as of [                    ] (the “ Effective Date ”).

RECITALS

1. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (i) to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat, or occurrence of a Change of Control and (ii) to provide Executive with an incentive to continue Executive’s employment prior to a Change of Control and to motivate Executive to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its stockholders.

2. The Board believes that it is imperative to provide Executive with certain severance benefits upon Executive’s termination of employment under certain circumstances. These benefits will provide Executive with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change of Control.

3. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 6 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . This Agreement will have an initial term of three (3) years commencing on the Effective Date (the “ Initial Term ”). On the third anniversary of the Effective Date, this Agreement will renew automatically for additional one (1) year terms (each an “ Additional Term ”), unless either party provides the other party with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of automatic renewal. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, if a Change of Control occurs when there are fewer than twelve (12) months remaining during the Initial Term or an Additional Term, the term of this Agreement will extend automatically through the date that is twelve (12) months following the effective date of the Change of Control. If Executive becomes entitled to benefits under Section 3 during the term of this Agreement, the Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

2. At-Will Employment . The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and will continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. As an at-will employee, either the Company or the Executive may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause.


3. Severance Benefits .

(a) Termination without Cause Unrelated to a Change of Control . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (excluding death or Disability) and such termination occurs outside of the Change of Control Period, then subject to Section 4, Executive will receive the following:

(i) Accrued Compensation . The Company will pay Executive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

(ii) Continuing Severance Payments . Executive will be paid continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s base salary rate, as then in effect, for [FOR EXECUTIVES: six (6) months/FOR CEO: twelve (12) months] from the date of such termination of employment, to be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies.

(iii) Continuation Coverage . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, then the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of [FOR EXECUTIVES: six (6) months/FOR CEO: twelve (12) months] from the date of termination or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans. The reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 3(a)(iii), if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating, or being subject to an excise tax under, applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment, payable on the last day of a given month, in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the termination of employment date (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to nine (9) payments. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA reimbursements may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.

(b) Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason in Connection with a Change of Control . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (excluding death or Disability) or if Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, and, in each case, such termination occurs during the Change of Control Period, then subject to Section 4, Executive will receive the following:

(i) Accrued Compensation . The Company will pay Executive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

 

2


(ii) Severance Payment . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment (less applicable withholding taxes) equal to the twelve (12) months of Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination date or, if greater, at the level in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control. For the avoidance of doubt, if (x) Executive incurred a termination prior to a Change of Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments under Section 3(a)(ii); and (y) a Change of Control occurs within the two (2)-month period following Executive’s termination of employment that qualifies Executive for the superior benefits under this Section 3(b)(ii), then Executive shall be entitled to a lump-sum payment of the amount calculated under this Section 3(b)(ii), less amounts already paid under Section 3(a)(ii) and such amount lump-sum amount shall be payable upon the later of: (A) the Change of Control, (B) the date the Release (as defined below) is effective and irrevocable; or (C) such later date required by Section 4(c).

(iii) Bonus Payment . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the higher of (A) the greater of (x) Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which the Change of Control occurs or (y) Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs, or (B) Executive’s actual bonus for performance during the calendar year prior to the calendar year during which the termination of employment occurs. For avoidance of doubt, the amount paid to Executive pursuant to this Section 3(b)(iii) will not be prorated based on the actual amount of time Executive is employed by the Company during the fiscal year (or the relevant performance period if something different than a fiscal year) during which the termination occurs.

(iv) Continuation Coverage . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, then the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of twelve (12) months from the date of termination or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans. The reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 3(b)(iv), if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating, or being subject to an excise tax under, applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment, payable on the last day of a given month, in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the termination of employment date (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company

 

3


has paid an amount equal to twelve (12) payments. For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA reimbursements may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.

(v) Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards . One hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s then-outstanding and unvested Equity Awards will become vested in full. If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

(c) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason during the Change of Control Period) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(d) Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death, then Executive will not be entitled to receive any other severance or other benefits, except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(e) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment as set forth in Section 3(a) or (b) of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 3 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company otherwise may be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement (other than the payment of accrued but unpaid wages, as required by law, and any unreimbursed reimbursable expenses). Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon a termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

4. Conditions to Receipt of Severance

(a) Release of Claims Agreement . The receipt of any severance payments or benefits (other than the accrued benefits set forth in either Sections 3(a)(i) or 3(b)(i)) pursuant to this Agreement is subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Release ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release Deadline ”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.

 

4


(b) Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreements . Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 3 (other than the accrued benefits set forth in either Sections 3(a)(i) or 3(b)(i)) will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement dated [                    ], between the Company and Executive, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

(c) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) It is intended that none of the severance payments under this Agreement will constitute Deferred Payments but rather will be exempt from Section 409A as a payment that would fall within the “short-term deferral period” as described in Section 4(c)(iv) below or resulting from an involuntary separation from service as described in Section 4(c)(v) below. However, any severance payments or benefits under this Agreement that would be considered Deferred Payments will be paid on, or, in the case of installments, will not commence until, the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service, or, if later, such time as required by Section 4(c)(iii). Except as required by Section 4(c)(iii), any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the sixty (60) day period immediately following Executive’s separation from service but for the preceding sentence will be paid to Executive on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following Executive’s separation from service and the remaining payments will be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but before the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment under Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

5


(iv) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(v) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(vi) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition before actual payment to Executive under Section 409A.

5. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section 5, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s benefits under Section 3 will be either:

(a) delivered in full, or

(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments; (ii) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G), (iii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; (iv) reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 5 will be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants immediately prior to a Change of Control or such other person or entity to which the parties

 

6


mutually agree (the “ Firm ”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company will bear all costs the Firm may incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5.

6. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) Cause . “ Cause ” will mean:

(i) Executive’s material failure to perform Executive’s stated duties, and Executive’s continued failure to cure such failure to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within ten (10) days following written notice of such failure to Executive from the Board;

(ii) Executive’s material violation of a Company policy (including any insider trading policy) or any written agreement or covenant with the Company;

(iii) Executive’s conviction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony (other than motor vehicle offenses the effect of which do not materially impair Executive’s performance of his employment duties);

(iv) a willful act by Executive that constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company;

(v) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material injury to the Company;

(vi) the unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of Executive’s relationship with the Company; or

(vii) Executive’s willful failure to cooperate with an investigation by a governmental authority.

The determination as to whether Executive is being terminated for Cause will be made in good faith by the Board and will be final and binding on Executive. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate Executive’s employment relationship at any time as provided in Section 2 above, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent, affiliate or successor thereto, if applicable.

 

7


(b) Change of Control. Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change of Control; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change of Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change of Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

8


(c) Change of Control Period . “ Change of Control Period ” will mean the period beginning two (2) months prior to, and ending twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control.

(d) Code . “ Code ” will mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) Disability . “ Disability ” will mean that Executive has been unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months. Alternatively, Executive will be deemed disabled if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. Termination resulting from Disability may only be effected after at least thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company of its intention to terminate Executive’s employment. In the event that Executive resumes the performance of substantially all of Executive’s duties hereunder before the termination of Executive’s employment becomes effective, the notice of intent to terminate based on Disability will automatically be deemed to have been revoked.

(f) Equity Awards . “ Equity Awards ” will mean Executive’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation awards.

(g) Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” will mean Executive’s voluntary termination, within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s consent:

(i) a material reduction of Employee’s duties, authority, or responsibilities, relative to Employee’s title, duties, authority, or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided, however, that continued employment following the Change of Control with substantially the same responsibility with respect to the Company’s business and operations will not constitute “Good Reason” (for example, Executive will not have been removed from Executive’s position if Executive is employed by the Company and Executive has substantially the same responsibilities with respect to the business of the Company as Executive had immediately prior to the Change of Control whether Executive’s title is revised to reflect Executive’s placement within the overall corporate hierarchy and whether Executive provides services to a subsidiary, affiliate, business unit or otherwise);

(ii) a material reduction by the Company of Executive’s annual base salary as in effect on the Effective Date (or, if lower, as in effect immediately prior to the reduction), except to the extent the base salaries of all other senior executives of the Company are similarly reduced;

(iii) the failure of the Company to obtain assumption of this Agreement by any successor; or

 

9


(iv) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s principal workplace; provided, that a relocation of less than fifty (50) miles from Mountain View, California will not be considered a material change in geographic location.

Executive may not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition that Executive believes constitutes Good Reason specifically identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.

For purposes of the “Good Reason” definition, the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent, affiliate or successor thereto, if applicable.

(h) Section 409A Limit . “ Section 409A Limit ” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

7. Successors .

(a) The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 7(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

(b) Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

8. Notice .

(a) General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when sent electronically or personally delivered when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or when delivered by a private courier service such as UPS, DHL or Federal Express that has tracking capability. In the case of Executive, notices will be sent to the e-mail address or addressed to Executive at the home address, in either case which Executive most recently

 

10


communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, electronic notices will be sent to the e-mail address of the Chief Executive Officer and the General Counsel and mailed notices will be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the attention of its Chief Executive Officer and General Counsel.

(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason will be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 8(a) of this Agreement. Such notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than ninety (90) days after the giving of such notice).

9. Resignation . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will be deemed to have resigned from all officer and/or director positions held at the Company and its affiliates voluntarily, without any further required action by Executive, as of the end of Executive’s employment and Executive, at the Board’s request, will execute any documents reasonably necessary to reflect Executive’s resignation.

10. Arbitration .

(a) Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment - related disputes, and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or termination thereof, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1281.8 (the “ Act ”), and pursuant to California law. The Federal Arbitration Act will also apply with full force and effect, notwithstanding the application of procedural rules set forth under the Act.

(b) Dispute Resolution . Disputes that Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under local, state, or federal law , including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Sarbanes Oxley Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, and any statutory or common law claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(c) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”), pursuant to its Employment Arbitration

 

11


Rules & Procedures (the “ JAMS Rules ”). The arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication, motions to dismiss and demurrers, and motions for class certification, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies available under applicable law, and the arbitrator will award attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, except as prohibited by law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the administrator or JAMS, and all arbitrator’s fees, except that Executive will pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fee as Executive would have instead paid had Executive filed a complaint in a court of law. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in accordance with California law, including the California Code of Civil Procedure and the California Evidence Code, and that the arbitrator will apply substantive and procedural California law to any dispute or claim, without reference to the rules of conflict of law. To the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with California law, California law will take precedence. The decision of the arbitrator will be in writing. Any arbitration under this Agreement will be conducted in Santa Clara County, California.

(d) Remedy . Except as provided by the Act, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive, and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration . Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive is not prohibited from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, including, but not limited to, the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, or the Workers’ Compensation Board. However, Executive may not pursue court action regarding any such claim, except as permitted by law.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that EXECUTIVE IS WAIVING EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

11. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

 

12


(b) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, but not limited to, any rights to extended post-termination exercise period, severance and/or change of control benefits set forth in Executive’s offer letter dated [                    ], and Executive’s Equity Awards granted on [                    ]. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto and which specifically mention this Agreement.

(e) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions). Any claims or legal actions by one party against the other arising out of the relationship between the parties contemplated herein (whether or not arising under this Agreement) will be commenced or maintained in any state or federal court located in the jurisdiction where Executive resides, and Executive and the Company hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court.

(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income, employment and other taxes.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY   CAREDX, INC.
  By:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

EXECUTIVE   By:  

 

  Date:  

 

[Signature Page to Change of Control and Severance Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF RELEASE OF CLAIMS

This release of claims (this “ Agreement ”) is made by and between CareDx, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Executive ”). The Company and Executive are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ” and individually referred to as a “ Party .”

RECITALS

WHEREAS , Executive signed an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement with the Company on                      (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , Executive signed a Change of Control and Severance Agreement with the company on                      (the “ Change of Control Agreement ”), which, among other things, provides for certain severance benefits to be paid to Executive by the Company upon the termination of Executive’s employment following a Change of Control (as defined in the Change of Control Agreement) of the Company;

WHEREAS , Executive was employed by the Company until                     , when Executive’s employment was terminated following a Change of Control (“ Termination Date ”);

WHEREAS , in accordance with Section 4 of the Change of Control and Severance Agreement between the Company and Executive, Executive has agreed to enter into and not revoke a standard release of claims in favor of the Company as a condition to receiving the severance benefits described in the Change of Control Agreement; and

WHEREAS , the Parties wish to resolve any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions and demands that Executive may have against the Company and any of the Releasees (as defined below), including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or in any way related to Executive’s employment relationship with the Company and the termination of that relationship.

NOW THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, including the mutual promises and covenants made herein, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

COVENANTS

1. Termination . Executive’s employment with the Company terminated on the Termination Date.

2. Payment of Salary and Receipt of All Benefits . Executive acknowledges and represents that, other than the consideration to be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Change of Control Agreement, the Company has paid or provided all salary, wages, bonuses,


accrued vacation/paid time off, premiums, leaves, housing allowances, relocation costs, interest, severance, outplacement costs, fees, reimbursable expenses, commissions, draws, stock, stock options or other equity awards (including restricted stock unit awards), vesting, and any and all other benefits and compensation due to Executive and that no other reimbursements or compensation are owed to Executive.

3. Release of Claims . Executive agrees that the consideration to be paid in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Severance Agreement represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Executive by the Company and its current and former officers, directors, employees, agents, investors, attorneys, stockholders, administrators, affiliates, benefit plans, plan administrators, insurers, trustees, divisions, and subsidiaries, and predecessor and successor corporations and assigns (collectively, the “ Releasees ”). Executive, on Executive’s own behalf and on behalf of Executive’s respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, hereby and forever releases the Releasees from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, demand, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Executive may possess against any of the Releasees arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date of this Agreement, including, without limitation the following:

(a) any and all claims relating to or arising from Executive’s employment relationship with the Company and the termination of that relationship;

(b) any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Executive’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of shares of stock of the Company, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c) any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; fraud; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; conversion; and disability benefits;

(d) any and all claims for violation of any federal, state, or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act; the Fair Labor Standards Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; the California Family Rights Act; the California Labor Code; the California Workers’ Compensation Act; and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act;

(e) any and all claims for violation of the federal, or any state, constitution;

 

2


(f) any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination;

(g) any claim for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the non-withholding or other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Executive as a result of this Agreement; and

(h) any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Executive agrees that the release set forth in this Section 3 (the “ Release ”) will be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. The Release does not extend to any severance obligations due Executive under the Severance Agreement. The Release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, Executive’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that any such filing or participation does not give Executive the right to recover any monetary damages against the Company; Executive’s release of claims herein bars Executive from recovering such monetary relief from the Company). Executive represents that Executive has made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, demand, cause of action, or other matter waived or released by this Section 3 . Nothing in this Agreement waives Executive’s rights to indemnification or any payments under any fiduciary insurance policy, if any, provided by any act or agreement of the Company, state or federal law or policy of insurance.

4. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA . Executive acknowledges that Executive is waiving and releasing any rights Executive may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ ADEA ”) and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Executive agrees that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release Agreement is in addition to anything of value to which Executive was already entitled. Executive further acknowledges that Executive has been advised by this writing that (a) Executive should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) Executive has at least 21 days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) Executive has 7 days following the execution of this Agreement by the parties to revoke the Agreement; (d) this Agreement will not be effective until the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Executive from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. In the event Executive signs this Agreement and delivers it to the Company in less than the 21-day period identified above, Executive hereby acknowledges that Executive has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time period allotted for considering this Agreement. Executive acknowledges and understands that revocation must be accomplished by a written notification to the Chief Legal Officer of the Company that is received prior to the Effective Date.

 

3


5. California Civil Code Section 1542 . Executive acknowledges that Executive has been advised to consult with legal counsel and is familiar with the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, a statute that otherwise prohibits the release of unknown claims, which provides as follows:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

Executive, being aware of California Civil Code Section 1542, agrees to expressly waive any rights Executive may have thereunder, as well as under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect.

6. No Pending or Future Lawsuits . Executive represents that Executive has no lawsuits, claims, or actions pending in Executive’s name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any of the other Releasees. Executive also represents that Executive does not intend to bring any claims on Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity against the Company or any of the other Releasees. Executive confirms that Executive has no knowledge of any wrongdoing involving improper or false claims against a federal or state governmental agency, or any other wrongdoing that involves Executive or any other present or former Company employees, including violations of the federal and state securities laws or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

7. Sufficiency of Consideration . Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that Executive has received good and sufficient consideration for every promise, duty, release, obligation, agreement and right contained in this Release.

8. Confidential Information . Executive reaffirms and agrees to observe and abide by the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, specifically including the provisions therein regarding nondisclosure of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information, which agreement will continue in force; provided, however , that: (a) as to any provisions regarding competition contained in the Confidentiality Agreement that conflict with the provisions regarding competition contained in the Severance Agreement, the provisions of the Severance Agreement will control; (b) as to any provisions regarding solicitation of employees contained in the Confidentiality Agreement that conflict with the provisions regarding solicitation of employees contained in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement will control.

9. Return of Company Property; Passwords and Password-protected Documents . Executive confirms that Executive has returned to the Company in good working order all keys, files, records (and copies thereof), equipment (including, but not limited to, computer hardware, software and printers, wireless handheld devices, cellular phones and pagers), access or credit cards, Company identification, and any other Company-owned property in Executive’s possession or control. Executive further confirms that Executive has cancelled all accounts for Executive’s benefit, if any, in the Company’s name, including, but not limited to, credit cards, telephone charge

 

4


cards, cellular phone and/or pager accounts and computer accounts. Executive also confirms that Executive has delivered all passwords in use by Executive at the time of Executive’s termination, a list of any documents that Executive created or of which Executive is otherwise aware that are password-protected, along with the password(s) necessary to access such password-protected documents.

10. No Cooperation . Executive agrees that Executive will not knowingly encourage, counsel, or assist any attorneys or their clients in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints by any third party against any of the Releasees, unless under a subpoena or other court order to do so or as related directly to the ADEA waiver in this Agreement. Executive agrees both to immediately notify the Company upon receipt of any such subpoena or court order, and to furnish, within three (3) business days of its receipt, a copy of such subpoena or other court order. If approached by anyone for counsel or assistance in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints against any of the Releasees, Executive will state no more than that Executive cannot provide any such counsel or assistance.

11. Non disparagement . Executive agrees that Executive will not in any way, directly or indirectly, do or say anything at any time which disparages the Company, its business interests or reputation, or that of any of the other Released Parties.

12. No Admission of Liability . Executive understands and acknowledges that this Agreement constitutes a compromise and settlement of any and all actual or potential disputed claims by Executive. No action taken by the Company hereto, either previously or in connection with this Agreement, will be deemed or construed to be (a) an admission of the truth or falsity of any actual or potential claims or (b) an acknowledgment or admission by the Company of any fault or liability whatsoever to Executive or to any third party.

13. Solicitation of Employees . Executive agrees that for a period of 12 months immediately following the Effective Date of this Agreement, Executive will not directly or indirectly (a) solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees to leave their employment at the Company or (b) attempt to solicit, induce, recruit or encourage, either for Executive or for any other person or entity, any of the Company’s employees to leave their employment.

14. Costs . The Parties will each bear their own costs, attorneys’ fees and other fees incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement.

15. Arbitration . THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY AND ALL DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, THEIR INTERPRETATION, AND ANY OF THE MATTERS HEREIN RELEASED, WILL BE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION IN SANTA CLARA COUNTY, BEFORE JUDICIAL ARBITRATION & MEDIATION SERVICES (“ JAMS ”), PURSUANT TO ITS EMPLOYMENT ARBITRATION RULES & PROCEDURES (“ JAMS RULES ”). THE ARBITRATOR MAY GRANT INJUNCTIONS AND OTHER RELIEF IN SUCH DISPUTES. THE ARBITRATOR WILL ADMINISTER AND CONDUCT ANY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA LAW, INCLUDING THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, AND THE ARBITRATOR WILL APPLY SUBSTANTIVE AND

 

5


PROCEDURAL CALIFORNIA LAW TO ANY DISPUTE OR CLAIM, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ANY CONFLICT-OF-LAW PROVISIONS OF ANY JURISDICTION. TO THE EXTENT THAT THE JAMS RULES CONFLICT WITH CALIFORNIA LAW, CALIFORNIA LAW WILL TAKE PRECEDENCE. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR WILL BE FINAL, CONCLUSIVE, AND BINDING ON THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE PREVAILING PARTY IN ANY ARBITRATION WILL BE ENTITLED TO INJUNCTIVE RELIEF IN ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO ENFORCE THE ARBITRATION AWARD. THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION WILL EACH PAY AN EQUAL SHARE OF THE COSTS AND EXPENSES OF SUCH ARBITRATION, AND EACH PARTY WILL SEPARATELY PAY FOR ITS RESPECTIVE COUNSEL FEES AND EXPENSES; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE ARBITRATOR WILL AWARD ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS TO THE PREVAILING PARTY, EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO HAVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THEM RESOLVED IN A COURT OF LAW BY A JUDGE OR JURY. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECTION WILL NOT PREVENT EITHER PARTY FROM SEEKING INJUNCTIVE RELIEF (OR ANY OTHER PROVISIONAL REMEDY) FROM ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PARTIES AND THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THEIR DISPUTE RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE AGREEMENTS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. SHOULD ANY PART OF THE ARBITRATION AGREEMENT CONTAINED IN THIS PARAGRAPH CONFLICT WITH ANY OTHER ARBITRATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THIS ARBITRATION AGREEMENT WILL GOVERN.

16. Authority . The Company represents and warrants that the undersigned has the authority to act on behalf of the Company and to bind the Company and all who may claim through it to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Executive represents and warrants that Executive has the capacity to act on Executive’s own behalf and on behalf of all who might claim through Executive to bind them to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each Party warrants and represents that there are no liens or claims of lien or assignments in law or equity or otherwise of or against any of the claims or causes of action released herein.

17. No Representations . Executive represents that Executive has had the opportunity to consult with an attorney, and has carefully read and understands the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement. Executive has relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Agreement.

18. Severability . In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof or any surviving agreement made a part hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision.

19. Entire Agreement . This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Executive concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and Executive’s employment with and separation from the Company and the events leading thereto and associated therewith, and supersedes and replaces any and all prior agreements and understandings concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and Executive’s relationship with the Company, with the exception of the Severance Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement, and Executive’s written equity compensation agreements with the Company.

 

6


20. No Oral Modification . This Agreement may only be amended in writing signed by Executive and the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard for choice-of-law provisions. Executive consents to personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue in the State of California.

22. Effective Date . Executive understands that this Agreement will be null and void if not executed by Executive within 21 days. Each Party has seven days after that Party signs this Agreement to revoke it. This Agreement will become effective on the eighth (8 th ) day after Executive signed this Agreement, so long as it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by either Party before that date (the “ Effective Date ”).

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by facsimile, and each counterpart and facsimile will have the same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.

24. Voluntary Execution of Agreement . Executive understands and agrees that Executive executed this Agreement voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the full intent of releasing all of Executive’s claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees. Executive expressly acknowledges that:

 

  (a) Executive has read this Agreement;

 

  (b) Executive has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of Executive’s own choice or has elected not to retain legal counsel;

 

  (c) Executive understands the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains; and

 

  (d) Executive is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

* * * * *

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

COMPANY   CAREDX, INC.
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Dated:  

 

EXECUTIVE   [                                         ], an individual
 

 

  (Signature)
  Dated:  

 

[Signature Page to Release of Claims]

Exhibit 10.12

LEASE

by and between

BMR-BAYSHORE BOULEVARD LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

and

EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation


LEASE

THIS LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is entered into as of April 27, 2006, by and between BMR-BAYSHORE BOULEVARD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”). The date on which this Lease has been executed by both parties hereto is referred to herein as the “ Effective Date.

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord owns certain real property (the “ Property ”) and the buildings improvements thereon located at 3260 Bayshore Boulevard in Brisbane, California, including the building located thereon (the “ Building ”) in which the Premises (as defined below) are located; and

B. WHEREAS, Landlord wishes to lease to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, certain premises (the “ Premises ”) located in the Building, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease, as detailed below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Lease of Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, which consist of (a) the portion of the first (1 st ) floor of the Building shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and (b) the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building. The Property and all landscaping, parking facilities and other improvements and appurtenances related thereto, including, without limitation, the Building (but excluding other buildings), are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Project .” All portions of the Project that are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Building, including, without limitation, driveways, sidewalks, parking areas, landscaped areas, service corridors, stairways, elevators, public restrooms and Building lobbies, are hereinafter referred to as “Common Area .”

2. Basic Lease Provisions . For convenience of the parties, certain basic provisions of this Lease are set forth herein. The provisions set forth herein are subject to the remaining terms and conditions of this Lease and are to be interpreted in light of such remaining terms and conditions.

2.1. This Lease shall take effect upon the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto and, except as specifically otherwise provided within this Lease, each of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant from the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto.

2.2. Rentable Area of Premises: 46,034 sq. ft.

2.3. Rentable Area of Building: 61,444 sq. ft.


2.4. [Intentionally omitted]

2.5. [Intentionally omitted]

2.6. Basic Annual Rent:

 

Months

   Square Feet      Lease Rate/Per Month  

1-3

     30,000         Free   

4-12

     35,000       $ 2.15 NNN         75,250   

13-24

     40,000       $ 2.15 NNN         86,000   

25-36

     46,034       $ 2.20 NNN         101,274.80   

37-48

     46,034       $ 2.30 NNN         105,878.20   

49-60

     46,034       $ 2.35 NNN         108,179.90   

61-72

     46,034       $ 2.40 NNN         110,481.60   

73-84

     46,034       $ 2.45 NNN         112,783.30   

2.7. [Intentionally omitted]

2.8. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share: 74.92% of the Building

2.9. Estimated Term Commencement Date: November 1, 2006

2.10. Estimated Term Expiration Date: October 31, 2013

2.11. Security Deposit: $197,946, subject to decrease in accordance with the terms hereof

2.12. Permitted Use: General office and laboratory, research and development and all related uses in conformity with Applicable Laws (as defined below)

2.13. Address for Rent Payment:             BMR-Bayshore Boulevard LLC

Unit D

P.O. Box 51918

Los Angeles, California 90051-6218

2.14. Address for Notices to Landlord:     BMR-Bayshore Boulevard LLC

17140 Bernardo Center Drive, Suite 222

San Diego, California 92128

Attn: General Counsel

2.15. Address for Notices to Tenant:         Prior to the Term Commencement Date:

Expression Diagnostics, Inc.

750 Gateway Blvd., Suite H

South San Francisco, CA 94080

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

2


After the Term Commencement Date:

Expression Diagnostics, Inc.

3260 Bayshore Blvd.

Brisbane, CA 94005

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

2.16. The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit A    Premises
Exhibit B    Acknowledgement of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date
Exhibit C    [Intentionally omitted]
Exhibit D    Rules and Regulations
Exhibit E    Form of Estoppel Certificate
Exhibit F    Form of Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement
Exhibit G    Work Letter

3. Term .

3.1. This Lease shall take effect upon the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto and, except as specifically otherwise provided within this Lease, each of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant from the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto.

3.2. The actual term of this Lease (the “ Term ”) shall be that period from the actual Term Commencement Date as defined in Section 4.2 below through the Term Expiration Date, subject to earlier termination of this Lease as provided herein.

3.3. Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease at any time after the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Term Commencement Date upon twelve (12) months’ prior written notice to Landlord; provided that Tenant shall pay to Landlord on or before the termination date (a) an early termination fee equal to six (6) months of the then-current Basic Annual Rent and (b) the unamortized portion of (i) any leasing commissions and (ii) any Tenant Improvements financed with the Additional TI Allowance (as defined below).

4. Possession and Commencement Date .

4.1. Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises within one (1) business day after the Effective Date. Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to complete Landlord’s Work (as defined below) within one hundred twenty (120) days after building permits are obtained for the improvements to be made to the Premises in accordance with this Lease. Tenant agrees that in the event Landlord’s Work is not Substantially Complete (as defined below) within such one hundred twenty (120) day period after the Effective Date, then this Lease shall not be void or voidable and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. If Landlord fails to timely achieve Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work for any reason whatsoever, then Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for such failure,

 

3


but the Term Commencement Date and the Term Expiration Date shall be extended accordingly; provided, however, that the Term Commencement Date and the Term Expiration Date shall not be extended to the extent that any delay in achieving Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work is caused by (a) the failure of Tenant or Tenant’s architect to timely deliver any item in the Work Letter, (b) the actions or omissions of Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors or architects, or (c) a default by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease (each, a “ Tenant Delay ”). Landlord’s Work shall be deemed “Substantially Complete” if Landlord has completed all of Landlord’s Work, subject only to a punchlist of items that do not materially and substantially interfere with Tenant’s construction of the Tenant Improvements (as defined below). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord promptly after Tenant’s receipt thereof (y) a certificate of occupancy for the Premises suitable for the Permitted Use and (z) a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects document G704, executed by the project architect and the general contractor. “ Landlord’s Work ” means (a) installation of a sliding or roll-up glass door (the “ Door ”) to be used for shipping and receiving purposes in accordance with plans and specifications provided by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s approval, (b) installation of demising walls to separate the Premises from the balance of the Building, (c) installation of separate meters or submeters for water and electricity provided to the Premises (provided that (i) Tenant shall have dedicated space in an electrical room in the Premises for any such meter or submeter, (ii) Landlord shall be responsible for reading any such meters and submeters and quantifying Tenant’s use of such utilities for purposes of Tenant’s reimbursement of the cost of such utilities to Landlord and (iii) Tenant shall provide to Landlord reasonable access to such meters and submeters for the purpose of Landlord’s reading thereof), (d) installation of direct digital controls to measure air flow to the Premises from the HVAC system and (e) any work required to cause the Building heating, ventilation and air conditioning system, plumbing system and electrical system (collectively, the “ Relevant Systems ”) to be in good working order and repair as of the Term Commencement Date. In the event that the Relevant Systems are not in good working order and repair as of the Term Commencement Date, Landlord shall make any repairs and material capital replacements to such Relevant Systems at Landlord’s sole cost and expense; provided that such obligation shall not extend to customary maintenance or capital improvements. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to order the Door once Landlord and Tenant have approved the specifications therefor. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease or the Work Letter to the contrary, in the event that, despite such efforts by Landlord, the timing of delivery of the Door prevents Landlord from timely completing Landlord’s Work, Tenant shall not be entitled to any remedies for such delay, including, without limitation, abatement of Rent, and Landlord shall, on or before the Term Commencement Date, install a temporary alternative to the Door that is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant.

4.2. The “ Term Commencement Date ” shall be the later of (i) November 1, 2006 or (ii) the date on which Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete (or the date on which Landlord’s Work would have been Substantially Complete absent Tenant Delay or Force Majeure (as defined below)); provided, however, that if the Term Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the first lease year shall be extended through the last day of the calendar month in which the first 12-month period expires, and Rent for the additional period at the end of the first lease year shall be payable at the rate for the 12 th month of the Term. “ Force Majeure ” means accident; breakage; repair; governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action. The “ Term Expiration Date ” shall be the day immediately preceding the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Term Commencement Date, provided that if such preceding

 

4


day is not the last day of a calendar month, then the Term Expiration Date shall be the last date of the calendar month in which such preceding day occurs. Landlord and Tenant shall each execute and deliver to the other written acknowledgment of the actual Term Commencement Date and the Term Expiration Date when such are established, and shall attach it to this Lease as Exhibit B . Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment, however, shall not affect the Term Commencement Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain validation by any medical review board or other similar governmental licensing of the Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant shall not serve to extend the Term Commencement Date.

4.3. Prior to entering upon the Premises, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence satisfactory to Landlord that insurance coverages required of Tenant under the provisions of Section 21 are in effect, and such entry shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease other than the payment of Basic Annual Rent or Additional Rent (as defined below).

4.4. Possession of areas of the Premises necessary for utilities, services, safety and operation of the Building is reserved to Landlord.

4.5. Tenant shall cause to be constructed the tenant improvements in the Premises (the “ Tenant Improvements ”) pursuant to the Work Letter at a cost to Landlord (the “ Tenant Improvement Allowance ”) not to exceed Three Million Four Hundred Fifty-Two Thousand Five Hundred Fifty Dollars ($3,452,550) (based upon Seventy-Five Dollars ($75) per rentable square foot), which amount shall include the costs of (a) construction, (b) project management by Landlord (which fee shall equal Four Thousand Dollars ($4,000) per month, not to exceed Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000) total), (c) space planning, architect, engineering and other related services and (d) building permits and other planning and inspection fees. If the total cost of the Tenant Improvements exceeds Seventy-Five Dollars ($75) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises, then the overage shall be paid by Tenant prior to the Term Commencement Date; provided , however that Tenant may withhold any retainage properly withheld by Tenant pursuant to its contract(s) with contractors and any other amounts to which Landlord approves in advance in writing, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay (collectively, the “ Excluded Amounts ”); provided , further, that Tenant shall pay the Excluded Amounts when required by such contract(s) or by Applicable Laws (as defined below). Tenant shall have until December 31, 2007, to expend the unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund such costs shall expire. Any unused portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be credited against Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent, with such unused amount amortized over the Initial Term of this Lease and resulting in corresponding reductions in Tenant’s obligation to pay monthly installments of Basic Annual Rent. As used herein, the term “Initial Term” shall mean the period commencing on the Term Commencement Date and expiring on the Term Expiration Date.

4.6. The selection of the architect, engineer, general contractor and major subcontractors shall be in accordance with the terms of the Work Letter.

4.7. In addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance, Landlord shall make available to Tenant Nine Hundred Twenty Thousand Six Hundred Eighty Dollars ($920,680), based upon Twenty Dollars ($20) per rentable square foot (the “ Additional TI Allowance ”) for construction

 

5


of the initial Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall repay to Landlord, in equal monthly installments as Additional Rent (as defined below), the Additional TI Allowance amortized over the Initial Term of the Lease at an interest rate of nine percent (9%).

5. Rent .

5.1. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Basic Annual Rent for the Premises, commencing on the Term Commencement Date, the sum set forth in Section 2.6 . Basic Annual Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments, each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term.

5.2. In addition to Basic Annual Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”) at times hereinafter specified in this Lease (a) Tenant’s pro rata share, as set forth in Section 2.8 (“ Tenant’s Pro Rata Share ”), of Operating Expenses as provided in Section 7 and (b) any other amounts that Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease that are owed to Landlord, including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after notice and the lapse of any applicable cure periods.

5.3. Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent shall together be denominated “ Rent .” Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without abatement, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America at the office of Landlord as set forth in Section 2.13 or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time designate in writing. In the event the Term commences or ends on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Rent for such fraction of a month shall be prorated for such period on the basis of a thirty (30) day month and shall be paid at the then-current rate for such fractional month.

6. [Intentionally omitted]

7. Operating Expenses .

7.1. As used herein, the term “ Operating Expenses ” shall include:

(a) Government impositions including, without limitation, property tax costs consisting of real and personal property taxes and assessments, including amounts due under any improvement bond upon the Building or the Project, including the parcel or parcels of real property upon which the Building and areas serving such Building are located or assessments in lieu thereof imposed by any federal, state, regional, local or municipal governmental authority, agency or subdivision (each, a “ Governmental Authority ”) are levied; taxes on or measured by gross rentals received from the rental of space in the Building; taxes based on the square footage of the Premises, the Building or the Project, as well as any parking charges, utilities surcharges or any other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Applicable Laws (as defined below) or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Building or the parking facilities serving the Building; taxes on this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest in the Premises; any fee for a business license to operate an office building; and any expenses, including the reasonable cost of attorneys or experts,

 

6


reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authority of the applicable taxes, less tax refunds obtained as a result of an application for review thereof. Operating Expenses shall not include any net income, franchise, capital stock, estate or inheritance taxes, or taxes that are the personal obligation of Tenant or of another tenant of the Project; and

(b) All other costs of any kind paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Building and the Project including, by way of example and not of limitation, costs of repairs and replacements to improvements within the Project as appropriate to maintain the Project as required hereunder; costs of utilities furnished to the Common Areas; sewer fees; cable television; trash collection; cleaning, including windows; heating; ventilation; air-conditioning; maintenance of landscaping and grounds; maintenance of drives and parking areas; maintenance of the roof; security services and devices; building supplies; maintenance or replacement of equipment utilized for operation and maintenance of the Project; license, permit and inspection fees; sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project or Building systems and equipment; telephone, postage, stationary supplies and other expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; accounting, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Project; costs of furniture, draperies, carpeting, landscaping and other customary and ordinary items of personal property provided by Landlord for use in Common Areas; the cost of any Allowable Capital Improvements (as defined below), the cost of which is less than or equal to Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000); the cost of any Allowable Capital Improvements (as defined below), the cost of which is greater than Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000), amortized over their useful lives as Landlord shall reasonably determine; costs of complying with any federal, state, municipal or local laws and regulations, including both statutory and common law and hazard waste rules and regulations (“ Applicable Laws ”); insurance premiums, including premiums for public liability, property casualty, earthquake and environmental coverages; portions of insured losses paid by Landlord as part of the deductible portion of a loss pursuant to the terms of insurance policies ( provided , however, that Landlord shall maintain commercially reasonable insurance deductibles, which, as of the date hereof, do not exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) per incident); service contracts; costs of services of independent contractors retained to do work of a nature referenced above; and costs of compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons who perform regular and recurring duties connected with the day-to-day operation and maintenance of the Project, its equipment, the adjacent walks, landscaped areas, drives and parking areas, including, without limitation, janitors, floor waxers, window washers, watchmen, gardeners, sweepers and handymen. As used herein, the term “ Allowable Capital Improvements ” shall mean capital improvements that are reasonably required to keep the Building or the Project (excluding any other buildings) in good condition and repair or to comply with any Applicable Laws enacted or otherwise first effective after the Term Commencement Date; provided , however, that Allowable Capital Improvements shall exclude any capital improvements to the extent that they exceed both (i) the standard of construction used for the Building or the Project, as applicable, when originally built and (ii) the standard of construction that is consistent with then-existing prudent industry practices, in each case except to the extent that upgrades are required by any Applicable Laws.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include any leasing commissions or finders’ fees; attorneys’ fees, advertising costs, space planning costs and other

 

7


costs incurred by Landlord in leasing or attempting to lease space in the Building or the Project; expenses that relate to preparation of rental space for a tenant; expenses of initial development and construction, including, but not limited to, grading, paving, landscaping and decorating (as distinguished from maintenance, repair and replacement of the foregoing); legal expenses, accountants’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with past, present or prospective tenants; costs of repairs to the extent reimbursed by tenants (other than as their pro rata share of operating expenses pursuant to their respective leases), warrantors or other third parties or by payment of insurance or condemnation proceeds received by Landlord or to the extent such costs would have been reimbursed had Landlord obtained the insurance policies that Landlord is required to carry pursuant to this Lease; interest and principal upon loans to Landlord or secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Project or a portion thereof and other debt costs ( provided that interest upon a government assessment or improvement bond payable in installments shall constitute an Operating Expense under Subsection 7.1(a)) ; rental under any ground or underlying lease; depreciation on the Building; salaries of executive officers of Landlord; depreciation claimed by Landlord for tax purposes and other “non cash” items (provided that this exclusion of depreciation is not intended to delete from Operating Expenses actual costs of repairs and replacements and reasonable reserves in regard thereto that are provided for in Subsection 7.1(a)) ; taxes of the types set forth in Subsection 7.1(a) ; costs, fines, interest and penalties incurred due to the late payment of taxes of the types set forth in Subsection 7.1(a) ; any bad debt loss or rent loss; the cost of any services in the Building or the Project provided by Landlord or any Landlord affiliate to the extent the same materially exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis in the Brisbane area; costs arising from the presence of Hazardous Materials in or about the Building or the Project that were present at the Building or the Project prior to the Term Commencement Date (other than those present as a result of the acts or omissions of Tenant or its employees, agents, consultants or contractors) or costs arising from the use, disposal or release of Hazardous Materials by other tenants in the Building; and costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Building or the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Common Area expenses benefit buildings in addition to the Building, Landlord agrees to include in Operating Expenses only that portion of such Common Area expenses that is reasonably allocated to the Building.

7.2. Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, as Additional Rent, (a) the Property Management Fee (as defined below) and (b) Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses with respect to the Building and the Project, as applicable, for such month.

(a) The “ Property Management Fee ” shall equal two percent (2%) of the Basic Annual Rent due from Tenant.

(b) Within ninety (90) days after the conclusion of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required by Landlord), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the actual Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year. Any additional sum due from Tenant to Landlord shall be immediately due and payable. If the amounts paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section 7.2 exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the Rent next due and owing from Tenant; provided that, if the Lease term has expired, Landlord shall accompany said statement with payment for the amount of such difference.

 

8


(c) Any amount due under this Section 7.2 for any period that is less than a full month shall be prorated (based on a thirty (30)-day month) for such fractional month.

7.3. Landlord’s annual statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within ninety (90) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reasons therefor. If, during such ninety (90)-day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the correctness of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s questions. In the event that, after Tenant’s review of such information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm hired by Tenant (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, unless the Independent Review indicates that Landlord overstated the Operating Expenses by more than five percent (5%) of the actual Operating Expenses, in which event Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the fees and costs of the Independent Review) and approved by Landlord (which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay) audit and review such of Landlord’s books and records for the year in question (the “ Independent Review ”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses actually paid for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s obligations for such calendar year, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s option, either (a) credit the excess to the next succeeding installments of estimated Additional Rent or (b) pay the excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of such results. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s obligation for the calendar year, then Tenant shall pay the deficiency to the Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of such results.

7.4. Tenant shall not be responsible for Operating Expenses attributable to the time period prior to the Term Commencement Date; provided , however , that if Landlord shall permit Tenant possession of the Premises prior to the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for Operating Expenses from such earlier date of possession. Tenant’s responsibility for Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses shall continue to the latest of (a) the date of termination of the Lease, (b) the date Tenant has fully vacated the Premises or (c) if termination of the Lease is due to a default by Tenant, the date of rental commencement of a replacement tenant.

7.5. Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein commences and for the calendar year in which such obligation ceases shall be prorated on a basis reasonably determined by Landlord. Expenses such as taxes, assessments and insurance premiums that are incurred for an extended time period shall be prorated based upon the time periods to which they apply so that the amounts attributed to the Premises relate in a reasonable manner to the time period wherein Tenant has an obligation to share in Operating Expenses.

 

9


8. Rentable Area .

8.1. The term “ Rentable Area ” as set forth in Section 2 and as may otherwise be referenced within this Lease reflects such areas as have been reasonably calculated by Landlord’s architect.

8.2. The “ Rentable Area ” of the Building has generally been determined by making separate calculations of Rentable Area applicable to each floor within the Building and totaling the Rentable Area of all floors within the Building. The Rentable Area of a floor has been computed by measuring to the outside finished surface of the permanent outer Building walls. The full area calculated as previously set forth is included as Rentable Area, without deduction for columns and projections or vertical penetrations, including stairs, elevator shafts, flues, pipe shafts, vertical ducts and the like, as well as such items’ enclosing walls.

8.3. The Rentable Area of the Project is the total Rentable Area of all buildings within the Project.

8.4. The term “Rentable Area,” when applied to the Premises, is that area equal to the usable area of the Premises, plus an equitable allocation of Rentable Area within the Building that is not then utilized or expected to be utilized as usable area, including, but not limited to, that portion of the Building devoted to corridors, equipment rooms, restrooms, elevator lobby, atrium and mailroom. In making such allocations, consideration has been given to tenants benefited by space allocated such that the area that primarily serves tenants of only one floor, such as corridors and restrooms upon such floor, has been allocated to usable area of the Building as a whole.

8.5. The Rentable Areas set forth Section 2 have been agreed to by Landlord and Tenant and shall not be subject to adjustment, unless Tenant exercises its right to expand the Premises pursuant to Section 43 below.

9. Security Deposit .

9.1. No later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date (time being of the essence), Tenant shall deposit with Landlord either a letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”) or immediately available funds (the “ Cash Deposit ”) in the amount set forth in Section 2.11 , which Letter of Credit or Cash Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease; provided, however, that if Tenant deposits with Landlord the Cash Deposit, then Landlord agrees to return the Cash Deposit to Tenant within two (2) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Letter of Credit. Landlord shall be entitled to use the Cash Deposit in any circumstance where Landlord would be entitled to draw upon the Letter of Credit under this Lease. The Letter of Credit shall be (a) in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (b) issued by a financial institution selected by Tenant and reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (c) for the benefit of Landlord, but assignable by Landlord to any subsequent purchaser or encumbrancer of the Building or the Project, (d) automatically renewable from year to year throughout the Term, (e) payable by sight draft in a location reasonably acceptable to Landlord

 

10


upon presentation of a certification signed by an officer of Landlord stating that a Default under this Lease has occurred and has not been cured within any applicable cure period and (f) payable in the event such Letter of Credit is not renewed on or before the date that is thirty (30) days prior to its expiration. If there is a Default by Tenant with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any provision relating to the payment of Rent, then Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon the Letter of Credit and use, apply or retain any amount drawn for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s Default. If the Letter of Credit is so drawn, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after such draw, replace the Letter of Credit with a new letter of credit conforming to the requirements of this Section 9.1 , at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease.

9.2. In the event of bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of such proceedings.

9.3. Landlord may deliver to any purchaser of Landlord’s interest in the Premises the funds deposited hereunder by Tenant, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to such deposit. This provision shall also apply to any subsequent transfers.

9.4. If no Default or Imminent Default (as defined below) by Tenant has occurred on or before the date that is three (3) years after the Term Commencement Date, then Tenant may reduce the amount of the Letter of Credit to Ninety-Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy-Three Dollars ($98,973), at no cost to Landlord; provided, however, that if Landlord does not allow the Letter of Credit to be so reduced as the result of an Imminent Default by Tenant, then Landlord agrees to notify Tenant of such Imminent Default and if Tenant cures such Imminent Default within the cure period provided in Section 24.4 below, if any, then immediately upon completion of such cure Tenant may reduce the amount of the Letter of Credit to Ninety-Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy-Three Dollars ($98,973), at no cost to Landlord. If there is no uncured Default or Imminent Default by Tenant as of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then the Letter of Credit shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; provided, however, that if Landlord does not so return the Letter of Credit as the result of an Imminent Default by Tenant, then Landlord agrees to notify Tenant of such Imminent Default and, if Tenant cures such Imminent Default within the cure period provided in Section 24.4 below, if any, then Landlord shall return the Letter of Credit to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the completion of such cure. As used in this Lease, the term “ Imminent Default ” shall mean the occurrence of an event that with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute a Default.

10. Use .

10.1. Tenant shall use the Premises for the purpose set forth in Section 2.12 , and shall not use the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be used, for any other purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

11


10.2. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of Applicable Laws; zoning ordinances; or the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building, and shall, upon five (5) days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises that is declared or claimed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of any of the above, or that in Landlord’s reasonable opinion violates any of the above. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction that shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupation thereof.

10.3. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything that will invalidate or increase the cost of any fire, environmental, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the Building and the Project, and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the insurers of the Building and the Project, and Tenant shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for such policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section.

10.4. Tenant shall keep all doors opening onto public corridors closed, except when in use for ingress and egress.

10.5. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made to existing locks or the mechanisms thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall, upon termination of this Lease, return to Landlord all keys to offices and restrooms either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. In the event any key so furnished to Tenant is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change.

10.6. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to any outside wall of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord’s standard window coverings. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills. No equipment, furniture or other items of personal property shall be placed on any exterior balcony without Landlord’s prior written consent.

10.7. No sign, advertisement or notice shall be exhibited, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent; provided that Tenant shall have the right to install a sign with its name and corporate logo on the exterior of the Building, the size, appearance and characteristics of which shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only. Tenant shall not place anything on the exterior of the corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering.

 

12


10.8. Tenant shall cause any office equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations therefrom from extending into the Common Areas or other offices in the Building. Further, Tenant shall not place any equipment weighing five hundred (500) pounds or greater within the Premises without Landlord’s prior written approval, and such equipment shall be placed in a location designed to carry the weight of such equipment.

10.9. Tenant shall not (a) do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises that shall in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or the Project, or injure or unreasonably annoy them, or (b) use or allow the Premises to be used for immoral or unlawful purposes, nor shall Tenant knowingly cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project.

10.10. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for all liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of or in connection with the compliance of the Premises with the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, the “ ADA ”), and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any loss, cost, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising out of any failure of such improvements to comply with the ADA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be responsible for all liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of or in connection with the compliance of the existing structural portions and tenant improvements of the Premises as of the date of this Lease, the “path of travel” into and within the Building (but not within the Premises, except as specifically described in this sentence) and the Project’s parking lots, walkways and landscaping areas with the ADA, and Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant from and against any loss, cost, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising out of any failure of Landlord to make such aspects of the Project comply with the ADA. The provisions of this Section 10.10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

11. Brokers .

11.1. Tenant represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, other than CRESA Partners (“ Broker ”), and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent that is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall compensate Broker in relation to this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Broker.

11.2. Tenant represents and warrants that no broker or agent has made any representation or warranty relied upon by Tenant in Tenant’s decision to enter into this Lease, other than as contained in this Lease.

11.3. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the employment of brokers by Landlord is for the purpose of solicitation of offers of leases from prospective tenants and that no authority is granted to any broker to furnish any representation (written or oral) or warranty from Landlord unless expressly contained within this Lease. Landlord is executing this Lease in reliance upon Tenant’s representations and warranties contained within Sections 11.1 and 11.2 .

 

13


12. Holding Over .

12.1. If, with Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant holds possession of all or any part of the Premises after the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and in such case Tenant shall continue to pay (a) the Basic Annual Rent in accordance with Section 5 , and (b) Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses. Any such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein.

12.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that the monthly rent shall be equal to (i) for the first two months of holdover, one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Rent in effect during the last thirty (30) days of the Term, and (ii) thereafter, one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent in effect during the last thirty (30) days of the Term.

12.3. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall not result in an extension, renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

12.4. The foregoing provisions of this Section 12 are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of reentry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by Applicable Laws.

13. Taxes on Tenant’s Property .

13.1. Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any and all taxes levied against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises.

13.2. If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or, if the assessed valuation of the Building or the Property is increased by inclusion therein of a value attributable to Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures, and if Landlord, after written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based upon any such increase in the assessed valued of the Building or the Project, then Tenant shall, upon demand, repay to Landlord the taxes so paid by Landlord.

13.3. If any improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which improvements conforming to Landlord’s building standards (the “ Building Standard ”) in other spaces in the Building are assessed, then the real property taxes and assessments levied against Landlord or the Building by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 13.2 above. Any such excess assessed valuation due to improvements in or alterations to space in the Building leased by other tenants of Landlord shall not be included in the Operating Expenses defined in Section 7 , but shall be treated, as to such other tenants, as provided in this Section 13.3 . If the records of the County Assessor are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for determining whether said Tenant improvements or alterations are assessed at a higher valuation than the Building Standard, then such records shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant.

 

14


14. Condition of Premises . Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or with respect to the suitability of the Premises, the Building or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1 above. Tenant’s taking of possession of the Premises shall, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that the Premises, the Building and the Project were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair.

15. Common Areas and Parking Facilities .

15.1. Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to use the Common Areas, subject to the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord and attached hereto as Exhibit D , together with such other reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations as are hereafter promulgated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the “ Rules and Regulations ”). Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the violation or non-performance by any other tenant or any agent, employee or invitee thereof of any of the Rules and Regulations.

15.2. Tenant shall have a non-exclusive license to use parking facilities serving the Building in common on an unreserved basis with other tenants of the Building and the Project at no additional cost to Tenant, at a ratio of three and three tenths (3.3) parking spaces per one thousand (1,000) square feet of Rentable Area of the Premises, which amounts to 152 parking spaces as of the Term Commencement Date, which number shall include eight (8) reserved parking spaces (the “ Reserved Spaces ”) for Tenant’s exclusive use on the side of the Building that faces Guadalupe Canyon Parkway (provided that (a) Tenant shall only have the right to have the Reserved Spaces on an exclusive basis for so long as Tenant provides services at the Premises to patients with heart conditions, (b) Tenant shall have the right to install signage marking the Reserved Spaces, subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay, (c) Tenant shall maintain any such signage at its sole cost and expense and (d) Tenant shall remove any such signage at its sole cost and expense and repair any damage caused by such removal if Tenant is no longer entitled to exclusive use of the Reserved Spaces pursuant to the terms of this Section 15.2) .

15.3. Subject to Tenant’s rights under Section 15.2 above, Tenant agrees to comply with all reasonable rules and regulations adopted by Landlord with respect to the use of the parking facilities. Nothing in this Section, however, is intended to create an affirmative duty on Landlord’s part to monitor parking.

15.4. Landlord reserves the right to modify the Common Areas, including the right to add or remove exterior and interior landscaping and to subdivide real property, provided that no such modifications may have a material adverse impact on Tenant’s access to or use and enjoyment of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord specifically reserves the right to allow the exclusive use of corridors and restroom facilities located on specific floors to one or more tenants occupying such floors; provided , however , that Tenant shall not be deprived of the use of the corridors reasonably required to serve the Premises or of restroom facilities serving the floor upon which the Premises are located.

 

15


16. Utilities and Services .

16.1. Tenant shall pay for all water (including the cost to service, repair and replace reverse osmosis, de-ionized and other treated water), gas, heat, light, power, telephone and other utilities supplied to the Premises, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. If any such utility is not separately metered to Tenant, Tenant shall pay a reasonable proportion (to be determined by Landlord) of all charges of such utility jointly metered with other premises as part of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses or, in the alternative, Landlord may, at its option, monitor the usage of such utilities by Tenant and charge Tenant with the cost of purchasing, installing and monitoring such metering equipment, which cost shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent.

16.2. Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall any eviction of Tenant result from the failure to furnish any such utility or service due to Force Majeure. In the event of such failure, Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent, nor shall Tenant be relieved from the operation of any covenant or agreement of this Lease.

16.3. Tenant shall pay for, prior to delinquency of payment therefor, any utilities and services that may be furnished to the Premises during or, if Tenant occupies the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, after the Term.

16.4. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use any device in the Premises (including, without limitation, data processing machines) that will in any way (a) increase the amount of ventilation, air exchange, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Building as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Pro Rata Share as usually furnished or supplied for the use set forth in Section 2.12 or (b) exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building’s capacity to provide such utilities or services.

16.5. If Tenant shall require utilities or services in excess of those usually furnished or supplied for tenants in similar spaces in the Building by reason of Tenant’s equipment or extended hours of business operations, then Tenant shall first procure Landlord’s consent of Landlord for the use thereof, which consent Landlord may condition upon the availability of such excess utilities or services, and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent an amount equal to the cost of providing such excess utilities and services.

16.6. Utilities and services provided by Landlord to the Premises shall be paid by Tenant directly to the supplier of such utility or service.

16.7. Landlord shall provide water in Common Areas for drinking and lavatory purposes only; provided , however , that if Landlord determines that Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any purpose other than ordinary drinking and lavatory purposes, Landlord may install a water meter and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption for all purposes. Tenant shall pay Landlord for the costs of such meter and the installation thereof and, throughout the duration of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall keep said meter and installation equipment in good working order and repair at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If Tenant fails to

 

16


so maintain such meter and equipment, Landlord may repair or replace the same and shall collect the costs therefor from Tenant. Tenant agrees to pay for water consumed, as shown on said meter, as and when bills are rendered. If Tenant fails to timely make such payments, Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant. Any such costs or expenses incurred, or payments made by Landlord for any of the reasons or purposes hereinabove stated, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent payment by Tenant and collectible by Landlord as such.

16.8. Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and electric systems, when Landlord deems necessary or desirable, due to accident, emergency or the need to make repairs, alterations or improvements, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed, and Landlord shall further have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning or electric service when prevented from doing so by Force Majeure or a failure by a third party to deliver gas, oil or another suitable fuel supply, or Landlord’s inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain gas, oil or another suitable fuel. Without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of Force Majeure.

16.9. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 16.2 or 16.8 to the contrary, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, for more than one (1) business day as a result of an interruption of, or failure to provide, any utilities or services as described in Sections 16.2 and 16.4 (“ Interruption of Service ”) caused by the grossly negligent or intentionally wrongful acts or omissions of Landlord or any agent, contractor or employee of Landlord, the Basic Annual Rent and Additional Rent shall be abated proportionately with the degree to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired commencing from the day immediately following such one (1) business day period and continuing until the Interruption of Service has been remedied.

17. Alterations .

17.1. Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements in or to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; provided , however , that in the event any proposed alteration, addition or improvement affects (a) any structural portions of the Building, including exterior walls, roof, foundation or core of the Building, (b) the exterior of the Building or (iii) any Building systems, including elevator, plumbing, air conditioning, heating, electrical, security, life safety and power, then Landlord may withhold its approval with respect thereto in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall, in making any such alterations, additions or improvements, use only those architects, contractors, suppliers and mechanics of which Landlord has given prior written approval, which approval shall be in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. In seeking Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall provide Landlord, at least fourteen (14) days in advance of any proposed construction, with plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts, requests for laydown areas and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as Landlord may reasonably request. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without Landlord’s consent but upon prior written notice to Landlord, make non-structural alterations and improvements to the interior of the Premises that do not affect the Building systems, provided that the cost does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per each such alteration or improvement.

 

17


17.2. Tenant shall not construct or permit to be constructed partitions or other obstructions that might interfere with free access to mechanical installation or service facilities of the Building, or interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing such installations or facilities.

17.3. Tenant shall accomplish any work performed on the Premises or the Building in such a manner as to permit any fire sprinkler system and fire water supply lines to remain fully operable at all times.

17.4. Any work performed on the Premises or the Building by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be done at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate. Tenant covenants and agrees that all work done by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be performed in full compliance with Applicable Laws. Tenant shall provide Landlord with complete “as-built” drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc showing any changes in the Premises.

17.5. Before commencing any work, Tenant shall give Landlord at least fourteen (14) days’ prior written notice of the proposed commencement of such work.

17.6. All alterations, permanently attached equipment, fixtures, additions and improvements, subject to Section 17.8 , attached to or built into the Premises, made by either of the Parties, including, without limitation, all floor and wall coverings, built-in cabinet work and paneling, sinks and related plumbing fixtures, exterior venting fume hoods and walk-in freezers and refrigerators, ductwork, conduits, electrical panels and circuits, and all items paid for with the Tenant Improvement Allowance, shall, unless, prior to such construction or installation, Landlord elects otherwise at the time Landlord gives its approval of such alterations, additions or improvements, become the property of Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof.

17.7. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant’s removal of any property from the Premises. During any such restoration period, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant.

17.8. Tenant shall remove all of its personal property and trade fixtures (excluding any items paid for with the Tenant Improvement Allowance) from the Premises prior to the expiration of this Lease or promptly after the earlier termination of this Lease. If Tenant shall fail to remove any of such personal property or trade fixtures from the Premises prior to termination of this Lease (or, in the event of a termination pursuant to Section 22 or Section 23 hereof, within three (3) months following such termination), then Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in any manner that Landlord shall choose and store said property without liability to Tenant for loss thereof or damage thereto, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, any costs and expenses incurred due to such removal and storage or Landlord may, at its sole option and without notice to Tenant, sell such property or any portion thereof at private

 

18


sale and without legal process for such price as Landlord may obtain and apply the proceeds of such sale against any (a) amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease and (b) any expenses incident to the removal, storage and sale of said personal property. In the event of a termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 22 or Section 23 hereof, if Tenant has any personal property or trade fixtures (excluding any items paid for with the Tenant Improvement Allowance) in the Premises more than thirty (30) days after such termination, then commencing on the thirty-first (31st) day after such termination, Tenant shall pay a pro rata share of the Basic Annual Rent for that portion of the Premises containing such personal property or trade fixtures, which Basic Annual Rent shall be prorated for any partial months. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 17 to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant remove any improvement from the Premises as to which Landlord contributed payment, including, without limitation, the Tenant Improvements made pursuant to the Work Letter, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

17.9. Tenant shall pay to Landlord One Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($1,500) plus Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses to cover Landlord’s overhead and expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision of all changes installed by Tenant or its contractors or agents, other than the initial Tenant Improvements. For purposes of payment of such sum, Tenant shall submit to Landlord copies of all bills, invoices and statements covering the costs of such charges, accompanied by payment to Landlord of the fee set forth in this Section. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any extra expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, or by reason of delays caused by such work, or by reason of inadequate clean-up.

17.10. Within sixty (60) days after final completion of the Tenant Improvements (or any other alterations, improvement or additions performed by Tenant with respect to the Premises), Tenant shall submit to Landlord documentation showing the amounts expended by Tenant (other than funds that constitute the Tenant Improvement Allowance or Additional TI Allowance) with respect to such Tenant Improvements (or any other alterations, improvement or additions performed by Tenant with respect to the Premises), together with supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

18. Repairs and Maintenance .

18.1. Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural and exterior portions and Common Areas of the Building and the Project, including, without limitation, roofing and covering materials, foundations, exterior walls, plumbing, fire sprinkler systems (if any), heating, ventilating, air conditioning, elevators, and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord. Any costs related to the repair or maintenance activities specified in this Section 18.1 shall be included as a part of Operating Expenses, unless such repairs or maintenance is required in whole or in part because of any negligent or wrongful act or omissions of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees, in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such repairs and maintenance.

18.2. Except for services of Landlord, if any, required by Section 18.1 , Tenant shall at Tenant’s sole cost and expense keep the Premises and every part thereof in good condition and repair, damage thereto from ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall, upon the expiration

 

19


or sooner termination of the Term, surrender the Premises to Landlord in as good of a condition as when received, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof, other than pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 4 hereof.

18.3. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance that is an obligation of Landlord unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under Applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect to make repairs at Landlord’s expense.

18.4. Repairs under this Section 18 that are obligations of Landlord are subject to allocation among Tenant and other tenants as Operating Expenses, except as otherwise provided in this Section 18 .

18.5. This Section 18 relates to repairs and maintenance arising in the ordinary course of operation of the Building and the Project and any related facilities. In the event of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war or similar cause of damage or destruction, Section 22 shall apply in lieu of this Section 18 .

19. Liens .

19.1. Subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises, the Building or the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, shall be discharged or bonded by Tenant within twenty (20) days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

19.2. Should Tenant fail to discharge or bond against any lien of the nature described in Section 19.1 , Landlord may, at Landlord’s election, pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title, and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof as Additional Rent.

19.3. In the event that Tenant leases or finances the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement executed by Tenant shall, upon its face or by exhibit thereto, indicate that such financing statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Building be furnished on a financing statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property located in an identified suite leased by Tenant. Should any holder of a financing statement executed by Tenant record or place of record a financing statement that appears to constitute a lien against any interest of Landlord or against equipment that may be located other than within an identified suite leased by Tenant, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after filing such financing statement, cause (a) a copy of the lender security agreement or other documents to which the financing statement pertains to be furnished to Landlord to facilitate Landlord’s ability to

 

20


demonstrate that the lien of such financing statement is not applicable to Landlord’s interest and (b) Tenant’s lender to amend such financing statement and any other documents of record to clarify that any liens imposed thereby are not applicable to any interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Building or the Project.

20. Indemnification and Exculpation .

20.1. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements) incurred in investigating or resisting the same (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising from injury or death to any person or injury to any property occurring within or about the Premises, the Building or the Property arising directly or indirectly out of Tenant’s or Tenant’s employees’, agents’ or guests’ use or occupancy of the Premises or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord or any employee, agent or contractor of Landlord.

20.2. Notwithstanding any provision of Section 20.1 to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of, damage to personal property or scientific research, including, without limitation, loss of records kept by Tenant within the Premises and damage or losses caused by fire, electrical malfunction, gas explosion or water damage of any type (including, without limitation, broken water lines, malfunctioning fire sprinkler systems, roof leaks or stoppages of lines), unless any such loss is due to Landlord’s willful disregard of written notice by Tenant of need for a repair that Landlord is responsible to make for an unreasonable period of time. Tenant further waives any claim for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property as described in this Section 20.2 .

20.3. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any other tenant in the Building or the Project, or of any other third party, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Landlord or any employee, agent or contractor of Landlord.

20.4. Tenant acknowledges that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts. Landlord shall not be liable for injuries or losses caused by criminal acts of third parties, and Tenant assumes the risk that any security device or service may malfunction or otherwise be circumvented by a criminal. If Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain appropriate insurance coverage.

20.5. The provisions of this Section 20 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

21


21. Insurance; Waiver of Subrogation .

21.1. Landlord shall maintain insurance for the Building and the Project in amounts equal to full replacement cost (exclusive of the costs of excavation, foundations and footings, and without reference to depreciation taken by Landlord upon its books or tax returns) or such lesser coverage as Landlord may elect, provided that such coverage shall not be less than ninety percent (90%) of such full replacement cost or the amount of such insurance Landlord’s lender, mortgagee or beneficiary (each, a “ Lender ”), if any, requires Landlord to maintain, providing protection against any peril generally included within the classification “Fire and Extended Coverage,” together with insurance against sprinkler damage (if applicable), vandalism and malicious mischief. Landlord, subject to availability thereof, shall further insure, if Landlord deems it appropriate, coverage against flood, environmental hazard, earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, rental loss during the period of repairs or rebuilding, workmen’s compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may, but shall not be deemed required to, provide insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or that are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord, without regard to whether or not such are made a part of or are affixed to the Building. Any costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Section 21.1 shall constitute a portion of Operating Expenses.

21.2. In addition, Landlord shall carry commercial general liability insurance with a single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for death or bodily injury, or property damage with respect to the Project. Any costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Section 21.2 shall constitute a portion of Operating Expenses.

21.3. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, procure and maintain in effect, beginning on the Term Commencement Date or the date of occupancy, whichever occurs first, and continuing throughout the Term (and occupancy by Tenant, if any, after termination of this Lease) commercial general liability insurance with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence for death or bodily injury and not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) for property damage with respect to the Premises.

21.4. The insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall name Landlord, BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., and their respective officers, employees, agents, general partners, members and Lenders (“ Landlord Parties ”) as additional insureds. Said insurance shall be with companies having a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A- and financial category rating of at least Class VIII in “Best’s Insurance Guide.” Tenant shall obtain for Landlord from the insurance companies or cause the insurance companies to furnish certificates of coverage to Landlord. No such policy shall be subject to cancellation or reduction or diminishment except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord from the insurer. All such policies shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not in excess of the coverage that Landlord may carry. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” that specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and at its cost to be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent.

 

22


21.5. Tenant assumes the risk of damage to any fixtures, goods, inventory, merchandise, equipment and leasehold improvements, and Landlord shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom, relative to such damage, all as more particularly set forth within this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, carry (a) insurance on Tenant’s leasehold improvements providing protection against all risks of physical damage or loss and (b) such insurance as Tenant desires for Tenant’s protection with respect to personal property of Tenant or business interruption.

21.6. In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord Parties as additional insureds, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s written request, also designate and furnish certificates evidencing such Landlord Parties as additional insureds to (a) any Lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Building or the Project, (b) the landlord under any lease whereunder Landlord is a tenant of the real property upon which the Building is located if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground lease rather than that of a fee owner, and (c) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

21.7. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any and all rights of recovery against the other or against the officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives of the other on account of loss or damage occasioned by such waiving party or its property or the property of others under such waiving party’s control, in each case to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any fire and extended coverage insurance policy that either Landlord or Tenant may have in force at the time of such loss or damage. Such waivers shall continue so long as their respective insurers so permit. Any termination of such a waiver shall be by written notice to the other party, containing a description of the circumstances hereinafter set forth in this Section 21.7 . Landlord and Tenant, upon obtaining the policies of insurance required or permitted under this Lease, shall give notice to the insurance carrier or carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease. If such policies shall not be obtainable with such waiver or shall be so obtainable only at a premium over that chargeable without such waiver, then the party seeking such policy shall notify the other of such conditions, and the party so notified shall have ten (10) days thereafter to either (a) procure such insurance with companies reasonably satisfactory to the other party or (b) agree to pay such additional premium (in Tenant’s case, in the proportion that the area of the Premises bears to the insured area). If the parties do not accomplish either (a) or (b), then this Section 21.7 shall have no effect during such time as such policies shall not be obtainable or the party in whose favor a waiver of subrogation is desired refuses to pay the additional premium. If such policies shall at any time be unobtainable, but shall be subsequently obtainable, then neither party shall be subsequently liable for a failure to obtain such insurance until a reasonable time after notification thereof by the other party. If the release of either Landlord or Tenant, as set forth in the first sentence of this Section 21.7 , shall contravene Applicable Laws, then the liability of the party in question shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other party’s insurer.

21.8. Landlord may require insurance policy limits required under this Lease to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s Lender or to bring coverage limits to levels then being required of new tenants within the Project.

 

23


22. Damage or Destruction .

22.1. In the event of a partial destruction of the Building or the Project by fire or other perils covered by extended coverage insurance not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) of the full insurable value thereof, and provided that (a) the damage thereto is such that the Building or the Project may be repaired, reconstructed or restored within a period of eight (8) months from the date of the happening of such casualty and (b) Landlord shall receive insurance proceeds sufficient to cover the cost of such repairs (except for any deductible amount provided by Landlord’s policy, which deductible amount, if paid by Landlord, shall constitute an Operating Expense), Landlord shall commence and proceed diligently with the work of repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Building or the Project, as applicable, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may not terminate this Lease pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 22.1 unless the cost of such repairs in excess of any deductible amount and any available insurance proceeds to restore the Building and other improvements on the Property exceeds Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

22.2. In the event of any damage to or destruction of the Building or the Project other than as described in Section 22.1 , Landlord may elect to repair, reconstruct and restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, in which case this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Landlord elects not to repair the Building or the Project, as applicable, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date of such damage or destruction.

22.3. Within sixty (60) days following the date of damage or destruction, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant either (a) of its election not to repair, reconstruct or restore the Building or the Project, as applicable, or (b) of the amount of time reasonably anticipated to be required to complete the repair, reconstruction and/or restoration of the Premises and the parking facilities of the Project.

22.4. Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Section 22 , the parties shall be released thereby without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to the Landlord, except with regard to (a) items occurring prior to the damage or destruction and (b) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof.

22.5. In the event of repair, reconstruction and restoration as provided in this Section 22 , all Rent to be paid by Tenant under this Lease shall be abated proportionately based on the extent to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired during the period of such repair, reconstruction or restoration, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that, in Tenant’s reasonable opinion, is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business.

22.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 22 , if the time required to complete the repair, reconstruction and/or restoration of the Premises and the parking facilities of the Project exceeds eight (8) months from the date of damage or destruction, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice of termination given no later than sixty (60) days after Landlord notifies Tenant as to how much time will be required to complete the repair, reconstruction and/or restoration of the Premises and the parking facilities of the Project.

22.7. If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair, reconstruct or restore as herein provided, then Landlord shall be obligated to make such repair, reconstruction or restoration only with regard to those portions of the Premises, the Building or the Project that were originally

 

24


provided at Landlord’s expense. The repair, reconstruction or restoration of improvements not originally provided by Landlord or at Landlord’s expense shall be the obligation of Tenant. In the event Tenant has elected to upgrade certain improvements from the Building Standard, Landlord shall, upon the need for replacement due to an insured loss, provide only the Building Standard, unless Tenant again elects to upgrade such improvements and pay any incremental costs related thereto, except to the extent that excess insurance proceeds, if received, are adequate to provide such upgrades, in addition to providing for basic repair, reconstruction and restoration of the Premises, the Building and the Project.

22.8. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 22 , Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct or restore the Premises if the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Section 22 occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or any extension hereof.

23. Eminent Domain .

23.1. In the event the whole of the Premises, or such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with the Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof, shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to said authority.

23.2. In the event of a partial taking of the Building or the Project, or of drives, walkways or parking areas serving the Building or the Project for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of right of appropriation, condemnation, or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, then, without regard to whether any portion of the Premises occupied by Tenant was so taken, (a) Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease as of such taking if such taking is, in Landlord’s sole opinion, of a material nature such as to make it uneconomical to continue use of the unappropriated portion for purposes of renting office or laboratory space and (b) Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease as of such taking if such taking has a material adverse effect on Tenant’s use and enjoyment of or access to the Premises or on Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the parking spaces allocated to Tenant under Section 15.2 above; provided that Landlord shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant stating Tenant’s election to termination this Lease to remedy any such material adverse effect; provided , further, that Landlord shall not be deemed to have remedied such material adverse effect by providing parking other than on the Property or adjoining property owned by Landlord or its affiliates.

23.3. Tenant shall be entitled to any award that is specifically awarded as compensation for (a) the taking of Tenant’s personal property that was installed at Tenant’s expense and (b) the costs of Tenant moving to a new location. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, any award for such taking shall be the property of Landlord.

23.4. If, upon any taking of the nature described in this Section 23 , this Lease continues in effect, then Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Premises, the Building and the Project, as applicable, to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking. To the extent such restoration is feasible, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, the Rent shall be decreased by a number, the numerator of which is the rental value of the Premises prior to such taking, and the denominator of which is the value of the Premises after such taking.

 

25


24. Defaults and Remedies .

24.1. Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due shall cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which shall be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within five (5) days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of six percent (6%) of the overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord shall incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest from the fifth (5th) day after the date due until paid at the lesser of (a) twelve percent (12%) per annum or (b) the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first occurrence of any delinquency in Tenant’s payment of Rent in any twelve (12) month period shall give rise to a late charge and interest only if Tenant fails to cure such delinquency within three (3) business days after written notice from Landlord thereof.

24.2. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or in equity or at law. If a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to make payment “under protest,” such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part of Tenant to institute suit for recovery of the payment paid under protest.

24.3. If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money (other than Basic Annual Rent or Rental Adjustments) required to be paid by it hereunder, or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, but shall not be obligated to, make such payment or perform such act; provided that such failure by Tenant continues for three (3) business days (with respect to a failure to pay money) or ten (10) business days (with respect to a failure to perform any other obligation) in each case after Landlord delivers notice to Tenant demanding performance by Tenant; or that such failure by Tenant unreasonably interfered with the use of the Building by any other tenant or with the efficient operation of the Building, or resulted or could have resulted in a violation of Applicable Laws or the cancellation of an insurance policy maintained by Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent all sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to twelve percent (12%) per annum or highest rate permitted by Applicable Laws, whichever is less.

 

26


24.4. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “ Default ” hereunder by Tenant:

(a) The abandonment or vacation of the Premises by Tenant;

(b) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

(c) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any obligation or covenant contained herein (other than described in Subsections 24.4(a) and 24.4(b) ) to be performed by Tenant, where such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it reasonably requires more than ten (10) business days to cure, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said ten (10) business day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion; and provided , further, that such cure is completed no later than ninety (90) days from the date of Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord;

(d) Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(e) A receiver, trustee or custodian is appointed to or does take title, possession or control of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets;

(f) Tenant files a voluntary petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute (the “ Code ”);

(g) Any involuntary petition if filed against Tenant under any chapter of the Code and is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days;

(h) Failure to deliver an estoppel certificate in accordance with Section 29 , which failure is not remedied within five (5) business days after Landlord gives Tenant a second written request to deliver such estoppel certificate; or

(i) Tenant’s interest in this Lease is attached, executed upon or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within one hundred twenty (120) days of the action.

Notices given under this Section 24.4 shall specify the alleged default and shall demand that Tenant perform the provisions of this Lease or pay the Rent that is in arrears, as the case may be, within the applicable period of time, or quit the Premises. No such notice shall be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice.

 

27


24.5. In the event of a Default by Tenant, and at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy that Landlord may have, Landlord shall be entitled to terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default, including, without limitation:

(a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent that had accrued at the time of such termination; plus

(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have accrued during the period commencing with termination of the Lease and ending at the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, the cost of restoring the Premises to the condition required under the terms of this Lease; plus

(e) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Laws.

As used in Subsections 24.5(a) and 24.5(b), “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate specified in Section 24.1 . As used in Subsection 24.5(c) above, the “worth at the time of the award” shall be computed by taking the present value of such amount, using the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus six (6) percentage points.

24.6. If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 24.5, then Landlord may, from time to time, recover all Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. At any time thereafter, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.

 

28


24.7. In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease and relet the Premises, Landlord may execute any new lease in its own name. Tenant hereunder shall have no right or authority whatsoever to collect any Rent from such tenant. The proceeds of any such reletting shall be applied as follows:

(a) First, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord, including, without limitation, storage charges or brokerage commissions owing from Tenant to Landlord as the result of such reletting;

(b) Second, to the payment of the costs and expenses of reletting the Premises, including (a) alterations and repairs that Landlord deems reasonably necessary and advisable and (b) reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred by Landlord in connection with the retaking of the Premises and such reletting;

(c) Third, to the payment of Rent and other charges due and unpaid hereunder; and

(d) Fourth, to the payment of future Rent and other damages payable by Tenant under this Lease.

24.8. All of Landlord’s rights, options and remedies hereunder shall be construed and held to be nonexclusive and cumulative. Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies, or any other remedy or relief that may be provided by Applicable Laws, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in said waiver.

24.9. Landlord’s termination of (a) this Lease or (b) Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of any liability to Landlord that has previously accrued or that shall arise based upon events that occurred prior to the later to occur of (i) the date of Lease termination or (ii) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises.

24.10. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Tenant waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future Applicable Laws if Tenant is evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or if Landlord obtains possession of the Premises due to Tenant’s default hereunder or otherwise.

24.11. Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event shall such failure to continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying the nature of Landlord’s failure; provided , however , that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

24.12. In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail or by a reputable overnight courier (e.g., FedEx) to any (a) beneficiary of a deed of trust or (b) mortgagee under a mortgage covering the Premises, the Building or the Project and to any landlord of any lease of land upon or within which the Premises, the Building or the Project

 

29


is located, and shall offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Building by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided that Landlord shall furnish to Tenant in writing, upon written request by Tenant, the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices.

25. Assignment or Subletting .

25.1. Except as hereinafter provided, Tenant shall not, either voluntarily or by operation of Applicable Laws, directly or indirectly sell, hypothecate, assign, pledge, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease, or sublet the Premises or any part hereof (each, a “ Transfer ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may not unreasonably withhold; provided , however, that Tenant shall have the right to assign all or any portion of its interest under this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises without Landlord’s consent to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Tenant; or any party that results from a merger or consolidation of Tenant; or any party that acquires all or substantially all of the assets or stock of Tenant (an “ Allowable Transfer ”). Any Transfer other than an Allowable Transfer shall be referred to herein as a “ Subject Transfer ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant be released from any of its obligations under this Lease.

25.2. In the event Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then, at least twenty (20) days with respect to a sublease and at least thirty (30) days with respect to any other Transfer, but not more than ninety (90) days in any event, prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the “ Assignment Date ”), Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord (the “ Assignment Notice ”) containing information (including references) concerning the character of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; the Assignment Date; any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; and the consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, all in such detail as Landlord shall reasonably require. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in reviewing Tenant’s request for such Transfer.

25.3. Landlord, in determining whether consent should be given to a proposed Subject Transfer, may give consideration to the financial strength of such transferee, assignee or sublessee (notwithstanding Tenant remaining liable for Tenant’s performance), and any change in use that such transferee, assignee or sublessee proposes to make in the use of the Premises. In no event shall Landlord be deemed to be unreasonable for declining to consent to a Transfer to a transferee, assignee or sublessee of poor reputation, lacking financial qualifications, seeking a change in the Permitted Use, or jeopardizing directly or indirectly the status of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Code; provided that (a) Landlord agrees to reasonably evaluate any proposed transferee’s, assignee’s or sublessee’s financial qualifications and (b) Landlord may only consider such financial qualifications in the event that, were the transfer, assignment or sublease to occur, Tenant would no longer occupy any portion of the Premises.

 

30


25.4. As conditions precedent to Landlord’s consent to a Subject Transfer, Landlord may require any or all of the following:

(a) Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease during the unexpired Term;

(b) Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the value of Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not be diminished or reduced by the proposed Subject Transfer. Such evidence shall include, without limitation, evidence respecting the relevant business experience and financial responsibility and status of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee;

(c) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred in connection with the review, processing and documentation of such request;

(d) If a Transfer of the Premises provides for the receipt by, on behalf of or on account of Tenant of any consideration of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, a premium rental for a sublease or lump sum payment for an assignment, but excluding Tenant’s reasonable costs in marketing and subleasing the Premises) in excess of the rental and other charges due to Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall pay twenty-five percent (25%) of all of such excess to Landlord, prior to deductions for any transaction costs incurred by Tenant, including marketing expenses, tenant improvement allowances, alterations, cash concessions, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees and free rent. If said consideration consists of cash paid to Tenant, payment to Landlord shall be made upon receipt by Tenant of such cash payment;

(e) The proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree that, in the event Landlord gives such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee notice that Tenant is in Default under this Lease, such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments shall be received by Landlord without any liability being incurred by Landlord, except to credit such payment against those due by Tenant under this Lease, and any such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided , however, that in no event shall Landlord or its Lenders, successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment;

(f) Any consent to such Transfer shall be effected on Landlord’s forms;

(g) There shall exist no uncured Default or Imminent Default hereunder of which Tenant has been given notice by Landlord.

(h) Such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee’s use of the Premises shall not require any change to the Permitted Use;

(i) Landlord shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement pertaining to the Transfer, except for Landlord’s written consent to the same;

(j) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord one executed copy of any and all written instruments evidencing or relating to the Transfer; and

 

31


(k) A list of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 39.7 below), certified by the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, that the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee intends to use or store in the Premises. Additionally, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the date any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee takes occupancy of the Premises, all of the items relating to Hazardous Materials of such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee as described in Section 39.2 .

25.5. Any Transfer that is not in compliance with the provisions of this Section 25 shall be void.

25.6. The consent by Landlord to a Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee from obtaining Landlord’s consent to any further Subject Transfer, nor shall it release Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under this Lease.

25.7. Notwithstanding any Transfer, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for the payment of all Rent and other sums due or to become due hereunder, and for the full performance of all other terms, conditions and covenants to be kept and performed by Tenant. The acceptance of Rent or any other sum due hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant or condition thereof, from any person or entity other than Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any Transfer.

25.8. [Intentionally omitted]

25.9. If Tenant sublets the Premises or any potion thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and appoints Landlord as assignee and attorney-in-fact for Tenant, and Landlord (or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application) may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided that, until the occurrence of a Default by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

26. Attorneys’ Fees . If either party commences an action against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Lease, then the prevailing party shall be entitled to have and recover from the non-prevailing party reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit.

27. Bankruptcy . In the event a debtor, trustee or debtor in possession under the Code, or another person with similar rights, duties and powers under any other Applicable Laws, proposes to cure any default under this Lease or to assume or assign this Lease and is obliged to provide adequate assurance to Landlord that (a) a default shall be cured, (b) Landlord shall be compensated for its damages arising from any breach of this Lease and (c) future performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall occur, then such adequate assurances shall include any or all of the following, as designated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion:

27.1. Those acts specified in the Code or other Applicable Laws as included within the meaning of “adequate assurance,” even if this Lease does not concern a shopping center or other facility described in such Applicable Laws;

 

32


27.2. A prompt cash payment to compensate Landlord for any monetary defaults or actual damages arising directly from a breach of this Lease;

27.3. A cash deposit in an amount at least equal to the then-current amount of the Security Deposit; or

27.4. The assumption or assignment of all of Tenant’s interest and obligations under this Lease.

28. Definition of Landlord . With regard to obligations imposed upon Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the term “ Landlord ,” as used in this Lease, shall refer only to Landlord or Landlord’s then-current successor-in-interest. In the event of any transfer, assignment or conveyance of Landlord’s interest in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the subsequent Landlord) shall be automatically freed and relieved, from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance, from all liability for the performance of any covenants or obligations contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed by Landlord and, without further agreement, the transferee, assignee or conveyee of Landlord’s in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Property, as applicable, shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder during the tenure of its interest in the Lease or the Property, in each case to the extent that the transferee, assignee or conveyee assumes in writing such covenants and obligations. Landlord or any subsequent Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises or this Lease without Tenant’s consent.

29. Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of receipt of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing substantially in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit E , or on any other form reasonably requested by a proposed Lender or purchaser, (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (c) setting forth such further information with respect to this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such the prescribed time shall be binding upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

30. Joint and Several Obligations . If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant, then:

30.1. Each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant; and

 

33


30.2. The term “ Tenant ” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them, jointly and severally. The act of, notice from, notice to, refund to, or signature of any one or more of them with respect to the tenancy under this Lease, including, without limitation, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted, so given or received such notice or refund, or so signed.

31. Limitation of Landlord’s Liability .

31.1. If Landlord is in default under this Lease and, as a consequence, Tenant recovers a monetary judgment against Landlord, the judgment shall be satisfied only out of (a) the proceeds of sale received on execution of the judgment and levy against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Building and the Project of which the Premises are a part, (b) rent or other income from such real property receivable by Landlord or (c) the consideration received by Landlord from the sale, financing, refinancing or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Building or the Project of which the Premises are a part.

31.2. Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency under this Lease. If Landlord is a partnership or joint venture, then the partners of such partnership shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no partner of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any partner of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership or joint venture. If Landlord is a corporation, then the shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of such corporation shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord. If Landlord is a limited liability company, then the members of such limited liability company shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no member of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any member of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the limited liability company. No partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process, and no judgment shall be taken or writ of execution levied against any partner, shareholder, director, employee or agent of Landlord.

31.3. Each of the covenants and agreements of this Section 31 shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by Applicable Laws and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

32. Project Control by Landlord .

32.1. Landlord reserves full control over the Building and the Project to the extent not inconsistent with Tenant’s enjoyment of the Premises as provided by this Lease. This reservation includes, without limitation, Landlord’s right to subdivide the Project, convert the Building and other buildings within the Project to condominium units, grant easements and licenses to third parties, and maintain or establish ownership of the Building separate from fee title to the Property.

 

34


32.2. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, promptly execute such further documents as may be reasonably appropriate to assist Landlord in the performance of its obligations hereunder; provided that Tenant need not execute any document that creates additional liability for Tenant or that deprives Tenant of the quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises as provided by this Lease.

32.3. Landlord may, at any and all reasonable times during non-business hours (or during business hours if Tenant so requests), and upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice (provided that no time restrictions shall apply or advance notice be required if an emergency necessitates immediate entry), enter the Premises to (a) inspect the same and to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations hereunder, (b) supply any service Landlord is required to provide hereunder, (c) show the Premises to prospective purchasers or tenants during the last nine (9) months of the Term, (d) post notices of nonresponsibility, (e) access the telephone equipment, electrical substation and fire risers and (f) alter, improve or repair any portion of the Building other than the Premises for which access to the Premises is reasonably necessary. In connection with any such alteration, improvement or repair as described in Subsection 32.3(f) above, Landlord may erect in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project scaffolding and other structures reasonably required for the alteration, improvement or repair work to be performed. In no event shall Tenant’s Rent abate as a result of Landlord’s activities pursuant to this Section 32.3; provided, however, that all such activities shall be conducted in such a manner so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as is reasonably possible. Landlord shall at all times retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises. If an emergency involving risk of serious injury or damage to persons or property necessitates immediate access to the Premises, Landlord may use whatever force is necessary to enter the Premises, and any such entry to the Premises shall not constitute a forcible or unlawful entry to the Premises, a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. Except in the event of an emergency involving the risk of serious injury or damage to persons or property, any entry of the Premises pursuant to this Section 32.3 (other than for routine janitorial service) shall be arranged in advance with Tenant, and all such entries shall be guided by a Tenant representative; provided that Tenant shall make such a representative reasonably available. Under no circumstances shall any party be allowed to enter the reference lab located in the Premises, but parties shall be permitted to view the reference lab through an open door while standing outside the reference lab.

33. Quiet Enjoyment . So long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Landlord or anyone acting through or under Landlord shall not disturb Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, except as permitted by this Lease.

34. Subordination and Attornment .

34.1. This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or lease in which Landlord is tenant now or hereafter in force against the Building or the Project and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination.

 

35


34.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand such further instrument or instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or mortgages or deeds of trust or lease in which Landlord is tenant as may be required by Landlord, subject to the delivery to Tenant, at no cost to Landlord, of a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from the holder of each such mortgage deed of trust or from such lessor substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F hereto, which requires such holder or lessor to accept this Lease, and not to disturb Tenant’s possession, so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease (a “ Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement ”). However, if any such mortgagee, beneficiary or landlord under lease wherein Landlord is tenant so elects, this Lease shall be deemed prior in lien to any such lease, mortgage, or deed of trust upon or including the Premises regardless of date and Tenant shall execute a statement in writing to such effect at Landlord’s request. If Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under this Section within ten (10) business days after written request therefor, Tenant hereby constitutes and appoints Landlord as its special attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver any such document or documents in the name of Tenant. Such power is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

34.3. In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by the Landlord covering the Premises, the Tenant shall at the election of the purchaser at such foreclosure or sale attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such purchaser as the Landlord under this Lease.

34.4. Within thirty (30) days after the execution of this Lease by both parties, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to Tenant executed by each holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises. The execution and/or delivery by any such holder of such a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement is a condition precedent to Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice provided to Landlord within ten (10) days after the expiration of such initial thirty (30) day period, if such condition precedent is not satisfied in a timely manner; provided that Landlord shall have ten (10) business days after receipt of such written notice from Tenant to provide such Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement to Tenant. If Tenant fails to timely terminate this Lease as set forth in the preceding sentence, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 34.4. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that there is currently no ground lease to which Landlord is a party affecting the Premises.

35. Surrender .

35.1. No surrender of possession of any part of the Premises shall release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, unless such surrender is accepted in writing by Landlord.

35.2. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building or the Property, unless Landlord consents in writing, and shall, at Landlord’s option, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subleases.

 

36


35.3. The voluntary or other surrender of any ground or other underlying lease that now exists or may hereafter be executed affecting the Building or the Project, or a mutual cancellation thereof or of Landlord’s interest therein by Landlord and its lessor shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building or the Property and shall, at the option of the successor to Landlord’s interest in the Building or the Project, as applicable, operate as an assignment of this Lease.

36. Waiver and Modification . No provision of this Lease may be modified, amended or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant. The waiver by Landlord of any breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained.

37. Waiver of Jury Trial and Counterclaims . The parties waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by the other party hereto related to matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease; the relationship between Landlord and Tenant; Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, the Building or the Project; or any claim of injury or damage related to this Lease or the Premises, the Building or the Project.

38. [Intentionally omitted]

39. Hazardous Materials .

39.1. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises, the Building or the Project in violation of Applicable Laws by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. If (a) Tenant breaches such obligation, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials as a result of such a breach results in contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, or (b) contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials caused by Tenant or its agents, consultants, employees or invitees otherwise occurs during the term of this Lease or any extension or renewal hereof or holding over hereunder, then Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend and hold Landlord, its agents and contractors harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities and losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any portion thereof; damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Premises or Project; damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Premises, the Building or the Project; and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultants’ fees and experts’ fees) that arise during or after the Term as a result of such breach or contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or groundwater above, on or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Premises, the Building, the Project or any adjacent property, then Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole cost and expense as are necessary to return the Premises, the Building, the Project and any adjacent property to their

 

37


respective condition existing prior to the time of such contamination; provided that Landlord’s written approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; and provided, further, that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if such actions could have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises, the Building or the Project.

39.2. Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 39 to prohibit Tenant from operating its business as described in Section 2.12 above. Tenant may operate its business according to the custom of Tenant’s industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to Applicable Laws. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Term Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Material to be present on the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence of such Hazardous Material on the Premises (the “ Hazardous Materials List ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List on or prior to each annual anniversary of the Term Commencement Date and shall also deliver an updated Hazardous Materials List before any new Hazardous Materials are brought onto the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (hereinafter referred to as the “ Documents ”) relating to the handling, storage, disposal and emission of Hazardous Materials prior to the Term Commencement Date or, if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to any Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; notices of violations of Applicable Laws; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Premises, the Building or the Project ( provided that installation of storage tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all Governmental Authority for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Premises, the Building or the Project for the closure of any such storage tanks. Tenant shall not be required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion of the Documents containing information of a proprietary nature that, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or activities related to Hazardous Materials. Upon Landlord’s written request, Tenant agrees that it shall enter into a written agreement with other tenants of the Building and the Project concerning the equitable allocation of fire control areas (as defined in the Uniform Building Code as adopted by the City of Brisbane (the “ UBC ”)) within the Building and the Project for the storage of Hazardous Materials. In the event that Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials is such that it utilizes fire control areas in the Building or the Project in excess of Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or the Project, as applicable, as set forth in Section 2.8 , Tenant agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon Landlord’s written request, establish and maintain a separate area of the Premises classified by the UBC as an “H” occupancy area for the use and storage of Hazardous Materials or take such other action as is necessary to ensure that its share of the fire control areas of the Building and the Project is not greater than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Building or the Project, as applicable.

 

38


39.3. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 39.1 above, if (a) Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, Lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such party’s action or omission or use of the property in question or (ii) Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion (with respect to any such matter involving Tenant), and it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed transfer, assignment or subletting (with respect to any such matter involving a proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee).

39.4. At any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises, the Building and the Project to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present or that contamination has occurred due to Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests of the Premises.

39.5. If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials are hereafter placed on the Premises by Tenant, Tenant shall monitor the storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other steps necessary or required under the Applicable Laws.

39.6. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 39 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time needed by Tenant or Landlord after the termination of this Lease to complete the removal from the Premises of any such Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall continue to pay Rent in accordance with this Lease, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

39.7. As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste that is or becomes regulated by any Governmental Authority.

39.8. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 39 to the contrary, Landlord shall indemnify Tenant for any pre-existing environmental conditions present at the Building upon the date Tenant takes possession of any portion of the Premises, whether to conduct Tenant’s normal business or to begin construction of tenant improvements. Tenant may engage, at its sole cost, an environmental consultant to conduct an environmental study in order to obtain a baseline of any pre-existing environmental conditions of the Premises; provided that Landlord shall not be deemed to have affirmed any data or conclusions reported in such study.

40. [Intentionally omitted]

41. Miscellaneous .

41.1. Where applicable in this Lease, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

 

39


41.2. Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

41.3. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

41.4. Each provision of this Lease performable by Tenant shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

41.5. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary.

41.6. The terms of this Lease are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement with respect to the terms as are included herein, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement.

41.7. Any provision of this Lease that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

41.8. Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, record this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without Tenant’s consent. Neither party shall record this Lease. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of recording any memorandum of this Lease, including any transfer or other taxes incurred in connection with said recordation.

41.9. The language in all parts of this Lease shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

41.10. Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors, assigns, sublessees. Nothing in this Section 41.10 shall in any way alter the provisions of this Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

41.11. Any notice, consent, demand, bill, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, overnight delivery with a reputable nationwide overnight delivery service, or certified mail (return receipt requested), and shall be deemed delivered upon receipt or refusal of receipt. Any notices given pursuant to this Lease shall be addressed to Tenant at the Premises, or to Landlord or Tenant at the addresses shown in Sections 2.14 and 2.15 , respectively. Either party may, by notice to the other given pursuant to this Section, specify additional or different addresses for notice purposes.

 

40


41.12. This Lease shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State in which the Premises are located, without regard to such State’s conflict of law principles.

41.13. That individual or those individuals signing this Lease guarantee, warrant and represent that said individual or individuals have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Lease on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf said individual or individuals have signed.

41.14. To induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it shall promptly furnish to Landlord, from time to time, upon Landlord’s written request, the most recent audited year-end financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition. Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct and complete in all respects. Landlord agrees to keep all of the foregoing financial statements and the information contained therein confidential and not to such disclose such documents or information to any person or entity, except to any purchasers of the Building or the Project, any lenders on the Building or the Project, any investors in Landlord, and to the respective accountants, attorneys and advisors of Landlord and of each of the foregoing parties, and except as may be required by law or by court order.

41.15. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

42. Options to Extend Term . Tenant shall have options (each, an “ Option ”) to extend the Term of this Lease upon the following terms and conditions:

42.1. Tenant shall have two (2) consecutive Options to extend the Term of this Lease by three (3) years each on the same terms and conditions as this Lease. Basic Annual Rent shall equal ninety-five percent (95%) of the fair market value (“ FMV ”) for comparable office/research and development projects in the Brisbane/Peninsula market as of the date Tenant exercises the respective Option, increased on each annual anniversary of the commencement of each extended term by such percentage, if any, that constitutes a market rate annual increase for such market. In the event that Landlord and Tenant disagree as to the FMV, they shall hire an appraiser reasonably acceptable to both parties, the cost of which shall be split equally by Landlord and Tenant, which appraiser’s decision as to the FMV shall be binding on both parties.

42.2. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign or transfer an Option, either separately or in conjunction with an assignment or transfer of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

42.3. The Options are conditional upon Tenant giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the applicable Option at least nine (9) months prior to the end of the expiration of the then-current Term of this Lease.

 

41


42.4. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 42 , Tenant shall not have the right to exercise an Option:

(a) During the time commencing from the date Landlord delivers to Tenant a written notice that Tenant is in default under any provisions of this Lease and continuing until Tenant has cured the specified default to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction; or

(b) At any time after an event of Default as described in Section 24 of the Lease ( provided , however, that, for purposes of this Subsection 42.4(b) , Landlord shall not be required to provide Tenant with notice of such Default) and continuing until Tenant cures any such Default, if such Default is susceptible to being cured; or

(c) In the event that Tenant has committed a Default two (2) or more times and a service or late charge has become payable under Section 24.1 for each of such Defaults during the twelve (12)-month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise the Option, whether or not Tenant cures such Defaults within any applicable cure period.

42.5. The period of time within which Tenant may exercise an Option shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise such Option because of the provisions of Section 42.4 .

42.6. All of Tenant’s rights under the provisions of the Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of an Option if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the new term, (a) Tenant fails to pay to Landlord a monetary obligation of Tenant for a period of twenty (20) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant, (b) Tenant fails to commence to cure a default (other than a monetary default) within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord gives notice to Tenant of such default or (c) Tenant has defaulted under this Lease three (3) or more times and a service or late charge under Section 24.1 has become payable for any such default, whether or not Tenant has cured such defaults.

43. Right of First Refusal . During the first (1st) three (3) years after the Term Commencement Date, Tenant shall have a right of first refusal (“ ROFR ”) as to any rentable premises in the Building for which Landlord is seeking a tenant (“ Available Premises ”). In the event Landlord receives a bonafide offer to lease from a third party tenant the Available Premises, which offer is acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, Landlord shall provide written notice thereof to Tenant (the “ Notice of Offer ”), specifying the material terms and conditions of a proposed lease to Tenant of the Available Premises, which shall be the same as the terms of the bonafide offer, except that the term of any lease entered into by Tenant with respect to the Available Premises shall be coterminous with the Term.

43.1. Within five (5) business days following its receipt of a Notice of Offer, Tenant shall advise Landlord in writing whether Tenant elects to lease the Available Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within said five (5) business day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to lease the Available Premises.

 

42


43.2. If Tenant timely notifies Landlord that Tenant elects to lease the Available Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer, then Landlord shall lease the Available Premises to Tenant upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer.

43.3. If Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant elects not to lease the Available Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer, or if Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within the five (5) business day period described above, then Landlord shall have the right to consummate the lease of the Available Premises on the same terms as set forth in the Notice of Offer to a third party tenant.

43.4. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 43 to the contrary, Tenant shall not exercise the ROFR during such period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of this Lease. Any attempted exercise of the ROFR during a period of time in which Tenant is so in Default shall be void and of no effect. In addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise the ROFR if Tenant has committed a Default two (2) or more times during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the ROFR, whether or not Tenant cures such Defaults within any applicable cure period.

43.5. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign or transfer the ROFR, either separately or in conjunction with an assignment or transfer of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that Landlord’s consent shall not be required for Tenant’s assignment of the ROFR in connection with an Allowed Transfer.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

43


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.

LANDLORD :

BMR-BAYSHORE BOULEVARD LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:  

/s/ Gary A. Kreitzer

  Name: Gary A. Kreitzer
  Title: Executive Vice President
Dated: 5-1-2006

TENANT :

EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Pierre G. Cassigneul

  Name: Pierre G. Cassigneul
  Title: CEO
Dated: 5/2/2006

 

44


LOGO

 

1


LOGO

 

2


EXHIBIT B

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE

AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE

THIS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE is entered into as of [ ], 20[ ], with reference to that certain Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated as of [ ], 2006, by EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), in favor of BMR-BAYSHORE BOULEVARD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.

Tenant hereby confirms the following:

1. Tenant accepted possession of the Premises on [ ], 2006.

2. The Premises are in good order, condition and repair.

3. The Tenant Improvements required to be constructed by Landlord under the Lease have been substantially completed.

4. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord as a condition to the full effectiveness of the Lease have been satisfied, and Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties in the nature of inducements offered to Tenant to lease the Premises.

5. In accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2 of the Lease, the Term Commencement Date is [ ], 20[ ], and, unless the Lease is terminated prior to the Term Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the Lease Expiration Date shall be [ ], 20[ ].

6. The Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises[, except [ ]].

7. Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant.

8. The obligation to pay Rent is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Lease commenced to accrue on [ ], 20 [ ].

9. The undersigned Tenant has not made any prior assignment, transfer, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents thereunder or sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Acknowledgment of Term Commencement Date and Term Expiration Date as of [ ], 20 [ ].

 

TENANT:  

EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

2


EXHIBIT C

[Intentionally omitted]

 

1


EXHlBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

NOTHING IN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS (“ RULES AND REGULATIONS ”) SHALL SUPPLANT ANY PROVISION OF THE LEASE. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT OR INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THESE RULES AND REGULATIONS AND THE LEASE, THE LEASE SHALL PREVAIL.

1. Except as specifically provided in the Lease to which these Rules and Regulations are attached, no sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule.

2. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades, screens or hanging plants or other similar objects attached to or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises or placed on any windowsill, which window, door or windowsill is (a) visible from the exterior of the Premises and (b) not included in plans approved by Landlord, then Tenant shall promptly remove said curtains, blinds, shades, screens or hanging plants or other similar objects at its sole cost and expense.

3. Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks or entrances to the Building, or any halls, passages, exits, entrances or stairways within the Premises, in any case that are required to be kept clear for health and safety reasons.

4. No deliveries shall be made that impede or interfere with other tenants in or the operation of the Project.

5. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Premises that exceeds the load per square foot that (a) such floor was designed to carry or (b) that is allowed by Applicable Laws. Fixtures and equipment that cause noises or vibrations that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building to such a degree as to be objectionable to other tenants shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate such noises and vibrations to levels reasonably acceptable to Landlord and other tenants of the Building.

6. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that shown in the Tenant Improvement plans.

7. Tenant shall not install any radio, television or other antenna, cell or other communications equipment, or any other devices on the roof or exterior walls of the Premises except to the extent shown on approved Tenant Improvements plans. Tenant shall not interfere with radio, television or other communications from or in the Premises or elsewhere.

 

1


8. Canvassing, peddling, soliciting and distributing handbills or any other written material within, on or around the Project (other than within the Premises) are prohibited, and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent such activities.

9. Tenant shall store all of its trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials within its Premises or in designated receptacles outside of the Premises. Tenant shall not place in any such receptacle any material that cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash, garbage and Hazardous Materials disposal.

10. The Premises shall not be used for any improper or immoral purpose. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, except in accordance with (a) the requirements of insurance policies that Landlord or Tenant is required to purchase and maintain pursuant to the Lease and (b) Applicable Laws.

11. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use the name of the Project, if any, in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business except as Tenant’s address.

12. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any Governmental Authority.

13. Tenant assumes any and all responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage, which responsibility includes keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed.

14. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of Tenant or any other tenant, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of Tenant or any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Project, including Tenant.

15. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms covenants, agreements and conditions of the Lease.

16. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as, in its judgment, may from time to time be needed for safety and security, the care and cleanliness of the Project, or the preservation of good order therein; provided , however , that Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant of such rules and regulations prior to them taking effect. Tenant agrees to abide by these Rules and Regulations and any additional rules and regulations issued or adopted by Landlord.

17. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of these Rules and Regulations by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

 

2


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

To:    BMR-BAYSHORE BOULEVARD LLC
   17140 Bernardo Center Drive, Suite 222
   San Diego, CA 92128
   Attention: General Counsel
   BioMed Realty, L.P.
   c/o BioMed Realty Trust, Inc.
   17140 Bernardo Center Drive, Suite 222
   San Diego, CA 92128
Re:    The Premises (the “ Premises ”) at 3260 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, California (the “ Property ”)

The undersigned tenant (“ Tenant ”) hereby certifies to you as follows:

1. Tenant is a tenant at the Property under a lease (the “ Lease ”) for the Premises dated as of [ ], 2006. The Lease has not been cancelled, modified, assigned, extended or amended [except as follows: [ ]], and there are no other agreements, written or oral, affecting or relating to Tenant’s lease of the Premises or any other space at the Property. The lease term expires on [ ], 20[ ].

2. Tenant took possession of the Premises, currently consisting of [ ] square feet, on [ ], 20[ ], and commenced to pay rent on [ ], 20 [ ]. Tenant has full possession of the Premises, has not assigned the Lease or sublet any part of the Premises, and does not hold the Premises under an assignment or sublease [, except as follows: [ ]].

3. All base rent, rent escalations and additional rent under the Lease have been paid through [ ], 20[ ]. There is no prepaid rent[, except $[ ]], and the amount of security deposit is $[ ] in the form of a letter of credit. Tenant currently has no right to any future rent abatement under the Lease.

4. Base rent is currently payable in the amount of $[ ] per month.

5. Tenant is currently paying estimated payments of additional rent of $[ ] per month on account of real estate taxes, insurance, management fees and common area maintenance expenses.

6. All work to be performed for Tenant under the Lease has been performed as required under the Lease and has been accepted by Tenant[, except [ ]], and all allowances to be paid to Tenant, including allowances for tenant improvements, moving expenses or other items, have been paid.

 

1


7. The Lease is in full force and effect, free from default and free from any event that could become a default under the Lease, and Tenant has no claims against the landlord or offsets or defenses against rent, and there are no disputes with the landlord. Tenant has received no notice of prior sale, transfer, assignment, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents payable thereunder[, except [ ]].

8. [Tenant has the following expansion rights or options for the Property: [ ].] [Tenant has no rights or options to purchase the Property.]

9. To Tenant’s knowledge, no hazardous wastes have been generated, treated, stored or disposed of by or on behalf of the Tenant in, on or around the Premises or the Project in violation of any environmental laws.

10. The undersigned has executed this Estoppel Certificate with the knowledge and understanding that [INSERT NAME OF LANDLORD, PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE] or its assignee is acquiring the Property in reliance on this certificate and that the undersigned shall be bound by this certificate. The statements contained herein may be relied upon by [INSERT NAME OF PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE], BMR- Bayshore Boulevard LLC, BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., and any mortgagee of the Property and their respective successors and assigns.

Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given in the Lease.

Dated this [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ].

 

[ ],

a [ ]

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

2


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT

AGREEMENT

RECORDING REQUESTED BY

WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO

The Northwestern Mutual Life Ins. Co.

720 East Wisconsin Ave. - Rm N16WC

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attn:

Loan No. SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER’S USE

NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of , 20 , between , whose mailing address is , (“Tenant”), , whose mailing address is , (“Borrower”), and THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation (“Lender”), whose address for notices is 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53202, Attention: Real Estate Investment Department, Reference Loan No. .

RECITALS

A. Tenant is the lessee or successor to the lessee, and Borrower is the lessor or successor to the lessor under a certain lease dated , 20 (the “Lease”).

B. Lender has made, or will make, a mortgage loan to be secured by a mortgage, deed to secure a debt or deed of trust from Borrower for the benefit of Lender (as it may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Lien Instrument”) encumbering the fee title to and/or leasehold interest in the land described in Exhibit A attached hereto and the improvements thereon (collectively, the “Property”), wherein the premises covered by the Lease (the “Demised Premises”) are located.

C. Borrower and Lender have executed, or will execute, an Absolute Assignment of Leases and Rents (the “Absolute Assignment”), pursuant to which (i) the Lease is assigned to Lender and (ii) Lender grants a license back to Borrower permitting Borrower to collect all rents, income and other sums payable under the Lease until the revocation by Lender of such license, at which time all rents, income and other sums payable under the Lease are to be paid to Lender.

 

1


D. Lender has required the execution of this Agreement by Borrower and Tenant as a condition to Lender making the requested mortgage loan or consenting to the Lease.

E. Tenant acknowledges that, as its consideration for entering into this Agreement, Tenant will benefit by entering into an agreement with Lender concerning Tenant’s relationship with any purchaser or transferee of the Property (including Lender) in the event of foreclosure of the Lien Instrument or a transfer of the Property by deed in lieu of foreclosure (any such purchaser or transferee and each of their respective successors or assigns is hereinafter referred to as “Successor Landlord”).

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Tenant, Borrower and Lender agree as follows:

1. Tenant and Borrower agree for the benefit of Lender that:

 

  (a) Tenant shall not pay, and Borrower shall not accept, any rent or additional rent more than one month in advance;

 

  (b) Except as specifically provided in the Lease, Tenant and Borrower will not enter into any agreement for the cancellation of the Lease or the surrender of the Demised Premises without Lender’s prior written consent;

 

  (c) Tenant and Borrower will not enter into any agreement amending or modifying the Lease without Lender’s prior written consent, except for amendments or modifications specifically contemplated in the Lease for confirming the lease commencement date, the rent commencement date, the term, the square footage leased, the renewal or extension of the Lease, or the leasing of additional space at the Property;

 

  (d) Tenant will not terminate the Lease because of a default thereunder by Borrower unless Tenant shall have first given Lender written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure such default;

 

  (e) Tenant, upon receipt of notice from Lender that it has exercised its rights under the Absolute Assignment and revoked the license granted to Borrower to collect all rents, income and other sums payable under the Lease, shall pay to Lender all rent and other payments then or thereafter due under the Lease, and any such payments to Lender shall be credited against the rent or other obligations due under the Lease as if made to Borrower;

 

2


  (f) Tenant will not conduct any dry cleaning operations on the Demised Premises using chlorinated solvents nor will Tenant use any chlorinated solvents in the operation of their business on the Demised Premises. Notwithstanding the above, Tenant’s use and storage of a product which contains no more than sixteen (16) ounces of chlorinated solvents, in solution or in pure form, shall not violate this prohibition if, and only if, (i) Tenant’s use, storage, and the ultimate disposal, of said solvents is at all times in compliance with applicable law; (ii) said solvents are acquired and kept in prepackaged containers; and (iii) tenant keeps no more than one (1) prepackaged container of said solvents on the Property; and

 

  (g) Tenant shall pay any and all termination fees due and payable under the Lease directly to Lender.

2. The Lease is hereby subordinated in all respects to the Lien Instrument and to all renewals, modifications and extensions thereof, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth in this Agreement, but Tenant waives, to the fullest extent it may lawfully do so, the provisions of any statute or rule of law now or hereafter in effect that may give or purport to give it any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect the Lease or the obligations of Tenant thereunder by reason of any foreclosure proceeding.

3. Borrower, Tenant and Lender agree that, unless Lender shall otherwise consent in writing, the fee title to, or any leasehold interest in, the Property and the leasehold estate created by the Lease shall not merge but shall remain separate and distinct, notwithstanding the union of said estates either in Borrower or Tenant or any third party by purchase, assignment or otherwise.

4. If the interests of Borrower in the Property are acquired by a Successor Landlord:

 

  (a) If Tenant shall not then be in default in the payment of rent or other sums due under the Lease or be otherwise in material default under the Lease, the Lease shall not terminate or be terminated and the rights of Tenant thereunder shall continue in full force and effect except as provided in this Agreement;

 

  (b) Tenant agrees to attorn to Successor Landlord as its lessor; Tenant shall be bound under all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease for the balance of the term thereof, including any renewal options which are exercised in accordance with the terms of the Lease;

 

  (c) The interests so acquired shall not merge with any other interests of Successor Landlord in the Property if such merger would result in the termination of the Lease;

 

  (d) If, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the acquisition by Successor Landlord of the interests of Borrower in the Property results, in whole or part, in the termination of the Lease, there shall be deemed to have been created a lease between Successor Landlord and Tenant on the same terms and conditions as the Lease, except as modified by this Agreement, for the remainder of the term of the Lease with renewal options, if any; and

 

3


  (e) Successor Landlord shall be bound to Tenant under all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, and Tenant shall, from and after Successor Landlord’s acquisition of the interests of Borrower in the real estate, have the same remedies against Successor Landlord for the breach of the Lease that Tenant would have had under the Lease against Borrower if the Successor Landlord had not succeeded to the interests of Borrower; provided, however, that Successor Landlord shall not be:

 

  (i) Liable for the breach of any representations or warranties set forth in the Lease or for any act, omission or obligation of any landlord (including Borrower) or any other party occurring or accruing prior to the date of Successor Landlord’s acquisition of the interests of Borrower in the Demised Premises, except for any repair and maintenance obligations of a continuing nature as of the date of such acquisition;

 

  (ii) Liable for any obligation to construct any improvements in, or make any alterations to, the Demised Premises, or to reimburse Tenant by way of allowance or otherwise for any such improvements or alterations constructed or made, or to be constructed or made, by or on behalf of Tenant in the Demised Premises;

 

  (iii) Subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any landlord (including Borrower) prior to the date of Successor Landlord’s acquisition of the interests of Borrower in the Demised Premises;

 

  (iv) Liable for the return of any security deposit under the Lease unless such security deposit shall have been actually deposited with Successor Landlord;

 

  (v) Bound to Tenant subsequent to the date upon which Successor Landlord transfers its interest in the Demised Premises to any third party;

 

  (vi) Liable to Tenant under any indemnification provisions set forth in the Lease; or

 

  (vii) Liable for any damages in excess of Successor Landlord’s equity in the Property.

The provisions of this paragraph shall be effective and self-operative immediately upon Successor Landlord succeeding to the interests of Borrower without the execution of any other instrument.

 

4


5. Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant, all persons and entities owning (directly or indirectly) an ownership interest in Tenant and all guarantors of all or any portion of the Lease: (i) are not, and shall not become, a person or entity with whom Lender is restricted from doing business with under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including, but not limited to, those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any statute, executive order (including, but not limited to, the September 24, 2001 Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action; (ii) are not knowingly engaged in, and shall not engage in, any dealings or transaction or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities described in (i) above; and (iii) are not, and shall not become, a person or entity whose activities are regulated by the International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001 or the regulations or orders thereunder.

6. This Agreement may not be modified orally or in any other manner except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Lease, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective heirs, successors and assigns, and shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any renewal, extension, increase, or refinance of the indebtedness secured by the Lien Instrument, without further confirmation. Upon recorded satisfaction of the Lien Instrument, this Agreement shall become null and void and be of no further effect.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

TENANT:  

 

  By:  

 

  Attest:  

 

    Secretary

 

STATE OF       )
      )ss.
COUNTY OF    )   

On , before me, , personally appeared                     , personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature

Name (typed or printed)

(Signatures of Borrower and Lender continued on following pages)

 

6


(Signatures continued)

BORROWER:  

 

  By:  

 

  Attest:  

 

    Secretary

 

STATE OF       )
      )ss.
COUNTY OF    )   

On , before me, , personally appeared                     , personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature

Name (typed or printed)

(Signature of Lender continued on following pages)

 

7


(Signatures continued)

 

LENDER:  

THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE

INSURANCE COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation

 

By: Northwestern Investment

Management Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its wholly-owned affiliate and authorized representative

  By:  

 

    , Managing Director
  Attest:  

 

    , Assistant Secretary

 

STATE OF WISCONSIN    )
   )ss.
COUNTY OF MILWAUKEE)       

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of                     , 200 , by and the Managing Director and Assistant Secretary respectively, of Northwestern Investment Management Company, LLC, on behalf of THE NORTHWESTERN MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY and acknowledged the execution of the foregoing instrument as the act and deed of said corporation.

 

My commission expires:      
    Notary Public

This instrument was prepared by , Attorney, for The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company, 720 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53202.

 

8


EXHIBIT “A”

(Description of Property)

 

9


EXHIBIT G

WORK LETTER

This Work Letter (the “ Work Letter ”) is made and entered into as of April 27, 2006, by and between BMR-BAYSHORE BOULEVARD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and is attached to and made a part of that certain Lease dated as of April 27, 2006 (the “ Lease ”), by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises located at 3260 Bayshore Boulevard Brisbane, California. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

1. General Requirements .

1.1. Tenant’s Authorized Representative . Tenant designates Vikram Jog, Steve Langford and Avi Kulkarni (each, “ Tenant’s Authorized Representative ”) as the persons authorized to initial all plans, drawings, changes orders and approvals pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed by any Tenant’s Authorized Representative.

1.2. Schedule . The schedule for design and development of Tenant’s Work (as hereinafter defined), including, without limitation, the time periods for preparation and review of construction documents, approvals and performance, shall be in accordance with a schedule prepared by Tenant (the “ Schedule ”), which Schedule shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. The Schedule shall be subject to adjustment as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties, or as provided in this Work Letter.

1.3. Architects and Consultants . The architect, engineering consultants, design team, general contractor and subcontractors responsible for the construction of Tenant’s Work shall be selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord. Landlord’s approval of the same shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant agrees that it shall obtain bids from, among others, ACCO as its HVAC design/build contractor, KDS Plumbing as the plumbing design/build contractor and Cupertino Electric as its electrical design/build contractor.

2. Tenant’s Work .

2.1. Tenant Work Plans . All work to be performed on the Premises shall be performed by Tenant (“ Tenant’s Work ”) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without cost to Landlord (except for the Total TI Allowance) and in accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined below). The quality of Tenant’s Work shall be of a nature and character not less than (a) the quality of the tenant improvements in place at the Building and the Project as of the date of the Lease and (b) Landlord’s building standards. Tenant shall submit such design drawings, plans and specifications as Landlord may reasonably request (the “ Tenant Work Plans ”). Tenant shall prepare and submit to Landlord for approval schematics covering Tenant’s Work prepared in conformity with the applicable provisions of this Work Letter (the “ Draft Plans ”). The Draft Plans shall contain sufficient information and detail to accurately describe Tenant’s proposed design to Landlord and such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Tenant shall

be solely responsible for ensuring that the Tenant Work Plans and the Draft Plans satisfy Tenant’s obligations for Tenant’s Work.

 

1


2.2. Landlord Approval of Plans . Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing within ten (10) business days after receipt of the Draft Plans whether Landlord approves or objects to the Draft Plans and of the manner, if any, in which the Draft Plans are unacceptable. Landlord shall not object to any Draft Plans that satisfy the requirements set forth in Section 2.1 . If Landlord objects to the Draft Plans, then Tenant shall revise the Draft Plans and cause Landlord’s objections to be remedied in the revised Draft Plans. Tenant shall then resubmit the revised Draft Plans to Landlord for approval. Landlord’s approval of or objection to revised Draft Plans and Tenant’s correction of the same shall be in accordance with this Section 2.2 . until Landlord has approved the Draft Plans in writing. The iteration of the Draft Plans that is approved by Landlord without objection shall be referred to herein as the “ Approved Plans.

2.3. Completion of Tenant’s Work . Tenant shall perform and complete Tenant’s Work (a) in strict conformance with the Approved Plans, (b) otherwise in compliance with the Lease and (c) in accordance with Applicable Laws, Landlord’s insurance carriers and the board of fire underwriters having jurisdiction over the Project and the Premises. Completion of Tenant’s Work shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.

2.4. Conditions to Performance of Tenant’s Work . Prior to the commencement of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s approval (which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold) a list (the “ Contractor List ”) of project managers, contractors and subcontractors that will perform Tenant’s Work. Landlord shall give Tenant notice in writing of its approval or disapproval of the Contractor List with five (5) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the same. If Landlord disapproves of one or more parties on the Contractor List, Tenant shall revise the Contractor List and resubmit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval in accordance with the preceding two sentences. For all subcontracts in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), Tenant shall require its general contractor to provide Tenant with at least three (3) competitive bids.

2.5. Requests for Consent . Landlord shall respond to all requests for consents, approvals or directions made by Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter within five (5) business days following Landlord’s receipt of such request. Landlord’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by Landlord.

3. Tenant’s Construction Obligations Shall Not Delay Commencement of the Term . Notwithstanding any Tenant Work to be performed by Tenant, the commencement of the Term and Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall not, under any circumstance, be extended or delayed, except to the extent that completion of the Tenant Work is delayed caused by Force Majeure or by Landlord’s failure to comply in a timely manner with its obligations under the Lease or this Work Letter. Tenant shall perform promptly such of its obligations contained in this Work Letter as are to be performed by it. Tenant shall also observe and perform all of its obligations under this Lease from the Term Commencement Date.

4. Completion of Tenant’s Construction Obligations . Tenant, at its sole cost and expense (except for the Tenant Improvement Allowance), shall complete Tenant’s Work described in this

 

2


Work Letter in all respects in accordance with the provisions of the Lease and this Work Letter. Tenant’s Work shall be deemed completed at such time as Tenant, at its sole cost and expense (except for the Tenant Improvement Allowance) shall furnish to Landlord (a) evidence satisfactory to Landlord that (i) all Tenant’s Work has been completed and paid for in full (which shall be evidenced by the architect’s certificate of completion and the general contractor’s and each Major Subcontractor’s and Major Supplier’s final waivers and releases of liens), (ii) all Tenant’s Work has been accepted by Landlord, (iii) any and all liens related to Tenant’s Work have either been discharged of record (by payment, bond, order of a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise) or waived by the party filing such lien and (iv) no security interests relating to Tenant’s Work are outstanding, (b) all certifications and approvals with respect to Tenant’s Work that may be required from any Governmental Authority and any board of fire underwriters or similar body for the use and occupancy of the Premises, (c) certificates of insurance required by the Lease to be purchased and maintained by Tenant, (d) a certificate from Tenant’s architect certifying that all work described in the Approved Plans is substantially complete, which certificate may be in the form of AIA Document G704, and (e) complete drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc of all contract documents for work performed by their architect and engineers in relation to Tenant’s Work. As used herein, the term “Major Subcontractor” shall mean any subcontractor who performs work in connection with Tenant’s Work for compensation in excess of $10,000, and the term “ Major Supplier ” shall mean any material supplier who supplies materials in connection with Tenant’s Work for a purchase price in excess of $25,000.

5. Insurance . Prior to commencing Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall provide, or shall cause Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors to provide, to Landlord, in addition to the insurance required of Tenant pursuant to the Lease, the following types of insurance in the following amounts, upon the following terms and conditions:

5.1. Builders’ All-Risk Insurance . At all times during the period beginning with commencement of construction of Tenant’s Work and ending with final completion of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, casualty insurance in Builder’s All-Risk Form, insuring the Landlord Parties and Tenant’s contractors, as their interests may appear. Such policy shall, on a completed values basis for the full insurable value at all times, insure against loss or damage by fire, vandalism and malicious mischief and other such risks as are customarily covered by the so-called “broad form extended coverage endorsement” upon all Tenant’s Work and the general contractor’s and any subcontractors’ machinery, tools and equipment, all while each forms a part of, or is contained in, Tenant’s Work or any temporary structures on the Premises, or is adjacent thereto. Said Builder’s All-Risk Insurance shall contain an express waiver of any right of subrogation by the insurer against Landlord and its affiliates, agents and employees.

5.2. Workers’ Compensation . At all times during the period of construction of Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall, or shall cause its contractors or subcontractors to, maintain statutory Workers’ Compensation insurance as required by Applicable Laws.

6. Liability . Tenant assumes sole responsibility and liability for any and all injuries or the death of any persons, including Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors and their respective employees, and for any and all damages to property caused by, resulting from or arising out of

 

3


any act or omission on the part of Tenant, Tenant’s contractors or subcontractors, or their respective employees in the prosecution of Tenant’s Work. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and save free and harmless Landlord and Landlord’s affiliates, agents and employees from and against all losses and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, that Landlord may incur as the result of claims or lawsuits due to, because of, or arising out of any and all such injuries, death or damage, whether real or alleged, and Tenant and Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall assume and defend at their sole cost and expense all such claims or lawsuits; provided , however , that nothing contained in this Work Letter shall be deemed to indemnify or otherwise hold Landlord harmless from or against liability caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any agent, contractor or employee of Landlord. Any deficiency in design or construction of Tenant’s Work shall be solely the responsibility of Tenant, notwithstanding the fact that Landlord may have approved of the same in writing. All material and equipment furnished by Tenant as Tenant’s Work shall be new or “like new” and Tenant’s Work shall be performed in a first-class, workmanlike manner.

7. Tenant Improvement Allowance .

7.1. Application of Tenant Improvement Allowance and Additional TI Allowance . Landlord shall contribute the Tenant Improvement Allowance (and, if requested by Tenant, the Additional TI Allowance) toward the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of Tenant’s Work, in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Lease.

7.2. Approval of Budget for Tenant’s Work . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth elsewhere in this Work Letter or the Lease, Landlord shall not have any obligation to advance to Tenant any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance or the Additional TI Allowance until Landlord shall have approved in writing the budget for the Tenant’s Work (the “ Approved Budget ”), which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold. Tenant shall have the right to modify the Approved Budget at any time and from time to time, subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; thereafter the modified Approved Budget shall be deemed to be the “Approved Budget.” Prior to Landlord’s approval of the initial Approved Budget, Tenant shall pay all of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with Tenant’s Work as they become due. Landlord shall not be obligated to reimburse Tenant for costs or expenses relating to Tenant’s Work that exceed either (a) the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance (and, if requested by Tenant, the Additional TI Allowance), other than pursuant to Section 8.2 , or (b) the Approved Budget, either on a line item or overall basis, provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to apply cost savings in any one or more line items (not to exceed ten percent (10%) of any such line item) to any other line item(s).

7.3. Advance Requests . Upon submission by Tenant to Landlord of (a) a statement (an “ Advance Request ”) setting forth the total amount requested, (b) a detailed summary of the Tenant’s Work performed using AIA standard form Application for Payment (G 702) executed by the general contractor and by the architect), (c) lien releases from the general contractor and each Major Subcontractor and Major Supplier with respect to the portion of Tenant’s Work corresponding to the Advance Request, then Landlord shall, within five (5) business days following receipt by Landlord of an Advance Request and the accompanying materials required by this Section 7.3 , advance to Tenant the amount set forth in such Advance Request; provided , however , that, with respect to any Advance Requests subject to the limits set forth in Section 7.2 , Landlord shall advance to Tenant the requested amount as limited by Section 7.2 .

 

4


7.4. Application of the Tenant Improvement Allowance and Additional TI Allowance . Tenant may apply the Tenant Improvement Allowance (and, if requested by Tenant, the Additional TI Allowance) for the payment of construction and other costs (including, without limitation, standard laboratory improvements; finishes; building fixtures; building permits; project management fees; installation costs for Tenant’s electrical, telephone and data cabling and wiring, and related connect charges; and architectural, engineering, design and consulting fees), in each case as reflected in the Approved Plans. In no event shall the Tenant Improvement Allowance or the Additional TI Allowance be applied to the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-building system equipment.

8. Changes . Any changes to Tenant’s Work (each, a “ Change ”) requested by Landlord or Tenant after Landlord approves the Approved Plans in writing shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8 and shall be subject to the reasonable written approval of the other party.

8.1. Changes Requested by Tenant .

(a) Tenant may request Changes after Landlord approves the Approved Plans by notifying Landlord thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “ Tenant Change Order Request ”), which Tenant Change Order Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Changes. Landlord agrees to either approve or disapprove with specific reasons for such disapproval within five (5) business days after receipt of such Change. If the nature of a Change requires revisions to the Approved Plans, then Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions. Tenant Change Order Requests shall be signed by any Tenant’s Authorized Representative.

(b) Landlord shall approve or reject any Tenant Change Order Requests in accordance with to the procedures established pursuant to Section 2 . If Landlord does not approve in writing a Tenant Change Order Request, then such Tenant Change Order Request shall be deemed rejected by Landlord, and Tenant shall not be permitted to alter Tenant’s Work as contemplated by such Tenant Change Order Request.

8.2. Changes Requested by Landlord . Landlord may request Changes after Landlord approves the Approved Plans by notifying Tenant thereof in writing landlord shall request such landlord changes by notifying tenant in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “ Landlord Change Order Request ”), which Landlord Change Order Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Changes. If the nature of a Change requires revisions to the Approved Plans, then Landlord shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all additional costs and expenses payable by Tenant to complete Tenant’s Work due to a Landlord-requested Change in accordance with the payment provisions of this Work Letter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to make any Changes pursuant to this Section 8.2 that would have a material adverse impact on the construction schedule for Tenant’s Work or on the layout, quality or functionality (for Tenant’s purposes) of the Tenant Improvements.

 

5


8.3. Preparation of Estimates . Tenant shall, before proceeding with any Change, using commercially reasonable efforts, prepare as soon as is reasonably practicable (but in no event more than five (5) business days after delivering a Tenant Change Order Request to Landlord or receipt of a Landlord Change Order Request) an estimate of the increased costs or savings that would result from such Change, as well as an estimate of such Change’s effects on the Schedule. Landlord shall have five (5) business days after receipt of such information from Tenant to (a) in the case of a Tenant Change Order Request, approve or reject such Tenant Change Order Request in writing, or (b) in the case of a Landlord Change Order Request, notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s decision either to proceed with or abandon the Landlord-requested Change.

9. Miscellaneous .

9.1. Headings, Etc . Where applicable in this Work Letter, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The section headings of this Work Letter are not a part of this Work Letter and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

9.2. Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Work Letter in which time of performance is a factor.

9.3. Covenants . Each provision of this Work Letter performable by Tenant shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

9.4. Consent . Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary.

9.5. Entire Agreement . The terms of this Work Letter are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement with respect to the terms as are included herein, and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement, other than the Lease.

9.6. Invalid Provisions . Any provision of this Work Letter that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Work Letter shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

9.7. Construction . The language in all parts of this Work Letter shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

9.8. Assigns . Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors, assigns, sublessees. Nothing in this Section 9.8 shall in any way alter the provisions of the Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

 

6


9.9. Authority . That individual or those individuals signing this Work Letter guarantee, warrant and represent that said individual or individuals have the power, authority and legal capacity to sign this Work Letter on behalf of and to bind all entities, corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, joint venturers or other organizations and entities on whose behalf said individual or individuals have signed.

9.10. Counterparts . This Work Letter may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Work Letter to be effective on the date first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

BMR-BAYSHORE BOULEVARD LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

   
 

Name: Gary A. Kreitzer

Title: Executive Vice President

 

TENANT :

EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

   
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

8


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 10 th day of November, 2010 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between BMR-BAYSHORE BOULEVARD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and XDX, INC., a Delaware corporation, (formerly known as Expression Diagnostics, Inc.) (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated as of April 27, 2006, as amended by this Amendment, and as the same may have been otherwise amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), whereby Tenant leases certain premises (the “ Premises ”) from Landlord at 3260 Bayshore Boulevard in Brisbane, California (the “ Building ”);

B. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the Term of the Lease; and

C. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Basic Annual Rent; and

D. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to agree upon certain terms in the event the Additional Premises (as defined below) is delivered to Tenant; and

E. WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to modify and amend the Lease only in the respects and on the conditions hereinafter stated.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Amendment, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease unless otherwise defined herein.

2. Term Extension . The term of the Lease shall be extended for 86 months (the “ Extension Term ”), ending on December 31, 2020. The definition of “ Term Expiration Date ” as set forth in Section 4.2 of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and shall be replaced with December 31, 2020.

3. Additional Premises . Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to expand the Premises to include an additional fifteen thousand four hundred ten (15,410) square feet of Rentable Area located on the first (1 st ) floor, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Additional Premises ”) on July 1, 2012 (the “ Additional Premises Delivery Date ”). In the event Landlord determines the Additional Premises will be ready for delivery to Tenant in the Required Condition on the Additional Premises Delivery Date, within ten (10) business days prior to the Additional Premises Delivery Date, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a written amendment to the Lease, which amendment shall provide, unless otherwise agreed in writing, (a)


that the commencement date of the Additional Premises shall be the Additional Premises Delivery Date (the “ Additional Premises Commencement Date ”), (b) that, as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date, the Premises under the Lease shall be increased to include the Additional Premises for a total of sixty-one thousand four hundred forty-four (61,444) square feet of Rentable Area (together, the Premises and the Additional Premises shall be referred to hereinafter as the “ Total Premises ”), (c) the new Basic Annual Rent applicable to the Total Premises, which shall commence on the Additional Premises Commencement Date and shall be as further described in Section 4.2 of this Amendment, (d) Tenant’s new Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date, which Pro Rata Share shall equal one hundred percent (100%) of the Building and thirty-three and 51/100 percent (33.51%) of the Project and (e) that, in addition to the parking which Tenant is entitled to under the terms of the Lease with respect to the original Premises, Tenant, for so long as Tenant leases the Additional Premises, shall have a non-exclusive license to use the parking facilities serving the Building in common on an unreserved basis with other tenants of the Building and the Project at a ratio of 3.3 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of Additional Premises, which amounts to fifty-one (51) additional parking spaces, which number shall include three (3) additional Reserved Spaces. In the event the Additional Premises is not ready for delivery to Tenant in the Required Condition on the Additional Premises Delivery Date, then (x) this Amendment and the Lease shall not be void or voidable, (y) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom and (z) the new Basic Annual Rent applicable to the Premises shall be as further described in Section 4.3 of this Amendment.

4. Basic Annual Rent .

4.1 From January 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012, the Basic Annual Rent for the Premises shall be One Dollar and 75/100 ($1.75) per rentable square foot per month on a triple net basis.

4.2 In the event Landlord delivers the Additional Premises in the Required Condition on the Additional Premises Delivery Date, the Basic Annual Rent set forth in the table below shall apply to the Total Premises throughout the remainder of the initial Term and the Extension Term.

 

Months

  

Lease Rate/Per Month

July 1, 2012 - December 31, 2013    $1.85 NNN
January 1, 2014 - December 31, 2014    $2.15 NNN
January 1, 2015 - December 31, 2015    $2.25 NNN
January 1, 2016 - December 31, 2016    $2.35 NNN
January 1, 2017 - December 31, 2017    $2.45 NNN
January 1, 2018 - December 31, 2018    $2.50 NNN
January 1, 2019 - December 31, 2019    $2.55 NNN
January 1, 2020 - December 31, 2020    $2.57 NNN

 

2


4.3 In the event Landlord does not deliver the Additional Premises in the Required Condition on the Additional Premises Delivery Date, the Basic Annual Rent set forth in the table below shall apply to the Premises throughout the remainder of the initial Term and the Extension Term.

 

Months

  

Lease Rate/Per Month

July 1, 2012 - December 31, 2013    $1.85 NNN
January 1, 2014 - December 31, 2014    $2.05 NNN
January 1, 2015 - December 31, 2015    $2.15 NNN
January 1, 2016 - December 31, 2016    $2.25 NNN
January 1, 2017 - December 31, 2017    $2.35 NNN
January 1, 2018 - December 31, 2018    $2.40 NNN
January 1, 2019 - December 31, 2019    $2.45 NNN
January 1, 2020 - December 31, 2020    $2.50 NNN

5. Security Deposit. Upon the full execution and delivery of this Amendment, Tenant may reduce the amount of the Letter of Credit to Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000).

6. Condition of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that (a) it is in possession of and is fully familiar with the condition of the Premises and, notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the first day of the Extension Term, and (b) Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the Extension Term or to pay for any improvements to the Premises, except as may be expressly provided in the Lease. In the event Landlord delivers the Additional Premises, Landlord agrees that the existing laboratory casework (as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto), flooring, ceiling, HVAC and other Building systems serving the Additional Premises shall be in good working order and the Additional Premises shall be vacant, in broom clean condition, and, to Landlord’s knowledge, the Additional Premises shall be decommissioned pursuant to and otherwise in compliance with Applicable Laws (the “ Required Condition ”). Tenant’s acceptance of the Additional Premises shall be conclusive proof that the Additional Premises was delivered in the Required Condition.

7. Right of First Refusal . In the event the Additional Premises is not delivered to Tenant by the Additional Premises Delivery Date, for so long as Tenant still leases and occupies the entire Premises, Tenant shall have a right of first refusal (“ ROFR ”) as to any rentable premises in the Building for which Landlord is seeking a tenant (“ Available ROFR Premises ”); provided , however, that in no event shall Landlord be required to lease any Available ROFR Premises to Tenant for any period past the date on which this Lease expires or is terminated pursuant to its terms. In the event Landlord intends to lease Available ROFR Premises, Landlord shall provide written notice thereof to Tenant (the “ Notice of Offer ”), specifying the terms and conditions of a proposed lease to Tenant of the Available ROFR Premises.

7.1 Within ten (10) days following its receipt of a Notice of Offer, Tenant shall advise Landlord in writing whether Tenant elects to lease all (not just a portion) of the Available ROFR Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within said ten (10) day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to lease the Available ROFR Premises.

 

3


7.2 If Tenant timely notifies Landlord that Tenant elects to lease the Available ROFR Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer, then Landlord shall lease the Available ROFR Premises to Tenant upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer.

7.3 If Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant elects not to lease the Available ROFR Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Offer, or if Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election within the ten (10)-day period described above, then Landlord shall have the right to consummate the lease of the Available ROFR Premises on the same terms as set forth in the Notice of Offer following Tenant’s election (or deemed election) not to lease the Available ROFR Premises.

7.4 Notwithstanding anything in this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall not exercise the ROFR during such period of time that Tenant is in default under any provision of this Lease. Any attempted exercise of the ROFR during a period of time in which Tenant is so in default shall be void and of no effect. In addition, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise the ROFR if Landlord has given Tenant two (2) or more notices of default under this Lease, whether or not the defaults are cured, during the twelve (12) month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the ROFR.

7.5 Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not assign or transfer the ROFR, either separately or in conjunction with an assignment or transfer of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, however, that Landlord’s consent shall not be required for Tenant’s assignment of the ROFR in connection with an Allowable Transfer.

7.6 If Tenant exercises the ROFR, Landlord does not guarantee that the Available ROFR Premises will be available on the anticipated commencement date for the Lease as to such Premises due to a holdover by the then-existing occupants of the Available ROFR Premises or for any other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

8. Termination Right . The termination right set forth in Section 3.3 of the Lease shall be deleted in its entirety and shall have no further force or effect.

9. No encumbrances . As of the Execution Date, the Property is not encumbered by any deed of trust or mortgage or subject to any ground lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 9 shall not prevent Landlord from encumbering or ground leasing the Property at any time in the future.

10. Broker . Tenant represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker or agent in the negotiation for or the obtaining of this Amendment, other than CresaPartners (“ Broker ”), and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any such broker or agent, other than Broker, employed or engaged by it or claiming to have been employed or engaged by it. Broker is entitled to a leasing commission in connection with the making of this Amendment, and Landlord shall pay such commission to Broker pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Broker.

 

4


11. No Default . Tenant represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Tenant is not in default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by Tenant thereunder. Landlord represents, warrants and covenants that, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, Landlord is not in default of any of its respective obligations under the Lease and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or the giving of notice (or both) would constitute a default by or Landlord thereunder.

12. Effect of Amendment . Except as modified by this Amendment, the Lease and all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and affirmed. The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, their respective assigns. In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in this Amendment and the Lease, the terms herein contained shall supersede and control the obligations and liabilities of the parties. From and after the date hereof, the term “Lease” as used in the Lease shall mean the Lease, as modified by this Amendment.

13. Miscellaneous . This Amendment becomes effective only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. The captions of the paragraphs and subparagraphs in this Amendment are inserted and included solely for convenience and shall not be considered or given any effect in construing the provisions hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference.

14. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written, and acknowledge that they possess the requisite authority to enter into this transaction and to execute this Amendment.

 

LANDLORD :

BMR-BAYSHORE BOULEVARD LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:   /s/ Greg Lubushkin
Name:   Greg Lubushkin
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

TENANT :

XDX, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Jean Viret
Name:   Jean Viret
Title:   Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT A

ADDITIONAL PREMISES


LOGO

Exhibit 10.13

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of August 15, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) among OXFORD FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 133 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (“ Oxford ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 hereof or otherwise a party hereto from time to time, including Oxford in its capacity as a Lender, SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation with an office located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, CA 95054 (“ Bank ” or “ SVB ”) (each of Oxford and SVB, a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), and XDX, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 3260 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, CA 94005 (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which the Lenders shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay the Lenders. The parties agree as follows:

1. ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

1.1 Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made in accordance with GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein. All references to “ Dollars ” or “ $ ” are United States Dollars, unless otherwise noted.

2. LOANS AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay each Lender, the outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans advanced to Borrower by such Lender and accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts due hereunder as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2 Term Loan .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, to make term loans to Borrower on the Effective Date in an aggregate amount of Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) according to each Lender’s Term Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (such term loan is hereinafter referred to singly as the “ Term Loan ”). After repayment, the Term Loan may not be re-borrowed.

(b) Repayment . Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date following the Funding Date of the Term Loan, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date. Borrower agrees to pay, on the Funding Date of the Term Loan, any initial partial monthly interest payment otherwise due for the period between the Funding Date of the Term Loan and the first Payment Date thereof. Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon: (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term Loan, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.3(a), and (3) a repayment schedule equal to thirty-six (36) months. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date. The Term Loan may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.2(c) and 2.2(d).

(c) Mandatory Prepayments . If the Term Loan is accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Lenders, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal of the Term Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (ii) the Final Payment, (iii) the Prepayment Fee, plus (iv) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

1


(d) Permitted Prepayment of Term Loans . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loan advanced by the Lenders under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Collateral Agent of its election to prepay the Term Loan at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays to the Lenders on the date of such prepayment, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of (A) all outstanding principal of the Term Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (B) the Final Payment, (C) the Prepayment Fee, plus (D) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(e) Final Payment . Notwithstanding (but without duplication with) the foregoing clauses (c) and (d), on the Maturity Date, if the Final Payment had not previously been paid in full in connection with the prepayment of the Term Loan in full, Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent, for payment to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, the Final Payment in respect of the Term Loan.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Interest Rate . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate (which rate shall be fixed for the duration of the applicable Term Loan) equal to the Basic Rate, determined by Collateral Agent on the Funding Date of the Term Loan, which interest shall be payable monthly in arrears in accordance with Sections 2.2(b) and 2.3(e). Interest shall accrue on the Term Loan commencing on, and including, the Funding Date of the Term Loan, and shall accrue on the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan through and including the day on which the Term Loan is paid in full.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto plus five percentage points (5.00%) (the “ Default Rate ”). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Collateral Agent.

(c) 360-Day Year . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year consisting of twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days.

(d) Debit of Accounts . Collateral Agent and each Lender may debit (or ACH) any deposit accounts, maintained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders under the Loan Documents when due. Any such debits (or ACH activity) shall not constitute a set-off.

(e) Payments . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower under the Loan Documents shall be made to the respective Lender to which such payments are owed, at such Lender’s office in immediately available funds on the date specified herein. Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date of each month. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 2:00 p.m. Eastern time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid. All payments to be made by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, including payments of principal and interest, and all fees, expenses, indemnities and reimbursements, shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim, in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds.

2.4 Secured Promissory Notes. The Term Loan shall be evidenced by a Secured Promissory Note or Notes in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (each a “ Secured Promissory Note ”), and shall be repayable as set forth in this Agreement. Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Lender to make or cause to be made, on or about the Funding Date of the Term Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note, an appropriate notation on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record reflecting the making of the Term Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment. The outstanding amount of the Term Loan set forth on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Lender, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on

 

2


such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower under any Secured Promissory Note or any other Loan Document to make payments of principal of or interest on any Secured Promissory Note when due. Upon receipt of an affidavit made by an officer of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of its Secured Promissory Note, together with a reasonable and customary indemnity agreement with respect to such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Secured Promissory Note, Borrower shall issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Secured Promissory Note in the same principal amount thereof and of like tenor.

2.5 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent:

(a) Facility Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable facility fee of Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) to be shared between the Lenders pursuant to their respective Commitment Percentages, which facility fee was paid by Borrower to Collateral Agent concurrently with the execution by Borrower of the loan proposal dated July 17, 2012;

(b) Final Payment . The Final Payment, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

(c) Prepayment Fee . The Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares; and

(d) Change of Control Premium . The Change of Control Premium, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares. The obligation of Borrower to pay the Change of Control Premium shall survive termination of this Agreement and payment in full of Obligations; provided that such obligation shall expire on that date which is the earlier of (i) seven (7) years following the Effective Date, or (ii) Borrower’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

(e) Lenders’ Expenses . All Lenders’ Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

2.6 Withholding. Payments received by the Lenders from Borrower hereunder will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any governmental authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to the Lenders, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, each Lender receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish the Lenders with proof reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. Any foreign Lender which is exempt from withholding or deduction requirements shall promptly provide to Borrower evidence of its exemption from such withholding requirements. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. Each Lender’s obligation to make the Term Loan is subject to the condition precedent that Collateral Agent and each Lender shall consent to or shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Collateral Agent and each Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

 

3


(a) original Loan Documents, duly executed by Borrower and each Subsidiary, as applicable;

(b) duly executed original Control Agreements with respect to any Collateral Accounts maintained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c) duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes in favor of each Lender according to its Term Loan Commitment Percentage;

(d) the Operating Documents and good standing certificates of Borrower and its Subsidiaries certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s and such Subsidiaries’ jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower and each Subsidiary is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(e) a completed Perfection Certificate for Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries;

(f) the Annual Projections, for the current calendar year;

(g) duly executed original officer’s certificate for Borrower and each Subsidiary that is a party to the Loan Documents attaching the certificate of incorporation, certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the bylaws and resolutions of the board of directors approving the transactions contemplated hereby, in a form acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders;

(h) certified copies, dated as of date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, of financing statement searches, as Collateral Agent shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(i) to the extent required under Section 6.11, a landlord’s consent executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of all of Borrower’s and each Subsidiaries’ leased locations;

(j) to the extent required under Section 6.11, a bailee waiver executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of each third party bailee where Borrower or any Subsidiary maintains Collateral;

(k) evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders;

(l) a duly executed legal opinion of counsel to Borrower dated as of the Effective Date;

(m) a copy of any applicable Registration Rights Agreement or Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto; and

(n) a payoff letter from General Electric Capital Corporation in respect of the Existing Indebtedness;

(o) evidence that (i) the Liens securing the Existing Indebtedness will be terminated and (ii) the documents and/or filings evidencing the perfection of such Liens, including without limitation any financing statements and/or control agreements, have or will, concurrently with the initial Credit Extension, be terminated;

(p) payment of the fees and Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

 

4


3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) receipt by (i) the Lenders of an executed Disbursement Letter in the form of Exhibit B-1 attached hereto; and (ii) SVB of an executed Loan Payment/Advance Request Form in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto;

(b) the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects on the date of the Disbursement Letter (and the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form) and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof are true, accurate and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

(c) in such Lender’s sole discretion, there has not been any Material Adverse Change or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the Annual Projections of Borrower presented to and accepted by Collateral Agent and each Lender;

(d) to the extent not delivered at the Effective Date, duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes and Warrants, in substantially the form delivered as of the Effective Date, and in favor of each Lender according to its Commitment Percentage, with respect to each Credit Extension made by such Lender after the Effective Date; and

(e) payment of the fees and Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.5 hereof.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Collateral Agent and the Lenders each item required to be delivered to Collateral Agent under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Collateral Agent or any Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Collateral Agent or any Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be made in each Lender’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan, Borrower shall notify the Lenders (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Eastern time three (3) Business Days prior to the date the Term Loan is to be made. Together with any such electronic, facsimile or telephonic notification, Borrower shall deliver to the Lenders by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Disbursement Letter (and the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form, with respect to SVB) executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. The Lenders may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom a Lender reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. On the Funding Date, each Lender shall credit and/or transfer (as applicable) to the Designated Deposit Account, an amount equal to its Term Loan Commitment.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower hereby grants Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected

 

5


security interest in the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority to Collateral Agent’s Lien. If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim (as defined in the Code), Borrower, shall promptly notify Collateral Agent in a writing signed by Borrower, as the case may be, of the general details thereof (and further details as may be required by Collateral Agent) and grant to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Collateral Agent’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as the Lenders’ obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Collateral Agent shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Collateral Agent shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then one hundred five percent (105%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then one hundred ten percent (110%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

4.2 Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower hereby authorizes Collateral Agent to file financing statements or take any other action required to perfect Collateral Agent’s security interests in the Collateral, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Collateral Agent’s interest or rights under the Loan Documents, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, except to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement, by Borrower, or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Collateral Agent under the Code.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and the Lenders as follows at all times:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization: Power and Authority. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdictions of organization or formation and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its businesses or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has delivered to Collateral Agent a completed perfection certificate signed by an officer of Borrower or such Subsidiary (each a “ Perfection Certificate ” and collectively, the “ Perfection Certificates ”). Borrower represents and warrants that (a) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries’ exact legal name is that which is indicated on its respective Perfection Certificate and on the signature page of each Loan Document to which it is a party; (b) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth on its respective Perfection Certificate; (c) such Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth each of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower or such Subsidiary has none; (d) such Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) except as set forth in such Perfection Certificates, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (and each of its respective predecessors) have

 

6


not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of organization, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificates pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificates (including the information set forth in clause (d) above) after the Effective Date to the extent such information is permitted to be updated by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement); such updated Perfection Certificates subject to the review and approval of Collateral Agent. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall notify Collateral Agent of such occurrence and provide Collateral Agent with such Person’s organizational identification number within five (5) Business Days of receiving such organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ organizational documents, including its respective Operating Documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law applicable thereto, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or such Subsidiary, or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b)), or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower or any of such Subsidiaries, or their respective properties, is bound. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets is bound in which such default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

5.2 Collateral.

(a) Borrower and each its Subsidiaries have good title to, have rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien under the Loan Documents, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts or other investment accounts other than the Collateral Accounts or the other investment accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificates delivered to Collateral Agent in connection herewith with respect of which Borrower or such Subsidiary has given Collateral Agent notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Collateral Agent a perfected security interest therein to the extent required under Section 6.6. To Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s knowledge, the Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

(b) On the Effective Date, and except as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate (i) the Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse), and (ii) no such third party bailee possesses components of the Collateral in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00). None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as disclosed in the Perfection Certificates on the Effective Date or as permitted pursuant to Section 6.11.

(c) All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

(d) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property each respectively purports to own, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. Except as noted on the Perfection Certificates or as disclosed to Collateral Agent after the Effective Date pursuant to the following sentence, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other material agreement with respect to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is the licensee that (i) prohibits or otherwise restricts in a manner enforceable under applicable law Borrower or its Subsidiaries from granting a security interest in Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ interest in such material license or material agreement or any other property, or (ii) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s right to sell any Collateral. Borrower shall provide written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender within ten (10) days of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entering into or becoming bound by any license or agreement with respect to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is the licensee (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially

 

7


available to the public). Borrower shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, take such commercially reasonable steps as Collateral Agent and any Lender requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any Person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) all licenses or agreements with respect to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is the licensee to be deemed “ Collateral ” and for Collateral Agent and each Lender to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Collateral Agent and each Lender shall have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Collateral Agent’s and such Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

5.3 Litigation. Except as disclosed (i) on the Perfection Certificates, or (ii) in accordance with Section 6.9 hereof, there are no actions, suits, investigations, or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00).

5.4 No Material Deterioration in Financial Condition; Financial Statements. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, delivered to Collateral Agent fairly present, in conformity with GAAP, in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and Borrower’s Subsidiaries, and the consolidated results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as of the dates and for the periods presented (subject, in the case of unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes). There has not been any material deterioration in the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to any Lender.

5.5 Solvency. Borrower is Solvent, and each of its Subsidiaries (when taken on a consolidated basis with Borrower) is Solvent.

5.6 Regulatory Compliance. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Neither Borrower’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or such Subsidiary or, to Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than in material compliance with applicable laws. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Affiliates or any of their respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is (i) in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, (ii) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) is a Blocked Person. None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of Borrower and any of their Affiliates or agents, acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (x) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, or (y) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

5.7 Investments. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any stock, shares, partnership interests or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

 

8


5.8 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes (other than non-material local taxes not exceeding $5,000 in the aggregate at any time), assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and such Subsidiaries, in all jurisdictions in which Borrower or any such Subsidiary is subject to taxes, including the United States, unless such taxes are being contested in accordance with the following sentence. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower or such Subsidiary, (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Collateral Agent in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “ Permitted Lien .” Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is aware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’, prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower or its Subsidiaries. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have, withdrawn from participation in, and have not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

5.9 Use of Proceeds. Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes. A portion of the proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used by Borrower to repay the Existing Indebtedness in full on the Effective Date.

5.10 Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any certificate or written statement given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.11 Definition of Knowledge. ” For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do all of the following:

6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Except as permitted under Section 7.3, maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of organization and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Comply with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

(b) Obtain and keep in full force and effect, all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower and its Subsidiaries of their respective businesses and obligations under the Loan Documents and the grant of a security interest to Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, in all of the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly provide copies to Collateral Agent of any material Governmental Approvals obtained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

9


6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

(a) Deliver to each Lender: (i) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering the consolidated operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent; (ii) as soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year or within five (5) days of filing with the SEC, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion; (iii) as soon as available after approval thereof by Borrower’s Board of Directors, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each of Borrower’s fiscal years, Borrower’s annual financial projections for the entire current fiscal year as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, which such annual financial projections shall be set forth in a month-by-month format (such annual financial projections as originally delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders are referred to herein as the “Annual Projections”; provided that, any revisions of the Annual Projections approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors shall be delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders no later than seven (7) days after such approval; and, unless Collateral Agent notifies Borrower to the contrary in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof, the term “Annual Projections” shall include such revisions); (iv) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or holders of Subordinated Debt; (v) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) days of filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (vi) notice in connection with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate of (A) any material change in the composition of the Intellectual Property, (B) notice of the registration of any copyright, patent or trademark, including any subsequent ownership right of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in or to any copyright, patent or trademark, and (C) prompt notice of Borrower’s knowledge of any event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property; (vii) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, copies of the month-end account statements for each deposit account or securities account maintained by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, which statements may be provided to Collateral Agent and each Lender by Borrower or directly from the applicable institution(s); and (viii) other financial information as reasonably requested by Collateral Agent or any Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the internet at Borrower’s website address.

(b) Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements specified in Section 6.2(a)(i) above but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, deliver to each Lender, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer.

(c) Keep proper books of record and account in accordance with GAAP in all material respects (subject, in the case of unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes), in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, allow, at the sole cost of Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender, during regular business hours upon reasonable prior notice (provided that no notice shall be required when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts or copies from any of its books and records, and to conduct a collateral audit and analysis of its operations and the Collateral. Such audits shall be conducted no more often than twice every year unless (and more frequently if) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

6.3 Inventory; Returns. Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, and their respective Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s, or such Subsidiary’s, customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Collateral Agent and the Lenders of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) individually or in the aggregate in any calendar year.

 

10


6.4 Taxes; Pensions. Timely file and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes (other than non-material local taxes not exceeding $5,000 in the aggregate at any time), assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof, and shall deliver to Lenders, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with the terms of such plans.

6.5 Insurance. Keep Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ industry and location and as Collateral Agent may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Collateral Agent as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Collateral Agent, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Collateral Agent, as additional insured. All policies (or their respective endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Borrower at least thirty (30) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy (or ten (10) days for nonpayment of premiums) and Borrower shall, within one (1) Business Day of receiving any such notice, provide Collateral Agent notice thereof. Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable to Borrower or any Subsidiary under any policy shall, at Collateral Agent’s option, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Collateral Agent has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Collateral Agent, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons, Collateral Agent and/or any Lender may make, at Borrower’s expense, all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Collateral Agent or such Lender deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts.

(a) As soon as possible, but in any event , at all times from and after that date which is forty-five (45) days following the Effective Date, maintain all of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Collateral Accounts with Bank or its Affiliates, such Collateral Accounts to be subject to Control Agreements in favor of Collateral Agent. Until such Borrower’s securities account with Morgan Stanley has been transferred to Bank or Bank’s Affiliate, Borrower shall not permit the balance in such Morgan Stanley securities account to exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000.00) at any time. Notwithstanding the requirements of this Section 6.6(a), Borrower shall be permitted to maintain (i) the Comerica Lockbox Accounts so long as such Comerica Lockbox Accounts (A) remain subject at all times to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent; provided that no Control Agreement shall be required in respect of the Government Receivables Lockbox Account, and (B) remain subject at all times to standing orders such that all funds collected into such Comerica Lockbox Accounts are transferred on a daily basis into Borrower’s Collateral Accounts held with Bank; and (ii) the Comerica Cash Collateral Account; provided that the balance contained in such Comerica Cash Collateral Account shall not at any time exceed 105% of the aggregate face amount of the outstanding Comerica Letters of Credit at any time; provided further that such Comerica Letters of Credit shall not be increased, nor shall they be renewed or otherwise extended beyond the expiry dates effective as of the Effective Date.

(b) For each Collateral Account that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, at any time maintains (other than the Comerica Cash Collateral Account), Borrower or such Subsidiary shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which such Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Collateral Agent’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder prior to the establishment of such Collateral Account, which Control Agreement may not be terminated without prior written consent of Collateral

 

11


Agent. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s, or any of its Subsidiaries’, employees and identified to Collateral Agent by Borrower as such in the Perfection Certificates.

(c) Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall maintain any Collateral Accounts except Collateral Accounts maintained in accordance with Sections 6.6(a) and (b).

6.7 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall: (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of Intellectual Property that is material to Borrower’s business; (b) promptly upon obtaining knowledge thereof, advise Collateral Agent in writing of material infringement by a third party of its Intellectual Property; and (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent.

6.8 Litigation Cooperation. Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Collateral Agent and the Lenders, without expense to Collateral Agent or the Lenders, Borrower and each of Borrower’s officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s Books, to the extent that Collateral Agent or any Lender may reasonably deem them necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Collateral Agent or any Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.9 Notices of Litigation and Default. Borrower will give prompt written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened (in writing) against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) or more or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change. Without limiting or contradicting any other more specific provision of this Agreement, promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) upon Borrower becoming aware of the existence of any Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of such occurrence, which such notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of such Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

6.10 Financial Covenant. Borrower shall achieve the following, to be tested as of the last day of the applicable month, on a consolidated basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(a) revenues for the three months ended at the end of each month of at least eighty percent (80%) of the revenues projected for such three month period in the Annual Projections delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 3.1(f), and hereafter delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(iii); provided that for purposes of clarification, the projected and required revenue amounts for compliance with this Section 6.10(a) shall be set forth on Exhibit E attached hereto for the periods specified therein.

6.11 Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers. In the event that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, after the Effective Date, intends to add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses, or otherwise store any portion of the Collateral with, or deliver any portion of the Collateral to, a bailee, in each case pursuant to Section 7.2, then Borrower or such Subsidiary will first provide not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Collateral Agent and, if required pursuant to the second paragraph of this Section 6.11, such bailee or landlord, as applicable, must execute and deliver a bailee waiver or landlord waiver, as applicable, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent prior to the addition of any new offices or business locations, or any such storage with or delivery to any such bailee, as the case may be.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, neither Borrower nor its Subsidiaries shall permit Collateral in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) per location, or Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00) in the aggregate for all locations, to be held at offices or business locations which are not subject to a bailee or landlord agreement (as applicable) in favor of Collateral Agent, reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

 

12


6.12 Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries. In the event Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower shall provide prior written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Collateral Agent or any Lender to cause each such Subsidiary to become a co-Borrower hereunder or to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and, in each case, grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto); and Borrower shall grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a perfected security interest in the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of each such Subsidiary. Collateral Agent, Lenders and Borrower agree that in the event Borrower creates a foreign Subsidiary (or a joint venture), Borrower, Collateral Agent and Lenders will work together in good faith to allow for capitalization and funding of such subsidiary (or joint venture) in a manner and in amounts acceptable to Lenders in their sole discretion, and subject to documentation acceptable to Collateral Agent and Lenders in their sole discretion.

6.13 Further Assurances .

(a) Execute any further instruments and take further action as Collateral Agent or any Lender reasonably requests to perfect or continue Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Deliver to Collateral Agent and Lenders, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the Governmental Approvals material to Borrower’s business or otherwise reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Change.

6.14 Right to Invest. Borrower shall grant to each Lender a right to invest in Borrower’s future private equity rounds on the terms and conditions as more fully set forth in the Investment Letters.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, do any of the following without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders:

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, dispose of or otherwise make cash payments consisting of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) consisting of cash payments to trade creditors and payment of other business expenses (including business development and licensing transactions) in the ordinary course of business consistent with the Annual Projections; (b) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (c) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (d) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (e) Permitted Licenses; and (f) of other property (including without limitation, any Transfers of surplus Equipment) not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate per fiscal year. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower may not make Transfers in addition to those specifically enumerated above, unless and only to the extent the same are specifically reflected in the Annual Projections.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations. (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Borrower or such Subsidiary as of the Effective Date or reasonably related or incidental thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve (except as permitted under Section 7.3); or (c) (i) any Key Person shall cease to be actively engaged in the management of Borrower unless a replacement for such Key Person is approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors and engaged by Borrower within ninety (90) days of such change, or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering, a private placement of public equity or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Collateral Agent the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction). Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Collateral Agent: (A) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than One Hundred Thousand

 

13


Dollars ($100,000.00) in assets or property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries); (B) change its jurisdiction of organization, (C) change its organizational structure or type, (D) change its legal name, or (E) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock, shares or property of another Person; provided that a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary (provided such surviving Subsidiary is a “co-Borrower” hereunder or has provided a secured Guaranty of Borrower’s Obligations hereunder) or with (or into) Borrower provided Borrower is the surviving legal entity, and as long as no Event of Default is occurring prior thereto or arises as a result therefrom.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except for Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority over Collateral Agent’s Lien), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “ Permitted Liens ” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6 hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments. (a) Pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in capital stock) or make any distribution or payment in respect of or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock; except that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result of such transaction, (i) Borrower may make repurchases of capital stock pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements, stockholder rights plans, director or consultant stock option plans, or similar plans, provided such repurchases do not exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) in the aggregate per fiscal year, and (ii) Borrower’s convertible securities may be converted into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange therefor, and Borrower may make cash payments not exceeding Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00) in the aggregate per fiscal year in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon such conversion or in connection with the exercise of warrants or similar securities, or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (b) Subordinated Debt or equity investments by Borrower’s investors in Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (c) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of Borrower’s board of directors in accordance with the Annual Projections delivered to each Lender in accordance with Sections 3.1(f) and 6.2(a), as applicable, and (d) compensation arrangements and benefit plans for officers entered into or maintained in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the Annual Projections delivered to each Lender in accordance with Sections 3.1(f) and 6.2(a), as applicable.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to the Lenders.

 

14


7.10 Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

7.11 Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws. Collateral Agent hereby notifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and Collateral Agent’s policies and practices, Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals and such other information that will allow Collateral Agent to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, knowingly enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Person listed on the OFAC Lists. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall immediately notify Collateral Agent if Borrower or such Subsidiary has knowledge that Borrower, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower, is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nolo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including, without limitation, the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 or any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default. Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Maturity Date or the date of acceleration pursuant to Section 9.1(a) hereof). During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates), 6.4 (Taxes), 6.5 (Insurance), 6.6 (Operating Accounts), 6.7 (Protection of Intellectual Property Rights), 6.9 (Notice of Litigation and Default), 6.10 (Financial Covenant), 6.11 (Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers), 6.12 (Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries) or 6.13 (Further Assurances) or Borrower violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof;

 

15


provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Grace periods provided under this Section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in subsection (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change. A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or of any entity under control of Borrower or its Subsidiaries on deposit with any Lender or any Lender’s Affiliate or any bank or other institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Collateral Account, or (ii) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; and

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from conducting any part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency. (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or becomes Insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while Borrower or any Subsidiary is Insolvent and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements. There is a default in any agreement to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change;

8.7 Judgments. One or more judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated, or unstayed for a period of ten (10) days after the entry thereof (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, vacation, or stay of such judgment, order or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person acting for Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Collateral Agent and/or Lenders or to induce Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt. A default or breach occurs under any agreement between Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any creditor of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that signed a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders, or any creditor that has signed such an agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders breaches any terms of such agreement;

8.10 Guaranty. (a) Any Guaranty terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect other than pursuant to its terms; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any obligation or covenant under any Guaranty; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.4, 8.5, 8.7, or 8.8 occurs with respect to any Guarantor; (d) the

 

16


liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor except as permitted hereunder; or (e) (i) there occurs a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Collateral Agent’s Lien in the collateral provided by Guarantor or in the value of such collateral or (ii) a Material Adverse Change with respect to any Guarantor;

8.11 Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner, or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; or

8.12 Lien Priority . Any Lien created hereunder or by any other Loan Document shall at any time fail to constitute a valid and perfected Lien on any of the Collateral purported to be secured thereby, subject to no prior or equal Lien, other than Permitted Liens which are permitted to have priority in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies.

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent may, and at the written direction of any Lender shall, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following: (i) deliver notice of the Event of Default to Borrower, (ii) by notice to Borrower declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations shall be immediately due and payable without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders) or (iii) by notice to Borrower suspend or terminate the obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders shall be immediately terminated without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders).

(b) Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.1(a) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

(i) foreclose upon and/or sell or otherwise liquidate, the Collateral;

(ii) apply to the Obligations any (a) balances and deposits of Borrower that Collateral Agent or any Lender holds or controls, or (b) any amount held or controlled by Collateral Agent or any Lender owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower; and/or

(iii) commence and prosecute an Insolvency Proceeding or consent to Borrower commencing any Insolvency Proceeding.

(c) Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Sections 9.1(a) and (b) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

(i) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Collateral Agent considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(ii) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Collateral Agent requests and make it available in a location as Collateral Agent reasonably designates. Collateral Agent may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Collateral Agent a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Collateral Agent’s rights or remedies;

 

17


(iii) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, and/or advertise for sale, the Collateral. Collateral Agent is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Collateral Agent’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders;

(iv) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Collateral Agent or the Lenders and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(v) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books;

(vi) appoint a receiver to seize, manage and realize any of the Collateral, and such receiver shall have any right and authority as any competent court will grant or authorize in accordance with any applicable law, including any power or authority to manage the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(vii) subject to clauses 9.1(a) and (b), exercise all rights and remedies available to Collateral Agent and each Lender under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof);

(viii) for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then one hundred five percent (105%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then one hundred ten percent (110%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit; and

(ix) terminate any FX Contracts.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 9.1 to the contrary, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all remedies referenced in this Section 9.1 without the written consent of Required Lenders following the occurrence of an Exigent Circumstance. As used in the immediately preceding sentence, “ Exigent Circumstance ” means any event or circumstance that, in the reasonable judgment of Collateral Agent, imminently threatens the ability of Collateral Agent to realize upon all or any material portion of the Collateral, such as, without limitation, fraudulent removal, concealment, or abscondment thereof, destruction or material waste thereof, or failure of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries after reasonable demand to maintain or reinstate adequate casualty insurance coverage, or which, in the judgment of Collateral Agent, could reasonably be expected to result in a material diminution in value of the Collateral.

9.2 Power of Attorney. Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Collateral Agent determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and

 

18


adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Collateral Agent or a third party as the Code or any applicable law permits. Borrower hereby appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Collateral Agent and the Lenders are under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Collateral Agent’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ attorney in fact, and all of Collateral Agent’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Collateral Agent’s and the Lenders’ obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments. If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fail to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Collateral Agent may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Collateral Agent are Lenders’ Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the Default Rate, and secured by the Collateral. Collateral Agent will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Collateral Agent obtaining such insurance or making such payment at the time it is obtained or paid or within a reasonable time thereafter. No such payments by Collateral Agent are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Collateral Agent’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (a) Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Collateral Agent from or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all or any part of the Obligations, and, as between Borrower on the one hand and Collateral Agent and Lenders on the other, Collateral Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received against the Obligations in such manner as Collateral Agent may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous application by Collateral Agent, and (b) the proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied: first, to the Lenders’ Expenses; second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts); third, to the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding; and fourth, to any other indebtedness or obligations of Borrower owing to Collateral Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents. Any balance remaining shall be delivered to Borrower or to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such balance or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. In carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category, and (y) each of the Persons entitled to receive a payment in any particular category shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant thereto for such category. Any reference in this Agreement to an allocation between or sharing by the Lenders of any right, interest or obligation “ratably,” “proportionally” or in similar terms shall refer to Pro Rata Share unless expressly provided otherwise. Collateral Agent, or if applicable, each Lender, shall promptly remit to the other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable repayment of each Lender’s portion of any Term Loan and the ratable distribution of interest, fees and reimbursements paid or made by Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Lender receiving a scheduled payment shall not be responsible for determining whether the other Lenders also received their scheduled payment on such date; provided, however, if it is later determined that a Lender received more than its ratable share of scheduled payments made on any date or dates, then such Lender shall remit to Collateral Agent or other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable payment of such scheduled payments, as instructed by Collateral Agent. If any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, properties or securities, shall be received by a Lender in excess of its ratable share, then the portion of such payment or distribution in excess of such Lender’s ratable share shall be received by such Lender in trust for and shall be promptly paid over to the other Lender for application to the payments of amounts due on the other Lenders’ claims. To the extent any payment for the account of Borrower is required to be returned as a voidable transfer or otherwise, the Lenders shall contribute to one another as is necessary to ensure that such return of payment is on a pro rata basis. If any Lender shall obtain possession of any Collateral, it shall hold such Collateral for itself and as agent and bailee for Collateral Agent and other Lenders for purposes of perfecting Collateral Agent’s security interest therein.

 

19


9.5 Liability for Collateral. So long as Collateral Agent and the Lenders comply with reasonable banking practices and applicable law regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. Failure by Collateral Agent or any Lender, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Collateral Agent or any Lender thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. The rights and remedies of Collateral Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Collateral Agent and the Lenders have all rights and remedies provided under the Code, any applicable law, by law, or in equity. The exercise by Collateral Agent or any Lender of one right or remedy is not an election, and Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver. Borrower waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, except as otherwise expressly stated in this Agreement, demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Collateral Agent or any Lender on which Borrower or any Subsidiary is liable.

10. NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “ Communication ”) by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Any of Collateral Agent, Lender or Borrower may change its mailing address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:   

XDX, INC.

3260 Bayshore Boulevard

Brisbane, CA 94005

Attn: Laura Brege, Chief Executive Officer

Attn: General Counsel

Fax: (415) 287-2461

lbrege@xdx.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304-1050

Attn: Michael Danaher

Fax: 650-493-6811

mdanaher@wsgr.com

If to Collateral Agent:   

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

133 North Fairfax Street

Alexandria, Virginia 22314

Attention: Legal Department

Fax: (703) 519-5225

legaldepartment@oxfordfinance.com

 

20


with a copy to   

SILICON VALLEY BANK

2400 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Lindsay Schwallie

Fax: (415) 764-3123

lschwallie@svb.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:   

VLP LAW GROUP LLP

3411 Cypress Drive

Falls Church, Virginia 22042

Attn: Denise G. Zack, Esq.

Fax: 703-260-6551

dzack@vlplawgroup.com

11. CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower, Collateral Agent and each Lender each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Collateral Agent or any Lender from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Collateral Agent or any Lender. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT AND EACH LENDER EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR EACH PARTY TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the presiding judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering

 

21


temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not transfer, pledge or assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s discretion, subject to Section 12.6). The Lenders have the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, negotiate, or grant participation in (any such sale, transfer, assignment, negotiation, or grant of a participation, a “ Lender Transfer ”) all or any part of, or any interest in, the Lenders’ obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided , however , that any such Lender Transfer (other than a transfer, pledge, sale or assignment to an Eligible Assignee) of its obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall require the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (such approved assignee, an “ Approved Lender ”). Borrower and Collateral Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interests so assigned until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee or Approved Lender as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Lender Transfer (other than a Lender Transfer (i) in respect of the Warrants or (ii) in connection with (x) assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency; or (y) upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions) shall be permitted, without Borrower’s consent, to any Person which is an Affiliate or Subsidiary of Borrower, a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent.

12.2 Indemnification. Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Collateral Agent and the Lenders and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Collateral Agent or the Lenders (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) asserted by any other party in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Lenders’ Expenses incurred, or paid by Indemnified Person in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents between Collateral Agent, and/or the Lenders and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Borrower hereby further indemnifies, defends and holds each Indemnified Person harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnified Person) in connection with any investigative, response, remedial, administrative or judicial matter or proceeding, whether or not such Indemnified Person shall be designated a party thereto and including any such proceeding initiated by or on behalf of Borrower, and the reasonable expenses of investigation by engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and any commission, fee or compensation claimed by any broker (other than any broker retained by Collateral Agent or Lenders) asserting any right to payment for the transactions contemplated hereby which may be

 

22


imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Person as a result of or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the use or intended use of the proceeds of the loan proceeds except, in each case, for liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents. Collateral Agent and the Lenders may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Integration. (a) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, no approval or consent thereunder, or any consent to any departure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders provided that:

(i) no such amendment, waiver or other modification that would have the effect of increasing or reducing a Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Commitment Percentage shall be effective as to such Lender without such Lender’s written consent;

(ii) no such amendment, waiver or modification that would affect the rights and duties of Collateral Agent shall be effective without Collateral Agent’s written consent or signature;

(iii) no such amendment, waiver or other modification shall, unless signed by all the Lenders directly affected thereby, (A) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on or any fees with respect to any Term Loan or forgive any principal, interest (other than default interest) or fees (other than late charges) with respect to any Term Loan (B) postpone the date fixed for, or waive, any payment of principal of any Term Loan or of interest on any Term Loan (other than default interest) or any fees provided for hereunder (other than late charges or for any termination of any commitment); (C) change the definition of the term “Required Lenders” or the percentage of Lenders which shall be required for the Lenders to take any action hereunder; (D) release all or substantially all of any material portion of the Collateral, authorize Borrower to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all or any material portion of the Collateral or release any Guarantor of all or any portion of the Obligations or its guaranty obligations with respect thereto, except, in each case with respect to this clause (D), as otherwise may be expressly permitted under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder); (E) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 12.6 or the definitions of the terms used in this Section 12.6 insofar as the definitions affect the substance of this Section 12.6; (F) consent to the assignment, delegation or other transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document or release Borrower of its payment obligations under any Loan Document, except, in each case with respect to this clause (F), pursuant to a merger or consolidation permitted pursuant to this Agreement; (G) amend any of the provisions of Section 9.4 or amend any of the definitions Pro Rata Share, Term Loan Commitment, Commitment Percentage or that provide for the Lenders to receive their Pro Rata Shares of any fees, payments, setoffs or proceeds of Collateral hereunder; (H) subordinate the Liens granted in favor of Collateral Agent securing the Obligations; or (I) amend any of the provisions of Section 12.10. It is hereby understood and agreed that all Lenders shall be deemed directly affected by an amendment, waiver or other modification of the type described in the preceding clauses (C), (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) of the preceding sentence;

(iv) the provisions of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are subject to the provisions of any interlender or agency agreement among the Lenders and Collateral Agent pursuant to which any Lender may agree to give its consent in connection with any amendment, waiver or modification of the Loan Documents only in the event of the unanimous agreement of all Lenders.

 

23


(b) Other than as expressly provided for in Section 12.6(a)(i)-(iii), Collateral Agent may, if requested by the Required Lenders, from time to time designate covenants in this Agreement less restrictive by notification to a representative of Borrower.

(c) This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force and effect until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of all Bank Services Agreements. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify each Lender and Collateral Agent, as well as the confidentiality provisions in Section 12.9 below, shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run. The obligation of Borrower in Section 2.5(d) to pay the Change of Control Premium shall survive termination of this Agreement and payment in full of Obligations; provided that such obligation shall expire on that date which is the earlier of (i) seven (7) years following the Effective Date, or (ii) Borrower’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

12.9 Confidentiality. In handling any confidential information of Borrower, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for their own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the Lenders’ and Collateral Agent’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions and upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; (b) to prospective transferees (other than those identified in (a) above) or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall, except upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision or to similar confidentiality terms); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Lenders’ or Collateral Agent’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with an examination or audit; (e) as Collateral Agent reasonably considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third party service providers of the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with the Lenders and Collateral Agent with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain or in the Lenders’ and/or Collateral Agent’s possession when disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent; or (ii) is disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent by a third party, if the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. Collateral Agent and the Lenders may use confidential information for any purpose, including, without limitation, for the development of client databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis, so long as Collateral Agent or the Lenders do not disclose Borrower’s identity or the identity of any person associated with Borrower unless otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement. The agreements provided under this Section 12.9 supersede all prior agreements, understanding, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Section 12.9.

12.10 Right of Set Off. Borrower hereby grants to Collateral Agent and to each Lender, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Collateral Agent and each Lender hereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders or any entity under the control of

 

24


Collateral Agent or the Lenders (including a Collateral Agent affiliate) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Collateral Agent or the Lenders may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE COLLATERAL AGENT TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.11 Silicon Valley Bank as Agent . Collateral Agent hereby appoints Silicon Valley Bank (“ SVB ”) as its agent (and SVB hereby accepts such appointment) for the purpose of perfecting Collateral Agent’s Liens in assets which, in accordance with Article 8 or Article 9, as applicable, of the Code can be perfected by possession or control, including without limitation, all deposit accounts maintained at SVB.

12.12 Cooperation of Borrower. If necessary, Borrower agrees to (i) execute any documents (including new Secured Promissory Notes) reasonably required to effectuate and acknowledge each assignment of a Term Loan Commitment or Loan to an assignee in accordance with Section 12.1, (ii) make Borrower’s management available to meet with Collateral Agent and prospective participants and assignees of Term Loan Commitments or Credit Extensions (which meetings shall be conducted no more often than twice every twelve months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), and (iii) assist Collateral Agent or the Lenders in the preparation of information relating to the financial affairs of Borrower as any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment or Term Loan reasonably may request. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.9, Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment, any and all information in such Lender’s possession concerning Borrower and its financial affairs which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of Borrower prior to entering into this Agreement.

13. DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Affiliate ” of any Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Amortization Date ” is, with respect to the Term Loan, September 1, 2013.

Annual Projections ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” are any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

 

25


Approved Fund ” is any (i) investment company, fund, trust, securitization vehicle or conduit that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business or (ii) any Person (other than a natural person) which temporarily warehouses loans for any Lender or any entity described in the preceding clause (i) and that, with respect to each of the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) a Person (other than a natural person) or an Affiliate of a Person (other than a natural person) that administers or manages a Lender.

Approved Lender ” is defined in Section 12.1.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Basic Rate ” is, with respect to the Term Loan, the per annum rate of interest (based on a year of three hundred sixty (360) days) equal to the greater of (i) nine and ninety-five one hundredths of one percent (9.95%) and (ii) the sum of (a) the three (3) month U.S. LIBOR rate reported in the Wall Street Journal three (3) Business Days prior to the Funding Date of such Term Loan, plus (b) nine and nine and forty-nine one hundredths of one percent (9.49%).

Blocked Person ” is any Person: (a) listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (c) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ books and records including ledgers, federal, and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Collateral Agent or Bank is closed.

Cash Equivalents ” are (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (c) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year after issue provided that the account in which any such certificate of deposit is maintained is subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent, and (d) money market funds at least 95% of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) above. For the avoidance of doubt, the direct purchase by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any type of swap or other equivalent derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of debt instrument, including, without limitation, any corporate or municipal bonds with a long-term nominal maturity for which the interest rate is reset through a dutch auction and more commonly referred to as an auction rate security, or purchasing participations in, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of auction rate security by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be conclusively determined by the Lenders as an ineligible Cash Equivalent, and any such transaction shall expressly violate each other provision of this Agreement governing Permitted Investments (except as expressly permitted by clause (i) of the definition of Permitted Investments).

 

26


Change of Control Premium ” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for any other fees payable under any Loan Document) payable from Borrower to the Lenders, which shall be due without offset upon the closing of an Acquisition, equal to (A) (i) if the closing of such Acquisition shall occur after the Effective Date but prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, Two Hundred Eighty-Seven Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($287,500), (ii) if the closing of such Acquisition shall occur on or after the first anniversary of the Effective Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, Five Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($575,000), (iii) if the closing of such Acquisition shall occur on or after the second anniversary of the Effective Date but prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date, Eight Hundred Sixty-Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($862,500), or (iv) if the closing of such Acquisition shall occur on or after the third anniversary of the Effective Date but prior to the seventh anniversary of the Effective Date, One Million One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($1,150,000), minus (B) the Premium Reduction Amount. As used solely in this definitions of “Change of Control Premium” and “Premium Reduction Amount”, the term “ Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions involving: (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Borrower (ii) any merger or consolidation of Borrower into or with another person or entity (other than a merger or consolidation effected exclusively to change the Borrower’s domicile), or any other corporate reorganization, in which the stockholders of Borrower in their capacity as such immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or reorganization, own less than a majority of the Borrower’s (or the surviving or successor entity’s) outstanding voting power immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization (or, if such Borrower stockholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization, such surviving or successor entity is not Borrower); or (iii) any sale or other transfer by the stockholders of Borrower of shares representing at least a majority of Borrower’s then-total outstanding combined voting power. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Acquisition” shall exclude (a) Borrower’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (b) any sale of Borrower’s preferred stock solely in connection with a bona fide equity financing of Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Lenders’ rights to receive the Change of Control Premium, and Borrower’s payment thereof, shall not be construed as a consent by Collateral Agent or any Lender to any transaction not otherwise permitted by this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Change of Control Premium shall only be payable once and shall not thereafter apply to subsequent Acquisition transactions involving a buyer of Borrower.

Claims ” are defined in Section 12.2.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Collateral Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account; provided that the term “Collateral Account” shall not include the Comerica Cash Collateral Account.

Collateral Agent ” is, Oxford, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders.

Comerica Cash Collateral Account ” means Borrower’s account number 1894161841 held with Comerica Bank, which account secures the Comerica Letters of Credit, and which account is not permitted to contain a balance in excess of 105% of the aggregate face amount of the outstanding Comerica Letters of Credit at any time.

 

27


Comerica Letters of Credit ” means the following standby letters of credit issued on behalf of Borrower by Comerica Bank: (i) letter of credit #619309 in favor of BMR Bayshore Blvd. LLC in the face amount of $90,000 with an expiry date of November 30, 2012, (ii) letter of credit #612664 in favor of International Fidelity Insurance in the face amount of $50,000 with an expiry date of August 31, 2013, (iii) letter of credit #632674 in favor of 1700 California Street, LLC in the face amount of $32,930 with an expiry date of December 31, 2012, and (iv) letter of credit #635587 in favor of NV Broadway MOB LLC in the face amount of $9,815 with an expiry date of August 31, 2013.

Comerica Lockbox Accounts ” means the Government Receivables Lockbox Account and Borrower’s account number 1894161866 held with Comerica Bank,

Commitment Percentage ” is set forth in Schedule 1.1 , as amended from time to time.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Communication ” is defined in Section 10.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower and such Subsidiary, and Collateral Agent pursuant to which Collateral Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) for the benefit of the Lenders over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is the Term Loan or any other extension of credit by Collateral Agent or Lenders for Borrower’s benefit.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

28


Designated Deposit Account ” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number 3300892873, maintained with Bank.

Disbursement Letter ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 .

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Dollars , ” “ dollars ” and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Eligible Assignee ” is (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender, (iii) an Approved Fund and (iv) any commercial bank, savings and loan association or savings bank or any other entity which is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses, including insurance companies, mutual funds, lease financing companies and commercial finance companies, in each case, which either (A) has a rating of BBB or higher from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group and a rating of Baa2 or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. at the date that it becomes a Lender or (B) has total assets in excess of Five Billion Dollars ($5,000,000,000.00), and in each case of clauses (i) through (iv), which, through its applicable lending office, is capable of lending to Borrower without the imposition of any withholding or similar taxes; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (ii) a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) in connection with assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party and (y) in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party providing such financing or formed to undertake such securitization transaction and any transferee of such Person or party upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; provided that no such sale, transfer, pledge or assignment under this clause (y) shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such Person or party for such Lender as a party hereto until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement from such Person or party in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Existing Indebtedness ” is the indebtedness of Borrower to General Electric Capital Corporation in the aggregate principal outstanding amount as of the Effective Date of approximately Ten Million Three Hundred Thirty-Three Eight Hundred Thirty-Three and 43/100 Dollars ($10,333,833.43) pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 23, 2010, entered into by and between General Electric Capital Corporation and Borrower, as amended.

Final Payment ” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Maturity Date, or (b) the acceleration of the Term Loan, or (c) the prepayment of the Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or (d), equal to the original principal amount of the Term Loan multiplied by the Final Payment Percentage, payable to Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

 

29


Final Payment Percentage ” is seven and one-half of one percent (7.50%).

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” are all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Government Receivables Lockbox Account ” means Borrower’s account number 1892765858 held with Comerica Bank, which account shall be used solely to collect Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is a Governmental Authority, including without limitation, Medicare and Medicaid.

Guarantor ” is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Collateral Agent.

Guaranty ” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.2.

 

30


Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Insolvent ” means not Solvent.

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of any Person’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance, payment or capital contribution to any Person.

Investment Letters ” are the certain letter agreements, dated as of the Effective Date, in form and content reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders, pursuant to which Borrower grants to Lenders or their Affiliates a right (but not an obligation) to invest up to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in the aggregate, in any of Borrower’s future rounds of private equity financing on the terms, conditions and pricing set forth therein.

Key Person ” is each of Borrower’s (i) Chief Executive Officer, who is Laura Brege as of the Effective Date, and (ii) Chief Operating Officer, who is Mitch Nelles as of the Effective Date.

Lender ” is any one of the Lenders.

Lenders ” are the Persons identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto and each assignee that becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.1.

Lenders’ Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, as well as appraisal fees, fees incurred on account of lien searches, inspection fees, and filing fees) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders in connection with the Loan Documents.

Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

 

31


Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest, or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrants, the Perfection Certificates, each Compliance Certificate, each Disbursement Letter, each Loan Payment/Advance Request Form and any Bank Services Agreement, the Investment Letters, the Post-Closing Letter any subordination agreements, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any other Person in connection with this Agreement, and any other present or future agreement entered into by Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person for the benefit of the Lenders and Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Loan Payment/Advance Request Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 .

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or any Subsidiary; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Maturity Date ” is August 1, 2016.

Obligations ” are all of Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Lenders’ Expenses, the Prepayment Fee, the Final Payment, and other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders now or later, in connection with, related to, following, or arising from, out of or under, this Agreement or, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrants), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin (whether or not allowed) and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrants).

OFAC ” is the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

OFAC Lists ” are, collectively, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) and/or any other list of terrorists or other restricted Persons maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Orders.

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment Date ” is the first (1 st ) calendar day of each calendar month, commencing on September 1, 2012.

Perfection Certificate ” and “ Perfection Certificates ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to the Lenders and Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s);

 

32


(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness consisting of capitalized lease obligations and purchase money Indebtedness, in each case incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, repair, improvement or construction of fixed or capital assets of such person, provided that (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) at any time and (ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lower of the cost or fair market value of the property so acquired or built or of such repairs or improvements financed with such Indebtedness (each measured at the time of such acquisition, repair, improvement or construction is made);

(f) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(g) Contingent Obligations in respect of Permitted Indebtedness;

(h) Indebtedness consisting of reimbursement obligations in connection with (i) the Comerica Letters of Credit, and (ii) standby letters of credit issued by Bank in an aggregate face amount at any time not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) less the outstanding aggregate amount of the Comerica Letters of Credit; and

(i) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (e) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower, or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s) and existing on the Effective Date;

(b) (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Collateral Agent;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts and securities accounts holding Cash Equivalents in which Collateral Agent has a perfected security interest to the extent required under Section 6.6;

(e) Investments constituting Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(h) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

 

33


(i) Investments consisting of foreign exchange swaps and hedging arrangements under Bank Services Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) at any time; and

(j) other Investments not to exceed One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

Permitted Licenses ” are non-exclusive and exclusive licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, provided , that, with respect to each such license, (i) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the time of such license; (ii) the license constitutes an arms-length transaction, the terms of which, on their face, do not provide for a sale or assignment of any Intellectual Property and do not in a manner enforceable under applicable law restrict the ability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to pledge, grant a security interest in or lien on, or assign or otherwise Transfer any Intellectual Property to Collateral Agent; (iii) in the case of any exclusive license, (x) Borrower delivers twenty (20) days’ prior written notice and a brief summary of the terms of the proposed license to Collateral Agent and the Lenders and delivers to Collateral Agent and the Lenders copies of the final executed licensing documents in connection with the exclusive license promptly upon consummation thereof, (y) any such license is made in connection with a bona fide corporate collaboration or partnership, and is approved by Borrower’s (or the applicable Subsidiary’s) board of directors, and (z) any such license could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but may be exclusive in respects other than territory and may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States; and (iv) all upfront payments, royalties, milestone payments or other proceeds arising from the licensing agreement that are payable to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are paid to a Deposit Account that is governed by a Control Agreement.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificates or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not delinquent or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of “ Permitted Indebtedness ,” provided that (i) such liens exist prior to the acquisition of, or attach substantially simultaneous with, or within twenty (20) days after the, acquisition, lease, repair, improvement or construction of, such property financed or leased by such Indebtedness and (ii) such liens do not extend to any property of Borrower other than the property (and proceeds thereof) acquired, leased or built, or the improvements or repairs, financed by such Indebtedness;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00), and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

 

34


(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Collateral Agent or any Lender a security interest therein;

(h) banker’s liens, rights of setoff and Liens in favor of financial institutions incurred made in the ordinary course of business arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts or securities accounts held at such institutions solely to secure payment of fees and similar costs and expenses and provided such accounts are maintained in compliance with Section 6.6(b) hereof;

(i) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.4 or 8.7;

(j) Liens consisting of Permitted Licenses;

(k) Liens on cash deposits held in deposit accounts (which deposit accounts are used exclusively for such cash deposits) to secure letters of credit issued on behalf of Borrower or its Subsidiaries which are expressly permitted hereunder so long as such deposit accounts contain amounts not greater than 105% of the face amount of all such letters of credit;

(l) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums in an aggregate financed amount not exceeding One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding; and

(m) Deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligations for borrowed money; provided that deposits under this clause (m) shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding, plus the amount sufficient to meet state bonding requirements in Borrower’s ordinary course of business.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Post Closing Letter ” is that certain Post Closing Letter dated as of the Effective Date by and among Collateral Agent, the Lenders and Borrower, as amended.

Premium Reduction Amount ” is, as of the date of determination and taking into account the distribution of proceeds in the Acquisition (as defined in the definition of Change of Control Premium), an amount equal to (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as defined in the Warrants) of all Warrant Shares (as defined in the Warrants) issued or issuable upon exercise of all Warrants, whether or not exercised, minus (ii) the aggregate Warrant Price (as defined in the Warrants) for all such Warrant Shares issued or issuable upon exercise of all Warrants, whether or not exercised; provided, however, that in no event shall the Premium Reduction Amount exceed clause (A) of the definition of the Change of Control Premium, nor shall the Premium Reduction Amount be less than zero.

Prepayment Fee ” is, with respect to the Term Loan subject to prepayment prior to the Maturity Date, whether by mandatory or voluntary prepayment, acceleration or otherwise, an additional fee payable to the Lenders in amount equal to:

(i) for a prepayment made on or after the Funding Date of the Term Loan through and including the second anniversary of the Funding Date of the Term Loan, four percent (4.00%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan prepaid; and

 

35


(ii) for a prepayment made after the second anniversary of the Funding Date of the Term Loan and prior to the Maturity Date, two percent (2.00%) of the principal amount of the Term Loan prepaid.

Pro Rata Share ” is, as of any date of determination, with respect to each Lender, a percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan held by such Lender by the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan.

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made

Required Lenders ” means (i) for so long as all of the Persons that are Lenders on the Effective Date (each an “ Original Lender ”) have not assigned or transferred any of their interests in their respective Term Loans, Lenders holding one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans, or (ii) at any time from and after any Original Lender has assigned or transferred any interest in its Term Loans, Lenders holding, sixty-six percent (66%) or more of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans, plus , in respect of this clause (ii), (A) each Original Lender that has not assigned or transferred any portion of its respective Term Loan, (B) each assignee of an Original Lender provided such assignee was assigned or transferred and continues to hold one hundred percent (100%) of the assigning Original Lender’s interest in the Term Loans and (C) any Person or party providing financing to an Original Lender or formed to undertake a securitization transaction with respect to an Original Lender and any transferee of such Person or party upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction (in each case in respect of clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (ii), whether or not such Lender is included within the Lenders holding sixty-six percent (66%) of the Terms Loan). For purposes of this definition only, a Lender shall be deemed to include itself, and any Lender that is an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such Lender.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Business Officer, Chief Medical Officer, or Chief Operating Officer of Borrower acting alone.

SEC ” is the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor thereto.

Secured Promissory Note ” is defined in Section 2.4.

Secured Promissory Note Record ” is a record maintained by each Lender with respect to the outstanding Obligations owed by Borrower to Lender and credits made thereto.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Solvent ” is, with respect to any Person: the fair salable value of such Person’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of such Person’s liabilities; such Person is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and such Person is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries subordinated to all Indebtedness of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to the Lenders (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders entered into between Collateral Agent, Borrower, and/or any of its Subsidiaries, and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

 

36


Subsidiary ” is, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or through one or more of intermediaries.

Term Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a) hereof.

Term Loan Commitment ” is, for any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan, in the principal amount shown on Schedule 1.1 . Term Loan Commitments ” means the aggregate amount of such commitments of all Lenders.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

Warrants ” are those certain Warrants to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date, or any date thereafter, issued by Borrower in favor of each Lender or such Lender’s Affiliates.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
XDx, Inc.
By   /s/ Matthew Meyer
Name:   Matthew Meyer
Title:   Chief Business Officer
COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By   /s/ Timothy A. Lex
Name:   Timothy A. Lex
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
LENDER:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By   /s/ Lindsay Schwallie
Name:   Lindsay Schwallie
Title:   Relationship Manager

[ Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement ]


SCHEDULE 1.1

Lenders and Commitments

 

     Term Loan         

Lender

   Term Loan Commitment      Commitment Percentage  

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

   $ 10,000,000         66.7

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   $ 5,000,000         33.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 15,000,000         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


EXHIBIT A

Description of Collateral

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property, or (ii) the Comerica Cash Collateral Account, together with all proceeds and substitutions thereof, all interest paid thereon, and all other cash and noncash proceeds of the foregoing.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.


EXHIBIT B-1

Form of Disbursement Letter

[see attached]


DISBURSEMENT LETTER

August 15, 2012

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting Chief Business Officer of XDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 3260 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, CA 94005 (“ Borrower ”), does hereby certify, on behalf of Borrower, and not in any individual capacity, to OXFORD FINANCE LLC (“ Oxford ” and “ Lender ”), as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 15, 2012, by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ”; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that:

1. The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date.

2. No event or condition has occurred that would constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

3. Borrower is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement.

4. All conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement to the making of the Credit Extension to be made on or about the date hereof have been satisfied or waived by Collateral Agent.

5. No Material Adverse Change has occurred.

6. The undersigned is a Responsible Officer.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


7. The proceeds of the Term Loan shall be disbursed as follows:

 

Disbursement from Oxford:

  

Loan Amount

    $ __________   

Plus:

  

–Facility Fee Collected

    $ __________   

Less:

  

–Facility Fee Due at Term Sheet Execution

   ($ __________

[--Existing Debt Payoff to be remitted to General Electric Capital Corporation per the Payoff Letter dated August 15, 2012

   ($ __________ )] 

[--Interim Interest

   ($ __________ )] 

--Lender’s Legal Fees

   ($ __________ )* 

Net Proceeds due from Oxford:

    $ __________   

Disbursement from SVB:

  

Loan Amount

    $ __________   

Plus:

  

–Facility Fee Collected

    $ __________   

Less:

  

–Facility Fee Due at Term Sheet Execution

   ($ __________

[--Interim Interest

   ($ __________ )] 

Net Proceeds due from SVB:

    $ __________   

TOTAL TERM LOAN NET PROCEEDS FROM LENDERS

    $ __________   

8. The Term Loan shall amortize in accordance with the Amortization Table attached hereto.

9. The Existing Indebtedness totaling $[            ] shall be paid to General Electric Capital Corporation in accordance with the payoff letter delivered to Collateral Agent as of the Effective Date.

10. The aggregate net proceeds of the Term Loans shall be transferred to the Designated Deposit Account as follows:

 

Account Name:    XDx, Inc.   
Bank Name:    Silicon Valley Bank   
Bank Address:   

3003 Tasman Drive

Santa Clara, California 95054

  
Account Number:   

 

  
ABA Number:    121140399   

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

* Legal fees and costs are through the Effective Date. Post-closing legal fees and costs, payable after the Effective Date, to be invoiced and paid post-closing.


Dated as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER:
XDx, Inc.
By    
Name:    
Title:    
COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:
OXFORD FINANCE LLC
By    
Name:    
Title:    

[ Signature Page to Disbursement Letter ]


AMORTIZATION TABLE

(Term Loan)

[see attached]


EXHIBIT B-2

Loan Payment/Advance Request Form

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS N OON P ACIFIC T IME *

 

Fax To:    Date:                      

 

L OAN P AYMENT :   
                XDX, INC.
From Account #                                                                      To Account #                                                                              
                                         (Deposit Account #)                                                     (Loan Account #)
Principal $                                                                               and/or Interest $                                                                          
Authorized Signature:                                                                      Phone Number:                                                                   
Print Name/Title:                                                                    

 

 

L OAN A DVANCE :

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

   From Account #                                                                              To Account #                                                                               
                                              (Loan Account #)                                                     (Deposit Account #)
   Amount of Advance $                                                             

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

   Authorized Signature:                                                                                  Phone Number:                                                          

   Print Name/Title:                                                                    

     

 

 

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

  Beneficiary Name:               Amount of Wire: $     
  Beneficiary Bank:               Account Number:     
  City and State:                 

 

  Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:             Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):     
     

    (For International Wire Only)

  
  Intermediary Bank:             Transit (ABA) #:     
  For Further Credit to:     
  Special Instruction:     
By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

  Authorized Signature:                                                              2 nd Signature (if required):                                                  
  Print Name/Title:                                                                      Print Name/Title:                                                                
  Telephone #:                                                              Telephone #:                                     

 


EXHIBIT C

Compliance Certificate

 

TO:   

OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Collateral Agent and Lender

SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Lender

FROM:    XDx, Inc.

The undersigned authorized officer (“ Officer ”) of XDx, Inc. (“ Borrower ”), hereby certifies on behalf of Borrower, and not in any individual capacity, that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

(i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                     with all required covenants except as noted below;

(ii) There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

(iii) Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (i), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

(iv) Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes (other than non-material local taxes not exceeding $5,000 in the aggregate) assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

(v) No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s). The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.


Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under “Complies” column.

 

    

Reporting Covenant

  

Requirement

        Complies
1)    Financial statements    Monthly within 30 days       Yes    No    N/A
2)    Annual (CPA Audited) statements    Within 180 days after Fiscal Year End       Yes    No    N/A
3)    Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a monthly basis)    Annually (w/n 30 days of FYE) and when revised       Yes    No    N/A
4)    Statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders and holders of Subordinated Debt    Within 5 days of delivery       Yes    No    N/A
5)    8-K, 10-K and 10-Q Filings    If applicable, within 5 days of filing       Yes    No    N/A
6)    Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days       Yes    No    N/A
7)    IP Report    when required       Yes    No    N/A
8)    Month-end account statements for each deposit account and securities account of Borrower and its Subsidiaries    Monthly within 30 days    $                      
9)    Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at all institutions as of the last day of the measurement period       $                      
10)    Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at Bank as of the last day of the measurement period       $                      
   Deposit and Securities Accounts    (Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed)
    

Bank

  

Account Number

  

New Account?

   Acct Control
Agmt in place?
1)          Yes    No    Yes    No
2)          Yes    No    Yes    No
3)          Yes    No    Yes    No
4)          Yes    No    Yes    No
5)          Yes    No    Yes    No
6)          Yes    No    Yes    No
    

Financial Covenants

   Requirement    Actual         Compliance
1)   

Minimum Revenues

(trailing three months)

   At least 80% of projections                 %       Yes    No


  Other Matters         
  Has any Key Person ceased to be actively engaged in Borrower’s management since the last Compliance Certificate?    Yes    No   
  Have there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?    Yes    No   
  Have there been any new or pending claims or causes of action against Borrower that involve more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00)?    Yes    No   

 

  Exceptions   

 

    

  Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.” Attach separate sheet if additional space needed.)   

 

    

    

 

    

    

 

    

    
    

 

 

  XDx, Inc.    DATE
  By:     
  Name:     
  Title:     

  LENDERS USE

  ONLY

 

Received by:            Verified by:     
Date:            Date:     

 

Compliance Status    Yes    No      
 


EXHIBIT D

Form of Secured Promissory Note

[see attached]


SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE

(Term Loan)

 

$                     

Dated: August 15, 2012

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, XDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 3260 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, CA 94005 (“ Borrower ”) HEREBY PROMISES TO PAY to the order of [OXFORD FINANCE LLC][SILICON VALLEY BANK][            ] (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [            ] MILLION DOLLARS ($            ) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan, at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated August 15, 2012 by and among Borrower, Lender, Oxford Finance LLC, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”). If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement. Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Term Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “ Note ”). The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Term Loan by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in Section 2.2 (c) and Section 2.2(d) of the Loan Agreement.

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan, interest on the Term Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California.

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent. Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation. Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

BORROWER:
XDx, Inc.
By    
Name:    
Title:    

[ Oxford Finance LLC]

Term Loan Secured Promissory Note


LOAN INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

 

Principal

Amount

 

Interest Rate

  

Scheduled

Payment_Amount

  

Notation By


EXHIBIT E

Financial Covenant – Revenue Schedule

 

Date

   Projected Revenues      Trailing 3 month
projected revenue
     80% of trailing 3
month revenue
 

January-12

   $ 1,570,165         

February-12

   $ 1,536,131         

March-12

   $ 1,692,399       $ 4,798,695       $ 3,838,956   

April-12

   $ 1,632,264       $ 4,860,794       $ 3,888,635   

May-12

   $ 1,720,870       $ 5,045,533       $ 4,036,426   

June-12

   $ 1,894,770       $ 5,247,904       $ 4,198,323   

July-12

   $ 1,546,033       $ 5,161,673       $ 4,129,338   

August-12

   $ 1,555,333       $ 4,996,136       $ 3,996,909   

September-12

   $ 1,573,933       $ 4,675,299       $ 3,740,239   

October-12

   $ 1,713,433       $ 4,842,699       $ 3,874,159   

November-12

   $ 1,685,533       $ 4,972,899       $ 3,978,319   

December-12

   $ 1,769,233       $ 5,168,199       $ 4,134,559   

January-13

   $ 1,905,031       $ 5,359,797       $ 4,287,838   

February-13

   $ 1,864,191       $ 5,538,455       $ 4,430,764   

March-13

   $ 2,045,929       $ 5,815,150       $ 4,652,120   

April-13

   $ 1,938,393       $ 5,848,512       $ 4,678,810   

May-13

   $ 1,772,953       $ 5,757,275       $ 4,605,820   

June-13

   $ 1,795,273       $ 5,506,619       $ 4,405,296   

July-13

   $ 1,851,073       $ 5,419,299       $ 4,335,439   

August-13

   $ 1,862,233       $ 5,508,579       $ 4,406,863   

September-13

   $ 1,884,553       $ 5,597,859       $ 4,478,287   

October-13

   $ 2,051,953       $ 5,798,739       $ 4,638,991   

November-13

   $ 2,018,473       $ 5,954,979       $ 4,763,983   

December-13

   $ 2,118,913       $ 6,189,339       $ 4,951,471   


EXHIBIT A TO UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

Description of Collateral

The Collateral consists of all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Debtor’s books and records relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Debtor that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property, or (ii) the Comerica Cash Collateral Account, together with all proceeds and substitutions thereof, all interest paid thereon, and all other cash and noncash proceeds of the foregoing.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Debtor has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of California as in effect from time to time (the “Code”) or, if not defined in the Code, then in the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Debtor, Collateral Agent and the other Lenders party thereto (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).

Exhibit 10.14

*** Confidential Treatment Requested. Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and have been

separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

PCR

PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

ROCHE MOLECULAR SYSTEMS, INC.

AND

EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS


PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT

(HUMAN)

CONTENTS

 

          Page  
Background         2   
Section 1    Definitions      3   
Section 2    Grant      5   
Section 3    Additional Limitations & Acknowledgment re Diagnostic Products      6   
Section 4    Royalties, Records and Reports      6   
Section 5    Technology Notification      8   
Section 6    Diligence      8   
Section 7    Term and Termination      8   
Section 8    Confidentiality-Publicity      10   
Section 9    Compliance      11   
Section 10    Assignment      11   
Section 11    Negation of Warranties and Indemnity      12   
Section 12    General      12   
Attachments :      
Attachment I    List of Licensed Technology   
Attachment II    Combination Services   
Attachment III    Summary Royalty Report Form   
Attachment IV    Collection Rate   

 

1


PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT

(Human)

This Agreement is made by and between

Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., 4300 Hacienda Drive, Pleasanton, California 94588

(hereafter referred to as “RMS”)

and

Expression Diagnostics, 750 Gateway Boulevard, South San Francisco, California 94080

(hereafter referred to as “ED”)

hereafter individually referred

to as a “Party” or collectively as “The Parties”

********

BACKGROUND

 

A. RMS owns and has the right to grant licenses to practice under certain United States Patents describing and claiming,  inter alia , nucleic acid amplification processes known as polymerase chain reaction (“PCR”), homogeneous PCR, and RT-PCR (“reverse transcription PCR”).

 

B. ED desires to obtain a non-exclusive license from RMS to use the Licensed Technology to perform certain PCR-based human  in vitro  clinical laboratory services, and RMS is willing to grant such a license to ED on the terms and subject to the conditions provided exclusively in this Agreement.

 

2


NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, RMS and ED agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions

For the purpose of this Agreement, and solely for that purpose, the terms set forth hereinafter shall be defined as follows:

 

1.1 The term  “Affiliate”  shall mean with respect to a given Party:

 

  a) an organization which, directly or indirectly, controls such Party;

 

  b) an organization which is, directly or indirectly, controlled by such Party; or

 

  c) an organization which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the ultimate parent company which controls, directly or indirectly, such Party.

For purposes of this paragraph, “control” shall mean the ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock or equity interests of an organization or otherwise having the power to govern or direct the financial and the operating policies or to appoint the management of such organization.

With respect to RMS, the term “Affiliate” shall not include Genentech, Inc., 1 DNA Way, South San Francisco, California 94080-4990, U.S.A. (“Genentech”) nor Chugai Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd, 1-9, Kyobashi 2-chome, Chuo-ku, Tokyo, 104-8301 Japan (“Chugai”).

 

1.2 “Combination Service”  shall mean a Licensed Service offered in combination with another non-PCR testing service or together with a non-testing service(s) such as a specialized interpretive service or a consultative service (e.g., genetic counseling) as part of a package, where the Licensed Service is not separately billed.

 

1.3 “Diagnostic Product”  shall mean an assemblage of reagents, including but not limited to reagents packaged in the form of a kit, useful in performing a Licensed Service.

 

1.4 “Effective Date”  shall mean the date on which the last signatory to this Agreement signs this Agreement.

 

1.5 “Licensed Field”  shall mean the field of clinical laboratory services that detect the presence, absence and/or quantity of a nucleic acid sequence for the detection, diagnosis, confirmation, prognosis, management and/or treatment of a human disease or condition, including, but not limited to, such services: to identify predisposition to disease, disease susceptibility, confirm disease, predict therapeutic effectiveness or monitor disease progress; used in the course of human clinical trials; for Parentage Determination; and for tissue transplant typing, including testing performed on animal tissue intended for use in xenotransplantation. Licensed Field shall specifically exclude any services performed for the screening of blood and/or blood products.

 

3


1.6 “Licensed Service(s)”  shall mean the performance by ED of an  in vitro  procedure within the Licensed Field which utilizes the Licensed Technology. Licensed Services include, but are not limited to, any combination of the steps of collecting a sample for analysis, isolating nucleic acid sequences from the sample, amplifying one or more desired sequences, analyzing the amplified material, including sequence analysis, and reporting the results.

 

1.7 “Licensed Technology”  shall mean, subject to the following limitations, the Valid Claims of the United States patents listed in Attachment I to this Agreement and any reissue or reexamination patents thereof. No rights under any kit claims of such patents are included in this definition or licensed under this Agreement. With the exception of the reaction mixture claims of United States Patents Nos. 5,804,375, 5,693,517, 5,476,774 and 6,127,155, the plasmid claims of the 5,476,774 patent, the primer claims of United States Patent No. 5,573,906, and the probe claims of United States Patent No. 5,110,920, no rights under any apparatus, device, composition of matter, reagent or substance claims of such patents are included in this definition or licensed under this Agreement.

 

1.8 “Net Service Revenues”  shall mean the gross invoice price for the Licensed Services performed by ED (or the fair market value for any nonmonetary consideration which ED agrees to receive in exchange for Licensed Services), less the following deductions where they are factually applicable and are not already reflected in the gross invoice price:

 

  a) discounts allowed and taken, in amounts customary in the trade (which shall include the difference between the dollar amount charged by ED for a Licensed Service and the Medicare and/or Medicaid Limits of Allowance and/or reimbursement limitations of a Third Party insurance program); and

 

  b) actual bad debt which bad debt ED can prove and document that it was reasonable and diligent in its efforts to collect payment.

 

  1.8.1 The Net Service Revenues of those Licensed Services that are performed by ED for any person, firm or corporation controlling, controlled by or under common control with ED, or enjoying a special course of dealing with ED, shall be determined based on the average selling price of such Licensed Services to all Third Parties during the period in question.

 

  1.8.2

It is hereby understood and agreed that, to the extent feasible, Licensed Services and Combination Services shall at all times be invoiced, listed and billed by ED as a separate item in ED’s invoices, bills and reports to customers. Net Service Revenues for determining royalties with respect to a Licensed Service which is part of a Combination Service shall be determined by multiplying the gross invoice price of the Combination Service, less applicable deductions, by the appropriate fraction in Attachment II hereto. The fraction specified in Attachment II for a particular Licensed Service included in a Combination Service shall be set by RMS after consultation

 

4


  with ED, as accurately reflecting the value contributed by the Licensed Service to the overall value of the Combination Service as offered by ED, and as provided in Section 2.4. Attachment II hereto shall be modified as new Combination Services are identified and new royalty-bearing fractions set, and as set forth in Section 2.4.

 

1.9 “Parentage Determination”  shall mean analysis of human genetic material to ascertain whether two or more individuals are biologically related, but specifically excludes analysis of forensic evidence for a sexual assault investigation.

 

1.10 “Territory”  shall mean the United States and its possessions and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

 

1.11 “Third Party”  shall mean an entity other than an Affiliate of either Party to this Agreement.

 

1.12 “Valid Claim”  shall mean a claim of a patent which has not expired or been disclaimed, cancelled, held invalid or held unenforceable by a decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, from which no further appeal is possible or has been taken within the time period provided under applicable law for such an appeal.

 

2. Grant

 

2.1 Grant . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions and restrictions of this Agreement, RMS hereby grants to ED, and ED hereby accepts from RMS, a royalty-bearing, non-exclusive, personal, non-transferable license under the Licensed Technology solely to perform Licensed Services within the Territory.

 

2.2 Performance of Licensed Services Only . The Licensed Technology may be used solely for the performance of Licensed Services and for no other purpose whatsoever, and no other right, immunity or license is granted to ED expressly, impliedly or by estoppel.

 

2.3 Personal License . ED expressly acknowledges and agrees that the license granted hereunder is personal to ED alone and ED shall have no right to sublicense, assign or otherwise transfer or share its rights under the foregoing license.

 

2.4 Combination Service(s) . For each Combination Service that ED intends to offer pursuant to this Agreement, and at least sixty (60) days before ED intends to offer any such Combination Service, ED shall:

 

  a) notify RMS of such proposed Combination Service, such notice to include a complete and detailed description of the proposed Combination Service; and

 

  b) obtain from RMS a duly authorized agreement, in the form of Attachment II hereto, for such Combination Service, which agreement shall indicate the fraction or

 

5


*** Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

percentage of the package price of such Combination Service, less appropriate deductions, on which royalties shall be paid hereunder.

For any Combination Service(s) for which ED has not satisfied the criteria set forth in subsections (a) and (b) above, the royalty payable on such Combination Service shall be assessed on 100% of the package price of such Combination Service, less applicable deductions. As to all other Licensed Services offered by ED which are not part of a Combination Service, ED agrees to inform RMS of the availability from ED of each such Licensed Service within thirty (30) days after ED commences offering the Licensed Service.

 

2.5 Credit for Licensed Technology Rights . RMS hereby grants to ED the right and ED accepts and agrees to credit RMS as the source of its Licensed Technology rights in ED’s promotional materials and any other materials intended for distribution to Third Parties as follows:

“This service is performed pursuant to an agreement with Roche Molecular Systems, Inc.”

 

3. Additional Limitations and Acknowledgment Regarding Diagnostic Products

ED acknowledges and agrees that the license rights granted hereunder are for the performance of Licensed Services only and do not include any right to make, have made, import, offer to sell or sell any products, including apparatuses, devices, PCR reagents, kits or Diagnostic Products. ED further acknowledges and agrees that RMS and its Affiliates are in the business of providing clinical laboratory testing services and the commercial sale of diagnostic testing systems, kits and reagents and therefore may compete directly with ED’s business.

 

4. Royalties, Records and Reports

 

4.1 Royalties . For the rights and privileges granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement, ED shall pay to RMS royalties equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of ED’s Net Service Revenues.

No royalty is due on PCR-based assays performed solely for the purpose of evaluating a procedure to be used as a Licensed Service after validation.

No royalty is due on assays performed with Roche labeled diagnostic kits or Third Party diagnostics kits licensed by Roche, which convey human diagnostic label license rights to end users.

 

4.2 Reports . ED shall deliver to RMS, within forty-five (45) days after the end of and for each quarterly calendar period during the Term, i.e. the three (3) month periods that are January 1 through March 31, April 1 through June 30, July 1 through September 30, and October 1 through December 31 (each a “Reporting Period”), a true and accurate royalty report (“Royalty Report”). Each Royalty Report shall indicate the number of Licensed Services performed during the relevant Reporting Period and the detail specified on the “Summary Royalty Report,” a copy of which is attached hereto as Attachment III, or on a form

 

6


generated by ED which duplicates the format of the Summary Royalty Report. If no royalties are due for a given Royalty Period, it shall be so reported. The correctness and completeness of each Royalty Report shall be attested to in writing by an authorized representative of ED.

In the event ED is unable to calculate Net Service Revenues as prescribed in Section 1.8, ED shall so inform RMS, and upon RMS’s written consent, ED shall calculate royalties as follows:

Upon receipt by RMS of satisfactory documentation verifying ED’s actual percentage of gross billings for Licensed Services and/or Combination Services collected for ED’s most recently ended fiscal year (the “Collection Rate”), subject to the provisions of Section 2.4 above, ED shall be permitted to calculate Net Service Revenues taking into account the Collection Rate. As of the Effective Date, ED hereby represents and confirms to RMS that its Collection Rate for its fiscal year ending NA  was NA  percent ( NA %), which rate is specified in Attachment IV. During the Term of this Agreement, and within ninety (90) days after the end of each ED fiscal year, ED shall deliver to RMS satisfactory documentation that verifies the then Collection Rate. If ED’s Collection Rate varies by at least five percent (5%) from the rate stated in Attachment IV, RMS shall amend Attachment IV accordingly. Should ED fail to provide the required updated documentation, ED shall calculate Net Service Revenues and royalties due as prescribed in Sections 1.8 and 2.4 for the remaining Term of the Agreement.

Simultaneously with the delivery of each Royalty Report, ED shall pay to RMS the royalty due under this Agreement for the period covered by such report. All payments due RMS hereunder shall be payable in United States currency and sent together with the Royalty Report by the due date to the following address:

Roche Molecular Systems, Inc.

P.O. Box 100858

Pasadena, CA 91189-0858

or to any other address that RMS may advise in writing.

 

4.3 Inspection . Within ten (10) days after RMS’s written request to ED, an accounting firm selected by RMS (including, but not limited to, RMS’s normal certified public accounting firm), may, at RMS’s own expense (except as provided below), inspect the records, books of account and any other materials of ED pertaining to the transactions and matters contemplated by this Agreement and/or the Royalty Reports required in Section 4.2 above, provided that any accounting firm will hold such records in strict confidence, except as necessary to report to RMS and ED on ED’s compliance with the terms, conditions and restrictions of this Agreement. If such an inspection shows an underpayment by ED to RMS by more than ten percent (10%) for any Reporting Period, ED will pay, in addition to the amount due, plus interest, the accounting firm’s reasonable fees and expenses.

 

7


4.4 Prior Licensed Services . Licensed Services performed by ED prior to execution of this Agreement shall be subject to the royalties described in this Agreement and shall be reported and due to RMS with the first Royalty Report due provided under Section 4.2. Provided, however, that where this Agreement replaces an existing license agreement, the royalty obligations of ED under this Agreement commence the first day of the month in which this Agreement is executed.

 

4.5 Past Due Amounts Bear Interest . If ED shall fail to pay any amount specified under this Agreement after the due date thereof, the amount owed shall bear interest at the lower of (i) the Citibank, N.A. base lending rate (aka, the “Prime Rate”), or (ii) the maximum rate allowed by applicable law, from the due date until paid.

 

4.6 Survival . The provisions of this Section 4 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

5. Technology Notification

 

5.1 Notification . With respect to any invention, improvement or discovery (hereinafter referred to as “Discoveries” in this Section) of ED made after entering into this Agreement and resulting from work conducted under or in conjunction with this Agreement and being applicable to the Licensed Technology, if ED decides to license said Discoveries to Third Parties, then ED agrees to provide to RMS, unless not possible due to ED’s pre-existing commitments to Third Parties relating to said Discoveries, a reasonable opportunity to negotiate a license to use said Discoveries in PCR-based Diagnostic Products and services. Such Discoveries may include, but are not limited to, improvements of the Licensed Technology or in the performance of Licensed Services, modifications to or new methods of performing the Licensed Services, including the automation of the PCR process or of the Licensed Services.

 

5.2 Agreement re Discovery . Any agreement reached between The Parties as a result of ED’s notification to RMS of a Discovery pursuant to Section 5.1 hereto shall be upon terms and conditions negotiated in good faith by The Parties.

 

6. Diligence

ED shall exercise reasonable diligence in developing, testing, validating, documenting, promoting and performing the Licensed Services. In the course of such diligence, ED shall implement appropriate procedures and take appropriate steps including, upon reasonable written request of RMS, furnishing RMS with representative copies of all promotional material relating to the Licensed Services.

 

7. Term and Termination

 

7.1 Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, unless terminated earlier as provided herein, shall terminate on the date of expiration of the last to expire of the patents included within the Licensed Technology, which patent contains at least one Valid Claim covering the performance of a Licensed Service.

 

8


7.2 ED Termination for Convenience . Notwithstanding any other Section of this Agreement, ED may terminate this Agreement for any reason on thirty (30) days’ written notice to RMS.

 

7.3 Termination for Change of Control, Etc . RMS shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and the license rights granted herein immediately upon written notice to ED upon any material change in the ownership or control of ED or of its assets or in the event ED breaches the provisions of Section 10 below.

 

7.4 Termination for Insolvency, Etc . This Agreement and the license rights granted hereunder to ED shall automatically terminate upon: (a) an adjudication of ED as bankrupt or insolvent, or ED’s admission in writing of its inability to pay its obligations as they mature; or (b) an assignment by ED for the benefit of creditors; or (c) ED’s applying for or consenting to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or similar officer for any substantial part of its business or property, or such a receiver, trustee or similar officer’s appointment without the application or consent of ED, if such appointment shall continue in effect for a period of ninety (90) days; or (d) ED’s instituting (by petition, application, answer, consent or otherwise) any bankruptcy, insolvency arrangement or similar proceeding relating to ED or its business or property under the laws of any jurisdiction; or (e) the institution of any such proceeding (by petition, application, answer, consent or otherwise) against ED, if such proceeding shall remain in effect for a period of ninety (90) days; or (f) the issuance or levy of any judgment, writ, warrant of attachment or execution or similar process against a substantial part of the property of ED, if such judgment, writ, or similar process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded within ninety (90) days after its issue or levy; or (g) the loss of ED’s federal or state licenses, permits or accreditation necessary for the operation of ED as a health care institution.

 

7.5 Termination for Change of Status . If ED is a government institution or a non-profit entity, this Agreement and the license rights granted to ED herein shall automatically terminate within thirty (30) days of ED’s reclassification as a non-government institution, or as a for-profit entity pursuant to the applicable provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. Upon such termination, ED may request a new license pursuant to the same terms and conditions then being offered to other for-profit institutions, although RMS is not obligated by anything contained in this Agreement to grant such a license.

 

7.6 Termination for Breach.  Upon any breach of or default by ED of a material term under this Agreement, RMS may terminate this Agreement upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to ED. Said termination shall become effective at the end of the thirty-day period, unless during said period ED fully cures such breach or default.

 

7.7 Effects of Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement as provided herein, all license rights and immunities granted to ED hereunder shall terminate and revert to or be retained by RMS. To the extent RMS has licensed technology or know-how of ED pursuant to

 

9


Section 5 hereto; those licenses shall remain in force according to their terms. Other provisions of this Agreement which by their nature would reasonably be expected to survive termination shall so survive. Termination of this Agreement shall not relieve either Party from any duty or obligation that had accrued prior to termination. Each Party shall retain all of its rights and remedies in respect of any breach or default by the other party of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement.

 

7.8 Duty to Report and Pay Royalties Survives . ED’s obligations to report to and pay royalties to RMS as to the Licensed Services performed under the Agreement prior to termination or expiration of the Agreement shall survive such termination or expiration.

 

8. Confidentiality-Publicity

 

8.1 Publicity . Except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 2.5, ED agrees to obtain RMS’s written approval before distributing any written information, such as a press release, to Third Parties which contains references to RMS or this Agreement. RMS’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and, in any event, RMS’s decision shall be rendered within three (3) weeks of receipt of the written information. Once approved, such materials, or abstracts of such materials, which do not materially alter the context of the material originally approved may be reprinted during the Term of the Agreement without further approval by RMS unless RMS has notified ED in writing of its decision to withdraw permission for such use.

 

8.2 Confidentiality Obligations . Each Party agrees that any financial, legal or business information or any technical information marked “Confidential” or “Proprietary” and disclosed to it (the “Receiving Party”) by the other (the “Disclosing Party”) in connection with this Agreement, shall be considered the confidential and proprietary information of the Disclosing Party, and the Receiving Party shall not disclose same to any Third Party and shall hold it in confidence for a period of five (5) years and will not use it other than in the performance of this Agreement, provided, however, that any information, know-how or data which is orally disclosed to the Receiving Party shall not be considered confidential and proprietary unless such oral disclosure is stated to be confidential or proprietary prior to disclosure and is reduced to writing and given to the Receiving Party in written form within thirty (30) days after the oral disclosure thereof. Such confidential and proprietary information shall include, without limitation, marketing and sales information, commercialization plans and strategies, research and development work plans, and technical information such as patent applications, inventions, trade secrets, systems, methods, apparatus, designs, tangible material, organisms and products and derivatives thereof.

 

8.3 Exceptions . The above obligations of confidentiality and restrictions on use shall not be applicable to the extent:

 

  a) such information is general public knowledge or, after disclosure hereunder, becomes general or public knowledge through no fault of the Receiving Party;

 

10


  b) such information can be shown by the Receiving Party by its written records to have been in its possession, with no obligation of confidentiality to a Third Party, prior to receipt thereof hereunder;

 

  c) such information is received by the Receiving Party from any Third Party for use or disclosure by the Receiving Party without any obligation of confidentiality or restriction on use, provided, however, that information received by the Receiving Party from any Third Party funded by the Disclosing Party (e.g. consultants, subcontractors, etc.) shall not be released from confidentiality under this exception;

 

  d) such information was independently developed by the Receiving Party without use of the information of the Disclosing Party; or

 

  e) the disclosure of such information is required or desirable to comply with or fulfill applicable law or court process, governmental requirements, submissions to governmental bodies, or the securing of regulatory approvals.

 

8.4 Confidentiality of Agreement . Each Party shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement and its provisions and shall refrain from making any public announcement or disclosure of the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party, except to the extent a Party concludes in good faith that such disclosure is required under applicable law or regulations, in which case the other Party shall be notified in advance.

 

9. Compliance with Law

In exercising any and all rights and in performing its obligations hereunder, ED shall comply fully with any and all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances and shall obtain and keep in effect all applicable licenses, permits and other governmental approvals, whether at the federal, state or local levels, necessary or appropriate to perform the Licensed Services and carry on its activities hereunder and ED hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold RMS and its Affiliates harmless from and against any and all liability, demands, damages, expenses (including attorneys’ and experts’ fees) and losses suffered or incurred by RMS or its Affiliates arising from, resulting from or otherwise concerning any breach by ED of its obligations under this Section 9. ED agrees to refrain from making any material misstatements or activities about the Licensed Technology licensed hereunder that will have an adverse effect on the business reputation of RMS. RMS may advise ED of any such material misstatements or activities and ED will have thirty (30) days to correct such material misstatements or activities.

 

10. Assignment

This Agreement shall not be assigned or transferred by ED (including by merger, operation of law or in any other manner including, without limitation, any purported assignment or transfer that

 

11


might arise from a sale or transfer of ED’s business or assets) without the express written consent of RMS. RMS may assign all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement at any time without the consent of ED. ED agrees to execute such further acknowledgments or other instruments as RMS may reasonably request in connection with any such assignment.

 

11. Negation of Warranties and Indemnity

 

  11.1 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as:

 

  a) a warranty or representation by RMS as to the validity or scope of any patent included within the Licensed Technology;

 

  b) a warranty or representation that the use of the Licensed Technology and/or the performance of Licensed Services are or will be free from infringement of patents of Third Parties;

 

  c) an obligation to bring or prosecute actions or suits against Third Parties for infringement; or

 

  d) conferring by implication, estoppel or otherwise any license, right or immunity under any patents or patent applications of RMS other than those patents specified in Licensed Technology, regardless of whether such other patents and patent applications are dominant or subordinate to the patents in Licensed Technology.

 

11.2 RMS MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.

 

11.3 ED shall assume full responsibility for its use of the Licensed Technology and shall defend, indemnify and hold RMS and its Affiliates harmless from and against all liability, demands, damages, expenses (including attorneys’ and experts’ fees) and losses for death, personal injury, illness, errors, property damage or any other injury or damage, including any damages or expenses arising in connection with state or federal regulatory action (collectively “Damages”), arising or resulting from or otherwise concerning the use by ED, including its officers, directors, agents and employees, of the Licensed Technology or the performance of the Licensed Services except, and only to the extent, that such Damages are caused solely by the negligence or willful misconduct of RMS.

 

12. General

 

12.1 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between The Parties as to the subject matter hereof, and all prior negotiations, representations, agreements and understandings are merged into, extinguished by and completely expressed by it. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a writing executed by an authorized officer of each of The Parties.

 

12


12.2 Notice . Any notice required or permitted to be sent hereunder shall be given by hand delivery, by registered, express or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by nationally recognized private express courier or by confirmed facsimile to the other Party at the address listed below, or to such other addresses of which a Party may so notify the other. Notices will be deemed given when hand delivered if by hand delivery, or when received if by any other authorized method.

 

If to RMS:      Roche Molecular Systems, Inc.
     1145 Atlantic Avenue, Suite 100
     Alameda, California 94501
     Attn: Licensing Department
RMS cc:      Roche Molecular Systems, Inc.
     1145 Atlantic Avenue, Suite 100
     Alameda, California 94501
     Attn: Sr. Vice President, General Counsel
If to ED:      Expression Diagnostics
     750 Gateway Boulevard, Suite H
     South San Francisco, CA 94080
     Attn: CFO

 

12.3 Governing Law . This Agreement is subject to and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the law of the State of California, U.S.A., excluding its conflict of laws rules and except as to any issue concerning the validity, scope or enforceability of any patent within the Licensed Technology, which issue shall be determined in accordance with the applicable patent laws of the United States.

 

12.4 Arbitration . All disputes, claims or controversies arising between the Parties concerning this Agreement or the matters or transactions contemplated herein shall be settled by final and binding arbitration conducted in San Francisco, California pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, in accordance with the following procedural process:

 

  a) The arbitration tribunal shall consist of three arbitrators. In the request for arbitration and the answer thereto, each Party shall nominate one arbitrator and the two arbitrators so named will then jointly appoint a third neutral arbitrator as chairman of the arbitration tribunal. If the two arbitrators so named are unable to appoint a third neutral arbitrator, the third neutral arbitrator shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the procedures contained in the Commercial Arbitration Rules.

 

13


  b) The decision of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding and judgment upon such decision may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction for judicial acceptance of such an award and enforcement. Each Party hereby submits itself to the jurisdiction of the courts of the place of arbitration, but only for the entry of judgment with respect to the decision of the arbitrators hereunder.

 

12.5 No Conflict with Law . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed so as to require the commission of any act contrary to law, and wherever there is any conflict between any provision of this Agreement or concerning the legal right of The Parties to enter into this Agreement and any statute, law, ordinance or treaty, the latter shall prevail, but in such event the affected provisions of the Agreement shall be curtailed and limited only to the extent necessary to bring it within the applicable legal requirements. In any event, all other provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible.

 

12.6 Superceding Agreement . Concurrent with the execution of this Agreement, and effective as of the Effective Date herein, any existing agreement between The Parties which grants rights to PCR technology to ED to perform human diagnostic testing services, is hereby superceded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Parties hereto have set their hands and seals and duly executed this Agreement on the date(s) indicated below, to be effective as of the Effective Date as defined herein.

 

ROCHE MOLECULAR SYSTEMS, INC.     EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS
By:  

/s/ Melinda Griffith

    By:  

/s/ Avi Kulkarni

Name:   Melinda Griffith     Name:  

Avi Kulkarni

Title:   Sr. Vice President & General Counsel     Title:  

VP & CFO

Date:   Nov 8, 2004     Date:   Nov 16, 2004

 

Apprv’d As To Form
RMS LAW DEPT.
By:  

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

14


ATTACHMENT I

Licensed Technology

 

USP B1 4,683,195    Process for Amplifying, Detecting and/or Cloning Nucleic Acid Sequences
USP B1 4,683,202    Process for Amplifying Nucleic Acid Sequences
USP 4,965,188    Process for Amplifying, Detecting, and/or Cloning Nucleic Acid Sequences Using a Thermostable Enzyme
USP 5,008,182    Detection of AIDS Associated Virus by PCR
USP 5,110,920    HLA Typing Method and DNA Probes Used Therein
USP 5,176,995    Detection of Viruses by Amplification and Hybridization
USP 5,210,015    Homogeneous Assay System Using the Nuclease Activity of a Nucleic Acid Polymerase
USP 5,219,727    Quantitation of Nucleic Acids Using PCR
USP 5,310,652    Reverse Transcription With Thermostable DNA Polymerases — High Temperature Reverse Transcription
USP 5,322,770    Reverse Transcription with Thermostable DNA Polymerases — High Temperature Reverse Transcription
USP 5,389,512    Method for Determining the Relative Amount of a Viral Nucleic Acid Segment in a Sample by the PCR
USP 5,407,800    Reverse Transcription with Thermus thermophilus Polymerase
USP 5,476,774    Quantitation of Nucleic Acids Using PCR (limited to claims 1-4,8,9,15-18)
USP 5,487,972    Nucleic Acid Detection by the 5’-3’ Exonuclease Activity of Polymerases Acting on Adjacently Hybridized Oligonucleotides
USP 5,491,063    Methods for In-Solution Quenching of Fluorescently Labeled Oligonucleotide Probes
USP 5,561,058    Methods for Coupled High Temperatures Reverse Transcription and PCR
USP 5,571,673    Methods for In-Solution Quenching of Fluorescently Labeled Oligonucleotide Probes
USP 5,573,906    Detection of Nucleic Acids Using a Hairpin Forming Oligonucleotide Primer and an Energy Transfer Detection System (claims 13 -15 excluded)
USP 5,618,703    Unconventional Nucleotide Substitution in Temperature Selective RT-PCR
USP 5,677,152    Amplification Using a Reversibly Inactivated Thermostable Enzyme (method claims only)
USP 5,693,517    Reagents and Methods for Coupled High Temperature Reverse Transcription and Polymerase Chain Reactions
USP 5,773,258    Amplification Using a Reversibly Inactivated Thermostable Enzyme (method claims only)
USP 5,804,375    Reaction Mixtures for Detection of Target Nucleic Acids
USP 5,994,056    Homogeneous Methods for Nucleic Acid Amplification and Detection
USP 6,127,155    Stabilized Thermostable Nucleic Acid Polymerase Compositions Containing Non-Ionic Polymeric Detergents
USP 6,171,785    Methods and Devices for Homogeneous Nucleic Acid Amplification and Detection


ATTACHMENT II

COMBINATION SERVICES

 

Licensed Service(s)

   Percent of Net Service
Revenues for Combination
Services which is Attributable
to Licensed Service(s)

 

[TO BE DETERMINED]

 

2


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

ATTACHMENT III

SUMMARY ROYALTY REPORT

for the Period                      to                     

 

Licensee: Expression Diagnostics

 

Effective Date:

 

Field of Use: human in vitro services

 

Royalty Rate: [***] of Net Service Revenues

 

Licensed Service

 

(“Lic. Service”)

   Number of
Lic.
Services
Performed
   Gross
Invoice
Price per
Lic.
Service
   Allowed
Deductions
   Combination
Service %
(see Attach II)
   Net
Service
Revenue
   Earned
Royalty
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 

TOTALS

                 

Check here if there were no Licensed Services performed for this report period:                     

 

* Combination Service %s must be previously agreed upon. To confirm that a Combination Service % has been established or to propose this status, please contact RMS Licensing at (510) 814-2843 .

I hereby certify the information set forth above is correct and complete with respect to the amounts due under the applicable license agreement.

 

By:  

 

    Title:  

 

 

(authorized signature)

     
Name (please print):  

 

    Date:  

 

Mail report with any royalty payment due to:

Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., P. 0. Box 100858, Pasadena, CA 91189-0858

 

3


ATTACHMENT IV

COLLECTION RATE

 

Fiscal Year

   Collection Rate Percentage

 

(Only applicable as provided in Section 4.2)

 

4


ATTACHMENT 1

Licensed Technology

Page 1 of 2

 

USP 4,946,952

   Process for isolating nucleic acids

USP 5,057,410

   Chimeric messenger RNA detection methods

USP 5,063,162

   Process for isolating nucleic acids utilizing protease digestion

USP 5,066,584

   Methods for generating single stranded DNA by the polymerase chain reaction

USP 5,075,216

   Methods for DNA sequencing with thermus aquaticus DNA polymerase

USP 5,091,310

   Structure-independent DNA amplification by the polymerase chain reaction

USP 5,110,920

   HLA typing method and DNA probes used therein

USP 5,210,015

   Homogeneous assay system using nuclease activity of a nucleic acid polymerase

USP 5,219,727

   Quantitation of nucleic acids using the polymerase chain reaction

USP 5,268,268

   Detection of HTLVI and HTLVII viruses by hybridization

USP 5,310,652

   Reverse transcription with thermostable DNA polymerase — high temperature reverse transcription

USP 5,310,893

   Method for HLA DP typing

USP 5,314,809

   Methods for nucleic acid amplification

USP 5,322,770

   Reverse transcription with thermostable DNA polymerases — high temperature reverse transcription

USP 5,389,512

   Method for determining the relative amount of a viral nucleic acid segment in a sample by the polymerase chain reaction

USP 5,407,800

   Reverse transcription with thermus thermophilus polymerase .

USP 5,411,876

   Use of grease or wax in the polymerase chain reaction

USP 5,418,149

   Reduction of non-specific amplification glycosylase using dutp and DNA uracil

USP 5,451,505

   Methods for tagging and tracing materials with nucleic acids

USP 5,451,512

   Methods and reagents for HLA Class I A locus DNA typing

USP 5,468,613

   Process for detecting specific nucleotide variations and genetic polymorphisms present in nucleic acids (kit claims excluded)

USP 5,476,774

   Quantitation of nucleic acids using the polymerase chain reaction (kit claims excluded)

USP 5,487,972

   Nucleic acid detection by the 5’-3’ exonuclease activity of polymerases acting on adjacently hybridized oligonucleotides

USP 5,491,063

   Methods for in-solution quenching of fluorescently labeled oligonucleotide probes

USP 5,541,065

   Method for HLA DP typing (kit claims excluded)

USP 5,501,963

   Amplification of nucleic acids in blood samples

USP 5,508,168

   Methods and reagents for the detection of herpes simplex virus, treponema pallidum and haemophilus ducreyi

USP 5,543,296

   Detection of carcinoma metastases by nucleic acid amplification

USP 5,550,039

   Oligonucleotide primers for HLA Class I B locus DNA typing (kit claims excluded)

USP 5,561,058

   Methods for coupled high temperatures reverse transcription and polymerase chain reactions

USP 5,565,339

   Compositions and methods for inhibiting dimerization of primers during storage of polymerase chain reaction reagents

USP 5,567,809

   Methods and reagents for HLA DR beta DNA typing

USP 5,571,673

   Methods for in-solution quenching of fluorescently labeled olignucleotide probes

USP 5,573,906

   Detection of nucleic acids using a hairpin forming oligonucleotide primer and an energy transfer detection system (kit claims excluded)

USP 5,604,099

   Process for detecting specific nucleotide variations and genetic polymorphisms present in nucleic acids (kit claims excluded)

USP 5,614,388

   PCR primers for detection of legionella species and methods for controlling visual intensity hybridization assays

USP 5,618,703

   Unconventional nucleotide substitution in temperature selective rt-PCR (reverse-transcription PCR)

USP 5,620,847

   Methods and reagents for detection of bacteria in cerebrospinal fluid

USP 5,635,348

   Method and probes for identifying bacteria found in blood

USP 5,643,723

   Detection of a genetic locus encoding resistance to rifampin in mycobacterial cultures and in clinical specimens

USP 5,643,724

   Methods and reagents for glycophorin A typing

USP 5,665,548

   Characterization and detection of sequences associated with autoimmune diseases

USP 5,677,152

   Amplification using a reversibly inactivated thermostable enzyme (method and reaction mixture claims only)

USP 5,693,517

   Reagents and methods for coupled high temperature reverse transcription and polymerase chain reactions


ATTACHMENT 1

Licensed Technology

Page 2 of 3

 

USP 5,766,888

   Detection of carcinoma metastases by nucleic acid amplification

USP 5,773,258

   Nuclease acid amplification using a reversibly inactivated thermostable enzyme (method claims only)

USP 5,804,375

   Reaction mixtures for detection of target nucleic acids (kit claims excluded)

USP 5,912,117

   Method for diagnosis of lyme disease

USP 5,994,056

   Homogeneous methods for nucleic acid amplification and detection

USP 6,127,155

   Stabilized thermostable nucleic acid polymerase compositions containing non-ionic polymeric detergents

USP 6,171,785

   Methods and devices for homogeneous nucleic acid amplification and detection

USP 6,174,670

   Monitoring amplification of DNA during PCR

USP 6,194,561

   Characterization and detection of sequences associated with autoimmune diseases

USP 6,569,627

   Monitoring hybridization during PCR using SYBRTM Green I

USP 6,664,046

   Quantification of hTERT mRNA expression

USP 6,656,691

   TCF-1 nucleotide sequence variation

USP 6,933,119

   Methods and compositions for the detection and treatment of multiple sclerosis

 

EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS     Accepted and Agreed
      ROCHE MOLECULAR SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Vikram Jog

    By:  

/s/ Melinda Griffith

Name:   Vikram Jog     Name:   Melinda Griffith
Title:   CFO     Title:   Senior VP & General Counsel
Date:   December 21, 2006     Date:   January 8, 2007


FIRST AMENDMENT TO PCR PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Amendment  (“Amendment”),  effective as of , 2007 is made by and between Expression Diagnostics, Inc. ( “ED” ), a Delaware corporation having its registered office at 3260 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, CA 94005, and Roche Molecular Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation having its registered office at 4300 Hacienda Drive, Pleasanton, California 94588, ( “RMS” ).

WHEREAS, the parties entered into the PCR Patent License Agreement dated November 16, 2004 by and between ED and RMS (the  “Agreement” );

WHEREAS, ED and RMS desire to make certain changes to the Agreement to allow ED to sell securities on public markets as specified below; and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Section 7.3 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Termination for Change of Control, Etc.  RMS shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and the license rights granted herein immediately upon written notice to ED upon any material change in the ownership or control of ED or of its assets or in the event ED breaches the provisions of Section 10 below; provided that RMS shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement and the license rights granted herein based upon (a) any consolidation, business combination, or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile or name of ED, (b) any consolidation, business combination, or merger in which the holders of capital stock of ED immediately prior to such consolidation, business combination, or merger continue to hold at least 50% of the voting power of the capital stock of ED or the surviving or acquiring entity following the transaction and (c) any issuance of capital stock of ED, whether by private or public offering by ED, conversion of debt, or the exercise of warrants in a transaction or series of related transactions whose primary purpose is to raise capital for ED.”

 

  2. Section 10 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the end of Section 10:

“Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, ED shall not be in breach of this Section 10 based upon (a) any consolidation, business combination, or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile or name of ED, (b) any consolidation, business combination, or merger in which the holders of capital stock of ED immediately prior to such consolidation, business combination, or merger continue to hold at least

 

1


50% of the voting power of the capital stock of ED or the surviving or acquiring entity following the transaction and (c) any issuance of capital stock of ED, whether by private or public offering by ED, conversion of debt, or the exercise of warrants in a transaction or series of related transactions whose primary purpose is to raise capital for ED.”

3. Defined terms shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement. Except as expressly and unambiguously stated herein, no other changes are made to the Agreement. All other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

 

EXPRESSION DIAGNOSTICS, INC.    ROCHE MOLECULAR SYSTEMS, INC.

/s/ Vikram Jog

Signature

  

/s/ Henry A. Erlich

Signature

VIKRAM JOG

Name

  

HENRY A. ERLICH

Name

CFO

Title

  

VP, DISCOVERY RESEARCH

Title

7/9/07

Date

  

JUNE 28, 07

Date

 

Apprv’d As to Form
RMS LAW DEPT.
By:  

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

2


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

October 10, 2008

Jay Moyes

Chief Financial Officer

Expression Diagnostics

3760 Bay Shore Boulevard

Brisbane, C 94005

 

Re: Agreement effective November 16, 2004 between Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. (“RMS”) and Expression Diagnostics (“ED”) for use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) technology in human in vitro diagnostic services (“the Agreement”)

Dear Jay,

Pursuant to your letter dated September 5, 2008 describing ED’s AlloMap HTx test, a royalty-bearing fraction of [***]% of the test charge is hereby set effective September 10, 2008. We understand that the remaining [***]% of the charge covers ED’s proprietary algorithm and related interpretation.

Enclosed is a updated Attachment I to the referenced Agreement which reflects AlloMap HTx as a Combination Service. We recommend that you insert this revised Attachment I into your original Agreement.

Kind regards,

R OCHE M OLECULAR S YSTEMS , I NC .

/s/ Donna Donohue

Donna Donohue

Licensing Manager

dd

Enclosure(s)

 

Roche Molecular

Systems, Inc.

 

4300 Hacienda Drive

PO Box 9002

Pleasanton, CA 94566-0900

USA

   

 


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

ATTACHMENT I

COMBINATION SERVICES

 

Licensed Services

 

Percent of Net Service Revenues

for Combination Services which

is Attributable to Licensed Services

AlloMap HTx

                          [***]

Effective 09/10/08

 

Exhibit 10.15

***Confidential Treatment Requested. Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

DATED JUNE 20, 2013

 

  (1) XDx, Inc.

 

  (2) Diaxonhit

 

 

DISTRIBUTION AND LICENSING

AGREEMENT

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

1.DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1   

2.APPOINTMENT AND GRANT

     8   

3.INITIAL PAYMENT AND MILESTONES

     10   

4.CE MARKING

     13   

5.TESTING LABORATORY AND NETWORK

     13   

6.COMMERCIALISATION AND DIAXONHIT OBLIGATIONS

     15   

7.FORECAST SALES

     16   

8.TRADEMARK

     17   

9.SUPPLY OF PRODUCTS

     18   

10.DELIVERY, TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS

     18   

11.SAMPLE PRODUCTS

     18   

12.XDX OBLIGATIONS

     19   

13.PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT

     19   

14.NON CONFORMING PRODUCT

     20   

15.PRODUCT RECALL

     21   

16.TRADEMARK AND PATENT INFRINGEMENT

     22   

17.REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     23   

18.COMPLIANCE/ANTI-CORRUPTION LAWS/EXPORT CONTROL

     24   

19.INDEMNIFICATION

     24   

20.INDEMNITY ACTIONS

     25   

21.NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES

     26   

22.LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     27   

23.CONFIDENTIALITY

     28   

24.TERM AND TERMINATION

     29   

25.CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION

     30   

26.ASSIGNMENT

     31   

27.GENERAL PROVISIONS

     31   

Schedule 1

   Patent and/or Patent Applications      37   

Schedule 2

   Part A – Products and Purchase Prices      38   
   Part B – Specifications      38   

Schedule 3

   Trademarks      40   

Schedule 4

   Issue of DHT Shares      41   

Schedule 5

   Sample Products      48   

Schedule 6

   Governance of Collaboration Committee      49   

Schedule 7

   Designated Products      50   


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

DATED    June 20, 2013   

PARTIES

 

(1) XDx, Inc., a company incorporated in Delaware, United States with its registered address at 3260 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, California 94005, United States (“ XDx ”); and

 

(2) Diaxonhit, a “ société anonyme ” (stock corporation) incorporated in France under no. 414 488 171 RCS Paris with its registered address at 63-65 Blvd Masséna, 75013 Paris, France, with ordinary shares listed on the NYSE Alternext market in Paris (“ Diaxonhit ”).

RECITALS

 

(A) XDx owns exclusive rights to manufacture and commercialise the AlloMap ® Molecular Expression Test and related products and consumables.

 

(B) XDx and Diaxonhit wish to enter into an agreement to appoint Diaxonhit to Promote and Distribute the Product in the Territory on an exclusive basis, all on the terms of this Agreement.

 

(C) XDx and Diaxonhit wish to appoint a certified third party laboratory to perform the Test in the Territory, to be supervised by Diaxonhit.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

  1.1.1 Additional Territories ” means [***] and [***].

 

  1.1.2 Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, any Person that Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person from time to time.

 

  1.1.3 Agreement ” means this distribution and licensing agreement including all Schedules and Exhibits.

 

  1.1.4 Anti-Corruption Laws ” means the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act 2010 and any other Applicable Laws and Regulations for the prevention of fraud, corruption, racketeering, money laundering and/or terrorism.

 

  1.1.5 Applicable Laws and Regulations ” means all national, supra-national, federal, state, local, foreign or provincial laws, rules, regulations, including case law, as well any guidance, guidelines and requirements of any Regulatory Authorities and any industry codes of practice in effect from time to time applicable to the activities performed under this Agreement and the handling of the Products in any part of the Territory, including but not limited to the Directive.

 

1


  1.1.6 CE Mark ” means the CE mark indicating that a Designated Product (including the Test) is in conformity with the Directive or any legislation implementing, superceding or amending the Directive.

 

  1.1.7 Change in Control ” with respect to a Party means any transaction where a person who did not previously Control that Party obtains Control of it as a result of such transaction, or where a person who previously Controlled that Party prior to the closing of such transaction ceases to do so as a result of such transaction.

 

  1.1.8 Competing Product ” means any testing process or related products or consumables that are intended to identify or analyse the same or substantially the same cardiac disease, condition or patient population as the Test.

 

  1.1.9 Confidential Information ” has the meaning given in clause 23.

 

  1.1.10 Control ” means (a) to possess, directly or indirectly, the power to direct the management or policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or by contract relating to voting rights or corporate governance or otherwise; or (b) to own, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting securities or other ownership interest of such Person and “ Controlled ” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

  1.1.11 Deductions ” means the following, to the extent actually paid by Diaxonhit, included in the Gross Sales and allocated to the Product, calculated in accordance with IFRS:

 

  (a) the total of the Purchase Price paid to XDx;

 

  (b) quantity and other relevant trade discounts;

 

  (c) returns;

 

  (d) rebates in connection with the sale of the relevant Products;

 

  (e) Indirect Taxes; and

 

  (g) In the event Diaxonhit engages a Testing Lab for the performance or operation of Tests and as between Diaxonhit and such Testing Lab, Diaxonhit (or an Affiliate or Sales Agent of Diaxonhit) is the party invoicing end-user hospitals for such Tests and such invoiced amount is included in the Gross Sales, fees paid by Diaxonhit to such Testing Lab for the performance of such Tests.

 

  1.1.12 Designated Products ” shall mean the Products that require a CE Mark and listed on Schedule 7.

 

  1.1.13 Designee ” means such Person as shall be designated by XDx to manufacture and deliver the Product from time to time.

 

  1.1.14 DHT Shares ” means the ordinary shares to be issued by Diaxonhit to XDx pursuant to clauses 3.1 and 3.2 and Schedule 4.

 

  1.1.15 Directive ” means the In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Devices Directive (98/79/EC) and/or any legislation implementing, superceding or amending the Directive).

 

  1.1.16 Distribution ” with respect to each Product, means the action of Promoting, selling, offering to sell, importing, receiving, warehousing, storing, handling, picking, packing and transportation of the Products and all related activities and “ Distribute ” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

2


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

  1.1.17 Due Date ” has the meaning given in clause 27.9.

 

  1.1.18 Effective Date ” means the date of execution of this Agreement.

 

  1.1.19 Exhibit ” means an Exhibit to this Agreement.

 

  1.1.20 Export Regulations ” has the meaning given in clause 18.3.

 

  1.1.21 Force Majeure ” has the meaning given in clause 27.5.

 

  1.1.22 Force Majeure Party ” means a Party hindered, prevented or delayed in its performance of this Agreement by an event of Force Majeure.

 

  1.1.23 Group ” means a Party and its Affiliates.

 

  1.1.24 Gross Sales ” means, in respect of any period, the aggregate gross amount received by Diaxonhit or any of its Affiliates or Sales Agents for all arm’s length sales of the Products and the performance or operation of Tests during such period. For the avoidance of doubt:

 

  (a) sales of Products to a Testing Lab shall be included in the calculation of Gross Sales;

 

  (b) sales of Products to Sub-Distributors shall be included in the calculation of Gross Sales;

 

  (c) sales to Affiliates or Sales Agents shall not be included in the calculation of Gross Sales;

 

  (d) subsequent sales by such Affiliates or Sales Agents shall be included in the calculation of Gross Sales; and

 

  (e) in the event Diaxonhit engages a Testing Lab for the performance or operation of Tests and as between Diaxonhit and such Testing Lab, Diaxonhit is the party invoicing end-user hospitals for such Test, the invoiced amount for such Tests shall be included in the calculation of Gross Sales, provided that the amount set forth in this subsection (e) may be subject to the Deduction set forth in clause 1.1.11(g).

 

  (f) in the event Diaxonhit engages a Testing Lab for the performance or operation of Tests and as between Diaxonhit and such Testing Lab, the Testing Lab is the party invoicing end-user hospitals for such Test, the fees received by such Testing Lab from end-user hospitals for the performance or operation of such Tests shall not be included in the calculation of Gross Sales, but any amount paid by the Testing Lab to Diaxonhit therefore shall be included in the Gross Sales.

 

  1.1.25 Gross Sales for each AlloMap plate sold shall be calculated as (a) the number of Tests performed using each AlloMap plate, multiplied by (b) the Gross Sales actually invoiced for each Test, provided that, if the number of Tests performed using any AlloMap plate is fewer than the Minimum Number (as defined below), the Gross Sales for such AlloMap Plate shall be calculated as (c) the Minimum Number, multiplied by (d) the Gross Sales actually invoiced for each Test actually performed. “ Minimum Number ” means [***] for the Tests performed during the first Sales Year and [***] for the second Sales Year and thereafter.

 

3


  1.1.26 Indemnification Claim Notice ” has the meaning given in clause 20.1.

 

  1.1.27 Indemnified Party ” means a Person seeking to recover Loss under an indemnity in this Agreement.

 

  1.1.28 Indemnifying Party ” means the Party from whom recovery of Loss is sought under an indemnity in this Agreement.

 

  1.1.29 Indemnitee ” has the meaning given in clause 20.1.

 

  1.1.30 Independent Expert ” has the meaning defined in clause 14.2.

 

  1.1.31 Indirect Taxes ” means value added taxes, sales taxes, consumption taxes and other similar taxes, but excluding any income taxes.

 

  1.1.32 Information ” means all information and know-how relating to the Product that is controlled by and freely available to XDx and is reasonably required by Diaxonhit to enable Diaxonhit to perform its obligations under this Agreement and maximise sales of the Products, including clinical information, storage specifications, information relating to the characteristics of the Product.

 

  1.1.33 Insolvency Event ” means any of the following events: where a Party ceases to do business, becomes unable to pay its debts when they fall due, or is deemed to be insolvent, has a receiver, manager, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer appointed in respect of it or the whole or any part of its assets or business, any composition or arrangement is made with any one or more classes of its creditors, takes or suffers any similar action in consequence of debt, an order or resolution is made or passed for its dissolution or liquidation (other than for the purpose of solvent amalgamation or reconstruction), enters into liquidation whether compulsorily or voluntarily or any analogous or comparable event takes place in any jurisdiction.

 

  1.1.34 Launch Date ” means the date of Diaxonhit’s first commercial sale of the Product in any part of the Territory to any Person other than an Affiliate, Sales Agent or Sub-Distributor of Diaxonhit for end use or consumption after all the necessary Regulatory Approvals for such sale have been granted.

 

  1.1.35 Loss ” means any and all liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, damages, loss and expenses, including interest, penalties, reasonable professional fees and reasonable lawyers’ fees on a solicitor client basis together with disbursements.

 

  1.1.36 Material Anti-Corruption Law Violation ” means a violation of an Anti-Corruption Law which would if it were publicly known, in the reasonable view of the non-violating Party, have a material adverse effect on the Party that has perpetrated such violation or on the reputation of the non-violating Party as a result of its relationship with the Party that has perpetrated the violation.

 

  1.1.37 Net Sales ” means with respect to any period Gross Sales minus Deductions.

 

  1.1.38 Net Sales Price ” with respect to any period, means (a) Net Sales divided by (b) the aggregate number of Units sold in such arm’s length sales.

For purposes of computing the Net Sales Price for any month (or any other payment under this Agreement, if applicable), any amounts invoiced in a currency other than Euros shall be converted into Euros by applying the closing midpoint currency rates as of the last business

 

4


day of such calendar month, as published in the Financial Times of London for such currency; provided that in the event the closing midpoint currency rate of any such currency is not published in the Financial Times of London as of the last business days of a particular calendar month, the closing midpoint currency rate of the immediately preceding date on which such rate is published by the Financial Times of London shall be used. If the Financial Times of London ceases operations or otherwise ceases reporting any financial information necessary to make such calculation as required by this Agreement, “Financial Times of London” as used herein shall mean such other database or reporting system reporting midpoint currency rates most closely approximating the Financial Times of London.

 

  1.1.39 Parties ” means XDx and Diaxonhit and “ Party ” shall mean either of XDx or Diaxonhit.

 

  1.1.40 Patents ” means the patents and/or patent applications set out in Schedule 1 together with any and all continuations, divisions, renewals, re-issues, amendments or extensions, including supplementary protection certificates of such patents and/or patent applications, in the Territory.

 

  1.1.41 Person ” means an individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, incorporated association, joint venture or similar entity or organization, including a Regulatory Authority.

 

  1.1.42 Products ” means the Products listed in Schedule 2 to be used and marketed by Diaxonhit in respect of the Test in the Territory under the Trademark, as more particularly described in the Specification. The term “ Product ” shall, where the context permits, also include Sample Products.

 

  1.1.43 Promote ” means any activity to market, promote or communicate the sale, supply or use of the Product, including advertising, discussing the Product with doctors, patients and other potential customers, making announcements, arranging and attending medical/scientific meetings and invitations or sponsorship to attend medical/scientific meetings and any other activities normally undertaken by a pharmaceutical company’s sales force to implement marketing plans and strategies aimed at encouraging the appropriate use of a particular prescription or other pharmaceutical product, provided that “ Promote ” shall not include any actions undertaken in connection with obtaining the Regulatory Approvals and “ Promotion ”, “ Promoting ” and other connected terms shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

  1.1.44 Promotional Code ” means the standards set forth in the European Diagnostic Manufacturers Association Code of Ethics, as applicable.

 

  1.1.45 Promotional Materials ” means all materials used by Diaxonhit to Promote the Product, including advertisements, brochures and other written material, audio and video material, computer based and any online material, display panels, gifts, press/media communications and training and briefing materials for sales representatives.

 

  1.1.46 Purchase Price ” means the price paid by Diaxonhit for the Products set out in Schedule 2.

 

  1.1.47 Quarter ” means one of the following periods in each Sales Year:

 

  (a) 1 January to 31 March;

 

5


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  (b) 1 April to 30 June;

 

  (c) 1 July to 30 September; and

 

  (d) 1 October to 31 December;

and “ Quarterly ” shall be construed accordingly.

 

  1.1.48 Regulatory Approvals ” means all permissions, authorisations and licences that are necessary for the use, possession, Promotion or Distribution of the Products or the performance of this Agreement in the Territory or any part of it, including those required by Applicable Laws and Regulations and pricing and reimbursement approval, if applicable.

 

  1.1.49 Regulatory Authority ” means any court or government body, whether national, supra-national, federal, state, local, foreign or provincial, including any political subdivision thereof, including any department, commission, board, bureau, agency, or other regulatory or administrative governmental authority or instrumentality, and further including any quasi-governmental person or entity exercising the functions of any of these.

 

  1.1.50 Relevant Facilities ” means laboratories, facilities, warehouses and any other locations used by Diaxonhit, its Sales Agents and Sub-Distributors in connection with the Distribution of the Products in the Territory and the performance of Diaxonhit’s obligations under this Agreement and all records pertaining thereto.

 

  1.1.51 Royalty ” means [***]% of the Net Sales Price.

 

  1.1.52 Sales Agent ” means an agent appointed by Diaxonhit to act on its behalf with respect to the sale of Products and Tests in the Territory.

 

  1.1.53 Sales Year ” means any calendar year during the Term, provided that the first Sales Year shall commence on the Launch Date and end on 31 December in the same calendar year and the last Sales Year shall commence on 1 January and end on the date of expiry or termination of this Agreement.

 

  1.1.54 Sample Product ” means samples of the Products that are not for commercial sale but for promotional purposes or internal use only. The Sample Product shall be suitable for supply to customers in the Territory .

 

  1.1.55 Schedule ” means a schedule to this Agreement.

 

  1.1.56 Specification ” means the specification set out in Part B of Schedule 2 as may be amended from time to time by XDx, subject to obtaining any necessary Regulatory Approvals.

 

  1.1.57 Sub-Contract ” means any contract between Diaxonhit or an Affiliate and a third party pursuant to which Diaxonhit delegates its obligations under this Agreement.

 

  1.1.58 Sub-Contractor ” means a Person with whom Diaxonhit or an Affiliate enters into a Sub-Contract or such Person’s employees, servants or agents.

 

  1.1.59 Sub-Distributor ” means a Person whom Diaxonhit or an Affiliate appoints to act as a sub-distributor in any part of the Territory.

 

  1.1.60 Term ” means the period beginning on the Effective Date and continuing until the earlier of the date upon which this Agreement expires by its terms or is terminated in accordance with clause 24.

 

6


  1.1.61 Territory ” means the European Economic Area.

 

  1.1.62 Test ” means the AlloMap ® Molecular Expression test as set out in the Specification and “Testing” shall be construed accordingly.

 

  1.1.63 Testing Lab ” means any Testing Lab, including the “Dausset Lab”, as such terms are defined in clause 5.1, to be appointed by the Parties in the Territory, pursuant to a specific agreement for the operation of the Test.

 

  1.1.64 Third Party Claim ” means any claim of a third party against a Party arising from the other Party’s activities under this Agreement.

 

  1.1.65 Trademark ” means the AlloMap ® trademark set forth in Schedule 3 owned by XDx or one of its Affiliates, which Diaxonhit shall use as the trade name of the Product.

 

  1.1.66 Unit ” means any Product.

 

  1.1.67 Working Day ” in relation to any obligation means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in the relevant place of performance of that obligation.

 

1.2 Unless the context requires otherwise:

 

  (A) references to this Agreement include the Schedules and Exhibits and are to this Agreement as it is from time to time amended;

 

  (B) headings are for convenience only and shall not affect interpretation;

 

  (C) references to clauses are to clauses in the main body of this Agreement and references to paragraphs are to paragraphs of the Schedules and Exhibits, references to paragraphs made in a Schedule or an Exhibit are, unless otherwise stated in that Schedule or Exhibit, references to paragraphs of that Schedule or Exhibit;

 

  (D) references to the singular include the plural and vice versa, and references to one gender include all genders;

 

  (E) any phrase introduced by the expressions “ including ”, “ include ”, “ in particular ” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

  (F) reference to any law:

 

  (1) shall be deemed to include any by-laws, licences, statutory instruments, rules, regulations, orders, notices, directions, consents or permissions made under that law; and

 

  (2) shall be construed as referring to any law which replaces, re-enacts, amends or consolidates such law (with or without modification) at any time;

 

  (G) any reference to an English legal expression for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include a reference to what most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal expression; and

 

7


  (H) references to “ writing ” or “ written ” include any modes of reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form but do not include writing on the screen of a visual display unit or other similar device.

 

1.3 In the case of conflict or ambiguity between the provisions contained in the body of this Agreement, any provision contained in any Schedule or Exhibit or any documents attached to or referred to in this Agreement, the order of priority shall be as follows:

 

  (A) this Agreement (excluding its Schedules and Exhibits);

 

  (B) the Schedules and Exhibits; and

 

  (C) documents referred to in this Agreement.

 

2. APPOINTMENT AND GRANT

 

2.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, XDx hereby appoints Diaxonhit for the Term, on an exclusive basis, to Promote and Distribute the Product in the Territory and Diaxonhit hereby accepts such appointment.

 

2.2 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, XDx hereby grants to Diaxonhit an exclusive license for the Term to Promote and Distribute the Product in the Territory in accordance with this Agreement under the Trademark and using the Patents and the Information, together with the right to grant sub-licenses, subcontract and sub-distribute its rights in accordance with this Agreement. Diaxonhit may grant sublicenses only in accordance with clause 2.12 or with the prior written consent of XDx.

 

2.3 XDx shall have no right to Promote, Distribute, offer for sale and/or sell the Product or Competing Products in the Territory in any manner, including under the Trademark or using the Patents, and to grant to any Person or Persons the right and license to do any or all of the foregoing. In the event XDx undergoes a Change of Control, this Section 2.3 shall not apply to any independent products or tests developed and/or commercialized by any acquiror or merger partner of XDx.

 

2.4 Diaxonhit shall not and shall procure that its Affiliates, Sales Agents and Sub-Distributors will not Distribute or Promote Product directly or indirectly to any Person in any country that is outside of the Territory.

 

2.5 Diaxonhit undertakes, subject to termination or expiry of this Agreement, that it shall purchase its and its Affiliates’ and Sales Agents entire requirement of the Products exclusively from XDx or the Designee during the Term of this Agreement.

 

2.6 Diaxonhit undertakes, subject to termination or expiry of this Agreement, that, for the Term and for a period of no longer than two (2) years from the expiry or termination date hereof it shall not, and shall ensure that its Affiliates shall not, be engaged or interested directly or indirectly in the development, manufacture, formulation, packaging, promotion, sale, or distribution in the Territory of any Competing Product. In the event Diaxonhit undergoes a Change of Control, this Section 2.6 shall not apply to any independent products or tests developed and/or commercialized by any acquiror or merger partner of Diaxonhit.

 

2.7 Diaxonhit shall:

 

  (A) keep full and proper books of account and records showing clearly all enquiries, quotations, transactions and proceedings relating to Products;

 

8


  (B) keep all stocks of Products which it holds in conditions which accord with XDx’s Specifications;

 

  (C) ensure it does not give any warranties concerning the Product other than those specifically provided by XDx, or Promote the Product for use other than those uses specifically included within the Regulatory Approvals; and

 

  (D) not make any claims or encourage any use of the Product which has not been approved by XDx.

 

2.8 Diaxonhit shall not:

 

  (A) represent itself as an agent of XDx for any purpose;

 

  (B) pledge XDx’s credit;

 

  (C) give any warranty or make any representation on XDx’s behalf;

 

  (D) commit or purport to commit XDx to any contract or otherwise incur any liability on behalf of XDx;

 

  (E) make any promises, warranties or guarantees with reference to the Products beyond those contained in the current Promotional Material approved by XDx without XDx’s prior written consent;

 

  (F) make any material changes to Diaxonhit’s Promotional Code and promotional activities as in place on the Effective Date; or

 

  (G) undertake any activity with respect to the Product in violation of the Promotional Code.

 

2.9 Diaxonhit shall comply with all Applicable Laws and Regulations and each Regulatory Approval in respect of its performance of this Agreement.

 

2.10 If, at any time, XDx wishes to launch, or grant a third party a licence to launch the Product or the Test in any of the Additional Territories then it shall first notify Diaxonhit in writing. XDx and Diaxonhit shall meet and conduct negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing to amend this Agreement to include such an Additional Territory as part of the Territory. XDx shall not, and shall ensure that its Affiliates shall not, conduct any negotiations with any third party with respect to such licence or launch of the Products in the Additional Territories for a period of four (4) months following the service of such notice.

 

2.11 Other than as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to confer any rights upon either Party by implication, estoppels, or otherwise as to any technology or patent rights of a Party.

 

2.12 Sub-Contractors, Sales Agents and Sub-Distributors

 

  (A) Any of Diaxonhit’s rights and obligations under this Agreement may be exercised or performed by any of its Affiliates and Diaxonhit may sublicence any of the rights granted to it by XDx to such an Affiliates, subject always to clause 2.12(F)

 

  (B) Diaxonhit shall be permitted to sub-contract its obligations under this Agreement as it sees fit, subject to the prior written approval of XDx, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any Sub-Contractor shall not further subcontract such obligations.

 

9


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  (C) Diaxonhit shall be permitted to appoint Sales Agents to act on its behalf with respect to the Distribution and Promotion of the Test and the Products throughout the Territory, except that Diaxonhit shall not appoint Sales Agents in: (i) [***] and [***]; or (ii) any other country or region where Diaxonhit establishes direct sales operations after the Effective Date, provided that Diaxonhit shall have the right to transition the sales responsibilities from any Sales Agents engaged by it prior to such establishment within a reasonable period of time, unless both parties agree that such Sales Agents should remain engaged.

 

  (D) Diaxonhit shall be permitted to appoint Sub-Distributors to act as distributors or resellers of the Products and the Test.

 

  (E) All Sales Agents, Sub-Distributors and Sub-Contractors appointed by Diaxonhit shall be appointed on terms which oblige such Sales Agents and Distributors to ensure that:

 

  (1) they store, Distribute and Promote the Tests and the Products in accordance with Diaxonhit’s obligations under this Agreement; and

 

  (2) they take all reasonable steps to ensure that their customers, and any Tests requested by their customers, are submitted to the Testing Lab in accordance with the Specifications.

 

  (F) Diaxonhit shall remain primarily liable for the performance of its Affiliates, Sub-Contractors, Sales Agents and Sub-Distributors.

 

  (G) A Testing Lab shall not be regarded as a Sub-Contractor for the purposes of this Agreement and terms and conditions governing the engagement of the Testing Lab shall be governed under clause 5.

 

3. INITIAL PAYMENT AND MILESTONES

 

3.1 In consideration of the rights granted under this Agreement, Diaxonhit shall pay to XDx the non-creditable Initial Payment comprising the following:

 

  (A) three hundred and eighty seven thousand five hundred Euros (€387,500) in immediately available funds (“ the Initial Cash Payment ”) on the Effective Date; and

 

  (B) three hundred and eighty seven thousand five hundred Euros (€387,500) in DHT Shares (the “ Initial Equity Payment ”) upon confirmation that the CE Mark is in place that covers the Designated Products in the European Union (the “ CE Approval ”).

 

3.2 In addition, during the Term, Diaxonhit shall pay XDx the following milestone payments (“ Milestone Payments ”):

 

  (A) [***] Euros (€[***]) in immediately available funds and *** Euros (€[***]) in DHT shares (the “ Milestone 1 Equity Payment ”) at the end of first 12 month period during the Term where the Net Sales in the Territory exceeds [***] Euros (€[***]) (the “ Milestone 1 ”);

 

10


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  (B) [***] Euros (€[***]) in immediately available funds and [***] Euros (€[***]) in DHT Shares (the “ Milestone 2 Equity Payment ”) at the end of first 12 month period during the Term where the Net Sales in the Territory exceeds [***] Euros (€[***]) (the “ Milestone 2 ”);

 

  (C) [***] Euros (€[***]) in immediately available funds and [***] Euros (€[***]) in DHT Shares (the “ Milestone 3 Equity Payment ”) at the end of first 12 month period during the Term where the Net Sales in the Territory exceeds [***] Euros €[***] (the “ Milestone 3 ”); and

 

  (D) [***] Euros (€[***]) in immediately available funds and [***] Euros (€[***]) in DHT Shares (the “ Milestone 4 Equity Payment ”) at the end of the first 12 month period during the Term where the Net Sales in the Territory exceeds [***] Euros €[***] (the “ Milestone 4 ”).

 

3.3 For the avoidance of doubt, as used in Section 3.2 herein, any “12 month period” shall mean a calendar month beginning on the first day of the first month and ending on the last day of the 12 th month during such period.

 

3.4 In the event two (2) or more Milestone Payments are triggered within the same twelve (12) month period, then both (or all, as applicable) of such Milestone Payments shall be due concurrently.

 

3.5 Where an amount is to be paid by Diaxonhit in cash or cleared funds under this Agreement, that payment will be made by bank transfer to an account directed by XDx in immediately available funds.

 

3.6 Where an amount is to be paid in DHT Shares pursuant to clauses 3.1 and 3.2, the relevant DHT Shares shall be issued to XDx in accordance with Schedule 4 and sales thereof shall be without any restriction, other than XDx undertakes and agrees that it may sell, on each single day, a maximum total number of DHT Shares not exceeding 25% of the total number of shares of Diaxonhit traded during the relevant day in order to avoid price disturbance in the public market where DHT Shares are traded. Diaxonhit undertakes to use its best efforts to assist XDx in connection with the sale by XDx of its DHT Shares on the relevant market.

 

3.7 For the purpose of this Section 3:

(i) XDx shall promptly notify Diaxonhit of the satisfaction of the CE Approval (the “ CE Notification ”), in which case Diaxonhit shall: (a) calculate pursuant to Schedule 4 the total number of (i) Warrants (as defined in Schedule 4) exercisable by XDx and (ii) underlying DHT Shares which may be subscribed by XDx upon exercise of such Warrants, and (b) prepare and provide to XDx a draft exercise form ( bulletin d’exercice ) for the relevant Warrants (the “ Subscription Form ”).

(ii) No later than on the 20th Working Day of each Quarter, Diaxonhit shall calculate the total amount of the Net Sales generated during the preceding four (4) Quarters based on the Royalty Reports (as defined in clause 13.2) for the relevant Quarters and, in case of satisfaction of the Milestone 1, Milestone 2, Milestone 3 and/or Milestone 4 pursuant to clause 3.2 during the relevant Quarters, shall so notify XDx (in each case, a “ Milestone Notification ”). Diaxonhit shall: (a) calculate pursuant to Schedule 4 and specify in each Milestone Notification: the total number of (i) Warrants (as defined in Schedule 4) exercisable by XDx and (ii) underlying DHT Shares which may be subscribed by XDx upon exercise of such Warrants, and (b) prepare and attach to each Milestone Notification to be provided to XDx the applicable draft Subscription Form.

 

11


XDx shall: (i) upon issuance of the CE Notification or receipt of the Milestone Notification, as applicable, invoice Diaxonhit for the relevant cash and equity payments due by XDx to Diaxonhit pursuant to clause 3.1 or 3.2, as applicable, and (ii) upon receipt of the Subscription Form, complete, execute and notify to Diaxonhit the Subscription Form; provided that, as regards the equity payments due by Diaxonhit, should the Total Market Value (as defined below) of the DHT Shares to be issued upon exercise of all Initial Warrants, all M1 Warrants, all M2 Warrants, all M3 Warrants or all M4 Warrants, as applicable, is inferior to the amount of the Initial Equity Payment, the Milestone 1 Equity Payment, the Milestone 2 Equity Payment, the Milestone 3 Equity Payment or the Milestone 4 Equity Payment, as applicable, Diaxonhit shall pay in cleared funds to XDx an additional cash amount “F” calculated as follows:

F = P – TMV

where:

- “P” is equal to the amount of t he Initial Equity Payment , the Milestone 1 Equity Payment, the Milestone 2 Equity Payment, the Milestone 3 Equity Payment or the Milestone 4 Equity Payment, as applicable, set forth in clause 3.1 or 3.2, as applicable,

- “TMV” or “Total Market Value” means the total market value of all DHT Shares which may be subscribed by XDx upon exercise of all Initial Warrants, all M1 Warrants, all M2 Warrants all M3 Warrants or all M4 Warrants, as applicable, calculated based on the Market Value (as defined in Schedule 4) as follows:

TMV = NS x MV

where:

- “NS” is equal to the total number of DHT Shares which may be subscribed by XDx upon exercise of all Initial Warrants, all M1 Warrants, all M2 Warrants all M3 Warrants or all M4 Warrants, as applicable, set forth in the CE Notification or relevant Milestone Notification, as applicable; and

- “MV” is equal to the Market Value of each DHT Share which may be subscribed by XDx upon exercise of all Initial Warrants, all M1 Warrants, all M2 Warrants all M3 Warrants or all M4 Warrants, as applicable, set forth in the CE Notification or relevant Milestone Notification.

 

3.8 The Parties further undertake and agree that, should the Warrants be not issued to XDx pursuant to this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, the Parties shall meet and renegotiate in good faith the amounts and payment terms of the Initial Equity Payment, the Milestone 1 Equity Payment, the Milestone 2 Equity Payment, the Milestone 3 Equity Payment and the Milestone 4 Equity Payment.

 

3.9 The Initial Cash Payment is paid as an advance payment in respect of the Royalty due from Diaxonhit in the first three (3) years following the Launch Date and no further Royalty shall be payable by Diaxonhit during this period until the total Royalty due exceeds such amount.

 

12


4. CE MARKING

 

4.1 XDx hereby warrants and confirms that:

 

  (A) it will obtain the CE Approval within 45 days from the Effective Date and shall maintain the CE Mark and any other Regulatory Approvals for the Test and the Products in the Territory throughout the Term; and

 

  (B) the Test and the Products shall comply with the Directive throughout the Term.

 

4.2 XDx shall retain primary accountability and responsibility for the CE Marks covering the Designated Products in the Territory, and shall provide Diaxonhit with full access to all files related to such CE Marks. XDx and Diaxonhit to share equally all costs for the maintenance of the CE Marks after they are obtained.

 

4.3 In the event that the CE Mark is revoked for any of the Designated Products then XDx shall take appropriate steps to ensure that such CE Mark is restored and Diaxonhit shall be have the right to terminate this Agreement if the CE Mark is not restored within three months of such revocation.

 

4.4 Diaxonhit agrees to report promptly to XDx all inquiries made to Diaxonhit by the Regulatory Authorities relating to the Product and to co-operate with XDx to develop an appropriate response to such inquiries.

 

5. TESTING LABORATORY AND NETWORK

 

5.1 From time to time after the Effective Date, the Parties may engage Testing Lab(s) in the Territory only by mutual written agreement and by entering into Testing Service Agreement(s) as set forth in clause 5.

 

5.2 As of the Effective Date, Diaxonhit and XDx have selected the Jean Dausset Laboratory at the St. Louis Hospital in Paris (“ the Dausset Lab ”) as a Testing Lab to perform and support all testing services using the Products in the Territory. Diaxonhit shall make reasonable efforts to negotiate Product sale agreement(s) with the Dausset Lab covering the provision of services by the Dausset Lab to process Tests and including, as reasonably feasible, some or all of the provisions outlined in clause 5.7 below (the “ Dausset Lab Product Sale Agreements ”). Such Dausset Lab Product Sale Agreement(s) shall specifically provide for the right for Diaxonhit to reject or cancel orders placed by or on behalf of Dausset Lab for Products in any situation where the performance of the Test by the Dausset Lab does not strictly conform to Applicable Laws and Regulations, CE Mark and the Specifications, such prohibition to last for the entire period during which Test performance is non-conforming. Diaxonhit shall, promptly upon execution hereof, supply XDx with copy of a written commitment and representation from the Dausset Lab to the effect that performance of the Test at the Dausset Lab will be strictly in accordance with Applicable Laws and Regulations, CE Mark and the Specifications; such commitment and representation shall be reflected in, or incorporated by reference into, the Dausset Lab Product Sale Agreement. In addition, Diaxonhit shall fully cooperate with XDx and use all remedies available at law or in equity in France to enforce such commitment and representation by the Dausset Lab.

 

5.3 Once the Dausset Lab is ready to commence processing Tests, Diaxonhit shall serve written notice on XDx requiring XDx to review and approve the measures in place at the Dausset Lab for the processing of Tests within 15 Working Days of receipt of that written notice. The Parties agree that the Dausset Lab shall not process any Tests on a commercial basis until XDx has provided written approval that such Tests can proceed provided that in the event that XDx has not approved or rejected the measures at the Dausset Lab within 15 Working Days of receipt of the written notice then it shall be deemed to have provided that approval.

 

13


5.4 For any other Testing Lab engaged by Diaxonhit after the Effective Date in accordance with clause 5.1, Diaxonhit and XDx will carry out equivalent activities and obligations under clause 5.2 and 5.3.

 

5.5 Subject to the provisions herein and those contained in the above-referenced Testing Services Agreement, Diaxonhit shall be responsible for all costs associated with the set-up and ongoing processing of the Test in the Dausset Lab (and any other “Testing Lab”), including, but not limited to equipment and software purchase and maintenance and the translation of all procedures into French (or such other applicable languages).

 

5.6 Once the Dausset Lab has been approved by XDx to perform the Tests pursuant to Section 5.3, Diaxonhit shall supervise the ongoing performance of the Tests and report to XDx periodically in a manner for XDx to verify Dausset Lab’s strict conformance to Applicable Laws and Regulations, CE Mark and the Specifications, and in the event XDx determines that Dausset Lab is not in conformance, at XDx’s request, Diaxonhit shall reject and/or cancel orders placed by Dausset Lab for the Products as provided in Section 5.2. XDx shall provide periodic technical support on a reasonable basis, and not to exceed ten man hours per month.

 

5.7 Testing Services Agreement

The Testing Services Agreement shall, amongst other provisions, provide as follows:

 

  (A) The Testing Lab shall perform Tests in accordance with Applicable Laws and Regulations, CE Mark and the Specifications and shall not give or allow any warranty in excess of those approved by XDx;

 

  (B) The Testing Lab shall be responsible to XDx and Diaxonhit for the performance of the Tests;

 

  (C) The Testing Lab will purchase Products from Diaxonhit or its Affiliate;

 

  (D) XDx shall have the right, at its own expense, to review the procedures performed to run the Test at the Testing Lab to verify that the Test is being performed in accordance with the Specifications. Such access shall be:

 

  (1) conducted no sooner than 15 Working Days’ after prior written notice has been given to the Testing Lab;

 

  (2) provided during ordinary business hours;

 

  (3) conducted in a manner that is not disruptive to Testing Lab’s operations and which is compliant with;

 

  (a) Applicable Laws and Regulations;

 

  (b) Testing Lab’s reasonable requirements, including requirements relating to health and safety and scientific procedures;

 

  (c) Testing Lab’s own confidentiality procedures and requirements, including any such procedures and requirements relating to confidential information of third parties;, and

 

  (4) no more frequent than once per Sales Year except for cause.

 

14


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  (E) If an audit reveals that the Testing Lab is not performing the Test in accordance with the Specifications, the Testing Lab will reimburse XDx the cost of such audit and work in good faith to immediately resolve such deficiencies as soon as possible but in no event more than 30 days.

 

  (F) The Testing Lab will agree to achieve efficiency in its utilization of the AlloMap plates so that at least [***] Tests are conducted per AlloMap plate for the first year during which Tests are conducted at such Testing Lab and at least [***] Tests per AlloMap plate thereafter.

 

6. COMMERCIALISATION AND DIAXONHIT OBLIGATIONS

 

6.1 Diaxonhit undertakes at its own cost and risk to use commercially reasonable efforts to launch, Promote and Distribute the Products in the Territory under the Trademark consistent with recognised international pharmaceutical business practices and in compliance with Specifications and all Applicable Laws and Regulations in place in the Territory and the Promotional Code.

 

6.2 Without prejudice to clause 6.1 but subject always to clause 4, Diaxonhit shall begin the Promotion of the Test and the Products in [***] and [***] within [***] of Effective Date, and in [***] and [***] within [***] of the Effective Date PROVIDED THAT the Collaboration Committee may agree at any time to delay, accelerate or reschedule the promotion of the Products in a country if it is thought to be beneficial to the overall exploitation of the Test and the Products in the Territory. The Collaboration Committee shall agree a plan for the commencement of promotion of the Test and the Products in other countries within the Territory from time to time, and Diaxonhit will conduct its Promotion activities consistent with such plan.

 

6.3 Diaxonhit shall create and develop, at its sole expense and with the prior written approval by XDx, all Promotional Materials used to Promote the Product. Diaxonhit shall Promote the Product using only Promotional Materials and conducting only such other activities that comply with the Regulatory Approvals, Specifications, the Promotional Code and any other Applicable Laws and Regulations, and in a manner consistent with recognised international pharmaceutical business practices, and XDx shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval in a manner that would cause Diaxonhit to violate such compliance obligation.

 

6.4 XDx shall not have any involvement in Diaxonhit’s pricing policies or customer determination, which activities shall remain solely within the discretion of Diaxonhit. Diaxonhit shall make and record its own sales of the Product but Diaxonhit will provide regular updates to XDx on such matters during the Collaboration Committee (as defined in clause 6.5 herein) meetings.

 

6.5 Without prejudice to clause 6.4, the Parties shall set up a committee (“ the Collaboration Committee ”) to discuss and agree key promotional and testing elements of the relationship, such Collaboration Committee to be convened at least once every Quarter by teleconference and in person at least once per year at an agreed location. The Collaboration Committee shall have the powers and shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures set out in Schedule 6.

 

6.6 Subject to clause 12, Diaxonhit shall be solely responsible for training its sales representatives with respect to the Product and for all costs associated with such training.

 

6.7 Diaxonhit shall not make any reference in its Promotional Materials, or otherwise in Promoting the Product, to XDx or any of its Affiliates or any trademark without obtaining XDx’s prior written consent, other than the Trademark (and its company logo, if a trademark) and shall indicate that the Test is performed and marketed under license by XDx.

 

15


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6.8 Diaxonhit shall be responsible for :

 

  (A) Providing customer service and support to customers who have purchased or used the Products or the Test in the Territory;

 

  (B) conducting discussions with relevant Regulatory Authorities to ensure that the Products and the Test are approved for reimbursement by those authorities;

 

  (C) ensuring the Dausset Lab (and any other Testing Lab) conforms to all applicable XDx testing specifications and all Applicable Laws and Regulations;

 

  (D) Training and equipping all collection sites in the Territory to obtain the blood specimens for the Test pursuant to the requisite standards, including supplying them with the Collection and Shipper Kits, approved centrifuges and arranging for shipment of the blood specimens to the Dausset Lab (or any other Testing Lab)

 

7. FORECAST SALES

 

7.1 During each Sales Year set forth below, Diaxonhit shall use commercially reasonable endeavours to achieve Sales of the Product in a quantity not less than the following (“ Forecast Sales ”):

 

Sales Years

   Forecast Sales
(Number of Tests)

1.

   [***]

2.

   [***]

3

   [***]

4

   [***]

5

   [***]

 

7.2 If Diaxonhit fails to achieve at least [***] percent ([***]%) of the applicable Forecast Sales in a Sales Year, the Collaboration Committee shall formally consider what steps if any that can be taken to improve sales in the subsequent Sales Year.

 

7.3 Subject to clause 7.4,:

 

  (A) if Diaxonhit fails to achieve at least [***] percent ([***]%) of the applicable Forecast Sales in two consecutive Sales Years following Launch Date, then XDx shall have the right to serve written notice on Diaxonhit to convert the exclusive rights granted pursuant to clauses 2.1 and 2.2 to non-exclusive rights but it shall have no other remedy in respect of such failure, such notice to be served within 60 days of the end of the second such Sales Year; and

 

16


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  (B) if Diaxonhit fails to achieve at least [***] percent ([***]%) of the applicable Forecast Sales in two consecutive Sales Years following Launch Date, then XDx shall have the right to serve written notice on Diaxonhit to terminate this Agreement.

 

7.4 For the avoidance of doubt, Diaxonhit’s obligations under Sections 7.3 shall be tolled for any period of time during which the CE Mark Approval is suspended for any Designated Product, or if any other regulatory action prohibits the Products and Tests in the Territory.

 

7.5 If authorised clinical trials carried out anywhere in the world produce data that materially affects the validity of the performance of the Test, the Parties shall meet to review the Forecast Sales and the provisions of clause 7.2 and, if agreed, to amend this Agreement in writing in accordance with clause 27.1. XDx shall keep Diaxonhit promptly and fully informed of the results of said clinical trials, such information to be communicated in writing and by email.

 

8. TRADEMARK

 

8.1 Diaxonhit shall Promote and Distribute the Product in the Territory only under the Trademark and shall also indicate on all Promotional Materials that the Test is performed and marketed under license by XDx. Diaxonhit shall not use any other trademark or trade name in connection with the Product, provided, however, that Diaxonhit shall have the right to include its name and company logo on all packaging and other printed material pertaining to the Product.

 

8.2 Diaxonhit and its Affiliates, Sales Agents and Sub-Distributors shall treat the Trademark properly and in accordance with XDx’s instructions from time to time and not by any act cause or contribute to its deterioration or adversely affect XDx’s or any of its Affiliates’ rights in the Trademark.

 

8.3 XDx and/or its Affiliates shall at all times retain ownership of the entire right, title and interest in and to the Trademark and any label, trade name, trade dress, service mark or device used in connection with the Product.

 

8.4 Diaxonhit acknowledges and agrees that the Trademark shall be and will remain the exclusive property of XDx or its Affiliates. No right, title or interest of any kind in or to the Trademark or any other trademark, label, trade name, trade dress, service, mark or device is transferred by this Agreement to Diaxonhit or its Affiliates, except the rights granted pursuant to clause 2.2. Diaxonhit agrees that it will not use, except in accordance with this Agreement, or attempt to register, the Trademark, or any marks similar thereto, in any language or anywhere in the world. Diaxonhit further agrees that it will not take any action that would harm the Trademark or impair the owners’ rights therein or adopt any trademark that is confusingly similar to or a colourable imitation of the Trademark. Diaxonhit shall ensure that its Affiliates, Sales Agents and Sub-Distributors comply with this clause 8.4. Should Diaxonhit or any of its Affiliates contest the validity of the Trademark or the ownership thereof by XDx or its Affiliates, XDx may terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving written notice to Diaxonhit. Use of the Trademark by Diaxonhit and its Affiliates will inure to the benefit of the owners thereof.

 

8.5 Diaxonhit shall only use the Trademark with the Product purchased from XDx or a Designee under this Agreement.

 

8.6 Diaxonhit and XDx shall, if necessary, promptly execute any necessary documents required by the laws of the Territory to record Diaxonhit as a licensee of the Trademark. Diaxonhit shall, when referring to the Trademark, diligently comply with all relevant laws and regulations in force in the Territory and with all instructions provided by XDx.

 

17


8.7 XDx, with the assistance of Diaxonhit and its Affiliates, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, maintain and defend registrations of the Trademark in the Territory as of the Effective Date and as listed in Schedule 3 in XDx’s own name and at its own cost, provided that if XDx declines to so maintain or defend, Diaxonhit shall have the right, as far as legally possible, to do so at their own cost and risk.

 

9. SUPPLY OF PRODUCTS

 

9.1 XDx shall use commercially reasonable efforts to supply Diaxonhit, or have Diaxonhit supplied with, all of its and its Affiliates, Sales Agents and Sub-Distributors requirements of Product. Diaxonhit will provide XDx with non-binding forecasts of its requirements for Products on a quarterly basis.

 

9.2 XDx may apply and vary minimum order quantities for the Products. In such case XDx will notify Diaxonhit.

 

9.3 Any delivery dates are estimates only and time of delivery is not of the essence but XDx shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that all orders for Products are fulfilled by XDx or the Designee in accordance with the delivery dates specified in those orders.

 

9.4 All Product supplied pursuant to this Agreement shall, at the time of delivery thereof pursuant to clause 10, meet the Specification.

 

9.5 XDx shall have the right from time to time to appoint a Designee to manufacture and deliver the Product to Diaxonhit. Such manufacturing arrangements shall in no way alter the rights, obligations and liabilities of the Parties under this Agreement.

 

9.6 Diaxonhit shall maintain customary quality control standards and record-keeping practices including, procedures for the handling of customer complaints and product recalls and maintaining quality control standards relating to storage of the Product in accordance with the Specifications.

 

9.7 Diaxonhit shall keep XDx advised within agreed timescales of customer complaints relating to the Product and any information consistent with applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

 

10. DELIVERY, TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS

XDx or the Designee shall deliver all Products to Diaxonhit Free on Board (FOB), facility of XDx or its sub-contractor, as defined in INCOTERMS 2010. Title to all Products shall pass to Diaxonhit at the time and place of delivery.

 

11. SAMPLE PRODUCTS

XDx shall supply Diaxonhit with the amount of Sample Product detailed in Schedule 5 free of charge, and the additional amount of Sample Product detailed in Schedule 5 at the purchase price set forth therein, which Sample Product shall be packaged by Diaxonhit in a manner distinguishable from the Product for commercial sale, and shall be Distributed by Diaxonhit in the Territory free of charge solely for training, Promotion and other internal purposes. Diaxonhit shall keep complete and accurate records in sufficient detail to evidence the amount of Sample Product distributed by Diaxonhit in the Territory.

 

18


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

12. XDX OBLIGATIONS

 

12.1 XDx shall co-operate with Diaxonhit and act in good faith to agree to the Testing Services Agreement(s) with the Testing Labs

 

12.2 Subject to Section 12.4, XDx will provide the following assistance to Diaxonhit and/or the [***] Lab and/or any other Testing Lab during the Term:

 

  (A) relevant training and training materials related to the Promotion, Distribution and operation of the Products and the Test;

 

  (B) free Test Plates as reasonably required by Dausset Lab or any other Testing Lab, but no more than [***] in each instance, to establish and validate procedures to operate the Test during the first [***] months following the commencement of the Testing Services Agreement to be entered into with the Dausset Lab or other Testing Lab;

 

  (C) provide any assistance and Information reasonably required by Diaxonhit to assist with procedures and discussions with Regulatory Authorities to obtain reimbursement of the Test in any part of the Territory, if required, and to obtain further required CE Mark and other Regulatory Approvals;

 

12.3 XDx shall provide Diaxonhit with copies of all promotional materials used in the United States relating to the Test and the Product that it produces at no cost to Diaxonhit.

 

12.4 Prior to the Launch Date, XDx will provide up to [***] man hours of training for Diaxonhit’s sales force, medical science liaisons and for Dausset Lab personnel. The training will be provided by XDx staff at its premises in the USA or at a venue in France, as mutually agreed. In addition, XDx will provide free training from time to time at its premises in the USA or at a venue in France, as mutually agreed, where XDx has launched updated versions of the Products or Test or has materially changed the Specifications.

 

12.5 Following the Launch Date, XDx shall provide reasonable support for such activities at an hourly rate of $[***], to be invoiced periodically to Diaxonhit and payable within 30 days of receipt of such invoices.

 

13. PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT

 

13.1 Diaxonhit shall pay the then applicable Purchase Price (as listed in Schedule 2, Part A) for all Products delivered to Diaxonhit during each Sales Year for use for commercial sale in accordance with Section 13.4.

 

13.2 No later than the 20th Working Day of each Quarter, Diaxonhit shall provide XDx with a quarterly report showing the Net Sales and Royalty due for the preceding Quarter (a “ Royalty Report ”). Such Royalty Reports shall contain Net Sales and Test quantities in the Territory, on a country-by-country basis, as well as the number of AlloMap plates purchased, used and average Tests per AlloMap plate, together with any and all currency conversion calculations used by Diaxonhit. XDx shall invoice Diaxonhit for the Royalty due. Provided that Diaxonhit receives XDx’s invoice by the end of the 15 th Working Day of a calendar month then Diaxonhit shall pay that invoice by the end of that calendar month: if the invoice is received after the end of the 15 th Working Day of a calendar month then Diaxonhit shall pay that invoice by the end of the following calendar month.

 

13.3

Diaxonhit shall keep, and shall cause its Affiliates and Sales Agents to keep, true, accurate and complete records pertaining to the performance of obligations under this Agreement,

 

19


  including gross sales of the Product (both in the aggregate and on a per Unit basis) and all other information necessary to determine the Net Sales Price, in sufficient detail to calculate all fees and the Royalty payable pursuant to this Agreement and to prepare all reports required hereunder.

 

13.4 Promptly after delivery thereof, XDx shall invoice Diaxonhit for the Purchase Price of each shipment of Product ordered by and delivered to Diaxonhit. Diaxonhit shall pay in full each such invoice within thirty (30) days of the end of the month in which it receives that invoice. If such payment is not made on the date due, then Diaxonhit shall pay interest to XDx calculated in accordance with the provisions of clause 27.9.

 

13.5 All payments made under this Agreement are calculated without regard to value added tax or any other Indirect Tax. If any such payment (together with any other Indirect Tax as applicable) constitutes for value added tax purposes the whole or any part of the consideration for a taxable or deemed taxable supply made by any Party (the supplier) the amount of that payment shall be increased by an amount equal to the amount of value added tax which is chargeable in respect of the taxable or deemed taxable supply in question, provided that the supplier shall have delivered a valid value added tax invoice in respect of such supply to the paying Party. If any payment is subject to any other Indirect Tax then the amount of the payment shall be increased by an amount equal to such Indirect Tax and the paying Party shall in addition pay an amount equal to such Indirect Tax provided that a valid invoice has been issued in respect of that Indirect Tax. All payments in respect of any Indirect Tax (including value added tax) shall be payable on the due date for payment of the original payment or, if later, the date on which a valid Indirect Tax invoice is received in respect of that Indirect Tax. Diaxonhit shall issue invoices for all amounts payable under this Agreement consistent with Indirect Tax requirements and irrespective of whether the sums may be netted for settlement purposes.

 

13.6 Diaxonhit shall be responsible for any and all customs duties, clearance charges, brokers’ fees and other amounts payable in connection with the supply, importation and delivery of Products, as well as any and all customs duties, clearance charges, brokers’ fees and other amounts payable in connection with the sale and export by XDx of Products.

 

13.7 The terms and conditions of sale set forth in this Agreement shall govern all purchases of Product by Diaxonhit from XDx or the Designee notwithstanding any additional or inconsistent terms or conditions on Diaxonhit’s form of purchase order, XDx conditions of sale or similar document.

 

14. NON CONFORMING PRODUCT

 

14.1 Diaxonhit shall be deemed to have waived all claims for damage, defects and shortage relating to the Product supplied by XDx or the Designee unless such claims are notified to XDx in writing within fifteen (15) Working Days after delivery to Diaxonhit of the relevant shipment of Product; provided that in the event of a defect in the Product that could not reasonably have been detected by a customary inspection on delivery, Diaxonhit shall be deemed to have waived all claims for damage, defects and shortage related thereto unless such claims are notified to XDx within fifteen (15) Working Days of discovering such defect but not later than six (6) months from the date of delivery.

 

14.2

In the event of a dispute between the Parties as to any claimed shortage, damage or defect in the Product (including whether any such shortage, damage or defect occurred before or after delivery) that cannot be resolved within thirty (30) days of the claim being notified to XDx pursuant to clause 14.1, Diaxonhit and XDx shall within a further seven (7) days submit the batch of Product concerned to an independent expert to be mutually agreed between the

 

20


  Parties (the “ Independent Expert ”) who shall examine the Product concerned. The decision of the Independent Expert shall be binding upon the Parties and the costs of the Independent Expert shall be borne wholly by the Party against whom the Independent Expert decides.

 

14.3 Following a claim from Diaxonhit pursuant to clause 14.1, XDx shall, in the event that XDx accepts Diaxonhit’s claim as valid or in the event that the Independent Expert supports Diaxonhit’s claim, at XDx’s sole option, replace free of charge any damaged or defective Product or to give Diaxonhit credit for such Product. Any Product which is agreed or determined to be damaged or defective shall (at XDx’s option) be either returned to XDx or destroyed as specified by XDx, at XDx’s reasonable expense.

 

14.4 Subject to clause 22.1, in respect of claims for damage, defects or shortage referred to in clause 14.1, the remedies set out in clause 14.3 shall be Diaxonhit’s sole remedy; provided that this clause 14.4 shall not limit XDx’s obligations pursuant to clause 19.2(C) and 19.2 (D). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, XDx shall have no liability for damage or defects to Product occurring after delivery thereof pursuant to clause 10.

 

15. PRODUCT RECALL

 

15.1 Product may be recalled by XDx for any of the following reasons:

 

  (A) where required by Applicable Laws and Regulations;

 

  (B) following an order to recall by any Regulatory Authority; or

 

  (C) where XDx determines that recall is necessary or advisable for safety reasons.

Diaxonhit shall administer all aspects of any Product recall in accordance with provisions of this clause 15.

 

15.2 If Diaxonhit determines that any Product should be recalled, or if Diaxonhit becomes aware that a recall is required by law, then Diaxonhit shall notify XDx in writing within twenty-four (24) hours of such determination and shall consult with XDx regarding the most appropriate course of action. XDx shall review the written notice and provide a written response to Diaxonhit within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt of Diaxonhit’s notice of such determination. Diaxonhit shall give XDx notice of any life endangering situation or requirement for a recall of any Product mandated by any Regulatory Authority promptly.

 

15.3 If XDx determines that any Product should be recalled because of safety reasons, XDx shall notify Diaxonhit in writing within twenty four (24) hours of such determination and the reason for such recall and Diaxonhit shall proceed with the recall in accordance with Diaxonhit’s recall procedures and any reasonable instructions provided by XDx.

 

15.4 Following the decision to recall any Product, XDx shall provide Diaxonhit with a prepared statement for use in response to any inquiries regarding any recall of the Product. Diaxonhit shall use such prepared statement to respond to any inquiries received with regard to the recall and shall not make any other statement regarding such recall.

 

15.5 Subject to a cap of 100% of the Royalties actually received by XDx in the Sales Year in which a recall occurs, if any Product is recalled, XDx shall reimburse Diaxonhit for the direct out-of-pocket costs of activities incurred as a result of the recall, (e.g., travel, transportation, destruction and publicity costs) except those internal costs directly incurred and necessary to administer the recall; provided, however, that XDx shall not reimburse any costs associated with the recall to the extent that such recall is due to the fault, negligence, recklessness or wrong-doing of Diaxonhit or any of Diaxonhit’s Affiliates or Sales Agents, or their directors, officers, employees or agents or due to a breach of this Agreement by Diaxonhit.

 

21


15.6 In addition to its obligations under clause 2.7, Diaxonhit shall keep complete and accurate records of the Distribution of the Product, including methods for tracking and traceability as required under Applicable Laws and Regulations, to enable appropriate procedures to be implemented in the event that a voluntary or mandatory recall of any Product is required.

 

15.7 XDx shall be entitled to inspect and audit at any reasonable time Diaxonhit’s recall procedures and the records referred to in clause 15.6, to satisfy itself that Diaxonhit is complying with its obligations under clause 15. However, this clause 15.7 shall not relieve Diaxonhit of its responsibilities and liabilities arising from clause 15.

 

15.8 In the event that any Product is recalled pursuant to this clause 15, the obligations of Diaxonhit to sell and Promote the Product affected by the recall and of XDx to supply the Product to Diaxonhit pursuant to this Agreement shall be suspended in whole, or, at the decision of XDx in part cases where recall only affects part of the Territory. The suspension shall only be lifted if and when the circumstances that caused the recall of the Product have been resolved. If the Product is thereafter totally withdrawn from the market in the Territory then XDx may terminate this Agreement under clause 24.2(D).

 

16. TRADEMARK AND PATENT INFRINGEMENT

 

16.1 Each Party shall give prompt notice to the other if either Party becomes aware of any of the following within the Territory:

 

  (A) an infringement or threatened infringement of the Patents;

 

  (B) any infringement or threatened infringement of the Trademark or XDx’s rights protecting any label, trade name, trade dress, service mark or device used in connection with the Product;

 

  (C) or any claim by a third party that the sale of the Products infringes the third party’s patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights;

each “ an IP Action ”.

 

16.2 XDx Action

XDx shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take action in the prosecution, defence, prevention, or termination of any IP Action. Should XDx elect to commence or defend legal proceedings in respect of the IP Action and Diaxonhit is joined as party in any such proceedings, Diaxonhit shall have the right to approve the counsel selected by XDx to represent the parties, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. The expenses of such legal proceedings, including any reasonable expenses of Diaxonhit incurred in conjunction with such legal proceedings or the settlement thereof, shall be paid for entirely by XDx and XDx shall hold Diaxonhit free, clear and harmless from and against any and all costs of such litigation, including reasonable attorney’s fees (but excluding any independent attorney fees incurred by Diaxonhit in addition to the approved attorney fees). XDx shall not compromise or settle such litigation in a matter that would admit fault on behalf of Diaxonhit or adversely affect Diaxonhit’s rights without the prior written consent of Diaxonhit, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the event XDx exercises its right to conduct legal proceedings pursuant to this clause 16.2, it shall first reimburse itself out of any sums recovered in such suit or in settlement thereof for all out of pocket costs and expenses of

 

22


every kind and character, including without limitation attorney’s fees and the costs of Diaxonhit payable pursuant to this clause 16.2, incurred in the conduct of any such legal proceedings. If, after such reimbursement, any funds shall remain from said recovery, then Diaxonhit shall be entitled to receive 75% of such funds and the remaining 25% of such funds shall be retained by XDx.

 

16.3 Diaxonhit Action

If XDx does not take action in the prosecution, defence, prevention, or termination of any IP Action pursuant to clause 16.2 above, and has not commenced negotiations with the other party for the discontinuance of said IP Action, within ninety (90) days after receipt of notice to XDx by Diaxonhit of the existence of an IP Action, Diaxonhit may elect to do so. Should Diaxonhit elect to commence or defend legal proceedings in respect of the IP Action and XDx is joined as party in any such legal proceedings, XDx shall have the right to approve the counsel selected by Diaxonhit to represent the Parties, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The expenses of such suit or suits that Diaxonhit elects to bring, including any expenses of XDx incurred in conjunction with the prosecution of such suits or the settlement thereof, shall be paid for entirely by Diaxonhit, as the case may be, and Diaxonhit shall hold XDx free, clear and harmless from and against any and all costs of such litigation, including reasonable attorney’s fees (but excluding any independent attorney fees incurred by XDx in addition to the approved attorney fees). Diaxonhit shall not compromise or settle such litigation without the prior written consent of XDx, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In the event Diaxonhit exercises its right to pursue legal proceedings pursuant to this clause 16.3, Diaxonhit shall first reimburse themselves out of any sums recovered in such suit or in settlement thereof for all out of pocket costs and expenses of every kind and character, including without limitation attorney’s fees and the costs of XDx payable pursuant to this clause 16.3, incurred in the prosecution of any such suit. If, after such reimbursement, any funds shall remain from said recovery, then XDx shall be entitled to receive 25% of such funds and the remaining 75% of such funds shall be retained by Diaxonhit.

 

16.4 Each Party shall always have the right to be represented by counsel of its own selection and at its own expense in any legal proceedings conducted under this clause 16 by the other party in respect of an IP Action.

 

16.5 Each party agrees to cooperate fully in any action under this clause 16 which is controlled by the other party, provided that the controlling party reimburses the cooperating party promptly for any costs and expenses incurred by the cooperating party in connection with providing such assistance.

 

16.6 If a party lacks standing and the other party has standing to bring any such suit, action or proceeding, then such other party shall do so at the request of and at the expense of the requesting party. If either party determines that it is necessary or desirable for another party to join any such suit, action or proceeding, the other party shall execute all papers and perform such other acts as may be reasonably required in the circumstances.

 

17. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

17.1 Each Party hereby represents and warrants to the other that:

 

  (A) it is duly authorised to enter into this Agreement;

 

  (B) it has and will maintain and comply with all consents, approvals and licences necessary for it to enter into and perform this Agreement; and

 

  (C) its entry into and performance of this Agreement does not and will not conflict with any of its other contractual obligations or with any Applicable Laws and Regulations.

 

23


18. COMPLIANCE/ANTI-CORRUPTION LAWS/EXPORT CONTROL

 

18.1 Each Party shall at all times during the Term be an entity that is appropriately authorized to perform its obligations under this Agreement under Applicable Laws and Regulations and shall at all times have a sufficient financial resources to meet its obligations under this Agreement.

 

18.2 Each Party shall inform the other in the event that it receives a formal notification that it is the target of a formal investigation by a Regulatory Authority for a Material Anti-Corruption Law Violation.

 

18.3 Diaxonhit shall not enter into any transaction in any country or with any Person if such transaction is restricted under United States, United Nations, European Union or other Applicable Laws and Regulations regarding exports (“ Export Regulations ”) (irrespective of whether Diaxonhit itself is subject to such Export Regulations) without having first obtained all Regulatory Approvals and the prior written approval of XDx.

 

19. INDEMNIFICATION

 

19.1 In addition to any other remedy available to XDx, but subject to the provisions of clauses 9.3 and 14.4, Diaxonhit shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless XDx, its Affiliates and its and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents from and against any and all Loss incurred by them to the extent resulting from, arising out of, or in connection with any Third Party Claim against XDx, its Affiliates or its or their respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees or agents that arises or results from:

 

  (A) Any breach of any obligation in this Agreement by or on behalf of Diaxonhit or its Affiliates, Sub-Contractors or Sales Agents, or the wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith by or on behalf of Diaxonhit or its Affiliates, Sub-Contractors or Sales Agents;

 

  (B) the inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty made by Diaxonhit in this Agreement; or

 

  (C) any personal injury or death to any third party resulting from the use of or failure of any Products that did not comply with clause 9.4, which noncompliance could reasonably have been detected by a customary inspection on delivery;

except to the extent such Losses arise as a result of the negligence, fraud, wilful misconduct or wrongful act of XDx, its Affiliates, or its or their respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees or agents.

 

19.2 In addition to any other remedy available to Diaxonhit, but subject to the provisions of clauses 9.3 and 14.4, XDx shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Diaxonhit, its Affiliates and Sales Agents and its and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents from and against any and all Loss incurred by them to the extent resulting from, arising out of, or in connection with any Third Party Claim against Diaxonhit, its Affiliates or Sales Agents, or its or their respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees or agents that arises or results from:

 

  (A) Any breach of any obligation in this Agreement by or on behalf of XDx or its Affiliates, or the wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith by or on behalf of Diaxonhit or its Affiliates;

 

24


  (B) the inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty made by XDx in this Agreement;

 

  (C) any claim that a Products, the Test or any process required to operate the Test infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of a Third Party; or

 

  (D) any personal injury or death to any third party resulting from the use of or failure of any Products that did not comply with clause 9.4, which noncompliance could not reasonably have been detected by a customary inspection on delivery,

except to the extent such Losses arise as a result of the negligence, fraud, wilful misconduct or wrongful act of Diaxonhit, its Affiliates or Sales Agents, or its or their respective officers, directors, partners, shareholders, employees or agents.

 

20. INDEMNITY ACTIONS

 

20.1 An Indemnified Party shall promptly and without delay give the Indemnifying Party prompt written notice of any Loss or discovery of fact upon which such Indemnified Party intends to base a request for indemnification under this Agreement (an “ Indemnification Claim Notice ”). In no event shall the Indemnifying Party be liable for any Loss that results from any delay in providing the Indemnification Claim Notice. Each Indemnification Claim Notice shall contain a description of the claim and the nature and amount of the Loss claimed (to the extent that the nature and amount of such Loss is known at such time). The Indemnified Party shall furnish promptly to the Indemnifying Party copies of all papers and official documents received in respect of any such Loss. For the avoidance of doubt, all indemnification claims in respect of a Party, its Affiliates or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) shall be made solely by such Party to this Agreement.

 

20.2 The obligations of an Indemnifying Party under this Agreement with respect to a Third Party Claim shall be governed by and be contingent upon the following:

 

  (A) Assumption of Defence

At its option, the Indemnifying Party may assume the defence of any Third Party Claim by giving written notice to the Indemnified Party within fourteen (14) days after the Indemnifying Party’s receipt of an Indemnification Claim Notice. The assumption of the defence of a Third Party Claim by the Indemnifying Party shall not be construed as an acknowledgement that the Indemnifying Party is liable to indemnify any Indemnitee in respect of the Third Party Claim, nor shall it constitute a waiver by the Indemnifying Party of any defences it may assert against any Indemnified Party’s claim for indemnification.

 

  (B) Control of the Defence

Upon the assumption of the defence of a Third Party Claim by the Indemnifying Party:

 

  (1) the Indemnifying Party may appoint as lead counsel in the defence of the Third Party Claim any legal counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party which shall be reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party; and

 

25


  (2) the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the analysis, defence or settlement of the Third Party Claim. In the event that it is ultimately determined that the Indemnifying Party is not obligated to indemnify, defend or hold harmless an Indemnitee from and against the Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall reimburse the Indemnifying Party for any and all costs and expenses (including lawyers’ fees and costs of suit and a solicitor client basis) incurred by the Indemnifying Party in its defence of the Third Party Claim with respect to such Indemnified Party or Indemnitee.

 

  (C) Right to Participate in the Defence

Without limiting clauses 20.2(A) and 20.2(B) any Indemnitee shall be entitled to participate in, but not control, the defence of a Third Party Claim and to retain counsel of its choice for such purpose; provided, however, that such retention shall be at the Indemnitee’s own expense unless the Indemnifying Party has failed to assume the defence and retain counsel in accordance with clause 20.2(A) (in which case the Indemnified Party shall control the defence).

 

  (D) Settlement

With respect to all Losses in connection with Third Party Claims, where the Indemnifying Party has assumed the defence of a Third Party Claim in accordance with clause 20.2(A), (i) the Indemnifying Party shall have authority to consent to the entry of any judgement, enter into any settlement or otherwise dispose of such Loss, provided that it obtains the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and (ii) no Indemnified Party or Indemnitee shall admit any liability with respect to, or settle, compromise or discharge, any such Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  (E) Cooperation

If the Indemnifying Party chooses to defend or prosecute any Third Party Claim, at the Indemnifying Party’s request, the Indemnified Party shall, and shall cause each other Indemnitee to, reasonably cooperate in the defence or prosecution thereof and shall furnish such records, information and testimony, provide such witnesses and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals as may be reasonably requested in connection therewith. Such cooperation shall include access during normal business hours by the Indemnifying Party to, and reasonable retention by the Indemnified Party of, records and information that are reasonably relevant to such Third Party Claim, and making the Indemnified Party and its employees and agents available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any records or information provided, and the Indemnifying Party shall reimburse the Indemnified Party for all its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

 

21. NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES

 

21.1 All conditions, warranties and other terms not expressly set out in this Agreement (whether implied by statute, custom, course of dealing or otherwise) are excluded to the maximum extent permitted by law, including:

 

  (A) any term as to satisfactory quality, merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose;

 

26


  (B) any term arising from course of performance, course of dealing or usage in the trade; or

 

  (C) any term as to description or otherwise created by any affirmation of fact or promise or sample or model.

 

21.2 Except as expressly set out in this Agreement, no Party (or any of its Affiliates) shall have any liability of any nature with regard to the value, adequacy, freedom from fault or infringement, quality, efficacy, safety, suitability, characteristics, validity or usefulness of the Trademark, the Patents, the Information or other information provided under this Agreement or the Products.

 

21.3 Without prejudice to the generality of clause 21.1, XDx makes no representation or warranty to Diaxonhit that:

 

  (A) any Regulatory Approval will be obtained and/or maintained;

 

  (B) that the patent applications included within the Patents will be granted;

 

  (C) the Patents and Trademark are valid and in force and will remain valid and in force; or

 

  (D) the Products will not infringe any third party patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights.

 

21.4 Nothing in this clause 21 or any other provision of this Agreement shall exclude or limit liability for fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

22. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

22.1 Nothing in this Agreement limits or excludes a Party’s liability:

 

  (A) for death or personal injury arising out of negligence;

 

  (B) fraud, fraudulent misrepresentation, criminal acts or the tort of deceit; or

 

  (C) where such a limitation or exclusion would be contrary to applicable law.

 

22.2 Subject to clause 22.1 neither Party nor any of its Affiliates shall be liable to the other Party or its Affiliates in contract (including for damages for any deliberate repudiatory acts), tort (including negligence), for breach of statutory duty, or otherwise:

 

  (A) for any indirect, special, exemplary, or consequential loss of any kind whatsoever however caused;

 

  (B) for any loss that consists of loss of goodwill, reputation business, revenue, profit, saving or use of money (in each case whether direct or indirect); or

 

  (C) for any loss that consists of the loss or corruption of data,

even if the relevant Party has been advised of the possibility of that type of loss.

 

27


22.3 Subject to clause 22.1, the aggregate liability of Diaxonhit, its Affiliates and Agents to XDx (or any Affiliate of XDx), whether in contract (including for damages for any deliberate repudiatory acts), tort (including negligence), for breach of statutory duty or otherwise, arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall not exceed the following amounts:

 

  (A) for loss representing damage to physical property, US$750,000; and

 

  (B) for all other losses, the greater of US$1,000,000 and 110% of the amounts paid or payable under this Agreement.

 

22.4 Subject to clause 22.1, the aggregate liability of XDx and its Affiliates to Diaxonhit (or any Affiliate of Diaxonhit), whether in contract (including for damages for any deliberate repudiatory acts), tort (including negligence), for breach of statutory duty or otherwise, arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall not exceed the following amounts:

 

  (A) for loss representing damage to physical property, US$750,000; and

 

  (B) for all other losses, the greater of US$1,000,000 and 110% of the amounts paid or payable under this Agreement.

 

22.5 Each Party shall, at the request of the other Party (and shall procure that its Affiliates shall) execute all deeds and other documents in favour of members of the other Party and its Group to enable each of them to enforce the limitations and exclusions in this clause 22.

 

23. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

23.1 Subject to clause 23.5 neither Party nor its Affiliates or Sales Agents shall disclose any trade secret, proprietary or confidential information (including the Information) received from the other Party or an Affiliate or Sales Agent of the other Party pursuant to this Agreement or any previous agreements between the Parties or their Affiliates or Sales Agents relating to the Products or the Substance (“ Confidential Information ”) without the other Party’s written consent. The following information shall not be considered Confidential Information:

 

  (A) information that was known to the receiving Party at the time of its disclosure as evidenced by written records provided such information was not subject to any obligation of confidentiality;

 

  (B) information disclosed to the receiving Party by a third party without any duty of confidentiality;

 

  (C) information that is in the public domain other than by a breach by the receiving Party of any obligation of confidence; or

 

  (D) information independently generated by the receiving Party without reference to the Confidential Information of the other Party.

 

23.2 Except as contemplated by clause 23.5, Diaxonhit undertakes not to disclose the existence and/or the terms of this Agreement or its relationship with XDx to any third party nor in connection with any advertising without XDx’s written consent.

 

23.3 Either Party may disclose Confidential Information to an Affiliate or Sales Agent, provided such Affiliate or Sales Agent, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by the provisions of this clause 23.

 

28


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

23.4 Each Party agrees that it and its Affiliates and Sales Agents shall not use Confidential Information for any purpose other than permitted by this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other Party.

 

23.5 This Agreement shall not restrict the receiving Party from complying with any legal requirement to disclose Confidential Information provided that the receiving Party shall to the extent that it is not prohibited from doing so by Applicable Laws and Regulations, promptly notify the disclosing Party of such legal requirement so that the disclosing Party may seek to quash such order and to obtain a protective order requiring that the relevant Confidential Information be held in confidence by such court or agency or, if disclosed, be used only for the purposes for which the order was issued. The receiving Party shall cooperate fully with the disclosing Party in any such proceedings.

 

23.6 The confidentiality obligations set out in this clause 23 shall survive the termination or expiry of this Agreement for five (5) years.

 

23.7 Diaxonhit shall ensure that each of its employees and Sub-contractors (including Sales Agents and Sub-Distributors) who have access to the Confidential Information have agreed to be bound by obligations of confidentiality and non-use at least as protective as those which apply to Diaxonhit under this Agreement.

 

23.8 Notwithstanding anything set forth in this clause 23 or otherwise, XDx shall not be obligated to keep any information related to the Products confidential or be restricted in its use of such information to the extent such Information is necessary for the Promotion of the Products.

 

24. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

24.1 This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall be in effect until the later of:

 

  (A) The expiration of the last to expire Patent in the Territory; and

 

  (B) 10 years from the Launch Date;

(the “ Initial Term ”) unless earlier terminated as set forth in clause 24.2 and provided always that Diaxonhit shall have the option to extend the Agreement for successive 12 month periods at the end of this Initial Term by serving notice at least 3 months prior to the end of the then current term, and subject always to the Royalty being reduced to [***]% of Net Sales for that period or such other rate as the Collaboration Committee shall agree based on prevailing market conditions,.

 

24.2 This Agreement may be terminated upon:

 

  (A) either Party giving not less than ninety (90) days written notice to the other Party of a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement by such other Party and the other Party’s failure to cure such breach within the notice period;

 

  (B) either Party giving written notice to the other Party, which termination notice shall have immediate effect, in the case of the other Party being subject to an Insolvency Event, such notice having immediate effect;

 

  (C)

either Party giving not less than twelve (12) months’ written notice to other Party in the event of a Change in Control of that other Party, such notice to be served within one hundred and eighty (180) days of receiving notice of that Change of Control or within two hundred and seventy (270) days of receiving notice where the Person (or an Affiliate of the Person) acquiring Control of the other Party owns a Competing

 

29


  ***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  Product. As soon as it is lawfully able to do so after the occurrence of a Change of Control, a Party which is the subject of a Change of Control shall notify the other Party of that Change of Control.

 

  (D) Diaxonhit giving XDx written notice in the event that the Products is totally withdrawn or loses its CE Mark in respect of any Product and such CE Mark loss is not remedied within 3 months of the event of loss. In such instance, termination of the Agreement will occur immediately upon Diaxonhit giving such notice;

 

  (E) either Party giving written notice to the other Party in the event of any publicly announced investigation by a Regulatory Authority relating to any suspected or actual Material Anti-Corruption Law Violation by the other Party or any Affiliates, consultants, agents, representatives or sub-contractors (including any Sub-Contractors) of that other Party or its Affiliates connected with this Agreement;

 

  (F) either Party giving twelve (12) months’ written notice to the other Party in the event that the average reimbursement for the Test in [***] or [***] falls below [***] Euros €[***] per Test over the course of a Quarter, provided that such notice cannot be served before the first anniversary of the Effective Date;

 

  (G) either Party giving notice to the other Party in the circumstance and in the manner set out in clauses 7.3 or 27.5.

 

25. CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION

 

25.1 In the event of expiry or termination of this Agreement, howsoever such termination occurs:

 

  (A) Each of Diaxonhit and XDx shall stop and shall cause their Affiliates and Sales Agents to stop using all Confidential Information of the other Party and upon the other Party’s request shall return to the requesting Party all Confidential Information; provided that Diaxonhit shall be entitled to continue using such Confidential Information supplied by XDx only for the purposes of selling its current stocks of the Products in accordance with the provisions of clause 25.3, or fulfilling any applicable regulatory requirement.

 

  (B) Diaxonhit and its Affiliates and Sales Agents shall stop using the Trademark and any other trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks or devices applied to or used in association with the Products which are the property of XDx, except for the purposes of selling its remaining stocks of the Products in accordance with the provisions of clause 25.3. The licenses granted to Diaxonhit shall terminate.

 

  (C) Diaxonhit shall within thirty (30) days (or ninety (90) days if necessary to effectuate the provisions of clause 25.3) transfer the ownership of any Regulatory Approvals relating to the Products to XDx or XDx’s designee or, upon XDx’s request cancel the Regulatory Approvals, and take all measures to perfect XDx’s or its designee’s rights thereto, all of the forgoing at Diaxonhit’s cost. No compensation shall be due to Diaxonhit or its Affiliates for such assignment.

 

25.2 Termination of this Agreement shall not relieve the Parties of any accrued liability.

 

25.3 Where this Agreement expires at the end of the Term or is terminated by XDx pursuant to clause 24.2(A), Diaxonhit shall have a period of ninety (90) days from the effective date of termination of this Agreement during which it may sell in the Territory its stocks of the Products remaining at the effective date of such termination.

 

30


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

25.4 Where this Agreement is terminated by Diaxonhit or by XDx (other than pursuant to clause 24.2(A) or (E), XDx shall or shall procure that an Affiliate of XDx shall;

 

  (A) repurchase all unused Products from Diaxonhit at the original Purchase Price, subject to Diaxonhit’s reasonable efforts to utilize such unused Products in the ordinary course of business following notice of termination;

 

  (B) reimburse Diaxonhit for any unamortised and documented costs incurred in the Promotion and Distribution of the Products and the Test, including investments in equipment for the Dausset Lab (including centrifuges for sample collections in all Territory hospitals), up to a maximum of [***] Euros (€[***]); and

 

  (C) pay a royalty to Diaxonhit of [***]% of the Net Sales achieved by XDx in those countries within the Territory where Diaxonhit Promoted the Test during the Term, such royalty to be calculated and paid to Diaxonhit in the same manner as the Royalty was calculated and paid to XDx during the Term.

 

25.5 Within a period of ninety (90) days from the termination of this Agreement, Diaxonhit and its Affiliates shall, at Diaxonhit’s discretion either destroy all or transfer to XDx all Promotional Materials relating to the Products then in Diaxonhit’s or its Affiliates’ possession.

 

25.6 Clauses 1, 8, 14, 15, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25 and 27 and all provisions which by their nature are intended to survive shall survive expiry or termination of this Agreement.

 

26. ASSIGNMENT

This Agreement may not be assigned by either Party in whole or in part without the prior written consent of the other, except that either Party may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates or any successor in interest to all or substantially all of the assets or business to which this Agreement relates without such consent.

 

27. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

27.1 Amendment

Any amendment or modification of this Agreement must be in writing and signed by authorised representatives of all Parties.

 

27.2 Entire Agreement

This Agreement and any documents or ancillary agreements, including the Test Service Agreement to be entered in to with the Dausset Lab referred to in it constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior arrangements, undertakings, understandings or agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to its subject matter. Each Party confirms that in entering into this Agreement it is not relying on any statements, representations, warranties or covenants of any person (whether a Party or not) except as specifically set out in this Agreement including any such statements, representations, warranties or covenants made by a Party or its representatives prior to entering into this Agreement. Each Party waives all rights and remedies which, but for this clause, might otherwise be available to it in respect of any such representation, warranty, collateral contract or other assurance. All Schedules and Exhibits referred to in this

 

31


Agreement are intended to be and are hereby specifically incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. This clause 27.2 shall not exclude or limit liability for fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

27.3 Audit Rights

XDx shall have the right, at its own expense, to access the books and records of Diaxonhit, its Affiliates and Sales Agents, as may be reasonably necessary to verify the accuracy of the gross and Net Sales in Sections 13.2 and 13.3. Such access shall be conducted no sooner than 15 Working Days’ prior written notice to and during ordinary business hours, will be conducted in a manner that is not disruptive to Diaxonhit’s operations, and shall not be more frequent than once per Sales Year. As it relates to the calculation of sales, if such independent certified public accountant’s report shows any underpayment by Diaxonhit, Diaxonhit shall remit to XDx within thirty (30) days after Diaxonhit’s receipt of such report, (a) the amount of such underpayment, and (b) if such underpayment exceeds five percent (5%) of the total amount owed for the period then being audited, the reasonable fees and expenses of any independent accountant performing the audit on behalf of XDx. Any audit or inspection conducted under this Agreement by XDx or its agents or contractors will be subject to the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, and XDx will be responsible for compliance with such confidentiality provisions by such agents or contractors.

If any dispute arises under this Section 27.3 between the Parties relating to underpayments and the Parties cannot resolve such dispute within thirty (30) days of a written request by either Party to the other Party, the Parties shall hold a meeting, attended by the Chief Executive Officer or President of each party (or their respective designees), to attempt in good faith to negotiate a resolution of the dispute. If, within sixty (60) days after such meeting request, the Parties have not succeeded in negotiating a resolution of the dispute, either Party may pursue any other available remedy, including, upon prior written notice to the other Party, instituting legal action.

 

27.4 Expenses

Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Party shall pay the fees and expenses of its respective lawyers and other experts and all other expenses and costs incurred by such Party incidental to the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

27.5 Force Majeure

No liability shall result from delay in performance or non-performance, in whole or in part, by either of the Parties to the extent that such delay or non-performance is caused by an event of Force Majeure. “ Force Majeure ” means an event that is beyond a non-performing Party’s reasonable control, including acts of God, strikes, lock-outs or other industrial/labour disputes, war, riot, civil commotion, terrorist act, malicious damage, epidemics, quarantines, fire, flood, storm or natural disaster. The Force Majeure Party shall, within five (5) days of the occurrence of the Force Majeure event, give written notice to the other Party stating the nature of the Force Majeure event, its anticipated duration and any action being taken to avoid or minimize its effect. Any suspension of performance shall be of no greater scope and of no longer duration than is reasonably required and the Force Majeure Party shall use best endeavours without being obligated to incur any material expenditure to remedy its inability to perform; provided, however, if the suspension of performance continues for sixty (60) days after the date of the occurrence and such failure to perform would constitute a material breach of this Agreement in the absence of such event of Force Majeure, the Parties shall meet and discuss in good faith any amendments to this Agreement to permit the other Party to exercise its rights under this Agreement. If the Parties are not able to agree on such amendments within thirty (30) days and if suspension of performance continues, such other Party may

 

32


terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice to the Force Majeure Party, in which case neither Party shall have any liability to the other except for those rights and liabilities that accrued prior to the date of termination.

 

27.6 Further Assurance

Each Party shall perform all further acts and execute and deliver such further documents as may be necessary or as the other Party may reasonably require to implement or give effect to this Agreement.

 

27.7 Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

  (A) The interpretation and construction of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of England. Except as otherwise provided in clause 14.2 or this clause 27.7, any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof (“ Dispute ”), shall be finally settled by arbitration in accordance with the JAMS International Arbitration Rules. The arbitral tribunal shall be composed of three (3) arbitrators. The seat of arbitration shall be London. The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English. The proceedings, including any outcome, shall be confidential.

 

  (B) The Parties shall endeavour to resolve any Dispute by escalation to their management provided that this shall not prevent a Party taking any action under this clause 27.7.

 

  (C) Nothing in this clause 27.7 shall prejudice howsoever any Party’s right to apply, either prior to or during any arbitration, to any court of competent jurisdiction for interim, provisional or conservatory measures, relief or remedies, including a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or other interim relief, concerning a dispute if necessary to protect the interests of such Party or to preserve the status quo pending the arbitration proceeding.

 

  (D) A breach by either Party of clause 18 or 23 will cause irreparable damage and the non-breaching Party will not be adequately compensated by monetary damages. In the event of any proceedings brought pursuant to clause 27.7(C) arising out of a breach, or threatened breach, of clause or 23, the non-breaching Party shall not be required to prove irreparable injury or actual damages as a remedy or to post a bond or provide security for costs.

 

27.8 Insurance

Each Party shall maintain during the Term and for three (3) years thereafter insurance coverage of the types and in the amounts typically carried by companies in the medical testing industry in relation to the sale and distribution of Products such as the Products in the jurisdictions covered by the Territory or in such types and amounts as stipulated by XDx in writing prior to the Effective Date. Each Party shall provide the other Party with certificates evidencing its insurance coverage and limits on request.

 

27.9 Interest

If either Party does not make payment to the other Party under this Agreement by the required date (“ Due Date ”), it shall pay interest to the other Party at the rate of two per cent (2%) per annum above London Interbank Offered Rate as published by Reuters (LIBOR) for the currency of payment (or, if lower the maximum rate permitted by law) on a daily basis from the Due Date up to and including the actual date of payment. This clause 27.9 shall not affect or limit any other remedy.

 

33


27.10 No Benefit to Others

 

  (A) This Agreement may be enforced by any Affiliate of XDx.

 

  (B) Except as provided in clause 27.10(A), a Person who is not a Party shall not have any right under Applicable Laws or Regulations or otherwise to enforce any term of this Agreement.

 

  (C) The right of the Parties to terminate, rescind or agree any variation of or waiver or settlement under this Agreement is not subject to the consent of any Person that is not a Party.

 

27.11 Notices

 

  (A) Any notice, request, or other communication required under this Agreement shall be in writing, shall refer specifically to this Agreement, and shall be hand delivered, sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, costs prepaid, or sent by facsimile (with transmission confirmed), addressed to the Parties at their respective addresses above or such other addresses notified in accordance with this clause 27.11.

 

  (B) Each Party shall from time to time notify each other of the facsimile numbers to use for such purposes, and in the absence of a separate notification the facsimile number to be used are:

 

  (1) XDx: +1 415 287 2461; and

 

  (2) Diaxonhit + 33 1 58 05 47 19

 

  (C) Notices shall be deemed to have been given as on the date delivered by hand or transmitted by facsimile (with transmission confirmed), or on the second day after deposit with an internationally recognized overnight delivery service.

 

  (D) Any notice delivered by facsimile shall be confirmed by a hard copy delivered as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

27.12 Relationship of the Parties

The Parties are independent contractors. Nothing in this Agreement creates a partnership, joint venture or agency relationship between the Parties and neither Party shall have any fiduciary duty to the other in connection with this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing grants either Party the authority to bind or contract any obligation in the name or on the account of the other Party or to make any statement, representation, warranty or commitment on behalf of the other Party. All persons employed by a Party shall be employees of such Party and not of the other Party and all costs and obligations incurred by reason of any such employment shall be for the account and expense of such Party.

 

27.13 Severability

To the extent permitted by law, the Parties waive any provision of law that would render any provision in this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be given no

 

34


effect by the Parties and shall not form part of this Agreement. Provided that the rights and obligations of each Party are not materially and adversely affected, all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the Parties will use their best efforts to negotiate a provision in replacement of the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is consistent with applicable law and achieves, as nearly as possible, the original intention of the Parties.

 

27.14 Waiver and Non-Exclusion of Remedies

 

  (A) A Party’s delay or failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or remedy shall not constitute a waiver of that provision, right or remedy or prevent such Party from enforcing any or all provisions of this Agreement and exercising any rights or remedies in the future. To be effective any waiver must be in writing. The doctrine of affirmation of contract by election shall not apply to this Agreement.

 

  (B) No remedy conferred by any provision of this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy except as expressly provided for in this Agreement and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given in this Agreement or existing at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]

 

35


SIGNED for and on behalf of XDx, Inc.      SIGNED for and on behalf of Diaxonhit
    

/s/ Peter Maag

    

/s/ Loïc Maurel

Name: Peter Maag      Name: Loïc Maurel
Title:   Chief Executive Officer      Title:   President of the Management Board

 

36


Schedule 1

Patent and/or Patent Applications

 

Country

   Patent No.
App No.
   Application
Date
  

Title

   Status

European Patent Office

   EP 1585972

 

EP 037997558

   4/24/2003    METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR DIAGNOSING AND MONITORING TRANSPLANT REJECTION    Granted

European Patent Office

   EP 2194145

 

EP 08016970.9

   9/26/2008    METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR DIAGNOSING AND MONITORING TRANSPLANT REJECTION    Granted

European Patent Office

   EP 2253719

 

EP 10157687.4

   4/24/2003    METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR DIAGNOSING AND MONITORING TRANSPLANT REJECTION    Granted

European Patent Office

   EP 2292786

 

EP 10183179.0

   4/24/2003    METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR DIAGNOSING AND MONITORING TRANSPLANT REJECTION    Granted

European Patent Office

   EP 1885889

 

EP 06770255.5

   5/11/2006    METHODS OF MONITORING FUNCTIONAL STATUS OF TRANSPLANTS USING GENE PANELS    PENDING

 

1


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 2

Part A — Products and Purchase Prices

 

Product

 

Purchase Price*

AlloMap Plates   €[***] per AlloMap plate for first [***] plates; €[***] per AlloMap plate thereafter
AlloMap Sample Processing/Collection Kits   €[***] for box of [***] units to process blood specimens for up to [***] Tests
AlloMap Shipper Kits   €[***] each
CPT Tubes   €[***] for each box of [***] CPT tubes

 

* Prices exclude shipping costs and are converted at €1 to $1.3 and rounded to the nearest Euro; prices quoted for sample processing kits, shipper kits and CPT tubes are at XDx current costs

PART B — SPECIFICATIONS

AlloMap Plates : [***] well PCR plates that contain probes, primers and the enzyme required for the qRT-PCR step of the Test. Each plate allows testing of up to [***] samples.

AlloMap Sample Processing/Collection Kits : Required reagents and disposables used to process peripheral blood collected in CPT tubes into a stabilized mononuclear cell lysate. Processing of the blood specimen is performed at the draw site. Lysates are then frozen and shipped on dry ice to the laboratory which will conduct the Test.

AlloMap Shipper Kits : Insulated boxes and outer carton, along with requisite forms and labels used to transport frozen patient lysates from the draw site to the laboratory that will conduct the Test.

CPT Tubes : An evacuated tube, which is intended for the collection of whole blood and the separation of mononuclear cells in a single centrifugation step. The tubes contain a density gradient fluid which facilitates the isolation of mononuclear cells from peripheral blood specimens. The CPT tube is required for the collection of blood specimens to be used for the Test.

Test : The Test is a panel of 20 gene assays, 11 informative and 9 used for normalization and/or quality control, which produces gene expression data used in the calculation of an AlloMap test Score. The AlloMap score ranges from 0-40. The test is based on standard quantitative real-time polymerase chain reaction methodology (qRT-PCR) using RNA isolated from peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) isolated from whole blood collected in a BD Vacutainer CPTTM Cell

 

2


Preparation tube (Becton Dickinson, NJ) with sodium citrate (CPTTM tube). Testing is performed according to detailed instructions and conditions provided by XDx to Diaxonhit and/or the Dausset Lab, including the selection and use of laboratory equipment and testing reagents, and procedures to be followed in order to achieve the required test performance.

 

3


Schedule 3

Trademarks

 

50661-24001.43   European Community   003923984   7/8/2004   ALLOMAP   Registered
50661-24001.50   European Community   004439287   5/10/2005   ALLOMAP   Registered

 

4


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 4

Issue of DHT Shares

For the payments (if any) to be made in DHT Shares to XDx pursuant to clauses 3.1 and 3.2, Diaxonhit shall, subject to the approval by its shareholders’ meeting in accordance with applicable French law and the delivery by the appraiser ( commissaire aux avantages particuliers ) to be appointed on May 22 nd , 2013 by order of the president of the commercial court of Paris ( president du Tribunal de commerce de Paris ) of its report without reserve, issue for free [***] ([***]) warrants ( bons de souscription d’actions ordinaires ) to XDx as follows:

 

  1. for payment (if any) of the Initial Equity Payment by Diaxonhit (i.e., €387,500 in DHT Shares), [seven hundred seventy five] ([775]) warrants ( bons de souscription d’actions ordinaires ) (the “ Initial Warrants ”). Subject to satisfaction of the CE Approval, each Initial Warrant shall allow XDx to subscribe, at the Market Price (as defined below), a number “N” (as defined below) of new DHT Shares calculated as follows:

 

  2. for payment (if any) of the Milestone 1 Equity Payment by Diaxonhit (i.e., €[***] in DHT Shares), [***] ([***]) warrants ( bons de souscription d’actions ordinaires ) (the “ M1 Warrants ”). Subject to satisfaction of the Milestone 1, each M1 Warrant shall allow XDx to subscribe, at the Market Price, a number “N” of new DHT Shares calculated as follows,

 

  3. for payment (if any) of the Milestone 2 Equity Payment by Diaxonhit (i.e., €[***] in DHT Shares), [***] ([***]) warrants ( bons de souscription d’actions ordinaires ) (the “ M2 Warrants ”). Subject to satisfaction of the Milestone 2, each M2 Warrant shall allow XDx to subscribe, at the Market Price, a number “N” of new DHT Shares calculated as follows,

 

  4. for payment (if any) of the Milestone 3 Equity Payment by Diaxonhit (i.e., €[***] in DHT Shares), [***] ([***]) warrants ( bons de souscription d’actions ordinaires ) (the “ M3 Warrants ”). Subject to satisfaction of the Milestone 3, each M3 Warrant shall allow XDx to subscribe, at the Market Price, a number “N” of new DHT Shares calculated as follows,

 

  5. for payment (if any) of the Milestone 4 Equity Payment by Diaxonhit (i.e., €[***] in DHT Shares), [***] ([***]) warrants ( bons de souscription d’actions ordinaires ) (the “ M4 Warrants ” and, together with the Initial Warrants, the M1 Warrants, the M2 Warrants and the M3 Warrants, the “ Warrants ”). Subject to satisfaction of the Milestone 4, each M4 Warrant shall allow XDx to subscribe, at the Market Price, a number “ N ” of new DHT Shares calculated as follows,

provided that:

 

  (i) The total number “ N ” of new DHT Shares which can be subscribed upon exercise of a Warrant shall be calculated as follows:

 

5


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

N = [***] / MP

where “ MP ” is equal to the Market Price calculated as at the date of exercise of the relevant Warrant,

provided that the maximum number of new DHT Shares which can be subscribed upon exercise of a Warrant shall not exceed [***] DHT Shares. Accordingly, in case “N” is higher to [***], “N” shall be equal to [***];

 

  (ii) Market Price ” means the subscription price of each DHT Share to be subscribed upon exercise of a Warrant equal to the greater of: (i) the par value of a share of Diaxonhit as at the date of exercise of the relevant Warrant (i.e., €[***] on the Effective Date) and (ii) the volume weighted average price (VWAP) of a share of Diaxonhit on the Altemext market (or such other market on which the shares of Diaxonhit would be listed at the time of exercise) during the 20 trading days preceding immediately the date of the CE Notification or relevant Milestone Notification (as defined in clause 3.7), as applicable;

 

  (iii) The total exercise price ( prix d ‘exercice ) of the DHT Shares (i.e., EUR [***]) issued upon exercise of a Warrant will be fully paid-up by way of offset against the amount of the Initial Equity Payment or the Milestone 1/2/3/4 Equity Payment, as applicable; for the purpose of this paragraph (iii), upon satisfaction of the CE Approval, Milestone 1, Milestone 2, Milestone 3 or Milestone 4, as applicable, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the full amount of the Initial Equity Payment or the Milestone 1/2/3/4 Equity Payment, as applicable, shall become automatically due and payable ( liquide et exigible ) to XDx.

The terms and conditions of the Warrants (including, in particular, their duration) are further set forth in the resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting and board’s meeting (the “ Resolutions ”) of Diaxonhit, a draft of which is appended to this Schedule 4.

Diaxonhit undertakes and agrees that it shall convene its shareholders to a meeting to approve the Resolutions and issue the Warrants on June 20, 2013.

 

6


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Resolutions

Translation for information purpose only — Only the French version prevails.

 

Treizieme résolution : Délégation de competénce consentie au Directoire pour emettre un nombre maximum de 2.075 bons de souscription d’actions au profit d’une personne nommement designée

 

L’assemblee generale, statuant aux conditions de quorum et de majority d’une assemblee generale extraordinaire, connaissance prise du rapport du Directoire, du rapport special des Commissaires aux Comptes et du rapport du Commissaire aux avantages particuliers, conformement aux dispositions des articles L. 225-129-2, L. 225-138 et L. 228-91 et suivants du Code de commerce, constatant que le capital de la Societe est entierement libere ;

 

1. Délégue au Directoire, avec faculté de subdelegation clans les conditions légales et réglementaires, sa competence pour decider l’émission, en une ou plusieurs fois, d’un nombre maximum de [***] ([***]) bons de souscription d’actions (les « BSA ») ;

 

2. Décide de supprimer le droit préférentiel de souscription des actionnaires aux BSA et de réserver le droit de souscrire ces BSA a :

 

La societe XDx, Inc., société de l’Etat du Delaware, Etats-Unis, dont le principal etablissement est situe au 3260 Bayshore Blvd, Brisbane Californie 94005 (ci-apres « XDx ») ;

 

3. Constate que conformément aux dispositions de Particle L. 225-132 du Code de commerce, Pemission des BSA

  

Thirteenth resolution: Delegation of competence to the Management Board for the issue of a maximum number of 2,075 warrants in favor of a specific person

 

The general meeting, stating at the quorum and majority conditions of an extraordinary general meeting, notice taken of the Management Board’s report, the Auditors’ special report and the Appraiser’s report, in accordance with articles L. 225-129-2, L. 225-138 and L. 228-91 and following of the Commercial Code, noting that the share capital is entirely paid up;

 

1. Delegates to the Management Board, with the possibility to subdelegate within the legal and regulatory conditions, its competence to decide the issue, in one or several times, a maximum number of [***] ([***]) warrants giving a right to shares (the “ Warrants ”);

 

2. Decides to cancel the shareholders’ preferential subscription right to the Warrants and to reserve the subscription right on these Warrants to :

 

The company XDx, Inc., a company registered in the State of Delaware, United-States, which main office is located 3260 Bayshore Blvd, Brisbane California 94005 (below « XDx ») ;

 

3. Acknowledges that, pursuant to the

 

7


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

emporte de plein droit renonciation des actionnaires a leur droit preferentiel de souscription aux actions qui pourront etre souscrites par exercice des BSA ;

 

4. Decide que les BSA presenteront notamment les caractetistiques suivantes :

 

Cessibilité

 

Les BSA seront incessibles, a l’exception d’une ou plusieurs cessions a toute societe dont XDx detiendrait le controle ou par laquelle elle serait controlee, directement ou indirectement, au sens des articles L. 233-3 et L. 233-4 du Code de commerce.

 

Inscription en compte

 

Les BSA seront inscrits au nominatif pur au nom de leur titulaire. Ils ne feront pas l’objet d’une admission aux negociations sur le marche Alternext de NYSE-Euronext.

 

Prix d’emission

 

L’emission des BSA interviendra a titre gratuit.

 

Date d’emission

 

Les BSA devront etre anis clans un delai maximum de six mois a compter de la presente assemblee.

 

Parite d’exercice, prix d’exercice et nombre maximum d’actions emises

 

Chaque BSA donnera le droit de souscrire pour un prix global d’exercice de [***] euros un nombre d’actions egal a la contre-valeur de [***] euros en actions Diaxonhit.

  

Article L. 225-132 of the Commercial Code, the issue of Warrants results in an automatic waiver by existing shareholders of their preferential subscription right on shares issued upon exercise of the Warrants.

 

4. Decides that the Warrants will have notably the following characteristics:

 

Transfer:

 

The Warrants may not be transferred, except for one or more transfers to any company that XDx would hold or by which XDx would be held, directly or indirectly, pursuant to Articles L. 233-3 and L. 233-4 of the Commercial Code.

 

Book registration

 

The Warrants will be in registered form in the name of their holder. No request for listing on Alternext of NYSE Euronext will be made.

 

Issue price

 

The warrants will be issued freely.

 

Date of the issue

 

The warrants will have to be issued within six months following this meeting.

 

Parity of exercise, exercise price, and maximum number of issued shares

Each Warrant gives right to subscribe at a global exercise price of [***] euros, to a number of Diaxonhit shares equal to [***] euros.

This consideration will be calculated on the basis of the average weighted by the volume of Diaxonhit share price on NYSE Alternext market in Paris during the last twenty (20) stock exchange sessions, it being specified that, in accordance with the law, the subscription price per share cannot be less than the nominal value of the share, i.e. [***] euros, corresponding to a maximum number of [***] shares that may be issued

 

8


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Cette contre-valeur sera calculee sur la base de la moyenne ponder& par les volumes des cours de l’action Diaxonhit sur le mantle NYSE Alternext a Paris pendant les vingt (20) seances de bourse precedant la decision d’exercice des BSA, etant precise que, conformement a la loi, le prix de souscription par action ne pourra etre infetieur a la valeur nominale de l’action, soit [***] euros, correspondant a un nombre maximum de [***] actions susceptibles d’être emises par exercice d’un BSA, soit une augmentation de capital totale d’un montant nominal maximum de [***] euros si tous les BSA etaient exerces a ce prix.

 

Rompus

 

Lorsque le titulaire de BSA aura droit a un nombre d’actions ordinaires formant « rompu », it lui sera attribue le nombre entier d’actions immediatement inferieur.

 

Souscription

 

Les actions ordinaires souscrites en exercice des BSA devront etre integralement liberties, tant du nominal que de la prime, lors de leur souscription par versement en numeraire et/ou par compensation de creances liquides et exigibles detenues sur la Societe. L’exercice des BSA se fera sans frais pour leur titulaire autre que la liberation du prix de souscription des actions ordinaire nouvelles a emettre en consequence.

 

Petiode d’exercice et date d’echeance

 

Les BSA seront exergables a compter de leur emission et pendant une petiode de dix ans a compter de ladite emission. A defaut d’avoir ete exerces dans ce delai, les BSA seront de plein droit caducs et sans valeur.

  

following the exercise of one Warrant, i.e. a total capital increase of a maximum nominal value of [***] if all the Warrants would be exercised at this price.

 

Fraction of shares

When the holder of Warrants will have a right to a fractional number of ordinary shares, he will be granted the immediately lower number of shares.

 

Subscription

The ordinary shares subscribed upon exercise of the Warrants will have to be entirely paid up, for the nominal value and the premium, at the time of their subscription by cash payment and/or by compensation with liquidated and due claim on the Company. The exercise of the Warrants will be done without fees for their holder other than the subscription price of the corresponding new shares.

 

Period of exercise and maturity date

The Warrants can be exercised as of their issue and for a period of ten years following their issue. If not exercised within this period, the Warrants will be automatically null and void and without value.

 

Form

The new ordinary shares issued upon exercise of the Warrants will be ordinary shares, in bearer or registered form depending on the subscriber’s choice, and a request for listing on Alternext of NYSE Euronext will be made.

 

Dividends

The new ordinary shares issued upon exercise of the Warrants will be entirely assimilated to existing ordinary shares and will give right to dividends on the first day of the pending fiscal period.

 

9


Forme

Les actions ordinaire nouvelles emises au resultat de l’exercice des BSA seront des actions ordinaires et revetiront la forme nominative ou au porteur au choix du souscripteur et feront l’objet d’une demande d’admission aux negociations sur le marche Alternext de NYSE-Euronext.

 

Jouissance

Les actions ordinaires nouvelles emises au resultat de l’exercice des BSA seront entierement assimilees aux actions ordinaires anciennes et porteront jouissance au premier jour de l’exercice en cours.

 

5. Approuve les avantages particuliers qui resulteront de l’emission des BSA au profit de XDx ;

 

6. Delegue au Directoire tous pouvoirs, avec faculte de subdelegation clans les conditions legales et reglementaires, pour mettre en oeuvre la presente delegation et proceder a l’emission des BSA - ainsi que le cas echeant d’y surseoir - clans les conditions et limites fixees a la presente resolution, et notamment a l’effet de :

 

•   proceder a l’emission de toute ou partie des BSA dans les conditions et limites ci-dessus ;

 

•   determiner les autres conditions des BSA, notamment les conditions d’exercice, ainsi que la realisation de ces conditions et la recevabilite de l’exercice des BSA ;

  

5. Approves the specific advantages that will result from the issue of Warrants to XDx;

 

6. Delegates to the Management Board all powers, with the possibility of subdelegation within legal and regulatory limits, to implement this delegation and perform the issue of Warrants — and possibly to postpone such issue(s) - in accordance with the conditions and limits set in this resolution, including:

 

•   proceed with the issue of all or a part of the Warrants within the hereabove conditions and limits;

 

•   set the other conditions of the Warrants, notably the conditions of exercise, together with the completion of these conditions and the admissibility of the Warrants exercise ;

 

•   set the number and the subscription price of the shares to be issued upon exercise of the Warrants, under the hereabove conditions;

 

•   set the terms and conditions to protect the rights of Warrants holders pursuant to legal rules and/or contractual stipulations; to take all necessary measures in due course to protect the rights of Warrants holders;

 

•   as the case may be, suspend the exercise of the Warrants for a period that cannot exceed three months;

 

•   acknowledge the exercise of the Warrants and the subsequent share capital increases; subsequently amend the bylaws and proceed with all necessary formalities related to these capital increases;

 

10


•   determiner le nombre et le prix de souscription des actions a emettre sur exercice des BSA dans les conditions determines ci-dessus ;

 

•   determiner les conditions et modalites de la preservation des droits du porteur de BSA en application des dispositions legales et/ou contractuelles ; de prendre en temps utile toute mesure qui s’avererait necessaire pour preserver les droits du porteur de BSA ;

 

•   suspendre le cas echeant l’exercice des BSA pendant un delai qui ne pourra exceder trois mois ;

 

•   constater l’exercice des BSA anis et les augmentations consecutives du capital social ; modifier correlativement les statuts et effectuer toutes formalites relatives auxdites augmentations du capital ;

 

•   modifier les statuts de la Societe afire, le cas echeant, de stipuler les avantages particuliers que le commissaire aux avantages particuliers pourrait, le cas echeant, constater ;

 

•   requetir l’admission aux negociations sur le marche Alternext des actions ordinaires resultant de l’exercice des BSA ;

 

•   et d’une maniere generale, faire tout ce qui sera necessaire en vue de l’emission des BSA et des actions resultant de l’exercice des BSA.

  

•   amend the Company bylaws in order to mention, as the case may be, the specific advantages that the Appraiser could point out;

 

•   request the admission for listing on Alternext of the ordinary shares resulting from the exercise of the Warrants;

 

•   and, more generally, take all necessary measures in order to issue the Warrants and the shares resulting from the exercise of the Warrants.

 

11


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 5

Sample Products

[***] AlloMap Plates (as per the terms contained herein)

[***] AlloMap Shipper Kits

[***] AlloMap Sample Processing/Collection Kits

 

12


Schedule 6

Governance of Collaboration Committee

PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 6.5

1. Within 30 days from the Effective Date, the Parties will establish a Governance of Collaboration Committee (“the Collaboration Committee ”) comprising two (2) voting representatives of each Party. Each Party may at any time appoint different representatives by prior written notice to the other Party. Additional representatives of a Party may attend meetings in a non-voting capacity. Each Party will designate one of its representatives as a co-chair of the Committee.

2. The Collaboration Committee will determine the commercialization strategy, monitor and manage the activities conducted pursuant to this Distribution and Licensing Agreement, and establish priorities and responsibilities regarding the key elements of the promotional, marketing and sales activities.

3. The Collaboration Committee will hold meetings at least once every quarter by teleconference or in person at such times and places as the co-chairs may determine, provided that they will meet in person at least once per year, alternating between the head offices of each Party. All other meetings need not be in person and may be by teleconference or other method. Each Party will bear its own costs associated with attending meetings.

4. Decisions of the Collaboration Committee will require unanimous consent to be binding. A voting representative of one Party may assign to a voting representative of the same Party the ability to give consent by proxy. If the Collaboration Committee is unable to reach unanimous consent on an issue, it will submit the issue to the Chief Executive Officer of each Party, who will confer; should these persons fail to agree, the Collaboration Committee will defer to the decision of a mediator or an independent expert, as appropriate to the nature of the dispute. Cost of the expertise will be shared equally between the Parties.

5. The Collaboration Committee will keep accurate minutes of its deliberations and will fmalize them for release to the Parties within ten (10) days of each meeting.

6. Each Party will promptly disclose to the other Party and to the Collaboration Committee in reasonable details all information that is necessary or reasonably useful for the other Party to perform its obligations under the Agreement. The Parties will provide the Collaboration Committee with reasonable access to records of the Parties, relating to the performance of the Agreement that the Collaboration Committee may reasonably require, except where such access is inconsistent with a Party’s duty of confidentiality to a third party.

7. Each Party will timely report to the other Party or to the Collaboration Committee significant events or information concerning the performance of this Agreement, including the Testing Services Agreement, Agents and Sub-Distributors.

 

13


Schedule 7

Designated Products

Test, AlloMap plates, AlloMap sample processing kit and LTP. “LTP” means a positive PCR control used in each well of the AlloMap plates.

 

14

Exhibit 10.16

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

THIS SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE (AND ALL PAYMENT AND ENFORCEMENT PROVISIONS HEREIN) (THE “NOTE”) IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT DATED AS OF APRIL 15, 2014, BY AND AMONG THE PURCHASER (AS DEFINED HEREIN), THE COMPANY (AS DEFINED HEREIN), SILICON VALLEY BANK AND OXFORD FINANCE LLC (THE “SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT”). IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THIS NOTE AND THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT SHALL CONTROL.

SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

OF

CAREDX, INC.

 

AMOUNT: US $5,000,000

  DATE: April 17, 2014

1. Promise to Pay . For value received, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, CareDx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay to the order of Illumina, Inc. or its permitted assigns (the “ Purchaser ”), at such place as the Purchaser shall designate in writing from time to time, the aggregate principal sum of US $5,000,000, or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount hereof, plus the interest on the unpaid balance accruing from the date set forth above, according to the terms and conditions set forth below. This Note is issued pursuant to that certain Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2014 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and between the Company and Purchaser, and is subject to the provisions thereof. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

2. Interest Rate . Interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall begin accruing on the date set forth above, and shall continue until all sums due under this Note are converted or paid in full, at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum; provided , however , that in no event shall such interest rate be higher than the highest rate allowable by law. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 12 month (each with 30 days), 360 day year.

3. Maturity Date . This Note (including all principal and unpaid interest) shall be immediately due and payable on demand by the Purchaser at any time after April 15, 2015, or, if on a weekend or holiday, the next business day (the “ Maturity Date ”). Any such payment shall be made in the lawful money of the United States of America and will be applied first to the payment of expenses due hereunder or under the Purchase Agreement, second to interest accrued hereunder and third, if the amount of payment exceeds the amount of all such expenses and accrued interest, to the payment of the then outstanding principal of this Note.


4. Conversion .

 

  (a) Mandatory Conversion . Upon the closing of a Qualified Financing or Qualified IPO before the Maturity Date and prior to a Change of Control, all unpaid principal and interest outstanding under this Note (the “ Investment Amount ”) will automatically be converted into that number of shares of the type of equity securities sold in the Qualified Financing or Qualified IPO, as applicable, as is yielded when the Investment Amount is divided by the Conversion Price, rounded down to the nearest whole share. “ Conversion Price ” means the lower of (A) or (B), as follows, with (A) being either (1), in the event of a Qualified Financing, 80% of the lowest price per share paid by the other purchasers in the Qualified Financing, or (2), in the event of a Qualified IPO, the price per share paid by the purchasers in the Qualified IPO, or (B) the amount of $3.18 per share (as proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recombinations and the like), rounded down to the nearest whole share. The securities issued to the Purchaser in the Qualified Financing or Qualified IPO shall, other than as stated herein, be issued on the same terms and conditions as the securities issued to the other participants in such Qualified Financing or Qualified IPO.

 

  (b) Optional Conversion Prior to Qualified Financing or Qualified IPO. At any time prior to a Qualified Financing or Qualified IPO, or if there is an Event of Default (as defined elsewhere in this Note), at the option of the Purchaser, by five days’ prior written notice to the Company, the Investment Amount may be converted into that number of shares of the Company’s Series G Preferred Stock as is yielded when the Investment Amount is divided by $3.18 (as proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recombinations and the like), rounded down to the nearest whole share.

 

  (c) Conversion or Repayment upon Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control closing prior to a Qualified Financing or Qualified IPO, at the option of the Purchaser, either (i) the Company shall pay the Purchaser an amount equal to 1.5 times the Investment Amount, which shall constitute full repayment of this Note, or (ii) the Investment Amount may be converted immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control into that number of shares of Common Stock as is yielded when the Investment Amount is divided by $3.18 (as proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recombinations and the like), rounded down to the nearest whole share.

 

  (d) Mechanics and Effect of Conversion .

 

  (i)

Upon conversion of the Investment Amount pursuant to Section 4(a) , the Company shall promptly notify Purchaser in writing of such conversion and issue the shares of the Company’s capital

 

2


  stock required. Upon conversion of the Investment Amount pursuant to Section 4(b) or 4(c) , the Purchaser shall notify the Company in writing and the Company shall issue the shares of the appropriate class and series of stock. In either case the Purchaser shall surrender this Note at the principal offices of the Company or any transfer agent of the Company. At its expense, the Company will, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to Purchaser, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of the appropriate class and series of stock to which Purchaser is entitled upon such conversion. Upon conversion of the Investment Amount, the Company will be forever released from all of its obligations and liabilities under this Note including, without limitation, the obligation to pay the Investment Amount, regardless of whether Purchaser surrenders this Note to the Company.

 

  (ii) Prior to any conversion of the Investment Amount pursuant to Section 4(b) or 4(c) hereof, the Company shall take such actions as are necessary to authorize an adequate number of shares of the appropriate class and series of stock to permit full conversion of the Investment Amount, and sufficient authorized shares of Common Stock to permit full conversion of any Series G Preferred Stock issued upon conversion of this Note.

 

  (e) Notice of Qualified Financing, Qualified IPO or Change of Control . The Company shall notify the Purchaser in writing no later than ten days, and no more than 60 days, in advance of the closing of any Qualified Financing, Qualified IPO or Change of Control.

5. Prepayment . This Note may not be prepaid without the written consent of Purchaser.

6. Default .

 

  (a) Occurrence of Default . Any one or more of the following constitutes an “ Event of Default ” under this Note: (i) the Company fails to pay any principal or interest when due on this Note; (ii) the Company fails to perform any other of its other obligations under the terms of this Note within 15 days after written notice; or (iii) the commencement of an involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding against the Company that is consented to by the Company or that is not dismissed in 30 days; (iv) commencement of a voluntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding by the Company; (v) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee or trustee of the Company’s assets for the benefit of creditors; (vi) the breach of any of the representations, warranties, agreements, covenants or other obligations of the Company under the Transaction Agreements that remain uncured by the Company and unwaived by Purchaser within 15 days of receipt of notice thereof from Purchaser, or (vii) the Company’s default under any other debt obligations in excess of an aggregate of $1,000,000.

 

3


  (b) Remedies . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, in addition to any other right or remedy allowed by law or equity, all sums of the principal and interest of this Note shall immediately be due and payable without any notice of any kind or character.

 

  (c) No Waiver . Purchaser’s failure to exercise any right available to it upon Company’s default, or to strictly enforce any term of this Note in any instance, does not constitute a waiver of that right or term in any other instance.

 

  (d) Notice of Event of Default . The Company shall provide the Purchaser written notice of any Event of Default within five days of the occurrence thereof.

7. Restrictions on Transfer .

 

  (a) This Note may be transferred only in compliance with applicable United States federal and state securities laws and only upon surrender of the original Note for registration of transfer, duly endorsed (or an affidavit stating that the original Note has been lost, mutilated or destroyed), and accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, together, if reasonably requested by the Company, with a written opinion of the Purchaser’s United States counsel, to the effect that such transfer may be effected without registration or qualification under any United States federal or state law then in effect. A new Note for like principal amount and interest will be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. Interest and principal payments are payable only to the registered holder of this Note. Purchaser agrees to provide a Form W-9 to the Company upon request.

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the provisions above, no such opinion of counsel shall be required by either this Note or the Purchase Agreement: (i) for any transfer of this Note or securities into which this Note may be converted in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 144A, each promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, or (ii) for any transfer of this Note or such securities to (A) a stockholder of Purchaser, (B) a controlled affiliate of Purchaser, (C) the estate of any such stockholder; provided that under subsection (ii) the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 7 to the same extent as if the transferee were the original Purchaser hereunder.

8. Waivers . The Company and all other persons liable or to become liable on this Note waive presentment, demand of payment, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of nonpayment, and all other notices and demands.

 

4


9. Other Documents . The Company shall execute any other documents, and take such further action, as Purchaser shall reasonably request, from time to time, to give effect to this Note.

10. Severability . If a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any portion of this Note is invalid or unenforceable, that determination shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Note.

11. Assignment. The Company shall not assign this Note, or its rights or obligations hereunder, to any person without prior written consent of Purchaser. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Note shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective transferees, successors, assigns, heirs, and legal representatives.

12. Governing Law . This Note and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

13. Amendment . All amendments and modifications to this Note shall be in writing, signed by the Company and Purchaser. The Company and the holder of this Note may also waive performance of the other hereunder.

14. Subordination . Purchaser acknowledges that this Note will be subordinated as set forth in the Subordination Agreement dated as of April 15, 2014 among Purchaser, Oxford Finance, LLC and Silicon Valley Bank.

15. Excessive Interest . Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, this Note is hereby expressly limited so that the interest rate charged hereunder shall at no time exceed the maximum rate permitted by applicable law. If, for any circumstance whatsoever, the interest rate charged exceeds the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, the interest rate shall be reduced to the maximum rate permitted, and if Purchaser shall have received an amount that would cause the interest rate charged to be in excess of the maximum rate permitted, such amount that would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal amount owing hereunder and not to the payment of interest, or if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of principal, such excess shall be refunded to the Company.

[ Remainder of this Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

5


COMPANY:
CAREDX, INC.
By:   /s/ Peter Maag
Name:   Peter Maag
Its:   Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NOTE

Exhibit 10.18

***Confidential Treatment Requested. Confidential portions of this document have been redacted and have been

separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

S09-367 : GWK

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Agreement (“Restated Agreement”) between THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY (“Stanford”), an institution of higher education having powers under the laws of the State of California, and ImmuMetrix, Inc. (“ImmuMetrix”), a corporation having a principal place of business at 3183 Porter Drive, Palo Alto, CA, is effective on the 27 th day of January, 2014, (“Restatement Effective Date”).

 

1 BACKGROUND

Stanford has an assignment of an invention for a rapid, inexpensive, non-invasive method to monitor organ transplant recipients for life-threatening graft rejection. It is entitled “Non-invasive diagnosis of graft rejection in organ transplant patients,” was invented in the laboratory of Dr. Stephen Quake, a Howard Hughes Medical Institute (“HHMI”) investigator at Stanford, and is described in Stanford Docket S09-367. The invention was made in the course of research supported by the National Institutes of Health and HHMI. Stanford wants to have the invention perfected and marketed as soon as possible so that resulting products may be available for public use and benefit.

Effective as of August 19, 2011 (“Original Sequencing Effective Date”), Stanford and ImmuMetrix, LLC entered into the Exclusive License Agreement (“Sequencing Agreement”) pursuant to which ImmuMetrix, LLC obtained from Stanford a world-wide exclusive license under the Licensed Patents for use in research and diagnostic fields using sequencing, as more completely set forth in the Sequencing Agreement. Additionally, effective as of February 10, 2012 (“Original PCR Effective Date”), Stanford and ImmuMetrix, LLC entered into the Exclusive License Agreement (“PCR Agreement”) pursuant to which ImmuMetrix, LLC obtained from Stanford a world-wide exclusive license under the Licensed Patents for use in research and diagnostic fields using PCR assays, as more completely set forth in the PCR Agreement.

As described, and consented to by Stanford, in that certain letter from ImmuMetrix, LLC to Stanford dated March 26, 2013, ImmuMetrix, LLC assigned to ImmuMetrix, Inc. all rights and obligations under the Sequencing Agreement and the PCR Agreement.

Now, the parties desire to amend the terms of the Sequencing Agreement and the PCR Agreement and restate the Sequencing Agreement and PCR Agreement in their entirety on the terms and conditions as set forth in this Restated Agreement.

 

2 DEFINITIONS

 

2.1 “Agreement” means collectively, (i) the Sequencing Agreement as in effect from the Original Sequencing Agreement Effective Date until the Restatement Effective Date, (ii) the PCR Agreement as in effect from the Original PCR Effective Date until the Restatement Effective Date and (iii) this Restated Agreement, which pursuant to Section 20.6 below, replaces the Sequencing Agreement and the PCR Agreement in their entirety as of the Restatement Effective Date.

 

 

Page 1 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

2.2 “Fully Diluted Basis” means the total number of shares of lmmuMetrix’s issued and outstanding common stock, assuming:

 

  (A) the conversion of all issued and outstanding securities convertible into common stock;

 

  (B) the exercise of all issued and outstanding warrants or options, regardless of whether then exercisable; and

 

  (C) the issuance, grant, and exercise of all securities reserved for issuance pursuant to any ImmuMetrix stock or stock option plan then in effect.

 

2.3 “HHMI Indemnitees” means HHMI and its trustees, officers, employees, and agents.

 

2.4 “Licensed Field of Use” means any and all fields of use.

 

2.5 “Licensed Patent” means any domestic or foreign patent application or patent that claims priority to, or common priority with, any application listed in Appendix C. Any claim of an unexpired Licensed Patent is presumed to be valid unless it has been held to be invalid by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be or is taken. “Licensed Patent” excludes any continuation-in-part (CIP) patent application or patent, provided however that neither party shall file any such patent applications that claim priority to any patent applications that are licensed under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

2.6 “Licensed Product” means a product or part of a product in the Licensed Field of Use the making, using, importing or selling of which, absent this license, infringes, induces infringement, or contributes to infringement of a Valid Claim of a Licensed Patent. For clarity, discovery or development of a product using Licensed Patents or technology or rights licensed hereunder does not cause such product to be a Licensed Product.

 

2.7 “Licensed Territory” means worldwide.

 

2.8 “Net Sales” means all gross revenue derived through ImmuMetrix or sublicensees from sales of Licensed Product. Net Sales excludes the following items (but only as they pertain to the making, using, importing or selling of Licensed Products, are included in gross revenue, and are separately billed):

 

  (A) import, export, excise and sales taxes, and custom duties;

 

  (B) costs of insurance, packing, and transportation from the place of manufacture to the customer’s premises or point of installation;

 

  (C) costs of installation at the place of use; and credit for returns, allowances, or trades.

 

2.9

“Nonroyalty Sublicensing Consideration” means any consideration received by ImmuMetrix from a sublicensee as consideration for and allocable to the grant of a Sublicense under rights

 

 

Page 2 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

  under the Licensed Patents in the Licensed Field of Use such as up front fees, annual fees, and milestone fees, without limitation, but excluding any consideration for an earned royalty that is calculated based on sales of Licensed Product, investments in ImmuMetrix stock or debt, payment or reimbursement of R&D expenses calculated on a fully burdened basis, supply of Licensed Products or other products or materials to such sublicensee, reimbursement for patent prosecution costs and patent maintenance expenses, licensing of patents or other intellectual property other than Licensed Patents, and the sale of all or substantially all of the business or assets of ImmuMetrix (or its assignee) whether by merger, sale of stock or assets or otherwise.

 

2.10 “Stanford Indemnitees” means Stanford and Stanford Hospitals and Clinics, and their respective trustees, officers, employees, students, and agents.

 

2.11 “Sublicense” means any agreement between ImmuMetrix and a third party that contains a grant to Stanford’s Licensed Patents regardless of the name given to the agreement by the parties; however, an agreement to make, have made, use or sell Licensed Products on behalf of ImmuMetrix is not considered a Sublicense.

 

2.12 “Technology” means the Licensed Patents and that additional information or materials listed in Appendix D that will be provided by Stanford to ImmuMetrix. Technology may or may not be confidential in nature.

 

2.13 “Valid Claim” means a claim contained in an issued and unexpired patent or a pending patent application which has not been held unenforceable or invalid by a decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, and which has not been admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through abandonment, reissue, disclaimer or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a claim of a pending patent application within the Licensed Patents has not issued as a claim of an issued patent within the Licensed Patents, within five (5) years after the filing date from which such claim takes priority, such pending claim shall not be a Valid Claim for purposes of this Agreement.

 

3 GRANT

 

3.1 Grant . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Stanford grants ImmuMetrix (a) an exclusive license under the Licensed Patent in the Licensed Field of Use to make, have made, use, import, offer to sell and sell Licensed Product in the Licensed Territory and (b) a non-exclusive license under the Technology in the Licensed Field of Use to research, develop, make, have made, use, import, offer to sell and sell Licensed Product and otherwise exploit Technology in the Licensed Territory.

 

3.2 Term . The license terminates when the last of the Licensed Patents expires, provided that ImmuMetrix’s non-exclusive license under the Technology set forth in Section 3.1(b) shall survive such expiration with respect to Technology in ImmuMetrix’s possession.

 

 

Page 3 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

3.3 Retained Rights . Stanford retains the right, on behalf of itself and all other non-profit academic research institutions, to practice the Licensed Patent and use Technology for any non-profit purpose, including sponsored research and collaborations. ImmuMetrix agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, it has no right to enforce the Licensed Patent against any such institution. Stanford and any such other institution have the right to publish any information included in the Technology or a Licensed Patent. ImmuMetrix acknowledges that HHMI has retained an irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, royalty-free, nonexclusive, nontransferable license to the Licensed Patents and Technology.

 

3.4 Specific Exclusion . Stanford does not:

 

  (A) grant to ImmuMetrix any other licenses, implied or otherwise, to any patents or other rights of Stanford other than those rights granted under Licensed Patent, regardless of whether the patents or other rights are dominant or subordinate to any Licensed Patent, or are required to exploit any Licensed Patent or Technology;

 

  (B) commit to ImmuMetrix to bring suit against third parties for infringement, except as described in Article 14; and

 

  (C) agree to furnish to ImmuMetrix any technology or technological information other than the Technology or to provide ImmuMetrix with any assistance.

 

4 SUBLICENSING

 

4.1 Permitted Sublicensing . ImmuMetrix may grant and authorize sublicenses in the Licensed Field of Use only if at the time of such grant ImmuMetrix or its sublicensee is developing or selling Licensed Products. Sublicenses with any exclusivity must include diligence requirements commensurate with the diligence requirements of Appendix A. Stanford agrees that ImmuMetrix may apportion a commercially reasonable percentage of sublicensing payments made to Stanford pursuant to Section 4.6, provided however that ImmuMetrix provides Stanford with the proposed apportionment and justification prior ImmuMetrix’s payment pursuant to Section 8.1. Stanford and ImmuMetrix agree to meet to discuss such proposed apportionment if in Stanford’s opinion the apportionment does not reasonably reflect the value of the Licensed Patents.

 

4.2 Required Sublicensing . If ImmuMetrix is unable or unwilling to serve or develop a potential market or market territory for which there is a company willing to be a sublicensee, ImmuMetrix will, at Stanford’s request, negotiate in good faith a Sublicense with any such sublicensee. Stanford would like licensees to address unmet needs, such as those of neglected patient populations or geographic areas, giving particular attention to improved therapeutics, diagnostics and agricultural technologies for the developing world.

 

4.3 Sublicense Requirements . Any Sublicense granted under this Agreement:

 

  (A) is subject to this Agreement;

 

  (B) will prohibit sublicensee from paying royalties to an escrow or other similar account;

 

 

Page 4 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

  (C) will expressly include the provisions of Articles 8, 9, 10, 12, and Section 19.4 for the benefit of Stanford and/or HHMI, as the case may be; and

 

  (D) will require the transfer of all the sublicensee’s applicable obligations to ImmuMetrix with respect to the sublicense, including the payment of royalties specified in the Sublicense (up to the earned royalty rates set forth in Article 7)), to Stanford or its designee, if this Agreement is terminated. If the sublicensee is a spin-out from ImmuMetrix, ImmuMetrix must guarantee the sublicensee’s performance with respect to the payment of Stanford’s share of Sublicense royalties.

 

4.4 Copy of Sublicenses and Sublicensee Royalty Reports. ImmuMetrix will submit to Stanford a copy of each Sublicense, any subsequent amendments and all copies of sublicensees’ royalty reports. Beginning with the first Sublicense, the Chief Financial Officer or equivalent will certify annually regarding the name and number of sublicensees.

 

4.5 Litigation by Sublicensee . Any Sublicense must include the following clauses:

 

  (A) In the event sublicensee brings an action seeking to invalidate any Licensed Patent:

 

  (1) sublicensee will double the payment paid to the ImmuMetrix during the pendency of such action. Moreover, should the outcome of such action determine that any claim of a patent challenged by the sublicensee is both valid and infringed by a Licensed Product, sublicensee will pay triple times the payment paid under the original Sublicense;

 

  (2) sublicensee will have no right to recoup any royalties paid before or during the period challenge;

 

  (3) any dispute regarding the validity of any Licensed Patent shall be litigated in the courts located in Santa Clara County, and the parties agree not to challenge personal jurisdiction in that forum;

 

  (4) sublicensee shall not pay royalties into any escrow or other similar account.

 

  (B) Sublicensee will provide written notice to Stanford at least three months prior to bringing an action seeking to invalidate a Licensed Patent. Sublicensee will include with such written notice an identification of all prior art it believes invalidates any claim of the Licensed Patent.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a sublicensee files a counterclaim asserting invalidity of one or more Licensed Patents in response to an actual suit by Stanford, such sublicensee shall not be deemed to have brought an action to invalidate a Licensed Patent and this Section 4.5 shall not apply.

 

 

Page 5 of 32


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

S09-367 : GWK

 

 

4.6 Sharing of Sublicensing Income . ImmuMetrix will pay Stanford the following percent of all Nonroyalty Sublicensing Consideration, excluding earned royalties (ImmuMetrix shall guarantee earned royalties for sales by sublicensees as if the sales were made by ImmuMetrix):

 

  (A) [***]% of Nonroyalty Sublicensing Consideration before and [***]% of Nonroyalty Consideration after demonstration, that cell free DNA of a transplanted organ, other than a human heart, may be detected in the blood or other bodily fluids or tissues of the host, and that the cell free DNA concentration increases during a transplant rejection event as identified by other established clinical means, but before occurrence of an event listed in clause (B) below;

 

  (B) [***]% of Nonroyalty Sublicensing Consideration after the earlier of (i) commercial launch as indicated by a first sale or (ii) expenditure after the Restatement Effective date of $[***] for the research, development, regulatory approval and/or commercialization, in either case of a Licensed Product by ImmuMetrix directly or through its Affiliates, sublicensees and/or other contractors, but before occurrence of the event listed in clause (C) below; or

 

  (C) [***]% of Nonroyalty Sublicensing Consideration after annual sales of Licensed Product by ImmuMetrix, its Affiliates and/or its sublicensees reach $[***].

 

4.7 Royalty-Free Sublicenses . If ImmuMetrix pays all royalties due Stanford from a sublicensee’s Net Sales, ImmuMetrix may grant that sublicensee a royalty-free or non-cash:

 

  (A) Sublicense or

 

  (B) cross-license.

 

5 GOVERNMENT RIGHTS

This Agreement is subject to Title 35 Sections 200-204 of the United States Code. Among other things, these provisions provide the United States Government with nonexclusive rights in the Licensed Patent. They also impose the obligation that Licensed Product sold or produced in the United States be “manufactured substantially in the United States.” ImmuMetrix will ensure all obligations of these provisions are met.

 

6 DILIGENCE

 

6.1

Milestones. Because the invention is not yet commercially viable as of the Original Sequencing Effective Date, ImmuMetrix, directly or through its Affiliates, sublicensees and/or other contractors, will diligently develop, manufacture, and sell and/or otherwise commercialize Licensed Product and will diligently develop markets for Licensed Product. In addition, ImmuMetrix, directly or through its Affiliates, sublicensees and/or other contractors, will meet the milestones shown in Appendix A, and notify Stanford in writing as each milestone is met. Notwithstanding the foregoing and 15.2(A)(3), Stanford shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any revision of the milestones described in Appendix A when requested in writing by ImmuMetrix to the extent such request is supported by evidence of technical difficulties or delays, including in clinical studies or regulatory

 

 

Page 6 of 32


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

S09-367 : GWK

 

 

  processes, outside of ImmuMetrix’s reasonable control. Additionally, ImmuMetrix shall be entitled to extend the due date of any one and any subsequent milestones described on Appendix A by [***] year upon payment to Stanford of [***] Dollars ($[***]) (a “[***]-Year Extension”), but only once for each milestone. ImmuMetrix shall have the right to extend such due dates from time to time for additional [***]-Year Extensions in accordance with the foregoing, but only after discussion and agreement by Stanford, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld. Any such extension of a milestone due date shall also extend the due date for all subsequent related milestones by [***] year.

 

6.2 Progress Report . By March 1 of each year, ImmuMetrix will submit a written annual report to Stanford covering the preceding calendar year. The report will include information sufficient to enable Stanford to satisfy reporting requirements of the U.S. Government and for Stanford to ascertain progress by ImmuMetrix toward meeting this Agreement’s diligence requirements. Each report will describe, where relevant: ImmuMetrix’s progress toward commercialization of Licensed Product, including work completed, key scientific discoveries, summary of work-in-progress, current schedule of anticipated events or milestones, market plans for introduction of Licensed Product, and significant corporate transactions involving Licensed Product.

 

6.3 Clinical Trial Notice . ImmuMetrix will notify Stanford prior to commencing any clinical trials at Stanford.

 

6.4 Completed Milestones . Stanford acknowledges and agrees that ImmuMetrix has met the milestones numbered 1 through 6 set forth in Appendix A.

 

7 ROYALTIES

 

7.1 Issue Royalty . Stanford and ImmuMetrix acknowledge and agree that in consideration of the grant of the license hereunder, ImmuMetrix has paid to Stanford a noncreditable, nonrefundable license issue royalty of $[***] upon signing the PCR Agreement and a noncreditable, nonrefundable license issue royalty of $[***] upon signing the Sequencing Agreement and no addition issue royalty, except as set forth in Section 7.16 hereof, shall be due upon the signing of this Restated Agreement.

 

7.2 License Maintenance Fee . ImmuMetrix will pay Stanford a yearly license maintenance fee as follows:

 

  (A) $[***] upon the first anniversary of the Restated Agreement;

 

  (B) $[***] upon the second anniversary of the Restated Agreement; and

 

  (C) $[***] upon the third and each subsequent anniversary of the Restated Agreement during the term of this Restated Agreement.

Yearly maintenance payments are nonrefundable, but they are creditable each year as described in Section 7.6.

 

 

Page 7 of 32


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

S09-367 : GWK

 

 

7.3 Milestone Payments . ImmuMetrix will pay Stanford the following milestone payments with respects of the first Licensed Product:

 

(a)    Initiation of any clinical trial      $[***]   
(b)    First commercial sale      $[***]   
(c)    FDA or ex-US equiv. approval      $[***]   
(d)    Sales > $[***]      $[***]   
(e)    Patent Issuance      $[***]   
(f)    Net Sales of Licensed Product exceeds $[***]      $[***]   

 

7.4 Earned Royalty . ImmuMetrix will pay Stanford earned royalties (Y%) on Net Sales as follows:

ImmuMetrix or its sublicensee will pay Stanford a [***]% royalty on Net Sales of each Licensed Product sold.

Earned royalties paid to third parties will offset Stanford earned royalties at a rate [***]% for each [***]% that ImmuMetrix pays to third parties provided that the third party technology for which ImmuMetrix pays earned royalties is reasonably useful and the earned royalty rate ImmuMetrix pays them is commercially reasonable for the type of technology and such license is reasonably useful to make, use and sell the Licensed Product, licensed hereunder. In no event shall the royalty be reduced by more than [***]%.

In the event that a Licensed Product is sold in combination with one or more other products or components for which no royalty would be due hereunder if sold separately (“Other Product(s)”), Net Sales from such sales shall be calculated by multiplying the net selling price of the combination product by the fraction A/(A + B), where A is the average gross selling price during the applicable calendar quarter of the Licensed Product sold separately and B is the average gross selling price during the applicable calendar quarter of the Other Product(s). In the event that separate sales of the Licensed Product and/or of the Other Product(s) were not made during the applicable calendar quarter, then the Net Sales on the combination product shall be as reasonably as mutually agreed upon by Stanford and ImmuMetrix in good faith, between such Licensed Product and such Other Product(s), based upon their relative importance and proprietary protection. In the event that Stanford reasonably believes that the average gross selling price during the applicable calendar quarter of the Licensed Product sold separately and the Other Product(s) sold separately do not accurately reflect the relative importance and proprietary protection of the Licensed Product and such Other Product(s) for the purposes of determining Net Sales of a combination product, Stanford may provide ImmuMetrix notice thereof and the parties thereafter shall reasonably discuss and agree in good faith upon an alternative allocation with respect thereto. If the parties cannot so agree, the matter will be resolved by arbitration in accordance with Article 17.

 

 

Page 8 of 32


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

S09-367 : GWK

 

 

For clarity, ImmuMetrix’s right to offset earned royalties for third party technology as set forth above shall not apply with respect to third party technology reasonably useful to make, use and sell a Licensed Product that is a combination product for which Net Sales is calculated as set forth in the preceding paragraph to the extent such third party technology is only useful for the making, using or selling the Other Product(s) in such combination product separately.

 

7.5 Earned Royalty if ImmuMetrix or Sublicensee Challenges the Patent . Notwithstanding the above, should ImmuMetrix bring an action seeking to invalidate any Licensed Patent, ImmuMetrix will pay royalties to Stanford at the rate of [***] x Y percent ([***] xY%) of the Net Sales of all Licensed Products sold during the pendency of such action. Moreover, should the outcome of such action determine that any claim of a patent challenged by ImmuMetrix is both valid and infringed by a Licensed Product, ImmuMetrix will pay royalties at the rate of [***] x Y percent ([***] xY%) of the Net Sales of all Licensed Products sold. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event ImmuMetrix files a counterclaim asserting invalidity of one or more Licensed Patents in response to an actual suit by Stanford, ImmuMetrix shall not be deemed to have brought an action to invalidate a Licensed Patent and this Section 7.5 shall not apply.

 

7.6 Creditable Payments . The license maintenance fee for a year may be offset against earned royalty payments due on Net Sales occurring in that year.

For example:

 

  (A) if ImmuMetrix pays Stanford a $[***] maintenance payment for year Y, and according to Section 7.4 $[***] in earned royalties are due Stanford for Net Sales in year Y, ImmuMetrix will only need to pay Stanford an additional $[***] for that year’s earned royalties.

 

  (B) if ImmuMetrix pays Stanford a $[***] maintenance payment for year Y, and according to Section 7.4 $[***] in earned royalties are due Stanford for Net Sales in year Y, ImmuMetrix will not need to pay Stanford any earned royalty payment for that year. ImmuMetrix will not be able to offset the remaining $[***] against a future year’s earned royalties.

 

7.7 Obligation to Pay Royalties . A royalty is due Stanford under this Agreement for any activity conducted under the licenses granted. For convenience’s sake, the amount of that royalty is calculated using Net Sales. Nonetheless, if certain Licensed Products are made, used, imported, or offered for sale before the date this Agreement terminates, and those Licensed Products are sold after the termination date, ImmuMetrix will pay Stanford an earned royalty for its exercise of rights based on the Net Sales of those Licensed Products.

 

7.8 No Escrow . ImmuMetrix shall not pay royalties into any escrow or other similar account.

 

7.9 Currency . ImmuMetrix will calculate the royalty on sales in currencies other than U.S. Dollars using the appropriate foreign exchange rate for the currency quoted by the Wall Street Journal on the close of business on the last banking day of each calendar quarter. ImmuMetrix will make royalty payments to Stanford in U.S. Dollars.

 

 

Page 9 of 32


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

S09-367 : GWK

 

 

7.10 Non-U . S . Taxes . ImmuMetrix will pay all non-U.S. taxes related to royalty payments. These payments are not deductible from any payments due to Stanford.

 

7.11 Interest . Any payments not made when due will bear interest at the lower of (a) the Prime Rate published in the Wall Street Journal plus 200 basis points or (b) the maximum rate permitted by law.

 

7.12 [***] % Purchase Right . In any private offering of ImmuMetrix’s equity securities for cash (or in satisfaction of debt issued for cash), Stanford may purchase for cash up to [***]% of the securities issued in such offering. This right will expire following the first round of bona fide equity investment in ImmuMetrix from a single or group of investors which includes at least one venture capital, professional angel, corporate or other similar institutional investor and which either (i) is at least $[***] in size or (ii) involves the sale to outside investors of at least [***]% of the shares outstanding after such round on a Fully-Diluted Basis, but will apply to all shares to be issued in such round.

 

7.13 Future Offerings . In any private offering of ImmuMetrix’s equity securities in exchange for cash (or in satisfaction of debt issued for cash), Stanford may purchase for cash that number of the securities issued in such offering as is necessary for Stanford to maintain its pro rata ownership interest in ImmuMetrix on a Fully-Diluted Basis. This right is in addition to Stanford’s rights under Section 7.12. If both Section 7.12 and this Section 7.13 apply to an offering, the provision granting Stanford the greater purchase rights will govern.

 

7.14

Purchase Terms and Procedure , Exceptions; Public Offering . In any offering subject to Section 7.12 or 7.13, (i) Stanford’s purchase right shall be on the same terms as the other investors in the financing in question, except that Stanford shall not have any board representation or board meeting attendance rights, (ii) ImmuMetrix will give Stanford notice of the terms of the offering, including the names of the investors and the amounts to be invested by each, and Stanford may elect to exercise its right of purchase, in whole or in part, by notice given to ImmuMetrix within 20 days after receipt of ImmuMetrix’s notice and (iii) if Stanford elects not to purchase, or fails to give an election notice within such period, Stanford’s purchase right will not apply to the offering if (and only if and to the extent) it is consummated within 90 days on the same or less favorable (to the investor) terms as stated in ImmuMetrix’s notice to Stanford. Stanford’s rights under Sections 7.12 and 7.13 will not apply to the issuance of stock: (i) to employees and other service providers pursuant to a plan approved by ImmuMetrix’s Board of Directors; (ii) as additional consideration in lending or leasing transactions, or (iii) to any person or entity pursuant to an arrangement that the ImmuMetrix’s Board of Directors determines in good faith is a strategic partnership, licensing transaction or other arrangement which is not primarily for the purpose of raising capital. In the event of the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering, the rights granted in Sections 7.12 and 7.13 will terminate (in addition to any earlier termination pursuant to their terms) immediately before such closing. The rights granted in Section 7.13 will also terminate upon a bona-fide acquisition of ImmuMetrix by a third party if the

 

 

Page 10 of 32


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

S09-367 : GWK

 

 

  acquisition is deemed by ImmuMetrix’s Board of Directors to be in the best interest of its stockholders and the acquisition results in the termination of all such similar rights held by its stockholders in connection with the acquisition.

 

7.15 Repurchase Obligation . If Stanford is to conduct any clinical trial on behalf of ImmuMetrix or any agent of ImmuMetrix, ImmuMetrix will repurchase all Stanford’s equity interest in ImmuMetrix prior to beginning such trial, if requested by Stanford. The repurchase price for any such equity interest will be the fair market value for that equity at the time ImmuMetrix and Stanford enter into a definitive agreement under which any such clinical research will be performed. Fair market value of publicly traded equity instruments will be determined by taking the average of the closing price for such equity over the five days preceding such date. Fair market value of non-public equity instruments will be at least as high as the greater of:

 

  (A) the last value placed on any such equity in ImmuMetrix through an arms-length transaction regarding the issuance or sale of any equity in ImmuMetrix; or

 

  (B) the last value placed on any such equity by ImmuMetrix’s Board of Directors in connection with any transaction other than this repurchase of shares from Stanford.

 

7.16 Equity Interest . As further consideration for the license granted hereunder and the restatement of the Sequencing Agreement and the PCR Agreement into this Restated Agreement, ImmuMetrix shall, subject to the approval of ImmuMetrix’s Board of Directors and Stanford’s execution and delivery to ImmuMetrix of ImmuMetrix’s standard form of stock purchase agreement attached hereto as Appendix E, grant to Stanford [***] shares of common stock in ImmuMetrix. When issued, those shares will represent [***]% of the common stock in ImmuMetrix on a Fully Diluted Basis. ImmuMetrix agrees to provide Stanford with a capitalization table upon which the above calculation is made. ImmuMetrix will, subject to each inventor’s execution and delivery to ImmuMetrix of ImmuMetrix’s standard form of stock purchase agreement attached hereto as Appendix E, issue [***]% of all shares granted to Stanford pursuant to this Section 7.16 directly to and in the name of the inventors listed allocated as stated below:

 

  A) Stephen Quake — [***] shares

 

  B) Thomas Snyder — [***] shares

 

  C) Hannah Valantine- [***] shares

 

8 ROYALTY REPORTS, PAYMENTS, AND ACCOUNTING

 

8.1

Quarterly Earned Royalty Payment and Report . Beginning with the first sale of a Licensed Product by ImmuMetrix or a sublicensee, ImmuMetrix will submit to Stanford a written report (even if there are no sales) and an earned royalty payment within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter. This report will be in the form of Appendix B and will state the number, description, and aggregate Net Sales of Licensed Product during the completed calendar quarter. The report will include an overview of the process and documents relied

 

 

Page 11 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

  upon to permit Stanford to understand how the earned royalties are calculated. With each report ImmuMetrix will include any earned royalty payment due Stanford for the completed calendar quarter (as calculated under Section 7.4).

 

8.2 No Refund . In the event that a validity or non-infringement challenge of a Licensed Patent brought by ImmuMetrix is successful, ImmuMetrix will have no right to recoup any royalties paid before or during the period challenge.

 

8.3 Termination Report . ImmuMetrix will pay to Stanford all applicable royalties and submit to Stanford a written report within 90 days after the license terminates. ImmuMetrix will continue to submit earned royalty payments and reports to Stanford after the license terminates, until all Licensed Products made or imported under the license have been sold.

 

8.4 Accounting . ImmuMetrix will maintain records showing manufacture, importation, sale, and use of a Licensed Product for 7 years from the date of sale of that Licensed Product. Records will include general-ledger records showing cash receipts and expenses, and records that include: production records, customers, invoices, serial numbers, and related information in sufficient detail to enable Stanford to determine the royalties payable under this Agreement.

 

8.5 Audit by Stanford . ImmuMetrix will allow Stanford or its designee to examine ImmuMetrix’s records to verify payments made by ImmuMetrix under this Agreement.

 

8.6 Paying for Audit . Stanford will pay for any audit done under Section 8.5. But if the audit reveals an underreporting of earned royalties due Stanford of 5% or more for the period being audited, ImmuMetrix will pay the audit costs.

 

8.7 Self-audit . ImmuMetrix will conduct an independent audit of sales and royalties at least every 2 years if annual sales of Licensed Product are over $5,000,000. The audit will address, at a minimum, the amount of gross sales by or on behalf of ImmuMetrix during the audit period, the amount of funds owed to Stanford under this Agreement, and whether the amount owed has been paid to Stanford and is reflected in the records of ImmuMetrix. ImmuMetrix will submit the auditor’s report promptly to Stanford upon completion. ImmuMetrix will pay for the entire cost of the audit.

 

9 EXCLUSIONS AND NEGATION OF WARRANTIES

 

9.1 Negation of Warranties . Stanford provides ImmuMetrix the rights granted in this Agreement AS IS and WITH ALL FAULTS. Stanford makes no representations and extends no warranties of any kind, either express or implied. Among other things, Stanford disclaims any express or implied warranty:

 

  (A) of merchantability, of fitness for a particular purpose,

 

  (B) of non-infringement or

 

 

Page 12 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

  (C) arising out of any course of dealing.

 

9.2 No Representation of Licensed Patent . ImmuMetrix also acknowledges that Stanford does not represent or warrant:

 

  (A) the validity or scope of any Licensed Patent, or

 

  (B) that the exploitation of Licensed Patent or Technology will be successful.

 

10 INDEMNITY

 

10.1 Indemnification .

 

  (A) ImmuMetrix will indemnify, hold harmless, and defend all Stanford Indemnitees against any claim of any kind arising out of or related to the exercise of any rights granted ImmuMetrix under this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement by ImmuMetrix.

 

  (B) HHMI Indemnitees will be indemnified, defended by counsel acceptable to HHMI, and held harmless by ImmuMetrix from and against any claim, liability, cost, expense, damage, deficiency, loss, or obligation, of any kind or nature (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses of defense) (collectively, “Claims”), based upon, arising out of, or otherwise relating to this Agreement, including without limitation any cause of action relating to product liability. The previous sentence will not apply to any Claim that is determined with finality by a court of competent jurisdiction to result solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of an HHMI Indemnitee.

 

10.2 No Indirect Liability . Stanford is not liable for any special, consequential, lost profit, expectation, punitive or other indirect damages in connection with any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement, whether grounded in tort (including negligence), strict liability, contract, or otherwise.

 

10.3 Workers’ Compensation . ImmuMetrix will comply with all statutory workers’ compensation and employers’ liability requirements for activities performed under this Agreement.

 

10.4

Insurance . Upon the first use of Licensed Products with human samples, including but not limited to testing or clinical trials but excluding tests with human tissues obtained from tissue banks or discarded human tissues under an IRB approved study, ImmuMetrix will maintain Comprehensive General Liability Insurance, including Product Liability insurance, with a reputable and financially secure insurance carrier to cover the activities of ImmuMetrix and its sublicensees. The insurance will provide minimum limits of liability of $2,000,000 and will include all Stanford Indemnitees and HHMI Indemnitees as additional insureds. Insurance must cover claims incurred, discovered, manifested, or made during or after the expiration of this Agreement and must be placed with carriers with ratings of at least A- as rated by A.M. Best. Within 15 days after Stanford’s request and after the first use of

 

 

Page 13 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

  Licensed Products with human samples as described above, ImmuMetrix will furnish a Certificate of Insurance evidencing primary coverage and additional insured requirements. ImmuMetrix will provide to Stanford 30 days prior written notice of cancellation or material change to this insurance coverage. ImmuMetrix will advise Stanford in writing that it maintains excess liability coverage (following form) over primary insurance for at least the minimum limits set forth above. All insurance of ImmuMetrix will be primary coverage; insurance of the Stanford Indemnitees and the HHMI Indemnitees will be excess and noncontributory.

 

11 EXPORT

ImmuMetrix and its affiliates and sublicensees shall comply with all United States laws and regulations controlling the export of licensed commodities and technical data. (For the purpose of this paragraph, “licensed commodities” means any article, material or supply but does not include information; and “technical data” means tangible or intangible technical information that is subject to US export regulations, including blueprints, plans, diagrams, models, formulae, tables, engineering designs and specifications, manuals and instructions.) These laws and regulations may include, but are not limited to, the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR 730-774), the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (22 CFR 120-130) and the various economic sanctions regulations administered by the US Department of the Treasury (31 CFR 500-600).

Among other things, these laws and regulations prohibit or require a license for the export or retransfer of certain commodities and technical data to specified countries, entities and persons. ImmuMetrix hereby gives written assurance that it will comply with, and will cause its affiliates and sublicensees to comply with all United States export control laws and regulations, that it bears sole responsibility for any violation of such laws and regulations by itself or its affiliates or sublicensees, and that it will indemnify, defend and hold Stanford harmless for the consequences of any such violation.

 

12 MARKING

Before any Licensed Patent issues, ImmuMetrix will mark Licensed Product with the words “Patent Pending.” Otherwise, ImmuMetrix will mark Licensed Product with the number of any issued Licensed Patent.

 

13 NAMES AND MARKS

IMMUMETRIX WILL NOT IDENTIFY STANFORD OR HHMI IN ANY PROMOTIONAL STATEMENT , OR OTHERWISE USE THE NAME OF ANY STANFORD OR HHMI FACULTY MEMBER , EMPLOYEE , OR STUDENT , OR ANY TRADEMARK , SERVICE MARK , TRADE NAME , OR SYMBOL OF STANFORD OR STANFORD HOSPITALS AND CLINICS , OR HHMI , INCLUDING THE STANFORD OR HHMI NAME , UNLESS IMMUMETRIX HAS RECEIVED STANFORD’S OR HHMI’S PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT , AS THE CASE MAY BE , PERMISSION MAY BE WITHHELD AT STANFORD’S OR HHMI’S SOLE DISCRETION .

 

 

Page 14 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

14 PROSECUTION AND PROTECTION OF PATENTS

 

14.1 Patent Prosecution . Following the Original Sequencing Effective Date, Stanford will be responsible for preparing, filing, and prosecuting broad patent claims (including any interference or reexamination actions) for Stanford’s benefit in the Licensed Territory and for maintaining all Licensed Patents. Stanford will notify ImmuMetrix before taking any substantive actions in prosecuting the claims, and Stanford will have final approval on how to proceed with any such actions.

 

14.2 Patent Costs . Within 30 days after receiving a statement from Stanford, ImmuMetrix will reimburse Stanford for all Licensed Patent’s patenting expenses, including any interference or reexamination matters, (“Patent Costs”) incurred by Stanford after the Restatement Effective Date. In all instances, Stanford will pay the fees prescribed for large entities to the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

 

14.3 Infringement Procedure . Each party will promptly notify the other if it believes a third party infringes a Licensed Patent or if a third party files a declaratory judgment action relating to the Licensed Patents. During the term of this Agreement and if ImmuMetrix is developing Licensed Product, ImmuMetrix may have the right to institute a suit against this third party as provided in Sections 14.4 - 14.8.

 

14.4 ImmuMetrix Suit . ImmuMetrix, itself or through a designee, has the first right to institute suit, or defend any action for declaratory judgment, relating to the Licensed Patents and may name Stanford, subject to the requirements of this Section 14.4, as a party for standing purposes. If ImmuMetrix decides to institute suit, it will notify Stanford in writing. ImmuMetrix will bear the entire cost of the litigation. Stanford may be named as a party in a suit initiated by ImmuMetrix (other than in accordance with Section 14.5) only if:

 

  (A) ImmuMetrix’s and Stanford’s counsel recommend that such action is necessary in their reasonably opinion to achieve standing or a court has required or will require such joinder to pursue the action.

 

  (B) Stanford is not the first name party in the action; and

 

  (C) The pleadings and any public statements about the action state that ImmuMetrix is pursuing the action and that ImmuMetrix has the right to join Stanford as a party.

 

14.5 Joint Suit . If Stanford and ImmuMetrix so agree, they may institute suit jointly. If so, they will:

 

  (A) prosecute the suit in both their names;

 

  (B) bear the out-of-pocket costs equally;

 

  (C) share any recovery or settlement equally; and

 

  (D) agree how they will exercise control over the action.

 

 

Page 15 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

 

14.6 Stanford Suit . If ImmuMetrix does not initiate an enforcement action within 120 days of a request by Stanford to do so or ImmuMetrix does not elect to control a declaratory judgment action within 90 days of receiving notice that such action has been filed, Stanford may institute and prosecute a suit so long as it conforms with the requirements of this Section. Stanford will diligently pursue the suit and will bear the entire cost of the litigation, including expenses and counsel fees incurred by ImmuMetrix. Stanford will keep ImmuMetrix reasonably apprised of all developments in the suit, and will seek ImmuMetrix’s input and approval on any substantive submissions or positions taken in the litigation regarding the scope, validity and enforceability of the Licensed Patent. Stanford will not prosecute, settle or otherwise compromise any such suit in a manner that adversely affects ImmuMetrix’s interests without ImmuMetrix’s prior written consent.

 

14.7 Recovery . If ImmuMetrix sues under Section 14.4, then any recovery in excess of any unrecovered litigation costs and fees will be shared with Stanford as follows:

 

  (A) any payment for past sales will be deemed Net Sales, and ImmuMetrix will pay Stanford royalties at the rates specified in Section 7.4;

 

  (B) any payment for future sales will be deemed a payment under a Sublicense, and royalties will be shared as specified in Article 4.

 

  (C) ImmuMetrix and Stanford will negotiate in good faith appropriate compensation to Stanford for any non-cash settlement or non-cash cross-license.

 

14.8 Abandonment of Suit . If either Stanford or ImmuMetrix commences a suit and then wants to abandon the suit, it will give timely notice to the other party. The other party may continue prosecution of the suit after Stanford and ImmuMetrix agree on the sharing of expenses and any recovery in the suit.

 

14.9 Cooperation . The non-controlling party shall, at the reasonable request and expense of the party controlling any enforcement or declaratory action under this Article 14, fully cooperate with the controlling party, including making available relevant records, papers, information, samples, specimens, and the like. The party controlling the enforcement or declaratory action shall keep the non-controlling party reasonably informed of the progress of such action, and the non-controlling party shall have the right to participate in such enforcement or declaratory action with counsel of its own choice at its own expense.

 

15 TERMINATION

 

15.1 Termination by ImmuMetrix . ImmuMetrix may terminate this Agreement by giving Stanford written notice at least 30 days in advance of the effective date of termination selected by ImmuMetrix.

 

 

Page 16 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

 

15.2 Termination by Stanford .

 

  (A) Stanford may also terminate this Agreement if ImmuMetrix:

 

  (1) is delinquent on any report or payment;

 

  (2) is not diligently developing and commercializing Licensed Product;

 

  (3) misses a milestone described in Appendix A;

 

  (4) is in breach of any provision; or

 

  (5) provides any false report.

 

  (B) Termination under this Section 15.2 will take effect 30 days after written notice by Stanford specifying the nature of the default or breach unless ImmuMetrix remedies the problem in that 30-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if ImmuMetrix disputes any such default or breach in writing within such 30-day period, Stanford shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement unless and until the arbitrator determines in a written decision delivered to the parties under Section 17 below, that such default or breach occurred, and ImmuMetrix fails to cure such default or breach within 30 days after such determination. Each party shall use reasonable efforts to conclude such arbitration within thirty (30) days of the initiation of such arbitration.

 

15.3 Surviving Provisions . Surviving any termination or expiration are:

 

  (A) ImmuMetrix’s obligation to pay royalties accrued or accruable;

 

  (B) any claim of ImmuMetrix or Stanford, accrued or to accrue, because of any breach or default by the other party;

 

  (C) the provisions of Articles 8, 9, 10 and 19.4 and any other provision that by its nature is intended to survive; and

 

  (D) any sublicense granted hereunder, provided that the sublicensee agrees in writing to be bound by the applicable terms of this Agreement.

 

16 ASSIGNMENT

 

16.1 Permitted Assignment by ImmuMetrix . Subject to Section 16.3, ImmuMetrix may assign this Agreement as part of a sale or change of control, regardless of whether such a sale or change of control occurs through an asset sale, stock sale, merger or other combination, or any other transfer of:

 

  (A) ImmuMetrix’s entire business; or

 

  (B) that part of ImmuMetrix’s business that exercises all rights granted under this Agreement.

 

 

Page 17 of 32


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

S09-367 : GWK

 

 

 

16.2 Any Other Assignment by ImmuMetrix . Any other attempt to assign this Agreement by ImmuMetrix is null and void.

 

16.3 Conditions of Assignment . Prior to any assignment, the following conditions must be met:

 

  (A) ImmuMetrix must give Stanford 30 days prior written notice of the assignment, including the new assignee’s contact information; and

 

  (B) the new assignee must agree in writing to Stanford to be bound by this Agreement; and

 

  (C) Stanford must have received a $[***] assignment fee.

 

16.4 After the Assignment . Upon a permitted assignment of this Agreement pursuant to Article 16, ImmuMetrix will be released of liability under this Agreement and the term “ImmuMetrix” in this Agreement will mean the assignee.

 

16.5 Bankruptcy . In the event of a bankruptcy, assignment is permitted only to a party that can provide adequate assurance of future performance, including diligent development and sales, of Licensed Product.

 

17 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

17.1 Dispute Resolution by Arbitration . Apart from any controversy or claim pertaining to HHMI’s rights under Article 10 or otherwise under this Agreement, any dispute between the parties regarding any payments made or due under this Agreement will be settled by arbitration in accordance with the Licensing Agreement Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The parties are not obligated to settle any other dispute that may arise under this Agreement by arbitration.

 

17.2 Request for Arbitration . Either party may request such arbitration. Stanford and ImmuMetrix will mutually agree in writing on a third party arbitrator within 30 days of the arbitration request. The arbitrator’s decision will be final and nonappealable and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.

 

17.3 Discovery . The parties will be entitled to discovery as if the arbitration were a civil suit in the California Superior Court. The arbitrator may limit the scope, time, and issues involved in discovery.

 

17.4 Place of Arbitration . The arbitration will be held in Stanford, California unless the parties mutually agree in writing to another place.

 

17.5 Patent Validity . Any dispute regarding the validity of any Licensed Patent shall be litigated in the courts located in Santa Clara County, California, and the parties agree not to challenge personal jurisdiction in that forum.

 

 

Page 18 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

18 NOTICES

 

18.1 Legal Action . ImmuMetrix will provide written notice to Stanford at least three months prior to bringing an action seeking to invalidate any Licensed Patent or a declaration of non-infringement. ImmuMetrix will include with such written notice an identification of all prior art it believes invalidates any claim of the Licensed Patent.

 

18.2 All Notices . All notices under this Agreement are deemed fully given when written, addressed, and sent as follows:

All general notices to ImmuMetrix are mailed to:

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

Attention: CEO/President

Address:

    

Email:

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati PC

Attention: Kenneth A. Clark, Esq.

Address: 650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Email: kclark@wsgr.com

All financial invoices to ImmuMetrix (i.e., accounting contact) are e-mailed to:

Name: Bruce Hironaka

Email:

All progress report invoices to ImmuMetrix (i.e., technical contact) are e-mailed to:

Name: Bruce Hironaka

Email:

All general notices to Stanford are e-mailed or mailed to:

Office of Technology Licensing

    

    

    

All payments to Stanford are mailed to:

Stanford University

Office of Technology Licensing

 

 

Page 19 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

 

 

    

    

    

All progress reports to Stanford are e-mailed or mailed to:

Office of Technology Licensing

    

    

    

Either party may change its address with written notice to the other party.

 

19 MISCELLANEOUS

 

19.1 Waiver . No term of this Agreement can be waived except by the written consent of the party waiving compliance.

 

19.2 Choice of Law . This Agreement and any dispute arising under it is governed by the laws of the State of California, United States of America, applicable to agreements negotiated, executed, and performed within California.

 

19.3 Exclusive Forum . The state and federal courts having jurisdiction over Stanford, California, United States of America, provide the exclusive forum for any court action between the parties relating to this Agreement. ImmuMetrix submits to the jurisdiction of such courts, and waives any claim that such a court lacks jurisdiction over ImmuMetrix or constitutes an inconvenient or improper forum.

 

19.4 Third Party Beneficiary . HHMI is not a party to this Agreement and has no liability to any licensee or user of any technology covered by this Agreement, but HHMI is an intended third-party beneficiary of this Agreement and certain of its provisions are for the benefit of and are enforceable by HHMI in its own name.

 

19.5 Headings . No headings in this Agreement affect its interpretation.

 

19.6 Electronic Copy . The parties to this document agree that a copy of the original signature (including an electronic copy) may be used for any and all purposes for which the original signature may have been used. The parties further waive any right to challenge the admissibility or authenticity of this document in a court of law based solely on the absence of an original signature.

 

19.7 Entire Agreement . This Restated Agreement (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to its subject matter and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings or representations, written or oral, between Stanford and ImmuMetrix with respect to such subject matter, including without limitation, the PCR Agreement and the Sequencing Agreement.

 

 

Page 20 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

The parties execute this Agreement in duplicate originals by their duly authorized officers or representatives.

 

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY
Signature  

/s/ Katherine Ku

Name  

Katharine Ku

Title  

Director Office of Technology Licensing

Date  

February 3, 2014

ImmuMetrix, Inc .
Signature.  

/s/ Bruce Hironaka

Name  

Bruce Hironaka

Title  

President

Date  

February 4, 2014

 

 

Page 21 of 32


***Confidential material redacted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

S09-367 : GWK

 

 

Appendix A

 

1. [***]

 

2. [***]

 

3. [***]

 

4. [***]

 

5. [***]

 

6. [***]

 

7. [***]

 

8. [***]

 

 

Page 22 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

Appendix B - Sample Reporting Form

Stanford Docket No. S

This report is provided pursuant to the license agreement between Stanford University and (ImmuMetrix Name)

License Agreement Effective Date:

Name(s) of Licensed Products being reported:

 

Report Covering Period

  

Yearly Maintenance Fee

   $     

Number of Sublicenses Executed

  

Gross Revenue

   $     

Net Sales

   $     

Royalty Calculation

  

Royalty Subtotal

   $     

Credit

   $     

Royalty Due

   $     

Comments:

 

 

Page 23 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

Appendix C — Licensed Patents

 

Country

  

Title

   Serial
Number
   File Date    Publication
Number
Australia    NON-INVASIVE DIAGNOSIS OF GRAFT REJECTION IN ORGAN TRANSPLANT PATIENTS    2010315084    05-Nov-2010    2010315084
Canada    NON-INVASIVE DIAGNOSIS OF GRAFT REJECTION IN ORGAN TRANSPLANT PATIENTS    2,779,750    05-Nov-2010    2779750
China (People’s Republic)    NON-INVASIVE DIAGNOSIS OF GRAFT REJECTION IN ORGAN TRANSPLANT PATIENTS    20108006046
9.4
   05-Nov-2010    102712954
European Patent Convention    NON-INVASIVE DIAGNOSIS OF GRAFT REJECTION IN ORGAN TRANSPLANT PATIENTS    10829142.8    05-Nov-2010    2496720
Hong Kong    NON-INVASIVE DIAGNOSIS OF GRAFT REJECTION IN ORGAN TRANSPLANT PATIENTS    13102099.1    05-Nov-2010    1175268
Japan    NON-INVASIVE DIAGNOSIS OF GRAFT REJECTION IN ORGAN TRANSPLANT PATIENTS    2012-538027    05-Nov-2010    2013509883

Patent

Cooperation Treaty

   NON-INVASIVE DIAGNOSIS OF GRAFT REJECTION IN ORGAN TRANSPLANT PATIENTS    US2010/0556
04
   05-Nov-2010    2011057061
United Kingdom    NON-INVASIVE DIAGNOSIS OF GRAFT REJECTION IN ORGAN TRANSPLANT PATIENTS    1209978.4    05-Nov-2010    2488289
United States of America    NON-INVASIVE DIAGNOSIS OF GRAFT REJECTION IN ORGAN TRANSPLANT PATIENTS    61/280,674    06-Nov-2009    N/A
United States of America    NON-INVASIVE DIAGNOSIS OF GRAFT REJECTION IN ORGAN TRANSPLANT PATIENTS    13/508,318    19-Jul-2012    20120295810

 

 

Page 24 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

Appendix D- Technology

1. Algorithms and software code

2. sample preparation, per and sequencing protocols

3. raw sequencing data to date of license execution

4. patient records to date of license execution subject to IRB approval if needed

5. unpublished data and manuscripts

6. plasma, blood and tissue samples collected to date to permit ImmuMetrix to independently reproduce the results Stanford has obtained

7. any other information or technology provided by Stanford to ImmuMetrix.

 

 

Page 25 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

Appendix E- Stock Purchase Agreement

IMMUMETRIX , INC .

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Common Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between ImmuMetrix, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and                     (the “ Purchaser ”) as of             , 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”).

1 Sale of Shares . The Company will issue and sell to the Purchaser             shares of the Company’s fully paid and nonassessable Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) pursuant to Section 7.16 of that certain Amended and Restated Exclusive Agreement dated                     by and between the Purchase and the Company (the “ License Agreement ”).

2 Closing; Delivery .

2.1 Closing . The closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares to the Purchaser hereunder shall be held at the offices of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich and Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304-1050 on the Effective Date (the “ Closing ”). The Closing shall be contingent upon the Purchaser executing and delivering the License. Within a reasonable time after the Closing, the Company will issue a stock certificate, registered in the name of the Purchaser, reflecting the Shares.

2.2 Delivery . At the Closing, the Company will deliver to the Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares against the execution and delivery to the company of the License Agreement by Purchaser. If the Purchaser is not in attendance at the Closing, such delivery shall be via U.S. mail to the address shown under the Purchaser’s name on the signature page to this Agreement.

3 Company Representations . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the date hereof as follows:

3.1 Organization and Standing . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted.

3.2 Corporate Power . The Company has all requisite legal and corporate power to execute and deliver this Agreement, to sell and issue the Shares hereunder, and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement.

3.3 Authorization . All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares, and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies. The Shares, when issued in compliance with the provisions of

 

 

Page 26 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and the Shares will be free of any liens or encumbrances created by the Company; provided, however, that the Shares may be subject to restrictions on transfer under applicable securities laws as set forth herein.

4 Purchaser Representations, Warranties and Covenants . In connection with the purchase of the Shares, the Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 The Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the securities. The Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for the Purchaser’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “ distribution ” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”). The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of SEC Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect.

4.2 The Purchaser understands that the securities have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this regard, the Purchaser understands that, in view of the Securities and Exchange Commission ( Commission ”), the statutory basis for such exemption may not be present if the Purchaser’s representations meant that the Purchaser’s present intention was to hold these securities for a minimum capital gains period under the tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for a market rise, for a sale if the market does not rise, or for a year or any other fixed period in the future.

4.3 The Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities. The Purchaser understands that the certificate evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

4.4 The Purchaser is aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Commission, promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

4.5 The Purchaser further acknowledges that in the event all of the requirements of Rule 144 are not met, compliance with Regulation A or some other registration exemption will be required; and that although Rule 144 is not exclusive, the staff of the Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and other than pursuant to Rule 144 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales and that such persons and the brokers who participate in the transactions do so at their own risk.

4.6 The Purchaser understands that the share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with the following legends:

(A) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE

 

 

Page 27 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

SALEOR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. THES ECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT.

(B) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC OFFERING HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND LOCK-UP PERIOD ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(C) Any legend required to be placed thereon by applicable federal state securities laws, or the terms of this Agreement.

5 Market Standoff Covenant . Purchaser shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Purchaser (other than those included in the registration) during the period from the filing of the registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering filed under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act through the end of the one hundred and eighty (180) day period following the effective date of the registration statement (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(0(4) or NYSE Rule 472(0(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), provided that all officers and directors of the Company are bound by and have entered into similar agreements and the Company uses all reasonable efforts to have all holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities be bound by and enter into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 5 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the second legend set forth in Section 4.6 with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Purchaser agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 5.

 

 

Page 28 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

6 Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares acquired by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement (or any beneficial interest in such Shares) may be sold, gifted, transferred, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) by the Purchaser or any subsequent transferee (each a “ Holder ”), such Holder must first offer such Shares or beneficial interest to the Company and/or its assignee(s) as follows:

6.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder shall deliver to the Company a written notice stating: (a) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Shares; (b) the name of each proposed transferee; (c) the number of Shares to be transferred to each proposed transferee; (d) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares; and (e) that by delivering the notice, the Holder offers all such Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to this Section and on the same terms described in the notice.

6.2 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within 30 days after receipt of the Holder’s notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the proposed transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 6.3.

6.3 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Shares purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the price listed in the Holder’s notice. If the price listed in the Holder’s notice includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion.

6.4 Payment . Payment of the purchase price shall be made, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company and/or its assignee(s), or by any combination thereof within 30 days after receipt by the Company of the Holder’s notice (or at such later date as is called for by such notice).

6.5 Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the notice to be transferred to a given proposed transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that proposed transferee, provided that: (a) the transfer is made only on the terms provided for in the notice, with the exception of the purchase price, which may be either the price listed in the notice or any higher price; (b) such transfer is consummated within 60 days after the date the notice is delivered to the Company; (c) the transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws, and if requested by the Company, the Holder shall have delivered an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company to that effect; and (d) the proposed transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section shall continue to apply to the transferred Shares in the hands of such proposed transferee. If any Shares described in a notice are not transferred to the proposed transferee within the period provided above, then before any such Shares may be transferred, a new notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the right of first refusal described in this Section.

6.6 Exception for Certain Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Section, the transfer of any or all of the Shares by the Purchaser to his spouse, ex-spouse, domestic partner, lineal descendant or antecedent, brother or sister, the adopted child or adopted grandchild, or the spouse or domestic partner of any child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of the Purchaser, or to one or more trusts, retirement accounts, or other estate planning vehicles for the exclusive benefit of Purchaser or those members of Purchaser’s family specified in this Section, shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section; provided that, in each such case, the transferee(s) shall agree in writing to receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.

 

 

Page 29 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

6.7 Termination of Right of First Refusal . The right of first refusal contained in this Section shall terminate as to all Shares purchased hereunder upon the earlier of: (i) the closing date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, as amended, and (ii) the closing date of a change of control transaction pursuant to which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company receive securities of a class registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

7 Miscellaneous .

7.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California.

7.2 Finder’s Fee . Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this transaction. The Purchaser and the Company agree to indemnify and hold harmless the other party from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s fee (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Purchaser or the Company is responsible.

7.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators of the parties.

7.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, any exhibits thereto and any other documents delivered pursuant to this Agreement constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any representations, warranties, covenants, or agreements except as specifically set forth herein or therein. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any third party any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

7.5 Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision; provided, however, that no such severability shall be effective if it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

7.6 Amendment and Waiver . Any term of the Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of the Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Purchaser. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section shall be binding upon each holder of any Shares purchased under the Agreement at the time outstanding, each future holder of all such securities and the Company.

7.7 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to the Purchaser or any subsequent holder, of any Shares upon any breach, default or noncompliance of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring.

 

 

Page 30 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

7.8 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit with the United States Post Office, by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed: (a) if to the Purchaser, at the Purchaser’s address as set forth on the signature page to this Agreement, or at such other address as the Purchaser shall have furnished to the Company in writing, or (b) if to the Company, at its address as set forth on the signature page to this Agreement, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Purchaser in writing.

7.9 Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

7.10 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which is an original, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

 

Page 31 of 32


S09-367 : GWK

 

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Company as of the date first written above .

COMPANY:

IMMUMETRIX , INC

 

By:  

 

Print:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:

 

 

PURCHASER:
[            ]
By:  

 

Print:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

Page 32 of 32

Exhibit 10.19

IMMUMETRIX, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Plan are:

 

    to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

    to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

    to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company . A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company . If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(j) “ Company ” means ImmuMetrix, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

-2-


(k) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(l) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

-3-


(r) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(v) “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w) “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(x) “ Plan ” means this 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

(y) “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(z) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(aa) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(cc) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(dd) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 9,871,590 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

-4-


(b) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).

(c) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Other Administration . Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

 

-5-


(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

(vi) to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

(xi) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5. Eligibility . Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Stock Options .

(a) Grant of Options . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

-6-


(b) Option Agreement . Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(c) Limitations . Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates . At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii) Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the

 

-7-


Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(f) Exercise of Option .

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

-8-


(iii) Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iv) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b) Number of Shares . The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms . The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement . Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights . A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

-9-


(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount . Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement . Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c) Transferability . Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d) Other Restrictions . The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e) Removal of Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f) Voting Rights . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

-10-


(g) Dividends and Other Distributions . During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

9. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10. Compliance With Code Section 409A . Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

-11-


11. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1 st ) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

12. Limited Transferability of Awards .

(a) Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

13. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

 

-12-


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the

 

-13-


holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14. Tax Withholding .

(a) Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b) Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

 

-14-


15. No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

16. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17. Term of Plan . Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

18. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval . The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

 

-15-


21. Stockholder Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

22. Information to Participants . Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

-16-


IMMUMETRIX, INC.

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:   

 

Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

Exercise Price per Share:                                                                                                                             
Total Number of Shares Granted:   

 

Total Exercise Price :                                                                                                                             
Type of Option:               Incentive Stock Option
              Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:   

 

Vesting Schedule :

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.


Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2. Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

 

-2-


No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3. Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

 

-3-


5. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a) cash;

(b) check;

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

(d) surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6. Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7. Non-Transferability of Option .

(a) This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b) Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8. Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9. Tax Obligations .

(a) Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

 

-4-


(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

(c) Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10. Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11. No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-5-


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

    

IMMUMETRIX, INC.

 

Signature

 

    

By

 

Print Name

 

    

Print Name

 

      

Title

 

Residence Address     

 

 

-6-


EXHIBIT A

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

ImmuMetrix, Inc.

3183 Porter Drive

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attention: [President]

1. Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,             ,             , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase             shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of ImmuMetrix, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated             ,             (the “Option Agreement”).

2. Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3. Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Stockholder . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section  [ 13 ] of the Plan.

5. Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price . The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d) Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

-2-


6. Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a) Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-3-


8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10. Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of [Delaware] 1 . In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11. Entire Agreement . The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:    Accepted by:

PARTICIPANT

 

  

IMMUMETRIX, INC.

 

 

Signature

 

  

 

By

 

 

Print Name

 

  

 

Print Name

  

 

Title

 

Address:

 

  

Address:

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Date Received

 

 

 

1   Note to JY: should this be California?

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :   
COMPANY    :    IMMUMETRIX, INC.
SECURITY    :    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT    :   
DATE    :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of


Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

 

Signature

 

 

Print Name

 

 

Date

 

-2-

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 31, 2014, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of CareDx, Inc. dated June 3, 2014 for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

June 3, 2014

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated May 29, 2014 on the consolidated financial statements of ImmuMetrix, Inc. (formerly ImmuMetrix, LLC) in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related Prospectus of CareDx, Inc. dated June 3, 2014 for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Frank, Rimerman & Co. LLP

Palo Alto, California

June 3, 2014